Service Manual: T8010 / T8020 / T8030 / T8040 / T8050

SERVICE MANUAL
T8010 / T8020 / T8030 / T8040 / T8050
Tractors
1/4
Print No. 84318454
SERVICE MANUAL
T8010 [Z8Rx06001 - ]
T8020 [Z8Rx06001 - ]
T8030 [Z8Rx06001 - ]
T8040 [Z8Rx06001 - ]
T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ]
84318454 14/03/2010
Contents
INTRODUCTION
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS............................................................. A
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.10.A
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.10.C
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.20.A

ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.30.A
LIGHTING SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.40.A
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.50.A
FAULT CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.50.A
POWER PRODUCTION ................................................................. B

ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.10.A
FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.20.A
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.50.A
LUBRICATION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.60.A
STARTING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.80.A
POWER TRAIN .............................................................................C

TRANSMISSION Powershift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.20.E
REAR PTO Hydraulic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.40.C
BAR AXLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.60.A
TRAVELLING................................................................................D
FRONT AXLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.10.A
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.14.C
STEERING Hydraulic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.20.C
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.30.C
PARKING BRAKE Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.32.C
BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.34.C
BRAKE CONNECTION Pneumatic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.34.E

SUSPENSION Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.40.C
84318454 14/03/2010
WHEELS AND TRACKS Wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.50.C
BODY AND STRUCTURE .............................................................. E

SHIELD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.20.A
USER CONTROLS AND SEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.32.A
USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.32.C
USER PLATFORM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.34.A

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.40.D
SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.50.B
WORKING ARM ............................................................................H

HITCH Rear hitch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H.10.C
84318454 14/03/2010
84318454 14/03/2010
INTRODUCTION
84318454 14/03/2010
1
Contents
INTRODUCTION
Safety rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
2
INTRODUCTION
Safety rules
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
WARNING
Improper machine operation can cause injury or death. Always operate all machine controls from the opera-
tor’ s seat.
84-60
WARNING
Before starting engine, study operator’s manual safety messages. Read all safety signs on machine. Clear
the area of other persons. Learn and practice safe use of controls before operating. It is your responsibility to
understand and follow manufacturer’s instructions on machine operation, service, and to observe pertinent
laws and regulations. Operators and service manuals can be obtained from your equipment dealer.
D46-59C
WARNING
If you wear clothing that is too loose or do not use the correct safety equipment for your job, you can be
injured. Always wear clothing that will not catch on objects. Extra safety equipment that can be required
includes hard hat, safety shoes, ear protection, eye or face protection, heavy gloves and reflector clothing.
M492
WARNING
When working in the area of the fan belt with the engine running, avoid loose clothing if possible, and use
extreme caution.
M493
WARNING
When doing checks and tests on the equipment hydraulics, follow the procedures as they are written. DO
NOT change the procedure.
M494
WARNING
Lower all attachments to the ground or use stands to safely support the attachments before you do any main-
tenance or service.
M496
WARNING
Fluid under pressure can have sufficient force to penetrate the skin, causing serious personal injury. Always
protect the skin and eyes from escaping fluid under pressure. Before disconnecting lines or fittings, be sure
to release all pressure by operating the tractor control valves. Before applying pressure to the system, be
sure all connections are tight and that hoses and connections are not damaged. If injured by escaping fluid,
obtain medical assistance at once. Serious infection or reaction can develop if medical treatment is not ad-
ministered immediately. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
M1184
84318454 14/03/2010
3
INTRODUCTION
WARNING
Hydraulic fluid escaping under pressure can have enough force to penetrate the skin. Hydraulic fluid may
also infect a minor cut or opening in the skin. If injured by escaping fluid, see a doctor at once. Serious
infection or reaction can result if medical treatment is not given immediately. Make sure all connections are
tight and that hoses and lines are in good condition before applying pressure to the system. Relieve all
pressure before disconnecting the lines or performing other work on the hydraulic system. To find a leak
under pressure use a small piece of cardboard or wood. Never use hands. Failure to comply could result in
death or serious injury.
M252A
WARNING
When removing hardened pins such as a pivot pin, or a hardened shaft, use a soft head (brass or bronze)
hammer or use a driver made from brass or bronze and a steel head hammer.
M497
WARNING
When using a hammer to remove and install pivot pins or separate parts using compressed air or using a
grinder, wear eye protection that completely encloses the eyes (approved goggles or other approved eye
protectors).
M498
WARNING
Use suitable floor (service) jacks or chain hoist to raise wheels or tracks off the floor. Always block machine
in placed with suitable safety stands.
M499
WARNING
When servicing or repairing the machine. Keep the shop floor and operators compartment and steps free of
oil, water, grease, tools, etc. Use an oil absorbing material and or shop cloths as required. Use safe practices
at all times.
M500
WARNING
Batteries contain acid and explosive gas. Explosions can result from sparks, flames or wrong cable con-
nections. To connect the jumper cables correctly to the battery of this machine see the Operators Manual.
Failure to follow these instructions can cause serious injury or death.
M504
84318454 14/03/2010
4
INTRODUCTION
Torque
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Decimal hardware
Grade 5 bolts, nuts and studs
Size Nm lb in/lb ft
1/4 in 12 - 15 Nm 108 - 132 lb in
5/16 in 23 - 28 Nm 204 - 252 lb in
3/8 in 48 - 57 Nm 420 - 504 lb in
7/16 in 73 - 87 Nm 54 - 64 lb ft
1/2 in 109 - 130 Nm 80 - 96 lb ft
9/16 in 149 - 179 Nm 110 - 132 lb ft
5/8 in 203 - 244 Nm 150 - 180 lb ft
3/4 in 366 - 439 Nm 270 - 324 lb ft
7/8 in 542 - 651 Nm 400 - 480 lb ft
1 in 787 - 944 Nm 580 - 696 lb ft
1-1/8 in 1085 - 1193 Nm 800 - 880 lb ft
1-1/4 in 1519 - 1681 Nm 1120 - 1240 lb ft
1-3/8 in 1980 - 2278 Nm 1460 - 1680 lb ft
1-1/2 in 2631 - 2983 Nm 1940 - 2200 lb ft
Grade 8 bolts, nuts and studs

Size Nm lb in/lb ft
1/4 in 16 - 20 Nm 144 - 180 lb in
5/16 in 33 - 39 Nm 288 - 348 lb in
3/8 in 61 - 73 Nm 540 - 648 lb in
7/16 in 95 - 114 Nm 70 - 84 lb ft
1/2 in 149 - 179 Nm 110 - 132 lb ft
9/16 in 217 - 260 Nm 160 - 192 lb ft
5/8 in 298 - 358 Nm 220 - 264 lb ft
3/4 in 515 - 618 Nm 380 - 456 lb ft
7/8 in 814 - 976 Nm 600 - 720 lb ft
1 in 1220 - 1465 Nm 900 - 1080 lb ft
1-1/8 in 1736 - 1953 Nm 1280 - 1440 lb ft
1-1/4 in 2468 - 2712 Nm 1820 - 2000 lb ft
1-3/8 in 3227 - 3688 Nm 2380 - 2720 lb ft
1-1/2 in 4285 - 4827 Nm 3160 - 3560 lb ft
NOTE: Use thick nuts with Grade 8 bolts.
Metric hardware
Grade 8.8 bolts, nuts and studs
Size Nm lb in/lb ft
4 mm 3 - 4 Nm 24 - 36 lb in
5 mm 7 - 8 Nm 60 - 72 lb in
6 mm 11 - 12 Nm 96 - 108 lb in
8 mm 26 - 31 Nm 228 - 276 lb in
10 mm 52 - 61 Nm 456 - 540 lb in
12 mm 90 - 107 Nm 66 - 79 lb ft
14 mm 144 - 172 Nm 106 - 127 lb ft
16 mm 217 - 271 Nm 160 - 200 lb ft
20 mm 434 - 515 Nm 320 - 380 lb ft
24 mm 675 - 815 Nm 500 - 600 lb ft
30 mm 1250 - 1500 Nm 920 - 1100 lb ft
36 mm 2175 - 2600 Nm 1600 - 1950 lb ft
84318454 14/03/2010
5
INTRODUCTION

Size Nm lb in/lb ft
4 mm 4 - 5 Nm 36 - 48 lb in
5 mm 9 - 11 Nm 84 - 96 lb in
6 mm 15 - 18 Nm 132 - 156 lb in
8 mm 37 - 43 Nm 324 - 384 lb in
10 mm 73 - 87 Nm 54 - 64 lb ft
12 mm 125 - 150 Nm 93 - 112 lb ft
14 mm 200 - 245 Nm 149 - 179 lb ft
16 mm 310 - 380 Nm 230 - 280 lb ft
20 mm 610 - 730 Nm 450 - 540 lb ft
24 mm 1050 - 1275 Nm 780 - 940 lb ft
30 mm 2000 - 2400 Nm 1470 - 1770 lb ft
36 mm 3500 - 4200 Nm 2580 - 3090 lb ft

Size Nm lb in/lb ft
Typically the torque values specified for grade 10.9 hardware can be used satisfactorily on grade 12.9 hardware.
Steel hydraulic fittings

37° flare fitting
Tube outside diameter/Hose inside Thread size Nm lb in/lb ft
diameter
inch mm
6.4 mm 1/4 in 7/16-20 in 8 - 16 Nm 72 - 144 lb in
7.9 mm 5/16 in 1/2-20 in 11 - 22 Nm 96 - 192 lb in
9.5 mm 3/8 in 9/16-18 in 14 - 34 Nm 120 - 300 lb in
12.7 mm 1/2 in 3/4-16 in 20 - 57 Nm 180 - 504 lb in
15.9 mm 5/6 in 7/8-14 in 34 - 79 Nm 300 - 696 lb in
19.0 mm 3/4 in 1-1/16-12 in 54 - 108 Nm 40 - 80 lb ft
22.2 mm 7/8 in 1-3/16-12 in 81 - 135 Nm 60 - 100 lb ft
25.4 mm 1 in 1-5/16-12 in 102 - 158 Nm 75 - 117 lb ft
31.8 mm 1-1/4 in 1-5/8-12 in 169 - 223 Nm 125 - 165 lb ft
38.1 mm 1-1/2 in 1-7/8-12 in 285 - 338 Nm 210 - 250 lb ft
Straight threads with O-ring

Tube outside diameter/Hose inside Thread size Nm lb in/lb ft
diameter
inch mm
6.4 mm 1/4 in 7/16-20 in 16 - 26 Nm 144 - 228 lb in
7.9 mm 5/16 in 1/2-20 in 22 - 34 Nm 192 - 300 lb in
9.5 mm 3/8 in 9/16-18 in 34 - 54 Nm 300 - 480 lb in
12.7 mm 1/2 in 3/4-16 in 57 - 91 Nm 540 - 804 lb in
15.9 mm 5/6 in 7/8-14 in 79 - 124 Nm 58 - 92 lb ft
19.0 mm 3/4 in 1-1/16-12 in 108 - 174 Nm 80 - 128 lb ft
22.2 mm 7/8 in 1-3/16-12 in 136 - 216 Nm 100 - 160 lb ft
25.4 mm 1 in 1-5/16-12 in 159 - 253 Nm 117 - 187 lb ft
31.8 mm 1-1/4 in 1-5/8-12 in 224 - 357 Nm 165 - 264 lb ft
38.1 mm 1-1/2 in 1-7/8-12 in 339 - 542 Nm 250 - 400 lb ft
Split flange mounting bolts

Size Nm lb in/lb ft
5/16-18 in 20 - 27 Nm 180 - 240 lb in
3/8-16 in 27 - 34 Nm 240 - 300 lb in
7/16-14 in 47 - 61 Nm 420 - 540 lb in
1/2-13 in 74 - 88 Nm 55 - 65 lb ft
5/8-11 in 190 - 203 Nm 140 - 150 lb ft
84318454 14/03/2010
6
INTRODUCTION
O-ring face seal end O-ring boss end fitting or lock nut
Nominal Tube outside diameter Thread size Nm lb in/lb ft Thread size Nm lb in/lb ft
SAE dash mm in
size
-4 6.4 mm 1/4 in 9/16-18 in 14 - 16 Nm 120 - 144 7/16-20 in 23 - 27 Nm 204 - 240
lb in lb in
-6 9.5 mm 3/8 in 11/16-16 in 24 - 27 Nm 216 - 240 9/16-18 in 34 - 41 Nm 300 - 360
lb in lb in
-8 12.7 mm 1/2 in 13/16-16 in 43 - 54 Nm 384 - 480 3/4-16 in 61 - 68 Nm 540 - 600
lb in lb in
-10 15.9 mm 5/8 in 1-14 in 62 - 76 Nm 552 - 672 7/8-14 in 81 - 88 Nm 60 - 65 lb ft
lb in
-12 19.0 mm 3/4 in 1-3/16-12 90 - 110 65 - 80 lb ft 1-1/16-12 115 - 122 85 - 90 lb ft
in Nm in Nm
-14 22.2 mm 7/8 in 1-3/16-12 90 - 110 65 - 80 lb ft 1-13/16-12 129 - 136 95 - 100 lb
in Nm in Nm ft
-16 25.41 mm 1.0 in 1-7/16-12 125 - 140 92 - 105 lb 1-5/16-12 156 - 169 115 - 125 lb
in Nm ft in Nm ft
-20 31.8 mm 1-1/4 in 1-11/16-12 170 - 190 125 - 140 1‘-5/6-12 in201 - 217 150 - 160
in Nm lb ft Nm lb ft
-24 38.1 mm 1-1/2 in 2-12 in 200 - 254 150 - 180 1-7/8-12 in 258 - 271 190 - 200
Nm lb ft Nm lb ft
84318454 14/03/2010
7
INTRODUCTION
Capacities
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
System Metric U.S. Imperial

Engine Oil
No filter change 19 l 5 US gal 4.2 UK gal
With filter change 21 l 5.5 US gal 4.5 UK gal
Cooling system 26.5 l 7 US gal 5.8 UK gal
Trans/hydraulic sytem 172 l 45.5 US gal 38 UK gal
Front wheel drive
10 bolt axle*
Differential – Standard 12.3 l 13 US qt** 21.6 UK pt
and Suspended FWD
Differential – SuperSteer 13.25 l 14 US qt*** 23.3 UK pt
FWD
Planetary (each) 1.4 l 3 US pt 2.5 UK pt
12 bolt axle*
Differential – Standard 11.8 l 12.5 US qt**** 20.8 UK pt
and Suspended FWD
Differential – SuperSteer 13.25 l 14 US qt*** 23.3 UK pt
FWD
Planetary (each) 3.3 l 7 US pt 5.8 UK pt
Fuel tank 674 l 178 US gal 148 UK gal
* Pin and bolt quantity are determined by observing the wheel ends.
** 25 US pt of NEW HOLLAND AMBRA HYPOIDE 140 GEAR LUBE (SAE 85W140) plus 1 US pt of NEW
HOLLAND AMBRA LIMITED SLIP ADDITIVE (B96606) for 13 US qt total.
*** 27 US pt of NEW HOLLAND AMBRA HYPOIDE 140 GEAR LUBE (SAE 85W140) plus 1 US pt of NEW
HOLLAND AMBRA LIMITED SLIP ADDITIVE (B96606) for 14 US qt total.
**** 24 US pt of NEW HOLLAND AMBRA HYPOIDE 140 GEAR LUBE (SAE 85W140) plus 1 US pt of NEW
HOLLAND AMBRA LIMITED SLIP ADDITIVE (B96606) for 12.5 US qt total.
84318454 14/03/2010
8
SERVICE MANUAL
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
T8010
T8020
T8030
T8040
T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A
Contents
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - A
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.10.A

T8010 , T8020 , T8030 , T8040 , T8050
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.10.C

T8010 , T8020 , T8030 , T8040 , T8050
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.20.A

T8010 , T8020 , T8030 , T8040 , T8050
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.30.A

T8010 , T8020 , T8030 , T8040 , T8050
LIGHTING SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.40.A

T8010 , T8020 , T8030 , T8040 , T8050
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.50.A

T8010 , T8020 , T8030 , T8040 , T8050
FAULT CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.50.A

T8010 [Z8Rx06001 - ] , T8020 [Z8Rx06001 - ] , T8030 [Z8Rx06001 - ] , T8040 [Z8Rx06001 - ] , T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ]
84318454 14/03/2010
A
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - 10.A
T8010
T8020
T8030
T8040
T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Pump drive
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Pressure/flow compensating (PFC) pump

Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
FUNCTIONAL DATA
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Hydraulic schematic frame 01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
T8050 EEAA, T8050 WE
Hydraulic schematic frame 02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10








T8010 EEAA, T8010 WE, T8020 EEAA, T8020 WE, T8030 EEAA, T8030 WE, T8040 EEAA, T8040 WE






84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 2
















Hydraulic symbol - Schematic components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Hydraulic symbol - Pressure control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Hydraulic symbol - Directional control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Hydraulic symbol - Composite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Hydraulic symbol - Flow control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Hydraulic symbol - Table of symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Power beyond
Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Component identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Hydraulic pump
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 3
Tandem gear pump Charge and lubrication - Component identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Motor return
Component identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Pump drive
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve
Priority/Regulator valve - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Priority/Regulator valve - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040
Priority/Regulator valve - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040
Priority/Regulator valve - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

T8050
Priority/Regulator valve - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

T8050

Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Standard - Component identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
High flow - Component identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Dual flow - Component identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
SERVICE
Power beyond
Flow test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Hydraulic pump
Tandem gear pump Regulated pressure - Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Tandem gear pump Regulated pressure - Leakage test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Tandem gear pump Regulated pressure - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Tandem gear pump Regulated pressure - Flow test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Tandem gear pump Charge and lubrication - Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Tandem gear pump Charge and lubrication - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Tandem gear pump Charge and lubrication - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Pump drive
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 4
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
End play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve
Flow compensator - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Flow compensator - Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Priority/Regulator valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Priority/Regulator valve - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Priority/Regulator valve - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Priority/Regulator valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Flow test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Standard - Flow test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
High flow - Flow test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Dual flow - Flow test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Remove - Standard or high flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install - Standard and high flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Dual flow - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Dual flow - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Suction screen
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 5
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Pump drive - Torque

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Component N·m Identification lb-ft/lb-in

Bearing cage bolts 55 - 60 Nm 41 - 44 lb ft
RCPH07CCH639ABC 1
Pump drive mounting bolts 52 - 61 Nm 38 - 45 lb ft
RCPH07CCH631BBC 2
Pump drive - General specification

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Driven gear shaft end play

End play must be 0.025 - 0.10 mm (0.001 - 0.004 in).
RCPH07CCH638ABC 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 6
Pressure/flow compensating (PFC) pump - Torque

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Component Nm Identification lb-ft

Filter head retaining bolts 62 - 80 Nm 46 - 59 lb ft
RCPH07CCH095BAE 1
Pressure and flow 40 - 60 Nm 30 - 44 lb ft

compensating (PFC) pump
split flange retaining bolts
RCPH07CCH088BAE 2
Pressure and flow 62 - 80 Nm 46 - 59 lb ft

compensating (PFC) pump
mounting bolts
RCPH07CCH096BAE 3
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 7
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic schematic

frame 01
Standard flow
Pressure and flow compensating (PFC) pump
Regulated circuit pump flow
Charge/lube pump flow
Return to tank/sump
Megaflow pump
1. Hitch valve 28. Service brake L. Lube regulator/relief valve

2. Hitch cylinders 29. Steering hand pump M. Chassis ground
3. Power beyond manifold 30. Steering cylinders N. Bypass valve
4. Charge/lube pump 31. Park/emergency brake O. Odd/even lube
5. PFC pump 32. Brake release pump P. Drop box lube
6. Screen/compensator 33. Filter Q. Creep drive lube
7. Oil cooler 34. Suspension control valve R. Master clutch lube
8. Priority/regulator valve 35. Suspension axle cylinders S. Right hand brake/differential lube
9. PTO/differential lock valve 36. Speed housing T. MFD/range lube
10. PTO clutch brake 37. Autoguidance valve U. Left hand brake/differential lube
11. Differential lock clutch 38. PX sensor port V. Damping
12. Transmission control valves 39. Park brake valve W. Bevel pinion lube
13. MFD clutch 40. Trailer brake coupler X. Lube supply
14. Low clutch 41. Trailer brake priority valve Y. PTO clutch lube
15. Medium clutch 42. Manual geroter aa. Inlet
16. High clutch 43. Added geroter bb. To park brake valve solenoid
17. Reverse clutch 44. To trailer brakes cc. Switch opens when pedal reaches
18. Fifth clutch A. Supply full stroke at hyd pressure loss
19. Third clutch B. Tank dd. Pressure sensor – rod
20. First clutch C. Signal ee. Pressure sensor – piston
21. Even clutch D. Relief ff. Rod solenoid
22. Odd clutch E. Pilot supply gg. Piston solenoid
23. Creep or 50 km/h clutch F. Cylinder port hh. Rod
24. Park clutch G. Case drain jj. Piston
25. Master clutch H. Return kk. To regulated circuit
26. Master clutch inching valve J. Pilot drain nn. To lube
27. Brake valve K. Regulated pp. To brake valve
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 8
RCIL07CCH406HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 9

frame 02
Standard flow
Return to tank/sump
Megaflow pump

84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 10
RCIL07CCH407HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 11

frame 03
Standard flow
Return to tank/sump
Megaflow pump

84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 12
RCIL07CCH408HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 13

frame 04
Standard flow
Return to tank/sump
Megaflow pump

84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 14
RCIL07CCH409HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 15

frame 05
Standard flow
Return to tank/sump
Megaflow pump

84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 16
RCIL07CCH410HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 17

frame 06
Standard flow
Return to tank/sump
Megaflow pump

84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 18
RCIL07CCH411HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 19

frame 07
Standard flow
Return to tank/sump
Megaflow pump

84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 20
RCIL07CCH412HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 21

frame 08
Standard flow
Return to tank/sump
Megaflow pump

84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 22
RCIL07CCH413HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 23

frame 01
Standard flow
Return to tank/sump
Megaflow pump

84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 24
RCIL07CCH414HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 25

frame 02
Standard flow
Return to tank/sump
Megaflow pump

84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 26
RCIL07CCH415HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 27

frame 03
Standard flow
Return to tank/sump
Megaflow pump

84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 28
RCIL07CCH416HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 29

frame 04
Standard flow
Return to tank/sump
Megaflow pump

84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 30
RCIL07CCH417HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 31

frame 05
Standard flow
Return to tank/sump
Megaflow pump

84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 32
RCIL07CCH418HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 33

frame 06
Standard flow
Return to tank/sump
Megaflow pump

84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 34
RCIL07CCH419HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 35

frame 07
Standard flow
Return to tank/sump
Megaflow pump

84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 36
RCIL07CCH420HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 37

frame 08
Standard flow
Return to tank/sump
Megaflow pump

84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 38
RCIL07CCH421HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 39

frame 01
Megaflow flow
Return to tank/sump
Megaflow pump

84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 40
RCIL07CCH422HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 41

frame 02
Megaflow flow
Return to tank/sump
Megaflow pump

84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 42
RCIL07CCH423HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 43

frame 03
Megaflow flow
Return to tank/sump
Megaflow pump

84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 44
RCIL07CCH424HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 45

frame 04
Megaflow flow
Return to tank/sump
Megaflow pump

84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 46
RCIL07CCH425HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 47

frame 05
Megaflow flow
Return to tank/sump
Megaflow pump

84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 48
RCIL07CCH426HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 49

frame 06
Megaflow flow
Return to tank/sump
Megaflow pump

84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 50
RCIL07CCH427HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 51

frame 07
Megaflow flow
Return to tank/sump
Megaflow pump

84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 52
RCIL07CCH428HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 53

frame 08
Megaflow flow
Return to tank/sump
Megaflow pump

84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 54
RCIL07CCH429HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 55

frame 01
Standard flow with suspension control and autoguidance
Return to tank/sump
Megaflow pump

84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 56
RCIL07CCH430HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 57

frame 02
Return to tank/sump
Megaflow pump

84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 58
RCIL07CCH431HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 59

frame 03
Return to tank/sump
Megaflow pump

84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 60
RCIL07CCH432HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 61

frame 04
Return to tank/sump
Megaflow pump

84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 62
RCIL07CCH433HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 63

frame 05
Return to tank/sump
Megaflow pump

84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 64
RCIL07CCH434HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 65

frame 06
Return to tank/sump
Megaflow pump

84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 66
RCIL07CCH435HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 67

frame 07
Return to tank/sump
Megaflow pump

84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 68
RCIL07CCH436HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 69

frame 08
Return to tank/sump
Megaflow pump

84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 70
RCIL07CCH437HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 71
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic symbol -

Schematic components
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Accurate diagrams of hydraulic circuits are essential to the technician who must repair them. The diagram shows
how the components interact. The diagram shows how the system works, what each component should be doing and
where the oil should be going so the technician can diagnose and repair the system.
There are two types of circuit diagrams:

• Cutaway circuit diagrams show the internal construction of the components as well as the flow paths. Using colors,
shades or various patterns in the lines and passages, they show many different conditions of flow and pressure.
Cutaway diagrams take considerably longer to produce because of their complexity.
• Schematic circuit diagrams, the “shorthand” system of the industry, are usually preferred for troubleshooting. A
schematic diagram is made up of simple geometric symbols for the components and their controls and connec-
tions.
There are several systems of symbols used when making schematic diagrams:
• ISO – International Standards Organization
• ANSI – American National Standards Institute
• ASA – American Standards Association
• JIC – Joint Industry Conference
A combination of symbols from these systems are shown. There are differences between the symbol systems. There
is enough similarity, however, so if you understand the symbols shown, you will be able to interpret other symbols as
well.
Reservoirs
A rectangle with the top removed represents a vented
reservoir (A). A rectangle with the top in place represents
a pressurized reservoir (B).
RCIL07CCH025AAA 1
There are other schematic diagrams that show a slightly

different version of a pressurized reservoir, but the sym-
bols are similar and easily recognized. An oval with a
short line on top or a rectangle with curved sides repre-
sents a reservoir that is pressurized.
RCIL07CCH027AAA 2
Lines connected to the reservoir usually are drawn from

the top, regardless of where the actual connection is. This
symbol shows a line which returns fluid above the level in
the reservoir.
RCIL07CCH030AAA 3
If the hydraulic line returns fluid below the level in the

reservoir, it is drawn all the way to the bottom of the sym-
bol.
RCIL07CCH032AAA 4
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 72
A hydraulic line connected to the bottom of the reservoir

may be drawn from the bottom of the symbol if the bottom
connection is essential to the systems operation.
RCIL07CCH033AAA 5
If the pump inlet (B) must be charged or flooded with fluid

above the inlet port, the reservoir symbol (A) appears
above the pump symbol, and the suction line is drawn out
of the bottom of the reservoir symbol.
Every system reservoir has at least two hydraulic lines

connected to it, and some may have many more. Often
the components that are connected to the reservoir are
spread all over the schematic. Rather than multiplying
lines all over the schematic, individual reservoir symbols
are drawn close to the components. The reservoir is usu-
ally the only component symbol pictured more than once
on a diagram.
RCIL07CCH124AAA 6
Lines, tubes and hoses

A hydraulic line, tube, hose or any conductor that carries
the fluid between components is shown as a line. A work-
ing line, such as an inlet pressure or return, is shown as
a solid line.
RCIL07CCH034AAA 7
Working lines with arrows show direction of flow. In the

first example (A), fluid flows in one direction only; in the
second example (B), fluid can flow in both directions.
RCIL07CCH035AAA 8
Pilot or control lines (A) are broken into long dashes.

Drain lines (B) for leakage oil are broken into short
dashes.
RCIL07CCH036AAA 9
A flexible line is shown as an arc between two dots and is

always represented by a solid line.
RCIL07CCH026AAA 10
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 73
An enclosure outline indicates that there are several sym-

bols that make up a component assembly such as a valve
or a valve stack. The enclosure outline is rectangular and
is broken with dashes on all sides.
RCIL07CCH028AAA 11
Lines between components are drawn differently when

they are crossing or connected. There are lines that cross
other lines but are not connected. There are several ways
to show crossing lines which are not connected.
RCIL07CCH038AAA 12
Lines that are connected are shown with a dot that repre-
sents the connection or shown as a tee connection. The
dot connection is the most commonly used when drawing
schematic diagrams.
RCIL07CCH047AAA 13
Pumps
There are many basic pump designs. A simple fixed dis-
placement pump (A) is shown as a circle with a solid ar-
row that pointing outward. The arrow points in the direc-
tion that the fluid flows. If the pump is reversible (B) or
designed to pump in either direction, the symbol has two
arrows which point in opposite directions. The pump nor-
mally has a pressure port and line (1) from which pressur-
ized fluid is discharged and a suction port and line (2) into
which fluid is drawn from the reservoir.
RCIL07CCH048AAA 14
A variable displacement pump (A) is shown by an arrow

drawn through the pump symbol at a 45 degree angle. A
variable displacement, pressure compensated pump (B)
is shown by a small box with an arrow, added to the side
of the pump symbol.
RCIL07CCH040AAA 15
If the pump is controlled by a lever (A) or a pedal (B), the

appropriate symbol is added to the side of the pump.
RCIL07CCH041AAA 16
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 74
A drive shaft is shown as two short parallel lines extending

from the side of the pump. A curved arrow, if present, on
the drive shaft indicates the direction of rotation.
RCIL07CCH049AAA 17
Motors
Motor symbols are circles with solid black arrows, which
point in the opposite direction of a pump’s arrow, to show
the motor as a receiver of fluid. One arrow is used for
non-reversible motors (A); and two arrows are used for
reversible motors (B).
RCIL07CCH051AAA 18
A simple schematic diagram is shown of a hydraulic motor

(A) connected to a hydraulic pump (B).
RCIL07CCH046AAA 19
Cylinders
A cylinder is a simple rectangle (A) representing the bar-
rel. The piston and rod are represented by a tee (B), in-
serted into the rectangle. The symbol can be drawn in any
position.
RCIL07CCH055AAA 20
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 75
If the cylinder is single-acting (A), there is only one port

shown on the end of the cylinder that receives pressurized
fluid. The opposite end of the cylinder is left open. Both
ends are closed on a double-acting cylinder (B), and two
ports are shown.
RCIL07CCH054AAA 21
A double rod end cylinder has a rod extending from each

end of the rectangle.
RCIL07CCH057AAA 22
Some cylinders have cushions built into them. The cush-

ion slows the movement of the piston as it nears the end of
its stroke. Cylinder cushions are shown as a smaller rec-
tangle (A) on the piston. If the cushion has an adjustable
orifice, a slanted arrow is drawn at 45 degrees (B) across
the symbol.
RCIL07CCH126AAA 23
Accessories
Filters, strainers and heat exchangers are represented as
squares that are turned 45 degrees and have the port
connections at the corners.
A dotted line perpendicular to the flow line represent a

filter, strainer or screen.
RCIL07CCH080AAA 24
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 76
A solid line perpendicular to the flow with solid arrows

pointing outward represents a cooler.
RCIL07CCH081AAA 25
The symbol for a heater is like the symbol for a cooler,

except the solid arrows point inward.
RCIL07CCH118AAA 26
Two sets of arrows pointing inward and outward repre-

sents a temperature control unit
The solid arrows point in the direction that heat is dissi-

pated. Or in the case of the control unit, they show that
heat can be regulated.
RCIL07CCH119AAA 27
An oval with details inside represents an accumulator.

The details explain what type of accumulator it is: spring
loaded (A), gas charged (B), or other features.
The divider line indicates there is a separator between the

charge and the fluid. A hollow arrow indicates gas.
A spring indicates that the accumulator is spring-loaded.
RCIL07CCH130AAA 28
Reference: PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic symbol - Pressure control (A.10.A)
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic symbol - Directional control (A.10.A)
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic symbol - Composite (A.10.A)
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic symbol - Flow control (A.10.A)
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic symbol - Table of symbols (A.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 77

Pressure control
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
The basic valve symbol is a square (which is called an

envelope) with external port connections and an arrow
inside to show the fluid passage and direction of flow. The
valve usually operates by balancing fluid pressure against
a spring, so a spring is shown on one side of the symbol
and a pilot pressure line on the other side.
Normally closed valve

A normally closed valve, such as a relief or sequence
valve, is shown with an arrow offset from the ports [in-
let (A), outlet (B)] toward the pilot pressure line (C) side
of the square. The spring (D) holds the valve closed until
the pilot line pressure is greater than the spring pressure.
Mentally visualize a build up of pressure in the pilot line
and the envelope moving over, compressing the spring.
Fluid can now flow through the valve.
RCIL07CCH059AAA 1
Normally open valve

A normally open valve is shown with the arrow connecting
the inlet and outlet ports. It closes when pressure over-
comes spring force. Mentally visualize a build up of pres-
sure in the pilot line and the envelope moving over, com-
pressing the spring. Fluid flow through the valve is now
blocked.
RCIL07CCH060AAA 2
Relief valve
A relief valve is shown as a normally closed symbol con-
nected between the pressure line (A) and the reservoir
(B). The flow direction arrow points away from the pres-
sure line port and toward the reservoir. This graphically
represents how a relief valve operates. When pressure in
the system overcomes the valve spring (C), flow is from
the pressure line through the relief valve to the reservoir.
RCIL07CCH061AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 78
Pressure reducing valve

A pressure reducing valve is shown as a normally open
symbol in a pressure line. This valve works opposite of
a relief valve, since it senses outlet pressure (A) versus
inlet pressure (B). As the outlet pressure builds, it works
against a predetermined spring force. As the spring force
is overcome, flow through the valve is reduced or shut off.
RCIL07CCH063AAA 4
Sequence valve
The normally closed symbol is also used for a sequence
valve (A). The inlet port is connected to a primary cylin-
der (B) and the outlet port to the secondary cylinder line
(C). When the piston in the primary cylinder reaches the
end of its stroke, the pressure in the supply line increases.
The sequence valve is also connected to the supply line
and also feels the increase in pressure. As pressure in-
creases, the envelope and directional flow arrow move
over, connecting the inlet and outlet ports allowing fluid to
flow to the secondary cylinder.
RCIL07CCH062AAA 5
Reference: PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic symbol - Directional control (A.10.A)
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic symbol - Composite (A.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 79

Directional control
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
One way valve

A simple ball check valve is shown. When fluid pressure
is exerted on the left side of the ball, the ball is forced into
the “V” and no fluid can flow though the valve. When fluid
pressure is applied to the right side of the ball, the ball
moves away from the “V” and fluid can flow through the
valve.
RCIL07CCH066AAA 1
Bypass valve
A bypass valve is shown as a one-way valve with a spring
on the ball end of the symbol. Pressurized flow is neces-
sary to overcome the spring force and allow flow around
the ball.
RCIL07CCH067AAA 2
Reference: PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic symbol - Composite (A.10.A)

84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 80

Composite
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
One way valve

A more complex one-way valve is shown. This directional
control symbol uses multiple envelopes with a separate
envelope for each valve position. Within each envelope,
arrows show the flow paths when the valve is shifted to
that position.
NOTE: All port connections are made to the envelope
which shows the neutral condition of the valve.
The left symbol (A) a one-way valve in the closed position.

Mentally visualize a build up of pressure on the right side
of the valve symbol (B) to enable free flow through the
valve.
RCIL07CCH072AAA 1
Two position valve

Two envelopes (representing the spool) indicate a two po-
sition valve. Each envelopes shows the flow conditions for
its position. This simple schematic shows fluid supplied to
the rod end of the cylinder (A) from the control valve (B).
Return flow is from the piston end of the cylinder through
the control valve to tank.
RCIL07CCH073AAA 2
Mentally visualize the directional control valve shifted to

the other position. Pressurized fluid is supplied to the pis-
ton end of the cylinder (A) from the control valve (B), and
return fluid flows from the rod end of the cylinder through
the control valve to tank.
RCIL07CCH074AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 81
Three position valve

Three position valves have a centered (neutral) position.
The centered position can be either open or closed to flow.
The open center (A) is usually used with a fixed displace-
ment pump, while the closed center (B) is usually used
with a variable displacement pump.
RCIL07CCH068AAA 4
RCIL07CCH069AAA 5
Actuating controls
Valve spools are controlled by pedals (A), levers (B), pilot
fluid (C), electric solenoids (D), etc., which are called ac-
tuating controls. These actuating controls are shown by
symbols placed on the ends of the envelopes.
This symbol (E) is used when a solenoid is controlled with

internal pilot assist pressure.
RCIL07CCH017BAA 6
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 82
To show that a valve is spring-centered, a spring symbol is

placed at each end of the envelope. This symbol shows
that a solenoid and pilot pressure assist are required to
overcome spring force to move the valve spool.
RCIL07CCH070AAA 7
Reference: PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic symbol - Flow control (A.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 83
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic symbol - Flow

control
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Restrictors
The basic flow control symbol is a restrictor. If the restric-
tor is adjustable, a slanted arrow is drawn across the sym-
bol. The restrictor could be a special fitting with a small
hole in it or a small drilled passageway within a valve. An
adjustable restrictor acts like a faucet: adjusting the re-
striction regulates flow. Restrictors are used to meter and
bleed circuits. RCIL07CCH075AAA 1
Adjustable restrictors can be pressure-compensated:

the size of the opening in the restrictor changes with
increases and decreases in pressure. A perpendicular
arrow indicates pressure compensation. If the restrictor
has both pressure and temperature compensation, the
symbol for a thermometer is added.
RCIL07CCH078AAA 2
Reference: PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic symbol - Table of symbols (A.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 84
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic symbol - Table

of symbols
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Line and line functions

Solid line - main line Dotted line - exhaust or
drain line
Dashed line - pilot line Enclosure outline
Lines crossing Lines joining
Lines crossing Liquid direction of flow
Gaseous direction of flow Flexible line
Mechanical devices
Connections (two parallel Variable component (arrow
lines) for shafts, levers, etc. intersects symbol at 45 °)
Spring
Pumps and motors

Pump, fixed displacement Pump, variable
displacement
Pressure compensated, Fixed displacement pump

variable displacement (bidirectional flow)
pump
Motor, fixed displacement Motor, variable

displacement
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 85
Oscillator
Reservoirs
Reservoir, open to Pressurized reservoir
atmosphere
Return line to reservoir Return line to reservoir

below fluid level above fluid level
Cylinders
Single acting Double acting, single rod
end
Double acting. double rod Single rod end, fixed

end cushion both ends
Single rod end, adjustable Differential cylinder

cushion, rod end only
Valves
Check valve Pilot-operated check valve
On/Off manual shut off Regulating or selector

valve valves
2 position, 2 way valve 2 position, 3 way valve
2 position, 4 way valve 3 position, 4 way valve
2 position, 4 way open Valve capable of infinite

center, crossover valve positioning (indicated by
horizontal lines parallel to
the envelope)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 86
Pressure relief valve Pressure reducing valve
Non-adjustable restrictor Adjustable restrictor valve

valve
Adjustable restrictor, Adjustable restrictor,

pressure compensated temperature and pressure
compensated
Valve actuators
Solenoid Detent
Spring Manual
Push button Lever
Pedal Mechanical
Pressure compensated Pilot pressure, remote

supply
Liquid supply
Accessories
Filter Cooler
Heater Temperature controller
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 87
Accumulator (hydro- Reversing motor

pneumatic
Station or test point Pressure indicator
Temperature indicator Pressure switch
Quick disconnect Quick disconnect

(disconnected) (connected)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 88
Power beyond - Dynamic description

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
The power beyond circuit is an alternate hydraulic sup-

ply that does not require the actuation of remote levers.
The circuit is commonly used to supply flow for hydraulic
loader systems as well as other hydraulic applications.
The power beyond circuit is supplied by the pressure and
flow compensating (PFC) piston pump. The circuit con-
tains a signal port to the pump compensator. The flow
available to the circuit is affected by the use of the remote
system circuits and the hitch system.
Whether the tractor is equipped with a standard or high

flow pump, the maximum flow rate through the power be-
yond coupler (1) is approximately 112 l/min (30 US gpm).
RCPH07CCH018BAE 1
Circuit usage
There are two ways to setup and utilize the tractor power beyond circuit.
1. Load sense controlled mode
2. High pressure compensation mode
In load sense controlled mode, the supplied circuit must be equipped with a load sense port which generates a load
sense signal. The port on the supplied circuit must be connected to the load sense (LS) port at the power beyond
couplers.
When there is no demand for flow, the pump remains in low pressure standby mode. As a control valve is shifted
and flow is required, the slight pressure drop causes the compensator flow spool to shift, the swash plate angle will
increase and the pump flow will rise to meet the demand. If there is a reduction in flow demand the signal pressure
will increase, the flow spool will shift the opposite direction and destroke the swash plate reducing the flow output.
When there is no demand for flow, the PFC pump remains in low pressure standby mode. As a control valve is shifted
and flow is required, the slight pressure drop causes the compensator flow spool to shift, the swash plate angle to
increase and pump flow to rise to meet the demand. If there is a reduction in flow demand, the load signal pressure
will increase, causing the flow spool to shift in the opposite direction and destroke the swash plate, reducing the flow
from the pump.
In high pressure compensation mode, an internal plug must be removed from the power beyond valve. See the
illustrations below. When this internal plug is removed, pump supply is directly connected to the signal line of the
pump compensator. The pump remains on high pressure compensation, maintaining approximately 207 bar (3000
psi). When the supplied circuit requires flow, the pump supplies the maximum flow available.
NOTICE: The internal power beyond plug must be reinstalled to use load sense controlled mode.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 89
RCPH07CCH021GAE 2
1. External plug 4. Flow control spool

2. Internal plug 5. Spring
3. Check valve assembly 6. Valve assembly pilot relief
Operation problems
The power beyond circuit can be used for numerous hydraulic operations. Since conditions/problems within the
add-on hydraulics can affect power beyond function, troubleshooting is limited to the tractor system and power be-
yond components.
When troubleshooting problems with add-on hydraulics, find out if the hydraulic application ever operated correctly or
if the hydraulic application was working well and is now having problems.
If the hydraulic application never operated correctly, review the circuit usage portion of this section.
If the application once worked well and is now malfunctioning – low or erratic flow, low or erratic pressures, perform
the flow test at the power beyond couplers; see Power beyond - Flow test (A.10.A). The flow test will determine
whether the tractor hydraulic system is contributing to or causing the problem.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 90
Power beyond - Component identification

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Power Beyond Layout
RCPH07CCH025AAE 2
RCPH07CCH026BAE 1
RCPH07CCH017BAE 3
1. Power beyond load sense tube 7. Power beyond return flow coupler
2. Power beyond supply tube 8. Check valve
3. Power beyond return tube 9. Internal plug
4. Case drain 10. External plug
5. Load sense coupler 11. Valve assembly pilot relief
6. Power beyond coupler (supply)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 91
NOTE: Remove internal plug (9) to maintain high pressure standby condition.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 92
Hydraulic pump - Dynamic description

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
The tractor uses three hydraulic pumps which are driven through a drive housing on the right side of the range trans-
mission. The pump drive housing gears are driven by the PTO drive line and all the pumps turn at approximately 1.33
times engine speed. A PFC (pressure and flow compensating) piston pump is attached to the front of the pump drive
housing, while the tandem gear pumps are attached to the rear of the pump drive housing.
The front section of the tandem gear pump supplies the regulated pressure circuit: brake valve, transmission control
valves, PTO and differential lock valve, auxiliary and hitch valve pilot circuits. The rear section supplies charge flow to
the PFC pump(s). The PFC pump supplies flow to the priority valve, which directs flow to the steering system, remote
valves and the three point hitch.
All hydraulic lines are equipped with O-ring face seals to ensure reliable, vibration-resistant connections.
Charge/lubrication pump
The charge/lubrication pump is the rear section of the dual gear pump and it is used to supply the main PFC pump
with a charged inlet condition to prevent cavitation. The pump also supplies lubrication and cooling requirements for
the transmission.
The pump draws oil from the transmission housing through a 100 mesh suction screen. The pump flow is directed
across the main filter assembly to provide clean charge and lubrication oil.
The pump flow rate at rated speed 2667 RPM( 2000 RPM engine speed) is 177.0 l/min (47.0 US gpm).
Regulated circuit pump

The regulated circuit pump is the front section of the tandem gear pump. The pump draws oil from the system reservoir
through a 100 mesh suction screen. The pump flow passes through the regulated circuit filter housing and into the
priority regulator valve. The priority regulator valve maintains the regulated pressure circuit at 22.4 - 24.5 bar (325
- 355 psi). The regulated pump flow supplies the PTO/differential lock valve, transmission control valves and brake
valve. The remote and hitch valves are also supplied with regulated pressure.
Once these circuits are satisfied, the excess regulated pump flow is directed through the oil coolers and joins up with
the charge pump flow at the downstream side of the main filter head.
The pump flow rate at rated speed of 2667 RPM ( 2000 RPM engine speed) is 102.0 l/min (27.0 US gpm).
PFC piston pump

The axial piston pump has a variable flow output and can operate at variable pressures. The pump matches the
hydraulic power output to the actual load requirements to ensure maximum efficiency and the minimum use of fuel.
The pump inlet is charged to prevent cavitation. The pump output flow is supplied to the priority regulator valve. The
priority regulator valve gives top priority to the steering system and trailer brake circuit. Once the steering system and
trailer brake circuits are satisfied the priority regulator valve supplies pump flow to the remote auxiliary valves and
three point hitch valve.
The maximum pump flow rate for the standard pump at rated speed of 2667 RPM ( 2000 RPM engine speed) is 146.0
l/min (38.6 US gpm).
NOTE: The standard pump system delivers approximately 113.6 l/min (30.0 US gpm) through a single remote sec-
tion. This is due to resistance created by oil flowing through restrictive passage ways and long lengths of tubing or
hose.
Optional high flow PFC piston pump

An optional high flow PFC piston pump is available. The high flow rate maximum pump flow rate at rated speed of
2667 RPM ( 2000 RPM engine speed) is 220 l/min (58 US gpm).
NOTE: The high flow pump system delivers approximately 113.6 l/min (30.0 US gpm) through a single remote sec-
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 93
hose. However, when operating two or more remote sections the high flow pump has approximately 75.7 l/min (20.0
US gpm) more flow than a standard pump system to supply the additional remote circuits.
RCPH07CCH026FAE 1
1. Charge/lubrication pump outlet (rear section) 3. High flow PFC piston pump
2. Regulated circuit pump outlet (front section) 4. Dual gear pump/regulated system filter housing
Optional Megaflow PFC piston pump

The axial piston pump has a variable flow output and can operate at variable pressures. The pump matches the
hydraulic power output to the actual load requirements to ensure maximum efficiency and the minimum use of fuel.
The maximum pump flow rate at rated speed 2667 RPM( 2000 RPM engine speed) is 117.0 l/min (31.0 US gpm).
The pump inlet is charged to prevent cavitation. The pump output flow is supplied directly to the remote auxiliary
manifold. The manifold is equipped with internal plugs to separate the dual flow supply flow, signal line pressure and
signal line pilot relief from the standard PFC piston pump circuit. The Megaflow pump supplies only the third, fourth
or fifth remote sections. The two PFC pump hydraulic circuits operate independently.
NOTE: The Megaflow pump system delivers approximately 113.6 l/min (30.0 US gpm) through a single remote sec-
hose.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 94
RCPH07CCH027FAE 2
1. Megaflow signal line 4. Standard PFC pump

2. Megaflow outlet 5. Megaflow inlet
3. Megaflow PFC pump 6. Main filter assembly
Lubrication circuit
The lubrication flow is a combination of both dual gear pumps’ outputs – filtered charge pump flow and filtered/cooled
excess regulated circuit flow. Inlet charge pressure and lubrication are limited to 5.0 bar (75 psi) by a lube relief valve.
The lubrication circuit provides a low pressure flow of oil to lubricate and cool the following transmission components:
master clutch, bevel pinion gears, brakes, drop box, odd/even clutches, MFD/range, creep drive and PTO/differential
lock lube.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 95
RCPH07CCH029FAE 3
1. Left brake lube 6. Drop box lube

2. PTO lube supply 7. Right brake lube
3. Range lube 8. Charge pump to filter inlet
4. Master clutch lube 9. Oil cooler return to filter
5. Odd/even lube
RCPH07CCH021AAE 4
10. Lube relief hose 12. Drop box rear bearing lube
11. Drop box output lube (without creeper)
Regulated pressure circuits

The regulated circuit is supplied by the front dual gear pump. The pump flow passes through the regulated circuit
filter housing and onto the priority regulator valve. The pressure regulator portion of the valve maintains the regulated
pressure at 22.4 - 24.5 bar (325 - 355 psi).
The following components are supplied by the regulated circuit:

• speed transmission powershift valve,
• odd/even transmission powershift valve (includes creep and park brake),
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 96
• range transmission powershift valve (includes MFD),

• PTO/differential lock valve,
• master clutch inching valve,
• brake valve,
• hitch valve pilot pressure,
• remote valve pilot pressure
• and MFD clutch supply.
RCPH07CCH023FAE 5
1. Range regulated supply tube 5. Master clutch diagnostic tube (See next view.)
2. Speed transmission control valve regulated supply, 6. Transmission control valve regulated supply
upper tube
3. Priority regulator valve to PTO valve 7. Priority regulator valve excess to oil coolers
4. Priority regulator valve
NOTE: Brake, hitch and remote valves regulated supply tubes not shown.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 97
RCPH07CCH022FAE 6
1. Master clutch diagnostic coupler
RCPH07CCH028BAE 7
2. Regulated circuit accumulator 3. Speed transmission control valve regulated supply,

lower tube
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 98
Tandem gear pump Charge and lubrication - Component

identification
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCPH07CCH021BAE 2
RCPH07CCH020BAE 1
1. Pump assembly 5. Lube relief valve assembly

2. Priority regulator valve 6. Pump inlet section
3. Regulator section inlet 7. Suction screen shroud
4. Regulated circuit filter
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 99
Motor return - Component identification

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Case drain coupler

2. Motor return coupler
3. Motor return tube
RCPH07CCH034BAE 1
RCPH07CCH020AAE 2
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 100
Pump drive - Exploded view

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCPH07CCH653FBC 1
1. Pump drive housing 7. Bearing cup

2. Idler shaft 8. Bearing cone
3. Bearing 9. Driven gear
4. Spacer 10 Shim
5. Retaining ring 11. O-ring
6. Idler gear 12. Bearing cone
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 101
Control valve Priority/Regulator valve - Dynamic description

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
The priority/regulator valve assembly is located on the top right side of the range transmission. The assembly
contains:
• the priority spool,
• the regulator spool,
• and steering relief valve.
The front section of the dual gear pump and the pressure and flow compensating (PFC) piston pump supply oil to the
priority/regulator valve.
Priority spool ( supplied by the PFC piston pump)

Oil flows into the priority/regulator valve from the left side port (2). Steering has first priority: oil flows across the
priority spool (11) and out the steering supply port (3). There is a cross-drilled passage near the top of the priority
spool. Oil enters this orifice and starts to build pressure against the spring. As steering demand is satisfied, pressure
builds on the top of the priority spool and the spool moves down against its spring, opening a passage to the remote
and hitch circuits (13).
When the steering circuit is placed on demand, a pressure drop is created on the top end of the priority spool. Signal
and spring pressure work against pump outlet pressure, and the priority spool moves up to accommodate steering
demand.
Once steering demand is satisfied, pressure builds on the top of the priority spool and the spool shifts down to increase
flow to the remote and hitch circuits. When equipped with trailer brakes, oil is also supplied from the priority valve to
the trailer brakes.
RCPH07CCH004FAE 1
1. Priority regulator valve 7. Regulated supply

2. Supply from PFC pump 8. Regulated pressure adjustment
3. Supply to steering 9. Steering relief adjustment
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 102
4. Regulated supply to system 10. Steering signal to hand pump

5. Excess flow to coolers 11. Priority spool
6. Regulated supply to brakes 13. Supply to remote valves
RCPH07CCH016GAE 2
1. Priority regulator valve 8. Regulated pressure adjustment

2. Supply from PFC piston pump 9. Steering relief adjustment
3. Supply to steering 10. Steering signal to hand pump
4. Regulated supply to system 11. Priority spool
5. Excess flow to coolers 12. Regulator spool
7. Regulated supply 14. Internal plug
Regulator spool (supplied by regulated pump section)

Regulated pump flow enters the priority/regulator valve at the right side port (7). Oil flows across the regulator spool
(12) and supplies all the regulated circuits through the side port (6) and top port (4). The oil also flows through the
orifice near the top of the regulator spool. This oil builds pressure and moves the regulator spool against the spring.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 103
This regulates pressure and maintains the 22.4 - 24.5 bar (325 - 355 psi) in the regulated circuits. These include the
transmission control valves, PTO/differential lock valve, brake valve and regulated pressure for remote valve and the
hitch valve pilot pressure.
When all regulated circuit demands are met, the regulator spool continues to maintain the 22.4 - 24.5 bar (325 - 355
psi) pressure and allows excess pump flow out the cooler supply port (5).
When a regulated circuit is activated, the regulator spool senses a momentary drop in pressure. The spring will
overcome the spool and move it up to increase flow of oil to meet the demand. As the demand is met, pressure again
builds on the top side of the spool through the orifice and moves the spool down to maintain regulated pressure.
RCPH07CCH004FAE 3

84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 104
RCPH07CCH016GAE 4

Priority regulator valve with pressure solenoid

NOTE: T8050 only.
The priority/regulator valve equipped with a pressure solenoid valve (1) which is not adjustable. The pressure solenoid
uses feedback from the pressure transducer, through the transmission controller, to maintain a tighter tolerance on
regulated system pressure. The solenoid maintains full regulated pressure to the transmission clutches regardless of
temperature or other demands on the regulated pressure circuit.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 105
RCPH07CCH020GAE 5
1. Pressure solenoid valve
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 106
Control valve Priority/Regulator valve - Exploded view

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040
RCPH07CCH028GAE 1
1. Priority/regulator valve body 5. Pilot relief assembly

2. Priority valve spool 6. Orifice fitting
3. Regulator spool 7. Regulated pressure adjustment assembly
4. Logic check valve assembly 8. Internal plug
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 107
Control valve Priority/Regulator valve - Sectional view

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040
RCPH07CCH016GAE 1
1. Priority and regulator valve 7. Regulator spool

2. Logic check valve assembly 8. Regulator spring
3. Internal plug 9. Lock nut
4. Priority spring 10. Adjusting plug
5. Priority valve spool 11. Pilot relief valve assembly
6. Plug 12. Orifice fitting body assembly
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 108
Control valve Priority/Regulator valve - Exploded view

T8050
RCPH07CCH027GAE 1
1. Priority/regulator valve body 7. Outer spring

2. Priority valve spool 8. Piston
3. Regulator spool 9. Inner spring
4. Logic check valve assembly 10. System pressure valve block
5. Pilot relief assembly 11. System pressure solenoid valve
6. Orifice fitting
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 109
Control valve Priority/Regulator valve - Sectional view

T8050
RCPH07CCH020GAE 1
1. Priority and regulator valve 7. Regulator spool

2. Logic check valve assembly 8. Inner spring
3. Internal plug 9. Outer spring
4. Priority spring 10. Piston
5. Priority valve spool 11. System pressure solenoid assembly
6. Plug 12. Orifice fitting body assembly
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 110
Pressure/flow compensating (PFC) pump - Dynamic description

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
NOTE: The principles of operation for the standard flow pump apply to both the optional high flow pump and Megaflow
pump systems. The illustrations below depict the standard flow pump.
Principle of Control
All remote valves, the hitch control valve, the optional trailer brake and optional power beyond circuit contain a signal
port. Each signal port directs a signal pressure, equal to the working pressure of that circuit, through signal lines
and check valves to the pump compensator spool. The compensator angles the pump swash plate to meet system
demands.
A check valve is located in each signal line between the control valves and the compensator spool. If several control
valves are operated at the same time, the signal line at the highest pressure causes the other check valve(s) at the
lower pressures to seat themselves. This prevents signal bleed off through other control valves and ensures that the
highest signal pressure acts on the compensator spool.
The pump is designed to operate in two different modes according to the demand for flow and pressure. The
modes ares:
• Low pressure standby: When there is no demand for flow or pressure, the pump provides just enough flow to
make up for internal leakage in the hydraulic system at low pressure. In this mode the pump requires very little
power to drive it.
• Pressure/flow delivery and compensation: When there is a demand for flow and pressure from the hydraulic sys-
tem, the pump responds to provide only the flow required. This limits the power consumption of the system.
RCPH07CCH003GAE 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 111
1. Control piston 7. Piston block loading spring

2. Control spring 8. Piston block
3. Drive set 9. Back plate
4. Pump housing 10. Compensator assembly
5. Swash plate 11. Control piston rod
6. Piston
RCPH07CCH037FAE 2
Pressure compensator
1. Signal line pressure 6. High pressure compensator spool

2. Pump case drain 7. High pressure spring
3. Control piston pressure 8. Compensator assembly
4. Piston pump outlet pressure 9. Flow compensator springs
5. Flow compensator spool 10. Orifice plug
Low pressure stand by

When there is no demand for flow, there is no pressure signal feedback to the pump, and the pump enters low pressure
standby mode. Since there is no place for pump oil to flow, pressure builds at the pump outlet passage. This pressure
is directed, through internal passages in the pump back plate, to the end of the compensator spool opposite the spring.
The spring acting on the flow compensator spool allows the spool to move at a 23.5 - 27.0 bar (340 - 390 psi) differ-
ential pressure. At this pressure, the flow compensator spool moves down and allows oil to flow into the passage to
the pump control piston.
Pressure on this control piston tilts the pump swash plate against the swash plate control spring to a near neutral
position. In this condition, the pump provides just enough flow to make up for internal leakage, thus maintaining a
minimum system pressure of 23.5 - 27.0 bar (340 - 390 psi).
The pump remains in the low pressure standby position as long as there is no pressure or flow demand from the
hydraulic system. In this mode, the pump produces very little heat and absorbs very little horsepower from the engine.
Engine Start Up
Before the engine is started, the pump swash plate angle is at its maximum angle. As soon as the engine is cranked
by the starter motor, the pressure and flow compensating (PFC) pump produces flow and pressure builds in the pump
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 112
delivery passage. When this pressure reaches 23.5 - 27.0 bar (340 - 390 psi) the pump enters its low pressure
standby mode. This occurs almost instantly and makes engine starting easier.
Pressure/flow delivery and compensation

When oil is required in the system, flow is controlled by the difference in pressure at opposite ends of the compensator
spool.
When a control valve is operated, pressure at the outlet of the piston pump drops slightly. Spring and signal line
pressure shift the flow compensator spool away from the spring end, allowing oil from the control piston to drain past
the spool and to tank.
As the oil drains out of the control piston, the swash plate angle increases and pump flow rises until the flow demand
has been met. The flow from the pump is determined by the size of the orifice in the control valve which is being
operated. This orifice is created by limiting the main valve spool travel within the control valve.
When a control valve is operated, oil pressure in the circuit being supplied increases to its operating pressure. This
pressure is transmitted through the sensing line to the spring end of the compensator spool.
Increased flow demand

When an additional control valve is operated, pressure drops slightly at the pump pressure passage. The compen-
sator spool moved up and allows the oil behind the control piston to drain to tank. The swash plate moves and pump
flow increases until the extra demand for flow has been met.
Pressure at the pump outlet increases until it is 23.5 - 27.0 bar (340 - 390 psi) above the signal line pressure. This
pressure increase moves the pump compensator spool against the spring, allowing sufficient flow past the spool to
the control piston. This action on the piston moves the swash plate to a position where increased flow is maintained
and the pressure stabilized.
Decreased flow demand

When flow demand is reduced, pump pressure increases until the pump outlet pressure exceeds the signal line pres-
sure by more than 23.5 - 27.0 bar (340 - 390 psi). The flow compensator spool moves down to allow some oil to flow
into the pump control piston. This action on the piston destrokes the pump against the spring and reduces pump flow.
When pump flow falls to match the reduced demand, the difference in pressure sensed on the opposite sides of the
compensator spool returns to 23.5 - 27.0 bar (340 - 390 psi). The compensator spool moves and blocks off the
passage to the control piston, which locks the swash plate at that pumping angle.
High pressure standby

The hydraulic system is protected by limiting its maximum pressure to 202 - 203 bar (2930 - 2950 psi) through a
signal relief valve. This protection is required, for example, when a hydraulic cylinder reaches the end if its stroke or
when an unconnected remote valve is operated.
NOTE: Hitch system pressure is not limited by a signal relief valve. Hitch system maximum pressure limit is 224 bar
(3250 psi).
When system pressure reaches the setting of the high pressure compensator spool, the pump high pressure com-
pensator spool shifts against its spring, allowing the full pump pressure to be applied to the pump control piston. This
destrokes the pump very rapidly from full stroke to almost zero (within 8 to 10 milliseconds). The swash plate stabi-
lizes to provide just sufficient flow to make up for internal leakage.
The pump remains in the high pressure standby mode until the valve in operation returns to neutral. When this occurs,
signal line feed from the valve is cut off. Signal pressure drops because the drain orifice plug passage is open to the
pump case drain. When there is no signal line pressure, the pump immediately returns to a low pressure standby
condition.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 113
Pressure/flow compensating (PFC) pump Standard - Component

identification
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCPH07CCH025FAE 1
RCPH07CCH017FAE 2
1. Remote manifold load sense tube 6. PFC piston pump

2. PFC pump to priority regulator valve 7. Remote manifold return (tube)
3. Remote manifold return (hose) 8. Remote manifold supply
4. Main filter assembly 9. Priority regulator valve
5. Pump load sense
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 114
Pressure/flow compensating (PFC) pump High flow - Component

identification
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCPH07CCH018FAE 1
RCPH07CCH017FAE 2
1. Remote manifold load sense tube 6. High flow PFC piston pump
2. PFC pump to priority regulator valve 7. Remote manifold return (tube)
3. Remote manifold return (hose) 8. Remote manifold supply
4. Main filter assembly 9. Priority regulator valve
5. Pump load sense
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 115
Pressure/flow compensating (PFC) pump Dual flow - Component

identification
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCPH07CCH027FAE 1
RCPH07CCH030FAE 2
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 116
1. Remote manifold return (hose) 4. Megaflow remote manifold supply

2. Main filter assembly 5. Megaflow PFC piston pump
3. Megaflow PFC pump load sense line 6. Remote manifold return (tube)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 117
Power beyond - Flow test

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
NOTE: The internal power beyond plug must be installed to run this test.
NOTE: Use 19 mm (0.75 in) hose with a minimum working pressure of 206 bar (3000 psi) for this flow test.
1. Connect flowmeter 380001806 to the power beyond
couplers:
• Install an appropriate sized tee connector at
the inlet of flowmeter 380001806.
• Connect the flowmeter inlet (1) to the power
beyond supply port (4), tee port (3) to the load
sense port (6) and the flowmeter return (5) to
the power beyond return port (2).
RCPH07CCH002CAA 1
2. To perform this test:

• Make sure the flowmeter load valve is set at
minimum pressure – turned out counterclock-
wise.
• Start and run the engine at 1000 RPM.
• Use a piece of cardboard to block air flow
across the oil cooler to help heat the oil.
• Adjust the load valve on the flowmeter to 103
bar (1500 psi) and heat the transmission oil to
a minimum of 49 °C (120 °F).
3. Increase engine speed to 2000 RPM. Adjust the load
valve on the flowmeter to 69 bar (1000 psi).
4. Read and record the flow rate out of the power be-
yond supply coupler _______________.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 118
5. If the pump does not deliver approximately 112 l/min

(30 US gpm), perform the flow test for the pres-
sure and flow compensating (PFC) pump. See Pres-
sure/flow compensating (PFC) pump - Flow test
(A.10.A). A successful PFC pump flow test elimi-
nates a leaking signal check or relief cartridge as the
cause of the low flow and indicates the problem is
within the power beyond circuit.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 119
Tandem gear pump Regulated pressure - Pressure test

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
NOTE: Perform this test to verify the condition of the regulated system before adjusting the regulated pressure. Low
regulated pressure can cause clutches to slip, hinder remote and hitch operation and decrease brake effectiveness.
Even if the regulated pressure meets the specification, there could be substantial leakage in one of the regulated
circuit functions that is not in use. The regulated system leakage test is designed to locate regulated circuit leakage
paths.
1. To perform the regulated pressure check with the
tractor instrumentation:
• Start the engine.
• Cover the front grill with a large piece of paper.
• Press the INCR or DECR key on the pro-
grammable instrumentation until the TRANS
OIL TEMP screen is reached.
• Operate the engine at 1500 RPM until the
transmission temperature displayed on the
instrumentation reads at least 49 °C (120 °F).
2. Press the PROG key until TRANS VIEW screen dis-
plays. Continue to press the PROG key until “PresS”
displays.
3. Press the INCR key as required to display the
TRANS SYS PRESSURE screen.
4. Put the PTO and Diff Lock switches in the Off position
and the MFD switch in the On position.
5. At an engine speed of 1500 RPM record the range
powershift manifold pressure ____________
6. If the pressure reading is less than 20.7 bar (310
psi), go to regulated system flow test. See Tan-
dem gear pump Regulated pressure - Flow test
(A.10.A).
7. If the pressure reading is greater than 20.7 bar (310
psi), go to regulated system leakage test. See Tan-
dem gear pump Regulated pressure - Leakage
test (A.10.A).
NOTE: Complete the regulated system leakage test before
adjusting the regulated pressure.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 120
Tandem gear pump Regulated pressure - Leakage test

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
NOTE: A regulated system leak can be identified by a slight drop in regulated pressure at low engine RPM. As a reg-
ulated circuit is engaged and disengaged, the pressure reading on the gauge dips slightly as each circuit is actuated.
NOTICE: If the regulated pressure does not dip as a circuit is actuated, the circuit is not functioning. Inspect the
solenoid valve, electrical system connections and circuit fault codes for that system before proceeding.
1. To perform the regulated leakage test with the tractor
instrumentation:
• Press the INCR or DECR key on the pro-
grammable instrumentation until the TRANS
OIL TEMP screen is reached.
2. Press the PROG key until TRANS VIEW displays.
Continue to press the PROG key until “PresS” dis-
plays.
3. Press the INCR key as required to display the
TRANS SYS PRESSURE screen.
4. Put the PTO and Diff Lock switches in the Off position
and the MFD switch in the On position.
5. Decrease the engine speed to 1000 RPM. Record
the pressure displayed on the tractor monitor as reg-
ulated circuit baseline pressure ____________.
6. To test the MFD circuit:
A. Turn the MFD switch Off and then On.
B. Record the pressure reading on the tractor in-
strumentation with the MFD switch Off and en-
gine operating at 1000 RPM ____________.
C. • If the pressure dipped when the circuit
was actuated, but does not return to the
regulated circuit baseline reading, the
MFD clutch could be leaking.
• If the pressure does not dip when the cir-
cuit is actuated, check the solenoid func-
tion and electrical system connections.
Check for fault codes from the TMF con-
troller.
• If the pressure dipped when the circuit
was actuated and returns to the regu-
lated circuit baseline reading, the MFD
clutch is performing correctly. Continue
with the next Step.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 121
7. To test the Diff Lock circuit:

A. Turn the Diff Lock switch On and then Off.
B. Record the pressure reading displayed on the
tractor instrumentation with Diff Lock switch
On and the engine operating at 1000 RPM
____________.
Diff Lock clutch could be leaking.
lated circuit baseline reading, the Diff
Lock clutch is performing correctly. Con-
tinue with the next Step.
8. To test the PTO circuit:
A. Turn the PTO switch On and then Off.
tractor monitor with PTO switch On and the
engine operating at 1000 RPM ____________.
PTO clutch could be leaking.
Check for fault codes from the TMF con-
troller.
lated circuit baseline reading, the PTO
clutch is performing correctly. Continue
with the next Step.
9. To test the park brake circuit:
A. Put transmission control in Park, then Neutral
and back to Park.
tractor instrumentation with the park brake off
(transmission in neutral) and the engine oper-
ating at 1000 RPM ____________.
park brake clutch could be leaking.
Check for fault codes from the transmis-
sion controller.
lated circuit baseline reading, the park
brake clutch is performing correctly.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 122
10. If no source of leakage is identified with these tests,

see the transmission leakage test – TRANSMIS-
SION Powershift - Leakage test (C.20.E) – before
adjusting regulated pressure.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 123
Tandem gear pump Regulated pressure - Adjust

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
NOTICE: Regulated pressure cannot be adjusted on the T8050. The transmission controller monitors and adjusts
regulated as required on this model.
1. To perform the regulated pressure check and adjust-
ment with the tractor instrumentation:
• Press the INCR or DECR key on the instru-
mentation until the TRANS OIL TEMP screen
is reached.
2. The regulated pressure specification is 22.4 - 24.5
bar (325 - 355 psi) at 1500 RPM engine speed.
Pressure is adjustable at the screw indicated (1).
RCPH07CCH020BAE 1
3. Loosen the lock nut and turn the adjustment screw

(1) in or out until the correct pressure displays on the
tractor instrumentation.
4. Tighten the lock nut to a torque of 41 - 54 Nm (30
- 40 lb ft). After tightening the lock nut, check the
regulated pressure again.
5. If the correct pressure cannot be obtained, check the
following:
• Transmission oil level.
• Priority/regulator valve for broken springs or
sticking spool. See Control valve Priority/
Regulator valve - Remove (A.10.A).
• Low pump flow performance. See Tandem
gear pump Regulated pressure - Flow test
(A.10.A).
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 124
Tandem gear pump Regulated pressure - Flow test

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Special Tools: Flowmeter 380001806, 19.0 mm (0.75 in) hoses and special tool kit 380040106 are required for this
test.
NOTE: Always perform the regulated system pressure test and adjustment procedure before this test
NOTE: The front section of the tandem gear pump supplies oil flow to the priority/regulator valve. The regulator section
of the valve maintains the regulated circuit pressure at 22.4 - 24.5 bar (325 - 355 psi).
RCPH07CCH004GAE 1
1. Connect the outlet of the front section of the pump to

the flowmeter inlet (1).
2. Connect the outlet of the flowmeter to the remote
return manifold (2).
NOTE: If the tractor is equipped with power beyond, con-
nect the outlet of flowmeter to the return port on the power
beyond coupler.
3. Open the flowmeter load valve completed (turned
counterclockwise) before starting tractor.
NOTE: Hydraulic system oil does not have to be heated for
this test, but the system should be near room temperature
– 21 °C (70 °F).
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 125

• Place the transmission control in park.
• Adjust the flowmeter load setting to approxi-
mately 20.7 bar (300 psi).
• Record the front regulated pump flow reading
___________.
5. Analyze the results:
• If the flow reading was greater than 90.8 l/min
(24.0 US gpm) at 2000 RPM engine speed, the
front regulated pump is functioning correctly.
• If the flow reading was 81.8 - 90.8 l/min (21.6 -
24.0 US gpm) at 2000 RPM engine speed, the
front regulated pump output is adequate, but
pump efficiency is low.
• If the flow reading was less than 81.8 l/min
(21.6 US gpm) at 2000 RPMengine speed, re-
place the front regulated pump.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 126
Tandem gear pump Charge and lubrication - Pressure test

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Special Tools: A 7.0 bar (100 psi) pressure gauge with an extension hose long enough to reach into cab and diag-
nostic fitting part number 322529A1 are required for this test.
NOTE: Perform this test when experiencing problems with all the pressure and flow compensating (PFC) pump circuits
– all remote sections and the hitch system not operating normally. The symptoms could be low flow, aerated oil, or
unusually loud pump operation possibly due to cavitation.
NOTICE: Do not attempt to use the hitch during this test.
• Move the right rear tire out to the end of axle,
if required.
• Locate the return flow manifold tube (1). Re-
move the lower cap or hose assembly (2), and
install diagnostic fitting 322529A1.
• If a hitch return hose was disconnected, plug
the open fitting to keep contaminates out.
• Install hose/gauge assembly to the diagnostic
port.
RCPH07CCH009GAE 1
2. Place the transmission in Park. Start and run the

engine at low idle.
3. Heat the transmission oil to a minimum of 49 °C (120
°F). Place a piece of cardboard over the oil cooler to
help heat the oil.
4. Increase the engine speed to 2000 RPM. Record the
charge pressure ____________
5. If the correct charge pressure displays – 3.4 bar
(50 psi) minimum at 2000 RPM engine speed, the
charge system is performing correctly.
6. If the charge pressure is less than 3.4 bar (50 psi),
check for the following:
• Low oil level in the transmission.
• A broken spring or a stuck poppet in the lube
relief valve.
• Plugged inlet suction screen.
• Air leaks on the suction side of the pump.
• Low charge pump pressure. See Tandem
gear pump Charge and lubrication - Pres-
sure test (A.10.A).
• Low regulated pump flow. See Tandem gear
pump Regulated pressure - Pressure test
(A.10.A).
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 127
7. If the charge pressure is low, check for broken spring

or damaged seat on lube relief valve cartridge. If the
relief is okay and the inlet screen is not blocked, the
pump must be replaced.
RCPH07CCH020BAE 2
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 128
Tandem gear pump Charge and lubrication - Remove

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Pressure/flow compensating (PFC) pump Dual flow - Remove (A.10.A).
1. Disconnect the charge outlet (1) and regulated circuit

outlet (2) hose assemblies from tandem gear pump.
Cap or plug all open ports and lines.
RCPH07CCH415AAB 1
2. Disconnect the pressure switch connector at the filter

housing.
RCPH07CCH416AAB 2
3. Loosen the hose clamp at the top and bottom on the

pump inlet hose.
RCPH07CCH417AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 129
4. Carefully pry up around the base of the inlet hose.

Move the hose off the flange.
RCPH07CCH418AAB 4
5. Remove the two bolts that secure the pump inlet

flange.
RCPH07CCH419AAB 5
6. Use a thin tipped screw driver to carefully pry the

flange up into the hose. This provides clearance for
the O-ring seal when the tandem gear pump assem-
bly is removed.
RCPH07CCH214BAB 6
7. Remove the two pump assembly mounting bolts.
RCPH07CCH420AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 130
8. Remove the tandem gear pump assembly.
RCPH07CCH421AAB 8
9. Remove and discard the O-ring seal from the inlet

flange.
RCPH07CCH422AAB 9
10. Remove the O-ring from pump drive end flange.
RCPH07CCH215BAB 10
Next operation:
Tandem gear pump Charge and lubrication - Install (A.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 131
Tandem gear pump Charge and lubrication - Install

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Tandem gear pump Charge and lubrication - Remove (A.10.A)
1. Install a new O-ring on the inlet flange.
RCPH07CCH422AAB 1
2. Install a new O-ring on the pump drive flange.
RCPH07CCH215BAB 2
3. Install the tandem gear pump assembly onto the

pump drive. Be careful to keep O-ring seals in place.
RCPH07CCH421AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 132
4. Install the two pump mounting bolts. Tighten to a

torque of 90 - 107 Nm (60 - 79 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH420AAB 4
5. Align the inlet flange and install the two mounting

bolts. Tighten each bolt to a torque of 73 - 87 Nm
(54 - 64 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH419AAB 5
6. Position the pump inlet hose down against flange.

Tighten both the top and bottom hose clamp.
RCPH07CCH417AAB 6
7. Connect the pressure switch connector to the filter

housing.
RCPH07CCH416AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 133
8. Remove the caps and install new O-rings on both

pump fittings. Connect the hose assemblies for the
charge outlet (1) and the regulated circuit outlet (2)
to the pump fittings. Tighten both hose connections.
RCPH07CCH415AAB 8
Next operation:
Pressure/flow compensating (PFC) pump Dual flow - Install (A.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 134
Pump drive - Remove

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Move the right hand rear wheel out on the axle, or remove the wheel. If the wheel is removed, block the front wheels
and properly supporting the rear axle.
Prior operation:
Remove the charge pump and filter. See Tandem gear pump Charge and lubrication - Remove (A.10.A).
Prior operation:
Remove the transmission filter and the pressure and flow compensating pump. See Pressure/flow compensating
(PFC) pump - Remove (A.10.A) or Pressure/flow compensating (PFC) pump Dual flow - Remove (A.10.A).
1. Use identification tags to mark the hydraulic lines.

Cap the lines and open fittings.
2. Remove the three hydraulic line clamps (5) on top of
the hydraulic line support bracket.
RCPH07CCH630BBC 1
3. Remove the two mounting bolts (6) from the hy-

draulic line support bracket.
RCPH07CCH652BBC 2
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 135
4. Remove the two longer top mounting bolts and

the six shorter bolts from the pump drive mounting
flange. Remove the pump drive assembly.
RCPH07CCH631BBC 3
Next operation:
Pump drive - Disassemble (A.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 136
Pump drive - Disassemble

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Pump drive - Remove (A.10.A)
1. Remove the bearing cage from the pump drive hous-

ing.
RCPH07CCH648BBC 1
2. Remove the bearing cup from the bearing cage.
RCPH07CCH637ABC 2
3. Remove the shims from the pump drive housing.
RCPH07CCH633BBC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 137
4. Mark the gear positions and remove the drive gear

assembly from the pump drive housing.
RCPH07CCH634ABC 4
5. Remove the idler gear bolt and washer from the

pump drive housing.
RCPH07CCH650BBC 5
6. Install a slide hammer on the idler gear shaft.
RCPH07CCH651BBC 6
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 138
7. Remove the idler gear assembly from the pump drive

housing.
RCPH07CCH649BBC 7
8. Remove the idler gear assembly from the pump drive

housing.
RCPH07CCH645ABC 8
9. Drive one of the bearings from the idler gear. Discard

the bearing.
RCPH07CCH644ABC 9
10. Remove the spacer from the idler gear.
RCPH07CCH643ABC 10
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 139
11. Press the other bearing from the idler gear. Discard
the bearing.
RCPH07CCH642ABC 11
12. Remove the two snap rings from the idler gear.
RCPH07CCH641ABC 12
13. Press the front and rear bearing cone from the driven
gear shaft using a bearing puller.
RCPH07CCH635ABC 13
Next operation:
Pump drive - Assemble (A.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 140
Pump drive - Assemble

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Pump drive - Disassemble (A.10.A)
1. Press the front and rear bearing cones on the drive

gear shaft until the bearing cones are flush with the
shaft shoulder.
RCPH07CCH635ABC 1
2. Install the two snap rings into the grooves of the idler
gear.
RCPH07CCH641ABC 2
3. Press a new bearing into the idler gear until it rests

solidly against the snap ring.
RCPH07CCH642ABC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 141
4. Install the spacer on top of the bearing in the idler

gear. Install a new spacer if damaged or worn.
RCPH07CCH643ABC 4
5. Press the other new bearing into the idler gear until
it rests solidly against the snap ring.
RCPH07CCH644ABC 5
6. Install the idler gear assembly into the pump drive

housing.
RCPH07CCH645ABC 6
7. Install the idler gear shaft through the pump drive

housing and the idler gear.
RCPH07CCH649BBC 7
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 142
8. Install the idler shaft retaining bolt and the flat washer
through the idler shaft and into the pump drive hous-
ing.
RCPH07CCH650BBC 8
9. Using the alignment marks made during disassem-

bly, install the drive gear assembly into the pump
drive housing.
RCPH07CCH634ABC 9
10. Install the bearing cage as follows:

A. Install the bearing cage on the pump drive
housing without shims or O-rings.
B. Install two bolts in opposite corners of the
cage, rotate the shaft, and alternately tighten
the bearing cage bolts until a torque of 3.4 Nm
(30 lb in) is achieved.
C. Turn the shaft while tightening the bolts to help
seat the bearings.
NOTE: Check all bolt torques. Tighten again if necessary.
RCPH07CCH640ABC 10
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 143
11. Determine the required shim pack size:

A. Measure the gap between the bearing cage
and the pump drive housing at each bolt.
B. If the difference between the measurement at
the two bolt areas is greater than 0.254 mm
(0.010 in), check for proper bearing seating,
burrs or foreign matter.
C. Repeat the steps until the required difference
– less than 0.254 mm (0.010 in) – is obtained.
D. Take the average measurement. Add 0.13 mm
(0.005 in) to the measurement. This is the
shim pack thickness needed.
RCPH07CCH647BBC 11
12. Remove the bearing cage from the pump drive hous-
ing.
RCPH07CCH648BBC 12
13. Lubricate a new O-ring with petroleum jelly. Install

the O-ring on the bearing cage.
RCPH07CCH636BBC 13
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 144
14. Install the shim pack, determined in Step 11, on the

pump drive housing.
RCPH07CCH633BBC 14
15. Install the bearing cage on the pump drive housing.
RCPH07CCH648BBC 15
16. Tighten the bearing cage bolts to a torque of 55 - 60

Nm (41 - 44 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH640ABC 16
Next operation:
Pump drive - End play (A.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 145
Pump drive - End play

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Pump drive - Assemble (A.10.A)
1. Check end play on the shaft:

A. Rotate and push down the drive gear shaft.
B. Install a dial indicator on the bearing cage to
read movement at the end of the drive gear
shaft.
C. Set the dial face to zero.
D. Move the drive gear shaft in and out of the
housing while observing the dial indicator. End
play must be 0.025 - 0.10 mm (0.001 - 0.004
in).
RCPH07CCH638ABC 1
2. If needed, add or remove shims from the shim pack

to set the correct end play.
Next operation:
Pump drive - Install (A.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 146
Pump drive - Install

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Pump drive - End play (A.10.A)
1. Apply a continuous bead of Loctite® 515 gasket elim-

inator, 4.76 mm (0.187 in) wide to the mounting sur-
face of the pump drive housing and around the bolt
holes.
RCPH07CCH632ABC 1
2. Install the hydraulic pump drive assembly on the

transmission. Install the mounting bolts and tighten
to a torque of 52 - 61 Nm (38 - 45 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH631BBC 2
3. Install the two mounting bolts (1) for the hydraulic line
support bracket.
RCPH07CCH652BBC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 147
4. With the hydraulic pump drive (1) installed on the

transmission, install the pressure and flow compen-
sating pump (2) and the transmission filter and base
(3); see Pressure/flow compensating (PFC) pump
- Install (A.10.A) and Pressure/flow compensating
(PFC) pump Dual flow - Install (A.10.A). Install the
charge pump and filter (4); see Tandem gear pump
Charge and lubrication - Install (A.10.A). When
installing the charge pump, it will be necessary to
loosen the clamps on the rubber charge pump suc-
tion hose and pry up on the hose to provide needed
clearance for the suction flange O-ring.
RCPH07CCH629BBC 4
5. Connect the hydraulic lines. Install the three hy-

draulic line clamps (1) on top of the hydraulic line
support bracket.
RCPH07CCH630BBC 5
Next operation:
Move the rear wheel inward on the axle. Apply antiseize to the bushing bolts. Tighten the bushing bolts to a torque
of 300 - 350 Nm (220 - 260 lb ft).
Next operation:
Remove the axle support equipment and the front wheel blocks
Next operation:
Check the hydraulic fluid level in the tractor and add fluid as needed.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 148
Control valve Flow compensator - Adjust

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Special Tools: Flowmeter 380001806 and special tool kit 380040106 are required for this procedure.
1. Remove the plug from behind the high pressure com-

pensation spool and install the diagnostic fitting from
fitting kit 380040106 into the pump compensator. In-
stall a 350 bar (5000 psi) pressure gauge with hose
into the diagnostic fitting at the compensator
RCPH07CCH014AAE 1
2. Install a 350 bar (5000 psi) pressure gauge with

hose into the diagnostic fitting on the remote valve
manifold.
NOTE: Procedure shown is for the standard pressure and
flow compensating (PFC) pump. The compensator setting
for a Megaflow pump system also may be checked. Use
the gauge connection on the right side of manifold and the
third remote valve for Megaflow systems.
RCPH07CCH013AAE 2
3. Connect flowmeter 380001806 to the first remote

section.
NOTE: Use a 19 mm (0.75 in) hose with a minimum work-
ing pressure of 206 bar (3000 psi) for this test.
RCPH07CCH002GAE 3
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 149
4. To perform this test :

• Set all the remote valve variable flow controls
to the maximum flow position.
• Set the remote valve timer control to the maxi-
mum time position.
• Move the control lever for the first remote valve
into the extend detent position.
5. To adjust the flow compensator setting:
• Increase the engine speed to 2000 RPM.
bar (1000 psi).
• Adjust the variable flow control for the remote
valve to 50 % of the maximum flow rate.
• • Adjust flow to approximately 68 l/min (18
US gpm) for standard flow pump.
• Adjust flow to approximately 98 l/min (26
US gpm) for high flow pump.
• At 50 % flow rate and a 69 bar (1000 psi) pres-
sure reading at the remote manifold, the pres-
sure gauge at the compensator should read 94
bar (1365 psi). RCPH07CCH002GAE 4
6. Adjust the load sense spool as necessary to attain

25 bar (365 psi) differential pressure.
NOTE: The load sense spool is the lower spool in the com-
pensator.
RCPH07CCH014AAE 5
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 150
Control valve Flow compensator - Inspect

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
NOTE: Perform this inspection only after completing the high pressure standby check and the piston pump flow test.
1. Use two wrenches to disconnect the signal line tube
at the flow compensator. Remove the 4 bolts that
secure the compensator valve to the pressure and
flow compensating (PFC) pump. Remove the valve
and place it on a clean work surface.
RCPH07CCH037FAE 1
2. Measure and record the distance from the lock nut

(5) to the end of the high pressure adjustment screw
(2) __________.
3. Measure and record the distance from the lock nut
(5) to the end of the low pressure adjustment screw
(3) __________.
4. Disassemble the compensator and check if:
• springs are broken.
• the high pressure spool (1) moves freely within
the bore.
• the low pressure spool (4) moves freely within
the bore.
5. Thoroughly flush/clean out the compensator pas-
sages. Make sure the orifice plug is clear.
6. Assemble the compensator. Lightly lube the spools
with clean oil.
7. Set the high and low pressure adjustment screws to
their original positions.
8. Install the compensator back onto the pump.
9. Perform the PFC piston pump flow test. See Pres-
sure/flow compensating (PFC) pump - Flow test
(A.10.A). If pump flow does not meet specifications,
remove the pump for repair or replacement.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 151
Control valve Priority/Regulator valve - Remove

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
NOTE: The removal procedure shown will work for all models. If your model is equipped with a system pressure
solenoid you will need to disconnect the solenoid connector 436.
1. Remove the following lines from the priority regulator
valve:
• remote hydraulic manifold supply line (1),
• PTO supply line (2),
• regulated supply line (3),
• and oil cooler supply line (4).
RCPH07CCH081BAE 1
2. Continue by removing the following lines from the

priority regulator valve:
• signal line to remote valve (5),
• PFC pump compensator signal line (6),
• steering sensing line (7),
• and charge pump to priority valve hose (8).
RCPH07CCH082BAE 2
3. Remove the steering supply line (9) and the brake

valve supply line (10).
NOTE: If necessary, move the right rear tire out near the
end of axle.
RCPH07CCH069BAE 3
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 152
4. Remove the supply hose from the pressure and flow

compensating (PFC) pump to the priority valve.
RCPH07CCH072BAE 4
5. Remove the three mounting bolts that secure the pri-

ority valve to transmission.
RCPH07CCH070BAE 5
6. Remove the priority valve from the top of the trans-

mission. Remove the O-ring from the transmission
housing and discard.
RCPH07CCH071BAE 6
Next operation:
Control valve Priority/Regulator valve - Disassemble (A.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 153
Control valve Priority/Regulator valve - Disassemble

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Control valve Priority/Regulator valve - Remove (A.10.A)
1. Remove the four plugs from the priority and regulator

valve.
RCPH07CCH073BAE 1
2. Unscrew the internal plug.
RCPH07CCH074BAE 2
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 154
3. Remove the plug. The plug is removed for flushing

contaminants out the valve.
RCPH07CCH075BAE 3
4. Unscrew the logic check valve plug.
RCPH07CCH076BAE 4
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 155
5. Remove the logic check valve plug and discard the

O-ring and backup ring. Inspect the spring and valve
for damage or wear.
RCPH07CCH003CAE 5
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 156
6. Remove the steering line orifice fitting and discard

the O-ring (1). Remove the priority valve spring and
spool. Inspect the spring and spool for damage or
wear.
RCPH07CCH004CAE 6
7. Measure the distance from the adjustment end of the

pilot relief valve assembly to the body of the valve,
before removing the lock nut. Record the dimension.
Remove the pilot relief lock nut.
RCPH07CCH077BAE 7
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 157
8. Use a wrench to remove the pilot relief valve assem-

bly. Remove and discard the O-rings (1) and the
backup ring (2) from the orifice fitting.
RCPH07CCH079BAE 8
9. Unscrew the pilot relief valve adjuster from the orifice

fitting and discard the O-ring (1). Remove the spring
and the needle valve from the orifice fitting. Inspect
for damage or wear.
NOTE: For T8050 tractors equipped with a system pres-
sure solenoid, continue with Step 12.
RCPH07CCH005CAE 9
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 158
10. Measure the distance from the adjustment end of the

pilot relief valve assembly to the body of the valve
and record the dimension. Remove the lock nut. Un-
screw the regulator spool adjusting plug.
RCPH07CCH080BAE 10
11. Remove and discard the O-ring from the adjusting

plug. Remove the spring and the regulator spool.
Inspect for damage or wear. Flush out the valve body
with clean solvent.
RCPH07CCH006CAE 11
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 159
12. Remove the four bolts that secure the system pres-
sure solenoid assembly. Remove the solenoid as-
sembly. Remove the regulated pressure spool (1),
inner spring (2) and outer spring (3) from valve body.
Remove the two bolts that retain the solenoid valve
(4) and remove solenoid valve from the block. Re-
move and discard all seals (5).
RCPH07CCH083BAE 12
13. Flush out the valve body with clean solvent.
Next operation:
Control valve Priority/Regulator valve - Assemble (A.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 160
Control valve Priority/Regulator valve - Assemble

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Control valve Priority/Regulator valve - Disassemble (A.10.A)
1. Lubricate the adjusting plug O-ring with hydraulic

fluid and install on the plug. Lubricate the regulator
spool and the spring. Install the spool and spring in
the priority valve.
NOTE: For T8050 tractors equipped with a system pres-
sure solenoid, continue with Step 3.
RCPH07CCH006CAE 1
2. Use the measurements made during the disassem-

bly procedure to install the regulator spool adjusting
plug. Install the regulator spool adjusting plug. In-
stall the regulator spool lock nut. Tighten the nut to
a torque of 41 - 48 Nm (30 - 35 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH080BAE 2
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 161
3. Lubricate and install new seals on the solenoid valve.

Lubricate and install new seals on the assembly body
(4). Install the solenoid valve ( (5) in the assembly
and secure with the two bolts removed earlier. Install
the outer spring (3), inner spring (2) and regulated
pressure spool (1) into the valve body. Install the
pressure solenoid assembly on the valve body with
four bolts. Tighten the bolts to a torque of 4.5 - 5.5
Nm (40 - 49 lb in).
RCPH07CCH083BAE 3
4. Lubricate and install a new O-ring (1) on the pilot

relief valve adjuster. Lubricate the needle valve and
the spring. Install the needle valve, spring and the
valve adjuster into the orifice fitting for the pilot relief
valve.
RCPH07CCH005CAE 4
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 162
5. Lubricate and install a new backup ring (1) and new

O-rings (2) on the pilot relief valve assembly.
NOTE: Install the backup ring before the O-ring.
RCPH07CCH079BAE 5
6. Install the pilot relief valve assembly. Make sure the

pilot relief needle valve is properly seated in the pri-
ority valve. Tighten the pilot relief valve assembly to
a torque of 75 - 108 Nm (55 - 80 lb ft). Use the mea-
surements made during the disassembly procedure
to install the pilot relief valve assembly.
RCPH07CCH078BAE 6
7. Install the lock nut for the pilot relief valve.
RCPH07CCH077BAE 7
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 163
8. Lubricate the priority valve spool and the spring. In-

stall the spool and the spring into the valve assembly.
Lubricate a new O-ring (1), and install the O-ring on
the orifice fitting for the steering line. Install the ori-
fice fitting into the priority valve.
RCPH07CCH004CAE 8
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 164
9. Lubricate the logic check valve and the spring. Install

the check valve and the spring in the priority valve.
Lubricate and install a new backup ring (1) and O-ring
(2) on the logic check valve plug.
NOTE: Install the backup ring before the O-ring.
RCPH07CCH003CAE 9
10. Install the logic check valve plug. Tighten the plug to
RCPH07CCH076BAE 10
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 165
11. Apply a fine strip of Loctite® 242 adhesive on the

internal land of the priority valve casting. Install the
internal plug.
RCPH07CCH075BAE 11
12. Tighten the plug to a torque of 14 - 21 Nm (10 - 15

lb ft).
RCPH07CCH074BAE 12
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 166
13. Lubricate and install new O-rings on the valve plugs.

Tighten plug (1) to a torque of 16 - 24 Nm (12 - 18 lb
ft).
RCPH07CCH073BAE 13
Next operation:
Control valve Priority/Regulator valve - Install (A.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 167
Control valve Priority/Regulator valve - Install

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Control valve Priority/Regulator valve - Assemble (A.10.A)
1. Install a new O-ring (1) in the top of the transmission

housing. Place the priority valve on the top of the
transmission.
RCPH07CCH071BAE 1
2. Install the three mounting bolts for the priority valve.
RCPH07CCH070BAE 2
3. Connect the PFC pump supply hose (1) to the priority

valve .
NOTE: A flat faced fitting O-ring seal must be present for
all tube and hose connections.
RCPH07CCH072BAE 3
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 168
4. Install the steering supply line (1). Install the brake

RCPH07CCH069BAE 4
5. Install the following lines onto the priority regulator

valve:
• remote hydraulic manifold supply line (1),
• PTO supply line (2),
• regulated supply line (3),
• and oil cooler supply line (4).
RCPH07CCH081BAE 5
6. Continue by installing the following lines onto the pri-

ority regulator valve:
• signal line to remote valve (5),
• PFC compensator signal line (6),
• steering sensing line (7),
• and charge pump to priority valve hose (8),
RCPH07CCH082BAE 6
7. Check the tractor hydraulic fluid level and add fluid as

necessary. The steering priority valve and regulator
must be adjusted after disassembly. See Control
valve - Adjust - Relief valve (D.20.C) and Tandem
gear pump Regulated pressure - Adjust (A.10.A).
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 169
Pressure/flow compensating (PFC) pump - Flow test

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Special Tools: Flowmeter 380001806 and a 19 mm (0.75 in) hose with a minimum working pressure of 206 bar (3000
psi) are required for this test.
NOTE: Perform this test when all remote circuits and/or the hitch system are not operating at full flow, as indicated by
slower operation of remote circuit systems or a slower hitch raise time. This is a quick test to determine the general
condition of the pump(s) .
• Set variable flow controls to the maximum flow
position for the remote valves.
• Set the valve timer control to the maximum
time position.
• Install flowmeter 380001806 into the first re-
mote section. Place the remote valve control
lever in the detent retract position.
• Set the flowmeter load valve at minimum pres-
sure – turned out counterclockwise.
RCPH07CCH001GAE 1
2. For standard pumps, continue with Step 3; for high
flow pumps, continue with Step 6.
Standard pump
3. Increase engine speed to 2000 RPM. Individually
flow rate each remote valve section. Adjust the load
valve on the flowmeter to 69 bar (1000 psi).
4. Record the flow rate from each remote section.
Remote section Full flow at 2000 RPM

First remote section
Second remote section
Third remote section
Fourth remote section
Fifth remote section
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 170
5. Use these guidelines to analyze your results with a

standard flow pump:
• If only one remote valve is delivering the 114
l/min (30 US gpm) flow and the rest record low
flow, inspect the signal check for leaking on the
section delivering high flow.
• If a standard pump is delivering less than 114
l/min (30 US gpm), perform the standard
pump flow test. See Pressure/flow compen-
sating (PFC) pump Standard - Flow test
(A.10.A).
• If 114 l/min (30 US gpm) at 69 bar (1000 psi)
is recorded at one remote section, the PFC
pump is not the problem.
NOTE: The Megaflow pump system is completely inde-
pendent of the standard or high flow pump system. The
Megaflow pump supplies remote sections 3, 4 and 5 as
equipped. If the Megaflow pump does not deliver at least
98 l/min (26 US gpm) to one remote section (3, 4 or 5) at
69 bar (1000 psi), perform the dual flow test. See Pres-
sure/flow compensating (PFC) pump Dual flow - Flow
test (A.10.A).
High flow pump

6. Leave engine speed at 1000 RPM. Individually flow
rate each remote valve section. Adjust the load valve
on the flowmeter to 69 bar (1000 psi).
7. Record the flow rate from each remote section.
Remote section Full flow at 1000 RPM

First remote section
Second remote section
Third remote section
Fourth remote section
Fifth remote section
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 171
8. Use these guidelines to analyze your results with a

standard flow pump:
• If only one remote valve is delivering the 96
l/min (25 US gpm) flow and the rest record low
flow, inspect the signal check for leaking on the
section delivering high flow.
• If a high flow pump is delivering less than 96
l/min (25 US gpm), perform the flow test for
the high flow pump. See Pressure/flow com-
pensating (PFC) pump High flow - Flow test
(A.10.A).
• If 96 l/min (25 US gpm) at 69 bar (1000 psi) is
recorded at one remote section, the PFC pump
is not the problem.
•
NOTE: The Megaflow pump system is completely inde-
pendent of the standard or high flow pump system. The
Megaflow pump supplies remote sections 3, 4 and 5 as
equipped. If the Megaflow pump does not deliver at least
98 l/min (26 US gpm) to one remote section (3, 4 or 5) at
69 bar (1000 psi), perform the dual flow test. See Pres-
sure/flow compensating (PFC) pump Dual flow - Flow
test (A.10.A).
NOTE: The standard and high flow pump systems both de-
liver approximately 114 l/min (30 US gpm) through a sin-
gle remote section at 2000 RPM engine speed. This is due
to resistance created by oil flowing through restrictive pas-
sage ways and long lengths of tubing or hose. However,
when operating two or more remote sections, the high flow
pump has approximately 76 l/min (20 US gpm) more flow
available to supply the additional remote circuits.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 172
Pressure/flow compensating (PFC) pump - Pressure test

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Special Tools: A 350 bar (5000 psi) pressure gauge with an extension hose long enough to reach into cab and special
tool kit 380040106 are required for this test.
NOTE: Perform this test when all remote circuits and hitch system do not operate with full power. This would be
noticeable when maximum power is needed – when lifting heavy hitch loads or when maximum pressure is required
by a remote circuit.
NOTICE: Do not take the transmission out of park.
• Fully lower the hitch.
• Disconnect the hitch raise hose at the bottom
of each hitch cylinder. Plug one hose end and
install a diagnostic connector into the other.
Cap the cylinder ports to protect from contam-
inants.
• Start the engine and run at high idle.
• Press the hitch raise switch and record
the pressure reading at the gauge
_______________.
2. The high pressure standby pressure should be 224
bar (3250 psi).
3. If the high pressure standby reading is low, adjust the
pressure at the compensator. Turn the high pressure
compensator spool in a small amount and recheck
the pressure. Repeat until the correct pressure is
read.
RCPH07CCH015AAE 1
4. Remove the gauge, and reconnect the hitch raise

hoses to hitch cylinders.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 173
Pressure/flow compensating (PFC) pump Standard - Flow test

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
NOTE: Perform this test when the flow recorded at the remote couplers during the pump flow test was not adequate
or when the tractor is not equipped with power beyond.
1. If necessary, move the right rear tire out near the end
of axle.
2. Locate and disconnect the remote manifold supply
line (1) from the priority regulator valve. Cap the
open elbow at the remote manifold. Install a tee fit-
ting at the flowmeter inlet. Install a suitable hose to
connect the open remote manifold supply line (1) to
the Tee fitting at the inlet of the flowmeter.
RCPH07CCH015BAE 1
3. Connect the flowmeter outlet hose to the return port

on the power beyond or motor return coupler, if
equipped.
RCPH07CCH035BAE 2
4. If power beyond or motor return are not available,

locate the return tube manifold (2) for the remote and
hitch valves. The manifold is located under the cab
just to right side of the remote valve stack. Remove
the cap from the manifold. Install a suitable hose
between the flowmeter outlet and the open port on
the manifold.
RCPH07CCH037BAE 3
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 174
5. Disconnect the signal line at the compensator (3).

Plug the open tube port.
RCPH07CCH022BAE 4
6. Use a suitable hose to connect the compensator port

(3) to the Tee fitting at the flowmeter inlet (4). Open
the load valve (5) completely – turned counterclock-
wise.
RCPH07CCH046BAE 5
7. Check that all the connections are tight. Start and

run the engine at 1000 RPM.
8. Use a piece of cardboard to block air flow across the
oil cooler to help heat the oil. Adjust the load valve
on the flowmeter to 103 bar (1500 psi), and heat the
transmission oil to a minimum of 49 °C (120 °F).
9. When the oil is heated to 49 °C (120 °F), increase
engine speed to 2000 RPM.
10. Adjust the load valve on the flowmeter to 69 bar
(1000 psi).
11. Record the pump flow rate ___________.
12. If the pump does not deliver at least 114 l/min (30
US gpm)at 69 bar (1000 psi):
A. Inspect the flow compensator for a sticking
spool or other problems. See Control valve
Flow compensator - Inspect (A.10.A).
B. Disassemble and inspect the pump for dam-
age. Replace the pump if it is damaged.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 175
Pressure/flow compensating (PFC) pump High flow - Flow test

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
of axle.
2. Locate and disconnect the remote manifold supply
line (1) from the priority regulator valve. Cap the
open elbow at the remote manifold. Install a tee fit-
ting at the flowmeter inlet. Install a suitable hose to
connect the open remote manifold supply line (1) to
the Tee fitting at the inlet of the flowmeter.
RCPH07CCH015BAE 1

equipped.
RCPH07CCH035BAE 2

the manifold.
RCPH07CCH037BAE 3
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 176

RCPH07CCH022BAE 4

wise.
RCPH07CCH046BAE 5

(1000 psi).
12. If the pump does not deliver at least 95 l/min (25 US
gpm)at 69 bar (1000 psi):
1. Inspect the flow compensator for a sticking
2. Disassemble and inspect the pump for dam-
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 177
Pressure/flow compensating (PFC) pump Dual flow - Flow test

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
of axle.
2. Locate and disconnect the Megaflow outlet hose as-
sembly at pump. Plug the open hose connection. In-
stall a Tee fitting at the flowmeter inlet. Install a suit-
able hose to connect the Megaflow outlet (1) to the
Tee fitting at the inlet of the flowmeter.
RCPH07CCH027FAE 1

equipped.
RCPH07CCH035BAE 2

the manifold.
RCPH07CCH037BAE 3
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 178

RCPH07CCH027FAE 4

wise.
RCPH07CCH046BAE 5

(1000 psi).
12. If the pump does not deliver at least 98 l/min (26 US
gpm) at 69 bar (1000 psi):
A. Inspect the flow compensator for a sticking
B. Disassemble and inspect the pump for dam-
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 179
Pressure/flow compensating (PFC) pump - Remove - Standard or

high flow
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Park the tractor on a hard, level surface. Place the

transmission control in Park, and remove the key. If
needed, slide the right rear tire out on the axle to
gain access to the pump. Install blocks in front of
and behind the front wheels.
2. Remove the socket head bolts from the clamp secur-
ing the hydraulic line.
RCPH07CCH085BAE 1
3. Remove the socket head bolts from the clamp secur-

ing the hydraulic line.
RCPH07CCH086BAE 2
4. Disconnect the master clutch lube line (1).
RCPH07CCH087BAE 3
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 180
5. Remove the four split flange mounting bolts (1) and

flanges (2) from the piston pump to priority valve
supply line. (Lower split flange mounting bolts not
shown.)
RCPH07CCH088BAE 4
6. Disconnect the odd/even valve lube supply line at the

filter head (1).
RCPH07CCH089BAE 5
7. Disconnect the odd/even valve lube supply line at the

valve (2). Remove the line.
RCPH07CCH090BAE 6
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 181
8. Disconnect the oil cooler return (1) and steering valve

return (2) lines.
RCPH07CCH091BAE 7
9. Using the two hand, two wrench method, disconnect

the signal to PFC pump compensator line.
RCPH07CCH092BAE 8
10. Disconnect the charge pump outlet to filter head line

at the charge pump.
RCPH07CCH093BAE 9
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 182
11. Disconnect the auxiliary manifold return line.
RCPH07CCH094BAE 10
12. Remove the four mounting bolts for the filter head at
the pump. Inner bolts not shown.
RCPH07CCH095BAE 11
13. Remove the two mounting bolts for the pump.
RCPH07CCH096BAE 12
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 183
14. Move the filter housing (1) forward as far as possible.

Rotate the pressure and flow compensating pump
until the compensator (2) clears the filter housing.
Remove the pump. Discard the O-ring (3) for the
pump mounting flange.
RCPH07CCH097BAE 13
Next operation:
Pressure/flow compensating (PFC) pump - Install - Standard and high flow (A.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 184
Pressure/flow compensating (PFC) pump - Install - Standard and

high flow
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Pressure/flow compensating (PFC) pump - Remove - Standard or high flow (A.10.A)
1. Install new O-rings on the filter head mounting flange

(1) and all hydraulic fittings (2).
RCPH07CCH098BAE 1
2. Apply New Holland extreme pressure synthetic

grease – 86983138 – to the pump drive shaft splines.
RCPH07CCH099BAE 2
3. Install a new O-ring on the pump (1). Slide the pump

into place and rotate to align the mounting flange (2)
with the bolt hole.
RCPH07CCH097BAE 3
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 185
4. Install the two pump mounting bolts (1) and torque to

62 - 80 Nm (46 - 59 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH096BAE 4
5. Using the two hand two wrench method, hold the

compensator elbow (1) and tighten the signal line
fitting (2). Do not over tighten.
RCPH07CCH092BAE 5
6. Install the filter head with four mounting bolts (1).

Torque bolts to 62 - 80 Nm (46 - 59 lb ft). (Inner
filter head mounting bolts not shown.)
RCPH07CCH095BAE 6
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 186
7. Install the steering (1) and oil cooler (2) return lines.
RCPH07CCH091BAE 7
8. Install new O-rings on the fittings and install the odd/

even lube supply line (1).
RCPH07CCH090BAE 8
9. Install new O-rings on the fittings. Connect the mas-

ter clutch lube line (2) and tighten all fittings.
RCPH07CCH089BAE 9
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 187
10. Install a new O-ring on the pump outlet to priority

valve tube (1). Install the tube with the two split flange
clamps (2) and four bolts (3). Torque bolts to 40 - 60
Nm (30 - 44 lb ft). (Lower flange mounting bolts not
shown.)
RCPH07CCH088BAE 10
11. Position the hose clamps over the mounting bracket

and tighten the bolts.
RCPH07CCH085BAE 11
12. Position the hose clamps over the mounting bracket

and tighten the bolts.
RCPH07CCH086BAE 12
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 188
13. Prior to start up, ensure the piston pump is filled with
oil by removing the plug from the side of the pump
housing (pump drain port) and fill with 2 l (2.1 US qt)
of hydraulic fluid. Reinstall the plug. Check the trac-
tor hydraulic fluid level and add fluid as necessary.
Start the tractor and check for leaks. Repair as nec-
essary.
RCPH07CCH096BAE 13
14. If the rear wheel was moved out on the axle, repo-
sition the wheel on the axle. Tighten all wheel bolts.
Remove the wheel blocks.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 189
Pressure/flow compensating (PFC) pump Dual flow - Remove

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Move right rear wheel out near end of axle.

2. Place a clean container below the pump.
3. Disconnect the pump inlet (1), outlet hose (2) and
compensator hose (3) assemblies. Cap or plug all
open ports and lines.
RCPH07CCH410AAB 1
4. Remove the two pump mounting bolts.
RCPH07CCH412AAB 2
5. Remove the pump from the pump drive.
RCPH07CCH413AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 190
6. Remove and discard the O-ring seal from pump

drive.
RCPH07CCH414AAB 4
Next operation:
Pressure/flow compensating (PFC) pump Dual flow - Install (A.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 191
Pressure/flow compensating (PFC) pump Dual flow - Install

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Pressure/flow compensating (PFC) pump Dual flow - Remove (A.10.A)
1. Install a new O-ring into the pump drive.
RCPH07CCH414AAB 1
2. Fill the pump with hydraulic fluid and install the pump
into pump drive.
RCPH07CCH413AAB 2
3. Install the two mounting bolts. Tighten each bolt to a

torque of 125 - 150 Nm (93 - 112 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH411AAB 3
4. Install new O-rings into the compensator fitting, outlet

fitting and inlet fittings on pump.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 192
5. Connect the compensator hose (1), outlet hose (2)

and inlet hose (3) to the pump. Be careful to re-
tain the O-rings in the fittings during the installation.
Tighten the hose connections.
RCPH07CCH410AAB 4
6. Return the right rear wheel to its operating position

on the axle.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 193
Suction screen - Remove

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Drain the transmission (at the speed housing) into a

clean container.
NOTE: The transmission capacity is approximately 172 l
(45 US gal).
RCPH07CCH081BAB 1
2. Loosen the hydraulic oil suction hose clamps (1).
RCPH07CCH417AAB 2
3. Use a thin pry bar to pry the suction hose upward.
RCPH07CCH418AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 194
4. Remove the two suction hose flange mounting bolts

(1).
RCPH07CCH419AAB 4
5. With a thin pry bar placed between the flanges (1),

pry the hose flange (2) upward.
NOTE: Prying the flange upward allows the O-ring to clear
the suction screen housing during removal.
RCPH07CCH214BAB 5
6. Disconnect the hydraulic hose fitting (1) at the screen

housing.
RCPH08CCH190AAB 6
7. Remove the six mounting bolts from the housing.
RCPH08CCH201AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 195
8. Install two guide studs (1).
RCPH08CCH200AAB 8
9. Use a thin pry bar to break the seal, then remove the
screen housing from the transmission housing.
RCPH08CCH191AAB 9
10. Remove the suction screen (1) and shroud (2).
RCPH08CCH192AAB 10
11. Remove the O-ring (1) from the flange and discard.
RCPH08CCH197AAB 11
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 196
12. Remove the gasket and clean any sealant material

from the mounting flange.
RCPH08CCH195AAB 12
13. Clean any sealant material from the threaded bolt

holes as required.
RCPH08CCH196AAB 13
Next operation:
Suction screen - Cleaning (A.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 197
Suction screen - Cleaning

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Suction screen - Remove (A.10.A)
1. Clean the outer surface of the screen with a soft bris-

tle brush and a suitable parts cleaner.
RCPH08CCH193AAB 1
2. Using compressed air, and blowing from the inside,

remove any foreign material that may be lodged in
the screen. Repeat the above steps as needed until
the screen is clean.
WARNING
To prevent injury, always wear eye protection when
working with compressed air.
M459
NOTICE: Screen must be replaced if it is damaged in any

way.
RCPH08CCH043BAB 2
Next operation:
Suction screen - Install (A.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 198
Suction screen - Install

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Suction screen - Cleaning (A.10.A)
1. Lubricate a new O-ring (1) with grease, and install

the O-ring in the groove in the suction hose flange
(2).
RCPH08CCH197AAB 1
2. Place a bead of LOCTITE 515 around the flange as

shown.
RCPH08CCH198AAB 2
3. Install two guide studs (2), and install a new gasket

(2).
RCPH08CCH199AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 199
4. Install the shroud (1) and suction screen (2).

NOTE: When installing the suction screen shroud, make
sure that the alignment pin (3) is up.
RCPH08CCH192AAB 4
5. Install the screen housing.
RCPH08CCH200AAB 5
6. Remove the guide studs. Reinstall the six mounting

bolts and tighten to a torque of 73 - 87 Nm (54 - 64
lb ft).
RCPH08CCH201AAB 6
7. Reconnect the hydraulic hose.
RCPH08CCH190AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 200
8. Reinstall the flange mounting bolts (1) and tighten.
RCPH07CCH419AAB 8
9. Pry the suction hose down into position, and tighten

the hose clamps (1).
RCPH07CCH417AAB 9
10. Install the speed housing drain plug. Refill the

transmission with NEW HOLLAND AMBRA MULTI
TRAN
RCPH07CCH081BAB 10
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 201
Index

Control valve Flow compensator - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve Flow compensator - Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve Priority/Regulator valve - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve Priority/Regulator valve - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve Priority/Regulator valve - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve Priority/Regulator valve - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040
Control valve Priority/Regulator valve - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
T8050
Control valve Priority/Regulator valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve Priority/Regulator valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve Priority/Regulator valve - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040
Control valve Priority/Regulator valve - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
T8050
Hydraulic pump - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Motor return - Component identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Power beyond - Component identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Power beyond - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Power beyond - Flow test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Pressure/flow compensating (PFC) pump - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Pressure/flow compensating (PFC) pump - Flow test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Pressure/flow compensating (PFC) pump - Install - Standard and high flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Pressure/flow compensating (PFC) pump - Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Pressure/flow compensating (PFC) pump - Remove - Standard or high flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Pressure/flow compensating (PFC) pump - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Pressure/flow compensating (PFC) pump Dual flow - Component identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Pressure/flow compensating (PFC) pump Dual flow - Flow test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Pressure/flow compensating (PFC) pump Dual flow - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Pressure/flow compensating (PFC) pump Dual flow - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Pressure/flow compensating (PFC) pump High flow - Component identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Pressure/flow compensating (PFC) pump High flow - Flow test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Pressure/flow compensating (PFC) pump Standard - Component identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Pressure/flow compensating (PFC) pump Standard - Flow test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic schematic frame 01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic schematic frame 01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 202
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic symbol - Composite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic symbol - Directional control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic symbol - Flow control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic symbol - Pressure control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic symbol - Schematic components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic symbol - Table of symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Pump drive - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Pump drive - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Pump drive - End play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 203
Pump drive - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Pump drive - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Pump drive - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Pump drive - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Pump drive - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Suction screen - Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Suction screen - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Suction screen - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Tandem gear pump Charge and lubrication - Component identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Tandem gear pump Charge and lubrication - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Tandem gear pump Charge and lubrication - Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Tandem gear pump Charge and lubrication - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Tandem gear pump Regulated pressure - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Tandem gear pump Regulated pressure - Flow test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Tandem gear pump Regulated pressure - Leakage test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Tandem gear pump Regulated pressure - Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.A / 204
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote

valve - 10.C
T8010
T8020
T8030
T8040
T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 1
Contents
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve -

10.C
TECHNICAL DATA
Remote control valve
Load check valve - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
FUNCTIONAL DATA
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve
Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Command
Dynamic description - System controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Coupler
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
SERVICE
Command
Lever - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Lever - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Flow control - Remove - Armrest module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Flow control - Install - Armrest module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Coupler
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Pressure test - High pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 2
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Load check valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Load check valve - Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Load check valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
DIAGNOSTIC
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 3
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve
Remote control valve Load check valve - Torque

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Component N·m Identification lb-ft

Load check valve 30 - 41 Nm 22 - 30 lb ft
RCPH07CCH002AAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 4

valve - Dynamic description
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCIL08CCH001GAA 1
The main valve spool (1) in a remote section is spring centered in neutral and is positioned by the proportional current
control solenoids. The spool position determines the flow rate and the flow path of the supply flow.
Each valve section contains a pressure compensated flow control spool (2) which maintains a constant pressure drop
across the main valve spool. This constant pressure drop results in a constant flow rate across the main valve spool.
The load check (3) is installed in the “B” extend port to prevent the settling of a load (in neutral) because of control
spool leakage and to prevent a partially raised cylinder from dropping when the remote valve is operated. When
lowering, oil is fed to the left hand side of the plunger (4). The plunger is forced up against the load check pilot poppet
to relieve trapped pressure. The plunger then contacts the main poppet, moving it to the left which allows flow back
to tank.
The signal check (5) isolates each remote valve’s operating pressure from the other valves in the system. When more
then one remote valve section is in operation, the valve operating at the higher pressure signals the compensator on
the pressure and flow compensating (PFC) pump.
Each remote section is equipped with signal check to pilot relief (6) which limits each remote section’s maximum
pressure.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 5
Neutral position
All remote valve sections function in the same way. In neutral position, the main valve spool is spring centered. Pump
supply is available to the inlet ports of the valve sections.
Pump pressure from the inlet is available to the left end of the pressure compensated flow control spool by way of
an orifice in the center of the spool. Flow through the orifice forces the spool against the spring. Spring force tries to
open supply flow to the main valve spool, and intermediate pressure on the left hand side of the spool tries to close
flow. Once intermediate pressure is high enough to overcome the spring force, the flow control spool blocks the flow
path to the main valve spool. In neutral, intermediate pressure is blocked from the work ports by the main valve spool.
A load check valve is installed in the extend port, which prevents the settling of a load (in neutral) due to main valve
spool leakage and prevents a partially raised cylinder from dropping when the remote valve is operated.
A signal check valve is installed in the signal port, which isolates the highest pressure signal from each remote valve’s
operating pressure. A second signal check (to pilot relief) limits the remote section’s maximum pressure.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 6
RCIL07CCH022GAE 2
PFC pump supply pressure Working pressure
Intermediate pressure Return pressure

1. Proportional solenoid valve assembly 8. Proportional solenoid valve assembly
2. Main valve spool 9. Flow control spring
3. Retract port 10. PFC pump supply
4. Load check plunger 11. Pressure compensated flow control spool
5. Extend port 12. Retract
6. Load check 13. Signal check to pump compensator
7. Extend 14. Signal check to pilot relief
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 7
Extend position
When the remote control lever is moved to the extend position, the main valve spool shifts to the left a fixed distance
by supply pressure from the proportional solenoid. The position of the main valve spool determines the flow rate to
the extend port.
As pump supply oil flows past the pressure compensated flow control spool, pressure drops to an intermediate pres-
sure. Intermediate pressure is always equal to the pressure required by the load plus 689 kPa (100 psi). The 689
kPa (100 psi) is needed to balance the spring force on the right hand side of the flow control spool.
The main valve spool can now direct flow from the intermediate pressure area to the work pressure area and on to
the remote valve coupler. As oil flows across the main valve spool there is always a 689 kPa (100 psi) pressure drop.
This constant pressure drop results in a constant flow across the main spool out to the remote coupler. The constant
pressure drop is maintained through a balance of intermediate pressure on the left hand side of the flow control spool
and work pressure and spring force on the right hand side of the spool.
At the same time the main valve spool first shifts, work pressure is also directed to the signal checks. The work
port pressure can open the signal check valve and signal the pump compensator to increase pump flow. The work
pressure is also directed to the relief signal check to limit the remote section’s maximum pressure.
The flow exiting the extend port is in a free flow condition: the load check only checks flow in the opposite direction.
Return oil from the lower coupler is directed into the retract port, past the spool and to the inlet side of the filter base.
RCPH07CCH038FAE 3
1. Extend port 9. Regulated pressure supply

2. Retract port 10. Back to tank
3. Load check/plunger 11. Signal line to compensator
4. Main valve spool 12. To remote signal relief valve
5. Pressure compensated flow control spool 13. Pilot drain
6. Proportional solenoid (extend) 14. Signal check to pump compensator
7. Proportional solenoid (retract) 15. Signal check pilot relief
8. PFC pump supply
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 8
RCIL07CCH023GAE 4

84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 9
Retract position
When the remote hydraulic control lever is moved to the retract position, the main valve spool is shifted to the right
a fixed distance by pressure supply from the proportional solenoid. The position of the main valve spool determines
the flow rate to the retract port.
As the main valve spool shifts, flow from the intermediate pressure area is directed to the lower port and to the left
hand side of the load check plunger. The plunger is forced to the right, unseating the load check pilot poppet. This
relieves the pressure on the spring side of the main poppet back to tank. When the plunger unseats the main poppet,
return oil flows back to the inlet side of the filter base.
NOTE: Differential pressure between the raise port and the spring side of the main poppet also contribute to unseating
the main poppet.
At the same time, work pressure is communicated to the signal checks through the center drilled passage in the
main valve spool. The signal check is forced off the seat and signal pressure is directed to the pump compensator to
increase pump flow. The work pressure is also directed to the relief signal check to limit the remote section’s maximum
pressure.
RCPH07CCH039FAE 5

8. PFC pump supply
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 10
RCIL07CCH024GAE 6

84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 11
Float position
When the remote hydraulic control lever is moved to the float position, the main valve spool is moved to the far right
position by pressure supply from the proportional solenoid.
The main valve spool blocks flow to the extend and retract ports. At the same time, the main valve spool opens the
work ports to the return to filter inlet. To unseat the load check on the raise port, low pressure standby pressure is
directed to the backside of the load check plunger. The plunger moves to the right, unseating the load check main
poppet.
When the extend and retract work ports are connected to the return to filter inlet, an attached implement can float and
follow the contour of the ground. The valve will float a double acting or single acting cylinder.
RCPH07CCH040FAE 7

8. PFC pump supply
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 12
RCIL07CCH025GAE 8

84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 13

valve - Component identification
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Remote section 1
2. Remote section 2
3. Remote section 3
4. Remote section 4
5. Remote section 5
6. Remote pilot relief
7. Load checks
RCIL07ICN066BAE 1
1. Proportional current control solenoids

2. Remote manifold assembly
3. Accumulator
RCPH07CCH020AAE 2
1. Signal check to pilot relief

2. Signal check to pump compensator
NOTE: Each remote section is equipped with two signal

checks. The signal checks face the front of the tractor.
RCPH07CCH012BAE 3
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 14
1. Load sense port

2. Inlet
3. Return port
RCIL07CCH063BAE 4
1. Remote manifold base (bottom view)

2. Marker drain
3. Regulated supply (pressed in screen plug)
4. Pilot drain
RCPH07CCH036AAE 5
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 15
Command - Dynamic description - System controls

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
All remote hydraulic controls are located in the right-hand armrest control console. The controls include:
• remote control levers,
• remote function controls,
• variable flow controls,
• hydraulic valve timer control,
• the fifth remote switch (if equipped)
• and extend/retract limiter switch.
The controls are hard wired directly into the armrest controller. Each remote control lever actuates a potentiometer
within the console. As a remote control lever is actuated, the armrest controller reads the potentiometer setting and
sends a signal through the data bus to the tractor multi function (TMF) controller. The TMF controller sends the signal
to a proportional solenoid which shifts the main valve spool, allowing flow to the respective remote coupler.
The TMF controller reports any problems directly to the instrument controller. The instrument controller displays any
system faults or fault code information through the standard instrumentation display.
When a fault occurs, a 3 second continuous audible alarm sounds and then stops after the 3 seconds, and an active
fault is reported. Once a fault condition is corrected, the fault codes should be erased. Press and hold both the INCR
and DECR keys for 10 seconds to erase fault codes from a controller.
The following faults do not cause immediate damage to the tractor or shut the tractor down, but may make other sys-
tems inoperative. Pressing the “Reset” button on the instrumentation clears the fault, however the fault will reappear
after ten minutes if it not corrected.
Display Description
Aux bus off fault
Aux off line
Armrest bus off fault
Aux fault
Aux config/cal required (bit in system status)
Aux conf/cal
Aux re-enable required
Aux
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 16
Control levers
There are three or four remote control levers (and a switch
to control a 5th remote if equipped) on the armrest control
console depending on the number of remote circuits on
the tractor. The first remote control lever operates the
lower left rear hydraulic coupler.
Each remote coupler has an identification plate. The

couplers are identified as number 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 (as
equipped), corresponding to the remote control levers on
the armrest control console.
Moving the first remote lever forward directs flow to the

retract port of the hydraulic coupler (1A). Moving the re-
mote lever rearward directs flow to the extend port of the
hydraulic coupler (1B).
All the retract “A” ports are on the outside. All the extend RCIL07CCH056BAE 1
“B” ports are to the inside.
RCPH07CCH039BAE 2
Function controls
There are three or four remote function controls on the
armrest control console, depending on the number of re-
mote circuits on the tractor. There is no remote function
control for the optional 5th remote section. There are five
control positions for each function lever relating to special
system conditions.
RCIL07CCH056BAE 3
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 17
In the full function position, lever functionality includes

the float and detent positions. To operate the remote hy-
draulics in a float condition, the function control must be
in the full function position and the remote control lever
must be moved fully forward to activate float.
RCIL07CCH059BAE 4
Remote control levers can be locked in the neutral po-

sition to prevents a remote lever from being accidentally
operated during transport. Move the control lever to the
neutral position and then rotate the function control to the
lock position.
NOTE: This must be done for each remote control lever
to be locked.
RCIL07CCH059BAE 5
To operate in a no float position, rotate the remote function

control to the float lockout position. The remote control
lever cannot be moved into the float position when the
function lever is in the no float position.
RCIL07CCH059BAE 6
When operating a front end loader, the function control

must be rotated to the loader position to prevent the re-
mote lever from moving into the detent positions.
WARNING
When doing a loader operation, the remote function
control MUST be in the loader position. This will
prevent the remote control lever from going into a
timed "RAISE" detent. A timed "RAISE" detent during
loader operation can cause uncontrolled loader oper-
ation which may cause load dumping. Uncontrolled
loader operation in a full height raising of the loader
can cause load dumping which may result in injury
or death. RCIL07CCH059BAE 7
M586A
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 18
When operating a hydraulic motor with a remote valve,

the motor position for the function lever limits the control
lever to two operating positions: the retract detent
position is to operate the motor and the float position
to stop the motor. To operate a hydraulic motor with
a remove valve:
• Shut off the engine.
• Move the control lever for the selected remote valve
forward to the float position.
• Rotate the function control to the left to the motor po-
sition.
• To engage the hydraulic motor, start the engine and RCIL07CCH059BAE 8
move the control lever rearward from the float position
to the retract detent position. The hydraulic motor will
operate.
• Use the variable flow control to regulate motor speed.
• To stop the motor, move the control lever to the float
position. The float position allows the motor to slowly
come to a stop.
• To change the direction of motor rotation, switch the
hose locations on the remote coupler.
This will allow the hydraulic motor to slowly come to a stop.

NOTICE: Do not rotate the remote function control out of
the motor position while the motor is operating: this can
cause the motor to stop immediately and may damage the
motor, hoses and equipment.
Timer control
The timer control, located under the armrest cover, deter-
mines the amount of time a remote circuit has hydraulic
flow after the control lever is moved to the detent posi-
tion. Turning the knob clockwise increases the amount of
time, and turning the knob counterclockwise decreases
the amount of time. The timer can be set from 1 to 30
seconds. The 30 second timer control range is selected
with the first 9 timer bars around the timer control. When
the timer control is turned fully clockwise (to the 10th bar)
the timer function is disabled for the detent position.
RCIL07CCH049BAE 9
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 19
Variable flow control

Each remote circuit has a variable flow control. Use the
variable flow control to increase or decrease the rate of
flow of hydraulic fluid to the remote hydraulic couplers.
The flow can be adjusted from 0 - 114 l/min (0 - 30 US
gpm). To increase rate of flow, turn the control knob clock-
wise; to decrease rate of flow, turn the control knob coun-
terclockwise.
NOTE: For proper operation, all flow controls cannot be
set to the maximum flow setting.
RCIL07CCH049BAE 10
RCIL07CCH056BAE 11
If the tractor is equipped with performance instrumenta-

tion, the screen displays hydraulic flow as a percentage of
the total available flow for each coupler. The information
is available at all times. The coupler data screen displays
when any of the variable flow controls are changed more
than 5% from the previous setting or you can scroll to this
screen using the up/down keys. This is a useful reference
tool when setting the speed on a hydraulic motor.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 20
Coupler - Sectional view

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCPH07CCH001GAA 1
1. Cover and gasket (not shown) 6. Cartridge

2. Spring retainer 7. Body
3. Coil spring 8. Slipper
4. Snap ring 9. O-ring
5. Spring 10. O-ring
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 21
Remote control valve - Exploded view

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Load check valve

1. Cap
2. O-ring
3. Spring
4. Plug
5. Spring
6. Poppet spool
7. Poppet body
8. Backup ring
9. Load check body
10. Piston ring
11. Piston
Main spool valve
12. Extend solenoid
13. M4 ex socket head screw
14. Lock washer
15. M6 hex socket head screw
16. Solenoid body
17. Outer spring
18. Inner spring
19. Washer
20. Spool
21. Solenoid body
22. Retract solenoid
Flow control spool valve (pressure compensating)
23. Spring
24. Spool
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 22
RCIS07CCH004HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 23
Remote control valve - Sectional view

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCIL08CCH001GAA 1

84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 24
Command Lever - Remove

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Console Armrest console - Remove (E.32.A)
1. Remove the knob from the flow control lever to be

replaced by pulling straight upward.
RCPH08CCH329AAC 1
2. Place the armrest console on a clean work surface.

Remove the six socket head screws (1) securing the
lower cover. Remove the cover.
RCPH08CCH073AAB 2
3. Disconnect the harness connector for the remote

lever from the armrest controller.
RCPH07CCH609BBC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 25
4. Remove the two screws securing the control lever

assembly to the armrest assembly.
RCPH07CCH608BBC 4
5. Remove the control lever assembly from the armrest.
RCPH07CCH607ABC 5
Next operation:
Command Flow control - Install - Armrest module (A.10.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 26
Command Lever - Install

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Command Lever - Remove (A.10.C)
1. Place the control lever on the armrest controller.
RCPH07CCH607ABC 1
2. Reinstall the two screws to secure the control lever.
RCPH07CCH608BBC 2
3. Connect the harness connector for the control lever

to the armrest controller.
RCPH07CCH609BBC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 27
4. Place the lower cover on the armrest and secure with

the six socket head screws removed earlier.
RCPH08CCH073AAB 4
5. Install the control knob that was removed earlier;

place the knob over the lever and push straight down-
ward.
RCPH08CCH329AAC 5
Next operation:
Console Armrest console - Install (E.32.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 28
Command Flow control - Remove - Armrest module

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
1. Turn the armrest upright and remove the draft control

knobs (2), timer knob (1) and remote flow control
knobs (3). Remove all knobs by pulling straight up.
RCPH08CCH036BAB 1
2. Remove the two screws (1) securing the module (2)

to the armrest compartment.
RCPH07CCH616BBC 2
3. Use a small flat pry bar to carefully disengage the

locking tabs for the module.
RCPH07CCH615BBC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 29
4. Remove the module from the armrest compartment.
RCPH07CCH614BBC 4
Next operation:
Command Flow control - Install - Armrest module (A.10.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 30
Command Flow control - Install - Armrest module

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Command Flow control - Remove - Armrest module (A.10.C)
1. Install the controller.
RCPH07CCH614BBC 1
2. Press the panel down until the two locking tabs (1)
are fully engaged. Reinstall the two screws (2) re-
moved earlier.
RCPH07CCH616BBC 2
3. Turn the armrest upright and reinstall the draft control

knobs (1), timer knob (2) and flow control knobs (3)
that were removed earlier.
NOTE: Align the flat surface of the stem with the flat surface
on the knob and push straight down to install each knob.
RCPH08CCH036BAB 3
Next operation:
: Control module Armrest controller - Install (A.50.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 31
Coupler - Disassemble
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCPH07CCH001HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 32
1. Remove the cover plate and gaskets (1). Remove

the spring retainer (2) and coil spring (3).
2. Remove the snap ring (4) and spring (5).
3. Remove the coupler cartridge (6) from the coupler
body (7).
4. Remove and discard the slipper seals (8) and O-rings
seals (9).
5. Remove and discard the O-ring (10) from the end of
the coupler cartridge.
Next operation:
Coupler - Assemble (A.10.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 33
Coupler - Assemble
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Coupler - Disassemble (A.10.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 34
RCPH07CCH001HAA 1
1. Install a new O-ring (10) to the end of the coupler

cartridge.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 35
2. Install new slipper seals (8) and new O-rings seals

(9). Be sure the slipper seal is in front of the O-ring.
3. Install the coupler cartridge (6) to the coupler body
(7).
4. Install the snap ring (4) and spring (5).
5. Install the coil spring (3), spring retainer (2), cover
plate and gaskets (1).
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 36
Remote control valve - Pressure test - High pressure

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Special tools required: 350 bar (5000 psi) pressure gauge with male remote valve coupler
1. Start and run the engine at 1500 RPM.

2. Fully lower the hitch, if equipped.
3. Set the variable flow control for each remote valve to
the maximum flow position.
4. Set the timer control for each remote valve to the
maximum time position.
5. Pressure check each remote valve with a 350 bar
(5000 psi) pressure gauge.
RCPH07CCH002AAA 1
6. Recorded the reading from the pressure gauge for

each remote valve as equipped. The expected read-
ing – high pressure standby pressure – is 206 - 214
bar (2985 - 3105 psi).
1500 RPM
Remote valve 1
Remote valve 2
Remote valve 3
Remote valve 4
Remote valve 5
7. Use the table below to troubleshoot the problem if the

pressure readings are out of range.
Test result Recommended action

No remote valve pressure is recorded, and the hitch 1. Check charge pump pressure. See Tandem gear
does not raise or lower. pump Charge and lubrication - Pressure test
(A.10.A)
2. Inspect the compensator and swash plate on the pres-
sure and flow compensating (PFC) pump.
All pressure readings from the remote valves are the 1. Check the high pressure standby setting on the pres-
same, but low. sure and flow compensating (PFC) pump.
2. Inspect, adjust and/or replace the compensator valve
on the PFC pump.
3. Check the hitch signal check valve for excessive leak-
age.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 37
Test result Recommended action

Pressure and flow compensating (PFC) pump goes to 1. Check if the hitch is fully raised, but is not turning Off.
high pressure standby (based on engine sound) when Check calibration and fault codes for the tractor multi
the tractor is started and the remote control levers are in function (TMF) controller.
the neutral position. 2. Check if a main valve spool is sticking, causing a re-
mote valve to only partially engage.
3. Repeat pressure test at each remote coupler (extend
and retract) to isolate the problem remote valve.
Pressure does not return to 0 (zero) after a remote 1. Calibrate the remote control lever through the armrest
control lever is moved to the neutral position. controller. Check for fault codes relating to the control
lever.
2. Check for broken centering springs on the main valve
spool. See
3. Check if a main valve spool is sticking in the bore.
Pressure does return to 0 (zero) after a remote control 1. Check if the spool in the pressure compensator is
lever is moved to the neutral position, but the pressure sticking. Inspect the compensator valve and swash
and flow compensating (PFC) pump remains on high plate on the pressure and flow compensating (PFC)
pressure (based on engine sound). pump.
2. Check if the bleed down orifice is plugged in the com-
pensator valve for the PFC pump.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 38
Remote control valve - Remove

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
If remote valves 1 or 2 are to be serviced, the rear hitch valve must be removed first. See Control valve - Remove
(H.10.C).
NOTICE: Always fully lower and disconnect any implements from the tractor remote couplers when performing service
on the remote valves.
NOTE: This procedure depicts removal and installation of the fourth and fifth remote valves. The connecting side to
the manifold varies, but remote valve removal and installation is similar for all valves.
1. Remove the rear cover to access the remote valves,
at the rear of the tractor.
2. Thoroughly clean the remote valves and the sur-
rounding area before servicing any valve section.
RCPH07CCH001AAA 1
3. Tag and disconnect the harness connectors to the

extend solenoids.
RCPH07CCH007AAA 2

retract solenoids.
RCPH07CCH008AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 39
5. Tag and remove the extend and retract hydraulic

tubes from the fourth and fifth remote valve sections.
RCPH07CCH009AAA 4
6. Remove the three mounting bolts and the fourth and

fifth remote sections from the manifold.
RCPH07CCH010AAA 5
Next operation:
Remote control valve - Disassemble (A.10.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 40
Remote control valve - Disassemble

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Remote control valve - Remove (A.10.C)
NOTE: If a valve bore shows heavy wear or damage, the valve section must be replaced. Discontinue disassembly
and replace the valve section.
NOTE: Always replace parts which show heavy wear or damage. if the parts are not serviced separately, the entire
valve or valve section must be replaced.
1. Thoroughly clean the valve section. Use a clean
work surface to service the valve.
2. Mark the location of the solenoids for reassembly.
Remove the solenoid from the solenoid bodies.
RCPH07CCH011AAA 1
3. Remove the solenoid block and spring(s) from both

ends of the valve section. Tag the springs so they
are returned to the same side of the valve during re-
assembly. Inspect the blocks and springs for dam-
age.
RCPH07CCH020AAA 2
4. Remove the main valve spool (1) and washers. Mark

which end of the spool is toward the load check valve
(2) for reassembly. Inspect the spool and bore for
heavy wear or damage: the spool must move freely
within the bore.
RCPH07CCH013AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 41
5. Remove the flow control spool (1) and spring (2) from
the opposite end of the valve section. Inspect the
parts and bore for heavy wear or damage: the spool
must move freely in the bore.
RCPH07CCH014AAA 4
6. Remove the load check valve assembly. Remove the

plunger from the bore. Check for wear or damage:
the plunger must move freely within the bore.
RCPH07CCH015AAA 5
7. Remove the cap (1) from load check body (2). There
should be a light load on the spring (3).
RCPH07CCH004AAA 6
8. Check that the stem (4) on the main poppet (5) is

present. Inspect the poppet and the poppet seat for
wear or damage. Replace components as required.
RCPH07CCH005AAA 7
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 42
9. Remove the two plugs to access the two signal check

valves.
RCPH07CCH016AAA 8
10. Remove the signal checks and springs from the valve
section. Inspect the valve seats and check valves for
wear or damage.
RCPH07CCH017AAA 9
Next operation:
Remote control valve - Assemble (A.10.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 43
Remote control valve - Assemble

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Remote control valve - Disassemble (A.10.C)
NOTE: Install new O-rings, backup washers and seals during reassembly.
1. Install a spring on the small end of each signal check
valve.
RCPH07CCH017AAA 1
2. Install the signal check valves into the remote section

with the poppet head toward the valve body.
RCPH07CCH018AAA 2
3. Install the plugs for the signal check valves. Tighten

and then torque to 35 - 39 Nm (26 - 29 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH016AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 44
4. Install new backup washers and O-rings on the main

poppet (1) and load check body (2). Assemble the
main poppet and spring (3) into the load check body,
and install the cap (4).
RCPH07CCH004AAA 4
5. Install the plunger into the load check assembly. In-

stall the load check assembly in the remote section.
Tighten and then torque the cap to 30 - 41 Nm (22 -
30 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH015AAA 5
6. Install the spring and flow control spool into the re-
mote section. Install the plug. Tighten and then
torque to 50 - 58 Nm (37 - 43 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH014AAA 6
7. Install a washer on each end of the main spool. The

end of the spool with the brass plug (1) must be to-
ward the top of the section valve when installed on
the tractor – that is, the end with the load check valve.
RCPH07CCH013AAA 7
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 45
8. Install new O-rings on the solenoid bodies. Install the

inner and outer springs and a solenoid block on the
side of the remote section with the load check valve.
Install the single spring and a solenoid block on the
opposite side of the section valve.
RCPH07CCH020AAA 8
9. Tighten and torque the retaining screws for the sole-

noid blocks to 9.5 - 12.5 Nm (84 - 110 lb in).
RCPH07CCH019AAA 9
10. Install new O-rings on the solenoids. Following the

location marks for the solenoids from disassembly,
install the solenoids on the blocks and tighten the
screws.
RCPH07CCH011AAA 10
Next operation:
Remote control valve - Install (A.10.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 46
Remote control valve - Install

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Remote control valve - Assemble (A.10.C)
1. Position the valve sections on the valve stack and

install the three retaining bolts. Tighten and torque
the 10 mm bolt (1) to 25 - 30 Nm (18 - 22 lb ft).
Tighten and torque the 10 mm bolts (2) to 40 - 45
Nm (30 - 33 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH010AAA 1
2. Reinstall the retract and extend hydraulic tubes for

the remote valve sections.
RCPH07CCH009AAA 2
3. Reconnect the wiring harness connectors to the

extend and retract solenoids, following the tags
installed during disassembly.
RCPH07CCH007AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 47
Remote control valve Load check valve - Remove

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
If remote valves 1 or 2 are to be serviced, the rear hitch valve must be removed first. See Control valve - Remove
(H.10.C).
NOTICE: Always fully lower and disconnect any implements from the tractor remote couplers when performing service
on the remote valves.
NOTE: This procedure depicts removal and installation of the load check valve for the fifth remote. The load check
valve is common to all the remote valves and is serviced similarly.
1. Remove the rear cover to access the remote valves,
at the rear of the tractor.
2. Thoroughly clean the remote valves and the sur-
rounding area before servicing any valve component.
3. Slowly loosen the cap on the load check valve with a
wench to relieve any trapped pressure. Remove the
load check valve.
RCPH07CCH002AAA 1
Next operation:
Remote control valve Load check valve - Inspect (A.10.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 48
Remote control valve Load check valve - Inspect

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Remote control valve Load check valve - Remove (A.10.C)
1. Remove the plunger from the poppet bore. Check

for wear or damage: the plunger must move freely
within the bore.
RCPH07CCH003AAA 1
2. Remove the cap (1) from load check body (2). There
should be a light load on the spring (3).
RCPH07CCH004AAA 2
3. Check that the stem (4) on the main poppet (5) is

present. Inspect the poppet and the poppet seat for
wear or damage. Replace components as required.
RCPH07CCH005AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 49
4. Replace all backup rings and O-rings. Reassemble

the load check valve.
RCPH07CCH006AAA 4
Next operation:
Remote control valve Load check valve - Install (A.10.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 50
Remote control valve Load check valve - Install

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Remote control valve Load check valve - Inspect (A.10.C)
1. Install the load check assembly and plunger into the

valve section. Tighten and torque the cap to 30 - 41
Nm (22 - 30 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH003AAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 51
Remote control valve - Troubleshooting

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Problem Possible Cause Correction

Implement leaks down in Load check damaged on the remote sec- Inspect the load check on the remote valve
short period of time. tion in use. section. See Remote control valve - Dis-
assemble (A.10.C).
Loss of system pressure Pilot relief valve is leaking. Inspect the pilot relief valve on the remote
and flow in both the section(s) in use. See Remote control
remote and hitch circuits. valve - Disassemble (A.10.C).
Flow rate range greatly Broken flow control spring To test for a broken flow control spring:
reduced and erratic on a
• Expected flow range out of a remote is
remote section.
approximately 8 - 114 l/min (2 - 30 US
gpm))
• Set the variable flow control to the max-
imum setting. At an engine speed of
2000 RPM and with a 35 bar (500 psi)
load, measure flow from the remote
section.
• If a reading of approximately 114 l/min
(30 US gpm) is not attained, the flow
control spring could be broken.
• Inspect the flow control spring in the
remote section. See Remote control
valve - Disassemble (A.10.C).
All remote sections, but Signal check is leaking in the normally func- Inspect the signal check in the normally
one have reduced flow tioning remote section. functioning remote section. See Remote
rates. One remote section control valve - Disassemble (A.10.C).
functions normally.
Flow rates vary with Spool is stuck. Spool is stuck in a position where it can
changing load pressures. direct oil to the main spool, but cannot
balance. Inspect the control spool. See
Remote control valve - Disassemble
(A.10.C).
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 52
Index
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve -

10.C
Command - Dynamic description - System controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Command Flow control - Install - Armrest module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Command Flow control - Remove - Armrest module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Command Lever - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Command Lever - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Coupler - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Coupler - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Coupler - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve - Component identification . . . . . . . . 14
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Remote control valve - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Remote control valve - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Remote control valve - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Remote control valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Remote control valve - Pressure test - High pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Remote control valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Remote control valve - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Remote control valve - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Remote control valve Load check valve - Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Remote control valve Load check valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Remote control valve Load check valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Remote control valve Load check valve - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 53
84318454 14/03/2010
A.10.C / 54
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM - 20.A
T8010
T8020
T8030
T8040
T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.20.A / 1
Contents
SERVICE
Relief valve
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
T8010 EEAA, T8010 WE, T8020 EEAA, T8020 WE, T8030 EEAA, T8030 WE, T8040 EEAA, T8040 WE, T8050
EEAA, T8050 WE
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
EEAA, T8050 WE
Air regulator
Remove - Double check valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
EEAA, T8050 WE
Install - Double check valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

EEAA, T8050 WE
Air compressor
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Sensing system
Remove - Pressure switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
EEAA, T8050 WE
Install - Pressure switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

EEAA, T8050 WE
84318454 14/03/2010
A.20.A / 2
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PNEUMATIC SYSTEM
Relief valve - Remove

T8010 EEAA, T8010 WE, T8020 EEAA, T8020 WE, T8030 EEAA, T8030 WE, T8040 EEAA, T8040 WE, T8050 EEAA, T8050 WE
1. The relief valve (1) for the pneumatic brake system

is located to the rear of the axle housing and on the
left hand side of the tractor.
RCPH08CCH277AAB 1
2. Push the locking ring (1) toward the fitting while

pulling the air line (2) away from the fitting to disen-
gage the air lines.
RCPH08CCH281AAB 2
3. Repeat for the other air line (1). Loosen the mounting
bolts (2) and remove the relief valve.
RCPH08CCH278AAB 3
4. Loosen the clamp (1) and remove the silencer (2).

Note the orientation of the fittings (3) and remove.
RCPH08CCH279AAB 4
84318454 14/03/2010
A.20.A / 3
Next operation:
Relief valve - Install (A.20.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.20.A / 4
Relief valve - Install

Prior operation:
Relief valve - Remove (A.20.A)
1. Reinstall the fittings (1) removed earlier. Tighten the

locking nut (2) on the 90 ° elbow. Place the clamp (3)
over the silencer (4), install the silencer on the valve
assembly, and tighten the clamp.
RCPH08CCH279AAB 1
2. Reinstall the valve assembly on its mounting bracket

with the bolts (1) remover earlier. Connect the air line
using the procedure in the next step.
RCPH08CCH277AAB 2
3. To connect the air lines, push the locking ring (1)

toward the fitting, while pushing the air line (2) toward
the fitting until it is fully engaged.
NOTICE: Pull back on the air line to make sure that it is
properly seated.
RCPH08CCH281AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
A.20.A / 5
4. Connect the air supply line to the relief valve.
RCPH08CCH278AAB 4
84318454 14/03/2010
A.20.A / 6
Air regulator - Remove - Double check valve

Prior operation:
Remove the dual line control valve. Refer to: Trailer brake valve - Remove - Dual line valve (D.34.E)
1. Remove the line (2) from the double check valve (1)
to the dual line valve.
RCPH08CCH267AAB 1
2. Remove the short jumper line (3) between the first

(1) and second (2) tee fittings.
RCPH08CCH559AAB 2
3. Remove the two bracket mounting bolts (1). Remove

the assembly.
RCPH08CCH268AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
A.20.A / 7
4. At the double check valve (1), disconnect the outlet

line (2) for the solenoid valve and the outlet line (3)
to the dual line valve. Remove the mounting bolt (4)
and remove the valve from the bracket.
RCPH08CCH272AAB 4
Next operation:
Air regulator - Install - Double check valve (A.20.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.20.A / 8
Air regulator - Install - Double check valve

Prior operation:
Air regulator - Remove - Double check valve (A.20.A)
1. Place the double check valve (1) on the mounting

bracket and secure with the mounting bolt (2) re-
moved earlier. Connect the line for the solenoid valve
to the fitting shown (3) and the hose (4) to the dual
line valve.
RCPH08CCH272AAB 1
2. Place the assembly on top of the transmission range

housing and secure with the two bolts (1) removed
earlier.
RCPH08CCH268AAB 2
3. Connect the short jumper line (1) to the tee fitting (2).
RCPH08CCH559AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
A.20.A / 9
4. Connect the air outlet line (1) to the double check

valve (2).
RCPH08CCH267AAB 4
Next operation:
Trailer brake valve - Install - Dual line valve (D.34.E)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.20.A / 10
Air compressor - Remove

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Remove the three bolts (1) securing the engine side

panels. Right side shown.
RCPH07CCH049BAB 1
2. Relieve any air pressure that may be in the system

by opening the air tank (right or left side) drain valve.
WARNING
M459
RCPH08CCH050BAB 2
3. Loosen the hose clamp (1) and remove the compres-

sor air inlet hose (2).
RCPH08CCH564AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
A.20.A / 11
4. Disconnect the compressor air outlet hose (1).
RCPH08CCH565AAB 4
5. Disconnect the oil supply (1) and return lines (2).

Plug the fittings. Remove and discard the fitting
O-rings.
RCPH08CCH566AAB 5
6. Loosen the lock nut (1) for the belt tension adjust-
ment screw and back out the adjustment screw (2).
RCPH08CCH567AAB 6
7. Loosen the two lock nuts (1) for the adjust-

ment/mounting bracket on the left side and one nut
on the right side (not shown). Remove the oil inlet
fitting (2).
RCPH08CCH568AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
A.20.A / 12
8. Remove the compressor drive belt from the pulley.

Inspect for wear or damage. Replace as necessary.
RCPH08CCH076BAB 8
9. Remove the four compressor mounting bolts (1) (two

on left side shown). Remove the compressor.
RCPH08CCH569AAB 9
10. Remove the air (1) and oil fittings (2). Discard all
sealing rings. Remove the nut and lock washer (3)
and remove the drive pulley (4) from the compressor
drive shaft.
RCPH08CCH558AAB 10
Next operation:
Air compressor - Install (A.20.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.20.A / 13
Air compressor - Install

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Air compressor - Remove (A.20.A)
1. Install new seal rings on all fittings. Install the air line
fittings (1) and tighten to a torque of 100 Nm (74 lb ft).
Install the fitting (2) for the oil return line and tighten to
a torque of 60 Nm (44 lb ft). Install the compressor
drive belt pulley (3), lock washer and mounting nut
(4) and tighten to a torque of 90 - 110 Nm (66 - 81 lb
ft).
RCPH08CCH558AAB 1
2. Place the compressor on the mounting bracket, and

install the four socket head mounting bolts (1) (left
side shown) that removed earlier. Tighten to a torque
of 27 - 33 Nm (20 - 24 lb ft).
RCPH08CCH569AAB 2
3. Place a new seal ring on the fitting (1) for the oil
supply hose and tighten to a torque of 25 Nm (18.5
lb ft).
RCPH08CCH568AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
A.20.A / 14
4. Install the drive belt.
RCPH08CCH076BAB 4
5. Hand tighten the three locking nuts (1) for the

bracket. Place a tension gauge on the drive belt and
tighten the adjusting screw (2) until the belt reaches
a tension of 623 - 711 N (140 - 150 lb). Tighten the
lock nut (3) and remove the tension gauge.
RCPH08CCH570AAB 5
6. Tighten the three bracket locking nuts (1) (two on the

left side shown) to a torque of 54 - 66 Nm (40 - 49 lb
ft).
RCPH08CCH567AAB 6
84318454 14/03/2010
A.20.A / 15
7. Install new O-rings on the hose fittings (1) Reinstall

the oil return (2) and supply (3) hoses.
RCPH08CCH566AAB 7
8. Install a new O-ring on the air outlet fitting (1), recon-

nect the hose and tighten the fitting (2).
RCPH08CCH565AAB 8
9. Reconnect the compressor air inlet hose (1) and

tighten the hose clamp (2).
RCPH08CCH564AAB 9
10. Install the engine side panels and tighten the mount-
ing bolts (1) (right side shown).
RCPH07CCH049BAB 10
84318454 14/03/2010
A.20.A / 16
Sensing system - Remove - Pressure switch

1. The compressed air pressure switch is located in the

right air tank.
RCPH08CCH282AAB 1
2. Before removing the pressure switch, relieve any air

pressure that may be in the system by opening the
tank drain valve.
WARNING
M459
RCPH08CCH050BAB 2
3. Disconnect the pressure switch harness (1) from the

tractor harness (2).
RCPH08CCH283AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
A.20.A / 17
4. Remove the pressure switch from the tank.
RCPH08CCH282AAB 4
Next operation:
Sensing system - Install - Pressure switch (A.20.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.20.A / 18
Sensing system - Install - Pressure switch

Prior operation:
Sensing system - Remove - Pressure switch (A.20.A)
1. Install a new O-ring (if required) on the pressure

switch. Install into the air tank.
RCPH08CCH282AAB 1
2. Connect the switch harness (1) to the tractor harness

(2).
RCPH08CCH283AAB 2
84318454 14/03/2010
A.20.A / 19
Index

Air compressor - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Air compressor - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Air regulator - Install - Double check valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Air regulator - Remove - Double check valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Relief valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Relief valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Sensing system - Install - Pressure switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Sensing system - Remove - Pressure switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
84318454 14/03/2010
A.20.A / 20
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - 30.A
T8010
T8020
T8030
T8040
T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Fuse and relay box
Identification - Z7Rx05001-Z8Rx06000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Identification - Z8Rx06001- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector
Component Diagram 00 - Connectors 1-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Component diagram 01 - Connectors 10-19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Component diagram 09 - Connectors 90-99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Component diagram 10 - Connectors 100-109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Component diagram 11 - Connectors 110-119 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 2
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Component diagram 30 - Connector 300-309 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 3
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Component diagram - Connectors A-K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Component diagram - Connectors J-Z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Component diagram - Splice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391

Wiring harness
Electrical schematic frame 01 - Circuit description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
T8010 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8010 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE, T8020 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8020 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE,
T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 04 - Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 05 - Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 06 - Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 11 - Splices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 13 - CAN data bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 4
T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 19 - Charging and starting system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 20 - Cab and controller power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 21 - Ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 24 - Power distribution box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 25 - Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 26 - Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 27 - Front hitch and egress lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 28 - Optional work lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 5
Electrical schematic frame 29 - Standard front work lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 30 - Roof warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 31 - Standard head lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 32 - Fender lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 33 - Fender lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 34 - Hazard switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 35 - Turn signal and FNR module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 36 - FNR module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 37 - Transmission control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 41 - Pneumatic brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 42 - Italian brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 43 - Suspended axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 6
Electrical schematic frame 44 - Armrest controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 49 - PTO system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 50 - PTO system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 51 - Hitch control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 52 - Hitch control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 54 - Remote valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 55 - Engine controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 56 - Engine controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 57 - Cruise and foot throttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 58 - Standard climate control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 7
Electrical schematic frame 59 - Automatic temperature control (ATC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 60 - HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 61 - HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 62 - Sound system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 63 - Dome/console lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 64 - Power mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 65 - Window wipers and washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 66 - Strobe/beacon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 67 - Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 68 - Auxiliary power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 69 - Small display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 70 - ISO11783 cab interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 71 - ISO11783 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 72 - ISO11783 exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 73 - Cab interior autoguidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 8
T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 77 - Outside autoguidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 78 - Outside autoguidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 79 - Secondary CAN bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 542

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 80 - CODI and steering sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Electrical schematic frame 82 - Reversible cooling fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548

T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
SERVICE
Alternator
Replace - Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Battery
Disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 556
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
DIAGNOSTIC
Fuse and relay box
Problem solving - Power distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Relay - Testing - Cab power relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Relay - Testing - Armrest controller relay 24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 558

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Relay - Testing - TMF/ICU relay 19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Relay - Testing - TMF controller relay 22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 560

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 9
Relay - Testing - Tractor ECU relay 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Relay - Testing - Transmission controller relay 23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Alternator
Problem solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Testing - Charging system output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Testing - Excitation circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Testing - RPM circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Testing - ICU excitation control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 10
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Fuse and relay box - Identification - Z7Rx05001-Z8Rx06000

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Cab fuse identification
RCPH07CCH043FAE 1
Fuse no. Circuit Fuse amp

1 Electronic governor 5
2 Constant engine speed 5
3 Rear fender work lights 25
4 Beltline work lights 10
5 Roof work lights 30
6 Work light/head light interlock 10
7 Battery power to key switch 10
8 Headliner shelf auxiliary power/3-pin/cigar outlets (1) 20
9 Seat power & operator presence 15
10 Cab pressurizer blower 15
11 Cigar lighter/right hand fender console 20
12 Exterior 7-pin connector (2) 30
13 Right hand front post/right hand fender 3-pin auxiliary connectors (1) 30
14 Virtual terminal 5
15 Governor 25
16 Instrument cluster (2) 5
17 Horn 5
18 Battery power to headlight switch 10
19 Dome light/map light/radio (1) 10
20 Amber flashes 20
21 Tail lights 10
22 Stop lights 10
23 Beacon 15
24 Power mirror/radio 10
25 Blank
26 Suspended axle B+ 10
27 Side roof HID lamps 20
28 Blank
29 Seat heater 10
30 Side wiper 10
31 ISO11783 10
32 Transmission controller B+ 10
33 Right hand armrest controller (2) 10
34 True ground speed/radar 5
35 Autoguidance 5
36 Tractor multifunction (TMF) remote system controller 15
37 Instrumentation cluster (2) 5
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 11

38 Tractor multi function (TMF) PTO/diff lock/MFD system 15
39 Tractor multi function (TMF) hitch system controller 15
40 ECU controller 10
41 Trailer tail lamps 20
42 Data bus diagnostic connector 10
43 Transmission controller 15
45 Blank
46 Right hand front post/right hand fender 3-pin connectors (2) 30
47 HVAC controller 30
48 Headliner shelf 3-pin connectors (2) 20
49 HVAC blower 30
50 Blank
51* Front wiper/washer 15
52 Rear wiper/washer 20
53 Egress lighting 30
54 Blank
55 Emerging market 15
56 Italian brakes 5
(1) - Unswitched power (continuous)
(2) - Power available when key switch is in On position.
* = Circuit breaker
Cab relay identification (facing rear window)
RCPH07CCH172BAE 2
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 12
RCPH07CCH086AAE 3
1. Brake lamps 17. Egress lighting

2. Open 18. Open
3. Rear roof work lamps 19. Controller power
4. Work lamp interlock 20. Egress lighting
5. Park latch 21. Tractor multi function (TMF)/autoguidance
6. Neutral relay 22. Tractor multi function (TMF) controller
7. Front roof HID lamps 23. Transmission controller
8. Beltline work lamps 24. Radar/armrest controller
9. Front roof work lamps 25. 70 A relay (for cab fuses 27, 46, 49, 12, 3, 48, 22
and 30)
10. Cab pressurizer blower 26. 70 A relay (for cab fuses 1, 52, 26, 51, 29, 5, 9,
47, 36 and 37)
11. Governor (key switch) 27. 20 A relay (for cab fuses 1, 52, 26, 51, 29, 5, 9,
47, 36 and 37)
12. Fender work lamps 28. 20 A fuse (power module)
13. Trailer tail lamps 29. 60 A fuse (power module)
14. Rear wiper 30. 60 A fuse (power module)
15. Side wiper 31. Flasher module interface
16. Open
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 13
Engine compartment fuse/relay identification (power distribution box)
RCPH07CCH173BAE 4
1. Engine starter relay 9. Side work lamp fuse

2. Center work lamp relay 10. Not used
3. Side work lamp relay 11. Diode
4. High beam lamp relay 12. Left high beam lamp
5. Low beam lamp relay 13. Right high beam lamp
6. Auxiliary power stud fuse 14. Left low beam lamp
7. Not used 15. Right low beam lamp
8. High and low beam lamp fuse
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 14
Fuse and relay box - Identification - Z8Rx06001-

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Cab fuse and relay location

Fuses (1) and relays (2) are located to the rear of the
operators seat, under the floor cover mat and metal cover.
RCPH08CCH787AAC 1
Cab fuse identification
RCIL08CCH002EAA 2

1 Electronic governor 5
2 Constant engine speed 5
3 Rear fender work lights 25
4 Belt line work lights 10
5 Blank
6 Work light/head light interlock 10
7 Battery power to key switch 10
8 Headliner shelf auxiliary power/3-pin/cigar outlets (1) 20
9 Seat power & operator presence 15
10 Cab pressurizer blower 15
11 Cigar lighter/right hand fender console 20
12 Exterior 7-pin connector (2) 30
13 Right hand front post/right hand fender 3-pin auxiliary connectors (1) 30
14 Virtual terminal 5
15 Governor 25
16 Instrument cluster (2) 5
17 Horn 5
18 Battery power to headlight switch 10
19 Dome light/map light/radio (1) 10
20 Amber flashes 20
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 15

21 Tail lights 10
22 Stop lights 10
23 Beacon 15
24 Power mirror/radio 10
25 Blank
26 Suspended axle B+ 10
27 Side roof HID lamps 20
28 Reversible fan 20
29 Seat heater 10
30 Side wiper 10
31 ISO11783 10
32 Transmission controller B+ 10
33 Right hand armrest controller (2) 10
34 True ground speed/radar 5
35 Autoguidance 5
36 Tractor multifunction (TMF) remote system controller 15
37 Instrumentation cluster (2) 5
38 Tractor multi function (TMF) PTO/diff lock/MFD system 15
39 Tractor multi function (TMF) hitch system controller 15
40 ECU controller 10
41 Trailer tail lamps 20
42 Data bus diagnostic connector 10
45 Blank
46 Right hand front post/right hand fender 3-pin connectors (2) 30
47 HVAC controller 30
48 Headliner shelf 3-pin connectors (2) 20
49 HVAC blower 30
50 Blank
51* Front wiper/washer 15
52 Rear wiper/washer 20
53 Egress lighting 30
54 Blank
55 Blank
56 Italian brakes 5
(1) - Unswitched power (continuous)
(2) - Power available when key switch is in On position.
* = Circuit breaker
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 16
Cab relay identification (facing rear window)
RCPH07CCH172BAE 3
RCPH07CCH086AAE 4
1. Brake lamps 17. Egress lighting

2. Open 18. Open
3. Rear roof work lamps 19. Controller power
4. Work lamp interlock 20. Egress lighting
5. Park latch 21. Tractor multi function (TMF)/autoguidance
6. Neutral relay 22. Tractor multi function (TMF) controller
7. Front roof HID lamps 23. Transmission controller
8. Belt line work lamps 24. Radar/armrest controller
9. Front roof work lamps 25. 70 A relay (for cab fuses 27, 46, 49, 12, 3, 48, 22
and 30)
10. Cab pressurizer blower 26. 70 A relay (for cab fuses 1, 52, 26, 51, 29, 5, 9,
47, 36 and 37)
11. Governor (key switch) 27. 20 A relay (for cab fuses 1, 52, 26, 51, 29, 5, 9,
47, 36 and 37)
12. Fender work lamps 28. 20 A fuse (power module)
13. Trailer tail lamps 29. 60 A fuse (power module)
14. Rear wiper i30. 60 A fuse (power module)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 17
15. Side wiper 31. Flasher module interface

16. Open
Engine compartment fuse/relay location

Additional fuses and relays are located in the power dis-
tribution box on the left hand side of the tractor, mounted
to the deaeration tank support.
RCPH07CCH201AAB 5
Engine compartment fuse/relay identification
RCPH07CCH173BAE 6
1. Engine starter relay 9. Side work lamp fuse

2. Center work lamp relay 10. Not used
3. Side work lamp relay 11. Diode
4. High beam lamp relay 12. Left high beam lamp
5. Low beam lamp relay 13. Right high beam lamp
6. Auxiliary power stud fuse 14. Left low beam lamp
7. Not used 15. Right low beam lamp
8. High and low beam lamp fuse
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 18
Connector - Component Diagram 00 - Connectors 1-9

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 1S – Seat height adjust switch
RCIL06_631801C1 1
631801C* (PACKARD 2977253)

Schematic reference:
Cavity/Pin Wire number Circuit reference

1 S1 Switched B+
Connector 2B – Work light, right hand
RC07CCH239449A1 2
237661A* (PACKARD 12124819)

Schematic reference: Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 32 (A.30.A)

A 739E B+
B 170M Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 19
Connector 2M – Standard headlight, right hand
RC07CCH198714A1 3
198714A* (PACKARD 12048369)


A 740A Low beam
B 170K Ground
C 741A High beam
Connector 2S – Seat height adjust switch
RC07CCH279658A1 4
230227A*

1 S5 B+ from switch
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 20
Connector 3B – Work light, left hand
RC07CCH239449A1 5
237661A* (PACKARD 12124819)


A 739C B+
B 170K Ground
Connector 3M – Side HID light, right hand
294250A* (PACKARD 12059181)


A 738G Side Lamp B+
B 170G Ground
Connector 3S – Seat air compressor
RC07CCH279658A1 6
230227A*

1 S5 Common
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 21
Connector 4A – Standard headlight, left hand
RC07CCH426708A1 7
426708A* (COBO 30.16.06497)


1 170C Ground
2 --
3 741A High beam
4 742A Low beam
Connector 4D – Standard headlight, right hand
RC07CCH426708A1 8
426708A* (COBO 30.16.06497)


1 170D Ground
2 --
3 743A High beam
4 740A Low beam
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 22
Connector 4M – Standard headlight, left hand
RC07CCH198714A1 9
198714A* (PACKARD 12048369)


A 742A Low beam
B 170J Ground
C 743J High beam
Connector 4S – Seat air compressor
RCIL06_631801C1 10
631801C* (PACKARD 2977253)


1 S4 Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 23
Connector 5A – HID light, left hand
RC07CCH239449A1 11
237661A* (PACKARD 12124819)


A 738B B+
B 170G Ground
Connector 5B – HID light, right hand
RC07CCH239449A1 12
237661A* (PACKARD 12124819)


A 738C B+
B 170H Ground
Connector 5M – HID light, left hand
294250A* (PACKARD 12059181)


A 738E Side lamp B+
B 170F Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 24
Connector 5S – Operator presence switch 1
RC07CCH225316C1 13
225316C* (DEUTSCH DT06-2S-P012)


A S6 B+
B S8 Ground
Connector 6M – HID light, center
294250A* (PACKARD 12059181)


A 738F Center HID Light B+
B 170H Ground
Connector 6S – Operator presence switch 2
RC07CCH225316C1 14
225316C* (DEUTSCH DT06-2S-P012)


A S10 B+
B S11 Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 25
Connector 7M – Power distribution
409089A* (COOPER BUSSMANN 32006A22)


A 750B Front hitch position
B 602C Instrument cluster shut down (fuel)
C 728D Low beam relay
D 89C Start relay
E 172C Start output
F 792E Center/side relay
G 726C High beam relay
H 728D High diode/high relay
Connector 7S – Back cushion heater
RC07CCH198456A1 15
198456A* (PACKARD 12065287)


A S14 B+
B S28 Ground
Connector 8S – Seat cushion heater
RC07CCH182077A1 16
182077A* (PACKARD 12129565)

84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 26

A S15 Heater B+
B S20 Heater ground
C S26 Heater B+
D S29 Heater ground
Connector 9F – Turn signal switch
RC07CCH225320C1 17
225320C* (DEUTSCH DT04-8PA)


1 20A Turn signal common (B+)
2 21A Left turn switch
3 22A Right turn switch
4 23A Headlight switch (B+)
5 24A High beam
6 25A Low beam
7 26A Headlight dipping (B+)
8 27A Ground
Connector 9M – Turn signal switch
RC07CCH225319C1 18
225319C* (DEUTSCH DT06-8SA-P012)


1 766B Turn signal common (B+)
2 768A Left turn switch
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 27

3 767A Right turn switch
4 725A Headlight switch (B+)
5 726A High beam
6 728A Low beam
7 706D Headlight dipping (B+)
8 178AA Ground
Connector 9S – Heater control module
RC07CCH182077A1 19
182077A* (PACKARD 12129565)


A S16 Heater B+
B S27 Heater ground
C S21 Heater B+
D S25 S26 Switch signal
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 28
Connector - Component diagram 01 - Connectors 10-19

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 10F – Cab to main harness
RC07CCH437551A1 1
RCPH07CCH091ABC 2
437551A*

1 220M Neutral relay
2 --
3 222B Trailer auxiliary switched B+
4 787A Fender work light B+
7 204A Electric governor B+ 30A
9 596A TMF controller VD/VT B+
10 509B Left brake switch
11 510B Right brake switch
12 550C Transmission controller power B+
14 311A PTO brake relay
15 599B TMF controller VH B+
16 562A Park relay
17 --
19 531B Axle sensor B+
20 114A Trans controller unswitched B+
21 536A Auto suspension lamp
24 532A Regulation locked
26 511A FNRP - not park
28 565C Pneumatic brake B+
29 293B PTO armrest on/off switch
30 566A Pneumatic brake indicator
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 29

38 555D Clutch pot signal
39 556D Clutch pot B+ ( 8 V)
40 557D Clutch pot ground
41 754A Right turn light
42 752G Right trailer hazard
43 101A Unswitched battery B+
44 753A Left turn light
45 751F Left trailer hazard
46 810A HVAC high pressure switch return
47 792C Center/side relay
48 101N Unswitched battery B+
50 726A High beam relay
51 728B Low beam relay
52 750D Fender tail lights
53 750M Front hitch lamps
54 177C Chassis ground
55 177D Chassis ground
56 724B High beam
58 --
60 101P Unswitched battery B+
64 CDB-Y24 Can high (tractor)
66 CDB-DG24 Can low (tractor)
67 CDB-R75 Can battery (implement)
68 CDB-Y75 Can high (implement)
69 CDB-BK75 Can ground (implement)
70 CDB-DG75 Can low (implement)
71 138C Key ECU controller
72 137B ISO11783 switched B+
74 512C Pickup hitch latch
75 518C Ride control
76 901A TMF controller VF B+
77 223A Governor ignition switch signal
78 89A Key unswitched B+
79 172B FNRP start output
80 722A Horn power B+
81 836A Front washer
82 845A Rear washer
83 283A Radar B+
84 835A HVAC clutch
85 195B Cab pressure blower
86 802A HVAC high press switch
87 285A Implement switch
88 551D FNRP shuttle - Forward
89 553D FNRP not neutral
90 552B FNRP shuttle - Reverse
91 561B FNRP 5 V ref
92 558A Park relay coil
95 179Y Clean ground
97 --
99 755A Brake lights B+
100 --
102 164D Trailer tail lights B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 30
Connector 10M – Chassis to cab harness
RC07CCH437552A1 3
437552A*

1 220A Neutral relay
2 --
3 222C Trailer auxiliary switched B+
4 787B Fender work light B+
5 851B Variable fan cool B+
7 204B Electric governor B+ 30A
9 501B TMF controller VD/VT B+
10 509C Left brake switch
11 510C Right brake switch
12 550A Transmission controller power B+
14 702B PTO brake relay
15 599A TMF controller VH B+
16 562B Park relay
17 155B Italian trailer brake B+ (Euro only)
19 531F Axle sensor B+
20 114B Trans controller unswitched B+
21 536B Auto suspension lamp
24 532B Regulation locked
26 511B FNRP - not park
28 565A Pneumatic brake B+
29 293C PTO armrest on/off switch
30 566B Pneumatic brake indicator
38 555A Clutch pot signal
39 556A Clutch pot B+ (8V)
40 557C Clutch pot ground
41 754B Right turn light
42 752H Right trailer hazard
43 101AA Unswitched battery B+
44 753B Left turn light
45 751H Left trailer hazard
46 810B HVAC high pressure switch return
47 792D Center/side relay
48 101CC Unswitched battery B+
50 726B High beam relay
51 728C Low beam relay
52 750E Fender tail lights
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 31

53 750N Front hitch lamps
54 177A Chassis ground
55 177B Chassis ground
56 724C High beam on
58 --
60 101BB Unswitched battery B+
64 CDB-Y18 Can high (tractor)
66 CDB-DG18 Can low (tractor)
67 CAN-R Can battery (implement)
68 CAN-Y Can high (implement)
69 CAN-BK Can ground (implement)
70 CAN-DG Can low (implement)
71 138B Key ECU controller
72 137A ISO11783 switched B+
74 512B Pickup hitch latch
75 518B Ride control
76 900F TMF controller VF B+
77 223B Governor ignition switched signal
78 89B Key unswitched B+
79 172A FNRP start output
80 722B Horn power B+
81 836B Front washer
82 845B Rear washer
83 283B Radar B+
84 835B HVAC clutch
85 195C Cab pressure blower
86 802B HVAC high pressure switch
87 285B Implement switch
88 551A FNRP shuttle - Forward
89 553A FNRP not neutral
90 552A FNRP shuttle - Reverse
91 561A FNRP 5 V ref
92 558B Park relay coil
95 179K Clean ground
97 --
99 755B Brake lights B+
100 --
102 164E Trailer tail lights B+
Connector 10S – Seat heater switch
RC07CCH182077A1 4
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 32
182077A* (PACKARD 12129565)


A S24 Switched B+
B S25 Signal
C S23 LED B+
D S22 LED Ground
Connector 11M – Headlight switch
RC07CCH382391A1 5
87426885

1 703A Hazard LED
2 751G Hazard signal
3 703A Hazard LED
703B
4 725A Road lights
725B
5 706B Unswitched B+
6 707B Hazard/tail
707D
7 178J LED Ground
8 703B Hazard LED
9 --
10 --
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 33
Connector 11S – Operator presence harness
RC07CCH225316C1 6
225316C* (DEUTSCH DT06-2S-P012)


1 S12 Switched B+
2 S13 Presence signal
Connector 12F – Rotary work light switch
RC07CCH475083C1 7
475083C* (PACKARD 2977233)


B1 789B Lower work light B+
B2 789A Work light B+
789B
H/L 791A Roof rear work light
R 790A Front roof work light
T --
W 792A Lower work light
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 34
Connector 12S – Operator presence harness
RC07CCH225315C1 8
225315C* (DEUTSCH DT04-2P-E004)


1 S7 Switched B+
2 S9 Presence signal
Connector 13S – Seat heater harness
RC07CCH225316C1 9
225316C* (DEUTSCH DT06-2S-P012)


1 S17 Heater B+
2 S18 Heater Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 35
Connector 13F – Roof harness
RC07CCH179483A1 10
179483A* (PACKARD 12092248)


A 751D Left turn B+
751E
B --
C 752D Right turn B+
752E
D 783B A-post work lights B+
783C
E 784B Front roof work lights B+
F 178Z Chassis ground
G 793B Rear work lights B+
793C
H 176B Strobe/beacon +
J 844B Rear wiper brake
K 841B Rear wiper park
L 843B Rear
M 178G Chassis ground
N 834B Front wiper brake
P 831B Front wiper park
R 833B Front wiper low
S 832B Front wiper high
T 726D Right console light & radio
726E
U 178N Right console light & radio ground
178
V 871B Dome light & radio unswitched B+
871C
W 870C Radio switched B+
X 135B Roof auxiliary power (unswitched B+)
Y 136B Roof auxiliary power (switched B+)
Z 134B Auxiliary power ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 36
Connector 13M – Cab harness
RC07CCH196155A1 11
196155A* (PACKARD 12092249)


A 751C Left roof hazard/turn +
B --
C 752C Right roof hazard/turn +
D 783A A-post work lights
E 784A Front roof work lights
F 178H Chassis ground
G 793A Rear work lights +
H 776A Strobe/beacon
J 844C Rear wiper brake
K 841A Rear wiper park
L 843C Rear wiper low
M 178D Chassis ground
N 834A Front wiper brake
P 831A Front wiper park
R 833A Front wiper low
S 832A Front wiper high
T 727B Right console light & radio
U 178C Dome, radio ground
V 871A Dome, map, radio (unswitched B+)
W 870C Radio switched B+
870D
X 135A Cigar, auxiliary unswitched B+
Y 136A Auxiliary switched B+
Z 177M Auxiliary ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 37
Connector 14S – Seat heater harness
RC07CCH225315C1 12
225315C* (DEUTSCH DT04-2P-E004)


1 S30 Heater B+
2 S19 Heater Ground
Connector 14M – A-post (belt line) work light, right hand
RC07CCH222135A1 13
222135A* (DEUTSCH DTM06-2S)


1 783C B+
2 178AE Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 38
Connector 14F – A-post (belt line) work light, right hand
RC07CCH222136A1 14
222136A* (DEUTSCH DTM04-2P)


1 Lamp B+
2 Lamp Ground
Connector 15M – A-post (belt line) work light, left hand
RC07CCH222135A1 15


1 783B B+
2 178AD Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 39
Connector 15F – A-post (belt line) work light, left hand
RC07CCH222136A1 16


1 Lamp B+
2 Lamp Ground
Connector 16M – Rear roof work light, left hand
RC07CCH335461A1 17
245482C* (PACKARD 12015792)


A 793C B+
B 178AL Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 40
Connector 16F – Rear roof work light, left hand
RC07CCH245483C1 18
245483C* (PACKARD 12010973)


A Lamp B+
B Lamp Ground
Connector 17M – Rear roof work light, right hand
RC07CCH335461A1 19
245482C* (PACKARD 12015792)


A 793B B+
B 178AM Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 41
Connector 17F – Rear roof work light, right hand
RC07CCH245483C1 20
245483C* (PACKARD 12010973)


A Lamp B+
B Lamp Ground
Connector 18M – Front roof work light, right hand
RC07CCH239449A1 21
237449A* (PACKARD 12124819)


A 784C B+
B 178AH Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 42
Connector 19F – Unswitched power
RC07CCH200338 22
RCPH07CCH130AAB 23
VTE_224N1V02

1 AUX_PWR Switched B+
Connector 19M – Front roof work light, right hand
RC07CCH239449A1 24
237449A* (PACKARD 12124819)


A 784C B+
B 178AH Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 43

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 20F – Fender light harness, right hand
RCPH07CCH118ABC 1
87382918

1 787F Right work light B+
2 754C Right turn
3 751T Wide marker light
4 755L Stop light
5 750J Right tail
6 --
Connector 20M – Fender light harness, right hand
RCPH07CCH118ABC 2
87382919

1 787J Right work light B+
2 754B Right turn
3 752L Wide marker light
4 755C Stop light
5 750H Right tail
6 --
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 44
Connector 21F – Fender light harness, left hand
RCPH07CCH013ABC 3
87382918

1 787E Left work light B+
2 753C Left work light ground
3 751P Wide marker light
4 755K Stop light
5 750G Right tail
6 750G --
Connector 21M – Fender light harness, left hand
RCPH07CCH013ABC 4
87382919

1 787D Left work light B+
2 753B Left turn
3 751M Wide marker light
4 755J Stop light
5 750F Right tail
6 --
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 45
Connector 22M – Front hitch lamps


1 743B Left high beam
2 742B Left low beam
3 738F Work lights
4 740B Right low beam
5 741B Right high beam
6 180F Chassis ground
8 744A Pilot
Connector 22F – Front hitch lamps


1 880D Left high beam
2 886 Left low beam
3 738F Work lights
4 --
5 --
7 --
8 --
Connector 23M – License plate light, right hand
RC07CCH335461A1 5
245482A* (PACKARD 12015792)


A 709B B+
B 178V Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 46
Connector 24M – License plate light, left hand
RC07CCH335461A1 6
245482A* (PACKARD 12015792)


A 709A B+
B 178U Ground
Connector 25M – Fender HID Ballast
RC07CCH12162194 7
256342A* (PACKARD 12052644)


A Red HID B+
B Black Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 47
Connector 26F – Fender HID Ballast
RC07CCH86993701 8
86993701

1 Red HID lamp
2 White HID lamp
4 Black HID lamp
Connector 27F – Fender HID light
RC07CCH225315C1 9
225315C* (DEUTSCH DT04-2P-E004)


1 Red B+
2 Black Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 48
Connector 28M – To chassis harness
RCPH07CCH109ABC 10
87382929 ()

1 561E Brake actuation
2 567J Brake feedback
3 723C Horn return
4 89C Unswitched B+
5 172C Switched B+
6 266C Air filter restriction
7 836D Front washer pump
8 845C Rear washer pump B+
9 724D High beam on
10 726C High beam switch
11 728D Low beam switch
12 792E Work light
13 750B Front hitch lights
14 941C Idle validation signal
Connector 28F – To engine harness
RCPH07CCH109ABC 11
87382928

1 562B Brake actuation
2 567K Brake feedback
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 49

3 723B Horn return
4 89B Unswitched B+
5 172A Switched B+
6 266B Air filter restriction
7 836B Front washer pump
8 845B Rear washer pump B+
9 724C High beam on
10 726B High beam switch
11 728C Low beam switch
12 792D Work light
13 750N Front hitch lights
14 941B Idle valid signal
Connector 29M – Odd solenoid
RC07CCH371614A1 12
RCPH07CCH082ABC 13
371614A* (AMP 282080-1)


1 201B High side
2 580A Low side
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 50

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 30M – Even Solenoid
RC07CCH371614A1 1
RCPH07CCH082ABC 2
371614A* (AMP 282080-1)


1 201E High side
2 581A Low side
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 51
Connector 31M – 1-2 Solenoid
RC07CCH371614A1 3
RCPH07CCH048ABC 4
371614A* (AMP 282080-1)


1 201C High side
2 582A Low side
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 52
RC07CCH371614A1 5
RCPH07CCH048ABC 6
371614A* (AMP 282080-1)


1 201F High side
2 583A Low side
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 53
RC07CCH371614A1 7
RCPH07CCH048ABC 8
371614A* (AMP 282080-1)


1 201D High side
2 584A Low side
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 54
Connector 34M – Reverse Solenoid
RC07CCH371614A1 9
RCPH07CCH048ABC 10
371614A* (AMP 282080-1)


1 201G High side
2 585A Low side
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 55
Connector 35M – Master Solenoid
RC07CCH87416876 11
RCPH07CCH072ABC 12
87416876

1 586A High side
2 220B Low side
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 56
Connector 36M – Low Solenoid
RC07CCH371614A1 13
RCPH07CCH058ABC 14
371614A* (AMP 282080-1)


1 587A High side
2 220D Low side
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 57
Connector 37M – Medium Solenoid
RC07CCH371614A1 15
RCPH07CCH058ABC 16
371614A* (AMP 282080-1)


1 588A High side
2 220C Low side
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 58
Connector 38M – High Solenoid
RC07CCH371614A1 17
RCPH07CCH058ABC 18
371614A* (AMP 282080-1)


1 220E High side
2 589A Low side
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 59
Connector 39M – Creep Solenoid
RC07CCH371614A1 19
RCPH07CCH082ABC 20
371614A* (AMP 282080-1)


1 201N High side
2 590A Low side
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 60

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 40F – Fender ground, right hand
RC07CCH182064A1 1
RCPH07CCH118ABC 2
182064A* (PACKARD 12065171)


A 174K Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 61
Connector 40M – Fender ground, right hand
RC07CCH182066A1 3
RCPH07CCH118ABC 4
182066A* (PACKARD 12065172)


A 174N Ground
Connector 41F – Fender ground, left hand
RC07CCH182064A1 5
182064A* (PACKARD 12065171)


A 174F Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 62
Connector 41M – Fender ground, left hand
RC07CCH182066A1 6
RCPH07CCH013ABC 7
182066A* (PACKARD 12065172)


A 174E Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 63
Connector 42M – Fuse/Relay Box
87312843 8
RCPH07CCH095ABC 9
87640496

A1 626A Operator power
A10 740B Right low beam
A2 Plug --
A3 627A High/low B+
A4 628A Side B+
A5 242A Center B+
A6 792M High beam switch
A7 743B Left high beam
A8 741B Right high beam
A9 742B Left low beam
AA1 620C Unswitched B+
AA10 745B Low beam On
AA2 Plug --
AA3 620E Unswitched B+
AA4 620D Unswitched B+
AA5 620G Unswitched B+
AA6 726D Work light
AA7 742F Hi Beam On
AA8 742E High beam On
AA9 745A Low beam On
B1 89C Unswitched B+ (Ignition start in)
B10 179BF Ground
B2 179BJ Ground
B3 242A Center B+
B4 179BN Center ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 64

B5 628A Side B+
B6 179BD Ground
B7 627B High B+ in
B8 179BE Ground
B9 627C High/low B+
C10 -- --
C2 Plug --
C4 456A-2 Fuel shut off B+ (emerging market)
C6 Plug --
C8 Plug --
D1 172C Switched B+
D10 745C Low beam On
D2 622A Start coil
D3 777A Center light
D4 243A Center B+
D5 792K Work light
D6 738H Side B+
D7 726E High beam switch
D8 742H High beam On
D9 728D Low beam switch (emerging market)
Connector 44M – System pressure
RC07CCH198456A1 10
RCPH07CCH048ABC 11
198456A* (PACKARD 12065287)


A 557B System pressure ground
B 561C System pressure B+
C 563A System pressure signal
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 65
Connector 47M – Right brake park solenoid switch 1
RC07CCH335461A1 12
RCPH07CCH225ABC 13
335461A* (PACKARD 12015378)


A 561F Park B+
B 567A Solenoid
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 66
Connector 48M – Left brake park solenoid switch 2
RC07CCH335461A1 14
RCPH07CCH225ABC 15
335461A* (PACKARD 12015378)


A 561G Park B+
B 567B Solenoid
Connector 49MM – Park solenoid
RC07CCH225316C1 16
225316C* (DEUTSCH DT06-2S-P012)


1 567G Park B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 67

2 179CA Ground
Connector 49F – Park solenoid
RC07CCH225315C1 17
225315C* (DEUTSCH DT04-2P-E004)


1 567D Park B+
2 178BT Ground
Connector 49M – Park solenoid
RC07CCH225316C1 18
RCPH07CCH082ABC 19
225316C* (DEUTSCH DT06-2S-P012)

84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 68

1 567C Park B+
2 179AE Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 69

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 50M – Bottom of clutch switch
RC07CCH227429A1 1
RCPH07CCH204ABC 2
227429A* (PACKARD 12047662)


A 553B Bottom of clutch
B 568A Not neutral signal
Connector 51F – FNR Switch
223672A* (DEUTSCH DTM04-12PA)


1 Key switch start input
2 Key switch start output
3 Run input
4 FNR – Not park
5 FNR – Reverse
6 FNR – forward
7 FNR – Not neutral
8 FNR 5 V reference
9 Horn
10 Right/left turn common ground
11 FNR Right turn indicator
12 FNR left turn indicator
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 70
FNR pod truth table

Shuttle lever position Not neutral Start output Reverse Forward
Forward Cab power 0 1.5 3.4
Neutral 0 12 1.5 1.5
Reverse Cab power 0 3.4 1.5
Park switch Not park
Pressed 0
Normal Cab power
Connector 51M – FNR Switch
RC07CCH223671A1 3
RCPH07CCH207ABC 4
223671A* (DEUTSCH DTM06-12SA)


1 623A Start input
2 172B Start output
3 550J Run input
4 511A FNR – Not park
5 552B FNR – Reverse
6 551D FNR – forward
7 553F FNR – Not neutral
8 561B FNR 5V Ref
9 723A Horn
10 178AB Right/left turn common ground
11 752A FNR Right turn indicator
12 751A FNR left turn indicator
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 71
Connector 51M-2 – FNR Switch
RC07CCH223671A1 5


1 623A Start input
2 172B Start output
3 550J Run input
4 511A FNR – Not park
5 552B FNR – Reverse
6 551D FNR – forward
7 553F FNR – Not neutral
8 561B FNR 5V Ref
9 723A Horn
10 178AB Right/left turn common ground
11 752A FNR Right turn indicator
12 751A FNR left turn indicator
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 72
Connector 52M – Master clutch pedal potentiometer
RC07CCH198550A1 6
RCPH07CCH204ABC 7
198550A* (PACKARD 12162185)


A 557D Clutch potentiometer ground
B 555D Clutch position
C 556D Supply ( 8 V)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 73
Connector 53M – TMF (Tractor multi function) controller
RC07CCH87419488 8
RCPH07CCH009ABC 9
87410948

1 900A Interlocked switched B+
2 900B Interlocked switched B+
3 900C Interlocked switched B+
4 AUX1-TOP1 Remote valve 1 raise source
5 525B Hitch raise solenoid source
6 AUX3 BOT 1 Remote valve 3 lower source
7 AUX4 TOP 1 Remote valve 4 raise source
8 501E Interlocked switched B+
9 595C Remote valve enable
10 AUX BOT 1 Remote valve 1 lower source
11 AUX2 BOT 1 Remote valve 2 lower source
12 528B Hitch lower solenoid source
13 597A PTO clutch solenoid source
14 114D Battery B+
15 YELLOW CAN high (tractor)
16 GREEN CAN low (tractor)
19 174R Chassis ground
20 599F Switched B+
23 517A Sensor ground
25 179H Power ground
26 179G Power ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 74
Connector 54M – TMF (Tractor Multi-Function) controller
RC07CCH87410947 10
RCPH07CCH009ABC 11
87410947

1 AUX4 - COM2 Remote valve 4 raise solenoid sink
2 AUX3 - TOP2 Interlocked switched B+
3 AUX5 - TOP2 Interlocked switched B+
4 AUX5 - COM2 Remote valve 1 raise source
5 AUX3 - TOP1 Hitch raise solenoid source
6 AUX2 - TOP1 Remote valve 3 lower source
7 AUX5 - BOT1 Remote valve 4 raise source
8 540A Front wheel drive clutch solenoid
9 530A Rear differential lock clutch solenoid
10 AUX2 - TOP2 Remote valve 2 raise solenoid sink
13 AUX4 BOT1 Remote valve 4 lower solenoid
source
14 --
15 AUX5 - TOP1 Remote valve 5 raise solenoid source
16 --
17 702A Brake light relay
18 AUX4 - BOT2 Remote valve 4 lower solenoid sink
21 294A PTO shaft size frequency
23 917A #2 feedback source
25 501D Interlocked switched B+
34 501C Interlocked switched B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 75
RC07CCH87419488 12
RCPH07CCH009ABC 13
87419488

3 506A Hitch position potentiometer high side
14 958C Remote valve retract
24 512A Auto hitch switch
25 518A Ride control switch
RC07CCH87410947 14
87410949
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 76

16 506A Hitch position potentiometer high side
RC07CCH87410947 15
RCPH07CCH009ABC 16
87410946

2 507A Hitch position potentiometer wiper
3 884A Hitch load pressure sensor
4 918A Remote cylinder 1 feedback
5 919A Remote cylinder 2 feedback
6 417P Steering angle sensor
9 515A Hitch left draft pin signal
10 514A Hitch left draft pin signal
11 956C PTO switch in
12 959A PTO in
16 919A 5 V reference
18 565H Pneumatic brake B+
22 513A Hitch remote raise switch
23 526A Hitch remote lower switch
25 516B 8 volt reference
26 510A Left brake pedal switch
28 509A Right brake pedal switch
29 957C Remote B+
30 293A Engine speed alternator terminal
31 516C 8 V reference
33 216D Engine speed alternator terminal
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 77
RC07CCH87419488 17
RCPH07CCH009ABC 18
87410949

1 AUX1 - COM2 Remote valve 1 lower solenoid sink
2 508A Hitch position potentiometer low side
4 527B Remote cylinder 1 feedback
5 529B Remote cylinder 2 feedback
7 598A PTO clutch valve
8 -- --
9 -- --
10 -- --
13 -- --
20 295A PTO clutch output speed
21 179F Power ground
25 -- --
26 179AC Power ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 78

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 60F – Chassis to cab
RC07CCH60F 1
RCPH07CCH201ABC 2
(DEUTSCH HDP26-24-31PE)

1 --
2 179JJ Instrument cluster clean ground
3 179L Clean ground
4 181B Instrument cluster sensor ground
5 450B Engine oil pressure 5 V (emerging
market)
6 945B Idle validation off
7 266B Air filter
8 234B Fuel level 8 V
9 944B Foot throttle signal
10 121B Alternator excite
12 216B Alternator frequency
13 236B Fuel level signal
14 Plug --
15 215B Wheel speed signal
16 723B Horn return
17 943B ACC position (-)
18 453B Engine coolant temperature input
(emerging market)
19 942B ACC position (+)
20 Green CAN data bus low (tractor)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 79

21 941B Idle on switch
22 264B Transmission oil temperature
23 454B Engine air intake temperature
(emerging market)
24 455B Engine oil pressure (emerging
market)
25 199D Radar signal frequency
26 Plug --
27 Yellow CAN data bus high (tractor)
28 262B Radar present
29 777B Center light
30 267B Transmission filter restriction switch
31 267C Hydraulic filter restriction switch
Connector 60M – Chassis to cab
(DEUTSCH HDP24-24-31SE)

1 Plug --
2 183B Instrument cluster clean ground
3 179AD Clean ground
4 181A Instrument cluster sensor ground
5 450A Engine oil pressure 5 V (emerging
market)
6 945A Idle validation off
7 266A Air filter
8 234A Fuel level 8 V
9 944A Foot throttle signal
10 121A Alternator excite
12 216A Alternator frequency
13 236A Fuel level signal
14 452A --
15 215A Wheel speed signal
16 723A Horn return
17 943A ACC position (-)
18 453A Engine coolant (emergin market)
19 942A ACC position (+)
21 941A Idle on switch
22 264A Transmission oil temperature
23 454A Engine air intake temperature
(emerging market)
24 455A Engine oil pressure (emerging
market)
25 199B Radar signal frequency
26 Plug --
28 262A Radar present
29 244A Center light
30 267A Transmission filter restriction switch
31 267D Hydraulic filter restriction switch
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 80
Connector 62F – Cab interior autoguidance
RC07CCH222136A1 3
RCPH07CCH156ABC 4


1 CDB-Y43 CAN autoguidance B+
2 CDB-DG43 CAN autoguidance high
Connector 62FF – Cab interior autoguidance
RC07CCH222136A1 5


1 CDB-Y43 CAN autoguidance B+
2 CDB-DG43 CAN autoguidance high
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 81
Connector 62M – Secondary CAN bus
RC07CCH222135A1 6

Schematic reference: Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 79 - Secondary CAN bus (A.30.A)

1 CDB-Y36 CAN high
2 CDB-DG36 CAN low
Connector 62MM – Secondary CAN bus
RC07CCH222135A1 7

Schematic reference: Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 79 - Secondary CAN bus (A.30.A)

1 CDB-Y36 CAN high
2 CDB-DG36 CAN low(secondary CAN bus)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 82
Connector 64M – Switched power (black connector)
RC07CCH182066A1 8
182066A* (PACKARD 12065172)


1 456B Fuel shutoff solenoid (emerging
market)
Connector 65M – Unswitched power (gray connector)
409086A* (COOPER BUSSMANN 32004B2)


A 620B Ground
C 102N Switched B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 83
Connector 66M – Fuel sender
RC07CCH245484C1 9
RCPH07CCH045ABC 10
245484C* (PACKARD 12015793)


A 234B Fuel sender 8 V
B 236B Fuel sender signal
C 181M Fuel sender ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 84
Connector 66F – Fuel sender
RC07CCH245485C1 11
RCPH07CCH045ABC 12
245485C* (PACKARD 12015793)


A Sensor Fuel sender B+
B Sensor Fuel sender signal
C Sensor Fuel sender ground
Connector 67F – Pneumatic air brake switch harness
RC07CCH225315C1 13
225315C* (DEUTSCH DT04-2P-E004)

84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 85

1 566C Solenoid B+
2 179AB Chassis ground
Connector 67M – Pneumatic air brake switch harness
RC07CCH225316C1 14
225316C* (DEUTSCH DT06-2S-P012)


1 566B Air switch B+
2 179BA Air switch ground
Connector 68F – Radar
RC07CCH245716C1 15
245716C* (PACKARD 12015793)


A Radar Radar ground
B Radar Radar signal
C Radar Radar B+
D Radar Radar present
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 86
Connector 68M – Radar
RC07CCH245715C1 16
245715C* (PACKARD 12015798)


A 181E Radar ground
B 199D Radar signal
C 283B Radar B+
D 262B Radar present
Connector 69F – Wheel speed
RC07CCH245483C1 17
RCPH07CCH074ABC 18
245483C* (PACKARD 12010973)

84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 87

A Sensor Wheel speed signal
B Sensor Wheel speed ground
Connector 69M – Wheel speed
RC07CCH335461A1 19
RCPH07CCH074ABC 20
245482C* (PACKARD 12015792)


A 215C Wheel speed signal
B 181N Wheel speed ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 88

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 70F – Pneumatic pre-fill solenoid harness
RC07CCH245483C1 1
245483C* (PACKARD 12010973)


A 565D B+
B 179B5 Chassis ground
Connector 70M – Pneumatic pre-fill solenoid harness
RC07CCH335461A1 2
245482C* (PACKARD 12015792)


A 565A B+
B 179BB Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 89
Connector 71F – High pressure switch
RC07CCH292549A1 3
RCPH07CCH128AAB 4
292549A* (PACKARD 12015792)


A 179CLL Chassis ground
B 802D A/C pressure switch in
Connector 71M – High pressure switch
RC07CCH292549A1 5
292548A* (PACKARD 12052613)


A Switch Chassis ground
B Switch A/C pressure switch in
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 90
Connector 72F – A/C compressor clutch
RC07CCH245481C1 6
245481C* (PACKARD 12010996)


A Comp A/C compressor clutch B+
Connector 72M – A/C compressor clutch
RC07CCH245480C1 7
245480C* (PACKARD 12015791)


A 835C A/C compressor clutch B+
Connector 73F – Ether switch
475075C* (PACKARD 2973385)


A 600D Ground
B 641C Ether solenoid B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 91
Connector 74M – Autoguidance valve
RC07CCH225316C1 8
RCPH07CCH100ABC 9
225316C1 (DEUTSCH DT06-2S-P012)


1 846A Solenoid B+
2 847A Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 92
Connector 75M – Air to air temperature sensor (emerging market)
RC07CCH182068A1 10
RCPH07CCH215ABC 11
225316C1 (DEUTSCH DT06-2S-P012)


A 240C Air to air sensor
B 181W Air to air ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 93
Connector 76F - Air filter restriction switch
RC07CCH291718A1 12
RCPH07CCH113AAB 13
291718A* (AMP 282189-1)


1 600D Air restriction ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 94
Connector 77F - Alternator output B+
RC07CCH200338 14
RCPH07CCH216ABC 15
(AMP_327175)

1 120A B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 95
Connector 78F - Intermediate start relay
RC07CCH200338 16
RCPH07CCH217ABC 17
200338

1 620A B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 96
Connector 79F - Starter start terminal
RC07CCH200338 18
RCPH07CCH128AAB 19
200312

1 625A B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 97

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 81A – Alternator output B+
RC07CCH200338 1
RCPH07CCH128AAB 2
225068C*

1 Batt B+
Connector 81F – Starter motor battery B+
RC07CCH200338 3
(AMP_327175)

1 120A B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 98
Connector 82F – Intermediate solenoid ignition
RC07CCH200338 4
446658

1 622A B+
Connector 83F – Relay: ground
RC07CCH200338 5
RCPH07CCH217ABC 6
200329

1 600A B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 99
Connector 84F – Starter start terminal
RC07CCH200338 7
RCPH07CCH217ABC 8
225065C* (SAE B207)


1 625A B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 100
Connector 85F – Engine RPM
RC07CCH200338 9
RCPH07CCH216ABC 10
200329

1 216F B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 101
Connector 86F – Alternator excite
RC07CCH200338 11
RCPH07CCH216ABC 12
446658

1 121E B+
Connector 87F – Chassis ground (Engine harness)
RC07CCH200338 13
225065C* (SAE B207)

Wire number To Frame

600E SPL-E2 19
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 102
Connector 88F – Transmission filter restriction
RC07CCH200338 14
RCPH07CCH064ABC 15
225072C* (SAE A004)


1 267B Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 103
Connector 89F – Transmission temperature
RC07CCH222136A1 16
RCPH07CCH060ABC 17
225315C* (DEUTSCH DT04-2P-E004)


1 Sensor Transmission oil temperature
2 Sensor Instrument cluster sensor ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 104
Connector 89M – Transmission temperature
RC07CCH222135A1 18
RCPH07CCH060ABC 19
225316C* (DEUTSCH DT06-2S-P012)


1 264B Transmission oil temperature
2 181D Instrument cluster sensor ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 105

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 90F – Cab pressurizer blower
RC07CCH872290R1 1
872290R* (PACKARD 2984883)


A 195C Blower B+
B 179AX Blower ground
Connector 90M – Cab pressurizer blower
RC07CCH877291R1 2
877291R* (PACKARD 2973781)


A Blower Blower B+
B Blower Blower ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 106
Connector 91F – Roof auxiliary power
RC07CCH227729A1 3
227729A* (PACKARD 12129490)


A 134C Ground
B 136C Switched B+
C 135C Unswitched B+
Connector 91M – Roof auxiliary power
RC07CCH227728A1 4
227728A* (PACKARD 12129489)


A 134B Ground
B 136B Switched B+
C 135B Unswitched B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 107
Connector 92M – Rear speaker, right hand
RC07CCH12052833 5
298079A* (PACKARD 12052832)


A 874B Speaker +
B 874A Speaker -
Connector 92F – Rear speaker, right hand
12052833

A Speaker Speaker +
B Speaker Speaker -
Connector 93M – Rear speaker, left hand
RC07CCH12052833 6
298079A* (PACKARD 12052832)


A 875B Speaker +
B 875A Speaker -
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 108
Connector 93F – Rear speaker, left hand
12052833

A Speaker Speaker +
B Speaker Speaker -
Connector 94F – Console light
RC07CCH291729A1 7
291729A* (PACKARD 291729A)


A Light Light B+
B Light Ground
Connector 94M – Console light
RC07CCH255442C1 8
245442C*

A 727F Light B+
B 178N Ground
178P
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 109
Connector 95A – Radio
RC07CCH292495A1 9
292495A*

1 --
2 --
3 --
4 870C Switched B+
5 --
6 727E Dimmer
8 178M Power ground
Connector 95B – Radio
RC07CCH292495A1 10
291494A*

9 874B Right rear speaker +
10 874A Right rear speaker -
11 872B Right front speaker +
12 872A Right front speaker -
13 873B Left front speaker +
14 873A Left front speaker -
15 875B Left rear speaker +
16 875A Left rear speaker -
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 110
Connector 96M – Front speaker, right hand
RC07CCH12052833 11
298079A* (PACKARD 12052832)


A 872B Speaker +
B 872A Speaker -
Connector 96F – Front speaker, right hand
12052833

A Speaker Speaker +
B Speaker Speaker -
Connector 97M – Front speaker, left hand
RC07CCH12052833 12
298079A* (PACKARD 12052832)


A 873B Speaker +
B 873A Speaker -
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 111
Connector 97F – Front speaker, left hand
12052833

A Speaker Speaker +
B Speaker Speaker -
Connector 98F – Side (North America) or Rear (Rest of world) wiper motor
RC07CCH245716C1 13
245716C1 (PACKARD 12015024)


A -- Wiper high
B 843B Wiper low
C 841B Wiper park
D 844B Wiper brake
Connector 98FF – Rear (North America) or Side (Rest of world) wiper motor
RC07CCH245716C1 14
245716C1 (PACKARD 12015024)


A 177R Wiper high
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 112

B 972A Wiper park
C 973A Wiper low
D 971C Wiper brake
Connector 98F-2 – Rear (North America) or Side (Rest of world) wiper motor
RC07CCH245716C1 15
245716C1 (PACKARD 12015024)


A 177R Wiper high
B 972A Wiper park
C 973A Side wiper low
D 971C Wiper brake
Connector 98M – Side (North America) or Rear (Rest of world) wiper motor
RC07CCH245715C1 16
245715C1 (PACKARD 12015798)


A -- --
B 843B Rear wiper low
C 841B Rear wiper park
D 844B Rear wiper brake
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 113
Connector 98MM – Rear (North America) or Side (Rest of world) wiper motor
RC07CCH245715C1 17
245715C1 (PACKARD 12015798)


A 177R Wiper high
B 972A Wiper low
C 973A Wiper park
D 971C Wiper brake
Connector 98M-2 – Rear (North America) or Side (Rest of world) wiper motor
RC07CCH245715C1 18
245715C1 (PACKARD 12015798)


A 177R Wiper high
B 972A Wiper low
C 973A Wiper park
D 971C Wiper brake
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 114
Connector 99M – Rear wiper ground
RC07CCH245481C1 19
245480C1 (PACKARD 12015791)


A 178R Ground
Connector 99F – Rear wiper ground
RC07CCH245481C1 20
245481C1 (PACKARD 12010996)


A Wiper Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 115

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 100M – Door switch
RC07CCH631801C1 1
631801C* (PACKARD 2977253)


1 715A Ground
Connector 101F – Dome lamp and switch
230227A*

1 715A Ground
Connector 102M – Dome lamp and switch
RC07CCH631801C1 2
631801C* (PACKARD 2977253)


1 781C Unswitched B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 116
Connector 103M – Right hand console light ground
RC07CCH631801C1 3
631801C* (PACKARD 2977253)


1 178P Ground
Connector 103F – Dome lamp and switch
230227A*

1 178P Ground
Connector 104F – Turn signal, right hand rear
RC07CCHRI00E016 4
FLAG_TERM

1 752E Right hand rear turn signal B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 117
Connector 104M – Turn signal, roof right hand rear
RC07CCH371614A1 5
371614A*(AMP 282080-1)

A 752E Right turn B+
B 178X Ground
Connector 105F – Turn signal, right hand rear
RC07CCHRI00E016 6
FLAG_TERM

1 178X Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 118
Connector 105M – Turn signal, roof right hand front
RC07CCH371614A1 7
371614A*(AMP 282080-1)

A 752D Right turn B+
B 178V Ground
Connector 106F – Turn signal, left hand rear
RC07CCHRI00E016 8
FLAG_TERM

A 751E Left hand rear turn signal B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 119
Connector 106M – Turn signal, roof left hand rear
RC07CCH371614A1 9
371614A*(AMP 282080-1)

A 751E Left turn B+
B 178W Ground
Connector 107F – Turn signal, left hand rear
RC07CCHRI00E016 10
FLAG_TERM

A 178W Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 120
Connector 107M – Turn signal, roof left hand front
RC07CCH371614A1 11
371614A*(AMP 282080-1)

A 751D Left turn B+
B 178U Ground
Connector 108M – Engine
409090A1 (COOPER BUSSMANN 32006B22)


A --
B --
C 456A Fuel shut off
D 744D Position lamps
E 622A Start relay
F --
G --
H --
Connector 109M – Mates with Bussman box
RCPH07CCH109AAB 12
87382922
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 121

1 170A Ground
2 738A Center and side
3 742A Left low beam
4 740A Right low beam
5 741A Right high beam
6 743A Left high beam
7 170B Ground
8 722D Horn B+
9 723D Horn ground
10 738C Center lamp B+
Connector 109F – To headlight harness
RCPH07CCH109AAB 13
87382923
Schematic reference: Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A) Wiring harness - Electrical
schematic frame 36 (A.30.A)

1 179EB Chassis ground
2 738H Side B+
3 742B Left low beam
4 740B Right low beam
5 741B Right high beam
6 743B Left high beam
7 179EA Chassis ground
8 722C Horn B+
9 723C Horn return
10 243A Center B+
Connector 109MM – To head lamp harness
87382922

1 170N Ground
2 738H Side
3 742B Low left
4 740B Low right
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 122

5 743B High right
6 741B High left
7 170P Ground
8 722E Horn B+
9 723E Horn ground
10 739B Work lights
Connector 109FF – To front to rear harness
87382922

1 170R Ground
2 738H Side
3 Plug --
4 Plug --
5 Plug --
6 Plug --
7 170S Ground
8 722E Horn B+
9 723E Horn ground
10 739B Work lights
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 123

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 110M – Center work light switch
RC07CCH245481C1 1
245480C* (PACKARD 12015791)


1 Y-0.8 Center work light B+
Connector 110MM – Center work light switch
RC07CCH245481C1 2
245480C* (PACKARD 12015791)


1 Y-0.8 Center work light B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 124
Connector 110F – Center work light switch
RC07CCH245480C1 3
245481C* (PACKARD 12010996)


1 244A Center work light B+
Connector 110FF – Center work light switch
RC07CCH245480C1 4
245481C* (PACKARD 12010996)


1 244A Center work light B+
Connector 111F – Power mirror harness
87382918

1 949A Left mirror vertical
2 950A Left mirror common
3 951A Left mirror horizontal
4 952A Right mirror vertical
5 953A Right mirror common
6 954A Right mirror horizontal
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 125
Connector 111M – Power mirror harness
87382919

2 58B Left mirror common
5 58C Right mirror common
Connector 112F – Power mirror, left hand
RC07CCH276426A1 5


2 950A Left mirror common
Connector 112M – Power mirror, left hand
RC07CCH276424A1 6

84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 126

1 Mirror H Left mirror horizontal
2 Mirror C Left mirror common
3 Mirror V Left mirror vertical
Connector 113F – Power mirror, right hand
RC07CCH276426A1 7


2 953A Right mirror common
Connector 113M – Power mirror, right hand
RC07CCH276424A1 8


1 Mirror H Right mirror horizontal
2 Mirror C Right mirror common
3 Mirror V Right mirror vertical
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 127
Connector 114F – Strobe/beacon
RC07CCH222136A1 9


1 PPP Strobe/beacon +
2 GGG Ground
Connector 114M – Strobe/beacon
RC07CCH222135A1 10


1 776B Strobe/beacon +
2 178Y Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 128
Connector 114FF – Strobe/beacon
RC07CCH222136A1 11


1 Beacon Strobe/beacon +
2 Beacon Ground
Connector 115M – Front wiper motor
RC07CCH245715C1 12
245715C* (PACKARD 12015798)


1 832B Front wiper high
2 833B Front wiper low
3 831B Front wiper park
4 834B Front wiper brake
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 129
Connector 115F – Front wiper motor
RC07CCH245716C1 13
245716C* (PACKARD 12015024)


1 Wiper Front wiper high
2 Wiper Front wiper low
3 Wiper Front wiper park
4 Wiper Front wiper brake
Connector 116F – Front wiper ground
RC07CCH245480C1 14
245481C* (PACKARD 12010996)


A Wiper Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 130
Connector 116M – Front wiper ground
RC07CCH245481C1 15
245480C* (PACKARD 12015791)


A 178S Ground
Connector 117F – To cab harness
87382914

1 CDB-Y85 CAN high
2 CDB-DG85 CAN low
3 CDB-Y87 CAN high
4 CDB-DG87 CAN low
Connector 117M – To display harness
RCPH07CCH138ABC 16
87382915

1 CDB-Y15 CAN high (tractor)
2 CDB-DG15 CAN low (tractor)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 131

Connector 117FF – Jumper harness to cab harness
RCPH07CCH143ABC 17
87382914

1 J25 CAN high
2 J26 CAN low
3 J25 CAN high
4 J26 CAN low
Connector 117MM – To autoguidance
87382915

1 CDB-Y32 CAN high (secondary CAN bus)
2 CDB-DG32 CAN low (secondary CAN bus)
4 CDB-DG33 CAN low (secondary CAN bus
Connector 118F – Turn signal, left hand front
RC07CCHRI00E016 18
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 132
FLAG_TERM

1 751D Left front turn signal B+
Connector 119M – Ride control
RC07CCH382391A1 19
RCPH07CCH111ABC 20
87426881 (CARLINGSWITCH VC1-02)


1 512C Pickup hitch latch
2 599K Switch B+
3 518C Ride control
4 --
5 --
6 --
7 --
8 --
9 --
10 --
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 133

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 120F – Turn signal, left hand front
RC07CCHRI00E016 1
FLAG_TERM

1 178U Ground
Connector 121F – To engine harness
RC07CCH182064A1 2
RCPH07CCH130AAB 3
182064A* (PACKARD 12065171)

84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 134

1 AUX_pwr Sensor
Connector 121M – Auxiliary power
RC07CCH182066A1 4
RCPH07CCH130AAB 5
182066A*

1 626A Sensor
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 135
Connector 122M – Rear wiper switch
RC07CCH382391A1 6
RCPH07CCH111ABC 7
87426885

1 --
2 970A Wiper on
3 841F Wiper B+
841G
4 --
5 845A Washer on
6 841G Washer B+
7 --
8 --
9 --
10 --
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 136
Connector 123M – Automatic temperature control (ATC) switch
RC07CCH382391A1 8
RCPH07CCH111ABC 9
87426892

1 --
2 --
3 --
4 826C Climate control auto
6 827C A/C enable (defog)
7 --
8 --
9 --
10 --
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 137
Connector 124F – Blower speed potentiometer
RC07CCH245485C1 10
245485C* (PACKARD 12010717)


A --
B 850B Signal
C 803A Temperature control ground
Connector 124M – Blower speed potentiometer
RC07CCH245484C1 11
245484C* (PACKARD 12015793)


A --
B 807A Signal
C 803B Temperature control ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 138
Connector 125F – Temperature control potentiometer
RC07CCH245485C1 12
RCPH07CCH111ABC 13
245485C* (PACKARD 12010717)


A --
B Black Signal
C Black Temperature control ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 139
Connector 125M – Temperature control potentiometer
RC07CCH245484C1 14
RCPH07CCH111ABC 15
245484C* (PACKARD 12015793)


A --
B 807A Signal
C 803B Temperature control ground
Connector 126F – Standard A/C blower switch
RC07CCH449797C1 16
449797C* (PACKARD 2977042)

84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 140

1 --
2 820B B+
3 824A High speed
4 823A Medium speed
5 822A Low speed
6 800A Compressor clutch
Connector 126M – Standard A/C blower switch
RC07CCH892136C1 17
892136C* (PACKARD 2977044)


1 Switch --
2 Switch B+
3 Switch High speed
4 Switch Medium speed
5 Switch Low speed
6 Switch Compressor clutch
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 141
Connector 127F – Front wiper switch
RC07CCH449797C1 18
RCPH07CCH111ABC 19
449797C* (PACKARD 2977042)


1 --
2 836A Battery (B)
836C
3 833A High (H)
833C
4 832A Medium (M)
832C
5 834A Low (L)
834C
6 831D Clutch (C)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 142
Connector 127M – Front wiper switch
RC07CCH892136C1 20
RCPH07CCH111ABC 21
892136C* (PACKARD 2977044)


1 --
2 Switch B+
3 Switch High speed
4 Switch Medium speed
5 Switch Low speed
6 Switch Clutch
Connector 128M – Standard A/C On/Off switch
RC07CCH382391A1 22
87426886
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 143

1 --
2 --
3 --
4 --
5 801B Chassis ground
6 826B A/C auto on
7 --
8 --
9 827B HVAC B+
10 821A Mirror common
Connector 129M – Strobe/beacon switch
RC07CCH382391A1 23
RCPH07CCH111ABC 24
87426882

1 --
2 821E Switch power
3 776A Signal, beacon/strobe
776C
4 --
5 --
6 --
7 177P Lamp ground
8 776C Lamp B+
9 --
10 --
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 144

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 130M – Power mirror switch
RC07CCH375601A1 1
RCPH07CCH111ABC 2
375601A*(AMP 929504-4)

1 --
2 --
3 177AA Ground
6 --
7 58A Mirror common
9 870B Mirror fuse (B+)
Connector 130F – Front turn signal, left hand
375601A*(AMP 929504-4)

1 --
2 --
3 177AA Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 145

6 --
7 58A Mirror common
9 870B Mirror fuse (B+)
Connector 131B – Cigar lighter
RC07CCH279658A1 3
279658A* (AMP 1-480416-0)


A 821F Cigar lighter B+
Connector 131A – Cigar lighter
RC07CCH877291R1 4
877291R1

A 177AN Chassis ground
B 207A Unswitched B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 146
Connector 133M – Seat harness
RCIL06_225389C1 5
RCPH07CCH153ABC 6
225389C*(DEUTSCH DT06-12SA-B016)

1 73B Seat power B+
2 73C Seat power B+
3 177AC Seat ground
4 177AD Seat ground
5 73D Seat switch operator presence
system B+
6 303A Seat switch operator presence
system return
7 259A Seat heater B+
8 177AE Seat heater ground
9 --
10 --
11 --
12 --
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 147
Connector 133MM – To secondary CAN bus
RC07CCH280451A1 7


5 --
6 --
Connector 133M-2 – To secondary CAN bus
RC07CCH280451A1 8


5 --
6 --
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 148
Connector 133F – Seat harness
RC07CCH223672A1 9
RCPH07CCH153ABC 10
225388C* (DEUTSCH DT04-12PA-B016)


1 S1 Seat power B+
2 S2 Seat power B+
3 S3 Seat ground
4 S4 Seat ground
5 S12 Seat switch operator presence
system B+
6 S13 Seat switch operator presence
system return
7 S17 Seat heater B+
8 S18 Seat heater ground
9 --
10 --
11 --
12 --
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 149
Connector 133F-2 – To CODI jumper
RC07CCH280453A1 11
RCPH07CCH112ABC 12


5 --
6 --
Connector 134F – Unswitched Cab B+
RC07CCH200338 13
42913-2
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 150

101C
101D
101E
101F
101G
101BB
Connector 135M – Electronic flasher
RCIL06_225389C1 14
RCPH07CCH228ABC 15
225402C* (DEUTSCH DT06-12SB-B016)


1 753A Left turn lamp
2 754A Right turn lamp
3 707C Hazard
4 767A Right turn
5 768A Left turn
6 177AK Ground
7 766D B+
8 766C B+
9 752B Right hazard lamp
10 752N Right hazard lamp
11 751B Left hazard lamp
12 751J Left hazard lamp
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 151
Connector 137M – Right hand armrest console
RCIL06_225389C1 16
RCPH07CCH202ABC 17
225389C1 (DEUTSCH DT06-12SA-B016)

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 47 (A.30.A)

1 --
2 --
3 --
4 CDB-Y16 CAN data bus high (tractor)
5 CDB-DG16 CAN data bus low (tractor)
6 --
7 239B PTO on
8 --
9 --
10 --
11 179Z Clean ground
12 65A Armrest controller switched B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 152
Connector 138A – Switched B+
RC07CCH200338 18
RCPH07CCH228ABC 19
225067C*

102A Connector 255F 50
102B SPL-C21 21
102C Connector 10F 23
102E Fuse 5 29
102F Fuse 9 67
102M Fuse 47 60
102T Fuse 28 83
Connector 138AC – Switched B+
RC07CCH200338 20
M8_RING_TERMINAL
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 153

1 163D Switched B+
163B
163A
164A
163C
Connector 138AD – Switched B+
RC07CCH200338 21
M8_RING_TERMINAL

1 163D SW B+ Out
163B
163A
164A
163C
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 154
Connector 138B – Switched B+
RC07CCH200338 22
RCPH07CCH228ABC 23
225067C*

103B Fuse 46 68
103C Fuse 48 68
103D Fuse 49 60
103E Fuse 12 34
103F Fuse 22 35
103G Fuse 3 29
103S Fuse 27 29
103K Fuse 30 66
Connector 138BB – Switched B+
RC07CCH200338 24
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 155
M8_RING_TERMINAL

1 163D 163B 163A 164A 163C Switched B+
Connector 138C – Switched B+
RC07CCH200338 25
RCPH07CCH228ABC 26
225067C*

163B Connector 255F 50
163C Connector 255F 39
163D Connector 255F 47
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 156
Connector 139A – HVAC box
RC07CCH179483A1 27
179483A* (PACKARD 12092248)


A 800A AC clutch from blower switch
B 802A HVAC high pressure switch out
C 835A To AC clutch
D 822A Blower low speed from switch
E 823A Blower medium speed from switch
F 178B Chassis ground
G 824A Blower high speed from switch
H 850A ATC blower signal
J 177F ATC chassis ground
K 820C B+ blower speed control (ATC)
L 826A ATC on/off/defog switch
M 827A AC indicator lamp
N 179AV Mode door ground (ATC)
P 179AU Mode door ground (ATC)
R 825A HVAC controller B+
S 803A Temperature control
803B
T 807A Temperature control potentiometer
signal
U 804A Ground for display
V 805A 5 V display power
W 806A Data to display
X 765A Celsius (-)
Y --
Z 810A HVAC high pressure return
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 157
Connector 139F – HVAC box
RC07CCH179483A1 28
179483A* (PACKARD 12092248)


A 800A AC clutch from blower switch
B 802A HVAC high pressure switch out
C 835A To AC clutch
D 822A Blower low speed from switch
E 823A Blower medium speed from switch
F 178B Chassis ground
G 824A Blower high speed from switch
H 850A ATC blower signal
J 177F ATC chassis ground
K 820C B+ blower speed control (ATC)
L 826A ATC on/off/defog switch
M 827A AC indicator lamp
N 179AV Mode door ground (ATC)
P 179AU Mode door ground (ATC)
R 825A HVAC controller B+
S 803A Temperature control
803B
T 807A Temperature control potentiometer
signal
U --
V --
W --
X --
Y --
Z 810A HVAC high pressure return
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 158
Connector 139MM – HVAC standard climate control box
RC07CCH196155A1 29
196155A* (PACKARD 12092249)


A 78 CCU Switched B+
B 80 CCU High pressure (-)
C 82 CCU Compressor clutch B+
D 83 CCU Motor (low speed )
E 84 CCU Motor (medium speed)
F 85 CCU Chassis ground
G 110 CCU Motor (high speed)
H -- --
J -- --
K -- --
L 112 CCU A/C switch
M 111 CCU Pressure warning
N -- --
P -- --
R 252 CCU Controller B+
S 104 CCU Chassis ground
5CA
T 103 CCU Potentiometer control
U -- --
V -- --
W -- --
X --- --
Y MD CCU --
Z HP Chassis ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 159

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 140F – Remote 1 raise solenoid
RC07CCH291718A1 1
RCPH07CCH050ABC 2
291718A* (AMP 282189-1)


1 AUX1 TOP1 Remote 1 raise B+
2 AUX1 TOP2 Remote 1 raise return
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 160
RC07CCH291718A1 3
RCPH07CCH050ABC 4
291718A* (AMP 282189-1)


84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 161
RC07CCH291718A1 5
RCPH07CCH050ABC 6
291718A* (AMP 282189-1)


84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 162
RC07CCH291718A1 7
RCPH07CCH050ABC 8
291718A* (AMP 282189-1)


84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 163
RC07CCH291718A1 9
RCPH07CCH050ABC 10
291718A* (AMP 282189-1)


84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 164
Connector 145F – PTO clutch output speed sensor
RC07CCH245483C1 11
RCPH07CCH076ABC 12
245483C* (PACKARD 12010973)


A Sensor PTO Shaft Speed
B Sensor Sender ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 165
Connector 145M – PTO clutch output speed sensor
RC07CCH335461A1 13
RCPH07CCH219ABC 14
245482C* (PACKARD 12015792)


A 295A PTO Shaft Speed
B 174AA Sender ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 166
Connector 146F – PTO dual speed sensor
RC07CCH245483C1 15
RCPH07CCH220ABC 16
245485C* (PACKARD 12010717)


A 294B PTO speed signal
B 174D Sensor ground
C --
Connector 146M – PTO dual speed sensor
RC07CCH335461A1 17
245484C* (PACKARD 12015793)

84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 167

A 294A Shaft size frequency
B 174C Ground
Connector 147F – Trailer lighting/auxiliary power connector
RC07CCH182085A1 18
RCPH07CCH042ABC 19
182085A* (PACKARD 12110753)


A 787S Work lights
B 751S Left turn
C 752M Right turn
D 755G Stop lights
E 750S Tail lights
F 222G Auxiliary switched B+
G --
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 168
Connector 147M – Trailer lighting/auxiliary power connector
RC07CCH182087A1 20
RCPH07CCH042ABC 21
182087A* (PACKARD 12110751)


A 787C Work lights
B 751K Left turn
C 752J Right turn
D 755F Stop lights
E 750G Tail lights
F 222C Auxiliary switched B+
G --
Connector 147A – Trailer lighting/auxiliary power connector
RC07CCH121645C1 22
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 169
121645C*

1 173A Left turn
2 787S Field lights
3 751S Chassis ground
4 755G Right turn
5 752F Right hand tail lights
6 750S Stop lights
7 222G Left hand tail lights
Connector 148M – Implement control
RC07CCH198550A1 23
198550A* (PACKARD 12162185)


A 920B High
B 918B Signal
C 917B Low
Connector 149F – Trailer brake harness (Italian)
RC07CCH245481C1 24
245480C* (PACKARD 12015791)


1 155B Trailer brake B+ (Euro only)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 170
Connector 149M – Trailer brake harness (Italian)
RC07CCH245480C1 25
245481C* (PACKARD 12010996)


1 155C Trailer brake B+ (Euro only)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 171

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 150FF-2 – To remote harness implement
RC07CCH280453A1 1


1 918C Implement remote 1 feedback sense
2 920C Implement remote 1 feedback source
3 917C Implement remote 1 feedback sink
5 919B 5 V reference
6 517F Clean ground
Connector 150F – Scraper control


1 918A #1 feedback sense
6 917A Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 172
Connector 150FF – Implement control
RC07CCH280453A1 2


1 918B #1 feedback sense
2 920B #1 feedback source
3 917B #2 feedback sense
4 Plugged #2 feedback sense
5 Plugged 5 V reference
6 Plugged Sensor ground
Connector 150M – Implement or scraper control
RC07CCH280451A1 3


5 919E 5 V reference
6 917D Sensor ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 173
Connector 150MM – Implement pot
RC07CCH280451A1 4


2 920C Implement remote 1 feedback source
3 917A Implement remote 1 feedback sink
5 919C 5 V reference
6 517E Clean ground
Connector 151F – Hitch raise solenoid
RCPH07CCH080ABC 5
225315C* (DEUTSCH DT04-2P-E004)


1 Solenoid Hitch solenoid (B+)
2 Solenoid Hitch solenoid up
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 174
Connector 151M – Hitch raise solenoid
RC07CCH225316C1 6
RCPH07CCH080ABC 7
225316C* (DEUTSCH DT06-2S-P012)


1 525B Hitch solenoid (B+)
2 527A Hitch solenoid up
Connector 152F – Hitch lower solenoid
RCPH07CCH078ABC 8
225315C* (DEUTSCH DT04-2P-E004)


1 Solenoid Hitch solenoid (B+)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 175

2 Solenoid Hitch solenoid down
Connector 152M – Hitch lower solenoid
RC07CCH225316C1 9
RCPH07CCH078ABC 10
225316C* (DEUTSCH DT06-2S-P012)


1 528A Hitch solenoid (B+)
2 529A Hitch solenoid down
Connector 153F – Right hand draft control pin
RCPH07CCH221ABC 11
225294C* (DEUTSCH DT04-3P-E004)

84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 176

A Sensor Ground
B Sensor Signal
C Sensor 8V
Connector 153M – Right hand draft control pin
RC07CCH225295C1 12
RCPH07CCH221ABC 13
225295C* (DEUTSCH DT06-3S-P012)


A 517C Ground
B 514A Signal
C 516B 8V
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 177
Connector 154F – Left hand draft control pin
RCPH07CCH222ABC 14
225294C* (DEUTSCH DT04-3P-E004)


A Sensor Ground
B Sensor Signal
C Sensor 8V
Connector 154M – Left hand draft control pin
RC07CCH225295C1 15
RCPH07CCH222ABC 16
225295C* (DEUTSCH DT06-3S-P012)

84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 178

A 517B Ground
B 515A Signal
C 516C 8V
Connector 155M – Rock shaft potentiometer
RC07CCH198550A1 17
RCPH07CCH223ABC 18
198550A* (PACKARD 12162185)


A 506A High
B 507A Signal
C 508A Low
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 179
Connector 157F – Auxiliary power, A-post receptacle
RC07CCH225164C1 19
225164C* (AMP 206036-2)


1 142D Switched B+
2 141D Unswitched B+
3 177AB Ground
Connector 158M – Differential solenoid
RC07CCH225316C1 20
RCPH07CCH067ABC 21
225316C*
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 180

1 530A Differential solenoid (B+)
2 175E Ground
Connector 159M – PTO solenoid
RCPH07CCH067ABC 22
87416876

1 597A B+
2 598A Low Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 181

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 160M – FWD solenoid
RC07CCH225316C1 1
RCPH07CCH058ABC 2
371614A*

1 540A FWD solenoid (B+)
2 175D FWD chassis ground
Connector 161F – Ignition switch
RC07CCH225253C1 3
225253C1* (PACKARD 2984017)

84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 182

1 89A Battery
107A
2 623A Start input
3 --
4 --
5 105A Ignition
6 106A Ignition feed
106B
Connector 162M – Brake switch, left hand
RC07CCH227429A1 4
RCPH07CCH208ABC 5
227429A* (PACKARD 12047662)


A 509B Left brake switch
B 599C Left brake B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 183
Connector 162F – Brake switch, left hand
RC07CCH227430A1 6
RCPH07CCH208ABC 7
227430A* (PACKARD 12047663)


A Switch Right brake switch
B Switch Right brake B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 184
Connector 163M – Brake switch, right hand
RC07CCH227429A1 8
RCPH07CCH208ABC 9
227429A* (PACKARD 12047662)


A 599D Right brake B+
B 510B Right brake switch
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 185
Connector 163F – Brake switch, right hand
RC07CCH227430A1 10
RCPH07CCH208ABC 11
227430A* (PACKARD 12047663)


A Switch Right brake B+
B Switch Right brake switch
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 186
Connector 164M – Foot throttle
RC07CCH225351C1 12
RCPH07CCH206ABC 13
225351C* (DEUTSCH DT06-6S-P012)


1 179AD Right brake B+
2 945A Idle validation switch #1
3 944A Foot throttle signal
4 943A Foot throttle ground
5 942A Foot throttle B+
6 941A Idle validation switch #2
Connector 165F – Auxiliary power, A-post
RC07CCH227729A1 14
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 187
227729A* (PACKARD 12129490)


A 142C Switched B+
B 141C Unswitched B+
C 177E Ground
Connector 165M – Auxiliary power, A-post
RC07CCH227728A1 15
227728A* (PACKARD 12129489)


A 142C Switched B+
B 141C Unswitched B+
C 177E Ground
Connector 165A – Business band radio
RC07CCH3661367 16
3661367

A 870E B+
B 187T Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 188
Connector 165B – Business band radio
RC07CCH3661256 17
3661256

A --
B --
Connector 166F – Unswitched cab B+
RC07CCH200338 18
42913-2

1 101CC Unswitched B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 189
Connector 167F – Auxiliary power 1
RC07CCH227729A1 19
227729A* (PACKARD 12129490)


A 136H Switched B+
B 135H Unswitched B+
C 134H Ground
Connector 167M – Auxiliary power 1
RC07CCH227728A1 20
227728A* (PACKARD 12129489)


A 136D Switched B+
B 135D Unswitched B+
C 134D Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 190
Connector 168F – Auxiliary power 2
RC07CCH227729A1 21
227729A* (PACKARD 12129490)


A 136J Switched B+
B 135J Unswitched B+
C 134J Ground
RC07CCH227729A1 22
227728A* (PACKARD 12129489)


A 136E Switched B+
B 135E Unswitched B+
C 134E Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 191
RC07CCH314908A1 23
314908A* (PACKARD 6288181)


A 134F Ground
B 135F Unswitched B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 192

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 170M – Map light
RC07CCH225295C1 1
225295C* (DEUTSCH DT06-3S-P012)


A 135G Unswitched B+
B --
C 134G Ground
Connector 170F – Map light
RC07CCH225294C1 2
225294C* (DEUTSCH DT04-3P-E004)


A 135G Unswitched B+
B --
C 134G Ground
Connector 171F – Radar
872290R* (PACKARD 2984883)

84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 193

A 179T Clean ground
B 199A Signal frequency to instrument cluster
199B
RC07CCH877291R1 3
877291R* (PACKARD 2973781)


A 181L Clean ground
B 199A Signal frequency to instrument cluster
199B
Connector 172F – Chassis ground (Cab harness)
RC07CCH200338 4
225037C*

178B Connector 139F 60
178C Connector 13M 63
178D Connector 13M 30
178F SPL-32 34
178H Connector 13M 30
178J Connector 11F 29
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 194
Connector 173F – Chassis ground (Cab harness)
RC07CCH200338 5
225037C*

177E Connector 165M 68
177F Connector 135F 60
177G Connector 13F 68
177L Connector 356M 29
177AC-2 SPL-35 27
Connector 174M – CAN data bus diagnostic connector
RC07CCH310057A1 6
310057A* (DEUTSCH HD10-9-1939PE)


A 177AM Chassis ground
B 152A Diagnostic B+ (unswitched)
C CDB-Y12 CAN data bus high (tractor)
D CDB-DG12 CAN data bus low (tractor)
E --
F --
G --
H CDB-Y73 CAN data bus high (implement)
J CDB-DG73 CAN data bus low (implement)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 195
Connector 175F – CAN data bus
87382906

1 CDB-Y22 CAN high
2 CDB-DG22-2 CAN high (tractor)
3 -- --
4 -- -
Connector 175M – CAN data bus
87382907

2 CDB-DG21 CAN data bus low (tractor)
3 -- --
4 -- --
Connector 178F – Intermittent wiper switch
RC07CCH227393A1 7
227393A* (PACKARD 12064754)


A 832C High
B 833C Low
C 836C Washer
D 177AU Ground
E 831E Battery
F 834C Park
Connector 178M – Intermittent wiper switch
227392A* (PACKARD 12064752)

84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 196

A White High
B Yellow Low
C Brown Washer
D Black Ground
E Red Battery
F Blue Park
Connector 179F – Self cancel switch harness
RC07CCH222136A1 8
222136A* (DEUTSCH DT06-4S-P012)


1 R B+
2 N Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 197
Connector 179M – Self cancel switch harness
RC07CCH222135A1 9
RCPH07CCH141ABC 10


1 706E B+
2 178AC Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 198

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 181M – Suspended axle switch
RC07CCH382391A1 1
87426886

1 --
2 531C Switched B+
531D
3 532A Lock/unlock
4 --
5 --
6 --
7 536A Lamp ground
8 531D Lamp B+
9 --
10 --
Connector 183M – Front suspension raise (1)
371614A* (AMP 282080-1)


1 538C Front suspension raise
2 179BK Return
Connector 184M – Front suspension raise (2)
371614A* (AMP 282080-1)


1 537C Front suspension lower
2 179BL Return
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 199
Connector 185F – Front axle position sensor harness
RC07CCH225294C1 2
225294C* (DEUTSCH DT04-3P-E004)


A 531H B+
B 179CN Clean ground
C 544C Sensor signal
Connector 185M – Front axle position sensor harness
RC07CCH225295C1 3
225295C* (DEUTSCH DT04-3P-E004)


A 531G B+
B 179BC Clean ground
C 544C Sensor signal
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 200
Connector 186M – Front suspension upper lock (30)
RCPH07CCH114ABC 4
371614A* (AMP 282080-1)


A 541B B+
B 548B Return
Connector 187M – Front suspension upper lock (31)
371614A* (AMP 282080-1)


A 542B B+
B 546B Return
Connector 188F – Position lamps
245481C* (PACKARD 12010996)


A Lamp B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 201
Connector 188M – Position lamps
RC07CCH245481C1 5
245480C* (PACKARD 12015791)


A 750B B+
Connector 189F – Clean ground
RC07CCH200338 6
AMP_327175*

177A Connector 10, Cavity 54 31
177B Connector 10, Cavity 55 64
174A SPL-A13 32
179A SPL-A11 49
179DB Connector 395F, Cavity 4 60
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 202

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 191F – Self cancel switch
SELF_CANCEL

20 020A Right turn out
20 20A Turn common in
21 21A Left turn in
21 21A Left turn out
22 22A Right turn in
22 22A Turn common out
N N Self cancel ground
R R Self cancel B+
Connector 192F – Front axle solenoid


1 538C S1 solenoid B+ (Raise)
2 179BK S1 solenoid ground (Raise)
3 357C S2 solenoid B+ (Lower)
4 179BL S2 solenoid Ground (Lower)
5 542B Lower lock solenoid
6 546B Lower lock solenoid
7 541B Upper lock solenoid
8 548B Upper lock solenoid
Connector 192M – Front axle sol


1 538A S1 solenoid B+ (Raise)
2 179BG S1 solenoid ground (Raise)
3 357A S2 solenoid B+ (Lower)
4 179BH S2 solenoid Ground (Lower)
5 542A Lower lock solenoid
6 546A Lower lock solenoid
7 548A Upper lock solenoid
8 541A Upper lock solenoid
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 203
Connector 193M – Axle sensor
RC07CCH291719A1 1
291719A* (AMP 282087-1)


1 179BC Ground
2 531G Output
3 544C Supply voltage
Connector 194M – Front roof work light, left hand
RC07CCH239449A1 2
237661A*

A 784E B+
B 178AF Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 204
RC07CCH239449A1 3
237661A*

A 784E B+
B 178AF Ground
RC07CCH239449A1 4
239449A* (PACKARD 12124819)


A 784E B+
B 178AF Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 205
Connector 197F – A-post work light, left hand
RC07CCH225315C1 5
222136A* (PACKARD 12124819)


1 Lamp B+
2 Lamp Ground
Connector 197M – A-post work light, left hand
RC07CCH222135A1 6
222135A* (PACKARD DTM06-2S)


1 786E B+
2 177AX Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 206
Connector 198M – A-post work light, right hand
RC07CCH222135A1 7
222135A* (PACKARD DTM06-2S)


1 786F B+
2 177AY Ground
Connector 198F – A-post work light, right hand
RC07CCH225315C1 8
222136A* (DEUTSCHDTM04-2P)

1 Lamp B+
2 Lamp Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 207
Connector 198FF – Chassis ground
RC07CCH200338 9
AMP_327175

1 600B Clean ground
RC07CCH200338 10
200332

1 179CK Clean ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 208

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RC07CCH200338 1
AMP_327175

179J SPL-F1 33
179J-2 Connector 60F 24
179AG Connector 333M, Cavity 2 56
179AA SPL-F3 41
179BT-2 Connector 249F, Cavity 5 71
Connector 200M – Clean ground
RC07CCH200338 2
AMP_327175

1 GND Battery Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 209
Connector 201F – Transmission filter restriction
RC07CCH200338 3
RCPH07CCH046ABC 4
225072C* (SAE A004)


1 267B Ground
Connector 202F – Unswitched power
25072C*

1 620E Unswitched power
620H
Connector 203F – Instrument cluster clean ground
378852A*
Schematic reference: Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 17 - CAN data bus (A.30.A)

1 216F Instrument cluster clean ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 210
Connector 204F – Engine controller B+
RC07CCH87448363 5
RCPH07CCH131AAB 6
87448363

1 179AM Clean ground
2 179AN Clean ground
3 204D Battery B+
4 204E Battery B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 211
Connector 205F – Passive terminator
RC07CCH225295C1 7
RCPH07CCH095ABC 8
225295C*

1 CDB-DG1 CAN data bus battery (tractor)
Connector 206F – To chassis harness (emerging market)
225319C1*
Schematic reference: Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 80 - Emerging market chassis and
engine (A.30.A)

1 450B Engine oil pressure 5 V
2 181P Ether solenoid B+
3 453B Air to air sensor ground
4 454B Engine coolant temperature
5 455B Engine air intake input
6 181R Engine oil pressure input
7 181T Coolant temperature ground
8 -- --
Connector 206M – To engine harness (emerging market)
87382923*
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 212
Schematic reference: Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 80 - Emerging market chassis and
engine (A.30.A)

1 255C Engine oil pressure 5 V
2 641C Ether solenoid B+
3 181W Air to air sensor ground
4 235C Engine coolant temperature
5 240C Engine air intake input
6 256C Engine oil pressure input
7 181Y Coolant temperature ground
8 181AA Engine oil pressure ground
Connector 207F – Egress lighting diode pack 1
245488C* (PACKARD 12015799)


A Diode
B Diode
C Diode
D Diode
Connector 207M – Egress lighting diode pack 1
RC07CCH245488C1 9
245488C* (PACKARD 12015799)


A 732A Egress lighting B+
B 791B Egress lighting B+
C 792G Egress lighting B+
D 790D Egress lighting B+
E --
F --
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 213

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 211F – Implement switch
RC07CCH245482C1 1
245483C* (PACKARD 12015799)


A Switch B+ from instrument cluster
B Switch Ground
Connector 211M – Implement switch
RC07CCH335461A1 2
245482C* (PACKARD 12015792)


A 285B B+ from instrument cluster
B 179AT Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 214
Connector 212M – Front washer pump
RC07CCH877291R1 3
RCPH07CCH098ABC 4
877291R* (PACKARD 2973781)


A 600H Ground
B 836D B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 215
Connector 213M – Rear washer pump
RC07CCH877291R1 5
RCPH07CCH098ABC 6
877291R* (PACKARD 2973781)


A 600G Ground
B 845C B+
Connector 214M – Fuel shut off solenoid (emerging market)
RCPH07CCH212ABC 7
411986A* (PACKARD 12124685)

A 456B Solenoid B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 216

B 604A Solenoid B+
C 600B Solenoid ground
Connector 215M – Engine coolant temp (emerging market)
RCPH07CCH212ABC 8
225316C* (DEUTSCH DT06-2S-P012)


A 235B Signal
B 181Y Ground
Connector 216M – Engine oil pressure (emerging market)
198456A* (PACKARD 12065287)


A 181AA Oil ground
B 255C Oil B+
C 256C Oil signal
225067C*

1 270C Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 217
Connector 218F – Chassis ground
RC07CCH200338 9
RCPH07CCH042ABC 10
225065C* (SAE B207)


1 173A Ground
Connector 219F – FNRP module
ELOBAU_815-100
FNRP pod truth table

Shuttle lever Not park Not neutral or Start output Reverse Forward
position park
Park 0 0 12 1.5 1.5
Forward Cab power Cab power 0 1.5 3.4
Neutral Cab power 0 0 1.5 1.5
Reverse Cab power Cab power 0 3.4 1.5

1 1 FNRP - Reverse
2 2 Run input
3 3 FNRP - Neutral
4 4 Start input
5 5 Start output
6 6 FNRP - Forward
7 7 FNRP- Park
8 8 FNRP - ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 218

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 220A – Turn signal common - Universal switch
RC07CCHRI00E016 1
1-4_FLAG

1 020A Turn signal common
Connector 220B – Left turn switch - Universal switch
RC07CCHRI00E016 2
1-4_FLAG

1 21A Left turn
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 219
Connector 220C – Right turn switch - Universal switch
RC07CCHRI00E016 3
1-4_FLAG

1 22A Right turn
Connector 220D – Head lamp B+ - Universal switch
RC07CCHRI00E016 4
1-4_FLAG

1 23A Head lamp B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 220
Connector 220E – High beam - Universal switch
RC07CCHRI00E016 5
1-4_FLAG

1 24A High beam
Connector 220F – Low beam - Universal switch
RC07CCHRI00E016 6
1-4_FLAG

1 25A Low beam
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 221
Connector 220G – Head lamp dipping B+ - Universal switch
RC07CCHRI00E016 7
1-4_FLAG

1 26A Head lamp dipping B+
Connector 220H – Horn - Universal switch
RC07CCHRI00E016 8
1-4_FLAG

1 009A Horn
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 222
Connector 220J – Ground - Universal switch
RC07CCHRI00E016 9
1-4_FLAG

1 027A Ground
Connector 221F – Turn signal indicator lamps
GHW_16183

1 Lamp com Common
2 R lamp Right turn
3 L lamp Left turn
Connector 221M – Turn signal indicator lamps
16182-559-501

1 010A Common
2 011A Right turn
3 012A Left turn
Connector 222M – CD player
16182-559-501

7 --
8 --
9 Clear Shield ground
10 White Right audio
11 Red Left audio
12 Black Audio common
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 223

13 Black Ground
14 Light green Data
15 Orange Battery
Connector 223M – CD player
3804331A*

13 Red Left audio
14 Light green Data
15 Orange Battery
16 White Right audio
17 Clear Shield ground
18 Black Ground
19 Black Audio common
20 --
Connector 224F – Turn signal, right hand front
RC07CCHRI00E016 10
FLAG_TERM

1 752D B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 224
Connector 225F – Turn signal, right hand front
RC07CCHRI00E016 11
FLAG_TERM

1 178V Ground
Connector 228M – Stop/tail light, left hand
RC07CCH426708A1 12
426708A* (COBO 30.16.06497)


1 174M Ground
2 753C Turn/hazard
3 750G Tail
4 755K Stop
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 225
Connector 229F – Rear marker light, left hand
RC07CCH222136A1 13


1 751P B+
2 174L Ground
Connector 229M – Rear marker light, left hand
RC07CCH222135A1 14


1 751R B+
2 174X Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 226

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 230F – Fender work lamp, left hand rear
RC07CCH222136A1 1
225315C* (DEUTSCH DT04-2P-E004)


1 Lamp B+
2 Lamp Ground
Connector 230M – Fender work lamp, left hand rear
RC07CCH222135A1 2
225316C* (DEUTSCH DT06-2S-P012)


1 787E B+
2 174J Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 227
Connector 233M – Brake/tail lights, right hand
RC07CCH426708A1 3
225316C* (DEUTSCH DT06-2S-P012)


1 174V Ground
2 754C Turn/hazard
3 750J Tail
4 755L Stop
Connector 234F – Rear marker light, right hand
RC07CCH222136A1 4


1 751T Marker light B+
2 174T Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 228
Connector 234M – Rear marker light, right hand
RC07CCH222135A1 5


1 754F Marker light B+
2 174U Ground
Connector 235F – Fender work lamp, right hand
RC07CCH222136A1 6
222315C*

1 Lamp leads Work light B+
2 Lamp leads Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 229
Connector 235M – Fender work lamp, right hand
RC07CCH222135A1 7
222316C*

1 787F Work light B+
2 174P Ground
Connector 236F – Wide marker light, left hand
RC07CCH222136A1 8
222136A*

1 751R Marker light B+
2 174X Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 230
Connector 236M – Wide marker light, left hand
RC07CCH222135A1 9
222135A*

1 Lamp leads Marker light B+
2 Lamp leads Ground
Connector 237F – Wide marker light, right hand
RC07CCH222136A1 10
222136A*

1 754F Marker light B+
2 174U Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 231
Connector 237M – Wide marker light, right hand
RC07CCH222135A1 11
222135A*

1 Lamp leads Marker light B+
2 Lamp leads Ground
Connector 238A – Unswitched cab B+
RC07CCH200338 12
RING_TERM_7MM

1 Batt B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 232
Connector 238F – Unswitched cab B+
RC07CCH200338 13
RING_TERM_8MM

1 101AA B+
Connector 239F – Ignition feed
225072C*

1 104A B+
Connector 239FF – Power coil B+
10-32_RING_TERMINAL

1 177CU Power coil B+
Connector 239F-2 – Ignition feed
225072C* (SAE A004)


1 104A B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 233

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 240F – Ignition feed
RC07CCH200338 1
RCPH07CCH228ABC 2
19193-0219

1 101A Unswitched B+
Connector 240FFA – Unswitched B+
RC07CCH200338 3
M8_RING_TERMINAL

1 101AC Unswitched B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 234
Connector 240FFB – Unswitched B+
RC07CCH200338 4
M8_RING_TERMINAL

1 101AD Unswitched B+
Connector 240FFC – Unswitched B+
RC07CCH200338 5
M8_RING_TERMINAL

1 101AE Unswitched B+
Connector 240M – Power module stud

1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 235
Connector 241M – Lockout solenoid (suspended axle)
RC07CCH225316C1 6
225316C* (DEUTSCH DT06-2S-P012


1 878E Power
2 177CK Ground
Connector 242F – Lockout solenoid harness
RC07CCH222136A1 7
222136A* (DEUTSCH DTM04-2P


1 878C Power
2 177CH Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 236
Connector 242M – Lockout solenoid harness
RC07CCH222135A1 8
222135A* (DEUTSCH DTM06-2S


1 878D Power
2 177CJ Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 237

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 255F – Relay block
RC07CCH144417A1 1
144417A* (PACKARD 12077571)


A1 171B Chassis ground
A2 160C Relay ignition feed
A3 163B Relay B+
A4 --
A5 162B Controller switched B+
B1 171C Chassis ground
B2 160D Relay ignition feed
B3 163C Relay B+
B4 Relay ignition feed
B5 162C Controller switched B+
C1 171F Chassis ground
C2 160E Relay ignition feed
C3 163D Relay B+
C4 --
C5 162D Controller switched B+
D1 171A Chassis ground
D2 160B Relay ignition feed
D3 163A Relay B+
D4 --
D5 162A Controller switched B+
E1 177AB Egress relay ground
E2 731B Egress signal
E3 788A Rear work lights B+
E4 961A Front/rear work lights B+ relay
E5 960B Egress unswitched B+
F1 177H Controller relay ground
F2 160A Relay ignition feed
F3 102A Controller power
F4 --
F5 200B Controller power
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 238
Connector 256M – Electronic engine controller
RC07CCH242580A1 2
RCPH07CCH131AAB 3
87421342

1 945C Stop lamp
9 944C Remote throttle pedal position input
11 941C Wait to start lamp
22 942C Accelerator position (+)
23 943C Internal speed control 3
39 223C Key switch input
40 273A Intake air heater output
42 272A Engine control module return
46 CDB-Y38-3 Governor on/off
47 CDB-DG38-3 Internal speed 2
Connector 257F – Cruise control on/off switch
87426881

1 --
2 --
3 --
4 --
5 179BR Clean ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 239

6 547A On/off signal
7 --
8 --
9 --
10 --
Connector 257M – Cruise control on/off switch
RC07CCH382391A1 4
RCPH07CCH111ABC 5
87426881

1 --
2 --
3 --
4 --
5 102K Clean ground
6 547A On/off signal
7 --
8 --
9 --
10 --
Connector 258F – Cruise control increment/decrement switch
87426889
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 240

1 489A Decrement signal
2 179BP Clean ground
179BR
3 358A Increment signal
4 --
5 --
6 --
7 --
8 --
9 --
10 --
Connector 258M – Cruise control increment/decrement switch
RC07CCH382391A1 6
87426889

1 489A Decrement signal
2 102H Clean ground
102K
3 358A Increment signal
4 --
5 --
6 --
7 --
8 --
9 --
10 --
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 241

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 261F – Fuse block
144421A* (PACKARD 12177145)


A3 103S Fuse #27
A4 785A Switched B+
A5 531A Fuse #26
A6 Jumper Suspended axle
A9 870D Fuse #24
A10 106B Mirror/radio (switched)
A11 821C Fuse#23
A12 Jumper Beacon/strobe
A13 312A Fuse #22
A14 103F Stop lights
B1 750C Fuse #21
B2 707A LH and RH tail/position lights
B3 766A Fuse #20
B4 101F Flasher
B5 871 A Fuse #19
B6 Jumper Dome light, map, and radio
(unswitched)
B7 706A Fuse #18
B8 101A Headlights
B9 722A Fuse #17
B10 Jumper Horn
B11 202B Fuse #16
B12 101B Instrument cluster/performance
monitor (unswitched)
B13 204A Fuse #15
B14 101J Governor
C3 141A Fuse #13
C4 101K Front/rear auxiliary power
(unswitched)
C5 222B Fuse #12
C6 103E Trailer auxiliary (switched)
C7 207A Fuse #11
C8 101D Cigar lighter (unswitched)
C9 195A Fuse #10
C10 101M Blower cab pressure
C11 73A Fuse #9
C12 102F Seat/operator presence system
C13 135A Fuse #8
C14 101L Shelf auxiliary power (unswitched)
D1 107A Fuse #7
D2 101C Key battery
D3 241A Fuse #6
D4 Jumper Work light interlock
D5 788A Fuse #5
D6 102E Roof work lights
D7 794A Fuse #4
D8 Jumper Belt line work lights
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 242

D9 795A Fuse #3
D10 103G Rear fender work lights
D11 102H Fuse #2
D12 Jumper Cruise control
D13 268A Fuse #1
D14 102G Governor key switch
Connector 262F – Fuse block
144421A* (PACKARD 12177145)


A9 841C Fuse #52
A10 Jumper Rear wiper/washer
A11 831C Fuse #51
A12 102K Front wiper/washer
B1 820A Fuse #49
B2 103D HVAC blower
B3 136A Fuse #48
B4 103C Shelf auxiliary power (switched)
B5 102M Fuse #47
B6 142A HVAC controller
B7 142A Fuse #46
B8 103B Front/rear auxiliary (switched)
B11 550C Fuse #44
B12 101B Transmission controller
B13 550K Fuse #43
B14 200D Transmission controller
C1 152A Fuse #42
C2 101G Data bus diagnostic connector power
C7 596A Fuse #39
C8 Jumper Electronic draft control (hitch)
C9 195A Fuse #38
C10 101M PTO
C11 73A Fuse #37
C12 102F Instrument cluster/performance
monitor (switched)
C13 135A Fuse #36
C14 101L Auxiliary
D3 241A Fuse #34
D4 Jumper Radar
D5 788A Fuse #33
D6 102E Armrest controller
D7 794A Fuse #32
D8 Jumper Transmission unswitched B+
D13 259A Fuse #29
D14 102J Seat heater
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 243
RC07CCH144417A1 1
144417A* (PACKARD 12077571)

A1 750K Coil B+
A2 177AS Coil ground
A3 241A Work lights interlock
A4 789A Rotary work lights
A5 --
B1 558A Park relay coil
B2 177AS Coil ground
177AW
B3 550F Park relay common
B4 --
B5 562A Park relay
C1 568A FNR - not neutral coil
C2 177X 177AW Coil ground
C3 550G Neutral relay common
C4 --
C5 220M Neutral relay
D1 791C Roof work lights coil
791B
D2 177X Coil ground
D3 788A Roof work lights B+
788B
D4 --
D5 793A Rear roof work lights
F1 311A PTO signal
F2 177Y Coil ground
F3 312A Brake B+
F4 565C Pneumatic signal
F5 755A Brake lamp signal
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 244
RC07CCH144417A1 2
144417A* (PACKARD 12077571)

A1 808C Switched B+
A2 177AT Coil ground
A3 195A Unswitched B+
A4 --
A5 195B Blower B+
B1 104B Governor switch coil
B2 177AT Coil ground
177AL
B3 268A Governor key switch
B4 --
B5 223A Governor ignition switch signal
C1 792B Fender work lights coil
792C
C2 177W Coil ground
177AL
C3 795A Fender work lights
C4 --
C5 787A Rear fender work lights
D1 790B Front roof work lights coil
D2 177V Coil ground
177W
D3 788B Front roof work lights coil
D4 --
D5 784A Front roof work lights coil
E1 792A Lower work lights coil
792B
E2 177U Coil ground
177V
E3 794A Belt line work lights
E4 --
E5 783A Belt line work lights
F1 790C HID on
F2 177U Coil ground
177V
F3 785A Switched B+
F4 --
F5 786A HID B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 245
RC07CCH144417A1 3
144417A* (PACKARD 12077571)

B1 177AA-2 Egress on
B2 731A Coil ground
731B
B3 960C Unswitched B+
B4 --
B5 732A Egress signal on
C1 877A Suspended axle lockout control
C2 531J B+
531K
C3 878A Suspended axle lockout B+
C4 --
C5 531J B+
D1 920B Wiper on
D2 177BD Coil ground
D3 973A Side wiper park
D4 972A Side wiper low
D5 971B Wiper low B+
E1 970A Wiper on
E2 AE-2 Coil ground
E3 843A Rear wiper low
E4 844C Rear wiper brake
E5 841H Mirror common
F1 164C Interlock on
F2 171F Coil ground
F3 164A Switched B+
F4 -- --
F5 164B Switched B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 246
Connector 266MM – Active terminator
RC07CCH225295C1 4
RCPH07CCH117ABC 5
239451A* (DEUTSCH DT06-4S-P012)


A1 CAN-R56 CAN B+ (Autoguidance)
A2 CAN-Y56 CAN high (Autoguidance)
A3 CAN-BK56 CAN ground (Autoguidance)
A4 CAN-DG56 CAN low (Autoguidance)
Connector 266M – Rectifier Assembly
RC07CCH631801C1 6
631801C* (PACKARD 2977253)

84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 247

A 105A Ignition switch
Connector 266F – Rectifier Assembly
RCIL06_739070C1 7
739070C* (PACKARD 2984528)


A 104A Ignition feed
104B
RC07CCH631801C1 8
631801C* (PACKARD 2977253)


A 724A High beam dimming/indicator
724B
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 248
RCIL06_739070C1 9
739070C* (PACKARD 2984528)


A 727D High beam dimming
RC07CCH631801C1 10
RCPH07CCH111ABC 11
631801C* (PACKARD 2977253)


A 728A Low beam dimming
728B
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 249
RCIL06_739070C1 12
739070C* (PACKARD 2984528)


A 727C Low beam dimming
Connector 269F – Auxiliary power, right rear console
RC07CCH225164C1 13
225164C* (PACKARD 206036-2)


1 142B Switched B+
2 141B Unswitched
3 177AF Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 250

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 270F – Auxiliary power 1 receptacle
RC07CCH225164C1 1
225164C* (PACKARD 206036-2)


1 136H Switched B+
2 135H Unswitched
3 134H Ground
Connector 271F – Auxiliary power 2 receptacle
RC07CCH225164C1 2
225164C* (PACKARD 206036-2)


1 136J Switched B+
2 135J Unswitched
3 134J Ground
Connector 273F – Cab/ISO11783
87382918
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 251

1 344H Switched B+
2 179CD Clean ground
3 CDB-R64 CAN data bus battery (implement)
4 CDB-Y64 CAN data bus high (implement)
5 CDB-BK64 CAN data bus ground (implement)
6 CDB-DG64 CAN data bus low (implement)
Connector 273M – Cab/ISO11783
87382919

1 344A SW B+
2 179CL-4 Clean Ground
3 CDB-R66 CAN data bus battery (implement)
Connector 273FF – Implement CAN data bus


5 CDB-R59 CAN B+ (implement)
6 CDB-Y59 CAN high (implement)
7 CDB-BK59 CAN ground (implement)
8 CDB-DG59 CAN low (implement)
Connector 274A – Tractor hydraulic pressure switch (Italian)
225178C* (AMP 42100-2)


1 156A Park brake pressure
Connector 274B – Tractor hydraulic pressure switch (Italian)
225178C* (AMP 42100-2)


1 158A Hydraulic pressure
Connector 274F – Secondary CAN bus
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 252
225294C* (DEUTSCH DT04-3P-E004)

A CDB-57 CAN low (autoguidance)
B CDB-57 CAN high (autoguidance)
Connector 275A – Trailer pressure switch (Italian)
225178C* (AMP 42100-2)


1 182A Indicator
Connector 275B – Trailer pressure switch (Italian)
225178C* (AMP 42100-2)


1 159A Ground
Connector 275M – Pressure Transducer
RC07CCH198456A1 3
198456A* (PACKARD 12065287)


A 420K Clean ground
B 418G 5 V ref
C 416E Pressure sense signal
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 253
Connector 276F – Park brake pressure switch (Italian)
RC07CCH182068A1 4
182068A* (PACKARD 15300002)


A 155C Switched B+
B 156A B+
Connector 276M – Park brake pressure switch (Italian)
RC07CCH371614A1 5
182068A* (PACKARD 15300002)


A Switch Switched B+
B Switch B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 254
Connector 277F – Trailer brake harness (Italian)
RC07CCH225315C1 6
225315C* (DEUTSCH DT04-2P-E004)


1 159A Indicator
2 182C Ground
Connector 278F – Trailer brake solenoid (Italian)
OD-01-01-07-00-OB

1 158A Hydraulic pressure
2 182B Ground
3 --
GND --
Connector 278MM – To active terminator
239451A* (PACKARD 12065287)


1 CAN-R48 CAN B+ (autoguidance)
2 CAN-Y48 CAN high (autoguidance)
3 CAN-BK48 CAN ground (autoguidance)
4 CAN-DG48 CAN low (autoguidance)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 255
Connector 278M – Passive terminator, implement data bus
RC07CCH87448363 7
239451A* (PACKARD 12065287)


1 CDB-R60 CAN data bus B+
225072C* (PACKARD 12065287)

1 177J Chassis ground
Connector 279FF – Chassis ground
RC07CCH200338 8
10-32_RING_TERMINAL

1 104F Power coil ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 256

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 281F – CAN data bus

5
6
7
8
9
10 976B Display unswitched B+
11 179DR Clean ground
12 971F Display keyed B+
Connector 281M – Electronic flasher
225405C1 (DEUTSCH 1062-14-0144)


1 753A Left run lamp
2 754A Right turn lamp
3 707C Hazard
4 767A Right turn
5 768A Left turn
6 177AK Ground
7 766D B+
8 766C B+
9 752B Right hazard lamp
10 752N Right hazard lamp
11 751B Left hazard lamp
12 751J Left hazard lamp
Connector 281FF –

1 JP8 Jumper 8
2 JP9 Jumper 9
3 JP10 Jumper 10
4 JP11 Jumper 11
5 JP12 Jumper 12
6 JP13 Jumper 13
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 257

7
8
9
10 JP114 Jumper 14
11 JP15 Jumper 15
12
Connector 281MM – CODI display
RC07CCH87410948 1
87410948

1 CDB-Y40 CAN data bus high (secondary CAN
bus)
2 CDB-DG40 CAN data bus low (secondary CAN
bus)
13 976E Unswitched B+
14 179JT Clean ground
15 971J Switched B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 258
Connector 282M – Tractor electronic control unit (ECU)
RC07CCH87410947 2
RCPH07CCH024ABC 3
4-1437290-0

1 Yellow CAN high (implement)
2 Green CAN low (implement)
3 --
4 Yellow CAN high (tractor)
5 Green CAN low (tractor)
6 --
7 --
8 --
9 --
10 401D Electronic control unit power
11 179CH Electronic control unit ground
12 405A Power control relay
13 403A Power control relay return
14 406A Electronic control unit power relay
15 404A Electronic control unit power relay
return
16 138A Key switch
17 787M Implement flood
18 --
19 752P Right turn
20 750V Tail lights
21 407A Chassis ground
22 751N Left turn
23 --
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 259

33 --
34 --
Connector 283M – Implement bus power
RC07CCH225316C1 4
225316C* (DEUTSCH DT06-2S-P012)


1 137G Electronic control unit power
2 179CG Electronic control unit ground
Connector 286M – Task controller
RC07CCH225319C1 5
RCPH07CCH026ABC 6
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 260

1 344H Electronic control unit power
2 CDB-Y65 CAN low (implement)
3 --
4 --
5 --
6 --
7 CDB-DG65 CAN high (implement)
8 179CD Electronic control unit ground
Connector 287M – Autoguidance on/off switch
382391A* (CARLINGSWITCH VC1-01)


1 177D1 Chassis ground
2 345B SPL-AG-5
7 560F SPL-AG8
Connector 288M – Implement CAN bus
RC07CCH239451A1 7
RCPH07CCH026ABC 8
239451A* (DEUTSCH DT06-4S-P012)


1 Red CAN TBC power
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 261

2 Yellow CAN low (implement)
3 Black CAN TBC return
4 Green CAN high (implement)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 262

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 290M – Outside autoguidance harness
RC07CCH380841A1 1
RCPH07CCH091ABC 2
380841A* (DEUTSCH HDP26-24-35SN-L017)


2 418G Pressure transducer 5 V
3 420D Steering sensor ground
4 982B Steering valve light source
5 421B PPS in
6 419E Steering valve source
8 410E Steering valve right hand sink
9 411E Steering valve left hand sink
10 416E Pressure sensor
11 417E Steer potentiometer signal (1)
12 412B RS232 TX
13 413B RS232 RX
14 414B RS232 ground
15 418E 5 V reference
17 560B Clean ground
18 --
20 CDB-Y47 CAN high (autoguidance)
21 345G Switched B+
23 CDB-DG47 CAN low (autoguidance)
25 177BM Pressure sensor switch
27 420E Clean ground
31 420K Pressure transducer ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 263
Connector 290F – Cab interior autoguidance harness
RC07CCH380842A1 3
380842A* (DEUTSCH HDP24-24-35PN)


2 984A Pressure transducer 5 V
3 420A Steering sensor ground
4 982A Steering valve light source
5 421A PPS in
6 419A Steering valve source
8 410A Steering valve right hand sink
9 411A Steering valve left hand sink
10 416A Pressure sensor
11 417A Steer potentiometer signal (1)
12 412A RS232 TX
13 413A RS232 RX
14 414A RS232 ground
17 560A Clean ground
18 --
21 345F Switched B+
25 177BL Pressure sensor switch
27 179CR Clean ground
31 983A Pressure transducer ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 264
Connector 291M – Implement power and ground
RC07CCH323597A1 4
87418273

2 407B Electronic control unit ground
3 402A Power
4 137D Electronic control unit power
Connector 292M – Implement low power relay
RC07CCHRI99H136 5
RCPH07CCH226ABC 6
297910A* (PACKARD 12110539)

84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 265

1 401A Low implement B+ switched
2 405A Coil B+
3 406A Implement power
4 137E Common implement B+ switched
5 --
Connector 293M – Implement high power relay
RC07CCH310220A1 7
RCPH07CCH226ABC 8
310220A* (YAZAKI 7123-6145-30)


30 400A Implement B+ switched
85 403A Implement power
86 404A Switched B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 266
Connector 294M – To ISO11783 outside harness
RCPH07CCH017ABC 9
87382926

1 CDB-R42 CAN implement B+
2 CDB-Y42 CAN implement high
3 137A Low ECU switched power
4 138B Switched B+
5 179BU Clean ground
6 787K Work light B+
7 751L Left turn
8 752K Right turn
9 750R Tail light
10 Plug --
11 CDB-BK32 CAN implement ground
12 CDB-DG32 CAN implement low
Connector 294F – To ISO11783 harness
RCPH07CCH017ABC 10
87382927

1 CDB-R78 CAN implement B+
2 CDB-Y78 CAN implement high
3 137C Low ECU switched power
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 267

4 138A Switched B+
5 179CF Clean ground
6 787M Work light B+
7 751N Left turn
8 752P Right turn
9 750V Tail light
10 --
11 CDB-B78 CAN implement ground
12 CDB-DG78 CAN implement low
13 --
14 --
Connector 295M – GPS antenna receiver
RC07CCH223671A1 11


1 CDB-Y49 Implement CAN High A
2 413E RS232 RX
3 412E RS232 TX
4 421E PPS In
5 414E RS232 Ground
6 -- --
7 -- --
8 -- --
9 -- --
10 345K Switch low ECU B+
11 179CU Clean ground
12 CDB-DG49 Implement CAN low A
Connector 296F – To VT Jumper
223682A* (DEUTSCH DTM04-12PB)


1 CDB-51R CAN data bus implement B+
2 CDB-51Y CAN data bus implement high
3 CDB-51BK CAN data bus implement ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 268

4 CDB-51DG CAN data bus implement low
5 CDB-52R CAN data bus implement B+
6 CDB-52Y CAN data bus implement high
7 CDB-52BK CAN data bus implement ground
8 CDB-52DG CAN data bus implement low
9 Plug --
10 344G Switched B+
11 179CE Ground
12 344F Switched B+
Connector 297F – Ring terminal chassis ground
RC07CCH200338 12
200338

1 407A Clean ground
407B
407C
Connector 298FF – To VT Extension harness
223682A* (DEUTSCH DTM04-12PB)


9 --
10 345H Switched B+
11 179CM Clean Ground
12 345A Switched B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 269
Connector 298F – GPS receiver
RC07CCH280453A1 13


1 CDB-R81 CAN battery (implement)
3 CDB-B81 CAN ground (implement)
5 Plug --
6 Plug --
Connector 298M – GPS receiver
RC07CCH280451A1 14


2 CDB-79 CAN high (implement)
3 CDB-B79 CAN ground (implement)
5 137H Switched B+
6 179CC Clean ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 270
Connector 299F – GPS receiver harness
RC07CCH277904A1 15
RCPH07CCH026ABC 16


1 414E RS232 Ground
2 413E RS232 RX
3 412E RS232 TX
4 421E PPT In
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 271
Connector 299M – GPS receiver harness
RC07CCH277905A1 17
RCPH07CCH026ABC 18


1 414B RS232 Ground
2 413B RS232 RX
3 412B RS232 TX
4 421B PPS In
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 272
Connector - Component diagram 30 - Connector 300-309

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 300F – Cab power relay
FARGO_PT-059184
Cavity/Pin Wire number

1 104C Power coil ground
2 177CR Power coil B+
4 103AB Switched B+ out
FARGO_PT-059184

1 104C Power coil ground
104E
2 177CR Power coil B+
177CT
4 177CR Switched B+ out
Connector 302F - Cab power relay
FARGO_PT-059225

9 102AC Switched B+ out
11 177CT Power coil B+
177CU
12 101AE Unswitched B+
13 104E Power coil ground
104F
FARGO_PT-059236

1 101AC Unswitched B+
3 101AD Unswitched B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 273

1
Connector 305M – Roof warning lights, right hand
RC07CCH276424A1 1
276424A*(DEUTSCH DTM06-3S)
Schematic reference: Connector - Component diagram 30 (A.30.A)

1 798Z Position (white)
2 752E Turn signal (amber)
3 178X Ground
Connector 306M – Roof warning lights, left hand
RC07CCH276424A1 2
Schematic reference: Connector - Component diagram 30 (A.30.A)

1 752D Position (white)
2 751D Turn signal (amber)
3 178W Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 274
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 275

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 310F – Electronic flasher
318164A* (AMP 480003-5)


1 177AK Chassis ground
2 769A 1st trailer indicator
3 770A 2nd trailer indicator
4 766B Hazard and turn common
766C
5 --
6 766A Flasher B+
Connector 311F – Pneumatic brakes pre-fill solenoid
WEBCO_894-601-021-2

A 565D B+
B 179BS Chassis ground
Connector 312M – Remote hitch switch, center
RC07CCH198550A1 1
198550A* (PACKARD 12162185)


A 513E Lower
B 599G Center B+
C 526E Raise
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 276
Connector 313MA – Remote hitch switch, left hand
RC07CCH291719A1 2
291719A* (AMP 282087-1)


A 513E Lower
B 599G Center B+
C 526E Raise
Connector 313MB – Remote hitch switch, right hand
RC07CCH291719A1 3
291719A* (AMP 282087-1)


A 513F Lower
B 599L Center B+
C 526G Raise
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 277
Connector 314F – Remote hitch switch harness, left hand
RC07CCH225294C1 4
225294C* (DEUTSCH DT04-3P-E004)


A 513C Raise
B 500G Common B+
C 526C Lower
Connector 314M – Remote hitch switch harness, left hand
RC07CCH225295C1 5
225295C* (DEUTSCH DT06-3S-P012)


A 526E Raise
B 599G Common B+
C 513E Lower
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 278
Connector 315F – Remote hitch switch harness, right hand
RC07CCH225294C1 6
RCPH07CCH118ABC 7
225294C* (DEUTSCH DT04-3P-E004)


A 526B Raise
B 500E Common B+
C 513B Lower
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 279
Connector 315M – Remote hitch switch harness, right hand
RC07CCH225295C1 8
RCPH07CCH118ABC 9
225295C* (DEUTSCH DT06-3S-P012)


A 526G Raise
B 599L Common B+
C 513F Lower
Connector 316M – Hazard switch
RC07CCH87426882 10
87426885
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 280

1 --
2 766C Hazard flash output signal
3 751B Left hazard signal
751U
4 --
5 --
6 752B Right hazard signal
7 177RA Lamp ground
8 751U Signal switch LED
9 --
10 --
Connector 317F – Pneumatic park brake solenoid
RC07CCH225316C1 11
225316C* (DEUTSCH DT06-2S-P012)


A 567H Auto hitch B+
B 179BW Indicator ground
Connector 318F – Pneumatic park solenoid
RC07CCH245483C1 12
245483C* (PACKARD 12010973)


A 567F Park brake feedback
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 281

B 179BV Clean ground
Connector 318M – Pneumatic park solenoid switch #2
RC07CCH335461A1 13
245482C* (PACKARD 12015792)


A 567H Park brake feedback
B 179BW Clean ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 282

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 325A – Pneumatic brake air switch
RC07CCHRI00E015 1
282459A1 (AMP 41274-0)


1 566C B+
Connector 325B – Pneumatic brake air switch
RC07CCHRI00E015 2
282459A1 (AMP 41274-0)


1 179AB Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 283
Connector 326F – Ring terminal switched B+
RC07CCH200338 3
RCPH07CCH226ABC 4
200338

1 400C B+
401C
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 284
Connector 327M – Implement fuse
RC07CCH300518A1 5
RCPH07CCH226ABC 6
300518A*

84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 285
Connector 328M – Implement fuse
RC07CCH300518A1 7
RCPH07CCH226ABC 8
144421A* (PACKARD 12177145)

C11 Seat/operator presence system
C12 Seat/operator presence system
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 286

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 331F – Front hitch lamps right hand
225326C* (DEUTSCH DT04-4P-E004)

1 740B Low beam B+
2 741B High beam B+
3 744C Pilot
4 176E Ground
Connector 331M – Front hitch lamps, right hand
RC07CCH239451A1 1
239451A*

1 Lamp Low beam B+
2 Lamp High beam B+
3 Lamp Pilot
4 Lamp Ground
Connector 332F – Front hitch lamps, left hand
RC07CCH239451A1 2
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 287
225326C*

1 742B Low beam B+
2 743B High beam B+
3 744B Pilot
4 176D Ground
Connector 332M – Front hitch lamps, left hand
239451A*

1 Lamp Low beam B+
2 Lamp High beam B+
3 Lamp Pilot
4 Lamp Ground
Connector 333M – To engine harness
RCPH07CCH109ABC 3
87382927

1 204B Battery B+ (engine governor)
2 223B Engine governor B+ ignition switch
3 945B Idle validation off
4 531F Suspended axle B+
5 544A Suspended axle sensor signal
6 179CL Suspended axle sensor ground
7 179AG Engine governor ground
8 567K Center light
9 CDB-Y4 CAN high
10 CDB-DG4 CAN low
11 943B Accelerator position signal
12 944B Accelerator position (-)
13 942B Accelerator position (+)
14 722B Horn B+
15 Open
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 288
Connector 333M-EM – To solenoid
239451C*

1 102P Switched B+
8 452B Fuel relay solenoid return
Connector 333F – To chassis harness
RCPH07CCH109ABC 4
87383926

1 204C Battery B+ (engine governor)
2 223C Engine governor ground
3 945C Switched B+
4 531H Horn B+
5 544E Engine governor B+ ignition switch
6 179CN Idle validation Off
7 179AK Brake actuation
8 567J Brake feedback
9 CDB-Y2 Suspended axle B+
10 CDB-DG2 Suspended axle sensor signal
11 943C Suspended axle sensor ground
12 944C Horn return
14 722C Switched B+
Connector 333F-EM – To fuse
239451C*

1 102N Switched B+
8 452B Fuel relay solenoid return
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 289
Connector 334M – Engine


1 450B Engine oil pressure 5 V
2 641B Ether solenoid B+
3 181P Air to air ground
4 453B Engine coolant temperature input
5 454B Engine air intake temperature
6 455B Engine oil pressure input
7 181R Coolant temperature ground
8 181T Engine oil pressure ground
Connector 334F – Engine


1 255C Engine oil pressure 5 V
2 641C Ether solenoid B+
3 181W Air to air ground
4 235C Engine coolant temperature input
5 240C Engine air intake temperature
6 256C Engine oil pressure input
7 181Y Coolant temperature ground
8 181AA Engine oil pressure ground
Connector 335F – To TMF controller (hitch/PTO)
RCPH07CCH031ABC 5
87382922

1 501B VD/VT B+
2 599P VH B+
3 175M Differential solenoid ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 290

5 179CY Power ground
6 900F VF B+
7 179CW Power ground
8 175N Chassis ground
9 114D VP B+
10 599S VH B+
Connector 335M – To TMF controller (hitch/PTO)
RCPH07CCH031ABC 6
87382923

1 501F VD/VT B+
2 599V VH B+
3 175E Differential solenoid ground
5 179CS Power ground
6 900D VF B+
7 179CT Power ground
8 174R Chassis ground
9 114E VP B+
10 599W VH B+
Connector 336F – PTO dual speed sensor
245483C* (PACKARD 12010973)


1 Sensor PTO shaft speed
2 Sensor Sender ground
Connector 336M – PTO dual speed sensor
245482C* (PACKARD 12015792)


1 249B PTO shaft speed
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 291

2 174D Sender ground
Connector 337A – Backup alarm
RC07CCH200338 7
446658

1 571B Alarm power
Connector 337B – Backup alarm
RC07CCH200338 8
446658

1 174H Chassis ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 292
Connector 338F – Backup alarm
RC07CCH225315C1 9
225315C* (DEUTSCH DT04-2P-E004)


1 571A Alarm power
2 174G Alarm ground
Connector 338M – Backup alarm
RC07CCH225316C1 10
225316C* (DEUTSCH DT06-2S-P012)


1 571B Alarm power
2 174H Alarm ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 293

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 340F – Remote 1 lower solenoid
RC07CCH291718A1 1
291718A* (DEUTSCH DT04-4P-E004)


1 AUX1 BOT1 Remote 1 B+ lower
2 AUX1 BOT2 Remote 1 return lower
RC07CCH291718A1 2
291718A* (DEUTSCH DT04-4P-E004)


84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 294
RC07CCH291718A1 3
291718A* (DEUTSCH DT04-4P-E004)


RC07CCH291718A1 4
291718A* (DEUTSCH DT04-4P-E004)


84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 295
RC07CCH291718A1 5
291718A* (DEUTSCH DT04-4P-E004)


84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 296

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 350M – Transmission controller at CN1-A
RC07CCH87419488 1
RCPH07CCH018ABC 2
87410948

1 550B Switched B+ 12 V
2 550D Switched B+ 12 V
3 550H Switched B+ 12 V
4 558B Park brake control
5 586A Master clutch high side
6 201C C1-2 clutch high side
7 201F C3-4 clutch high side
8 550M Switched B+ 12 V
9 201B Odd clutch high side
10 201E Even clutch high side
11 201N Creep clutch high side
13 548A Suspended axle upper lock
14 114B Unswitched B+ 12 V
15 CDB-Y20 CAN high
16 CDB-DG20 CAN low
19 179M Case ground
20 220F B+ 12 V from neutral relay
23 557A Clean ground
26 175H Chassis ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 297
Connector 351M – Transmission controller
RC07CCH87410947 3
RCPH07CCH018ABC 4
87410946

1 555A Master clutch signal
2 563A Range pressure signal
3 --
11 563A Range pressure signal
12 552A Reverse signal
13 551A Forward signal
16 561D C1-2 clutch FNR switch 5 V
17 556A Master clutch pot 5 V
22 511B Not park signal
23 553A Not neutral
26 532B Suspended axle lock/unlock
28 567L Park brake feedback
33 216E Engine alternator speed
34 215D Transmission wheel speed
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 298
RC07CCH87419488 5
RCPH07CCH018ABC 6
87410949

1 581A Even clutch low side
2 544A Axle sensor signal
3 590A Creep clutch low side
4 220B Master clutch low side
6 582A C1-2 clutch low side
7 541A Suspended axle upper lock
8 580A Odd clutch low side
13 583A C3-4 clutch low side
18 536B Suspended axle indication LED
26 175G Chassis ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 299
RC07CCH87410947 7
RCPH07CCH018ABC 8
87410947

1 584A C5-6 Clutch low side
2 585A Reverse clutch low side
4 589A High clutch low side
5 201G Reverse clutch high side
6 588A MID clutch high side
7 537A Front suspended axle lower
8 538A Front suspended axle raise
9 571A Back up alarm (power)
10 220C Mid clutch low side
11 --
13 201D C5-6 clutch high side
14 587A Low clutch high side
15 542A Front suspended axle lower lock
16 220E High clutch high side
17 846A Autoguidance isolation valve
18 220D Low clutch low side
25 220G B+ 12 V from neutral relay
34 220H Neutral relay 12 V
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 300
Connector 356M – Roof HID work lights
RC07CCH197503A1 9
197503A* (PACKARD 12064998)


A 786A Roof HID B+
B 177L Roof HID ground
C --
D --
E --
F --
G --
H --
Connector 356F – Roof HID work lights
196153A* (PACKARD 12066195)


A 186F Roof HID B+
186E
B 177AX Roof HID ground
177AY
C --
D --
E --
F --
G --
H --
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 301

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 360F – Strobe/beacon lamp
RC07CCH200338 1
282459A* (AMP 41274-0)


1 PPP Ground
Connector 361F – Strobe/beacon
RC07CCH200338 2
282459A* (AMP 41274-0)


1 GGG Strobe/Beacon B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 302
RC07CCH222135A1 3


1 776F B+
2 178AS Ground
RC07CCH222135A1 4


1 776G B+
2 178AT Ground
Connector 367F – To ISO11783 active terminator
225326C* (DEUTSCH DT04-4P-E004)


84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 303
Connector 367M – To ISO11783 active terminator
225326C* (DEUTSCH DT04-4P-E004)

1
2 CDB_Y57 CAN high (autoguidance)
3
4 CDB_DG57 CAN low (autoguidance)
Connector 367M-2 – To ISO11783 active terminator
225326C* (DEUTSCH DT04-4P-E004)

1
2 CDB_Y76 CAN high (secondary CAN bus)
3
4 CDB_DG76 CAN low (secondary CAN bus)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 304

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 371F – Grid heater unswitched B+
RC07CCH200338 1
225067C*

1 270A B+
Connector 372F – Clean Ground
RC07CCH200338 2
225067C*

1 270C B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 305
Connector 372FF – Unswitched B+ to grid heater relay
RC07CCH200338 3
225067C*

1 270A B+
Connector 372F-2 – Unswitched B+
RC07CCH200338 4
225067C*

1 -- Unswitched B+ to fuse 370
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 306
Connector 373F – Unswitched B+ to grid heater relay
RC07CCH200338 5
225067C*

1 270B B+
Connector 374F – Unswitched B+ to grid heater relay
RC07CCH200338 6
225067C*

1 270B B+
Connector 374M – To steering potentiometer jumper
245489C* (PACKARD 12010975)


A 417A Steering pot signal (1)
B 422A Steering pot signal (2)
C 417B Steering pot controller
D 303D Seat switch operator presence system
return
E 303E Seat switch operator presence system
return to controller
F --
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 307
Connector 375M – To steering potentiometer
87382911

1 418F 5 V reference steering pot (1)
2 420G Clean ground (1)
3 417E Steering pot signal 1
Connector 375FF – To steering harness
RC07CCH225350C1 7
87382910

1 561P +5V ref (auto)
2 577P Clean ground (auto)
3 417S Steer sen sig (auto)
Connector 375MM – To steering sensor
RC07CCH225351C1 8
225351C* (DEUTSCH DT06-6S-P012)


1 561N 5 V reference (auto)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 308

2 577N Clean ground
3 417N Steer sensor signal
4 --
5 --
6 --
Connector 375F – To steering harness
87382910

1 561N 5 V reference (auto)
2 577N Clean ground
3 417N Steering sensor signal
Connector 375F-2 – Roof HID work lights
196153A* (PACKARD 12066195)


A 786A Roof HID B+
B 177L Roof HID ground
Connector 377F – Grid heater relay
225072C* (SAE A004)


1 273B Grid heater relay coil B+
Connector 377FF – To cab harness
RCPH07CCH141ABC 9
87382928
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 309

1 J21 CAN B+ (implement)
2 J22 CAN high (implement)
3 J23 CAN ground (implement)
4 J24 CAN low (implement)
5 J21 CAN B+ (implement)
6 J22 CAN high (implement)
7 J23 CAN ground (implement)
8 J24 CAN low (implement)
9 --
10 --
11 --
12 --
Connector 377FFF – Grid heater relay coil B+
225072C* (SAE A004)

1 273D Grid heater relay coil B+
Connector 377F-2 – Grid heater relay coil B+
225072C* (SAE A004)

1 273D Grid heater relay coil B+
Connector 377M – To cab harness
87382929

9 976B-2 Unswitched B+
10 179CE Clean ground
11 971F Switched B+
Connector 377MM –

84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 310

1 JP8 Jumper 8
2 JP9 Jumper 9
3 JP10 Jumper 10
4 JP11 Jumper 11
5 JP12 Jumper 12
6 JP13 Jumper 13
7
8
9
10 JP114 Jumper 14
11 JP15 Jumper 15
12 JP6 Jumper 6
Connector 377MM-2 –
225389C1* (DEUTSCH DT06-12SA-B016)


1
2
3
4 JP1 Jumper 1
5 JP2 Jumper 2
6
7 JP3 Jumper 3
8
9
10
11 JP4 Jumper 4
12 JP5 Jumper 5
Connector 378F – Grid heater relay coil ground
RC07CCH200338 10
446658 (SAE B104)


1 273C Coil return
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 311
Connector 379M – Egress diode pack #2
RC07CCH245488C1 11
RCPH07CCH148ABC 12
245488C* (PACKARD 12015799)


A 792A Fender/belt line lights
B 792J Fender/belt line lights
C 791A Rear work lights
D 791C Rear work lights
E 790A Rear work lights
F 790E Rear work lights
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 312

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RC07CCH877291R1 1
225316C*

1 179T Clean ground
2 99A Signal frequency to instrument cluster
199
Connector 381M – Passive terminator
RC07CCH239451A1 2
239451A* (DEUTSCH DT06-4S-P012)


1 Red CAN data bus battery (tractor)
3 Black CAN data bus ground (tractor)
Connector 382F – Intake air grid heater coil B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 313
225072C* (SAE A004)


1 273C Grid heater coil return
Connector 386F – GPS antenna harness
RC07CCH87428138 3
87428138

1 CDB-R55 --
2 145F Switched B+
3 420E Clean ground
Connector 386M – GPS antenna harness
RC07CCH276424A1 4
87428139

1 CDB-R48-2 --
2 138G Switched B+
3 179CU Clean ground
Connector 387F – CAN SPL-56
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 314
87428139

2 --
3 --
Connector 387M – CAN SPL-56
87428138

2 --
3 --
Connector 388M – Autoguidance CAN data bus
RC07CCH239451A1 5
239451A* (DEUTSCH DT06-4S-P012)


1 CDB Y48 CAN high (implement)
2 CDB DG48 CAN low (implement)
3 CDB Y50 CAN high (implement)
4 CDB DG50 CAN low (implement)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 315
Connector 388F – Autoguidance CAN data bus
RC07CCH225326C1 6
225326C* (DEUTSCH DT04-4P-E004)


1 CDB Y47 CAN high (secondary CAN bus)
2 CDB DG47 CAN low (secondary CAN bus)
3 CDB Y51 CAN high (secondary CAN bus)
4 CDB DG51 CAN low (secondary CAN bus)
Connector 389F – CAN SPL-56


1 CAN-Y56 CAN high (implement)
2 CAN-BK56 CAN ground (implement)
3 CAN-DG56 CAN low (implement)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 316

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 390M – To steering solenoid
RC07CCH239451A1 1
RCPH07CCH109ABC 2
239451A* (DEUTSCH DT06-4S-P012)


1 410E Left hand steering valve low
2 419F Left coil high
3 411E Right hand steering valve low
4 708A Right coil high
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 317
Connector 391F – To CDB-SPL-51
RC07CCH223672A1 3
RCPH07CCH156ABC 4


1 CAN R51 CAN data bus B+ (autoguidance)
2 CAN-B51 CAN data bus ground (autoguidance)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 318
Connector 391M – To CDB-SPL-51
RC07CCH223671A1 5
RCPH07CCH156ABC 6


1 345R Switched B+
2 179CR Clean ground
Connector 395F – Alternator/compressor harness
RCPH07CCH105ABC 7
87382918
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 319

1 835B Compressor clutch B+
2 810B High pressure switch ground
3 802B Pressure switch in
4 179DB Compressor clutch ground
5 121B Alternator excite B+
6 216C Alternator frequency
Connector 395M – Alternator/compressor harness
RCPH07CCH105ABC 8
87382919
Schematic reference: Schematic reference: Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 (A.30.A)

1 835C Compressor clutch B+
2 179LL High pressure switch ground
3 802D High press
4 179CK Compressor ground
5 121E Alternator excite (B+)
6 216F Alternator frequency
Connector 396F – Fender switch harness, PTO and top link, left hand
RCPH07CCH013ABC 9
87382920

1 599AB PTO B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 320

2 --
3 --
4 399F Remote NO (extend)
5 958E Remote NC (retract)
6 --
Connector 396M – Fender switch harness, PTO and top link, left hand
RCPH07CCH013ABC 10
87382921

1 599W B+
2 955A PTO switch out
4 957A Remote valve extend
5 958A Remote valve retract
6 --
Connector 397F – Fender switch harness, PTO and top link, right hand
87382920

1 599W B+
2 955A PTO switch in
4 956B PTO switch out
5 957B Remote
6 958B Remote
Connector 397M – Fender switch harness, PTO & top link, right hand


1 599AC Remote B+
2 --
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 321

3 --
4 --
5 397D Remote (extend)
6 958D Remote (retract)
Connector 398M – Defog switch
RC07CCH87426882 11
RCPH07CCH111ABC 12
87426882

1 177EE Ground
2 963A Defog B+
3 177AV LED ground
4 962A LED B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 322
Connector 399F – Remote top link switch, left hand
RC07CCH291719A1 13
291719A* (AMP 282087-1)


1 399F Remote
2 599AB B+
3 958E Remote
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 323

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 400M – Remote PTO switch, left hand
RC07CCH291719A1 1
291719A* (AMP 282087-1)


1 599T PTO B+
2 599B PTO normally closed
3 956D PTO normally open
Connector 401F – Remote top link switch, right hand
RC07CCH291719A1 2
291719A* (AMP 282087-1)


A 397D Remote normally open
B 599AC B+
C 958D Remote normally closed
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 324
Connector 402M – Remote PTO switch, right hand
RC07CCH291719A1 3
291719A* (AMP 282087-1)


1 955 PTO in
2 959 PTO normally closed
3 956 PTO normally open
Connector 403F – To SWCD
RC07CCH87410948 4
87410948

3 966A Rotary signal 1
7 -- --
8 -- --
13 972A-2 Unswitched B+
14 179DK Ground
15 344M Switched B+
16 -- --
17 968A Home switch
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 325

18 969A Escape switch
19 931A Enter switch
20 930A 5 V supply out
21 990 A USB power 5 V
22 988A USB +
23 989A USB -
24 987A USB ground
Connector 403M – SWCD Display
87410948

7 958D --
8 -- --
14 179DK Ground
15 344M Switched B+
16 -- --
17 968A Home switch
18 969A Escape switch
19 972A-2 Enter switch
20 971E 5 V supply out
21 990 A USB power 5 V
22 988A USB +
23 989A USB -
24 987A USB ground
Connector 404M – SWCD rotary switch
AMP_174921-2

1 179DH SWCD 5 V
2 179DJ SWCD rotary switch #1
3 931A SWCD rotary switch #2
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 326
Connector 405F – Home switch
RC07CCH87454344 5
87454344

1 968A SWCD home
2 179DF SWCD home ground
Connector 406F – Escape switch
RC07CCH87454344 6
87454342

1 969A SWCD escape
2 179DE SWCD escape ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 327
Connector 407M – Autoguidance controller
RC07CCH198459A1 7
RCPH07CCH156ABC 8
198459A* (DEUTSCH DRC26-40SA)


1 179CP Clean ground
2 413A RS232 RX
6 --
9 420C Power ground
10 419A Steering valve right hand source
11 345D Switched B+
12 414A RS232 ground
16 415A Wheel speed
18 417B Steering pot signal (+)
19 416A Pressure sensor
20 982A Steering valve left hand source
21 421A PPS In
26 522D Reverse
28 420B Steer angle ground +
29 984A Pressure transducer 5 V
30 410A Steering valve right hand low
31 412A RS232 TX
35 Operator presence switch
39 983A Pressure transducer ground
40 411A Steering valve left hand low
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 328
Connector 408F – To Cab Harness
87382922

3 345E Switched B+
5 415A Wheel speed
6 522D Reverse
7 179NN Clean ground
8 --
9 --
10 177BL Chassis ground
Connector 408M – To inside autoguidance harness
87382923

3 971E Switched B+
4 --
5 215F Wheel speed
6 552H Reverse
7 177BB Clean ground
8 --
9 --
10 177BK Clean ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 329
Connector 409M – Remote data logger
RC07CCH244615A1 9
RCPH07CCH156ABC 10
244615A* (DEUTSCH DRC26-24SA)


1 755H Remote data logger ground
2 412D RS232 TX
3 560E Steering engage
4 --
6 --
7 754E Remote data logger power
8 413D RS232 RX
14 414D RS232 ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 330
Connector 409MM – Left side headlight
RC07CCH87431893 11
PACKARD 12059183

1 738B B+
2 170D Ground
Connector 409M-2 – Standard head lamp, left hand


1 738B B+
2 170D Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 331

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 410M – SWCD rotary/selector switch
AMP 174922-2

1 970C SWCD enter
2 179DJ SWCD enter ground
3 179DH SWCD ground
4 Plug --
Connector 410M-2 – Autoguidance diagnostic connector
RC07CCH87431893 1
DEU_MMP26C-2212S1

2 413C RS232
3 412C RS232 TX
5 414C RS232 ground
10 754B-2 Remote data logger power
11 755B-2 Remote data logger ground
Connector 410MMM – Center headlight
PACKARD 12059183

A 738C B+
B 170F Ground
Connector 410M-3 – Center light
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 332

A 738C B+
B 170F Ground
Connector 411M – Right side headlight
PACKARD 12059183

A 738D B+
B 170H Ground
Connector 412A – Horn ground

1 722D Horn ground
Connector 412B – Horn B+
AMP 41274-0

1 723C Horn B+
Connector 412AA – Horn B+
RC07CCH200338 2
AMP 41412

1 722D Horn ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 333
Connector 412BB – Horn ground
RC07CCH200338 3
AMP 41412

1 723D Ground
Connector 412AAA – Horn B+
AMP 41412

1 723C B+
Connector 412BBB – Horn B+
225187C* (AMP 41412)


1 72DC B+
Connector 413M – To engine harness
182069A* (PACKARD 15300027)


1 722D B+
2 723D Ground
Connector 417F – Remote hitch switch
182069A* (PACKARD 15300027)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 334

A CDB-DG72 CAN high (secondary CAN bus)
B CDB-Y72 CAN low (secondary CAN bus)
Connector 418M –
310057A* (DEUTSCH HD10-9-1939PE)

A 179DU Clean ground
B 976H Unswitched B+
C CDB-Y77 CAN high (secondary CAN bus)
D CDB-DG77 CAN low (secondary CAN bus)
E
F
G
H
J
Connector 419A – USB connector, memory stick
LCOM ECF504-5M

1 990B V Bus
2 989B D-
3 988B D+
4 987B Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 335

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 420F – Autoguidance power to CODI
276426A*()

2 177BP Clean ground
3 971D Display switched B+
Connector 420FF – CODI
RC07CCH87428138 1
276426A*(DEUTSCH DTM04-3P)

1 976K Unswitched B+
2 179BM Clean Ground
3 971N Display switched B+
Connector 420M – To CODI
RC07CCH276424A1 2
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 336

1 976E Unswitched B+
2 179JT Clean ground
3 971J Switched B+
Connector 420MM – To cab harness
RC07CCH276424A1 3

1 976J Unswitched B+
2 179BL Clean ground
3 971N Display Switched B+
Connector 420MM-2 – To cab harness
RC07CCH276424A1 4

1 976J Unswitched B+
2 177BL Clean ground
3 971N Display switched B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 337
Connector 421F – To CODI jumper harness
RC07CCH223672A1 5
223690A*(DEUTSCH DTM04-12PD)

7 CDB-BK66 Can ground (implement)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 338
Connector 421M – Jumper harness
RC07CCH223671A1 6
RCPH07CCH116ABC 7
223688A*(DEUTSCH DTM06-12SD)

1 CDB-R68 CAN data bus B+ (implement)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 339
Connector 421MM – Jumper harness to cab harness
RC07CCH223671A1 8
RCPH07CCH116ABC 9
223688A*(DEUTSCH DTM06-12SD)

1 CIMP_B4 CAN data bus B+ (implement)
2 CIMP_H CAN data bus high (implement)
3 CIMP_G CAN data bus ground (implement)
4 CIMP-L CAN data bus low
5 CIMP_B4 CAN data bus B+
6 CIMP_H CAN data bus high (implement)
7 CIMP_G CAN data bus ground (implement)
8 CIMP-L CAN data bus low
9 CSEC-H CAN (secondary CAN bus) high
10 CSEC-L CAN (secondary CAN bus) low
11 CSEC-H CAN (secondary CAN bus) high
12 CSEC-L CAN (secondary CAN bus) low
Connector 422F – Steering potentiometer harness
CONTI_16317565696

1 561SPA --
2 577SPA --
3 417SPA --
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 340

4 417SPB --
5 517SPA --
6 919SPA --
7 Plug --
Connector 422M – Steering potentiometer harness
CONTI_16318565696

1 561SPB
2 577SPB
3 417SPC
4 417SPD
5 517SPB
6 919SPB
7 Plug --
Connector 423M – Steering potentiometer (class 5 axle)
223690A*(DEUTSCH DTM04-12PD)
Connector 423F – Steering potentiometer
AMP_1-967616-1

1 561SPB To steering potentiometer
3 417SPC To steering potentiometer
4 417SPD To steering potentiometer
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 341
Connector 425M – CAN SPL-SI
RC07CCH87419488 10
RCPH07CCH203ABC 11
87419488

84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 342
Connector 426M – Instrument cluster
RC07CCH87410948 12
RCPH07CCH203ABC 13
87410948

1 121A Alternator excitation
2 203A Switched B+
4 183B Clean ground
5 808C Blower motor control
6 731A Egress lighting control
8 450A Engine oil pressure (emerging market)
10 181K Sensor ground
13 452A Fuel relay solenoid (emerging market)
14 655A Buzzer ground
19 489A Cruise decrement
20 656A Buzzer signal
21 234A Fuel level supply
23 267A Trans filter
24 285A Trailed implement raise switch
26 266A Air filter
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 343
RC07CCH87410948 14
RCPH07CCH203ABC 15
87410948

1 262A Radar present
2 303A Seat switch
3 724A High beam
5 727A Light switch
7 547A Cruise on/off
8 358A Cruise increment
10 267D Hydraulic filter restriction
11 566A Pneumatic indicator
12 215E Transmission speed
13 199A Radar speed
19 216A Alternator speed
20 453A Engine coolant temperature
(emerging market)
21 454A Engine air intake (emerging market)
22 236A Fuel level
23 455A Engine oil pressure (emerging market)
24 264A Transmission oil temperature
26 623B Ignition start B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 344
RC07CCH225294C1 16
RCPH07CCH203ABC 17
225294C*(DEUTSCH DT04-3P-E004)

1 CDB-DG31 CAN high (secondary CAN bus)
2 CDB-Y31 CAN low (secondary CAN bus)
3 --
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 345

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 431F – Front hitch head light, right hand
RC07CCH225350C1 1
239451C*

1 Lamp Low beam B+
2 Lamp High beam B+
3 Lamp Pilot
4 Lamp Ground
Connector 431M – Front hitch head light, right hand
RC07CCH225326C1 2
225326A*

1 740B Low beam
2 743B High beam
3 -- --
4 170T Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 346
Connector 432F – Front hitch head light, left hand
RC07CCH225350C1 3
239451C*

1 Lamp Low beam B+
2 Lamp High beam B+
3 Lamp Pilot
4 Lamp Ground
Connector 432M – Front hitch head light, left hand
RC07CCH225326C1 4
225326A*

1 742B Low beam
2 741B High beam
3 -- --
4 170U Ground
Connector 433F – To diagnostic connector
225315C*
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 347

1 CDB-Y73 CAN high (ISO11783/secondary CAN
bus)
2 CDB-DG73 CAN low (ISO11783/secondary CAN
bus)
Connector 433FF – To autoguidance controller
RC07CCH277904A1 5
277905A*

Connector 433F-2 – To autoguidance controller
RC07CCH277904A1 6
277905A*

84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 348
Connector 433FF-2 – To autoguidance controller
RCPH07CCH115ABC 7
277905A*

Connector 433FFF – To autoguidance diagnostic connector
RC07CCH277904A1 8
RCPH07CCH156ABC 9
277905A*
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 349

3 --
4 --
Connector 433M – To autoguidance controller
RC07CCH225326C1 10
277904A*

1 CDB-Y46 CAN high (secondary CAN
bus/ISO11783)
2 CDB-DG46 CAN low (secondary CAN
bus/ISO11783)
3 CDB-R46 CAN B+ (secondary CAN
bus/ISO11783)
4 CDB-BK46 CAN ground (secondary CAN
bus/ISO11783)
Connector 433MM – To cab harness
RC07CCH225326C1 11
277904A*

1 CDB-Y46 CAN high
2 CDB-DG46 CAN low
3 CDB-R46
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 350

4 CDB-BK46
Connector 434F – Auxiliary harness
RCPH07CCH031ABC 12
87382926*

1 565F Pneumatic brake B+
2 510C Right hand brake pedal switch
3 702B Brake light relay
4 540B FWD solenoid source
5 216D Engine speed alternator with terminal
6 518B Hitch ride control switch
7 509C Left hand brake pedal switch
8 513D Hitch remote raise switch
9 526D Hitch remote lower switch
10 293C PTO on/off switch
12 512B Hitch auto hitch switch
13 CDB-Y22 CAN high
14 CDB-DG22 CAN low
Connector 434M – Chassis harness
RCPH07CCH031ABC 13
87382927*
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 351

1 565H Pneumatic brake B+
2 510A Right hand brake pedal switch
3 702A Brake light relay
4 540A FWD solenoid source
5 216D Engine speed alternator with terminal
6 518A Hitch ride control switch
7 509A Left hand brake pedal switch
8 513A Hitch remote raise switch
9 526A Hitch remote lower switch
10 293A PTO on/off switch
12 512A Hitch auto hitch switch
13 CDB-Y23 CAN high
14 CDB-DG23 CAN low
Connector 436F – System pressure solenoid
RC07CCH291718A1 14
RCPH07CCH072ABC 15
291718A*(AMP 291718A)

1 854A System pressure high
2 855A System pressure low
Connector 437F – To steering potentiometer
87382910
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 352

1 919F 5 V reference
2 517H Sensor ground
3 417P Steering angle sensor signal
Connector 437M – To steering potentiometer
87382911

1 919F 5 V reference
2 517H Sensor ground
3 417P Steering angle sensor signal
Connector 437MM – To AUX harness
87382911

1 919J 5 V reference steer (terra)
2 517N Clean ground (terra)
3 417R Steering sensor signal (terra)
Connector 439F – Steering angle sensor harness
87382910

1 919C-2 5 V reference
2 517E-2 Sensor ground
3 417M-2 Steer angle sensor signal
Connector 439M – Steering angle sensor harness
87382911

1 919C-2 5 V reference
2 517E-2 Sensor ground
3 417M-2 Steer angle sensor signal
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 353

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 440M – Hitch load pressure sensor
RC07CCH198456A1 1
198456A* (PACKARD 12065287)


A 517J Clean ground
B 919G 5 V reference
C 884A Hitch load pressure signal
RC07CCH200338 2
200338

1 179EA Chassis ground
179EB
600E
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 354

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 450F – Fuel shut off solenoid
182064A*(PACKARD 12065171)

1 456A Fuel shut off solenoid
Connector 450M – Fuel shut off solenoid
182066A*(PACKARD 12065172)

1 456B Fuel shut off solenoid
Connector 455F – Autoguidance steering valve relay
RC07CCHRI99H136 1
RCPH07CCH029ABC 2
297910A* (PACKARD 12110539)


30 177BN Steering valve light source
85 560G Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 355

86 982B Steer engage
87 708A Steering valve light source
87A --
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 356

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 465F – Autoguidance steering valve relay
RC07CCHRI99H136 1
RCPH07CCH029ABC 2
297910A*(PACKARD 12110539)
sSchematic reference: Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 78 (A.30.A)

30 177BR Steering valve source
85 560C Ground
86 709C Steer engage
87 419E Steering valve source
87A --
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 357

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 486M – Suspended axle rod solenoid
RC07CCH225316C1 1
RCPH07CCH229ABC 2
225316C* (DEUTSCH DT06-2S-P012)


1 935A Suspended axle rod valve
2 175A Rod ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 358
Connector 487M – Suspended axle piston solenoid
RC07CCH225316C1 3
RCPH07CCH229ABC 4
225316C* (DEUTSCH DT06-2S-P012)


1 936A Suspended axle piston valve
2 175B Piston ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 359
Connector 488M – Suspended axle pump solenoid
RC07CCH225316C1 5
RCPH07CCH229ABC 6
225316C* (DEUTSCH DT06-2S-P012)


1 937A Suspended axle pump valve
2 175C Pump ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 360
Connector 489M – Suspended axle rod sensor
RC07CCH225295C1 7
RCPH07CCH229ABC 8
225295C* (DEUTSCH DT06-3S-P012)


1 561R 5 V reference
2 938A Suspended axle rod sensor signal
3 557E Clean ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 361

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RC07CCH87419488 1
RCPH07CCH018ABC 2
87419488

18 938A Suspended axle rod sensor signal
19 939A Suspended axle piston sensor signal
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 362
Connector 490M-2 – Suspended axle piston sensor
RC07CCH225295C1 3
RCPH07CCH227ABC 4
225295C* (DEUTSCH DT06-3S-P012)


1 561S 5 V reference
2 939A Suspended axle piston sensor signal
3 557F Clean ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 363

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 500F – Steering potentiometer harness
RC07CCH225350C1 1
225350C* (DEUTSCH DT04-6P-E004)


1 561SPA To steering potentiometer
Connector 500M – Steering potentiometer harness
RC07CCH225351C1 2
225351C* (DEUTSCH DT06-6S-P012)


1 561N 5 V reference steering (autoguidance)
2 577N Clean ground (autoguidance)
3 417N Steering sensor signal (autoguidance)
4 417M Steering sensor signal (terra lock)
5 517E-2 Clean ground (terra lock)
6 919D 5 V reference steering (terra lock)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 364

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 517M – Steering potentiometer
RC07CCH225351C1 1
225351C* (DEUTSCH DT06-6S-P012)


1 561P 5 V ref steer (auto)
2 577P Clean ground
3 417S Steer sen sig (auto)
4 417R Steer sen sig (terra)
5 517N Clean ground (terra)
6 919J 5 V ref steer (terra)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 365

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 524M – Secondary CAN bus diagnostics
RC07CCH310057A1 1
310057A* (DEUTSCH HD10-9-1939PE)


A 177BN Clean ground
B 976L Diagnostic B+ (unswitched)
E Plug --
F Plug --
G Plug --
H Plug --
J Plug --Open
Connector 528M – Secondary CAN bus diagnostics
RC07CCH310057A1 2
310057A* (DEUTSCH HD10-9-1939PE)


A 177BN Clean ground
B 976L Diagnostic B+ (unswitched)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 366

E Plug --
F Plug --
G Plug --
H Plug --
J Plug --
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 367

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RC07CCH200338 1
225067C*

1 177DI Chassis ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 368

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector 563F – Variable fan compressor

1 851C Power
2 177BY Ground
Connector 563M – Variable fan compressor
87382906

1 851C Power
2 177BY Ground
Connector 564F – Variable fan valve
87382908

1 851D Power
2 177CE Ground
Connector 564M – Variable fan valve

1 851D Power
2 177CE Ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 369
Connector - Component diagram - Connectors A-K

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ATC-AC – Compressor clutch relay

30 252 2 12 V
85 309 2 Ground
86 ACPLUS Signal
87 82 Clutch B+
ATC-C1 – Chassis ground

1 328 Chassis ground
122
5C
ATC-C2 – Chassis ground

ATC-DFG – Defog switch

1 DEFSW Defog
2 CANH CAN high
3 DFLT Defog indicator lamp
4 CANL CAN low
ATC-J6B – Evaporator temperature sensor

A PB Temperature signal
ATC-J6R1 – HVAC ATC box

A -- --
B 80 High pressure + input
C 82 Compressor clutch
D -- --
E -- -
F 85 Ground to blower speed module
G --
H 326 Blower speed select signal
J 309 Chassis ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 370

K 261 B+ to blower speed module
L 136 On/off/defog switch
M 266 Status indicator light
N 154 Mode door select
P 102 Mode door signal
R 252 Controller B+
S 328 Chassis ground
T 103 Temperature select
U 122 Chassis ground
V 263 Controller B+
W 262 Data to display
X 143 Celsius (-) temperature display
Y MD Mode door B+
Z HPMINUS High pressure sensor return
ATC-J7 – Cab temperature sensor

A SEN Temperature signal
B 309 Chassis ground
ATC-J8 – Automatic temperature control (ATC) controller

1 CANL CAN low
2 CANH CAN high
3C 9C Heater control valve signal
4 6D Heater control valve power
5 SBD Blower control signal
6 252 Controller B+
7 102 Mode door signal
8 MD Mode door power
9 -- --
10 -- --
11 -- --
12 -- --
13 -- --
14 -- --
15 ACPLUS Compressor relay out
16 DFLT Defog lamp
17 252 Controller B+
19 -- --
20 262 Data to display
21 SEN Cab temperature input
22 -- --
23 PB Evaporator temperature input
24 -- --
25 266 Manual switch
26 136 Auto switch
27 143 Celsius temperature display
28 326 Blower speed select
29 103 Temperature select
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 371

30 154 Mode select
31 DEFSW Defog switch
32 -- --
33 80 High pressure switch + input
34 HPMINUS High pressure switch - input
35 LP Low pressure switch + input
36 LPMINUS Low pressure switch - input
ATC-J16 – Low pressure switch

A LPMINUS Low pressure -
B LP Low pressure +
ATC-J17 – Heater control valve

7 5C Ground
8 9C Signal
10 6D Power
ATC-J19 – Blower speed control

1 -- --
2 85 Ground
3 SBD Signal
4 261 B+
ATC-J20 – Blower speed control

A -- --
B MTRMINUS Ground modulation
ATC Motor

1 261 B+
2 MTRMINUS Ground modulation
B MOT C – Low pressure switch (NC)

A LP Ground
B LP CCU Low pressure signal
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 372
CCM Motor – Blower motor

A -- Chassis ground
B -- B+
CCU1 – Standard A/C controller

A 252 CCU Controller B+
B PB CCU Sensor input
C 80 CCU High pressure (-)
D 103 CCU Potentiometer control
E 112 CCU A/C switch
F MOD CCU Controller ground
CCU2 – Standard A/C controller

A 1A CCU Clutch relay
B LP CCU Low pressure
C 111 CCU Pressure warning
D 9C CCU Heater valve control
E 6D CCU Heater valve B+
CCU3 – Blower motor harness

1 MTRA CCU Chassis ground
2 83A CCU Low speed
3 84A CCU Medium speed
4 110A CCU High speed
CCU4 – Blower motor harness

1 MTR CCU Chassis ground
2 83 CCU Low speed
3 84 CCU Medium speed
4 110 CCU High speed
CCU5 – Evaporator temperature sensor

1 PB CCU Sensor input
CCU6 – Evaporator temperature sensor
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 373

1 -- Sensor input
CCU relay – Compressor clutch relay

1 1A CCU Solenoid ground
2 78 CCU Switched B+ input
3 78A CCU Switched B+ input
4 -- --
5 82 CCU Clutch coil B+ output
E11 – Chassis ground

1 85 CCU Chassis ground
MTR CCU

1 MOD CCU Chassis ground
LP

1 104 CCU Chassis ground
HP
IC1-2 – Fuel injectors 1 and 2

1 J1-51 Injector 2 -
2 J1-54 Injector 2 +
3 J1-45 Injector 1 -
4 J1-53 Injector 1 +

1 J1-58 Injector 4-
2 J1-56 Injector 4+
3 J1-55 Injector 3-
4 J1-52 Injector 3+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 374

1 J1-59 Injector 6-
2 J1-57 Injector 6+
3 J1-46 Injector 5-
4 J1-60 Injector 5+
WVC – Heater control valve

7 5CA CCU Ground (-)
8 9C CCU Control
9 -- --
10 6D CCU B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 375
Connector - Component diagram - Connectors J-Z

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
J1 engine – Controller
RCPH07CCH131AAB 1

1 J1-1 LPP current PWM output
2 J1-2 IMA current PWM output
3 J1-3 Air pressure sensor signal
6 J1-6 CAN data link (-)
7 J1-7 J1939 Shield
8 J1-8 CAN data link (+)
11 J1-11 LPP PWM current return
14 J1-14 Water in fuel input
15 J1-15 Coolant temperature input
16 J1-16 Engine speed sensor supply
17 J1-17 Oil pressure sensor input
23 J1-23 Intake manifold temperature sensor
signal
25 J1-25 Accumulator pressure signal
27 J1-27 Engine speed sensor signal
31 J1-31 PWM out 7
32 J1-32 IMA current PWM return
33 J1-33 Air pressure sensor supply
37 J1-37 Engine position sensor supply
38 J1-38 Air pressure sensor return
44 J1-44 Boost pressure ABS signal
45 J1-45 Injector 1 out (+)
47 J1-47 Engine position sensor return
48 J1-48 Engine speed sensor return
51 J1-51 Injector 2 out (-)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 376
J1-1 engine – Priming pump

1 J1-1 PWM input
2 J1-11 PWM output
J1-2 engine – Pump regulator

1 J1-2 PWM input
2 J1-32 PWM output
J1-3 engine – Air pressure sensor
RCPH07CCH214ABC 2

1 J1-33 Power
2 J1-4 Ground
3 J1-3 Signal
J1-4 engine – Diagnostic port

A J1-8 CAN data link (+)
B J1-6 CAN data link (-)
C J1-7 Shield
J1-5 engine – Water in fuel sensor

1 J1-14 Signal
2 J1-5 Sensor return
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 377
J1-6 engine – Coolant temperature sensor
RCPH07CCH211ABC 3

A J1-9 Sensor return
B J1-15 Signal
J1-7 engine – Engine speed sensor
RCPH07CCH213ABC 4

1 J1-16 Power
3 J1-17 Signal
J1-8 engine – Oil pressure sensor

1 J1-17 Signal
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 378
J1-9 engine – Air temperature/pressure sensor
RCPH07CCH214ABC 5

1 J1-44 Boost pressure signal
2 J1-12 Power
3 J1-23 Signal
4 J1-13 Ground
J1-10 engine – Fuel rail pressure sensor
RCPH07CCH214ABC 6

1 J1-18 Ground
2 J1-25 Signal
3 J1-19 Power
J1-11 engine – Cam speed sensor

1 J1-26 Power
2 J1-21 Ground
3 J1-20 Signal
J1-12 engine – Dedicated PWM
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 379

A J1-31 PWM input
B J1-24 Sensor return
J2 – Armrest console secondary panel
RCPH07CCH228AAB 7
Cavity/Pin Circuit reference

1 +8V
2 Remote ground
3 Remote 1 flow
4 Remote 2 flow
5 Remote 3 flow
6 Remote 4 flow
7 Remote - timer
8 Hitch - upper limit
9 Hitch - drop rate
10 Hitch travel
11 Sequence record
12 Sequence play
13 Spare switch
14 Battery feed
J3 – Autoguidance switch
RCPH07CCH228AAB 8

1 Battery feed
2 Autoguidance engage
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 380
J6 – Auto PTO switch
RCPH07CCH228AAB 9

1 Battery feed
2 Auto PTO
J14 – Implement depth control raise
RCPH07CCH228AAB 10

1 Battery feed
2 Implement depth set upper
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 381
J15 – Implement depth control lower
RCPH07CCH228AAB 11

1 Battery feed
2 Implement depth set lower
J201 – First remote control lever potentiometer
RCPH07CCH072BAB 12

1 Remote 1 switch
2 Battery feed
3 +8V
4 Remote 1 lever
5 Ground
6 --
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 382
J202 – Second remote control lever potentiometer
RCPH07CCH072BAB 13

1 Remote 2 switch
2 Battery feed
3 +8V
4 Remote 2 lever
5 Ground
6 --
J203 – Third remote control lever potentiometer
RCPH07CCH072BAB 14

1 Remote 3 switch
2 Battery feed
3 +8V
4 Remote 3 lever
5 Ground
6 --
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 383
J204 – Fourth remote control lever potentiometer
RCPH07CCH072BAB 15

1 Remote 4 switch
2 Battery feed
3 +8V
4 Remote 4 lever
5 Ground
6 --
J205 – Hitch load control potentiometer
RCPH07CCH071BAB 16

1 Hitch load command - high
2 Hitch load command - signal
3 Hitch load command - low
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 384
J206 – Hitch position control potentiometer
RCPH07CCH069BAB 17

1 Hitch position command - high
2 Hitch position command - signal
3 Hitch position command - low
J207 – Fifth remote flow control potentiometer

1 Remote 5 flow - high
2 Remote 5 flow - signal
3 Remote 5 flow - low
J208 – Throttle lever potentiometer
RCPH07CCH069BAB 18

1 Throttle - high
2 Throttle signal
3 Throttle - low
4 Throttle - switch 1
5 Battery feed
6 Throttle - switch 2
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 385
J210 – Hitch Up/Down switch
RCPH07CCH071BAB 19

1 Hitch up
2 Hitch down
3 --
4 --
5 Battery feed
6 Hitch down fast
J211 – Bump shift switch
RCPH07CCH069BAB 20

1 Battery feed
2 Shift up
3 Shift down
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 386
J212 – Programmable shift switch
RCPH07CCH070BAB 21

1 Switch power
2 --
3 --
4 --
5 Signal, shift down
6 Signal, shift up
J213 – PTO On/Off switch
RCPH07CCH068BAB 22

1 Battery feed
2 PTO off
3 PTO on
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 387
SW201 – MFD switch
RCPH07CCH067BAB 23

1 Signal MFD auto
2 Switch power
3 Signal MFD On
4 --
5 --
6 --
7 --
8 --
9 --
10 --
SW202 – Slip limit switch
RCPH07CCH067BAB 24

1 --
2 Switch power
3 Switch B+
4 Signal slip select
5 Switch power
6 Signal slip set
7 --
8 --
9 LED ground
10 Signal pilot/auto hitch adjust LED
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 388
SW203 – Differential lock switch
RCPH07CCH067BAB 25

1 Signal, differential lock auto
2 Switch power
3 Signal, differential lock on
4 --
5 --
6 --
7 --
8 --
9 --
10 Signal, differential on pilot/ constant LED
SW204 – Auto shift switch
RCPH07CCH067BAB 26

1 --
2 Switch power
3 Signal, auto shift
4 --
5 --
6 --
7 --
8 --
9 --
10 --
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 389
SW205 – Fifth remote selection switch
RCPH07CCH067BAB 27

1 Signal, remote 5 extend
2 Switch power
3 Signal, remote 5 retract
4 --
5 --
6 --
7 --
8 --
9 --
10 --
SW206 – Creeper or scraper switch
RCPH07CCH067BAB 28

1 Creeper - not used/scraper - position A
2 Switch power
3 Creeper - signal/scraper - position C
4 --
5 --
6 --
7 --
8 --
9 --
10 --
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 390
Connector - Component diagram - Splice

Splice C33
Wire Number To Frame

101B Fuse 16 25
101C Fuse 7 21
101D Fuse 11 66
101E Fuse 32 39
101F Fuse 20 35
101G Fuse 42 16
101M Fuse 10 61
Splice C34

101H Fuse 18 30
101J Fuse 15 56
101K Fuse 13 68
101L Fuse 8 68
101R Fuse 53 28
975A Fuse 14 69
Splice E1

179BD Connector 42M 24
179BF Connector 42M 24
179BE Connector 42M 24
179BJ Connector 42M 24
179BN Connector 42M 24
600D Connector 76F 26
600E Connector 441F 24
600G Connector 213M 65
600H Connector 212M 65
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 391
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 01 - Circuit description

T8010 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8010 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE, T8020 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8020 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE, T8030 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8030
[Z8Rx06001 - ] WE, T8040 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8040 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Circuit description Frame

Air conditioning 58-61
Armrest controller 44-48
Auxiliary control system 54
Autoguidance 73-78
Automatic temperature control (ATC) unit 59
Auxiliary power connector (Implement) 68
Auxiliary power (7-pin trailer) 33
Blower motor (ATCU or CCU) 61
Brake pedal switches 50
Charging system 19
Cab/controller power 20
CAN data bus 12-18
Cigar lighter 66
Climate control unit (CCU) 58
CODI (IntelliView Plus II) 80
Cruise control 57
Differential lock 44
Electronic engine controller 55-56
Electronic PTO 49-50
Foot throttle 57
Forward/neutral/reverse (FNRP) 35-36
Hitch control system 51-53
Head light switch 29
Horn 31
Hot air start 57
Instrument cluster 25-26
ISO11783 70-72
Italian brake option 42
Left/right turn indicator 34
Lights – standard head lights 31
Beacon 66
Brake 32-33
Dome/console 63
Egress lighting 27
Front hitch (optional) 27
Front belt line (optional) 28
High intensity lamp (optional) 31
License plate 30
Map light 68
Rear fender work (optional) 32-33
Roof work cab (optional) 28
Roof warning lights 30
Side work lights (optional) 28
Standard cab fender 32-33
Standard cab front roof 29
Standard fender warning lamps 32-33
Mechanical front drive (MFD) 44
Power mirrors 64
Power distribution box 23
Pneumatic brakes 41
PTO controller system 49-50
Radio antenna 62
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 392
Circuit description Frame

Radio sound system 62
Reversible cooling fan 82
Rotary light switch 28
Schematic legend 1-10
Schematic symbol definitions 2
Seat 67
Secondary CAN bus 79
Secondary CAN bus diagnostics 82
Starting system 19-20
Steering sensor 80
Suspended axle 43
SWCD (IntelliView II) 69
Terra lock 11
Trailer connector (7-pin) 33
Transmission control system 37-40
Windshield wiper/washer – front 65
Windshield wiper/washer – rear 65
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 393
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02

Actuators
Lever Hand Foot Temperature
Liquid level float Pressure Coil Diode
Variable resistor Resistor Momentary contact Maintained contact
Housings
Vacuum switch Pressure switch Temperature switch Motor Lamp
Contact configurations
Single pole, single throw Single pole, double throw Double pole, single throw Double pole, double throw
(SPST) (SPDT) (DPST) (DPDT)
Miscellaneous symbols
Fuse Circuit breaker Relay Fuse block
LED Photo transistor
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 394

Wire color abbreviations

R – Red Or – Orange
T – Tan K – Pink
W – White P – Violet (purple)
Y – Yellow DU – Dark blue
Bk – Black LU – Light blue
N – Brown DG – Dark green
S – Grey LG – Light green
Circuit diagram legend
1. Circuit number 3. Wire gauge

2. Color
1. Connector 3. Frame
2. Cavity or pin
Indicates circuit splice
Indicates circuit connection
Indicates circuit crossing, not connected
Indicates internally grounded components
Indicates wire bundle
Indicates chassis ground
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 395
Circuit diagram legend

Indicates clean ground
Indicates constant power
Indicates power when the key switch is On
Indicates power when engine oil pressure sensed
Go to fuse or fuse block location Go to circuit breaker location specified

specified
Go to ring terminal location specified. Go to diode location specified
Notes Diagram shown with vehicle parked and power Off

Some wire identifiers have a “-#” (where the # equals 1, 2, 3, etc.) to indicate that the wire identifier is used
more than once on different harnesses. Only the base number is stamped on the wire, not the extension:
for example, “123A-2” on the schematic equals “123A” stamped on the harness wire.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 396
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 - Fuses

Frame
Fuse Circuit identification
location
1 21 Governor key switch
2 57 Cruise control
3 28 Rear fender work lights
4 28 Belt line work lights
5 28 Roof work lights
6 28 Work light interlock
7 21 Key battery
8 68 Shelf auxiliary unswitched power
9 67 Seat/operator presence system
10 61 Blower cab pressure
11 66 Cigar lighter
-- -- --
13 68 Unswitched front/rear auxiliary B+
14 69 Display B+
15 56 Governor
16 24 Instrument cluster/performance monitor (unswitched)
17 23 Horn
18 29 Headlights
19 63 Dome light, radio
20 34 Flasher
21 29 Tail lights (left and right hand)
22 34 Stop lights
23 66 Beacon/strobe light
24 63 Mirror/radio
-- -- --
26 43 Axle switched B+
27 28 Side work lights
28 81 Cooling fan relay
29 67 Seat heater
30 66 Side wiper
31 71 Autoguidance/ISO11782
32 39 Transmission controller unswitched B+
33 47 Armrest control switched
34 26 Radar
35 73 Autoguidance
36 50 Tractor multi function controller switched VF B+
37 25 Instrument cluster/performance monitor switched
38 50 Tractor multi function controller VH B+
39 50 Tractor multi function controller VD/VT B+
40 71 ECU B+
41 33 Trailer brakes
42 16 CAN data bus diagnostic connector power
43 39 Transmission controller
44 39 Transmission controller
-- -- --
46 68 Front/rear auxiliary switched
47 60 HVAC controller
48 68 Shelf auxiliary power switched
49 60 HVAC blower
-- -- --
51 65 Front wiper/washer
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 397
Frame
Fuse Circuit identification
location
52 65 Rear wiper/washer
53 27 Egress lighting
-- -- --
-- -- --
56 42 Italian brake
327 72 High power relay 30 A

328 72 Low power relay 20 A
370 57 Grid heater 200 A
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 398
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 05 - Relays

Relay Frame
Ref. Des. Function
number location
1 34 263F Brake light relay
2 27 263F Spare
3 28 263F Rear work lights
4 29 263F Work lamp interlock relay
5 40 263F Park relay
6 40 263F Neutral relay
7 29 264F Front roof lights
8 28 264F Belt line work lamps (optional)
9 29 264F Front roof work lights
10 61 264F Cab pressure blower relay
11 21 264F Governor key switch
12 29 264F Fender work lamps, standard and optional
13 33 265F Trailer tail lights
14 66 265F Rear wiper
15 66 265F Side wiper
16 82 265F Reversible cooling fan
17 27 265F Egress lighting
18 -- 265F Spare
19 50 255F Controller power
20 27 255F Egress lighting
21 71 255F TECU/autoguidance
22 50 255F Tractor multi function (TMF) controller
23 39 255F Transmission controller
24 47 255F Radar/Armrest controller
19 Intermediate starting
21 Cab power
57 Grid heater
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 399
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 06 - Connectors

Ref. Des. Frame location Harness

1 -- --
2 31 Head light
3 31 Head light
4 31 Head light
5 31 Head light
9 35 Cab
10 14 19 21 23 25 26 29 31 33 34 39 40 42 43 48 49 50 Cab to chassis
51 56 60 64 65 71 82
11 29 Cab
12 28 Cab
13 28 30 63 65 66 68 Cab to roof
14 28 Roof
15 28 Roof
16 28 Roof
17 28 Roof
18 29 Roof
19 23 29
20 32 Chassis to fender
22 27
23 30 Roof
24 30 Roof
25 33 Fender HID light
28 23 25 26 35 41 57 65
29 38 Chassis
30 38 Chassis
31 38 Chassis
32 38 Chassis
33 38 Chassis
34 38 Chassis
35 38 Chassis
36 37 Chassis
37 37 Chassis
38 38 Chassis
39 38 Chassis
42 24 Engine
44 38 Chassis
47 41 Engine
48 41 Engine
49 41 Chassis
50 39 Cab
51 35 83
52 40 Cab
53 13 49 51 54 Chassis
54 49 51 54 Chassis
55 51 Chassis
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 400
57 49 51 53 Chassis
58 49 51 54 Chassis
60 25 26 35 57 Cab to chassis
62 75 79 82
66 26 Chassis
67 41 Chassis
68 26 Chassis
69 26 Chassis
70 41 Chassis
71 61 Engine
72 60 Engine
74 78 Engine
76 26 Engine
77 19 Engine
78 19 Solenoid/starter
81 19 Engine
82 19 Engine
83 19 Engine
85 19 Engine
86 19 Engine
87 23 Engine
88 26 Chassis
89 26 Chassis
90 60 Chassis
91 68 Roof to shelf
92 62 Roof
93 62 Roof
94 63 Roof
95 62 Roof
96 62 Roof
97 62 Roof
98 65 Roof
99 65 Roof
100 63 Roof
101 63 Roof
102 63 Roof
103 63 Roof
109 24 27 31 62 Headlight
111 64 Cab to roof

112 64 Roof
113 64 Roof
114 66 Roof
115 65 Roof
116 65 Cab
117 14 69 81
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 401

119 52 Cab
121 23 Auxiliary power

122 65 Cab
123 61 AC switch
124 61 AC switch
125 60 Cab
126 61 AC switch
127 65 Cab
128 61 AC switch
129 66 Cab
130 64 Cab
131 66 Cab
133 67 79 80
134 19 Chassis
137 14 47 Cab
138 20 22 23 Cab
139 58 59 60 Cab to HVAC
140 54 Aux valve
141 54 Aux valve
142 54 Aux vale
143 54 Aux valve
144 54 Aux valve
145 50 Chassis
146 49 Chassis
147 33 Chassis to 7-pin
148 52 Implement control switch
149 42 Italian trailer brake
150 52 83
151 52 Aux valve
152 52 Aux valve
153 51 Chassis
154 51 Chassis
155 51 Chassis
157 68 Aux power

158 49 Chassis
159 49 Chassis
160 49 Chassis
161 21 Cab
162 50 Cab
163 50 Cab
164 57 Cab
165 63 Roof
166 19 Chassis
167 68 Shelf
168 68 Shelf
169 68 Shelf
170 68 Shelf
171 25 Cab
172 22 Cab
173 22 Cab
174 16 Cab
175 14 Chassis
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 402

177 79 Secondary CAN bus
178 65 Cab
179 35 Cab
181 43 Cab
183 43 Axle solenoid

185 43 Chassis to sensor
188 23 Engine to hitch
189 56 Chassis
191 35 FNRP
192 43 Chassis to axle
193 43 Axle sensor
194 29 Roof
195 29 Roof
197 28 Roof
198 28 Roof
199 56 Engine
200 19 56 Chassis
201 26 Chassis
202 57 Engine
204 55 Engine
205 18 Engine
207 27 Electronic engine
211 26 Chassis
212 65 Chassis
213 65 Chassis
218 33 7-pin trailer
220 35 FNR
221 34 FNR
228 32 Fender
230 32 Fender
233 33 Fender
235 33 Fender
238 19 Chassis
239 21 Cab
240 19 Cab
255 27 Front hitch

256 18 57 Engine control
257 57 Cab
258 57 Cab
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 403

261 21 28 29 34 56 57 61 63 66 67 68 69 Cab
262 25 26 27 33 39 42 47 50 60 65 67 68 71 73 Cab
263 27 Front hitch
264 21 28 29 61 Cab
265 27 Front hitch
266 21 77
267 23 Cab
268 23 Cab
269 68 Cab
270 68 Receptacle
271 68 Receptacle
273 70 Cab to ISO11783

275 42 77
278 42 70
279 31 Cab
281 80 CODI
282 72 ISO11783 chassis
286 70 ISO11783 cab

287 73 Autoguidance
290 76 Autoguidance
294 71 ISO11783 cab
295 78 Autoguidance

298 72 Autoguidance
299 77 Autoguidance
300 20 Cab
301 20 Cab
302 20 Cab
303 20 Cab
304 20 Cab
305 30 Roof
306 30 Roof
307 20 Cab
308 20 Cab
310 34 Cab
311 41 Pre-fill solenoid
313 52 Remote hitch

314 52 Chassis to remote
315 52 Chassis to remote
316 34 Cab
317 41 Park solenoid
318 41 Park solenoid
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 404
325 41 Air switch

327 72 ISO11783
328 72 ISO11783
331 27 Front hitch

332 27 Front hitch
333 18 21 23 26 43 56 57 Chassis to engine
335 41 49 Chassis to aux

336 49 Speed senor
337 39 Backup alarm
338 39 Chassis to backup
340 54 Aux valve

341 54 Aux valve
342 54 Aux valve
343 54 Aux valve
344 54 Aux valve
350 13 37 43 Chassis
351 37 43 Chassis
353 37 43 Chassis
355 37 43 Chassis
356 29 Cab
360 66 Beacon
361 66 Beacon
364 66 Dual beacon

365 66 Dual beacon
371 57 Grid heater

372 57 Positive battery cable
373 57 Grid heater
374 57 Grid heater
375 29 80 83
377 57 69 81
378 57 Engine
379 28 Cab
380 25 Cab
381 15 Cab
386 77 Autoguidance
388 77 Autoguidance
390 78 Autoguidance
391 73 Autoguidance
395 26 56 Chassis
396 53 Chassis
397 53 Right fender
398 60 Cab
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 405

399 53 Left fender
400 53 Left fender
401 53 Right fender
402 53 Right fender
403 69 SWCD
404 69 SWCD
405 69 SWCD
406 69 SWCD
407 75 Autoguidance
408 16 73 Cab
409 74 Autoguidance
410 69 73 SWCD
412 36 Engine
419 70 SWCD
420 70 80 82
421 70 80 81

426 25 Cab
427 17 25 Cab
431 27 Front hitch

432 27 Front hitch
433 70 76 79
434 13 49 51 Chassis
436 38 Chassis
437 80 Steering sensor
439 53 Aux valves

440 53 Aux valves
455 78 Autoguidance
465 78 Autoguidance
486 43 Chassis
487 43 Chassis
488 43 Chassis
489 43 Chassis
490 43 Chassis
500 80 83 Steering sensor
524 82 Secondary CAN bus diagnostics
551 73 Autoguidance
563 82 Cooling fan

564 82 Cooling fan
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 406
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 - Splices

Splice Frame Harness Circuit

Name location
A3 33 Main chassis Left hazard
A4 33 Main chassis Right hazard
A5 34 Main chassis Park brake
A6 60 Main chassis Ground
A11 49 Main chassis Clean ground
A13 32 Main chassis Chassis ground
A17 32 Main chassis Tail lamps
A18 30 Main chassis Worklight B+
AG4 75 Autoguidance Ground

AG5 75 Autoguidance Switched B+
AG5-2 77 Autoguidance Switched B+
AG6 74 Autoguidance Clean ground
AG8 73 Autoguidance Switched B+
AG8-2 77 Autoguidance Ground
C1 25 Cab Sensor ground

C2 66 Cab Switched B+
C3 29 Cab Unswitched Light B+
C4 40 Cab Neutral
C6 64 Cab Mirror common
C7 48 Cab Clean ground
C8 50 Cab Brake switch
C9 22 Cab Controller B+
C10 28 Cab Egress lighting B+
C11 28 Cab Egress lighting B+
C12 40 Cab Bottom of clutch
C13 25 Cab Lights
C14 64 Cab Chassis ground
C15 67 Cab Seat power
C16 60 Cab HVAC blower
C17 34 Cab Left hazard
C18 34 Cab Right hazard
C19 29 Cab Tail/position B+
C20 22 Cab Instrument B+
C21 21 Cab Instrument B+
C24 68 Cab Instrument cluster B+
C25 68 Cab Switched B+
C26 69 Cab CAN data bus clean ground
C27 70 Cab CAN data bus switched B+
C28 27 Cab Egress lighting
C30 43 Cab Suspended axle B+
C31 65 Cab Front wiper
C33 19 Cab Unswitched B+
C34 19 Cab Unswitched B+
C35 27 Cab Stop lights
C37 40 Cab Reverse
C38 65 Cab Rear wiper
C45 60 Cab Manual switch
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 407

Name location
C47 60 Cab A/C switch
C48 25 Cab Wheel speed
C49 21 Cab Ignition
CD1 69 SWCD Clean ground

CD2 69 SWCD Signal
CD3 69 SWCD Signal
CD4 69 SWCD Ground
CD5 69 SWCD B+
E1 19 Engine Chassis ground

E2 56 Engine Instrument cluster sensor ground
E3 56 Engine Controller B+
E5 41 Engine Left park brake
E6 41 Engine Right park brake
E7 24 Engine Unswitched B+
E9 24 Engine High Beam
E10 24 Engine Low beam On
E11 24 Engine High beam switched
E13 24 Engine High/low B+
E17 24 Engine Worklight
EC1 56 Engine controller Air pressure sensor return

EC2 56 Engine controller Engine position sensor return
EC3 55 Engine controller Engine position sensor B+
EC4 56 Engine controller Engine speed sensor return
F1 43 Main chassis Clean ground

F3 41 Main chassis Clean ground
F6 25 Main chassis Engine rpm
F9 25 Main chassis Instrument cluster sensor ground
H1 31 Head light Chassis ground

H2 31 Head light Side light B+
H3 312 Head light Work light B+
HL1 27 Front hitch Ground

HL2 27 Front hitch Ground
LF1 53 Left fender Switched B+

LF2 32 Left fender Chassis ground
M1 42 Italian trailer brake Ground
N3 72 ISO11783 B+
N4 72 ISO11783 B+
N5 72 ISO11783 B+
N6 72 ISO11783 Clean ground
P1 41 Park solenoid Park solenoid

P2 41 Park solenoid Park solenoid
R1 30 Roof Chassis ground

R3 30 Roof Work light B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 408

Name location
R4 28 Roof Front work lights B+
R7 28 Roof Rear work lights B+
RF2 33 Right fender Chassis ground
SB1 66 Dual beacon B+

SB2 66 Dual beacon Chassis ground
SEC-J1 82 Secondary CAN diagnostic B+

SEC-J2 82 Secondary CAN diagnostic Ground
SS1 83 Terra lock B+

SS2 83 Terra lock Ground
T1 37 Main chassis Switched B+

T2 37 Main chassis B+
T4 26 Main chassis Wheel speed
T5 41 Main chassis Park brake solenoid
T6 38 Main chassis Range pressure
T7 38 Main chassis Clean ground
T8 33 Main chassis Stop lights
T10 38 Main chassis Unswitched B+
T14 51 Main chassis EDC Remote raise switch
T15 51 Main chassis EDC Remote lower switch
T16 51 Main chassis B+
T50 38 Main chassis Clean ground
TR1 33 7-pin trailer Tail light B+
W1 49 Aux valves VT B+
W2 49 Aux valves VF B+
W3 54 Aux valves Remote 1 raise/lower return
W4 49 Aux valves Chassis ground
W8 51 Aux valves Switched B+
W10 51 Aux valves Sensor ground
W11 53 Aux valves Remote PTO switch input
W12 53 Aux valves Remote extend
W13 53 Aux valves Remote retract
W14 51 Aux valves Imp EHR 5 V reference
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 409
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 13 - CAN data bus

Connector 53M Tractor multi function (TMF) controller (CN1-A)

Connector 350M Transmission controller (CN1-A)
Connector 434F Auxiliary harness
Connector 434M Chassis harness
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 410
RCIS08CCH216HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 411

Connector 10F Cab bulk head

Connector 10M Chassis to cab harness
Connector 117M CAN data bus for AFS 200/autoguidance
Connector 137M Armrest console
Connector 175F CAN data bus to tractor electronic control unit (ECU)
Connector 175M CAN data bus to tractor electronic control unit (ECU)
Note: CAN SPL-CAB* are located on the cab harness.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 412
RCIS08CCH217HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 413

Connector 381M Passive terminator (HVAC controller)

84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 414
RCIS08CCH218HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 415

Connector 174M Diagnostic connector

Connector 408F Data bus to cab harness
Connector 408M Data bus to inside autoguidance
Connector 433F To diagnostic connector
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 416
RCIS08CCH219HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 417

Connector 60F Chassis to cab harness

Connector 427M Instrument cluster
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 418
RCIS08CCH220HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 419

Connector 205M Passive terminator

Connector 256M Foot throttle
Connector 333F To chassis harness
Connector 333M To engine harness
Note: CAN SPL-ENG1 is located on the engine harness.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 420
RCIS08CCH221HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 421
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 19 - Charging and

starting system

Con 77F Alternator output B+
Connector 78F Intermediate start relay
Connector 79F Starter motor
Connector 81A Starter motor: alternator B+
Connector 81F Starter motor: battery B+
Connector 82F Intermediate start relay: solenoid
Connector 83F Intermediate start relay: ground
Connector 84F Intermediate start relay: starter motor
Connector 85F Alternator: engine RPM
Connector 86F Alternator excite
Connector 134F Unswitched cab B+
Connector 200M Clean ground
Connector 238A Unswitched cab B+
Connector 240F Ignition feed
SPL-C33 Splice
SPL-C34 Splice
SPL-E1 Splice
Frame ground
Battery
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 422
RCIS08CCH222HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 423
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 20 - Cab and controller

power
Connector 138AC Switched B+

Connector 138AD Switched B+
Connector 138BB Switched B+
Connector 239FF Switched B+
Connector 240M Power module stud
Connector 240FFA Unswitched B+
Connector 240FFB Unswitched B+
Connector 240FFC Unswitched B+
Connector 279FF Chassis ground
Connector 300F Cab power relay
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 424
RCIS08CCH223HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 425
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 - Ignition switch


Connector 161F Ignition switch
1. Start
2. Run
3. Off
4. Accessory
Connector 239F Ignition feed

Connector 264F Engine relay #11
Connector 266F Rectifier assembly
Connector 266M Rectifier assembly
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 426
RCIS08CCH224HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 427

Connector 138A Switched B+

Connector 138B Switched B+
Connector 172F Chassis ground (cab harness)
Connector 173F Chassis ground (cab harness)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 428
RCIS08CCH225HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 429


Connector 19F Unswitched power
Connector 28F To engine harness
Connector 28M To chassis harness
Connector 87F Terminal ring chassis ground
Connector 121M Auxiliary power
Connector 138C Switched B+
Connector 188F Position lamps
Connector 188M Position lamps
Connector 267F High beam rectifier assembly
Connector 267M High beam rectifier assembly
Connector 268F Low beam rectifier assembly
Connector 268M Low beam rectifier assembly
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 430
RCIS08CCH226HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 431
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 - Power distribution

box
Connector 42M Fuse/relay box

Connector 109F To headlight harness
Low beam relay
High beam relay
Side relay
Center relay
Starter relay
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 432
RCIS08CCH227HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 433
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 - Instrument cluster

Connector 10F Cab to main harness

Connector 60F Chassis to cab
Connector 60M Chassis to cab
Connector 171M Radar
Connector 380M Buzzer (alarm)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 434
RCIS08CCH228HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 435
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 - Instrument cluster


Connector 66F Fuel sender
Connector 66M Fuel sender
Connector 68F Radar
Connector 68M Radar
Connector 69F Wheel speed
Connector 69M Wheel speed
Connector 76F Air filter restriction switch
Connector 88F Hydraulic filter restriction
Connector 89F Transmission oil temperature
Connector 89M Transmission oil temperature
Connector 201F Transmission filter restriction
Connector 211F Implement switch
Connector 211M Implement switch
Connector 395F Alternator/compressor harness
Connector 395M Alternator/compressor harness
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 436
RCIS08CCH230HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 437
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 - Front hitch and

egress lamps
Connector 22F Front hitch lamps

Connector 22M Front hitch lamps
Connector 207F Egress lighting diode pack #1
Connector 207M Egress lighting diode pack #1
Connector 265F Egress lighting relay #17
Connector 331F Front hitch lamps, right hand
Connector 331M Front hitch head lamps, right hand
1. Low beam
2. High beam
3. Pilot
Connector 332F Front hitch head lamps, left hand

Connector 332M Front hitch head lamps, left hand
1. Low beam
2. High beam
3. Pilot
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 438
RCIS08CCH229HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 439
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 - Optional work

lamps
Connector 12F Rotary work light switch

1. Off
2. Work lights
3. rear roof
4. Front roof
Connector 13F Roof harness

Connector 13M Cab harness
Connector 14F A-post work lamp, right hand
Connector 14M A-post work lamp, right hand
Connector 15F A-post work lamp, left hand
Connector 15M A-post work lamp, left hand
Connector 16F Rear roof work lamp, left hand
Connector 16M Rear roof work lamp, left hand
Connector 17F Rear roof work lamp, right hand
Connector 17M Rear roof work lamp, right hand
Connector 197F A-post work lamp, left hand
Connector 197M A-post work lamp, left hand
Connector 198F A-post work lamp, right hand
Connector 198M A-post work lamp, right hand
Connector 263F Rear work lights relay #3
Connector 264F Optional belt line work lights relay #8
Connector 379M Egress lighting diode pack #2
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 440
RCIS08CCH231HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 441
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 - Standard front

work lamps

Connector 11M Head light switch
1. Hazard
2. Off
3. Road
Connector 18M Front roof work lamp, right hand

Connector 19M Front roof work lamp, right hand
Connector 194M Front roof work lamp, left hand
Connector 195M Front roof work lamp, left hand
Connector 263F Work lamp interlock relay #4
Connector 264F Roof HID work light relay #7
Connector 264F Front roof work lamps relay #9
Connector 264F Fender work lamps, standard and optional, relay #4
Connector 356F Roof HID work lights
Connector 356M Roof HID work lights
Connector 375F To steering harness
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 442
RCIS08CCH232HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 443
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 30 - Roof warning lights


Connector 23M License plate light, right hand
Connector 24M License plate light, left hand
Connector 305M Roof warning lights, right hand
Connector 306M Roof warning lights, left hand
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 444
RCIS08CCH233HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 445
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 31 - Standard head

lamps
Connector 2B Work light, right hand

Connector 3B Work light, left hand
Connector 4A Standard head light, left hand
Connector 4D Standard head light, right hand
Connector 5A HID light, left hand
Connector 5B HID light, right hand
Connector 109M To bussman box
Connector 412A Horn
Connector 412B Horn
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 446
RCIS08CCH234HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 447
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 32 - Fender lights

Connector 20F Fender light harness, right hand

Connector 20M Fender light harness, right hand
Connector 21F Fender light harness, left hand
Connector 21M Fender light harness, left hand
Connector 40F Right fender ground
Connector 40M Right fender ground
Connector 41F Left fender ground
Connector 41M Left fender ground
Connector 228M Brake/tail lights, left hand
1. Tail light
2. Brake light
3. Hazard/turn signal
Connector 230F Fender work lamp, left hand

Connector 230M Fender work lamp, left hand
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 448
RCIS08CCH235HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 449
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 33 - Fender lights


Connector 25M Fender HID ballast
Connector 26F Fender HID ballast
Connector 27F Fender HID light
Connector 147A Trailer lighting/auxiliary power connector (North America only)
Connector 147F Trailer lighting/auxiliary power connector
Connector 147M Trailer lighting/auxiliary power connector
Connector 218F Ring terminal chassis ground
Connector 233M Brake/tail lights, right hand
1. Brake light
2. Tail light
3. Hazard/turn signal
Connector 235F Fender work lamp, right hand

Connector 235M Fender work lamp, right hand
Connector 265F Trailer tail light relay #13
Connector 235M is connected to connector 27F when optional right fender HID light is used.
To worklight B+ at splice A18 frame 28
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 450
RCIS08CCH236HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 451
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 34 - Hazard switch


Connector 221F Turn signal indicator lamps
Connector 221M Turn signal indicator lamps
Connector 263F Brake light relay #1
Connector 263F Relay #2
Connector 310F Electronic flasher
Connector 316M Hazard switch
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 452
RCIS08CCH237HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 453
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 35 - Turn signal and

FNR module
Connector 9F Turn signal switch (universal switch)

Connector 9M Turn signal switch (universal switch)
Connector 51F FNR switch
1. Controller power B+ (pin 3) 8. 5 V reference (pin 9)

2. Key switch start input (pin 1) 9. Reverse (pin 5)
3. Ground (pin 8) 10. Forward (pin 6)
4. Start output (pin 2) 11. Start reed switch (normally open)
5. Park button (normally closed) 12. Neutral reed switch (normally closed)
6. Park (pin 4) 13. Forward reed switch (normally open)
7. Neutral (pin 7) 14. Reverse reed switch (normally open)
Connector 51M FNR switch
Connector 179F Self-cancel switch harness
Connector 179M Self-cancel switch harness
Connector 191F Self-cancel switch
Connector 220A Turn signal common – Turn signal switch (Universal switch)
Connector 220B Left run switch – Turn signal switch (Universal switch)
Connector 220C Right turn switch – Turn signal switch (Universal switch)
Connector 220D Head lamp B+ – Turn signal switch (Universal switch)
Connector 220E High beam – Turn signal switch (Universal switch)
Connector 220F Low beam – Turn signal switch (Universal switch)
Connector 220G Head lamp dipping B+ – Turn signal switch (Universal switch)
Connector 220H Horn – Turn signal switch (Universal switch)
Connector 220J Ground – Turn signal switch (Universal switch)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 454
RCIS08CCH238HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 455
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 36 - FNR module

84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 456
RCIS08CCH239HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 457
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 37 - Transmission

control
Connector 36M Low solenoid

Connector 37M Medium solenoid
Connector 350M Transmission controller (CN1-A – center right)
Connector 351M Transmission controller (CN1-B – bottom right)
Connector 353M Transmission controller (CN2 – top right)
Connector 355M Transmission controller (CN3-B – top left)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 458
RCIS08CCH240HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 459

control
Connector 29M Odd solenoid

Connector 30M Even solenoid
Connector 31M 1-2 solenoid
Connector 34M Reverse solenoid
Connector 35M Master solenoid
Connector 38M High solenoid
Connector 39M Creep solenoid
Connector 44M System pressure transducer
Connector 436F System pressure solenoid
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 460
RCIS08CCH241HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 461

control

Connector 50M Bottom of clutch switch
Connector 255F Transmission controller relay #23
Connector 337A Back up alarm
Connector 337B Back up alarm
Connector 338F Back up alarm harness
Connector 338M Back up alarm harness
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 462
RCIS08CCH241HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 463

control

Connector 52M Master clutch pedal potentiometer
Connector 263F Park relay #5
Connector 263F Neutral relay #6
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 464
RCIS08CCH243HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 465
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 41 - Pneumatic brake


Connector 47M Park brake solenoid switch, right hand
Connector 48M Park brake solenoid switch, left hand
Connector 49F Park solenoid
Connector 49M Park solenoid
Connector 49MM Park solenoid
Connector 67F Pneumatic brake air switch harness
Connector 67M Pneumatic brake air switch harness
Connector 70F Pneumatic pre-fill solenoid harness
Connector 70M Pneumatic pre-fill solenoid harness
Connector 311F Pneumatic pre-fill solenoid
Connector 317F Pneumatic park solenoid
Connector 318F Pneumatic park solenoid (optional) harness
Connector 318M Pneumatic park solenoid (optional) harness
Connector 325A Pneumatic brake air switch
Connector 325B Pneumatic brake air switch
Connector 49F connects with connector 49M when the tractor is equipped with pneumatic brakes.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 466
RCIS08CCH244HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 467
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 42 - Italian brake


Connector 149F Trailer brake harness
Connector 149M Trailer brake harness
Connector 274A Tractor hydraulic pressure switch
Connector 274B Tractor hydraulic pressure switch
Connector 275A Trailer pressure switch
Connector 275B Trailer pressure switch
Connector 276F Park brake pressure switch
Connector 276M Park brake pressure switch
Connector 277F Trailer brake harness - Connect to connector 67M (air switch not used)
Connector 278F Trailer brake solenoid
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 468
RCIS08CCH245HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 469
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 43 - Suspended axle


Connector 181M Suspended axle switch
1. Off
2. Lock/unlock
Connector 185F Front axle position sensor harness

Connector 185M Front axle position sensor harness
Connector 193M Left hand axle position sensor
Connector 241M Lockout solenoid (suspended axle)
Connector 242F Lockout solenoid harness
Connector 242M Lockout solenoid harness
Connector 335F To TMF controller (hitch/PTO)
Connector 335M To TMF controller (hitch/PTO)
Connector 351M Transmission controller (bottom right - CN1-B)
Connector 353M Transmission controller (top right - CN2)
Connector 355M Transmission controller (top left - CN3-B)
Connector 486M Suspended axle rod solenoid
Connector 487M Suspended axle piston solenoid
Connector 488M Suspended axle pump solenoid
Connector 489M Suspended axle rod sensor
Connector 490M Transmission controller (center right - CN3-A)
Connector 490M-2 Suspended axle piston sensor
Orange colored connector
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 470
RCIS08CCH246HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 471
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 44 - Armrest controller

Connector SW201 FWD (front wheel drive) switch

1. On auto
2. Off
3. On
Connector SW202 Slip limit switch

1. Off
2. Slip select
3. Slip set
Connector SW203 Differential lock switch

1. Auto
2. Off
3. On
4. Differential lock on
Connector SW205 Fifth remote selection switch

1. On extend
2. Off
3. On retract
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 472
RCIS08CCH247HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 473

Connector J201 Remote 1 control lever potentiometer

Connector J205 Hitch load control potentiometer
Connector J206 Hitch position control potentiometer
Connector J207 Remote 5 flow control potentiometer
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 474
RCIS08CCH248HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 475

Connector J208 Throttle lever potentiometer

Connector J210 Hitch up/down switch
1. Up
2. Down
Battery feed
Connector J211 Bump shift switch

Connector SW206 Creeper or scraper switch
Scraper
1. On position A
2. Off
3. On position C
Creeper
1. Off
2. None
3. On (momentary)
Connector SW204 Auto shift switch

1. Off
2. None
3. On (momentary)
Scraper switch
Creeper switch
Inset A
See inset A for switch options.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 476
RCIS08CCH249HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 477

Connector 137M Right hand armrest console

Connector J2 Armrest console secondary panel
Connector J212 Programmable shift switch
1. On down shift
2. Off
3. On up shift
Connector J213 PTO on/off switch

Connector 255F Armrest control relay #24
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 478
RCIS08CCH250HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 479


Connector J3 Autoguidance switch
Connector J6 Auto PTO switch
Connector J14 Implement depth control raise
Connector J15 Implement depth control lower
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 480
RCIS08CCH251HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 481
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 49 - PTO system


Connector 53M Tractor multi function (TMF) controller - CN1-A (center right)
Connector 54M Tractor multi function (TMF) controller - CN3-B (top left)
Connector 57M Tractor multi function (TMF) controller - CN1-B bottom right)
Connector 58M Tractor multi function (TMF) controller - CN2 (top right)
Connector 146M PTO dual speed sensor
Connector 158M Differential solenoid
Connector 159M PTO clutch solenoid
Connector 160M FWD (front wheel drive) solenoid
Connector 336F PTO dual speed sensor
Connector 434F Auxiliary (hitch/PTO) harness
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 482
RCIS08CCH252HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 483
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 50 - PTO system


Connector 145F PTO clutch output speed sensor
Connector 145M PTO clutch output speed sensor
Connector 162F Left brake switch
Connector 162M Left brake switch
Connector 163F Right brake switch
Connector 163M Right brake switch
Connector 255F Tractor multi function (TMF)/instrument control relay #19
Connector 255F Tractor multi function (TMF) controller relay #22
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 484
RCIS08CCH253HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 485
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 51 - Hitch control


Connector 55M Tractor multi function (TMF) controller - CN3-A (center left)
Connector 57M Tractor multi function (TMF) controller - CN1-B (bottom left)
Connector 153F Draft control pin, right hand
Connector 153M Draft control pin, right hand
Connector 154F Draft control pin, left hand
Connector 154M Draft control pin, left hand
Connector 155M Rock shaft potentiometer
Connector 434F Auxiliary harness
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 486
RCIS08CCH254HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 487
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 52 - Hitch control

Connector 119M Ride control switch

Standard ride control Ride control with
pickup hitch latch
1. Off 1. Pickup hitch
2. On 2. Off
3. Ride control
Connector 148M Implement control potentiometer

Connector 150F Scraper control
Connector 150FF Implement control
Connector 150M Implement or scraper control
Connector 151F Hitch raise solenoid
Connector 151M Hitch raise solenoid
Connector 152F Hitch lower solenoid
Connector 152M Hitch lower solenoid
Connector 313MA Remote hitch switch, left hand
Connector 313MB Remote hitch switch, right hand
Connector 314F Remote hitch switch harness, left hand
Connector 314M Remote hitch switch harness, left hand
Connector 315F Remote hitch switch harness, right hand
Connector 315M Remote hitch switch harness, right hand
Note: this is the same harness used in both locations
Standard ride control switch
Ride control with pickup hitch latch
White colored connector
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 488
RCIS08CCH255HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 489

Connector 57M Tractor multi function (TMF) controller - CN1-B (bottom right)
Connector 396F Fender switch harness, left hand
Connector 396M Fender switch harness, left hand
Connector 397F Fender switch harness, right hand
Connector 397M Fender switch harness, right hand
Connector 399F Remote top link switch, left hand
1. Extend
2. Retract
Connector 400M Remote PTO switch, left hand

Connector 401F Remote top link switch, right hand
1. Extend
2. Retract
Connector 402M Remote PTO switch, right hand

Connector 439F Steering angle sensor harness
Connector 439M Steering angle sensor harness
Connector 440M Hitch load pressure sensor
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 490
RCIS08CCH256HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 491
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 54 - Remote valves

Connector 140F Remote 1 raise solenoid
Connector 340F Remote 1 lower solenoid
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 492
RCIS08CCH257HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 493
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 55 - Engine controller

Connector 204F Electronic engine controller B+ and ground

Connector IC1-2 Fuel injectors 1 and 2
Connector J1 engine Electronic engine controller
Connector J1-9 Air temperature/pressure senor
engine
Connector J1-11 Cam speed sensor
engine
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 494
RCIS08CCH258HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 495
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 56 - Engine controller


Connector 189F Clean ground
Connector J1-1 Priming pump
engine
Connector J1-2 Pump regulator
engine
Connector J1-3 Air pressure sensor
engine
Connector J1-4 Diagnostic port
engine
Connector J1-5 Water in fuel sensor
engine
Connector J1-6 Coolant temperature
engine
Connector J1-7 Engine speed sensor
engine
Connector J1-8 Oil pressure sensor
engine
Connector J1-10 Fuel rail pressure sensor
engine
Connector J1-12 Dedicated PWM
engine
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 496
RCIS08CCH259HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 497
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 57 - Cruise and foot

throttle

Connector 164M Foot throttle
Connector 202F Unswitched B+
Connector 256M Electronic engine controller
Connector 257M Cruise control on/off switch
1. Off
2. On
Connector 258M Cruise control increment/decrement switch

1. Decrement
2. Off
3. Increment

Connector 371F Grid heater B+
Connector 372F-2 Unswitched B+ to positive battery cable, Frame 19
Connector 373F Unswitched B+ to grid heater relay
Connector 374F Unswitched B+ to grid heater relay
Connector 377F-2 Grid heater relay coil B+
Connector 378F Grid heater relay coil ground
Green colored connector
White colored connector
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 498
RCIS08CCH260HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 499
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 58 - Standard climate

control
Connector 139MM HVAC standard climate control box connector

Connector B MOT C Low pressure switch (normally closed)
Connector CCM Blower motor
Motor
Connector CCU1 Standard HVAC controller
Connector CCU2 Standard HVAC controller
Connector CCU3 Blower motor harness
Connector CCU4 Blower motor harness
Connector CCU5 Evaporator temperature sensor
Connector CCU6 Evaporator temperature sensor
Connector CCU Compressor clutch relay
Relay
Connector E11 Chassis ground ring terminal
Connector WVC Heater control valve
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 500
RCIS08CCH261HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 501
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 59 - Automatic

temperature control (ATC)
Connector ATC-AC Compressor clutch relay

Connector ATC-C1 Ring terminal chassis ground
Connector ATC-C2 Ring terminal chassis ground
Connector ATC-DFG Defog switch
Connector ATC-J6B Evaporator temperature sensor
Connector ATC-J6R1 HVAC ATC box
Connector ATC-J8 Automatic temperature control (ATC) controller
Connector ATC-J16 Low pressure switch
Connector ATC-J17 Heater control valve
Connector ATC-J19 Blower speed control
Connector ATC-J20 Blower speed control
Connector ATC ATC motor
Motor
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 502
RCIS08CCH262HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 503
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 60 - HVAC


Connector 72F A/C compressor clutch
Connector 72M A/C compressor clutch
Connector 90F Cab pressurizer blower
Connector 90M Cab pressurizer blower
Connector 125F Temperature control potentiometer
Connector 125M Temperature control potentiometer
Connector 139F HVAC box
Connector 398M Defog switch
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 504
RCIS08CCH263HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 505
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 61 - HVAC

Connector 71F High pressure switch

Connector 71M High pressure switch
Connector 123M Automatic temperature control (ATC) switch
1. Automatic
2. Off
3. Defog/defrost
Connector 124F Blower speed potentiometer

Connector 124M Blower speed potentiometer
Connector 126F Standard A/C blower switch
Connector 126M Standard A/C blower switch
Connector 128M Standard A/C on/off switch
Connector 264F Cab pressurizer blower relay #10
Blue colored connector
Blue colored connector
Dashed lines are wires for climate control only.
Dotted lines are wires for automatic temperature control only.
Solid lines are wires common to both climate control and automatic temperature control.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 506
RCIS08CCH264HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 507
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 62 - Sound system

Connector 95A Radio

Connector 95B Radio
Connector 92F Rear speaker, right hand
Connector 92M Rear speaker, right hand
Connector 93F Rear speaker, left hand
Connector 93M Rear speaker, left hand
Connector 96F Front speaker, right hand
Connector 96M Front speaker, right hand
Connector 97F Front speaker, left hand
Connector 97M Front speaker, left hand
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 508
RCIS08CCH265HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 509
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 63 - Dome/console

lights

Connector 94F Console light, right hand
Connector 94M Console light, right hand
Connector 100M Door switch
Connector 101F Dome light and switch
Connector 102M Dome light and switch
Connector 103F Dome light and switch
Connector 165A Business band radio
Connector 165B Business band radio
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 510
RCIS08CCH266HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 511
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 64 - Power mirrors


Connector 111F Power mirror harness
Connector 111M Power mirror harness
Connector 112F Power mirror, left hand
Connector 112M Power mirror, left hand
1. Horizontal
2. Vertical
Connector 113F Power mirror, right hand

Connector 113M Power mirror, right hand
1. Horizontal
2. Vertical
Connector 130M Power mirror switch
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 512
RCIS08CCH267HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 513
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 65 - Window wipers

and washers

Connector 98F Side wiper motor
Connector 98M Side wiper motor
Connector 98FF Rear wiper motor
Connector 98M-2 Rear wiper motor
Connector 115F Front wiper motor
Connector 115M Front wiper motor
Connector 116F Front wiper ground
Connector 116M Front wiper ground
Connector 122M Rear wiper switch
Connector 127F Front wiper switch
Connector 127M Front wiper switch
Connector 178F Intermittent wiper switch
Connector 178M Intermittent wiper switch
Connector 212M Front washer pump
Connector 213M Rear washer pump
Black colored connector
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 514
RCIS08CCH268HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 515
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 66 - Strobe/beacon


Connector 114F Strobe/beacon
Connector 114FF Strobe/beacon
Connector 114M Strobe/beacon
Connector 129M Strobe/beacon switch
Connector 131A Cigar lighter
Connector 131B Cigar lighter
Connector 265F Rear wiper relay #14
Connector 265F Side wiper relay #15
Red colored connector
Connect 114FF to 114M when tractor is equipped with dual strobe/beacon option.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 516
RCIS08CCH269HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 517
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 67 - Seat

Connector 1S Height adjust switch

Connector 2S Height adjust switch
Connector 3S Air compressor
Connector 4S Air compressor
Connector 5S Operator presence switch 1
Connector 6S Operator presence switch 2
Connector 7S Back cushion heater
Connector 8S Seat cushion heater
Connector 9S Heater control module
Connector 10S Seat heater switch
Connector 11S Operator presence harness
Connector 12S Operator presence harness
Connector 13S Seat heater harness
Connector 14S Seat heater harness
Connector 133F Seat harness
Connector 133M Seat harness
Calibration shorting leads
Controller
Shock absorber
Position potentiometer
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 518
RCIS08CCH270HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 519
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 68 - Auxiliary power


Connector 91F Roof auxiliary power
Connector 91M Roof auxiliary power
Connector 157F Auxiliary power, A-post receptacle
Connector 165F Auxiliary power, A-post
Connector 165M Auxiliary power, A-post
Connector 167F Auxiliary power 1
Connector 167M Auxiliary power 1
Connector 168F Auxiliary power 2
Connector 170F Map light
Connector 170M Map light
Connector 269F Auxiliary power, right rear console
Connector 270F Auxiliary power 1 receptacle
Connector 271F Auxiliary power 2 receptacle
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 520
RCIS08CCH271HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 521
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 69 - Small display

Connector 117F To cab harness

Connector 377F To cab harness
Connector 377M To cab harness
Connector 403M Small display - IntelliView II
Connector 404M Rotary/selector switch (armrest console)
Connector 405F Home switch (armrest console)
Connector 406F Escape switch (armrest console)
Connector 410M Rotary/selector switch (armrest console)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 522
RCIS08CCH272HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 523
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 70 - ISO11783 cab

interior
Connector 273F Cab/ISO11783

Connector 273M Cab/ISO11783
Connector 278M Passive terminator, implement data bus
Connector 286M Task controller
Connector 419A USB memory connector, memory stick
Connector 420F Autoguidance power to CODI (IntelliView Plus II)
Connector 421F To CODI (IntelliView Plus II) jumper harness
Connector 433FF To cab harness
Connector 433MM To cab harness
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 524
RCIS08CCH273HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 525
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 71 - ISO11783


Connector 255F Tractor ECU (electronic control unit) relay #21
Connector 294F ISO11783 cab exterior harness
Connector 294M ISO11783 cab harness
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 526
RCIS08CCH274HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 527
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 72 - ISO11783 exterior

Connector 282M Tractor electronic control unit (ECU)

Connector 283M Implement data bus power
Connector 288M Implement CAN bus
Connector 291M Implement power and ground
Connector 292M Implement low power relay
Connector 293M Implement high power relay
Connector 298F GPS receiver
Connector 298M GPS receiver
Connector 326F Ring terminal switched B+
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 528
RCIS08CCH275HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 529
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 73 - Cab interior

autoguidance
Connector 391F To CAN data bus

Connector 391M To CAN data bus
Connector 408F Autoguidance harness
Connector 408M Autoguidance harness
Connector 410M-2 Autoguidance diagnostic connector
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 530
RCIS08CCH276HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 531

autoguidance
Connector 409M Remote data logger
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 532
RCIS08CCH277HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 533

autoguidance
Connector 62F Cab interior autoguidance

Connector 407M Autoguidance controller
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 534
RCIS08CCH278HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 535

autoguidance
Connector 290F Cab interior autoguidance harness

Connector 290M Outside autoguidance harness
Connector 433M To autoguidance controller
Connector 433F-2 To autoguidance diagnostic connector
Connect connector 433F-2 to connector 433M if no ISO11783 option is present.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 536
RCIS08CCH279HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 537
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 77 - Outside

autoguidance
Connector 266MM Active terminator

Connector 275M Pressure transducer
Connector 299F GPS receiver harness
Connector 299M GPS receiver harness
Connector 375M To steering sensor harness
Connector 386F GPS antenna harness
Connector 386M GPS antenna harness
Connector 388F Autoguidance CAN data bus
Connector 388M Autoguidance CAN data bus
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 538
RCIS08CCH280HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 539
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 78 - Outside

autoguidance
Connector 74M Autoguidance valve

Connector 295M GPS antenna receiver
Connector 390M Steering solenoid
Connector 455F Autoguidance steering valve relay
Connector 465F Autoguidance steering valve relay
To autoguidance valve
To steering solenoid
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 540
RCIS08CCH281HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 541
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 79 - Secondary CAN

bus
Connector 62M Secondary CAN bus

Connector 117MM To autoguidance harness
Connector 133F-2 To CODI (IntelliView Plus II) jumper
Connector 420FF To CODI (IntelliView Plus II)
Connector 420MM-2 To cab harness
Connector 425M CAN SPL-S1 to instrument cluster
Connector 428M Instrument cluster passive terminator
Connector 528M Secondary CAN bus diagnostic connector
Connector 117M, Frame 69, is only installed if autoguidance is installed.
To CODI (IntelliView Plus II)
To cab harness
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 542
RCIS08CCH282HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 543
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 80 - CODI and steering

sensor
Connector 281M CODI (IntelliView Plus II) display

Connector 133M-2 To secondary CAN bus
Connector 375F To steering potentiometer
Connector 420F CODI (IntelliView Plus II) power and ground
Connector 420MM CODI (IntelliView Plus II) power and ground
Connector 421M CODI (IntelliView Plus II) jumper harness
Connector 437M To steering potentiometer
Connector 500F Steering potentiometer
Connector 500M Steering potentiometer
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 544
RCIS08CCH283HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 545

Connector 117FF Jumper harness to cab harness

Connector 377FF Jumper harness to cab harness
Connector 421MM Jumper harness to cab harness
Used with no ISO11783 CAN to SWCD (IntelliView II) display
Used with no tractor CAN to SWCD (IntelliView II) display
Used with ISO11783 and no CODI (IntelliView Plus II) display
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 546
RCIS08CCH284HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 547
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 82 - Reversible cooling

fan

Connector 265F Variable cooling fan relay #16
Connector 563M Variable fan compressor
Connector 564F Variable fan valve
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 548
RCIS08CCH285HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 549
Alternator - Replace - Regulator

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Low torque wrenches – 0.6 - 5 Nm (5 - 44 lb in) – and soapy water are required for this procedure.
1. Remove the two nuts and washers securing the

cover to the alternator.
RCPH07CCH003BAA 1
2. Press the cover from the sides and lift upward to re-
move the cover from the alternator.
RCPH07CCH004BAA 2
3. Remove the single 3 mm screw and the two 5 mm

screws which secure the regulator.
RCPH07CCH005BAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 550
4. Carefully remove the regulator from the rectifier.
RCPH07CCH006BAA 4
5. Noting its orientation, remove the gasket from the

regulator.
RCPH07CCH007BAA 5
6. With the smaller corner radius at the bottom, install

the existing gasket on the replacement regulator.
RCPH07CCH008BAA 6
7. Moisten the gasket with soapy water before installing

the assembly on the alternator.
RCPH07CCH026AAA 7
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 551
8. Install the assembly into the rectifier, so that both

grooves on the gasket are seated in the opening.
NOTE: The bottom of the gasket does not fully seat in the
opening.
RCPH07CCH027AAA 8
9. Loosely install the 3 mm screw removed earlier.
RCPH07CCH009BAA 9
10. Loosely install the two 5 mm screws removed earlier.
RCPH07CCH010BAA 10
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 552
11. Tighten and then torque the 3 mm screw to 0.7 - 1.0

Nm (6 - 9 lb in).
RCPH07CCH011BAA 11
12. Tighten and then torque the two 5 mm screw to 4.0

- 5.0 Nm (35 - 44 lb in).
RCPH07CCH012BAA 12
13. Press the cover onto the alternator until it clicks.
RCPH07CCH013BAA 13
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 553
14. Reinstall the two washers and nuts removed earlier.

Tighten and then torque the nuts to 4.0 - 5.0 Nm (35
- 44 lb in).
RCPH07CCH014BAA 14
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 554
Battery - Disconnect
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
WARNING
Batteries can emit explosive gases. To reduce the possibility of personal injury, always ventilate the battery
compartment before servicing the batteries. To reduce the possibility of arcing, remove the negative (-) bat-
tery cable first and attach the negative (-) battery cable last. Failure to comply can result in death or serious
injury.
M1001
1. Loosen the two left thumbscrews (1), and remove the

two right thumbscrews (2). Remove the toolbox and
battery cover.
RCPH07CCH024AAB 1
2. Disconnect the negative (-) battery cable (1) first.

Disconnect the positive (+) battery cable (2).
RCPH07CCH025AAB 2
Next operation:
Battery - Connect (A.30.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 555
Battery - Connect
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Battery - Disconnect (A.30.A)
1. Connect the positive (+) battery cable (1) first. Con-

nect the negative cable (2).
RCPH07CCH025AAB 1
2. Install the battery cover and tool box. Install the right
thumbscrews (1) and tighten. Tighten the left thumb-
screws (2).
RCPH07CCH024AAB 2
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 556
Fuse and relay box - Problem solving - Power distribution

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
OPERATION
The power distribution circuits are:
1. unswitched power,
• Unswitched power is available at all times. The battery positive terminal is connected to the unswitched power
bus from which all unswitched power circuits are energized.
• Power is available to all of the following fuses 7, 8, 10, 11, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 32, 42, and 53
regardless of the ignition switch position. If the tractor is equipped with ISO11783, fuses 327 and 328 are also
powered.
NOTE: The ISO11783 fuses are contained in a fuse holder which is part of the ISO11783 harnesses.
2. and switched power.
• Switched power is supplied when the ignition system is On. This switching is controlled by relay.
• When the ignition is switched On, the cab power relays are energized, supplying battery power to the switched
power bus which in turn supplies power to fuses 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 12, 22, 23, 24, 26, 27, 29, 30, 31, 34, 41,
46, 47, 48, 49 and 52. Additionally the controller relays are energized and power is distributed to fuses 35, 36,
37, 38, 39, 40, 43 and 44.
• The front wiper/wash circuit is also supplied with switched power through circuit breaker 51.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Before troubleshooting the power distribution system make sure that the following operating conditions are met:
• The batteries are fully charged and all connections are clean and tight.
• Transmission in neutral or park.
• Check all connectors for tight connection. Check for loose, corroded or damaged pins.
• Determine if the power source under investigation is switched or unswitched.
• If the power source problem is a switched power source, the relay controlling the circuit needs to be determined
and tested.
NOTE: Use a multimeter for these tests. Do not use a self-powered test light for any of these test. A self-powered
test light will damage components in these systems.
No power at one fuse. Power supply to the fuse. Go to the fuse/circuit chart to determine the
power supply circuit. Repair the supply cir-
cuit.
No power at switched Cab power relay. Go to Fuse and relay box Relay - Testing
fuses 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 12, - Cab power relays (A.30.A).
22, 23, 24, 26, 27, 29, 30,
31, 41, 46, 47, 48, 49 and
52.
No power at switched Armrest controller relay 24. Go to Fuse and relay box Relay - Testing
fuses 33 and 34. - Armrest controller relay 24 (A.30.A).
No power at switched TMF/ICU controller relay 19. Go to Fuse and relay box Relay - Testing
fuses 36 and 37. - TMF/ICU relay 19 (A.30.A).
No power at switch fuses TMF controller relay 22. Go to Fuse and relay box Relay - Testing
38 and 39. - TMF controller relay 22 (A.30.A).
No power at switched Tractor ECU relay 21. Go to Fuse and relay box Relay - Testing
fuses 35 and 40. - Tractor ECU relay 21 (A.30.A).
No power at switched Transmission controller relay 23. Go to Fuse and relay box Relay - Test-
fuses 43 and 44. ing - Transmission controller relay 23
(A.30.A).
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 557
Fuse and relay box Relay - Testing - Cab power relays

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Condition Result Result
Key switch Off. 12 V. No voltage.
Check Action Action
Check for 12 V between ring terminal Go to Step 2. Locate and repair the open circuit on
connector 240M at the cab power wire 101A (R).
relays and chassis ground.
Key switch On. 12 V. No voltage.
Check Action Action
Check for 12 V between ring terminal Go to Step 3.
connector 239FF at the cab power Open circuit indicated.
relays and chassis ground. • Check for an open circuit in
wires 105A (R), diode 266 or
104A (R) between pin 5 of
the ignition switch connector
161F and terminal connec-
tor 239FF at the cab power
relays.
• OR
• 12 V is not available from pin
5 of the ignition switch con-
nector 161F. Refer to the ig-
nition switch test: Start con-
trol Start switch - Testing -
Ignition switch (B.80.A).
3 Check Result Result
Measure resistance between ring Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
terminal connector 279FF at the cab Action Action
power relays and chassis ground. Go to Step 4. Locate and repair the open circuit on
wire 177J (B) between ring terminal
connector 279FF and ground.
Check for 12 V between ring terminal 12 V. No voltage.
connector 138AC at the cab power Action Action
relays and chassis ground. Go to Step 5. Replace cab power relay 301F. Re-
turn unit to field operation.
connector 138AD at the cab power Action Action
relays and chassis ground. Go to Step 6. Replace cab power relay 302F. Re-
connector 138BB at the cab power Action Action
relays and chassis ground. Return unit to field operation: system Replace cab power relay 300F. Re-
tests correctly. turn unit to field operation.
Fuse and relay box Relay - Testing - Armrest controller relay 24

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 558
NOTE: The cab power relays provide switched power to all controller relays.
12 V. No voltage indicating a) no power
• Remove the armrest con- Action from the ignition switch to the relay,
troller relay for the relay Return unit to field operation: system b) no switched power to the relay, or
base and replace it with a tests correctly. c) bad ground to the relay.
known good relay. Action
• Key switch On. Go to Step 2.
Check
Measure voltage between fuse 33
and chassis ground, and between
fuse 34 and chassis ground.
Check Action Action
Measure voltage between terminal 2 Go to Step 3.
on the armrest controller relay base • 12 V not available from pin
and chassis ground. 6 of the ignition switch con-
• OR
• Locate and repair the open
circuit in wire 160E (R) be-
tween the ignition switch
and terminal 2 of the arm-
rest controller relay.
Check Action Action
Measure voltage between terminal 3 Go to Step 4. Locate and repair the open circuit
on the armrest controller relay base in wire 163D (R) between switched
and chassis ground. power and terminal 3 at the controller
relay base.
Measure resistance between termi- Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
nal 1 of the armrest controller relay Action Action
base and chassis ground. Return unit to field operation: relay Locate and repair the open circuit
tests correctly. in wire 177H between terminal 1 on
the controller relay base and chassis
ground.
Fuse and relay box Relay - Testing - TMF/ICU relay 19

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 559
• Remove the TMF/ICU con- Action from the ignition switch to the relay,
troller relay 19 from the re- Return unit to field operation: system b) no switched power to the relay, or
lay base and replace it with tests correctly. c) bad ground to the relay.
a known good relay. Action
Check
Check Action Action
on the TMF/ICU controller relay base • 12 V not available from pin
and chassis ground. 6 of the ignition switch con-
• OR
• Locate and repair the
open circuit in wire 160A
(R) between the ignition
switch and terminal 2 of the
TMF/ICU controller relay.
Check Action Action
on the TMF/ICU controller relay base in wire 102A (R) between switched
and chassis ground. power and terminal 3 at the controller
relay base.
nal 1 of the TMF/ICU controller relay Action Action
base and chassis ground. Return unit to field operation: relay Locate and repair the open circuit
tests correctly. in wire 177H between terminal 1 on
ground.
Fuse and relay box Relay - Testing - TMF controller relay 22

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 560
• Remove the TMF (tractor Action from the ignition switch to the relay,
multi function) controller re- Return unit to field operation: system b) no switched power to the relay, or
lay from the relay base and tests correctly. c) bad ground to the relay.
replace it with a known good Action
relay. Go to Step 2.
• Key switch On.
Check
Check Action Action
on the TMF controller relay base and • 12 V not available from pin
chassis ground. 6 of the ignition switch con-
• OR
circuit in wire 160C (R) be-
and terminal 2 of the TMF
controller relay.
Check Action Action
on the TMF controller relay base and in wire 163B (R) between switched
chassis ground. power and terminal 3 at the controller
relay base.
nal 1 of the TMF controller relay base Action Action
and chassis ground. Return unit to field operation: relay Locate and repair the open circuit
tests correctly. in wire 171B between terminal 1 on
ground.
Fuse and relay box Relay - Testing - Tractor ECU relay 21

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 561
• Remove the tractor ECU Action from the ignition switch to the relay,
controller relay from the re- Return unit to field operation: system b) no switched power to the relay, or
Check
Check Action Action
on the tractor ECU controller relay • 12 V not available from pin
base and chassis ground. 6 of the ignition switch con-
• OR
circuit in wire 160B (R) be-
and terminal 2 of the tractor
ECU controller relay.
Check Action Action
on the tractor ECU controller relay in wire 163A (R) between switched
base and chassis ground. power and terminal 3 at the controller
relay base.
nal 1 of the tractor ECU controller re- Action Action
lay base and chassis ground. Return unit to field operation: relay Locate and repair the open circuit
tests correctly. in wire 171A between terminal 1 on
ground.
Fuse and relay box Relay - Testing - Transmission controller relay

23
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 562
• Remove the transmission Action from the ignition switch to the relay,
controller relay from the re- Return unit to field operation: system b) no switched power to the relay, or
Check
Check Action Action
on the transmission controller relay • 12 V not available from pin
base and chassis ground. 6 of the ignition switch con-
• OR
circuit in wire 160D (R) be-
and terminal 2 of the trans-
mission controller relay.
Check Action Action
on the transmission controller relay in wire 163C (R) between switched
base and chassis ground. power and terminal 3 at the controller
relay base.
nal 1 of the transmission controller Action Action
relay base and chassis ground. Return unit to field operation: relay Locate and repair the open circuit
tests correctly. in wire 171C between terminal 1 on
ground.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 563
Alternator - Problem solving

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
OPERATION
The alternator B+ terminal is connected to the battery via ring terminal connector 81F on the starter motor.
The alternator is grounded by its mounting frame.
Ring terminal connector 86F(D+) at the alternator receives field excitation voltage from pin 1 of connector 426M at
the instrument cluster. Charging system output is controlled by an integral voltage regulator. The regulator is set to
14.2 V regulation. The alternator is temperature compensated so that output drops as the alternator warms up.
If alternator output goes below or above specification, the instrument display shows an ISO symbol for the charging
system and a “High” or “Low” message. A short audible alarm also sounds.
Ring terminal connector 85F sends a pulsed rpm signal to pin 19 of connector 427M at the instrument cluster. The
instrument cluster uses this signal to determine engine rpm.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Before troubleshooting the charging system, system make sure that the following conditions are met:
• Check all connectors for tight connection. Check for loose, corroded or damaged – broken, bent or recessed –
pins.
System not charging or Alternator belt. Replace the belt.
charging poorly. Battery
goes dead.
B+ circuit Refer to Steps 2 and 3 of Alternator - Test-
ing - Charging system output (A.30.A).
D+ circuit See Alternator - Testing - Excitation cir-
cuit (A.30.A).
Alternator Alternator - Testing - Charging system
output (A.30.A).
System over charging D+ circuit Check for short to power in the excitation
circuit.
Excitation control See Alternator - Testing - ICU excitation
control (A.30.A).
High or low message with Alternator belt Replace alternator belt.
symbol on the instrument
display.
B+ circuit Refer to Step 2-4 in Alternator - Testing -
Charging system output (A.30.A).
D+ circuit See Alternator - Testing - Excitation cir-
cuit (A.30.A).
Excitation control See Alternator - Testing - ICU excitation
control (A.30.A).
Alternator See Alternator - Testing - Charging sys-
tem output (A.30.A).
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 564
Alternator - Testing - Charging system output

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Put the transmission in Park. Start 12.8 - 14.5 V. High resistance between battery and
the engine and set at 1000 RPM. Action B+ terminal at the alternator.
Check Charging system is operating prop- Action
Measure voltage at the battery. erly. Go to Step 2.
Measure voltage: place the nega- Less than 0.4 V. High resistance between battery and
tive lead of the multimeter on the bat- Action B+ terminal at the alternator.
tery positive (+) post and the positive Go to Step 3. Action
lead of the multimeter on ring termi- Repair or replace wiring as required.
nal connector 81A at the starter.
Measure voltage: place the negative Less than 0.4 V. High resistance in the starter sole-
lead of the multimeter on ring termi- Action noid.
nal connector 81A and the positive Go to Step 4. Action
lead of the multimeter on ring termi- Clean connections; repair or replace
nal 81F at the starter. wiring as needed.
Measure voltage: place the nega- Less than 0.4 V. High resistance in circuit 120A (R).
tive lead of the multimeter on the B+ Action Action
ring terminal connector 77F at the al- Go to Step 5. Repair or replace wiring as needed.
ternator and the positive lead of the
multimeter on ring terminal 81F at
the starter.
Measure voltage between ring ter- Voltage varies between 12.8 - 14.5 V Voltage out of range.
minal connector 86F and chassis in response to the load applied. Action
ground, while turning various loads Action
on and off (e.g., lights, heater fan, Go to Step 6. • Repair or replace wiring
etc.). [121E (Y)] between alterna-
tor connector 86F and pin
1 of connector 426M at the
instrument cluster.
• Check the excitation circuit:
see Alternator - Testing -
Excitation circuit (A.30.A).
• Voltage regulator problem.
Replace the regulator.
Measure resistance between the Less than 1 Ω. High resistance.
alternator housing and chassis Action Action
ground. Charging system is operating prop- Clean surfaces between alternator
erly. and frame. Check that mounting
hardware is clean and tight.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 565
Alternator - Testing - Excitation circuit

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Key switch Off. Disconnect ring ter- Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
minal connector 86F at the alterna- Action Action
tor and connector 426M at the instru- Excitation circuit is operating prop- Go to Step 2.
ment cluster. erly.
Check
Measure resistance between con-
nector 86F and pin 1 of connector
426M.
terminal connector 86F at the alter- Action Action
nator and pin 5 of in-line connector Go to Step 3. Locate and repair the open circuit
395M. between connectors 86F and 395M
on wire 121E (Y).
Measure resistance between cavity Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
5 of connector 395F and cavity 10 of Action Action
connector 60F. Go to Step 4. Locate and repair the open circuit
between connectors 395F and 60F
on wire 121B (Y).
Measure resistance between pin 10 Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
of connector 60M and pin 1 of con- Action Action
nector 426M at the instrument clus- If good reading, check all connec- Locate and repair the open circuit
ter. tors for tight connection; check for between connectors 60M and 426M
loose, corroded, bent or recessed on wire 121A (Y).
pins. Replace or repair connectors
as needed.
Alternator - Testing - RPM circuit

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Key switch Off. Disconnect ring ter- Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
minal connector 85F at the alterna- Action Action
tor and connector 427M at the instru- Alternator rpm circuit tests properly. Go to Step 2.
ment cluster.
Check
427M.
Measure resistance between con- Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
nector 85F at the alternator and pin Action Action
6 of in-line connector 395M. Go to Step 3. Locate and repair the open circuit
between connectors 85F and 395M
on wire 126Y (DG).
Measure resistance between cav- Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
ity 6 of in-line connector 395F and Action Action
splice SPL-F6. Go to Step 4. Locate and repair the open circuit
between connector 395F and splice
SPL-F6 on wire 216C (Y).
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 566

Measure resistance between splice Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
SPL-F6 and pin 12 of in-line connec- Action Action
tor 60M. Go to Step 5. Locate and repair the open circuit
between SPL-F6 and connector 60M
on wire 216B (Y).
12 of in-line connector 60F and pin Action Action
19 of connector 427M. If good reading, check all connec- Locate and repair the open circuit
tors for tight connection; check for between connectors 60F and 427M
loose, corroded, bent or recessed on wire 216A (Y).
pins. Replace or repair connectors
as needed.
Alternator - Testing - ICU excitation control

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Put the transmission in Park. Start Voltage varies between 12.8 - 14.5 V Instrument cluster has failed.
the engine and set at 1000 RPM. in response to load applied. Action
Check Action Replace the instrument cluster.
Using a back probe, measure the Excitation control circuit is operating
voltage between pin 1 of connector properly.
426M at the instrument cluster and
chassis ground. Turn various loads
on and off (e.g., lights, heater fan,
etc.) while measuring voltage.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 567
Index

Alternator - Problem solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Alternator - Replace - Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Alternator - Testing - Charging system output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Alternator - Testing - Excitation circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Alternator - Testing - ICU excitation control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Alternator - Testing - RPM circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Battery - Connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 556
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Battery - Disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector - Component diagram - Connectors A-K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector - Component diagram - Connectors J-Z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector - Component diagram - Splice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
Connector - Component Diagram 00 - Connectors 1-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector - Component diagram 01 - Connectors 10-19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector - Component diagram 09 - Connectors 90-99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector - Component diagram 10 - Connectors 100-109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector - Component diagram 11 - Connectors 110-119 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 568
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Connector - Component diagram 30 - Connector 300-309 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Fuse and relay box - Identification - Z7Rx05001-Z8Rx06000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Fuse and relay box - Identification - Z8Rx06001- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Fuse and relay box - Problem solving - Power distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Fuse and relay box Relay - Testing - Armrest controller relay 24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 558
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Fuse and relay box Relay - Testing - Cab power relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Fuse and relay box Relay - Testing - TMF controller relay 22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 560
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 569
Fuse and relay box Relay - Testing - TMF/ICU relay 19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Fuse and relay box Relay - Testing - Tractor ECU relay 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Fuse and relay box Relay - Testing - Transmission controller relay 23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 01 - Circuit description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
T8010 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8010 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE, T8020 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8020 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE, T8030
[Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8030 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE, T8040 [Z8Rx06001 - ] EEAA, T8040 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 -
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 - Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 05 - Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 06 - Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 - Splices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 13 - CAN data bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 19 - Charging and starting system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 20 - Cab and controller power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 - Ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 570
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 - Power distribution box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 - Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 - Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 - Front hitch and egress lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 - Optional work lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 - Standard front work lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 30 - Roof warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 31 - Standard head lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 32 - Fender lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 33 - Fender lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 34 - Hazard switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 35 - Turn signal and FNR module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 36 - FNR module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 37 - Transmission control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 41 - Pneumatic brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 571
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 42 - Italian brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 43 - Suspended axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 44 - Armrest controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 49 - PTO system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 50 - PTO system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 51 - Hitch control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 52 - Hitch control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 54 - Remote valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 55 - Engine controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 56 - Engine controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 57 - Cruise and foot throttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 58 - Standard climate control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 59 - Automatic temperature control (ATC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 60 - HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 572
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 61 - HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 62 - Sound system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 63 - Dome/console lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 64 - Power mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 65 - Window wipers and washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 66 - Strobe/beacon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 67 - Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 68 - Auxiliary power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 69 - Small display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 70 - ISO11783 cab interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 71 - ISO11783 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 72 - ISO11783 exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 73 - Cab interior autoguidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 77 - Outside autoguidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 78 - Outside autoguidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 79 - Secondary CAN bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 542
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 573
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 80 - CODI and steering sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 82 - Reversible cooling fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548
] EEAA, T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ] WE
84318454 14/03/2010
A.30.A / 574
LIGHTING SYSTEM - 40.A
T8010
T8020
T8030
T8040
T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.40.A / 1
Contents
DIAGNOSTIC
LIGHTING SYSTEM
Problem solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Problem solving - Interior lighting and horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Head light
Switch - Testing - Universal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Turn/hazard light
Turn switch - Testing - Universal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Testing - Self-cancel switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Front work light

Switch - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Rear work light

Switch - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Side work light

Switch - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Dome light
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Map light
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Flasher unit
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.40.A / 2
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM
LIGHTING SYSTEM - Problem solving

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
OPERATION
The exterior lighting system consists of the following lamps:

• Head lights: high beam, low beam and center
• Turn signals, front and rear
• Tail lights
• Marker lights, left hand and right hand
• Front roof work lamps
• Side work lamps
• High intensity lamps (optional)
• Rear fender work lamps (optional)
• Belt line work lamps (optional)
• Rear roof work lamps (optional)
• Beacon/strobe lamp(s) (optional)
• Egress lamps
• Trailer tail lamps
The various lamps are controlled by switches and operated via relays as follows:
• Head lamps use unswitched power and are usable whether the keyswitch is in the On or Off position.
• Road lights/flashers (head light) has three positions: On, Off and Headlights. When the switch is in the On or
Headlight position, the left hand and right hand tail fenders lights, the roof warning lights and the left hand and
right hand marker lights are On.
• The work lamp (rotary) switch controls the optional belt line, center and optional fender work lamps, center and
side work lamps, rear work lights, and front roof work lamp and high beams. Lamps controlled with the rotary
switch are locked Off when the head light switch is On.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Before troubleshooting the exterior lighting system, the following conditions must be met:
• The batteries must be fully charged, and all battery connections must be clean and tight.
• Transmission control must be neutral or park.
• Check all connectors for tightness, damage or corrosion.
• Fuses 3, 4, 5, 18, 29, 20, 21, 22, 23, 27, 41 and 53 must be intact and powered.
• If a work lamp circuit is not functioning, swap the relay for the circuit with a known good relay to simplify trou-
bleshooting. Otherwise, follow the circuit diagnostic tests to determine the fault.
• If a bulb is not working, swap the bulb with a known good bulb to verify circuit operation – power and ground.
Front work lamps do not Work lamp switch. See Front work light Switch - Testing
illuminate. (A.40.A).
Rear work lamps do not Work lamp switch See Rear work light Switch - Testing
Side work lamps do not Work lamp switch See Side work light Switch - Testing
Turn signals do not Universal switch See Turn/hazard light Turn switch - Test-
illuminate. ing - Universal switch (A.40.A).
84318454 14/03/2010
A.40.A / 3

Electronic flasher See Flasher unit - Testing (A.40.A).
High beams do not Universal switch See Head light Switch - Testing - Univer-
illuminate. sal switch (A.40.A).
Low beams do not Universal switch See Head light Switch - Testing - Univer-
illuminate. sal switch (A.40.A).
84318454 14/03/2010
A.40.A / 4
LIGHTING SYSTEM - Problem solving - Interior lighting and horn

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
OPERATION
Interior lighting consists of a switched dome light with door switch, a switched map light, and a console light which
operates in conjunction with the Instrument Cluster lighting.
The dome light can be set to either come on when the cab door opens, or it can be switched on with an integral switch.
Since the power source is unswitched, the dome light can be operated at any time.
The power supply for the horn is switched. When the key switch is in the On position, the circuit is energized. To
operate the horn, ground is provided by depressing the horn switch on the universal switch.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Before troubleshooting the interior lighting and horn system, the following conditions must be met:
• Fuses 16, 17, 18 and 19 must be intact and powered.
• If a bulb is not working, swap the bulb with a known good bulb to verify circuit operation – power and ground.
Dome lamp does not Wiring problem See Dome light - Testing (A.40.A).
illuminate.
Switch See Dome light - Testing (A.40.A).
Map light does not Wiring problem See Map light - Testing (A.40.A).
illuminate.
Switch See Map light - Testing (A.40.A).
Horn does not sound. Wiring problem See Audible alert Horn - Testing - Horn
system circuit (E.50.B).
Universal switch See Audible alert Horn - Testing - Horn
system circuit (E.50.B).
84318454 14/03/2010
A.40.A / 5
Head light Switch - Testing - Universal switch

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
• Disconnect all connectors to Action Action
the Universal switch – con- Go to Step 2. Replace the Universal switch.
nectors 220A- 220J.
• Turn the Universal switch to
the left turn position.
Check
nectors 220A and 220B on the
switch.
Turn the Universal switch to the right Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
turn position. Action Action
Check Go to Step 3. Replace the Universal switch.
nectors 220A and 220C on the
switch.
Place the Universal switch in the Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
high beam position. Action Action
nectors 220D and 220E on the
switch.
Place the Universal switch in the low Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
beam position. Action Action
nectors 220D and 220F on the
switch.
Place the Universal switch in the Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
head lamp dipping position. Action Action
nectors 220E and 220G on the
switch.
Press the horn switch. Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
Check Action Action
Measure resistance between con- Universal switch is operating prop- Replace the Universal switch.
nectors 220H and 220J on the erly.
switch.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.40.A / 6
Turn/hazard light Turn switch - Testing - Universal switch

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Disconnect connector 179F from 12 V. No voltage.
connector 179M. Action Action
Check Go to Step 2. Locate and repair the open circuit in
Measure voltage between pin 1 wire 706E (R).
of connector 179M and chassis
ground.
Measure resistance between pin Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
2 of connector 179M and chassis Action Action
ground. Go to Step 3. Locate and repair the open circuit in
ground wire 178AC (BK).
Disconnect connector 9M from con- 12 V. No voltage.
nector 9F. Action Action
Measure voltage between pin 1 of wire 766B (R).
connector 9M and chassis ground.
Disconnect wire 020A from connec- Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
tor 220A (49a). Action Action
Measure resistance between wire ground wire N. If no open circuit is
020A of connector 220A and pin 2 found, replace the self cancel har-
of connector 179F. ness.
Apply 12 V to pin 1 of connector Greater than 11 V. Less than 11 V.
179F. Action Action
Check Go to Step 6. DC to DC converter failed. Replace
Measure voltage between wire 020A the self cancel harness.
and chassis ground.
About 5 V. Not 5 V.
• Continue to apply 12 V to pin Action Action
1 of connector 179F. Go to Step 7. Go to Step 12.
• Apply chassis ground to pin
2 of connector 179F.
• Disconnect wire 022A from
connector 220C (R).
Check
Measure voltage between wire 022A
and chassis ground.
About 5 V. Not 5 V.
• Apply chassis ground to pin Action Action
connector 220B (L).
Check
Measure voltage between wire 021A
and chassis ground.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.40.A / 7

Measure voltage between wire 020A About 0 V. Greater than 0 V.
and chassis ground. Action Action
Go to Step 9. Check for a short circuit on wires
020A and R. If short circuit is not
found, replace the self cancel har-
ness.
12 V. No voltage.
• Reconnect wires 020A, Action Action
021A and 022A to the Uni- Go to Step 10. Check for an open circuit on wires
versal switch. 20A and 21A. If an open circuit is not
• Apply 12 V to pin 1 of con- found, replace the self cancel har-
nector 9F. ness.
• Move the Universal switch

to signal a left turn.
Check
Measure voltage between pin 2 of
connector 9F and chassis ground.
Move the Universal switch to signal 12 V. No voltage.
a right turn. (This may require 2 ac- Action Action
tivations.) Self cancel harness tests okay. Check for an open circuit on wires
Check 20A and 22A. If an open circuit is not
Measure voltage between pin 3 of found, replace the self cancel har-
connector 9F and chassis ground. ness.
Measure resistance between wire About 6.14 k Ω. Other resistance value.
020A and 022A. Action Action
Go to Step 12. Replace the self cancel harness.
Turn/hazard light - Testing - Self-cancel switch

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Disconnect connector 179M from 12 V. No voltage.
connector 179F. Action Action
Measure the voltage between pin wire 706E (R).
1 of connector 179M and chassis
ground.
Measure the resistance between pin Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
wire 178AC (BK).
84318454 14/03/2010
A.40.A / 8

Disconnect connector 9M from con- 12 V. No voltage.
nector 9F. Action Action
Measure the voltage between pin 1 wire 766B (R).
of connector 9M and chassis ground.
Disconnect wire 020A from connec- Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
tor 220A (49a). Action Action
Measure the resistance between ground wire N. If no open circuit is
wire 020A from connector 220A and found, replace the self-cancel har-
pin 2 of connector 179F. ness.
Apply 12 V to pin 1 of connector Greater than 11 V. Less than 12 V.
179F. Action Action
Check Go to Step 6. DC to DC converter failed. Replace
Measure the voltage between wire the self-cancel harness.
020A and chassis ground.
About 5 V. Not 5 V.
• Continue to apply 12 V to pin Action Action
• Apply chassis ground to pin
2 of connector 179F.
connector 220C (R).
Check
Measure the voltage between wire
About 5 V. Not 5 V.
• Apply chassis ground to pin Action Action
connector 220B (L).
Check
Measure the voltage between wire
Measure the voltage between wire 0 V. Greater than 0 V.
020A and chassis ground. Action Action
Go to Step 9. Check for a short circuit on wires
020A and R. If no short is found, re-
place the self cancel harness.
12 V. No voltage.
• Reconnect the Universal Action Action
switch to wires 020A, 021A Go to Step 10. Check for an open circuit on wires
and 022A. 020A and 021A. If not open circuit
• Apply 12 V to pin 1 of con- is found, replace the self cancel har-
nector 9F. ness.
• Toggle the Universal switch

to trigger a left turn.
Check
Measure the voltage between pin 2
of connector 9F and chassis ground.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.40.A / 9

Toggle the Universal switch to trigger 12 V. No voltage.
a right turn. (May require two activa- Action Action
tions.) Self cancel harness is OK Check for an open circuit on wires
Check 020A and 022A. If not open circuit
Measure the voltage between pin 3 is found, replace the self cancel har-
of connector 9F and chassis ground. ness.
Measure the resistance between About 6.14k Ω. Other resistance value.
wire 020A and 022A Action Action
84318454 14/03/2010
A.40.A / 10
Front work light Switch - Testing

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

12 V. No voltage.
• Key switch On. Action Action
• Head light switch Off. Go to Step 4. Open circuit in B+ indicated. Go to
Step 2.
• Rotary switch Off.
Check
Measure voltage between pin B1
on the rotary switch [connector 12F]
and chassis ground.
Measure voltage between pin B2 12 V. No voltage.
on the rotary switch and chassis Action Action
ground. Locate and repair the open circuit Go to Step 3.
in wire 789B between pin B1 at the
switch and the splice to pin B2 at the
switch.
Measure voltage between pin A4 at 12 V. No voltage.
the base of the work lamp interlock Action Action
relay #4 [connector 263F] and chas- Locate and repair the open circuit in Locate and repair the open circuit in
sis ground. wire 789A between the relay and the B+ to the work lamp interlock relay
pins B1 and B2 at the rotary switch. #4.
Turn the rotary switch to the second 12 V. No voltage.
position – all work lamps below the Action Action
cab line On, including belt line and Go to Step 5. Replace the rotary switch with a
top rear fender lamps. known good switch. If the work
Check lamps operate properly. Install a
Measure voltage between pin W new switch and return unit to field
of the rotary switch and chassis operation.
ground.
Turn the rotary switch to the third po- 12 V. No voltage.
sition – all lower work lamps below Action Action
the cab line and rear roof work lamps Go to Step 6. Replace the rotary switch with a
On. known good switch. If the work
ground.
Measure voltage between pin HL 12 V. No voltage.
of the rotary switch and chassis Action Action
ground. Go to Step 7. Replace the rotary switch with a
known good switch. If the work
lamps operate properly. Install a
new switch and return unit to field
operation.
Turn the rotary switch to the fourth 12 V. No voltage.
position – all work lamps On. Action Action
Check Go to Step 8. Replace the rotary switch with a
Measure voltage between pin W known good switch. If the work
of the rotary switch and chassis lamps operate properly. Install a
ground. new switch and return unit to field
operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.40.A / 11

operation.
Measure voltage between pin R 12 V. No voltage.
ground. Rotary switch is operating properly. Replace the rotary switch with a
operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.40.A / 12
Rear work light Switch - Testing

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

12 V. No voltage.
Step 2.
Check
and chassis ground.
switch.
ground.
ground.
operation.
operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.40.A / 13

operation.
operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.40.A / 14
Side work light Switch - Testing

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

12 V. No voltage.
Step 2.
Check
and chassis ground.
switch.
ground.
ground.
operation.
operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.40.A / 15

operation.
operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.40.A / 16
Dome light - Testing

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Disconnect connector 102M from the 12 V. No voltage.
dome light. Action Action
Check Go to Step 5. Go to Step 2.
Measure voltage between connector
102M and chassis ground.
Disconnect connector 13F from con- 12 V. No voltage.
nector 13M. Action Action
Check Locate and repair the open circuit in Go to Step 3.
Measure the voltage between the wire 871C (R) between cavity V of
in-line splice on wire 871C (R) and connector 13F and connector 102M.
chassis ground, and then measure
voltage between pin V of connector
Measure the voltage between fuse 12 V. No voltage.
19 and chassis ground. Action Action
Locate and repair the open circuit Go to Step 4.
in wire 871A (R) between pin V of
connector 13M and fuse 19.
18 and chassis ground. Action Action
Locate and repair the open circuit in Locate and repair the open circuit in
wire J1 (R) between fuses 18 and 19. wire 101H (R) to fuse 18. Reinstall
Reinstall all connectors. Return unit all connectors. Return unit to field
to field operation. operation.
Disconnect connector 101F to the 12 V. No voltage.
dome lamp switch. Action Action
Check Go to Step 6. Test the bulb. If the bulb is working
Measure voltage between the switch properly, replace the switch assem-
terminal for connector 101F and bly.
chassis ground.
Disconnect connector 100M to the 12 V. No voltage.
door switch. Action Action
Check Go to Step 7. Locate and repair the open circuit
Measure voltage between connector in wire 715A (V) between connector
100M and chassis ground. 100M and connector 101F.
Open the cab door. Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
Check Action Action
Measure resistance between the Go to Step 8. Test the ground circuit to the door
ground terminal on the door switch switch and repair if required. If the
and chassis ground. switch is properly grounded, replace
the door switch. Reinstall all connec-
tors and return unit to field operation.
Disconnect connector 103F from the Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
dome light switch. Move the dome Action Action
light switch to the On position. Dome lamp and switch circuits are Locate and repair the open circuit in
Check operating properly. If the dome lamp the ground circuit to the dome lamp
Measure resistance between con- does not illuminate, replace the switch. Reinstall all connectors, and
nector 103F and chassis ground. switch and lamp assembly. Reinstall return unit to field operation.
all connectors. Return unit to field
operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.40.A / 17
Map light - Testing

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

connector 170M at the map light. Action Action
Measure voltage between pin A
ground.
Check Locate and repair the open circuit Go to Step 3.
Measure voltage between pin C of in wire 135 (R) between cavity C of
in-line connector 91M and chassis connector 91F and pin C of connec-
ground. tor 170M.
Measure voltage between pin X of wire 135B (R) between cavity X of
in-line connector 13M and chassis connector 13F and pin C of connec-
ground. tor 91M.
Measure between fuse 8 and chas- 12 V. No voltage.
sis ground. Action Action
Locate and repair the open circuit in Test fuse 8. If fuse is intact, lo-
wire 135A (R) between fuse 8 and cate and repair the open circuit in
pin X of connector 13M. wire 101L (R) between fuse 8 and
SPL-C34. Reinstall all connectors.
Return unit to field operation.
C of connector 170M and chassis Action Action
ground. Go to Step 6. Locate and repair the open circuit
in ground between pin C of connec-
tor 170M and ring terminal connec-
tor 173F, via cavity/pin A of connec-
tors 91F and 91M, and cavity/pin Z of
connectors 13F and 13M. Reinstall
all connectors. Return unit to field
operation.
Move the map light switch to the On Continuity. No continuity.
position. Action Action
Check Map light circuits and switch are op- Test the bulb. If the bulb is operat-
Measure continuity between cavities erating properly. ing properly, replace the map light
A and C on connector 170F on the assembly. Reinstall all connectors.
map light and switch assembly. Return unit to field operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.40.A / 18
Flasher unit - Testing

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Measure voltage between pin 8 and 12 V. No voltage indicating an open circuit
then pin 7 of connector 135M at Action in B+.
the electronic flasher and chassis Go to Step 3. Action
ground. Go to Step 2.
20 on wire 101F and chassis ground. Action Action
Locate and repair the open circuit Test fuse 20. If good, locate and
between fuse 20 and electronic repair the open circuit between fuse
flasher on wire 766A (R). 20 and pins 7 and 8 of connector
135M on wire 101F (R).
Measure resistance between pin 6 of Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
connector 135M at the flasher and Action Action
chassis ground. Go to Step 4. Locate and repair the open circuit in
ground on wire 177AK.
Put the road/warning lamps switch in 12 V. No voltage.
any position but the center position Action Action
(Off). Go to Step 5. Locate and repair the open circuit in
Check wire 707C.
connector 135M at the flasher and
chassis ground.
12 V. No voltage.
• Put the road/hazard lamps Action Action
switch in the center position Go to Step 7. Go to Step 6.
(Off).
• Put the turn signal (Univer-
sal) switch in the left turn po-
sition.
Check
chassis ground.
Disconnect connector 9F from con- Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload
Check Go to Self Cancel Sensor - Testing: Locate and repair the open circuit on
Measure the resistance between pin Turn/hazard light - Testing - Self- wire 768A.
5 of connector 135M at the flasher cancel switch (A.40.A).
and pin 2 of connector 9M.
12 V. No voltage.
• Put the road/hazard lamps Action Action
switch in the center position Go to Step 9. Go to Step 8.
(Off).
• Put the turn signal (Univer-
sal) switch in the right turn
position.
Check
chassis ground.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.40.A / 19

Disconnect connector 9F from con- Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload
Check Go to Self Cancel Sensor - Testing: Locate and repair the open circuit on
Measure resistance between pin 4 of Turn/hazard light - Testing - Self- wire 767A.
connector 135M and pin 3 of connec- cancel switch (A.40.A).
tor 9M.
Put the turn signal (Universal) switch Left hand lamps flash. Right hand Left hand lamps do not flash.
in the left turn position. lamps constant on. Action
Check Action Replace the electronic flasher.
Check if all warning lamps on the left Go to Step 10.
hand side of the vehicle are flashing,
and all warning lamps on the right
hand side are constant on.
Right hand lamps flash. Left hand Right hand lamps do not flash.
• Put the turn signal (Univer- lamps constant on. Action
sal) switch in the right turn Action Replace the electronic flasher.
position. Go to Step 11.
Check
Check if all warning lamps on the
right hand side of the vehicle are
flashing, and all warning lamps on
the left hand side are constant on.
Put the road/hazard lamp switch in Roof lamps flash. Roof lamps do not flash.
any position but the center position Action Action
(Off). Flasher unit is operating correctly. Replace the electronic flasher.
Check
Check if all warning lamps on the
roof of the vehicle are flashing.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.40.A / 20
Index

Dome light - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Flasher unit - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Front work light Switch - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Head light Switch - Testing - Universal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
LIGHTING SYSTEM - Problem solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
LIGHTING SYSTEM - Problem solving - Interior lighting and horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Map light - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Rear work light Switch - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Side work light Switch - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Turn/hazard light - Testing - Self-cancel switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Turn/hazard light Turn switch - Testing - Universal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.40.A / 21
84318454 14/03/2010
A.40.A / 22
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - 50.A
T8010
T8020
T8030
T8040
T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Control module
Dynamic description - Fault code retrieval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Dynamic description - Selecting a controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Armrest controller - Dynamic description - Configuration overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Armrest controller - Dynamic description - Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Transmission controller - Dynamic description - Configuration overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Transmission controller - Dynamic description - TRANS VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Transmission controller - Dynamic description - TRANS SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Transmission controller - Dynamic description - TRANS ADJUST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Transmission controller - Dynamic description - TRANS DIAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Transmission controller - Dynamic description - TRANS FSUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Instrument controller - Dynamic description - Configuration (calibration) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Instrument controller - Dynamic description - Operator setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Tractor Multi-Function (TMF) controller - Dynamic description - Remove valve (EHR) system calibration
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Tractor Multi-Function (TMF) controller - Dynamic description - Hitch system calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Tractor Multi-Function (TMF) controller - Dynamic description - PTO system calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
SERVICE
Control module
Armrest controller - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Armrest controller - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
DIAGNOSTIC
Audio system
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 2
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Testing - B+ and ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Testing - Illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Speaker - Testing - Left front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Speaker - Testing - Right front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Speaker - Testing - Right rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Speaker - Testing - Left rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Speaker - Testing - Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Antenna - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 3
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Control module - Dynamic description - Fault code retrieval

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
NOTE: Controllers can be checked for fault codes at any

time. Up to 10 fault codes can be stored for each con-
troller.
1.
Press and hold the DIAG key on the key pad,

with the key switch in the On or Run position, to access
fault codes for a specific controller. The DIAG MENU
screen displays.
2.
Use the DECR or INCR key to scroll

through the menu until the desired controller is high- RCIL08CCH130AAA 1
lighted.
NOTE: The tractor multi function (TMF) controller is
the former aux/hitch/pto controller.
RCIL08CCH131AAA 2
3.
Press the PROG key to display the active fault

codes for the selected controller.
NOTE: If the highlighted controller is not detected on
the data bus when the PROG key is pressed, the mes-
sage “COMM ERR” displays.
RCPH08CCH003ABC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 4
4. A separate screen is used to display each fault. The

controller name (A), order the fault appeared (B), fault
number (C), the machine hour the fault appeared (D),
and the number of occurrences (1-10) of the fault (E)
are stored.
RCPH08CCH004ABC 4
5.
Use the or INCR key to display the next

stored fault codes: ten fault codes are stored.
6. To return to the DIAG MENU, press the PROG key.
7. To erase all stored fault codes for a controller, press
and hold both the INCR and DECR key for 10 seconds.
NOTE: All the fault codes for the selected controller
are erased.
8. After the fault codes are erased, the DIAG MENU
screen redisplays.
Use the INCR or DECR key to select

another controller. Press the PROG key to display the
faults for the controller.
• To return to the operating screens, highlight “EXIT” on
the menu screen, and then press the PROG key.
RCIL08CCH130AAA 5
RCIL08CCH131AAA 6
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 5
Control module - Dynamic description - Selecting a controller

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
To access specific controller:

1.
Press and hold the PROG key for two seconds
within the first ten seconds after turning the key switch
to the On position. A short beep indicates that config-
uration mode is active. The screen displays the main
CONFIG MENU.
2.
Press the DECR key until the desired controller
is highlighted in the menu list.
3.
Press the PROG key to enter the sub menus for
the highlighted controller. The first sub-menu screen RCPH08CCH023AAA 1
for the controller displays.
RCPH08CCH024AAA 2
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 6
Control module Armrest controller - Dynamic description -

Configuration overview
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
NOTE: The instrument controller must be calibrated be-

fore the armrest controller is calibrated.
The armrest controller is located in the right hand arm-

rest of the operator’s seat. The controller monitors the
switches and potentiometers located in the armrest and
broadcasts their status over the data bus to other con-
trollers.
Armrest controller calibration is performed with the pro-

grammable display on the tractor instrumentation.
The seven menu options for the armrest controller are:

• ARM HITCH – Use this menu to calibration the hitch
position potentiometer.
• ARM THROTTLE – Use this menu to calibrate high
and low idle in the hand throttle lever potentiometer.
• AUX FLOW – Use this menu to calibrate high and low
flow in the flow potentiometers.
• AUX LEVER – (Remote valve) Use menu to tell the
controller how many remote valves are present on the
tractor and to record the extend and retract position for
each valve control lever.
• ARM MFD – Use this menu to indicate whether the
MFD switch is present.
• ARM TRANS – Use this menu to indicate whether the
creeper switch is present. RCPH08CCH007BBC 1
• ARM VIEW – Use this menu to view which version of

software is installed.
Refer to Control module Armrest controller - Dynamic description - Calibration (A.50.A) to perform calibration.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 7
Control module Armrest controller - Dynamic description -

Calibration
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
To access the armrest calibration screens:

1.

CONFIG MENU.
2.
Press the DECR key to highlight the armrest

controller in the menu list.
3. RCIL08CCH148AAA 1
Press the PROG key to enter the armrest

menus.
RCIL08CCH149AAA 2
Hitch control calibration

4.
Use the INCR or DECR key to display

the ARM HITCH screen.
Press the PROG key to enter the hitch calibra-

tion screens.
RCPH08CCH011ABC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 8
5. The screen displays H Pos Up. Move the hitch position

control to the full up position.
NOTE: Do not move the control to the transport lock po-
sition.
RCPH08CCH012ABC 4
An asterisk (*) appears on the screen when the poten-

tiometer is in a valid range.
Press the PROG key to record the voltage for the

full up position.
RCPH08CCH013ABC 5
6. The screen displays H Pos Dn. Move the hitch position

control to the full down position.
NOTE: If the up or down position is not valid and the aster-
isk did not appear, CAL FAILED displays and calibration
aborts. Check for fault codes to resolve this problem.
RCPH08CCH014ABC 6
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 9
An asterisk (*) appears on the screen when the poten-
tiometer is in a valid range. Press the PROG key

to record the voltage for the full down position.
RCPH08CCH015ABC 7
7. If “Draft” displays on the next screen, the load com-

mand pot is present. The hitch system will be cali-
brated for draft control.
RCPH08CCH016ABC 8
If “No Draft” displays on the next screen, the load com-

mand pot is not present. The system will be calibrated as
a position only hitch.
Press the PROG key to continue.
RCPH08CCH017ABC 9
8. The screen displays “hiDrpSpd.”
• Move the hitch drop speed control under the armrest

cover to the fully clockwise position.
• An asterisk (*) appears on the screen to indicate that
the pot is in a valid range.
•
Press the PROG key to record the voltage for

the position.
NOTE: If the selected “hiDrpSpd” is not valid, calibra-
tion aborts.
RCPH08CCH018ABC 10
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 10
9. The screen displays “TrnsptLk.”
• Move the hitch drop speed control counter clockwise

until it enters the detent position.
• An asterisk (*) appears on the screen to indicate that
the control pot is in a valid range (The pot must be in
the detent position).
•
Press the PROG key to record this voltage.

NOTE: If the selected “TrnsptLk” is not valid, calibra-
tion aborts.
RCPH08CCH019ABC 11
10.
Press the DECR key to continue. Hitch calibra-

tion is complete. The ARM HITCH screen redisplays.
RCPH08CCH020ABC 12
Throttle control calibration

1.

the ARM THROTTLE screen.
2.
Press the PROG key to enter the throttle cali-

bration screens.
RCPH08CCH021ABC 13
3. The screen displays “hi idle.”
• Move the hand throttle lever to the high idle position.

• An asterisk (*) appears on the screen when the poten-
•
Press the PROG key to record the voltage.

NOTE: If the high position is not valid and the asterisk
does not appear, CAL FAILED displays and calibration
RCPH08CCH022ABC 14
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 11
4. The screen displays “lo idle.”
• Move the throttle lever to the low idle position.

• An asterisk (*) appears on the screen when the poten-
• Press the PROG key to record the voltage.
NOTE: If the low position is not valid and the asterisk
does not appear, CAL FAILED displays and calibration
RCPH08CCH023ABC 15
5. The ARM THROTTLE screen redisplays.

6.
Press the DECR key to continue with armrest

calibration.
RCPH08CCH021ABC 16
Remote valves control calibration

1.

the ARM AUX FLOW screen.
2.
Press the PROG key to enter the calibration

screens for the remote valve controls.
RCPH08CCH024ABC 17
3. The screen displays “-XXXX lo flow.”
RCPH08CCH025ABC 18
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 12
4. Turn the flow control knob (potentiometer) for the

first remote valve completely counterclockwise until
“1XXXX” displays on the screen.
RCPH08CCH026ABC 19
5. The screen displays “XXXXX hi flow.” Turn the flow

control knob (potentiometer) for the first remote com-
pletely clockwise until “1XXXX” displays on the screen.
RCPH08CCH027ABC 20
6. The ARM AUX FLOW screen redisplays.

7.
Press the DECR key to display the AUX ARM

LEVER screen.
8.
Press the PROG key to calibrate the remote

levers.
RCPH08CCH028ABC 21
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 13
9. The AUX EXT (extend) screen displays. Move all the

remote hydraulic levers to the full extend position (rear
detent).
• If the tractor is equipped with a fifth remote, press and

release the rear (extend) of the fifth remote switch.
RCPH08CCH029ABC 22
10. Which levers are detected in the extend position is

indicated with the number for the remote: for example,
if the number one through 5 display, this indicates that
all levers are detected in the extend position.
• A “-” (dash) indicates that the corresponding lever is

not detected in the extend position.
• An “X” displays for any lever that does not have a valid
extend voltage.
•
Press the PROG key to save the voltage for all

the levers that are in the extend position.
RCPH08CCH030ABC 23
11. The AUX RET (retract) screen displays. Move all the
remote levers to the full retract position (first forward
detent).
NOTE: Do not move the levers to the float position.
RCPH08CCH031ABC 24
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 14
12. Which levers are detected in the retract position is indi-

cated with the number for the remote; for example, as
each lever is detected in the retract detent, the number
for the remote is added to the screen. This illustration
shows that only the 5th remote was actuated for the
extend position.
• A “-” (dash) indicates that the corresponding lever is

not detected in the retract position.
• An “X” displays for any lever that does not have a valid
retract voltage.
•
Press the PROG key to record the voltage for

25
all the levers in the retract position. RCPH08CCH032ABC
13. Calibration of the controls for the remote valves is now

complete.
Press the PROG key to redisplay the ARM AUX

LEVER screen.
•
Press the DECR key to continue with the arm-

rest calibration.
MFD control
1.

the ARM MFD screen.
2.

screen for the mechanical front drive control.
RCPH08CCH033ABC 26
3. The screen is used to indicate whether the MFD switch

is present.
4.
Use the INCR or DECR key to toggle

between Yes MFD? and No MFD?
5.
Press the PROG key to save the selection and

exit to the ARM MFD screen.
6. Press DECR to continue with the armrest calibration.
RCPH08CCH034ABC 27
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 15
Creeper control
1.

the ARM TRAN screen.
2.

screen for the creeper control.
RCPH08CCH035ABC 28
3. The screen is used to indicate whether the MFD switch

is present.
NOTE: The Creeper menu only appears when the ve-
hicle is equipped with the Creeper gear.
4.

between Yes Creeper? and No Creeper?
5.
Press the PROG key to save the selection.

6. Press DECR to continue with the armrest calibration.
RCPH08CCH036ABC 29
View software revision

1.

the ARM VIEW screen.
2.
Press the PROG key to view the version of the

installed software.
RCPH08CCH041ABC 30
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 16
3. Software information displays on two screens. The

first screen displays Ver#1 on the top line, and the first
part of the software code on the bottom line.
4.
Press the PROG key to display the second

screen.
RCPH08CCH042ABC 31
5. The second screen displays Ver#2 on the top line, and

the software code on the bottom line.
RCPH08CCH043ABC 32
6.
Press the PROG key to exit the view menu.

The ARM VIEW screen displays.
RCPH08CCH041ABC 33
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 17
7.

the ARM EXIT screen.
8.
Press the PROG key to exit armrest controller

calibration. The CONFIG MENU screen displays.
9.
Use the INCR or DECR key to highlight

the EXIT selection.
10.
RCPH08CCH044ABC 34
Press the PROG key to return to the normal
operating screens.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 18
Control module Transmission controller - Dynamic description -

Configuration overview
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Configuration or calibration of the transmission controller is required whenever:

• the controller is replaced,
• the controller is programmed with new software,
• the transmission control valve, master clutch, clutch pedal or the transmission are serviced.
Before configuring or calibrating the transmission controller,

• The instrumentation (ICU) and armrest (ARU) controllers must be calibrated.
• The vehicle must be in an open area, free of obstacles and away from personnel.
WARNING
Move the vehicle to an open area, free of obstacles and away from personnel. Transmission clutches are
engaged during controller calibration, and the vehicle may move during calibration. The operator must
be ready to take control of the vehicle at any time. Failure to comply may result in death or serious injury.
M588
• Transmission oil temperature must be warmed to more than 60 °C (140 °F).

• Engine speed must be 1200 RPM or higher during calibration.
• If the transmission controller was replaced, the new controller must be properly connected to the vehicle electrical/
electronic systems. If required, check for solid connections between the harness connectors and the controller.
CONFIG MENU
Instrument
Transmission
CONFIG TRANS
TRANS VIEW
TRANS SETUP
TRANS ADJUST*
TRANS DIAG*
TRANS FSUS
TRANS EXIT
Armrest
AUX/Hitch/PTO
Exit
* This menu selection is only visible when the electronic service tool (EST) is connected to the vehicle.
The six menu options for the transmission controller are:
TRANS VIEW – These screens display the results from calibration and the current operating parameters:
milliampere and oil temperature values for the clutches, inching pedal values, software
revisions, transmission system pressure, and engine load percentage. Normal tractor
operation is available while these screens are viewed.
TRANS SETUP – These screens are used for clutch calibration and to set default gear values in the
transmission controller.
TRANS ADJUST – This selection is only available when the electronic service tool (EST) is connected to the
vehicle. In general, enter this screen only when authorized by appropriate engineering
personnel.
TRANS DIAG – This selection is only available when the electronic service tool (EST) is connected to the
vehicle. In general, enter this screen only when authorized by appropriate engineering
personnel.
TRANS FSUS – These screens are used to configure and calibrate the front suspended axle, to view values,
and to select demo or manual mode of operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 19
TRANS EXIT – This screen is used to exit the selections for the transmission controller.
To access any of the CONFIG TRANS screens:
1.
CONFIG MENU.
RCIL08CCH023AAA 1
RCIL08CCH024AAA 2
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 20
2.
Press the DECR key to highlight the transmission
3.
Press the PROG key to access the TRANS CON-
FIG menus.
RCPH08CCH023AAA 3
RCPH08CCH024AAA 4
4.
Pressing the DECR key at this menu level steps
through the six menu options for the transmission con-
troller:
• TRANS VIEW
• TRANS SETUP
• TRANS ADJUST
• TRANS DIAG
• TRANS FSUS
• TRANS EXIT
5.
Continue pressing the DECR key until the desired
RCPH08CCH004BAA 5
menu displays.
•
Press the PROG key when the desired screen
displays to enter the sub menus.
•
Or press the PROG key when the TRANS EXIT
screen displays to exit the transmission menus.
Refer to appropriate reference for additional information on the transmission sub menus.
TRANS VIEW Control module Transmission controller - Dynamic description - TRANS VIEW (A.50.A)
TRANS SETUP Control module Transmission controller - Dynamic description - TRANS SETUP
(A.50.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 21
TRANS ADJUST Control module Transmission controller - Dynamic description - TRANS ADJUST
(A.50.A)
TRANS DIAG Control module Transmission controller - Dynamic description - TRANS DIAG (A.50.A)
TRANS FSUS Control module Transmission controller - Dynamic description - TRANS FSUS
(A.50.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 22

TRANS VIEW
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS VIEW screens report the results from calibration

and the current operating parameters: milliampere and
oil temperature values for the clutches, inching pedal val-
ues, software revisions, transmission system pressure,
and engine load percentage. Normal tractor operation is
available while these screens are viewed.
As the name implies, the screens under TRANS VIEW are

for viewing current transmission values; no modification of
the values is permitted.
RCPH08CCH004BAA 1
To access the TRANS SETUP screens:

A.
CONFIG MENU.
B.
C.
Press the PROG key to enter the sub menus. The
TRANS VIEW screen displays. RCPH08CCH023AAA 2
RCPH08CCH024AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 23
View clutch
4.
Press the PROG key to enter the view screens.
The View Cltch (clutch) screen displays.
RCPH08CCH010BAA 4
5.
Press the PROG key to view the calibration val-
ues for the various clutches in milliamperes. The Odd
clutch screen displays.
RCPH08CCH011BAA 5
6.
Press the DECR key to view the calibration value
for the next clutch. The Even screen displays.
•
Continue pressing the DECR key to cycle through
the current calibration values for all clutches in this
sequence: C/O (clutch overdrive), C/R (creeper), C1,
C3, C5, Low, Mid, High, Reverse and Master.
•
Press the PROG key at any time to return to the
previous menu level – the View Cltch screen.
RCPH08CCH012BAA 6
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 24
7. Master clutch is the final screen in the Clutch View sub

menus.
•
Press the PROG key to return to the previous
menu level
•
Press the DECR key to continue to cycle through
the current clutch values again.
RCPH08CCH013BAA 7
Cal clutch temperature

1.
Press the DECR key with the View Clutch screen
displayed to view the Cal Cltch Tmp (calibration clutch
temperature) screens. These screens report the tem-
perature at which the various clutches were calibrated.
2.
Press the PROG key to view the calibration tem-
perature for the various clutches in degrees Celsius
or Fahrenheit, depending on the unit of measurement
selected.
RCPH08CCH014BAA 8
3. The Odd Deg screen displays and reports the calibra-

tion temperature for the Odd clutch as 23 °C in this
example.
4.
Press the DECR key to view the calibration tem-
perature for the next clutch.
RCPH08CCH015BAA 9
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 25
5. The Even Deg screen displays. Continue pressing
the DECR key to cycle through the temperature

values for all clutches in this sequence: C/O (clutch
overdrive), C/R (creeper), C1, C3, C5, Low, Mid, High,
Reverse and Master.
6.
Press the PROG key at any time to return to the
previous menu level – the Cal Cltch Tmp screen.
RCPH08CCH016BAA 10
7. Master clutch is the final screen in the Cal Cltch Tmp

sub menus.
•
menu level
•
Press the DECR key to continue to cycle through
the temperature values again.
RCPH08CCH017BAA 11
Oil temperature
1.
Press the DECR key with the Cal Cltch Tmp
screen displayed to view the Oil Temp (temperature)
screens. These screens report the current tempera-
ture of the hydraulic fluid in the transmission.
2.
Press the PROG key to view the current temper-
ature of the transmission fluid in degrees Celsius or
Fahrenheit, depending on the unit of measurement se-
lected.
RCPH08CCH018BAA 12
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 26
3. The Oil Deg screen displays and reports the current

temperature as 23 °C in this example.
4.
menu level – the Oil Temp screen.
RCPH08CCH019BAA 13
View pedal
1.
Press the DECR key with the Oil Temp screen
displayed to view the View Pedal screens. These
screens report how well the inching pedal potentiome-
ter is functioning in percent of travel.
2.
Press the PROG key to view the pedal’s reported
travel in the fully up and fully down positions.
RCPH08CCH020BAA 14
3. The SW Pos (switch position) screen displays and re-

ports the current position of the inching pedal in per-
cent of travel, as indicated by the potentiometer. If the
inching is fully up, a reading at or near 100 % should
be reported.
RCPH08CCH021BAA 15
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 27
4. Depress the inching pedal fully to the floor; a reading

at or near 0 % should be reported.
5.
menu level – the View Pedal screen.
RCPH08CCH030BAA 16
Software revision
1.
Press the DECR key with the SW Pos screen
displayed to view the SW Revision (software revision)
screens. These screens report the software versions
of the transmission controller.
2.
Press the PROG key to view the revision level of
the software.
RCPH08CCH022BAA 17
3. The Ver #1 (version) screen displays and reports the

major (first line) and minor (second line) revision level
of the transmission controller software.
RCPH08CCH023BAA 18
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 28
3.
3. Press the DECR key to view the engineering
revision level of the software. The Ver #2 (version)
screen displays and reports the major (first line) and
minor (second line) revision level of the transmission
controller software.
•
Press the DECR key again to continue to cycle
through the revision screens.
•
menu level – the SW Revision screen.
RCPH08CCH024BAA 19
Pressure transducer
1.
Press the DECR key with the SW Revision
screen displayed to view the Pres Trnsdcr (pressure
transducer) screens. These screens report the cur-
rent transmission hydraulic pressure in kPa or PSI,
depending on the units of measurement selected.
2.
Press the PROG key to view the current pressure.
RCPH08CCH025BAA 20
3. The Pres (pressure) screen displays and reports the

current system pressure, as sensed by the pressure
transducer: 152 kPa in this example.
4.
menu level – the Pres Trnsdcr screen.
RCPH08CCH026BAA 21
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 29
Engine load
1.
Press the DECR key with the Pres Trnsdcr screen
displayed to view the Eng Load (engine load) screens.
These screens report the current engine load as a per-
centage of total available power.
2.
Press the PROG key to view the current engine
load.
RCPH08CCH027BAA 22
3. The Load screen displays and reports the current en-

gine load as a percentage.
4.
menu level – the Eng Load screen.
RCPH08CCH028BAA 23
Exiting TRANS VIEW

1.
Press the DECR key with the Eng Load screen
displayed to access the Exit View screen.
2.
Press the PROG key to exit the view screens.
3.
3. Press the DECR key to return to the first trans-
mission menu.
RCPH08CCH029BAA 24
Refer to appropriate reference for additional transmission sub menus.
TRANS SETUP Control module Transmission controller - Dynamic description - TRANS SETUP
(A.50.A)
(A.50.A)
TRANS FSUS Control module Transmission controller - Dynamic description - TRANS FSUS
(A.50.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 30

TRANS SETUP
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
The TRANS SETUP screens are used for clutch calibra-

tion and to set default gear values in the transmission con-
troller.
Before setup is performed on the transmission controller,

• The instrumentation (ICU) and armrest (ARU) con-
trollers must be calibrated.
• The electronic service tool (EST) must be connected
to the vehicle.
• The vehicle must be in an open area, free of obstacles
and away from personnel.
WARNING
Move the vehicle to an open area, free of obstacles RCPH08CCH031BAA 1
and away from personnel. Transmission clutches
are engaged during controller calibration, and the
vehicle may move during calibration. The opera-
tor must be ready to take control of the vehicle at
any time. Failure to comply may result in death or
serious injury.
M588
• Transmission oil temperature must be warmed to more

than 60 °C (140 °F).
• Engine speed must be 1200 RPM or higher during
calibration.
• If the transmission controller was replaced, the new
controller must be properly connected to the vehicle
electrical/electronic systems. If required, check for
solid connections between the harness connectors
and the controller.
NOTICE: If any faults are active, they must be cleared
before setup is possible. Retrieve, record and clear
any active faults and then proceed with transmission
setup.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 31
To access the TRANS SETUP screens:

1.
CONFIG MENU.
2.
3.
Press the PROG key to enter the sub menus. The
TRANS VIEW screen displays. RCPH08CCH023AAA 2
RCPH08CCH024AAA 3
4.
Press the DECR key to move to the next selec-
tion. The TRANS SETUP screen displays.
The menu options under TRANS SETUP include:

• Cal Cltch (clutch calibration) – screens used to cali-
brate all transmission clutches,
• Reset NVM (non-volatile memory) – screens used to
erase all calibration data,
• Setup Bkup Alm (backup alarm) – screens to turn the
backup alarm on or off,
• Setup FSUS (front suspension) – screens used to in-
dicate if the suspended front axle is present,
RCPH08CCH031BAA 4
• Gear default – screens used to select the default for-
ward, default reverse and default reverse shuttle gears
for the transmission.
• Set 50KPH Lmt ( 50 km/h limit) – screens used to limit
roading speed for a juvenile operator.
• Exit Setup
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 32
Clutch calibration
1. Move the vehicle to an open area. Start the tractor.
Set engine speed at 1200 RPM or higher. Warm the
transmission fluid to more than 60 °C (140 °F).
2.
Press the PROG key with the TRANS SETUP
screen displayed to enter the setup screens. The Cltch
Cal (clutch calibration) screen displays.
NOTE: The electronic service tool (EST) must be in
use to view this menu. Exit calibration, connect the
EST and then proceed with calibration.
3.
Press the PROG key to enter the clutch calibra- RCPH08CCH032BAA 5
tion screens.
4. The Oil Deg (oil degree) screen displays, reporting the
current temperature of the hydraulic fluid in the trans-
mission. The value is in degrees Celsius or Fahren-
heit, depending on the unit of measurement selected.
Transmission fluid should be between 60 - 105 °C (140
- 221 °F) for optimum calibration results.
• If temperature is within range, press the PROG key
to continue and go to Step 6.

• If temperature is out of range, continue with Step 5.
RCPH08CCH035BAA 6
Depending on the current temperature of the hydraulic

fluid, three different messages may occur:
5. If the fluid is between 10 - 60 °C (50 - 140 °F), a “Low
Oil Temp” message displays for 4 seconds and then
the Oil Deg screen redisplays.
•
Press the PROG key while the “Low Oil Temp”
message displays to continue calibration.
• Perform calibration at a lower temperature only when
the recommended temperature range cannot be
achieved at the current ambient temperature.
• Move the vehicle to a heated enclosure, warm the ve-
hicle, and then perform clutch calibration again.
RCPH08CCH036BAA 7
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 33
6. If transmission fluid is hotter than 105 °C (221 °F), a

“Hot Oil Temp” message displays for four seconds and
then the Oil Deg screen redisplays.
•
Press the PROG key while the “Hot Oil Temp”
message displays to continue calibration.
• Perform calibration at a higher temperature only
when the recommended temperature range cannot
be achieved at the current ambient temperature.
• Allow the vehicle to cool, and then perform clutch cal-
ibration.
RCPH08CCH054BAA 8
7. If transmission fluid is colder than 10 °C (50 °F), a

“Cold Oil Temp” message displays for four seconds
and then the Oil Deg screen redisplays.
•
Press the PROG key while the “Cold Oil Temp”
message displays to abort calibration. A Cal Aborted
screen displays.
•
Press the PROG key to access the Cal Exit
screen, and then press the PROG key to exit calibra-
tion.
• Move the vehicle to a heated enclosure, warm the ve-
hicle, and then perform clutch calibration.
RCPH08CCH053BAA 9
8. The Eng RPM (engine) screen displays, reporting cur-

rent engine RPM.
•
Press the PROG key if engine RPM is greater
than 1200 RPM to continue.
• OR
• Increase engine speed to 1200 - 1300 RPM if required,
and then press the PROG key to continue.
NOTICE: If the PROG key is pressed when engine
speed is too low, a “Cal Aborted” message displays.
Press the PROG key again; the Cal Exit screen dis-
plays. Press the PROG key again to continue with the
calibration process. RCPH08CCH037BAA 10
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 34
NOTE: If engine speed is adjusted, an “Eng Stblzng” (en-

gine stabilizing) message may display while engine speed
stabilizes. The message disappears after a few seconds.
RCPH08CCH038BAA 11
9. The Shift to FWD instruction screen displays. Move

the transmission control lever to the FWD position.
WARNING
Move the vehicle to an open area, free of obstacles
and away from personnel. Transmission clutches
are engaged during controller calibration, and the
vehicle may move during calibration. The opera-
tor must be ready to take control of the vehicle at
any time. Failure to comply may result in death or
serious injury.
M588
RCPH08CCH039BAA 12
10. The Pedal Up instruction screen may also display if

the inching pedal is depressed. Release the inching
pedal.
RCPH08CCH052BAA 13
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 35
11. The Odd Clutch screen displays.
•
Press the PROG key to start odd clutch calibra-
tion.
NOTICE: If you encounter an error message while cal-
ibrating any of the clutches, refer to the “Clutch calibra-
tion error message” table at the end of this section.
RCPH08CCH040BAA 14
12. The Odd 0 mA screen displays when calibration be-

gins.
RCPH08CCH041BAA 15
13. When odd clutch calibration is complete, the *Odd mA

screen displays, reporting the clutch calibration value
in milliamperes.
•
Press the PROG key to continue with the next
clutch.
RCPH08CCH042BAA 16
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 36
14. The Even Clutch screen displays.
•
Press the PROG key to begin calibration of the
even clutch. The Even 0 mA screen displays when
calibration begins.
• When calibration completes, the *Even mA screen
displays, reporting the calibration value for the even
clutch in milliamperes.
• Repeat this procedure for the remaining clutches: C/O
(clutch overdrive), C/R (creeper), C1, C3, C5, low, mid,
high, reverse and master.
RCPH08CCH043BAA 17
15. The master clutch is the final clutch in the series.
•
Press the PROG key to exit clutch calibration
when the *Mstr mA screen displays.
RCPH08CCH044BAA 18
16.
Press the PROG key to exit clutch calibration and
return to the TRANS SETUP menus.
RCPH08CCH045BAA 19
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 37
Depending on the position of the transmission control, the

Shift to Park instruction screen may display. If required,
put the transmission in Park.
RCPH08CCH046BAA 20
17. Calibration is complete. Reduce engine speed to low

idle. Turn the keyswitch to the off position. Calibration
values – the milliampere and oil temperature – are
saved for the various clutches
Clutch calibration error messages

Message Meaning/Resolution
Open Ckt Clutch solenoid is disconnected, or there is an open circuit or short to ground in the wiring to the
solenoid. Use the fault code resolution for the specific clutch to resolve this problem.
TRANS 103-Odd clutch solenoid or its wiring failed open or shorted to ground (C.20.E)
TRANS 104-Even clutch solenoid or its wiring failed open or shorted to ground (C.20.E)
TRANS 105-C1-2 clutch solenoid or its wiring failed open or shorted to ground (C.20.E)
TRANS 108-Master clutch solenoid or its wiring failed open or shorted to ground (C.20.E)
TRANS 108-Master clutch solenoid or its wiring failed open or shorted to ground (C.20.E)
TRANS 110-Mid clutch solenoid or its wiring failed open or shorted to ground (C.20.E)
TRANS 111-High clutch solenoid or its wiring failed open or shorted to ground (C.20.E)
TRANS 112-Reverse clutch solenoid or its wiring failed open or shorted to ground
(C.20.E)
TRANS 113-Creeper clutch solenoid or its wiring failed open or shorted to ground (C.20.E)
Shrt Ckt Clutch solenoid is shorted, or there is a short to power in the wiring to the solenoid. Use the
fault code resolution for the specific clutch to resolve this problem.
TRANS 115-Odd clutch solenoid coil shorted or its wiring shorted to power (C.20.E)
TRANS 114-Even clutch solenoid coil shorted or its wiring shorted to power (C.20.E)
TRANS 116-C1-2 clutch solenoid coil shorted or its wiring shorted to power (C.20.E)
TRANS 119-Master clutch solenoid coil shorted or its wiring shorted to power (C.20.E)
TRANS 120-Low clutch solenoid coil shorted or its wiring shorted to power (C.20.E)
TRANS 121-Mid clutch solenoid coil shorted or its wiring shorted to power (C.20.E)
TRANS 122-High clutch solenoid coil shorted or its wiring shorted to power (C.20.E)
TRANS 123-Reverse clutch solenoid coil shorted or its wiring shorted to power (C.20.E)
TRANS 124-Creeper clutch solenoid coil shorted or its wiring shorted to power (C.20.E)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 38
Setup suspended axle

A selection on the Setup FSUS (front suspension)
screens within TRANS SETUP indicates whether the
suspended axle option is present on the vehicle. The
transmission controller does not recognize the suspended
axle unless “Yes” is selected on the Fsus screen. Refer
to the TRANS FSUS screens to calibrate and configure
the axle: Control module Transmission controller -
Dynamic description - TRANS FSUS (A.50.A).
The electronic service tool (EST) must be in use to view

this menu.
RCPH08CCH057BAA 21
1. Enter the TRANS SETUP menus.

2.
Press the DECR key until the Setup FSUS screen
displays.
3.
Press the PROG key to enter the menus. The
Fsus screen displays.
RCPH08CCH057BAA 22
4.
Press the INCR key or DECR key until the
desired selection displays: Yes or No.
RCPH08CCH059BAA 23
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 39
5.
Press the PROG key to save the selection. A
“Done” message displays after about one second to
confirm the selection.
RCPH08CCH060BAA 24
6.
Press the PROG key again to return to the
TRANS SETUP menus.
RCPH08CCH057BAA 25
Gear default
Use the Gear Default screens to change the default for-
ward gear and default reverse gear for the vehicle at start
up and the default reverse shuttle shift gear. The default
forward gear set by the factory is 7th gear; the default re-
verse gear set by the factory is 2nd gear; and the default
reverse shuttle shift gear set by the factory is the last re-
verse gear used. Any changes to the default gear settings
remain in effect until changed again or when the transmis-
sion controller is replaced.
The default forward gear can be any gear from 1st to 13th
gear. The default reverse gear can be any gear from 1st
to 4th gear. The default reverse shuttle shift gear can be
any gear from 1st to 4th gear or the value 0 (zero), which
selects the last reverse gear used.
The electronic service tool (EST) does not need to be in

use to view this menu.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 40

2.
Press the DECR key until the Gear Default screen
displays.
3.
Press the PROG key to enter the menus.
RCPH08CCH034BAA 26
4. The Setup Fwd (forward) Gear screen displays.
•
Press the PROG key to view current default gear
setting for forward.
RCPH08CCH047BAA 27
5. The *Fwd Gear # screen displays indicating the current

setting for the default forward gear.
•
Press the INCR key to select a new higher default
forward gear.
• OR
•
Press the DECR key to select a new lower default
forward gear.
NOTE: Gears 1-13 may be selected as the default
forward gear.
•
Press the PROG key to save the new selection RCPH08CCH048BAA 28
and advance to the next menu.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 41
6. The Setup Rev (reverse) Gear screen displays.
•
setting for reverse.
RCPH08CCH049BAA 29
7. The *Rev (reverse) Gear # screen displays, indicating

the current setting for the default reverse gear.
•
Press the INCR key to select a new higher default
reverse gear.
• OR
•
Press the DECR key to select a new lower default
reverse gear.
NOTE: Gears 1-4 may be selected as the default re-
verse gear.
•
Press the PROG key to save the new selection RCPH08CCH050BAA 30

8. The Setup Rev S Gr (reverse shuttle gear) screen dis-
plays.
•
setting for reverse shuttle shifting.
RCPH08CCH055BAA 31
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 42
9. The *RevS Gear # screen displays, indicating the cur-

rent setting for the default reverse shuttle gear. The 0
(zero) setting indicates that the default reverse shuttle
gear is the last reverse gear used.
•
Press the INCR key to select a different default
reverse shuttle gear.
NOTE: Gears 1-4 or 0 (zero) for the last gear used
may be selected as the default reverse shuttle gear.
•
Press the PROG key to save the new selection
RCPH08CCH056BAA 32
10.
Press the PROG key again when the Exit Set
Gear screen displays to return to the TRANS SETUP
menus.
RCPH08CCH051BAA 33
Set 50KPH limit

This selection is only visible when a 50 km/h (31 mph)
transmission controller is present in the vehicle. The
selection is required in regions or countries where legal
statutes restrict the speed at which juvenile operators
can operate the vehicle on public roads.
The electronic service tool (EST) does not have to be in

use to view this menu.
2.
Press the DECR key until the Set 50KPH LMT
screen displays.
3.
Press the PROG key to enter the menus. The
Yes nn KPH screen displays.
RCPH08CCH077BAA 34
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 43
4.
Press the INCR key or DECR key until the
desired selection displays: Yes 40 KPH or Yes 50
KPH.
RCPH08CCH078BAA 35
5.
3. Press the PROG key to save the selection. A
“Done” message displays after about one second to
confirm the selection.
RCPH08CCH060BAA 36
6.
TRANS SETUP menus.
RCPH08CCH077BAA 37
Refer to appropriate reference for additional information on the transmission sub menus.
(A.50.A)
TRANS FSUS x Control module Transmission controller - Dynamic description - TRANS FSUS
(A.50.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 44
Control module Transmission controller - Dynamic description

- TRANS ADJUST
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
This selection is only available when the electronic ser-

vice tool (EST) is connected to the vehicle. In general,
enter this screen only when authorized by appropriate en-
gineering personnel
RCPH08CCH006BAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 45
Control module Transmission controller - Dynamic description

- TRANS DIAG
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
This selection is only available when the electronic ser-

vice tool (EST) is connected to the vehicle. In general,
enter this screen only when authorized by appropriate en-
gineering personnel
RCPH08CCH007BAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 46

TRANS FSUS
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
To access the TRANS FSUS screens:

1.

CONFIG MENU.
2.
Press the DECR key to highlight the transmis-

sion controller in the menu list.
3. RCPH08CCH023AAA 1
Press the PROG key to enter the sub menus.

The TRANS VIEW screen displays.
RCPH08CCH024AAA 2
4.
Press the DECR key multiple times until the

TRANS FSUS screen displays.
5.
Press the PROG key to enter the sub menus.
The menu options under TRANS FSUS include:

• FSUS CAL – screens used to calibrate the front sus-
pension,
• FSUS DEMO – screens used to turn the front suspen-
sion off to compare tractor performance with and with-
out front suspension,
RCPH08CCH008BAA 3
• FSUS ACCUM – screens used to check accumulator
pressure,
• FSUS MANUAL – screens used to manually operate
the front suspension,
• EXIT FSUS – screen used to exit the suspension
menus.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 47
Sensor calibration
6. The FSUS CAL screen displays.
Press the PROG key to start the calibration

process. Calibration runs automatically and thew front
suspension moves up and down through its complete
mechanical range.
NOTE: The lamp in the suspended axle switch flashes
On and Off during calibration.
RCPH08CCH093AAA 4
7. Numbers (nnnn) displayed on the screen update as

the calibration proceeds and represent the output volt-
age for the front axle position sensor. The reported
voltage may range from 800 - 4700 mV during cali-
bration. When “* Pos” displays with a millivolt value,
calibration has completed successfully.
RCPH08CCH082AAA 5
8. When sensor calibration completes successfully, the

“Cal Done” message displays.
9.
Press the PROG key to return to the FSUS Cal

screen.
RCPH08CCH080AAA 6
10. If sensor calibration fails, the “Cal Failed” message

displays. The lamp in the suspended axle switch turns
Off.
RCPH08CCH090AAA 7
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 48
11.
Press the PROG key to display the error mes-

sage. Use the table below to correct the problem.
RCPH08CCH092AAA 8
Message Description Action

POT OPEN CKT The position sensor has an open Check the sensor and the sensor
circuit. wiring.
POT HIGH VAL When the axle is at the top position, Check the sensor and the sensor
sensor voltage output is very high wiring.
(greater than 5 V.
POT SHRT CKT The position sensor has a short Check the sensor and the sensor
circuit. wiring.
POT LOW VAL When the axle is at the bottom Check the sensor and the sensor
position, sensor voltage output is too wiring.
low.
POT LOW RNG The output range of the sensor was Check for the correct sensor.
not valid during calibration: during
calibration the axle is moved from the Check the sensor installation.
full down to the full up position. At
the full down position, voltage output
should be around 800 mV. At the full
up position, voltage should be around
4700 mV. At the locked position,
output voltage should be around 3000
mV. This message occurs when the
sensor output does not match the
expected range.
SLOW UP MVMNT The axle took longer than expected Check the oil pressure.
to move up: the axle is expected to
raise at a certain speed. Check for a valve problem.
SLOW TO MAX The axle took a long time to reach the Check the oil pressure.
top position.
Check for a valve problem.
SLOW DN MVMNT The axle took longer than expected Check the oil pressure.
to move down: the axle is expected
to lower at a certain speed. Check for a valve problem.
SLOW TO MIN The axle took a long time to reach the Check the oil pressure.
bottom position.
Check for a valve problem.
NOT CAL The axle is not calibrated. Calibrate the axle.
WHEEL MOVED The tractor was moving during Repeat calibration without moving
calibration. Ground speed was the tractor.
detected.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 49
Setting the speed on the suspended axle

There are two speed settings – low and high – available
for automatic engagement on the suspended axle. The
low speed setting is 12 km/h (7.5 mph); the high speed
setting is 20 km/h (12.5 mph). Higher speed engagement
may be required in operations such as baling where draw-
bar height should not move at higher baling speeds.
NOTE: See “Entering the suspended axle screens” at the
beginning of this section for instructions on navigating to
the “TRANS F SUS” screen.
To set the speed for the automatic engagement feature:

RCIL08CCH138AAA 9
12.
Press the INCR or DECR key from

the “TRANS F SUS” screen until the “F SUS Config”
screen displays, and then press the PROG key.
13. The speed selection screen displays. The * (asterisk)
in front of “High” or “Low” indicates the default speed
setting.
14.
Press the INCR or DECR key until the

required setting displays.
15.
RCIL08CCH139AAA 10
15. After a few seconds, the “F SUS Cfg Done” screen

displays indicating that the setting has been saved.
Press the PROG key to exit the speed setting

screen.
16.
Press the INCR or DECR key until the

“F SUS Exit” screen displays, and then press PROG
key to return to the normal operating screens.
RCIL08CCH141AAA 11
Demonstration mode
To turn the suspended axle Off
17.
Press the INCR or DECR key, within the

TRANS FSUS menus, until the FSUS DEMO screen
displays.
18.
Press the PROG key to turn demonstration

mode On or Off.
RCPH08CCH086AAA 12
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 50
19.

the status between Demo On and Demo Off.
20.
Press the PROG key when the desired status

displays to make a selection.
RCPH08CCH087AAA 13
Accumulator precharge check

To check the operation of the accumulators:
21.

TRANS FSUS menus, until the “ACCUM CK” screen
displays.
22.
Press the PROG key to enter the screens.
RCIL08CCH132AAA 14
23. The FSUS ROD PC (precharge) screen displays: the

accumulator nitrogen charge pressure to the rod.
RCIL08CCH133AAA 15
24.
Press the PROG key to view the pressure for

the accumulator precharge.
25.
Press the PROG key to advance to the next

screen.
RCIL08CCH134AAA 16
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 51
26. The FSUS PSTN (piston) PC (precharge) screen dis-

plays: the accumulator nitrogen charge pressure to
the piston.
RCIL08CCH135AAA 17
27.
Press the PROG key to display the accumula-

tor precharge pressure.
28.
Press the PROG key again to advance to the

next screen.
RCIL08CCH136AAA 18
29. The FSUS PC EXIT screen displays.

30.
Press the PROG key again to exit the

precharge screens.
RCIL08CCH137AAA 19
Pressure check
To check system pressure:
31.

TRANS FSUS menus, until the “VIEW PRS” screen
displays.
32.
RCIL08CCH142AAA 20
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 52
33. The FSUS ROD PRS (pressure) screen displays: the

hydraulic oil pressure to the rod.
RCIL08CCH143AAA 21
34.
Press the PROG key to view the system pres-

sure to the rod.
35.

screen.
RCPH08CCH215AAC 22
36. The FSUS PSTN (piston) PRS (pressure) screen dis-

plays: the hydraulic oil pressure to the piston.
RCIL08CCH145AAA 23
37.
Press the PROG key to display the system

pressure to the piston.
38.

next screen.
RCPH08CCH213AAC 24
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 53
39. The FSUS EXIT screen displays.

40.
Press the PROG key again to exit the FSUS

screens.
RCIL08CCH147AAA 25
Manual operation
To manually operate the axle for diagnostic purposes:
41.
Press the INCR or DECR key, within

the TRANS FSUS menus, until the “FSUS MANUAL”
screen displays.
42.
RCPH08CCH071BAA 26
42. The Pos nnnn mV screen displays. The numbers rep-

resent the front axle position sensor output voltage.
43.
Press the DECR key to advance to the next

screen.
RCPH08CCH063BAA 27
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 54
44. The Raise nnnn mV screen displays.

45. Press and hold the suspended axle switch to raise the
axle. Release the switch to halt the raise.
NOTE: This function can be used to troubleshoot the
raise operation. Power the raise solenoid On and Off
and check for 12 V at the solenoid.
46.

screen.
RCPH08CCH073BAA 28
47. The Lower nnnn mV screen displays.

48. Press and hold the suspended axle switch to lower the
axle. Release the switch to halt the lowering.
NOTE: This function can be used to troubleshoot the
lower operation. Power the lower solenoid On and Off
and check for 12 V at the solenoid.
49.

screen.
RCPH08CCH074BAA 29
50. The Lock nnnn mV screen displays.

NOTICE: This solenoid is normally locked; power is
applied to unlock the solenoid.
51. Use the suspended axle switch to power the solenoid
On and Off, and check for 12 V as appropriate.
52.
Press the INCR key to perform other tests on

the raise or lower screen.
53.
Press the DECR key to go to the FSUS EXIT

screen.
RCPH08CCH075BAA 30
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 55
Control module Instrument controller - Dynamic description -

Configuration (calibration)
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
To access the instrument controller calibration screens:

1.

CONFIG MENU.
2. Highlight the instrument controller in the menu list (if
required).
3.
Press the PROG key to enter the instrument RCIL08CCH023AAA 1

menus.
RCIL08CCH024AAA 2
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 56
4. The CONFIG ICU screen displays with 3 menu op-

tions: operator setup, controller configuration or exit.
5. Press the DECR key to highlight “Controller Config”
(instrument controller configuration).
6. Press the PROG key to configure the controllers.
RCIL08CCH025AAA 3
RCIL08CCH026AAA 4
Configuration/calibration mode
7. The CONFIG ICU screen updates with new selections:
1. Tractor Model
NOTE: Changes to tractor model or fuel tank are
not required unless the instrument controller has
been replaced. If the model number is incorrect,
use the configuration window on the electronic ser-
vice tool (EST) to correct the model number.
2. Fuel Tank
3. Controller Config
4. Exit
8. RCPH08CCH111ABC 5

Controller Config,
9.

screen.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 57
10. The Select Control screen displays with the choice of

Auto or Manual selection.
• If AUTO is selected, the instrument controller searches

the CAN databus and adds the controllers it detects.
• If MANUAL is selected, each controller must be man-
ually added to the vehicle.
11.

MANUAL or AUTO.
12.
Press the PROG key to begin controller selec-

tion or detection.
RCPH08CCH112ABC 6
13. The SWCD or COLOR screen displays.

14.
Press the INCR or DECR key to select

“YES” or “NO.”
• Select “YES” if the tractor is equipped with any size

color display.
• Select “NO” if the tractor is not equipped with any size
color display.
15.

advance to the next screen. RCPH08CCH113ABC 7
16. The ENGINE (engine controller) screen displays.

17.

“YES” if the engine is electronically controlled or “NO”
if it is not.
18.

advance to the next screen.
RCPH08CCH114ABC 8
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 58
19. The TRANS (transmission controller) screen displays.

20.

“YES” and “NO.”
21.

RCPH08CCH115ABC 9
22. The ARM (armrest controller) screen displays.

23.

24.

RCPH08CCH116ABC 10
25. The ATC (automatic temperature control) screen dis-

plays.
26.

27.

RCPH08CCH117ABC 11
28. The AUX (remote system) screen displays: this func-

tion is now resident in the tractor multi-function (TMF)
controller.
29.

30.

RCPH08CCH118ABC 12
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 59
31. The HITCH (hitch system) screen displays: this func-

tion is now resident in the tractor multi-function (TMF)
controller.
32.

33.

RCPH08CCH119ABC 13
34. The PTO (system) screen displays: this function is

now resident in the tractor multi-function (TMF) con-
troller.
35.

36.

RCPH08CCH120ABC 14
37.
Press the DECR key to redisplay CONFIG ICU

screen.
38.

“EXIT.”
39.
Press the PROG key to exit controller configu-

ration.
40. The CONFIG MENU screen displays.
41.
RCPH08CCH110ABC 15
“EXIT.”
42.
Press the PROG key to exit controller configu-

ration and return to the normal operating screens.
Refer to Control module Instrument controller - Dynamic description - Operator setup (A.50.A) for instructions
on the operator setup screens.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 60
Control module Instrument controller - Dynamic description -

Operator setup
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
The following settings can be changed for the tractor

instrumentation:
• Display units – U.S. standard, metric or metric text
• Old hours
The following calibrations can be performed for the

tractor instrumentation:
• Tire radius calibration for ground speed
• Radar calibration for ground speed
To change any of these parameters or perform a
calibration:
1. Turn the key switch On. Press and hold the PROG
key within 10 seconds of turning the key switch On. A
short beep sounds to indicate setup mode has been
entered. The Config Menu displays with the Instru-
ment controller highlighted.
2.
Press the PROG key to enter the Instrument

controller menus.
RCIL08CCH023AAA 1
RCIL08CCH024AAA 2
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 61
3. The CONFIG screen displays with Operator Setup

highlighted.
4.
Press the PROG key to enter the settings

menus.
RCIL08CCH025AAA 3
RCIL08CCH026AAA 4
5.
Press the INCR or DECR key to move

through the menu and select Units, Tire Radius, Radar
Cal, Old Hours or Exit as required.
RCIL08CCH027AAA 5
RCIL08CCH028AAA 6
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 62
Changing units of measurement

Available units of measurement for the tractor include:
1. English – U.S.A. units of measurement with English
language text
2. Metric – metric units of measurement with icons but no
text
3. Metric plus text – metric units of measurement with
icons and English language text
4. Russian – metric units of measurement with icons and
Russian language text
5. German – metric units of measurement with icons and
German language text
6. Czech – metric units of measurement with icons and
Czech language text
NOTICE: When applicable, this manual shows the
English screen (top) and the Metric screen (bottom)
for various instrumentation screens.
To change units of measurement:
1.

Units on the CONFIG ICU screen.
2.
Press the PROG button to display the Unit

screen.
3. Use the INCR or DECR key to highlight the desired
setting.
4. Press the PROG key to make your selection. Press
7
the PROG key again to save the selection. The CON- RCIL08CCH029AAA
FIG ICU screen redisplays. Turn the key switch Off.
RCIL08CCH030AAA 8
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 63
Tire radius calibration for ground speed

To display the correct ground speed, the instrument con-
troller must know the radius for the current rear tires. This
setting is entered at the factory and should not have to be
changed until different tires are installed. When required,
the setting can be changed by driving the tractor a mea-
sured distance or by entering a value from a table.
NOTE: Tire wear does not require the radius value to be
reprogrammed.
To change the tire radius value:


Tire Radius on the CONFIG ICU screen.
2.
Press the PROG button to display the tire ra-

dius screen.
RCIL08CCH032AAA 10
3. The operator must choose between Manual or

Auto(matic) calibration. If “Manual” is selected, the
operator enters a value from the table which follows.
If “Auto” is selected, the operator drives the tractor
a measured distance, and the instrument controller
calculates the tire radius. Use the INCR or DECR key
to highlight your selection.
4. Press the PROG key to begin manual or automatic
calibration.
RCIL08CCH033AAA 11
RCIL08CCH034AAA 12
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 64
For manual calibration:

5. Press the PROG key to display the current tire rolling
radius.
6. Consult the table which follows for the value to be en-
tered for your tires.
7. Press the INCR or DECR key until the correct value
displays.
8. Press the PROG key to make your selection. Press
the PROG key again to save the selection and return
to the CONFIG screen.
9. Turn the tractor Off.
RCIL08CCH035AAA 13
RCIL08CCH036AAA 14
For automatic calibration:

10. Lay out a level, straight-line course of 60 m (197 ft)
with a clearly marked start and finish line.
11. Park the tractor an adequate distance from the start
line to achieve the speed necessary and allow time to
press the correct keys.
12. Press the PROG key to display “READY.”
RCIL08CCH041AAA 15
RCIL08CCH042AAA 16
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 65
13. Drive the tractor forward at a steady speed above 3.4

km/h (2 mph).
14. Press and release the INCR key as the tractor crosses
the start line. The display message changes from
“READY” to “*WORKING*.”
RCIL08CCH043AAA 17
RCIL08CCH044AAA 18
15. Press and release the DECR key as the tractor

crosses the finish line. The new tire radius value
displays for 2 seconds and then the CONFIG screen
redisplays.
NOTE: A “*FAILED*” message displays for 2 seconds
if calibration does not complete successfully and then
the CONFIG screen redisplays.
16. Stop the tractor and turn the key switch Off.
RCIL08CCH045AAA 19
RCIL08CCH046AAA 20
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 66
Tire radius chart

Tire dimension number (rolling radius)
Tread Rear tire size Firestone mm Goodyear mm Michelin mm Titan mm (inch)
(inch) (inch) (inch)
420/80R46 890 (35) 883 (34.8) N/A N/A
480/80R42 (1) 881 (34.7) 891 (35.1) N/A N/A
R-1 18.4R46 N/A 939 (37) N/A N/A
480/80R46 934 (36.8) 930 (36.6) N/A 938 (36.9)
520/85R42 922 (36.3) 930 (36.6) N/A N/A
320/90R54 942 (37.1) 931 (36.7) N/A N/A
380/90R46 885 (34.8) N/A N/A N/A
380/90R50 933 (36.7) 930 (36.6) N/A N/A
380/90R54 982 (38.7) 981 (38.6) N/A 986 (38.8)
480/80R46 934 (36.8) 931 (36.7) 935 (36.8) N/A
480/80R50 982 (38.7) 982 (38.7) 984 (38.7) 990 (39)
20.8R42 N/A 920 (36.2) N/A N/A
R-1W 520/85R42 922 (36.3) N/A 918 (36.1) N/A
520/85R46 978 (38.5) 979 (38.5) 969 (38.1) 982 (38.7)
620/70R42 915 (36) 931 (36.7) N/A N/A
620/70R46 N/A N/A 974 (38.3) N/A
IF650/85R38 N/A N/A 967 (38.1) N/A
710/70R38 918 (36.1) 923 (36.3) N/A N/A
710/70R42 971 (38.2) 974 (38.3) 975 (38.4) N/A
800/70R38 N/A 978 (38.5) N/A N/A
18.4R46 N/A 945 (37.2) N/A N/A
R-2 20.8R42 N/A 944 (37.2) N/A N/A
520/85R46 N/A 1007 (39.6) N/A N/A
N/A = Tire size not available
(1) = N/A on T8030, T8040, T8050.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 67
Radar/true ground speed sensor calibration

Radar calibration adjusts ground speed for minor varia-
tions in installation on your vehicle. For more reliable
ground speed, perform radar calibration. A default value
is used when calibration is not performed. Calibration
should be performed whenever the instrumentation con-
troller or the radar/true ground speed sensor are replaced,
or whenever displayed speed does not match GPS indi-
cated speed.
Radar calibration can be performed by driving the tractor

a measured distance or by adjusting a default value.
RCIL08CCH039AAA 21
1.

Radar Cal on the CONFIG ICU screen.
2.
Press the PROG button to display the Radar

Cal screen.
RCIL08CCH040AAA 22
3. The operator must choose between Manual or

Auto(matic) calibration. If “Manual” is selected, the
operator adjusts the default value. If “Auto” is se-
lected, the operator drives the tractor a measured
distance, and the instrument controller calibrates the
radar. Use the INCR or DECR key to highlight your
selection.
4. Press the PROG key to begin manual or automatic
calibration.
RCIL08CCH037AAA 23
RCIL08CCH047AAA 24
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 68
For manual calibration:

5. Press the PROG key to display the default calibration
number – 27.47.
6. Use the INCR or DECR key to increase or decrease
the default value. Increase the value in small incre-
ment to decrease the speed reported on the instru-
mentation. Decrease the value in small increments to
increase the ground speed reported on the instrumen-
tation.
NOTE: Pressing the INCR or DECR key increments
the value in 100ths.
7. Press the PROG key to save the new value and return RCIL08CCH048AAA 25
to CONFIG screen.
8. Start the tractor and test the displayed speed against
the GPS speed, and repeat the procedure if neces-
sary.
RCIL08CCH049AAA 26
For automatic calibration:

9. Lay out a level, straight-line course of 60 m (197 ft)
with a clearly marked start and finish line.
10. Park the tractor an adequate distance from the start
line to achieve the speed necessary and allow time to
press the correct keys.
11. Press the PROG key to display “READY.”
RCIL08CCH050AAA 27
RCIL08CCH051AAA 28
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 69
12. Drive the tractor forward at a steady speed above 3.4

km/h (2 mph).
13. Press and release the INCR key as the tractor crosses
the start line. The display message changes from
“READY” to “*WORKING*.”
14. Press and release the DECR key as the tractor
crosses the finish line. The new radar value displays
for 2 seconds and then the CONFIG screen redis-
plays.
NOTE: A “*FAILED*” message displays for 2 seconds
if calibration does not complete successfully and then
the CONFIG screen redisplays.
RCIL08CCH052AAA 29
NOTE: If the radar calibration fails or is exited prior to
saving the calibration value, the calibration default to
the previously saved value or a factory default if the
calibration has never been completed.
15. Stop the tractor and turn the key switch Off.
RCIL08CCH053AAA 30
Old hours
The Old Hours function is used when the instrument clus-
ter is replaced, and the existing hours on the tractor are
lost. When the new cluster is installed, the hour count
restarts at 0 (zero). The hours lost from the old instrument
cluster are retained by entering them as “Old Hours.”
The old hours are not combined with the hour count of the
new instrument cluster, but can be viewed by pressing and
holding the RESET key. Old hours display for 5 seconds.
To enter old hours:

Use the INCR or DECR key to select

Old Hours from the CONFIG ICU screen.
2.
Press the PROG key to display the hour screen

and the previously stored number or 0 (zero).
RCIL08CCH055AAA 32
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 70
1. Press the INCR or DECR key to increase or decrease

the selected hours. Hold the key down to rapidly in-
crement or decrement the hour value.
2. Press the PROG key to save the selected hour value.
The CONFIG screen displays again.
3. Turn the key switch Off.
RCIL08CCH056AAA 33
RCIL08CCH057AAA 34
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 71
Control module Tractor Multi-Function (TMF) controller - Dynamic

description - Remove valve (EHR) system calibration
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
NOTE: The tractor multi function (TMF) controller controls the remote valve, hitch and PTO systems.
To access the controller screens for remote valve
calibration and other operations:
1.

CONFIG MENU.
2.
Press the DECR key until the tractor multi func-

tion (TMF) controller is highlighted in the menu list.
RCIL08CCH011AAA 1
NOTE: The TMF controller is represented by the icons
for the main systems it controls: the remote valves,
hitch and PTO.
3.
Press the PROG key to enter the sub menus

for the TMF controller.
RCIL08CCH012AAA 2
4. The EDC MENU screen displays.

5.
Press the DECR key twice until the EHR MENU

(electro hydraulic remote) screen displays.
RCPH08CCH046ABC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 72
6.
Press the PROG key to enter the EHR screens

for the remote valves.
There are 5 options under the EHR MENU:

• AUX VIEW – Use this menu to displays the software
revision and scraper configuration.
• AUX ADJUST – Use this menu to adjust the flow from
a remote section: extend and retract flows are ad-
justable independently.
• AUX SETUP – Use this menu to configure implement
controls. The options are none, one and two. The
default is none. RCPH08CCH047ABC 4
• AUX CAL – Use this menu to calibrate the flow thresh-

olds of the valves.
NOTE: The valve must be configured in the armrest
controller to be calibrated.
• AUX EXIT – Use this menu to exit remote valve setup.
7.
Use the INCR or DECR key to scroll

through the menus.
8.
Press the PROG key to enter the selected

menu.
AUX view menu
9.
Press the PROG key , with the AUX VIEW

screen displayed, to view the current settings for the
remote valves.
RCPH08CCH048ABC 5
10. The F/B Pressure (Feedback) screen displays.
Press the PROG key to display the pressure

value.
•
Press the DECR key to display the next menu.
RCPH08CCH049ABC 6
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 73
11. The VALVE CAL screen displays.
Press the PROG key to display the calibration

values for the remote valves.
•
RCPH08CCH050ABC 7
12. The SCRPR OPTION screen displays.
Press the PROG key to display the settings for

the scrapers.
NOTE: Scraper configuration is performed with the
AUX SETUP menu.
•
RCPH08CCH051ABC 8
13. The EXIT VIEW screen displays.

14.
Press the PROG key to exit the view screens.

The AUX VIEW screen displays.
RCPH08CCH052ABC 9
15.
Press the DECR key to display the AUX AD-

JUST screen.
RCPH08CCH048ABC 10
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 74
AUX adjust menu

16.
Press the PROG key , with the AUX ADJUST

screen displayed, to adjust the flow curve for individual
remote valves.
RCPH08CCH053ABC 11
17.
Use the INCR or DECR key to select the

extend or retract circuit for remote valve 1 through 5.
• This screen only displays valves with a valid lever

range and no active fault codes from the armrest con-
troller.
• The screen sequentially displays available valves and
their extend or retract circuit: aux ext 1, aux ret 1, aux
ext 2, aux ret 2, etc.
RCPH08CCH054ABC 12
18.
Press the PROG key when the desired valve

and circuit displays. The current valve setting displays
– that is, a number between -40 and +40
19.
Press the INCR or DECR key to in-

crease or decrease the number. Each time the key
is pressed, flow changes 0.7 - 2.2 l/min (0.2 - 0.6 US
gpm).
• Increase the value to shift the flow curve to the to the

left and increase flow for any potentiometer setting for
the selected circuit and valve.
RCPH08CCH055ABC 13
• Decrease the value to shift the flow curve to the to the
right and decrease flow for any potentiometer setting
for the selected circuit and valve.
• As the displayed value is changed, the shift in the flow
curve will take effect immediately.
• The range of adjustment is -40 to +40, with 0 having
no effect on the flow curve.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 75
20.
Press the PROG key to return to the remote

valve selection menu. Repeat these steps for other
valves.
RCPH08CCH057ABC 14
21.

the AUX EXIT screen.
22.
Press the PROG key to exit the remote valve

adjusting screens.
RCPH08CCH058ABC 15
Aux setup menu

23.
Press the PROG key , with the AUX SETUP

screen displayed, to configure the controller for oper-
ation with scrapers.
RCPH08CCH056ABC 16
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 76
24. The screen displays the current selection: SCRPR

NONE, SCRPR 1 LASER, or SCRPR 2 LASER.
25.
Use the INCR or DECR key to change

the selection.
26.
Press the PROG key to save the selection. The

AUX SETUP screen redisplays.
RCPH08CCH060ABC 17
27.
Use the INCR or DECR key to access

the next menu.
RCPH08CCH056ABC 18
AUX cal menu – remote valve calibration

NOTICE: The remote system controller must be cali-
brated whenever the remote valves are serviced or when
the TMF controller is replaced.
Remote system calibration is performed with the key

pad on the standard instrumentation. Before starting
calibration,
• Check the wiring harness and components for damage
or loose connections. Replace or repair any damaged
part as necessary.
• the instrument and armrest controllers must be cali-
brated.
• Warm the hydraulic oil to 49 °C (120 °F) or higher.
• Increase engine speed to 1500 RPM or higher.
• Disconnect any implements.
• Check that the valve spools are moving freely. With
the engine running, cycle each remote hydraulic sec-
tion to the extend and retract detente position.
RCPH08CCH007BBC 19
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 77
Pre-calibration check
The system will perform a pre-calibration check on:
• whether the levers and switches for the valves are in
the neutral position,
• whether the transducer is plugged into the left diag-
nostic fitting on the remote manifold, when the tractor
is equipped with a Megaflow pump,
• whether faults are active
• whether the feedback signal used for the calibration is
less than 689 kPa (100 psi) and greater than 0.25 V.
If system does not pass, calibration exits with a fault mes-

sage.
Press the INCR or DECR key to display the

main calibration menu.
If the system passes, the current calibration values are

set to default value, and calibration begins.
Calibration proceeds from remote valve one through five

as equipped. For each valve, lower is calibrated first and
then raise.
Megaflow systems
For tractors equipped with a Megaflow pump system, a
pause feature allows technicians to calibrate both remote
sections with one pressure transducer.
A. Once calibration is in progress for the 1st remote
valve, move the 3rd remote lever out of the neutral
position.
B. Calibration pauses after the 2nd remote valve is cali-
brated. Move the transducer to the right side diagnos-
tic fitting.
C. Place the 3rd remote lever back into the neutral posi-
tion and select continue from the menu.
D. The calibration process will continue.
NOTE: Disconnect any implement from the remote hy-
draulic valves before performing the AUX CAL procedure.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 78
Calibration process
During calibration each valve is initially commanded to
starting current. After three seconds, the pressure is
measured to see if it has changed more than 186 kPa
(27 psi) higher.
• If the feedback signal is above this, calibration is
stopped.
• If the value is below this pressure check, the pressure
reading is stored as the initial value and used for a
relative reference for the remainder of this valve cali-
bration.
Every 200 mS, the commanded current is incremented

until the feedback signal becomes greater than 186 kPa
(27 psi) from the initial value recorded.
The valve is then commanded to zero current and allowed

to settle for three seconds.
Feedback pressure is then checked for a value below 124

kPa (18 psi) from the initial value. A minimum of one
second and up to 30 seconds is allowed for the signal to
decay.
The valve is then commanded at the current just found mi-

nus 16 mA. The current is incremented every three sec-
onds until a change of 186 kPa (27 psi) or greater from
the initial value is reached.
Again the valve is allowed to settle as above. If the feed-

back signal does not decay within the time frame allowed,
the calibration will exit.
When calibration completes successfully, the thresholds

are saved and “Done” displays on the instrumentation. If
calibration is stopped, a message will display:
When calibration does not complete successfully, a mes-

sage displays. See the table below for the message and
its meaning.
Message Meaning
Enable The remote lever was not in neutral during the pre-calibration check.
Quit During calibration, the lever for the valve being calibrated was moved from the neutral position or
the INCR, DECR or PROG key was pressed.
PSI Feedback signal out of range low or high during pre-calibration check.
Cal Time Pressure takes to long to drop during the settling phase of calibration.
Cal Halt An active fault condition was detected for the valve section.
Cal Fail Starting current generates too much pressure or the commanded current has gone through its
valid range without finding the threshold.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 79
28. Connect remote calibration tool 380001903 to the

implement potentiometer connector (Connector 150M
below cab) and the load sensing diagnostic port on
the remote valve.
NOTE: Special tool 380001903 is also available as
CAS2806 and CNH299158.
RCPH08CCH061ABC 20
29.
Press the PROG key to start calibration when

the AUX CAL screen displays.
RCPH08CCH062ABC 21
30. The “Start Auto Cal” screen displays.

31.
Press the PROG key to begin calibration.
If manual calibration of a specific remote valve is desired,

•
Press the DECR key when the screen displays

“Start Auto Cal.”
• The “Start Man Cal” screen displays.
•
Press the PROG key to access the menus for

calibrating individual remote valves. RCPH08CCH063ABC 22

a remote valve.
•
Press the PROG key to calibrate that remote

valve.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 80
32. Calibration progress displays on the screen. If any

valve does not pass, calibration is exited. A mes-
sage displays the problem. RET (retract) or EXT (ex-
tend) with the valve number displays at the top of the
screen. The fault message displays at the bottom of
the screen. Refer to the table below for the message
and its meaning.
33. The screen displays each remote valve as it is cali-
brated in numeric order. The process for a five valve
system takes approximately five minutes.
RCPH08CCH064ABC 23
34. When calibration is complete, the screen displays

“Done.”
35.
Press the PROG key to return to the AUX Cal

menu.
36.
Use the INCR or DECR key to locate

the EXIT menu and exit the remote valve menus.
RCPH08CCH065ABC 24
Message Meaning
Cal Low Remote valve crack point current calibrated out of range low.
Cal High Remote valve crack point current calibrated out of range high.
CAN Fault ICU not present
Quit During calibration, the lever for the valve being calibrated was moved from the neutral position or
the INCR, DECR or PROG key was pressed.
Low PSI Feedback pressure below expected range during calibration.
High PSI Feedback pressure above expected range during calibration.
PSI Fault Feedback pressure 1 and 2 outside the expected range during calibration.
Cal Time Pressure takes too long to drop during the settling phase of calibration.
Time Out Feedback pressure drop was not detected during the calibration.
Fault A short or open condition was detected for the remote solenoid specified during calibration
See the locations below to calibrate additional systems – hitch or PTO system – controlled by the TMF controller.
Control module Tractor Multi-Function (TMF) controller - Dynamic description - Hitch system calibration
(A.50.A)
Control module Tractor Multi-Function (TMF) controller - Dynamic description - PTO system calibration
(A.50.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 81

description - Hitch system calibration
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
NOTE: The standard instrumentation and armrest controllers must be calibrated before the hitch controller can be
calibrated.
Hitch setup/calibration is performed with the pro-
grammable display.
Before starting the hitch calibration procedure,

• Resolve or erase all hitch related fault codes.
• Check the wiring harness and components for damage
or loose connections. Replace or repair any damaged
part as necessary.
• The hitch must move fully between the lift cylinders
minimum and maximum limits. No interference may
be present during hitch movement (such as a quick
coupler contacting a draw bar).
WARNING
Always know the location of all workers in your area.
Warn them before you start working the machine. Al-
ways keep all other persons away from your area. Se-
rious injury or death can result if you do not follow
these instructions.
SA015
• Do not calibrate the hitch with the tractor moving.

• Transmission oil must be warmed to more than 38 °C
(100 °F).
• Engine speed must be 1600 RPM or higher during
calibration.
RCPH08CCH007BBC 1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 82
To access the controller screens for hitch calibration and

other operations:
1.

CONFIG MENU.
2.

RCIL08CCH011AAA 2
hitch and PTO.
3.

RCIL08CCH012AAA 3
4. The EDC MENU (electronic draft control) screen dis-

plays.
5.
Press the PROG key to enter the hitch menus.
The hitch menus include:

• HITCH CAL – Use this menu to calibrate the hitch sys-
tem.
• HITCH SETTINGS – Use this menu to select user set-
tings for certain parameters.
• HITCH VIEW – Use this menu to view information
about the controller.
• HITCH NVM – Use this menu to view stored calibration RCPH08CCH046ABC 4
values.
• HITCH EXIT – Use this menu to exit hitch setup.
6.
Press the INCR or DECR key to move

through menus:
7.
Press the PROG key when the desired menu

is selected to enter its screens.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 83
Hitch calibration menu

8. Select the Hitch Cal menu to calibrate these system
parameters. tractor type, position feedback poten-
tiometer and valve thresholds.
9.
Press the PROG key to enter the Hitch Cal

screens.
RCPH08CCH066ABC 5
10. The “Type” screen displays, referring to the number

identifier for the hitch cylinder installed. Number 1 is
the default cylinder if the hitch has never been cali-
brated.
11.
Use the INCR or DECR key to scroll

through the cylinder types and find the correct type for
your tractor.
1. Two 88.9 mm (3.5 in) ID cylinders.
2. One 88.9 mm (3.5 in) and one 95.2 mm (3.75 in)
ID cylinders.
3. Two 95.2 mm (3.75 in) ID cylinders.
4. One 95.2 mm (3.75 in) and one 104.8 mm (4.125 RCPH08CCH067ABC 6
in) ID cylinders.
12.

13. The “Pins” screen display: the controller is confirming
the number of draft pins installed on the system.
• If the hitch controller detects two draft pins and the
armrest controller is calibrated for draft, the hitch
controller displays “2” pins.
• If the armrest controller is calibrated for position
only, the controller assumes there are no draft pins
displays “0.”.
• If the controller has never been calibrated, “0” pins
displays.
14.
Use the INCR or DECR key to select the

correct number of draft pins.
15.
Press the PROG key to confirm the selection

and advance to the next screen.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 84
16. The Lower Hitch calibration screen displays.

NOTE: Be sure the engine is at 1600 RPM minimum
and then lower the hitch.
17.
Press and hold the PROG key until the hitch

lowers completely. The hitch lowers as long as the
key is pressed. While the hitch is lowering, the screen
displays “Hitch Lower ON.”
Press the PROG key when the hitch fully low-

ered to advance to the next screen.
• RCPH08CCH068ABC 7
Press the INCR or DECR key to abort

calibration.
18. The Cal Raise screen displays to calibrate the raise
threshold of the hitch valve.
19. Press the PROG key to begin calibration. The con-
troller applies current to the coil. The screen displays
xxx Raise mA, where “xxx” is the current value in mA.
When the controller determines the raise threshold,
the hitch raises to the full up position.

calibration.
•
Press the PROG key when the hitch is fully

RCPH08CCH069ABC 8
raised to advance to the next screen.
20. The ENG SPD screen displays. If engine RPM is at
or above 1600 RPM, an asterisk (*) displays on the
screen. If there is no asterisk, increase engine speed
until the asterisk appears.
NOTE: If the PROG key is pressed without an asterisk
on the display, “Cal Fail” displays on the screen and
calibration cannot continue.
21.

next screen.
RCPH08CCH070ABC 9
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 85
22. The Cal Lower screen displays to calibrate the lower

threshold of the hitch valve.
23.
Press the PROG key to begin calibration. The

controller applies current to the coil. The screen dis-
plays xxx Lower mA, where “xxx” is the current value
in mA. The hitch moves down for approximately 0.8
second as soon as the PROG key is released. The
hitch then stops while the hitch valve finds the lower
threshold. The hitch then moves down to the lower
limit position. Calibration may take a few minutes.
RCPH08CCH071ABC 10
24. The screen displays “Lower Limit ON.”
Press the PROG key to acknowledge that the

hitch is at the lower limit.
•

calibration.
NOTE: If the PROG key is not pressed within 6 minutes,
calibration will fail.
RCPH08CCH072ABC 11
25. The screen displays “Cal Done” indicating that hitch

calibration has successfully completed.
26.
Press the PROG key to return to the hitch main

menu.
RCPH08CCH073ABC 12
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 86
27. The HITCH CAL screen displays

28.
Press the INCR key to access the HITCH EXIT

menu.
29.
Press the PROG key to exit calibration.
RCPH08CCH066ABC 13
NOTE: If the screen displays “Cal Aborted” during calibration, the process has terminated and must be restarted.
The most likely causes are tractor movement was detected, no engine speed was detected or the operator made a
selection which caused abortion.
NOTE: If the screen displays “Cal Failure” during calibration, a failure occurred and the controller is in the halt mode.
Press the PROG key to access the main menu. Hitch calibration cannot be restarted until the key switch has been
cycled Off and then On.
Hitch setting menu
30.
Press PROG key , when the HITCH SETTINGS

screen display, to adjust various performance settings.
RCPH08CCH075ABC 14
31. The Drop 1 screen displays. Use this screen to set the
drop rate for the hitch. The choices are 12, 16 and 20
seconds. The default setting is 12 seconds.
Press the INCR or DECR key to scroll

through the selections.
•
Press the PROG key to save your selection.
RCPH08CCH076ABC 15
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 87
32. The R/D Rate (raise/drop rate) screen displays. The

top line shows the current setting. If “Yes” is selected,
the drop rate setting is used for the raise rate. If “No”
is selected, a unique setting must be selected in the
next Step. The default setting is No.
Press the INCR or DECR key to toggle

between “Yes” and “No.”
•
RCPH08CCH077ABC 16
33. The Raise rate screen displays. Use this screen to

choose the raise rate for the hitch. There are five
choices: 2, 4, 6, 8 or 10 seconds. The default set-
ting is 2 seconds.

•
RCPH08CCH078ABC 17
34. The Hitch Up screen displays. Use this screen to

choose the percentage of hitch travel during auto
MFD or auto differential lock operation. There are
four choices: 60%, 70%, 80% and 90%. The default
is 70%.

•
RCPH08CCH079ABC 18
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 88
35. The Done Settings screen displays, indicating that the

user settings have been successfully entered.
36. Press the PROG key to return to the HITCH SET-
TINGS screen.
37.

menu.
38.
RCPH08CCH080ABC 19
Hitch view menu

39.
Press the PROG key , with HITCH VIEW screen

displayed, to view the current operating parameters
for the system components. Use these screens to
monitor the hitch system for diagnostic purposes.
The view screens include:

• RAISE mA
• LOWER mA
• PWMR – Pulse width modulation count raise
• PWML – Pulse width modulation count lower
RCPH08CCH081ABC 20
• R DRAFT – Software count right load pin
• L DRAFT – Software count left load pin
• POS mV – Hitch feedback position measured in milli-
volts
40.

through the screens.
41.

HITCH VIEW screen.
42.

menu.
43.
RCPH08CCH081ABC 21
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 89
Hitch NVM menu

44.
Press the PROG key , with HITCH NVM screen

displayed, to view stored calibration values.
The stored value screens include:

• PWMLT – Pulse width modulation threshold for lower
valve
• PWMRT – Pulse width modulation threshold for raise
valve
• pos min – Count # of voltage reading when hitch is at
minimum
• r offset – Count # of no load voltage reading on right RCPH08CCH082ABC 22
load pin
• l offset – Count # of no load voltage reading on left load
pin
• aaa1 – Count # used to map position command range
and the hitch position range
• posrange – Count # indicating the full hitch position
travel
• Type – Indicates tractor family series and model
45.

through the screens.
46. Press the PROG key again to redisplay the HITCH
NVM screen.
47.

menu.
48.
RCPH08CCH082ABC 23
See the locations below to calibrate additional systems – remote valve or PTO system – controlled by the TMF con-
troller.
Control module Tractor Multi-Function (TMF) controller - Dynamic description - Remove valve (EHR)
system calibration (A.50.A)
Control module Tractor Multi-Function (TMF) controller - Dynamic description - PTO system calibration
(A.50.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 90

description - PTO system calibration
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
NOTE: The standard instrumentation and armrest controllers must be calibrated before the hitch controller can be
calibrated.
To access the controller screens for PTO calibration and
other operations:
1.

CONFIG MENU.
2.

RCIL08CCH011AAA 1
hitch and PTO.
3.

RCIL08CCH012AAA 2

5.
Press the DECR key until the PTO MENU

screen displays.
RCPH08CCH046ABC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 91
6.
Press the PROG key to enter the menus for the

PTO system.
These menus include:

• PTO SPEED – Use this menu to select either a single
or two speed PTO.
• PTO VIEW – Use this menu to view the PTO software
version and the ratio between engine speed and PTO
shaft speed.
• PTO RESET – Use this menu to reset PTO Cal current
• PTO EXIT – Use this menu to exit PTO setup.
RCPH08CCH083ABC 4
7.
Use the INCR or DECR key to move

through these menus.
PTO speed menu

8.
Press the PROG key , with the PTO SPEED

screen displayed, to indicate whether the tractor is
equipped with a single or dual speed PTO.
RCPH08CCH084ABC 5
9.

between “1” or “2.”
10.
RCPH08CCH085ABC 6
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 92
View menu
11.

screen. The PTO VIEW screen displays.
12.
Press the PROG key to enter the view screens.
RCPH08CCH086ABC 7
13. The SW 1 screen displays. The bottom line of the

screen indicates the software version number.
RCPH08CCH087ABC 8
14.

screen.
15. The Clutch Fq screen displays. Cltch Fq is the PTO
clutch speed in Hz multiplied by 10.
NOTE: This screen is intended for engineering use
only.
RCPH08CCH088ABC 9
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 93
16.

screen.
17. The Eng Fq screen displays.
only.
RCPH08CCH089ABC 10
18.

screen.
19. The Shft Spd screen displays. Shft Spd is the PTO
shaft speed in RPM.
only.
RCPH08CCH090ABC 11
20.

screen.
21. The Cal mA screen displays. Cal mA is the calibrated
current to the PTO in milliamps.
only.
RCPH08CCH091ABC 12
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 94
22.

screen.
23. The Dsrd mA screen displays. Dsrd mA is the desired
current to the PTO in milliamps.
only.
RCPH08CCH092ABC 13
24.

screen.
25. The Shft Fq screen displays. Shft Fq is the PTO shaft
speed in Hz multiplied by 10.
only.
RCPH08CCH093ABC 14
26.

screen.
27. The SW 2 screen displays. The bottom line of the
screen indicates the software version number.
RCPH08CCH094ABC 15
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 95
28.
Press the PROG key to redisplay the PTO

VIEW screen.
29.
Press the DECR key to access the PTO EXIT

screen.
30.
Press the PROG key to exit PTO configuration.
RCPH08CCH095ABC 16
MFD MENU
Terra Lock steering sensor calibration
NOTE: The standard instrumentation, armrest, and hitch
controllers must be calibrated before the steering sensor
(potentiometer) can be calibrated.
To access the controller screens for steering sensor

calibration and other operations:
31.

to the On position. A short beep indicates that config- RCIL08CCH011AAA 17
CONFIG MENU.
32.

hitch and PTO.
33.

RCIL08CCH012AAA 18
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 96

35.
Press the DECR key several times to display

the MFD MENU.
36.
Press the PROG key to enter the Terra Lock

screens.
RCPH08CCH096ABC 19
37. The STEER CAL screen displays.

38.

screen.
39. Center the axle by turning the steering wheel.
40.
Press the PROG key to begin automatic cali-

bration. “Pot calibration complete” displays when the
process completes successfully.
RCPH08CCH097ABC 20
Viewing the steering angle value

41.
Press the DECR key to access the STEER

VIEW menu.
42.
Press the PROG key to enter the menu.
RCPH08CCH098ABC 21
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 97
43. The Steer mV screen displays.

44.
Press the INCR key to advance to the next

screen
RCPH08CCH099ABC 22
45. The Deg screen displays.

46. If the degree setting is at 0 (zero), continue with Step .
47. If the degree setting is not at 0 (zero), perform the
sensor calibration again and confirm that the degree
setting is at 0 (zero).
RCPH08CCH100ABC 23
48. Set the MFD (3) and Diff-Lock (4) switches to the Auto
position.
RCPH08CCH101ABC 24
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 98
49. Turn the steering wheel in both directions. When the

wheels are turned past 15 °, verify that the MFD indi-
cator lamp (5) turns Off.
NOTE: 15 ° is the default setting. The setting can be
modified using the steps described in the procedure which
follows.
RCPH08CCH102ABC 25
Changing the Terra Lock settings

NOTE: These menus are found on the Electronic Service
Tool and are active when it is connected to the vehicle.
50. Highlight CAN Diagnostic Connector - Primary.

51. Press the OK button to proceed.
RCPH08CCH103ABC 26
52. The Controller Status screen displays.

53. Press the Configuration (6) button.
RCPH08CCH104ABC 27
54. Select General Configuration (7) and press the CON-

FIGURE SELECTED ITEM (8) button.
RCPH08CCH105ABC 28
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 99
55. CONTROLLERS NOT SET UP displays in the status

window.
56. Press the SET UP FOR CONFIGURING (9) button.
RCPH08CCH106ABC 29
57. The status window displays RETRIEVING COM-

PLETE.
58. Press the Steering Based Traction Control drop down
arrow (10).
RCPH08CCH107FBC 30
59. A drop down list displays.

60. Select a steering angle configuration for the correct
front axle on the vehicle. Consult the tables below for
the angle values associated with the settings. Select-
ing an option on the Steering active differential lock
table selects the corresponding option on the steering
active MFD table.
RCPH08CCH108FBC 31
61. Press the EXIT (11) button to save the setting.
RCPH08CCH109ABC 32
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 100
Steering active differential lock

Standard axle
Tractor speed 0 - 10 km/h 10 - 15 km/h
0 - 6.2 mph 6.2 - 9.3 mph
Degree left Degree right Degree left Degree right
Option0 20 18.5 10 9.5
Option 1 20 18.5 10 9.5
Option 2 15 14.25 10 9.5
Option 3 10 9.5 10 9.5
Steering active differential lock

Supersteer axle
0 - 6.2 mph 6.2 - 9.3 mph
Option 0 14 12.7 7 6.6
Option 1 14 12.7 7 6.6
Option 2 10.5 9.75 7 6.6
Option 3 7 6.6 7 6.6
Steering active MFD

Standard axle
0 - 9.3 mph 9.3 - 12.4 mph
Option 0 30 26.25 25 22.5
Option 1 45 37.5 40 34
Option 2 20 18.5 15 14.25
Option 3 15 14.25 15 14.25
Steering active MFD

Supersteer axle
0 - 9.3 mph 9.3 - 12.4 mph
Option 0 21 18.4 17.5 15.5
Option 1 31.5 25.25 28 23
Option 2 14 12.75 10.5 9.75
Option 3 10.5 9.75 10.5 9.75
See the locations below to calibrate additional systems – remote valve or hitch system – controlled by the TMF con-
troller.
Control module Tractor Multi-Function (TMF) controller - Dynamic description - Remove valve (EHR)
system calibration (A.50.A)
Control module Tractor Multi-Function (TMF) controller - Dynamic description - Hitch system calibration
(A.50.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 101
Control module Armrest controller - Remove

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
1. Place the armrest on a clean work surface. Remove

the six socket head screws (1) that secure the lower
side panel to the armrest assembly.
RCPH08CCH073AAB 1
2. Remove the handle (1) from the throttle arm by re-

moving the screw (2) and prying the handle from the
arm.
RCPH08CCH044BAB 2
3. Carefully lift the bracket off the armrest and set it

aside.
NOTE: Armrest ground wire (1) is attached to the support
bracket.
RCPH08CCH202AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 102
4. Disconnect the throttle (1) and hitch position (2) con-

nectors.
RCPH08CCH307AAB 4
5. Disconnect the PTO (1) and fifth remote (as

equipped) (2) connectors.
RCPH08CCH308AAB 5
6. Disconnect the bump shift (1) and the hitch program

up/down (2) connectors.
RCPH08CCH309AAB 6
7. Disconnect the connectors (1) (2) for the hitch.
RCPH08CCH310AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 103
8. Disconnect (as equipped) the remote flow connec-

tors (1).
RCPH08CCH311AAB 8
9. Disconnect (as equipped) all center switch connec-

tors (1).
RCPH08CCH312AAB 9
10. Disconnect the connector (1) from the flow control

board to the armrest controller. Disconnect any other
connectors (2).
RCPH08CCH313AAB 10
11. Remove the six screws (1) securing the controller to

the armrest.
RCPH08CCH314AAB 11
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 104
12. Carefully lift the controller from the armrest.
RCPH07CCH613ABC 12
Next operation:
Control module Armrest controller - Install (A.50.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 105
Control module Armrest controller - Install

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Control module Armrest controller - Remove (A.50.A)
1. Carefully place the armrest controller on the armrest

assembly.
RCPH07CCH613ABC 1
2. Secure the controller to the armrest with the six

screws (1) removed earlier.
RCPH08CCH314AAB 2
3. Reconnect the flow control board to the connector

(1) on the armrest controller. Reconnect any other
connectors (2).
RCPH08CCH313AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 106
4. Reconnect (as equipped) all switch connectors (1).
RCPH08CCH312AAB 4
5. Reconnect (as equipped) the remote flow connectors

(1).
RCPH08CCH311AAB 5
6. Reconnect the connectors (1) (2) for the hitch.
RCPH08CCH310AAB 6
7. Reconnect the bump shift (1) and the hitch program

up/down (2) connectors.
RCPH08CCH309AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 107
8. Reconnect the PTO (1) and fifth remote (if equipped)

(2) connectors.
RCPH08CCH308AAB 8
9. Reconnect the throttle (1) and hitch position (2) con-

nectors.
RCPH08CCH307AAB 9
10. Carefully place the support bracket onto the armrest.

NOTE: Do not pinch the armrest ground wire (1).
RCPH08CCH202AAB 10
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 108
11. Reinstall the handle (1) on the throttle arm, and se-
cure the handle with the screw (2) removed earlier.
RCPH08CCH044BAB 11
12. Place the lower side panel onto the armrest assem-
bly. Using the six socket head screws (1) removed
earlier, secure the lower side panel to the armrest as-
sembly.
RCPH08CCH073AAB 12
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 109
Audio system - Troubleshooting

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight before troubleshooting. During testing,
check all connectors for full insulation and loose, corroded, bent or recessed pins. Use a digital multimeter to perform
all electrical tests.
Audio system does not Fuse blown and/or power and ground to the Perform Audio system - Testing - B+ and
operate. system. ground (A.50.A).
Audio unit is defective. Replace audio unit if fuse, power and
ground test okay.
Audio unit does not The illumination circuit is faulted. Perform Audio system - Testing - Illumi-
illuminate. nation (A.50.A).
Display is blank, but Audio unit is defective. Replace audio unit.
radio/CD player operates.
Radio operates, but CD Audio unit is defective. Replace audio unit.
player does not operate.
All reception is noisy. Antenna is faulty. Perform Audio system Antenna - Testing
(A.50.A).
FM reception only is Antenna is faulty. Perform Audio system Antenna - Testing
noisy. (A.50.A).
Audio unit is faulty. Replace audio unit if antenna tests okay.
Poor reception area. Monitor reception; consider a higher perfor-
mance antenna to solve signal loss.
One or more speakers Speaker is faulty. Perform Audio system Speaker - Testing
distort sound. - Resistance (A.50.A).
Speaker circuit is faulty. Perform testing on the affected speaker(s):
• Left front speaker: perform Audio sys-
tem Speaker - Testing - Left front
(A.50.A);
• Right front speaker: perform Audio
system Speaker - Testing - Right
front (A.50.A);
• Right rear speaker: perform Audio sys-
tem Speaker - Testing - Right rear
(A.50.A);
• Left rear speaker: perform Audio sys-
tem Speaker - Testing - Left rear
(A.50.A).
Audio unit is faulty. Replace audio unit if speaker and speaker
circuit(s) test okay.
No sound from speaker(s). Speaker(s) are faulty. Perform Audio system Speaker - Testing
- Resistance (A.50.A).
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 110

Speaker circuit is faulty. Perform testing on the affected speaker(s):
• Left front speaker: perform Audio sys-
tem Speaker - Testing - Left front
(A.50.A);
• Right front speaker: perform Audio
system Speaker - Testing - Right
front (A.50.A);
• Right rear speaker: perform Audio sys-
tem Speaker - Testing - Right rear
(A.50.A);
• Left rear speaker: perform Audio sys-
tem Speaker - Testing - Left rear
(A.50.A).
Audio unit is faulty. Replace audio unit if speaker and speaker
circuit(s) test okay.
Audio system - Testing - B+ and ground

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Disconnect connector 95A from the Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
radio. Action Action
Measure resistance between pin B
and chassis ground on radio connec-
tor 95A.
Disconnect connector 13F from con- Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
Check Locate and repair open circuit on Locate and repair the open circuit
Measure resistance between pin 8 of wire 178C (B) to ground. between connectors 95A and 13F.
connector 95A and pin U of connec-
tor 13F.
Measure voltage between pin 7 of 12 V. Voltage incorrect. Blown fuse 19 or
connector 95A and chassis ground. Action open circuit indicated. Check fuse.
Go to Step 5. Action
Go to Step 4.
Does the dome light illuminate? Yes. No.
Action Action
Fuse 19 and connector 13F are Go to Step 5.
okay. Locate and repair the open
circuit in wire 871B (R).
Turn the ignition switch to the ACC 12 V. Voltage incorrect. Open circuit indi-
.position. Action cated.
Check Power and ground to audio system Action
Measure voltage between cavity 4 are correct. Return unit to field oper- Go to Step 6.
of connector 95A on the radio and ation.
chassis ground.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 111

Measure voltage between pin W on 12 V. Voltage incorrect. Open circuit indi-
connector 13M and chassis ground. Action cated.
Locate and repair the open circuit in Action
wire 870C (R). Go to Step 7.
Measure voltage at fuse 24. 12 V. Voltage incorrect.
Action Action
Locate and repair the open circuit in Locate and repair the open circuit
wire 870D (O). in jumper wire 106B (O) to ignition.
Audio system - Testing - Illumination

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Turn the keyswitch to the ACC posi- Test lamp should glow brightly when Lamp does not operate as de-
tion. Disconnect connector 95A from the head lamps are Off, and glow scribed.
the radio. dimly when the head lamps are On. Action
Check Action Check for loose, damaged or cor-
Use a test light to probe between Audio system illumination is correct. roded terminals, or there is an open
cavity 6 of connector 95A on the ra- Return unit to field operation. circuit in the dimmer wire between
dio and chassis ground. Turn the pin 6 of connector 95A and the in-
head lamps On and Off. strument cluster. Locate and correct.
Audio system Speaker - Testing - Left front

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Disconnect connector 95B from the Less than 1 Ω. Higher resistance or infinite resis-
radio and connector 97M from the Action tance/overload.
front, left hand speaker. Go to Step 2. Action
Check Locate and repair the open circuit
Measure resistance between pin 13 or short to ground in wire 873B (O)
of harness connector 95B at the ra- between the connectors.
dio and pin A of harness connector
97M at the speaker.
Measure resistance between pin B Less than 1 Ω. Higher resistance or infinite resis-
of harness connector 97M at the Action tance/overload.
speaker and pin 14 of harness con- Left hand, front speaker tests cor- Action
nector 95B at the radio. rectly. Locate and repair the open circuit or
short to ground in wires 873A (B)
between the connectors.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 112
Audio system Speaker - Testing - Right front

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

front, right hand speaker. Go to Step 2. Action
96M at the speaker.
speaker and pin 12 of harness con- Right hand, front speaker tests cor- Action
Audio system Speaker - Testing - Right rear

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

rear, right hand speaker. Go to Step 2. Action
Measure resistance between pin 9 of or short to ground in wire 874B (O)
harness connector 95B at the radio between the connectors.
and pin A of harness connector 92M
at the speaker.
speaker and pin 10 of harness con- Right hand, rear speaker tests cor- Action
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 113
Audio system Speaker - Testing - Left rear

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

rear, left hand speaker. Go to Step 2. Action
93M at the speaker.
speaker and pin 16 of harness con- Left hand, rear speaker tests cor- Action
Audio system Speaker - Testing - Resistance

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Disconnect the harness connector to 4 - 8 Ω. Resistance out of range: bad circuit
the suspected speaker. Action within the speaker.
Check Resistance within range: speaker Action
Measure resistance between pins A tests correctly. Replace the speaker.
and B on the speaker.
Audio system Antenna - Testing

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Disconnect the antenna connector to Less than 1 Ω. Resistance incorrect.
the radio. Action Action
Check Go to Step 2. Replace the antenna.
Measure resistance between the
center terminal of the antenna and
the antenna mast.
Measure resistance between the Less than 1 Ω. Resistance incorrect.
antenna ground wire and chassis Action Action
ground. Antenna tests correctly. Locate and repair the open circuit
between the antenna and frame
ground.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 114
Index

Audio system - Testing - B+ and ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Audio system - Testing - Illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Audio system - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Audio system Antenna - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Audio system Speaker - Testing - Left front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Audio system Speaker - Testing - Left rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Audio system Speaker - Testing - Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Audio system Speaker - Testing - Right front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Audio system Speaker - Testing - Right rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control module - Dynamic description - Fault code retrieval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control module - Dynamic description - Selecting a controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control module Armrest controller - Dynamic description - Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control module Armrest controller - Dynamic description - Configuration overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control module Armrest controller - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control module Armrest controller - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control module Instrument controller - Dynamic description - Configuration (calibration) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control module Instrument controller - Dynamic description - Operator setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control module Tractor Multi-Function (TMF) controller - Dynamic description - Hitch system calibration . . . . . . 82
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control module Tractor Multi-Function (TMF) controller - Dynamic description - PTO system calibration . . . . . . 91
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control module Tractor Multi-Function (TMF) controller - Dynamic description - Remove valve (EHR) system cali-
bration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control module Transmission controller - Dynamic description - Configuration overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control module Transmission controller - Dynamic description - TRANS ADJUST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control module Transmission controller - Dynamic description - TRANS DIAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control module Transmission controller - Dynamic description - TRANS FSUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control module Transmission controller - Dynamic description - TRANS SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control module Transmission controller - Dynamic description - TRANS VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 115
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 116
FAULT CODES - 50.A
T8010 [Z8Rx06001 - ]
T8020 [Z8Rx06001 - ]
T8030 [Z8Rx06001 - ]
T8040 [Z8Rx06001 - ]
T8050 [Z8Rx06001 - ]
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 1
Contents
FAULT CODES - 50.A
DIAGNOSTIC
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
[Armrest] - ARM 1029-Remote hydraulic control selection switch 5 failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Armrest] - ARM 1039-PTO on/off control switch failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Armrest] - ARM 1049-Hitch up/down switch failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Armrest] - ARM 1059-Slip limit switch failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Armrest] - ARM 1069-MFD switch failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Armrest] - ARM 1079-Diff lock switch failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Armrest] - ARM 1089-Programmable up/down switch failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Armrest] - ARM 1099-Remote set switch failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Armrest] - ARM 109-3rd remote hydraulic flow control failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Armrest] - ARM 1109-Hand throttle idle validation switch failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Armrest] - ARM 1119-HTS record/play switch failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Armrest] - ARM 1129-Invalid configuration: implement depth control switch failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Armrest] - ARM 119-4th remote hydraulic flow control failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Armrest] - ARM 12013-Communication lost with the data bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Armrest] - ARM 12081-HTS capability message not received . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Armrest] - ARM 129-5th remote hydraulic flow control potentiometer failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Armrest] - ARM 139-Remote hydraulic timer control failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Armrest] - ARM 149-Hitch upper limit control failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Armrest] - ARM 159-Hitch drop rate control failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Armrest] - ARM 169-Hitch travel control failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Armrest] - ARM 19-Throttle lever potentiometer failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 2
[Armrest] - ARM 29-1st remote hydraulic control lever potentiometer failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Armrest] - ARM 39-2nd remote hydraulic control lever potentiometer failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Armrest] - ARM 49-3rd remote hydraulic control lever potentiometer failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Armrest] - ARM 59-4th remote hydraulic control lever potentiometer failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Armrest] - ARM 65535-Memory not cleared from factory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Armrest] - ARM 69-Hitch position control lever potentiometer failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Armrest] - ARM 79-Hitch load control potentiometer failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Armrest] - ARM 8011-Battery voltage low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Armrest] - ARM 89-1st remote hydraulic flow control failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Armrest] - ARM 9011-Controller memory error: Loss of hitch position command calibration . . . . . . . . . 75
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Armrest] - ARM 9012-Controller memory error: Loss of aux remote lever calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Armrest] - ARM 9013-Controller memory error: Loss of throttle calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Armrest] - ARM 9014-Controller memory error: Loss of MFD switch configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Armrest] - ARM 9015-Controller memory error: Loss of trans switches configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Armrest] - ARM 9021-Hitch position command potentiometer calibration error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Armrest] - ARM 9031-Hand throttle potentiometer calibration error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Armrest] - ARM 9041-EDC drop rate potentiometer calibration error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Armrest] - ARM 99-2nd remote hydraulic flow control failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Automatic temperature control] - ATC 111-Cab temp sensor open or shorted to power . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Automatic temperature control] - ATC 112-Cab temp sensor shorted to ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Automatic temperature control] - ATC 115-Evap temp sensor open or shorted to power . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Automatic temperature control] - ATC 116-Evap temp sensor shorted to ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Automatic temperature control] - ATC 120-Blower speed selector open or shorted to power . . . . . . . . 93
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Automatic temperature control] - ATC 121-Temperature select pot open or shorted to power . . . . . . . . 95
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Automatic temperature control] - ATC 125-High pressure switch (+) shorted to power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Automatic temperature control] - ATC 126-High pressure switch (+) shorted to ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Automatic temperature control] - ATC 127-High pressure switch (-) shorted to power . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 3
[Automatic temperature control] - ATC 128-High pressure switch (-) shorted to ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Automatic temperature control] - ATC 129-High pressure switch cycling error (2 times in 1 minute) . 105
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Automatic temperature control] - ATC 130-Low pressure switch (+) shorted to power . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Automatic temperature control] - ATC 131-Low pressure switch (+) shorted to ground . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Automatic temperature control] - ATC 132-Low pressure switch (-) shorted to power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Automatic temperature control] - ATC 133-Low pressure switch (-) shorted to ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Automatic temperature control] - ATC 134-Low pressure switch open for more than 1 minute . . . . . . 110
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Engine] - 131-ENG 131 - Foot throttle position potentiometer voltage is too high . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Governor] - 431-GOV 431 - Foot throttle idle validation switches are both closed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Governor] - 432-GOV 432 - Foot throttle idle validation switches disagree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Instrument] - INST 10031-Controller memory error - loss of valid engine hours EEPROM checksum 120
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Instrument] - INST 10032-Controller memory error - vehicle configuration information lost . . . . . . . . . 121
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Instrument] - INST 10033-Controller memory error - customer configuration information lost . . . . . . . 122
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Instrument] - INST 10034-Controller memory error - loss of valid fuel table information . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Instrument] - INST 10035-Controller memory error - loss of valid radar configuration information . . . 124
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Instrument] - INST 10036-Controller memory error - loss of valid area, distance and timer information 125
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Instrument] - INST 10037-Controller memory error - loss of valid implement width information . . . . . 126
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Instrument] - INST 10038-Controller memory error - loss of valid remote timer information . . . . . . . . . 127
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Instrument] - INST 1015-Seat switch stuck closed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Instrument] - INST 11011-Fuel level sensor signal too low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Instrument] - INST 12011-Communication lost with armrest controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Instrument] - INST 12043-Communication lost with data bus and all other controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Instrument] - INST 12051-Communication lost with TMF controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Instrument] - INST 12071-Communication lost with transmission controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Instrument] - INST 12091-Communication lost with engine controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Instrument] - INST 12111-Communication lost with ATC controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Instrument] - INST 12121-Color display off line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 4
[Instrument] - INST 13010-Engine coolant temperature sensor failed in engine controller . . . . . . . . . . 152
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Instrument] - INST 13011-Engine coolant temperature sensor signal too low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Instrument] - INST 13012-Engine coolant temperature sensor signal too high . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Instrument] - INST 13021-Transmission oil temperature sensor signal too low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Instrument] - INST 13022-Transmission oil temperature sensor signal too high . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Instrument] - INST 13040-Air intake temperature sensor failed in engine controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Instrument] - INST 13051-Air to air intake temperature sensor signal too low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Instrument] - INST 13052-Air to air intake temperature sensor signal too high . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Instrument] - INST 3010-PTO shaft speed sensor failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Instrument] - INST 3020-Engine speed sensor failed in engine controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Instrument] - INST 3022-Engine overspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Instrument] - INST 5010-Engine oil pressure sensor failed in engine controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Instrument] - INST 5011-Engine oil pressure sensor signal too low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Instrument] - INST 53001-Standard instrumentation configuration is incorrect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Instrument] - INST 53005-Engine shutdown activated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Instrument] - INST 65535-Memory not cleared from the factory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function (TMF)] - TMF 11-TMF controller is disconnected from can bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - ARM 10091-Controller internal failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 106-TMF controller has received the electro hydraulic #5 control extend
switch data in the error state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 107-TMF controller has received the electro hydraulic #5 control retract
switch data in the error state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 108-Electro hydraulic remote #1 lever position control pot data is set to the
error state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
error state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
error state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
error state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 5
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 112-Electro hydraulic remote #1 lever flow control pot data is set to the error
state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 120-Electro hydraulic remote top link switch is stuck on . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 123-Current sensed when the aux #1 driver is off, retract/lower coil shorted
to 12 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 124-Aux #1 driver is on and no current is sensed, retract/lower coil open or
shorted to ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 125-Current sensed when the Aux #1 driver is off, extend/raise coil shorted
to 12 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 126-Aux #1 driver is on and no current is sensed, extend/raise coil open or
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
to 12 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
to 12 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 12-Communication lost with the armrest controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
to 12 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
to 12 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 6
to 12 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
to 12 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
to 12 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
to 12 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 147-Out of range error: high on the #1 feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 148-Out of range error: low on the #1 feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 149-Out of range error: high on the #2 feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 14-5 volt reference is above the upper voltage limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 150-Out of range error: low on the #2 feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 151-No data transmission from transmission controller is received . . . . 240
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 152-EHR top link switch short . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 153-EHR top link switch conflict . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 154-PTO switch interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 155-Auto PTO switch data is set to the error state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 156-Auto PTO switch stuck on condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 157-PTO remote fender switch short . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 158-PTO remote fender switch open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 159-PTO remote fender switch stuck on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 15-5 volt reference is below the lower voltage limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 7
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 160-PTO clutch is slipping excessively for the duration of 5 seconds or longer
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 161-PTO rpm is too high . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 162-Engine speed is too low for the PTO to be in the on state . . . . . . . . 262
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 163-PTO is commanded off but the PTO speed is greater than zero . . 263
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 164-The software has not detected PTO shaft speed for 3.6 seconds since
the PTO initial fill valve was commanded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 165-PTO speed is detected when the PTO is in the off state without engine
rpm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 166-PTO driver is on and no current is sensed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 167-Current sensed when PTO driver is off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 168-PTO off switch data is set to the error state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 169-Both PTO on and off switches are simultaneously off, one of the PTO
switches is shorted to ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 170-Both PTO on and off switches are simultaneously on, one of the PTO
switches is shorted to 12 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 171-PTO software fault condition detected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 172-PTO solenoid circuit shorted to B+ when PTO is in off state . . . . . . 276
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 173-PTO solenoid circuit shorted to ground when PTO is in off state . . 278
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 174-Current flowing in the sense resistor when the high side was off . . 280
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 175-PTO clutch did not lock up after 6 seconds of clutch motion . . . . . . 281
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 178-PTO speed sensor has been changed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 179-PTO is configured as a two speed and no shaft size frequency was
detected when the PTO was switched on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 17-Hitch position command potentiometer failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 180-PTO is configured as a single speed and shaft size frequency was de-
tected when the PTO was switched on, shaft size frequency input is only used for two speed PTO . . 286
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 18-Rockshaft position potentiometer is outside normal operating range 287
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 19-Upper limit potentiometer failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 21-Load command potentiometer failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 22-Single draft pin sensor failed when configured for one draft pin sensor
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 8
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 23-Both draft pins failed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 24-Communication lost with the instrument controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 25-Hitch up/down switch failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 26-Up/down fender switch failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 28-Travel range potentiometer failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 29-Drop rate command potentiometer failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 2-Hitch raise solenoid shorted to 12 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 30-Right draft pin voltage is outside the normal operating range . . . . . . 305
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 31-Left draft pin no load offset voltage outside normal range . . . . . . . . . 307
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 32-Ground speed failure, value received from data bus indicates failure con-
dition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 33-Slip set switch failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 34-Slip select switch failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 35-Percent slip error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 37-The armrest controller reports EDC transport lock is faulty or not available
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 41-The armrest controller specified tractor without draft control, but detected
draft pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 42-Engine speed too low for hitch lower calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 43-Hitch is calibrated as position only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 44-Calibration aborted due to tractor moving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 45-Electronic draft control calibration aborted due to low engine speed error
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 47-PWM raise threshold is too high during calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 48-PWM raise threshold is too low during calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 4-Hitch raise solenoid failed open or shorted to ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 50-Hitch pot signal not within expected range for maximum hitch position
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 51-Hitch lower valve threshold is too high during calibration . . . . . . . . . 328
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 52-Hitch lower valve threshold is too low during calibration . . . . . . . . . . 330
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 9
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 53-The time allowed for calibration has expired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 54-Hitch position is not at minimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 55-Range of the hitch position is not within specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 56-Ratio of position command to rockshaft range is not within specification
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 57-Right draft pin no load offset voltage out of range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 58-Left draft pin no load offset voltage out of range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 59-No load offset voltage out of range for both draft pins . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 5-Hitch lower solenoid shorted to 12 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 60-The selected pin is connected to the left side rather than the right side
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 61-TMF controller requires calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 62-No communication with performance monitor (instrument controller) 347
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 63-8 volt reference is above 8.8 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 64-8 volt reference is below 7.2 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 65-12VH voltage supply is below 8 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 66-12VF voltage supply is below 8 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 7-Hitch raise/lower solenoids circuit failed open or shorted to ground . 356
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 80-MFD software fault condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 81-MFD solenoid high side driver is commanded on but no current was
sensed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 82-Diff lock solenoid high side driver is commanded on but no current was
sensed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 83-Brake light relay high side driver is commanded on but no current was
sensed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 86-Wheel slip sensing error in the instrument controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 87-Ground speed signal failed in the instrument controller . . . . . . . . . . . 367
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 88-Auto differential switch is faulty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 89-Diff lock switch failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 90-Both differential lock auto and on switches are active . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 10
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 92-MFD switch failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 93-Both auto MFD and MFD on switches are active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 94-Differential lockout software fault condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 95-Steering angle sensor fault - voltage above normal operating range 375
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 96-Steering angle sensor fault - voltage below normal operating range 377
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 98-12VD voltage supply is below 8 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Tractor multi-function] - TMF 99-12VT voltage supply is below 8 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 103-Odd clutch solenoid or its wiring failed open or shorted to ground . . . . . 383
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 104-Even clutch solenoid or its wiring failed open or shorted to ground . . . . 385
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 105-C1-2 clutch solenoid or its wiring failed open or shorted to ground . . . . 387
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 108-Master clutch solenoid or its wiring failed open or shorted to ground . . 393
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 109-Low clutch solenoid or its wiring failed open or shorted to ground . . . . . 395
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 110-Mid clutch solenoid or its wiring failed open or shorted to ground . . . . . 397
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 111-High clutch solenoid or its wiring failed open or shorted to ground . . . . . 399
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 112-Reverse clutch solenoid or its wiring failed open or shorted to ground . 401
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 113-Creeper clutch solenoid or its wiring failed open or shorted to ground . 403
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 114-Even clutch solenoid coil shorted or its wiring shorted to power . . . . . . . 405
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 115-Odd clutch solenoid coil shorted or its wiring shorted to power . . . . . . . . 407
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 116-C1-2 clutch solenoid coil shorted or its wiring shorted to power . . . . . . . 409
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 119-Master clutch solenoid coil shorted or its wiring shorted to power . . . . . 415
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 11-Master clutch potentiometer open circuit or short to ground . . . . . . . . . . . 417
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 120-Low clutch solenoid coil shorted or its wiring shorted to power . . . . . . . . 419
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 121-Mid clutch solenoid coil shorted or its wiring shorted to power . . . . . . . . 421
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 11
[Transmission] - TRANS 122-High clutch solenoid coil shorted or its wiring shorted to power . . . . . . . 423
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 123-Reverse clutch solenoid coil shorted or its wiring shorted to power . . . . 425
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 124-Creeper clutch solenoid coil shorted or its wiring shorted to power . . . . 427
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 125-Odd clutch is not calibrated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 126-Even clutch is not calibrated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 127-C1-2 clutch is not calibrated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 12-Master clutch potentiometer short to 12 volts or short to 5 Vreff . . . . . . . . 434
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 130-Low range clutch is not calibrated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 131-Mid range clutch is not calibrated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 132-High range clutch is not calibrated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 133-Reverse clutch is not calibrated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 134-Master clutch is not calibrated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 135-Communication lost with the armrest controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 136-Communication lost with the instrument controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 137-Front suspension pump tank (WK) selector solenoid circuit shorted or open
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 138-Front suspension raise solenoid circuit shorted or open circuit . . . . . . . . 449
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 139-Front suspension rod side (SV-R) solenoid circuit shorted or open . . . . 451
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 140-Front suspension position is above the expected absolute limit . . . . . . . 453
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 141-Front suspension position is below the expected absolute limit . . . . . . . 455
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 142-Front suspension travel range has not been calibrated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 143-Front suspension does not raise when commanded by the control . . . . 458
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 144-Front suspension position does not lower when commanded by the control
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 145-Pressure sensor piston side (DA-K) out of range high . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 146-System pressure below 689 kPa (99 psi) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 12
[Transmission] - TRANS 147-Regulated system pressure below 2268 kPa (329 psi) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 148-Backup alarm circuit shorted or open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 149-Pressure sensor piston side open circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 150-Pressure sensor rod side (DA-R) out of range high . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 151-Pressure sensor rod side open circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 152-Front suspension pressure control cannot increase pressure on the rod side
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 153-Front suspension pressure control cannot decrease pressure on the rod side
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 154-Front suspension lock valve is stuck On (suspension does not lock) . . 474
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 155-Front suspension lock valve is stuck Off (suspension does not unlock) 475
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 156-Front suspension lock valve was installed but removed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 24-Transmission clutches are not calibrated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 37-BOC switch open circuit or neutral relay stuck open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 38-Shuttled to reverse when no wheel speed signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 47-Clutch position sensor not agree with BOC switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 48-BOC switch or neutral relay short circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 49-Autoguidance isolation valve driver fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 50-Park brake is powered off when in park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 51-FNR pod indicates forward OR reverse is on when park is on . . . . . . . . . 487
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 52-Park brake is stuck on when commanded off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 53-5 volt reference voltage too high . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 54-5 volt reference voltage too low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 59-FNR pod in illogical state (two positions on at same time) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 60-FNR pod in illogical state (in no position) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 61-System pressure valve solenoid circuit is open circuit or shorted to ground
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 62-System pressure solenoid is shorted to B+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 66-FNR pod forward switch is shorted to ground or open circuit . . . . . . . . . . 502
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 13
[Transmission] - TRANS 67-FNR pod forward switch is shorted to power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 68-FNR pod reverse switch is shorted to ground or open circuit . . . . . . . . . . 504
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 69-FNR pod reverse switch is shorted to power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 70-Battery voltage is too low for clutch solenoid operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 72-Hot transmission oil temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 73-Software is out of calibration mode and park brake request is still active 509
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 74-The park brake is commanded on and gear is engaged, but there is no park
brake request from calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 77-No signal from wheel speed sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 78-Transmission regulated pressure accumulator is discharged . . . . . . . . . . 513

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 79-Engine rpm from the alternator is measured too high . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 80-Wheel speed sensor is measured too high . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 81-Transmission clutches are slipping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
[Transmission] - TRANS 82-Creep clutch is not calibrated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 14
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES
ARM 1029-Remote hydraulic control selection switch 5 failure

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control Module : Armrest

Cause:
The fifth remote hydraulic control selection switch has failed.
Possible failure modes:
1. Switch failed.
2. Harness damage.
3. Power or ground to armrest controller.
4. Controller failure.
Solution:
1. Use the Monitor screen in the electronic service tool (EST) to check operation of the fifth remote selection switch.
Connect the service tool to diagnostic connector.
Move the selection switch from the retract position to the extend position and then back, while viewing switch
status on the Monitor screen. Switch status is reported as open or closed, depending on switch position.
In the neutral position, both extend and retract should be open. In the retract position, the retract switch should be
closed. In the extend position, the extend switch should be closed.
A. Switch status readings are correct. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
B. Switch not functioning. Go to Step 2.

2. Test the fifth remote selection switch. Check wiring for damage.
Remove the armrest console.
Disconnect the switch connector SW205 from the armrest controller.
Move the fifth remote selection switch to the extend position. Measure resistance at connector SW205 using the
following test points:
Test point 1 Test point 2 Expected result

Pin 1 Pin 2 Continuity < 1.0 Ω
Pin 1 Pin 3 No continuity - infinite resistance (or
overload)
Move the fifth remote selection switch to the retract position. Measure resistance at connector SW205 using the

overload)
Move the fifth remote selection switch to the Off position. Measure resistance at connector SW205 using the

Pin 1 Pin 2 and pin 3 No continuity - infinite resistance (or
overload)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 15

overload)
overload)
A. Switch test readings are within expected range. Go to Step 3.
B. Switch test readings are out of range. Replace the selection switch. Reinstall the armrest console. Return unit
to field operation.
3. Check the armrest controller function.
To perform this test, the armrest console must be connected to cab harness connector 137M. Turn the tractor key
switch to the ACC position.
Measure the voltage between pin 2 of connector SW205 and chassis ground. Expected reading is about 12 V.
A. Expected voltage not found. Go to Step 4.
B. Expected voltage found. Go to Step . 5

4. Replace the armrest controller if the problem persists.
Reinstall the armrest console.
Clear existing fault codes. Test operation of the fifth remote selection switch.
A. Fault code does not re-display. Write the fault code on the failed controller. Return unit to field operation.
B. Fault code re-displays. Reinstall the original controller. Submit a concern to ASIST.
5. Check the armrest controller operation.
Install a short jumper wire between pin 1 and pin 2 on connector SW205 to simulate the extend function. Check
the percentage reading on the Monitor screen in the EST.
Move the short jumper wire between pin 2 and pin 3 on connector SW205 to simulate retract function. Check the
percentage reading on the Monitor screen in the EST.
Percentage should be at or near 0 (zero) in retract position and 100 percent in extend position.
A. Percentages are correct. Replace the fifth remote hydraulic control selection switch. Reinstall the armrest
console. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation
B. Percentage readings are out of range. Replace the armrest controller. Reinstall the armrest console. Return
unit to field operation.
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 45 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.45)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 16
ARM 1039-PTO on/off control switch failure

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The PTO on/off control switch has failed.
1. Switch failed.
2. Harness damage.
Solution:
1. Use the Monitor screen in the electronic service tool (EST) to check operation of the PTO On/Off control switch.
Select ARMREST PTO SWITCH on monitor.
Move the PTO On/Off switch from the disengaged position to the engaged position and then back, while viewing
switch status on the Monitor screen.
PTO Operator Switch PTO Switch Data Value

ON OPEN
OFF CLOSED
Undetermined 2
Undetermined 2
Switch status should be closed in the disengaged/Off position and open in the engaged/On position.
A. Switch status readings are correct . Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
B. If the switch position is undetermined the data value of "2" indicates switch not functioning. Go to Step 2.
2. Test the PTO On/Off switch. Check wiring for damage.
Disconnect the PTO On/Off switch connector J213 from the armrest controller.
Place the PTO switch in the Off/disengaged position. Measure resistance at connector J213 at the following test
points:

overload)
Place the PTO switch in the On/engaged position. Measure resistance at connector J213 at the following test
points:

overload)
A. Resistance within expected range. Go to Step 3.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 17
B. Resistance out of range. Replace the PTO switch. Reinstall the armrest console. Return unit to field operation.
Measure the voltage between pin 1 of connector J213 on armrest controller and chassis ground. Expected reading
is about 12 V.
B. Expected voltage found. Go to Step 5.

4. Replace the armrest controller.
Clear existing fault codes. Test operation of the PTO On/Off switch.
5. Check the armrest controller function. Use the monitor screen on the EST, select ARMREST PTO SWITCH on
monitor.
To perform this test, the armrest console must be connected to cab harness connector 137M.
Install a short jumper wire between pins 1 and 2 on connector J213 at armrest controller to simulate the Off/
disengaged function. Turn the tractor key switch to the ACC position. Check the data value on the Monitor screen.
Turn key switch OFF. Move the short jumper wire between pins 1 and 3 on connector J213 at armrest controller
to simulate the On/engaged function. Turn the tractor key switch to the ACC position. Check the data value on
the Monitor screen.
Data value should be CLOSED in the Off/disengaged position and OPEN in the On/engaged position.
A. Readings are correct. Replace the PTO switch. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation
B. Readings are incorrect. Replace the armrest controller. Reinstall the armrest console. Return unit to field
operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 18
ARM 1049-Hitch up/down switch failure

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

NOTE: When the tractor reaches the end of row, some operators press or hold the switch without really moving it
into position. In this circumstance, the switch may not be in contact with either the up, down or fast drop position. If
this condition lasts for more than two seconds, the controller records the fault code and the instrument cluster flashes
“ARM Fault.” For safety reasons the hitch is disabled. The operator must cycle the key switch and then recapture the
hitch to make the system function again. If this is not the case, continue with the fault code troubleshooting.
Cause:
The hitch Up/Down switch has failed.
1. Hitch Up/Down switch failed.

2. Harness damage.
Solution:
1. Use the Monitor screen in the electronic service tool (EST) to check operation of the hitch Up/Down switch. Monitor
all three switch positions: up, down and fast down.
Move the hitch Up/Down switch from the up position, to the down position and into the fast down position, while
viewing switch status on the Monitor screen. The correct status (open or closed) is shown for each switch position:
EST monitor screen Switch position - down Switch position - up Switch position - fast
down
Up/Down switch down closed open open
Up/Down switch fast down open open closed
Up/Down switch up open closed open
B. Switch status readings are incorrect. Go to Step 2.

2. Test the hitch Up/Down switch. Check wiring for damage.
Disconnect the hitch Up/Down switch connector J210 from the armrest controller.
Move the hitch Up/Down switch to the up position. Measure resistance at connector J210 using the following test
points:

Move the hitch Up/Down switch to the down position. Measure resistance at connector J210 using the following
test points:

Move the hitch Up/Down switch to the fast down position. Measure resistance at connector J210 using the follow-
ing test points:
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 19

B. Resistance out of range. Replace the hitch Up/Down switch. Reinstall the armrest console. Return unit to field
operation.
is about 12 V.
B. Expected voltage found. Go to Step . 5.

Clear existing fault codes. Test operation of the hitch Up/Down switch.
Install a short jumper wire between pins 4 and 2 on connector J210 to simulate the up switch position. Check
switch status on the Monitor screen against the table below.
Install a short jumper wire between pins 1 and 2 on connector J210 to simulate the down switch position. Check
switch status on the Monitor screen against the table below.
Install a short jumper wire between pins 2 and 3 on connector J210 to simulate down fast down switch position.
Check switch status on the Monitor screen against the table below.
EST monitor screen Jumper wire between Jumper wire between pin Jumper wire between pin
pin 1 and pin 2 4 and pin 2 2 and pin 3
Up/down switch down closed open open
Up/down switch fast down open open closed
Up/down switch up open closed open
A. Switch status readings are correct. Replace the hitch Up/Down switch. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to
field operation
B. Switch status readings are incorrect. Replace the armrest controller. Reinstall the armrest console. Return
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 20
ARM 1059-Slip limit switch failure

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The slip limit switch has failed.
1. Slip limit switch failed.

2. Harness damage.
Solution:
1. Use the Monitor screen in the electronic service tool (EST) to check operation of the slip limit switch. Monitor all
three switch positions, slip select, slip set and off.
Move the slip limit control switch through all three positions – slip select, slip set (momentary) and off , while
viewing switch status on the Monitor screen. Switch status (open or closed) should match the table below:
EST monitor screen Switch in slip select Switch in slip set position Switch in off position
position
Slip limit switch select closed open open
Slip limit switch select open closed open

2. Test the slip limit switch. Check wiring for damage.
Disconnect the slip limit switch connector SW202 from the armrest controller.
Move the slip limit switch into the slip select position. Measure resistance on connector SW202 using the test
points in the table below:

overload)
Move the slip limit switch into the slip set position (momentary). Measure resistance on connector SW202 using
the test points in the table below:

overload)
Move the slip limit switch into the off position. Measure resistance on connector SW202 using the test points in
the table below:
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 21

overload)
overload)
B. Resistance out of range. Replace the slip limit switch. Reinstall the armrest console. Return unit to field
operation.
3. Check for power to switch.
Measure the voltage between pin 3 of connector SW202 on armrest controller and chassis ground. Expected
reading is about 12 V.

Clear existing fault codes. Test operation of the slip limit switch.
5. Replace the slip limit switch. Clear all fault codes.
A. Fault code does not re-display. Return unit to field operation.
B. Fault code re-displays. Reinstall the original switch. Perform Step 4.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 22
ARM 1069-MFD switch failure

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The MFD switch has failed.
1. MFD switch failed.

2. Harness damage.
Solution:
1. Use the Monitor screen in the electronic service tool (EST) to check operation of the MFD switch. Monitor all three
switch positions: manual, off and automatic.
Move the MFD switch through all three switch positions – manual, off and automatic, while viewing switch status
on the Monitor screen. Expected switch status (open or closed) is shown in the table below.
EST monitor screen Switch position - manual Switch position - off Switch position -
automatic
MFD manual closed open open
MFD automatic open open closed
MFD off open open open

2. Test the MFD switch. Check wiring for damage.
Disconnect the MFD switch connector SW201 from the armrest controller.
Move the MFD switch to manual position. Measure resistance on connector SW201 using the following test points:

Move the MFD switch to the automatic position. Measure resistance on connector SW201 using the following test
points:

Move the MFD switch to the off position. Measure resistance on connector SW201 using the following test points:

Pin 2 Pin 3 No continuity- infinite resistance (or
overload)<
overload)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 23
B. Resistance out of range. Replace the MFD switch. Reinstall the armrest console. Return unit to field operation.
Measure the voltage between pin 2 of connector SW201 on armrest controller and chassis ground. Expected

Clear existing fault codes. Test operation of the MFD switch.
Place MFD switch in the off position. Install a short jumper wire between pins 2 and 3 on connector SW201 to
simulate the manual switch position. Check the switch status on the Monitor screen against the expected result
in the table below.
Move the jumper wire between pins 1 and 2 on connector SW201 to simulate the automatic switch position. Check
the switch status on the Monitor screen against the expected result in the table below.
EST monitor screen Jumper wire between pins 2 and 3 Jumper wire between pins 1 and 2
MFD switch in manual closed open
MFD switch in automatic open closed
MFD off open open
A. Switch status readings are correct. Replace the MFD switch. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field
operation
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 24
ARM 1079-Diff lock switch failure

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The differential lock switch has failed.
1. Differential lock switch failed.

2. Harness damage.
Solution:
1. Use the Monitor screen in the electronic service tool (EST) to check operation of the differential lock switch. Monitor
all three switch positions: on, off and automatic.
Move the differential lock switch through all three switch positions – on, off and automatic, while viewing switch
status on the Monitor screen. Expected switch status (open or closed) is shown in the table below.
EST monitor screen Switch position - on Switch position - off Switch position -
automatic
differential lock on closed open open
differential lock automatic open open closed
differential lock off open open open

2. Test the differential lock switch. Check wiring for damage.
Disconnect differential lock switch connector SW203 from the armrest controller.
Move the differential lock switch to the On position. Measure resistance on connector SW203, using the test points
in the table below:

Move the differential lock switch to the Automatic position. Measure resistance on connector SW203, using the
test points in the table below:

Move the differential lock switch to the Off position. Measure resistance on connector SW203, using the test points
in the table below:

overload)
overload)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 25
B. Resistance out of range. Replace the differential lock switch. Reinstall the armrest console. Return unit to field
operation.
Measure the voltage between pin 2 of connector SW203 and chassis ground. Expected reading is about 12 V.

Clear existing fault codes. Test operation of the differential lock switch.
Place differential lock switch in the Off position. Install a short jumper wire between pins 2 and 3 on connector
SW203 to simulate the On switch position. Check the switch status on the Monitor screen against the expected
result in the table below.
Move the jumper wire between pins 1 and 2 on connector SW203 to simulate automatic switch position. Check
differential lock switch on closed open
differential lock switch automatic open closed
differential lock off open open
A. Switch status readings are correct. Replace the differential lock switch. Clear all fault codes and return unit to
field operation
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 26
ARM 1089-Programmable up/down switch failure

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The programmable Up/Down switch has failed.
1. Programmable Up/Down switch failed.

2. Harness damage.
Solution:
1. Use the Monitor screen in the electronic service tool (EST) to check operation of the programmable Up/Down
switch. Monitor all three switch position: , shift up, shift down and off.
Move the programmable Up/Down switch through all three switch positions – on-up, on-down and off, while viewing
switch status on the Monitor screen. Expected switch status (open or closed) is shown in the table below.
EST monitor screen Switch position - up shift Switch position - down Switch position - off
shift
Programmable switch - up closed open open
shift
Programmable switch - open closed open
down shift
Programmable switch off open open open

2. Test the programmable Up/Down switch. Check wiring for damage.
Disconnect programmable Up/Down switch connector J212 from the armrest controller.
Move the programmable Up/Down switch to the up shift position. Measure resistance at connector J212, using
the test points in the table below.

Move the programmable Up/Down switch to the down shift position. Measure resistance at connector J212, using
the test points in the table below.

Move the programmable Up/Down switch to the off position. Measure resistance at connector J212, using the test
points in the table below.

overload)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 27

overload)
B. Resistance out of range. Replace the programmable Up/Down switch. Reinstall the armrest console. Return
Measure the voltage between pin 1 of connector J212 and chassis ground. Expected reading is about 12 V.

Clear existing fault codes. Test operation of the programmable Up/Down switch.
Move the programmable Up/Down switch to the off position. Install a short jumper wire between pins 1 and 6 on
connector J212 to simulate the up shift switch position. Check the switch status on the Monitor screen against the
expected result in the table below.
Move the jumper wire between pins 1 and 5 on connector J212 to simulate the down shift switch position. Check
Programmable Up/Down switch - up closed open
shift
Programmable Up/Down switch - open closed
down shift
Programmable Up/Down switch - off open open
A. Switch status readings are correct. Replace the programmable Up/Down switch. Clear all fault codes, and
return unit to field operation
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 28
ARM 1099-Remote set switch failure

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

NOTE: All the controls on secondary control panel are an integrated part of the secondary control panel. If any control
on secondary panel control fails, the complete secondary control panel assembly must be replaced.
Cause:
The remote set switch has failed.
1. Remote set switch failed.

2. Harness damage.
Solution:
1. Test the remote set switch. Check wiring for damage.
Disconnect connector J2 for the secondary panel from the armrest controller.
Press and hold the switch in the extend position. Measure resistance at connector J2 using the test points in the
table below.

overload)
Press and hold the switch in the retract position. Measure resistance at connector J2 using the test points in the
table below.

overload)
Place the switch in the Off position. Measure resistance at connector J2 using the test points in the table below.

overload)
overload)
overload)
B. Resistance out of range. Replace the secondary panel. Reinstall the armrest console. Return unit to field
operation.
Clear existing fault codes. Test operation of the remote set switch.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 29
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 30
ARM 109-3rd remote hydraulic flow control failure

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

NOTE: All the controls on the control panel under the armrest console cover are part of an integrated circuit board. If
any control on panel fails, the control panel assembly must be replaced.
NOTE: If the power or ground to the control panel under the armrest console cover through connector J2 is lost, fault
codes ARM 89 ,99, 109, 119, 139, 149, 159 and 169 will all be active. A single active fault code indicates a failed
potentiometer or wiring problem.
Cause:
The third remote valve flow potentiometer has failed.
1. Potentiometer shorted or open circuit.

2. Harness damage.
Solution:
1. Use the Monitor screen in the electronic service tool (EST) to check operation of the flow control potentiometer.
Turn the flow control knob from the minimum flow position to the maximum flow position and then back to the
minimum flow position, while viewing the data on the Monitor screen.
Percentage values should be 0 (zero) in minimum flow position and 100 percent in maximum flow position.
A. Percentage readings are correct. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
B. Percentage readings are out of range. Go to Step 2.

2. Test the flow control potentiometer. Check wiring for damage.
Disconnect the secondary panel connector J2 from the armrest controller.
Measure resistance between pins 1 and 2 on connector J2. Resistance should be 2.0k Ω.
Measure resistance between pins 2 and 5 on connector J2. Turn the flow control knob from the minimum flow
position to the maximum flow position and then back: resistance should change from 0.1k - 1.1k Ω.
B. Resistance out of range. Replace the secondary panel assembly. Reinstall the armrest console. Return unit
to field operation.
3. Check the power supply to the secondary panel from the armrest controller.
is about 8 V.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 31
B. Expected voltage found. Replace the armrest console secondary panel assembly. Reinstall the armrest con-
sole. Return unit to field operation.
Clear existing fault codes. Test operation of the third remote flow control.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 32
ARM 1109-Hand throttle idle validation switch failure

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The throttle idle validation switch has failed.
1. Switch shorted or open circuit.

2. Harness damage.
3. Power or ground to the armrest controller.
Solution:
1. Use the Monitor screen in the electronic service tool (EST) to check operation of the throttle idle validation switch.
Move the throttle lever control from the low idle position to the high idle position, and then back to low idle, while
viewing switch status on the Monitor screen. Expected switch status (open or closed) is shown in the table below.
EST monitor screen Throttle lever in low idle position Throttle lever in high idle position
Throttle high idle switch open closed
Throttle low idle switch closed open

2. Test the throttle idle validation switch. Check wiring for damage.
Disconnect connector J208 at the throttle control lever.
Measure resistance between pins K and J and between pins K and G on the throttle potentiometer, while moving
the throttle lever from high to low idle.
Resistance reading should change from less then 1.0 Ω to infinite resistance (overload).
A. Resistance reading within range. Go to Step 3.
B. Resistance reading out of range. Replace the throttle potentiometer/switch assembly. Reinstall the armrest
console. Return unit to field operation.
3. Test the harness between the armrest controller and the throttle potentiometer.
Measure resistance between the 6-pin connector J208 at the controller and the 10-pin connector at the poten-
tiometer at these test points:
Test point 1 Test point 2

Pin 4 Pin J
Pin 5 Pin K
Pin 6 Pin G
Infinite resistance (or overload) indicates a faulty harness which must be repaired or replaced.
A. Faulty harness not found. Go to Step 4.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 33
B. Faulty harness found. Repair or replace the harness. Reinstall the armrest console. Return unit to field oper-
ation.
4. Check power and the ground to the armrest controller.
Measure the voltage between pin 12 of connector 137M and chassis ground. Expected reading is about 12 V.
Measure the voltage between pins 12 and 11 of connector 137M. Expected reading is about 12 V. If the reading
is below 12 V, locate and repair the problem in the ground circuit.
B. Expected voltage found. Reinstall the armrest console. Return unit to field operation.
Clear existing fault codes. Test operation of the throttle.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 34
ARM 1119-HTS record/play switch failure

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The record/play switch has failed.

2. Harness damage.
Solution:
1. Use the Monitor screen in the electronic service tool (EST) to check operation of the record/play switch. Monitor
all three switch positions: play, record and off.
Operate the switch in play and record positions while viewing switch status on the Monitor screen.
EST monitor screen Switch in play position Switch in record position Switch in off position
Play switch on off off
Record switch off on off

2. Test the record/play switch. Check wiring for damage.
Press and hold the record position. Measure resistance on connector J2 using the test points in the table below.

overload)
Press and hold the play position. Measure resistance on connector J2 using the test points in the table below.

overload)
Place the record/play switch into the off position. Measure resistance on connector J2 using the test points in the
table below.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 35

overload)
overload)
B. Resistance out of range. Replace the secondary control panel. Reinstall the armrest console. Return unit to
field operation.
Turn the tractor key switch to the ACC position.
Measure the voltage between pin 14 of connector J2 and chassis ground. . Expected reading is about 12 V.

Clear existing fault codes. Test operation of the record/play switch.
Install a short jumper wire between pins 11 and 14 on connector J2 at armrest controller to simulate the record
switch position. Check the switch status on the Monitor screen against the expected results in the table below.
Install a short jumper wire between pins 12 and 14 on connector J2 at armrest controller to simulate the play switch
position. Check the switch status on the Monitor screen against the expected results in the table below.
EST monitor screen Jumper wire between pins 11 and Jumper wire between pins 12 and
14 14
Record switch on off
Play switch off on
A. Switch status readings are correct. Replace the record/play switch. Clear all fault codes and return unit to field
operation
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 36
ARM 1129-Invalid configuration: implement depth control switch

failure
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The implement depth control switch has failed.

2. Harness damage.
Solution:
1. Use the Monitor screen in the electronic service tool (EST) to check operation of the implement depth control
switch. Monitor all three switch positions.
Move the switch through its three positions, while viewing switch status on the Monitor screen.
EST monitor screen Switch in depth lower Switch in depth raise Switch in off position
control position control position
Lower limit set closed open open
Upper limit set open closed open

2. Test the implement depth control switch. Check wiring for damage.
Disconnect the implement depth control switch connectors J14 and J15 from the armrest controller.
Press and hold the lower switch. Measure resistance on connector J15 using the test points in the table below.

Press and hold the raise switch. Measure resistance on connector J14 using the test points in the table below.

B. Resistance out of range. Replace the implement depth control switch. Reinstall the armrest console. Return
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 37
3. Check power and ground to the armrest controller.
Clear existing fault codes. Test operation of the implement depth control switch.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 38
ARM 119-4th remote hydraulic flow control failure

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The fourth remote valve flow potentiometer has failed.

2. Harness damage.
Solution:

Measure resistance between pins 2 and 6 on connector J2. Turn the flow control knob from the minimum flow
position to the maximum flow position and then back: resistance should change from 0.1k - 1.1k Ω.
to field operation.
is about 8 V.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 39
Clear existing fault codes. Test operation of the fourth remote flow control.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 40
ARM 12013-Communication lost with the data bus

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The armrest controller cannot communicate with the data bus.
1. Data bus is not powered.

2. Data bus terminator failed.
3. Data bus is shorted.
Solution:
1. Check that connector 137M is securely connected at the armrest console. Inspect data bus pins 4 and 5.
A. Loose connection found and repaired. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
B. Connection problem not found. Go to Step 2.

2. Turn tractor key switch to the On position. Measure voltage between fuse #42 and chassis ground. Expected
A. Expected voltage not found. Replace fuse #42. Return unit to field operation.

3. Test the tractor can bus at terminator connector 205M.
Raise the tractor hood. The resistor terminator is located in harness that leads up near power distribution box.
Disconnect the resistor terminator from connector 205M. Turn tractor key switch to On position. Measure the
voltages at harness terminator plug connector 205M.

Pin A (yellow) Chassis ground Voltage should be 2.5 - 2.8 V
Pin B (green) Chassis ground Voltage should be 2.2 - 2.5 V
A. Voltage readings within expected range. Go to Step 4.
B. Voltage readings outside the expected range. Reinstall the resistor terminator at connector 205M. Go to Step
6.
4. The good voltage reading indicates the data bus wiring and the TMF controller internal resistor terminator are
good.
Measure the resistance of the resistor terminator disconnected from harness at connector 205M.

Pin A (yellow) Pin B (green) Resistance should be approximately
120 Ω
A. Expected resistance found. The problem is not in data bus wiring, or the resistor terminators. Go to Step 5.
B. Expected resistance not found. Install a new resistor terminator at connector 205M. Clear existing fault codes.
Clear existing fault codes.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 41
6. Test the tractor multi function (TMF) controller internal resistor terminator.
Remove the controller cover at the rear of the tractor cab. Disconnect connector 53M from the TMF controller.
Measure the resistance on TMF controller connector 53M between pins 15 and 16.

Pin 15 Pin 16 Resistance should be approximately
120 Ω
A. Expected resistance found. Go to Step 7.
B. Expected resistance not found. The TMF controller internal resistor terminator has failed. Replace the TMF
controller.
7. The readings indicate a problem/damage to data bus wiring.
Remove the tool box/battery cover from tractor. Remove the lower cab trim piece.
Disconnect connector under the right front corner of cab.
Measure the resistance between pin 20 and pin 27 on harness end connector 60F.

120 Ω
If expected resistance is not found, use the following test points to locate the continuity problem and repair or
replace the harness:

Cavity 27 of connector 60F Pin 9 of connector 333M
A. Engine harness section of data bus tested okay. Go to Step 8.
B. Engine harness section of data bus was repaired. Return unit to field operation.
8. Measure the resistance between pin 20 and pin 27 on connector 60M through cab floor.

120 Ω
A. Expected resistance found: cab harness section of data bus tests okay. Possible intermittent problem. Recon-
nect all connectors, erase fault codes and return unit to field operation.
B. Expected resistance not found. Go to Step 9.

9. Disconnect connector 10M on rear wall of cab.
Measure the resistance between pin 64 and pin 66 on harness connector 10M.

120 Ω
A. Expected resistance found: chassis harness section of data bus to TMF controller tests okay. Problem is in
data bus wiring between connector 10F and connector 60M. Check data bus continuity from connector 10F to
connector 60M. Repair or replace the damaged harness.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 42
B. Expected resistance not found. The damaged connector or wire is in chassis harness. Check data bus conti-
nuity from connector 10M to connector 53M at the TMF controller. Repair or replace the damaged harness.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 43
ARM 12081-HTS capability message not received

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

NOTE: Before starting the troubleshooting process, make sure the programmable up shift and down shift values are
set to 0 (zero) in order to enable the HTS feature.
Cause:
The armrest controller cannot communicate with the deluxe instrument cluster.
1. Instrument cluster not configured for HTS capability (record/playback for headland management).
2. Data bus is not powered.
Solution:
1. Check that connector 137M is securely connected at the armrest console. Inspect data bus pins 4 and 5.

2. Turn tractor key switch to the On position. Measure voltage between fuse #42 and chassis ground. Expected


6.
good.

120 Ω
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 44

120 Ω
controller.

120 Ω


120 Ω


120 Ω
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 45
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 46
ARM 129-5th remote hydraulic flow control potentiometer failure

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The fifth remote hydraulic flow control potentiometer has failed.

2. Harness damage.
Solution:

Disconnect the fifth remote flow control connector J207 from the armrest controller.
Measure resistance between pins 2 and 3 on connector J207. Move the flow control from the low flow position to
the high flow position and then back to low: resistance should change continuously and smoothly.
B. Resistance out of range. Replace the flow control assembly. Reinstall the armrest console. Return unit to field
operation.
Measure the voltage between pin 12 and pin 11 on connector 137M. Expected reading is about 12 V. If the reading
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 47
Clear existing fault codes. Test operation of the fifth remote flow control.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 48
ARM 139-Remote hydraulic timer control failure

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The remote hydraulic timer control potentiometer has failed.

2. Harness damage.
Solution:
1. Use the Monitor screen in the electronic service tool (EST) to check operation of the timer control potentiometer.
Connect the service tool to the diagnostic connector.
Turn the timer control knob from the minimum time position to the maximum time position and then back, while
viewing the percentages on the Monitor screen.
Percentage should be 0 (zero) in minimum time position and 100 percent in maximum time position.

2. Test the timer control potentiometer. Check wiring for damage.
Disconnect secondary panel connector J2 from the armrest controller.
Measure resistance between pins 2 and 7 on connector J2. Turn the timer control knob from the minimum time
position to the maximum time position and then back: resistance should change from 0.1k - 1.1k Ω.
to field operation.
is about 8 V.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 49
Clear existing fault codes. Test operation of the remote timer control.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 50
ARM 149-Hitch upper limit control failure

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

any control on the panel fails, the control panel assembly must be replaced.
Cause:
The hitch upper limit control potentiometer has failed.

2. Harness damage.
Solution:
1. Use the Monitor screen in the electronic service tool (EST) to check operation of the hitch upper limit control.
Turn the hitch upper limit control from the minimum position to the maximum travel position and then back, while
viewing the percentage values on the Monitor screen.
Percentage should be 0 (zero) at the minimum position and 100 percent at the maximum travel position.

2. Test the hitch upper limit control potentiometer. Check wiring for damage.
Measure resistance between pins 2 and 8 on connector J2. Turn the hitch upper limit control from minimum travel
position to maximum travel position and then back: resistance should change from 0.1k - 1.1k Ω.
to field operation.
is about 8 V.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 51
Clear existing fault codes. Test operation of the hitch upper limit control.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 52
ARM 159-Hitch drop rate control failure

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The hitch drop rate control potentiometer has failed.

2. Harness damage.
Solution:
1. Use the Monitor screen in the electronic service tool (EST) to check operation of the hitch drop rate control.
Turn the hitch drop rate control from the minimum drop rate position to the maximum drop rate position and then
back, while viewing the percentage values on the Monitor screen.
Percentage should be 0 (zero) at the minimum drop rate position and 100 percent at the maximum drop rate
position.
B. Percentage readings out of range. Go to Step 2.

2. Test the hitch drop rate control potentiometer. Check wiring for damage.
Measure resistance between pins 2 and 9 on connector J2. Turn the hitch drop rate control from the minimum
drop rate position to the maximum drop rate position and then back: resistance should change from 0.1k - 1.1k Ω.
to field operation.
is about 8 V.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 53
Clear existing fault codes. Test operation of the hitch drop rate control.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 54
ARM 169-Hitch travel control failure

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The hitch travel control potentiometer has failed.

2. Harness damage.
Solution:
1. Use the Monitor screen in the electronic service tool (EST) to check operation of the hitch travel control.
Turn the hitch travel control from the minimum travel position to the maximum travel position and then back, while
viewing the percentage values on the Monitor screen.
Percentage should be 0 (zero) at the minimum travel position and 100 percent at the maximum travel position.
A. Percentage readings correct. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
B. Percentage readings out of range. Go to Step 2.

2. Test the hitch travel control potentiometer. Check wiring for damage.
Measure resistance between pins 2 and 10 on connector J2. Turn the hitch travel control from the minimum travel
position to the maximum travel position and then back: resistance should change from 0.1k - 1.1k Ω.
to field operation.
is about 8 V.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 55
Clear existing fault codes. Test operation of the hitch travel control.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 56
ARM 19-Throttle lever potentiometer failure

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Throttle potentiometer has failed. (This fault code applies to tractors with electronically controlled engines.)
1. Potentiometer short or open circuit.

2. Harness damage.
3. Power or ground to the armrest controller.
Solution:
1. Use the Monitor screen in the electronic service tool (EST) to check the throttle lever potentiometer operation.
Move the throttle lever from low idle to high idle position and then back to low idle, while viewing the data value
on the Monitor screen.
The unit data value should be 0 (zero) percent in low idle position and 100 percent in high idle position.
Throttle control voltage should be approximately 0.75 - 1.0 V in low idle position and 4.0 - 4.5 V in high idle position.
A. Percentage and control voltage reading are correct. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
B. Percentage and control voltage readings are out of range. Go to Step 2.

2. Test the throttle potentiometer.
Disconnect connector J208 from the throttle potentiometer.
Measure the resistance between pins C and D on the potentiometer. Resistance should be 2.5k Ω.
Measure the resistance between pins E and C on the potentiometer. Move the throttle lever from high to low idle
while measuring, Resistance should change continuously from below 500 - 2k Ω.
A. Resistance readings within range. Go to Step 3.
B. Resistance readings out of range. Replace the potentiometer. Reinstall the armrest console. Return unit to
field operation.
3. Test the harness between the armrest controller at connector J208 and the throttle potentiometer.
Measure resistance between the 6-pin connector J208 and the 10-pin connector at the potentiometer at these test
points:

Pin 1 Pin C
Pin 2 Pin E
Pin 3 Pin D
An infinite resistance (or overload) reading indicates a faulty harness which must be repaired or replaced.
A. Faulty harness not found. Go to Step 4.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 57
B. Faulty harness found. Repair or replace the harness. Reinstall the armrest console. Return unit to field oper-
ation.
4. Check power and the ground to the armrest controller.
Measure the voltage between pin 12 of connector 137M and chassis ground. Expected reading is about 12 V. If
voltage is out of range, check power circuit from fuse 33 and armrest controller relay #24.
A. Problem with power or ground not found. Go to Step 5.
B. Problem with power or ground found and repaired. Reinstall the armrest console. Return unit to field operation.
Reinstall the armrest.
Clear existing fault codes. Test operation of the throttle.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 58
ARM 29-1st remote hydraulic control lever potentiometer failure

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The first remote lever potentiometer has failed.
1. Potentiometer shorted or open.

2. Harness damage.
Solution:
1. Use the Monitor screen in the electronic service tool (EST) to check operation of the first remote control lever.
Move the lever from extend to retract and then into float position while viewing the data value percentages on the
Monitor screen.
The data value should be 50% in neutral position, 0% in extend position, 99% in retract position and 100 percent
in float position.

2. Test the potentiometer for the control lever. Check wiring for damage.
Disconnect control lever connector J201 from the armrest controller.
Measure resistance between pins 3 and 5 on the connector J201. Resistance should be 4.0k Ω.
Measure resistance between pins 4 and 5 on connector J201. Move the control lever from retract to extend while
measuring: resistance should change continuously and smoothly.
A. Resistance readings are correct. Go to Step 2.
B. Resistance readings out of range. Replace the first remote control lever assembly. Reinstall the armrest con-
3. Check the power and ground to the armrest controller.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 59
Clear existing fault codes. Test operation of the control lever.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 60
ARM 39-2nd remote hydraulic control lever potentiometer failure

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The second remote lever potentiometer has failed.

2. Harness damage.
Solution:
1. Use the Monitor screen in the electronic service tool (EST) to check operation of the second remote control lever.
Monitor screen.
in float position.

B. Resistance readings out of range. Replace second remote control lever assembly. Reinstall the armrest con-
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 61
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 62
ARM 49-3rd remote hydraulic control lever potentiometer failure

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The third remote lever potentiometer has failed.

2. Harness damage.
Solution:
1. Use the Monitor screen in the electronic service tool (EST) to check operation of the third remote control lever.
Monitor screen.
in float position.

B. Resistance readings out of range. Replace the third remote control lever assembly. Reinstall the armrest
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 63
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 64
ARM 59-4th remote hydraulic control lever potentiometer failure

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The fourth remote lever potentiometer has failed.

2. Harness damage.
Solution:
1. Use the Monitor screen in the electronic service tool (EST) to check operation of the fourth remote control lever.
Monitor screen.
in float position.

B. Resistance readings out of range. Replace the fourth remote control lever assembly. Reinstall the armrest
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 65
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 66
ARM 65535-Memory not cleared from factory

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

NOTE: This is a non fault. Clear the fault code from the controller.
Cause:
The armrest controller memory has not been cleared from the factory.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 67
ARM 69-Hitch position control lever potentiometer failure

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Hitch position potentiometer has failed.

2. Harness damage.
Solution:
1. Use the Monitor screen in the electronic service tool (EST) to check operation of the hitch position control.
Move the hitch position control from lower to raise position and then back to lower while viewing the data value
percentages, or voltages on the service tool monitor screen.
The data values should be 0 (zero) in lowered position and 100 percent in raised position.
Voltage data value should be approximately 0.75 - 1.0 V in lowered position and 4.0 - 4.5 V in raised position.
A. Percentage and voltage values are correct. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
B. Percentage and voltage values out of range. Go to Step 2.

2. Test the potentiometer. Check wiring for damage.
Disconnect hitch position control connector J206 from the armrest controller.
Measure resistance between pins 2 and 3 on connector J206. Move the hitch position control from lowered to
raised position and then back to lowered: resistance should change continuously and smoothly.
B. Resistance readings out of range. Replace the hitch position potentiometer assembly. Reinstall the armrest
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 68
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 69
ARM 79-Hitch load control potentiometer failure

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Hitch load potentiometer has failed.

2. Harness damage.
Solution:
1. Use the Monitor screen in the electronic service tool (EST) to check operation of the hitch load control.
Move the hitch load control from minimum depth to maximum depth position and then back to minimum depth,
while viewing the data value percentages on the Monitor screen.
The data value percentage should be 0 (zero) in minimum depth position and 100 percent in maximum depth
position.
A. Percentage values are correct. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
B. Percentage values are out of range. Go to Step 2.

2. Test the load control potentiometer. Check wiring for damage.
Disconnect the load control connector J205 from the armrest controller.
Measure resistance between pins 2 and 3 on connector J205. Move the load control from minimum depth to
maximum depth and then back to minimum depth: resistance should change continuously and smoothly.
B. Resistance readings out of range. Replace the hitch load control potentiometer assembly. Reinstall the armrest
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 70
Clear existing fault codes. Test operation of the depth control.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 71
ARM 8011-Battery voltage low

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

NOTE: When multiple fault codes – TMF 65, 66, 99 and TRANS 9011 – are active, begin troubleshooting at the
battery, since they all point to low battery voltage.
Cause:
Battery voltage is low.
1. Battery voltage is lower than 9.8 V.

2. The controller connection to power or ground is bad.
3. Alternator regulator is malfunctioning.
Solution:
1. Measure the battery voltage. The battery voltage should be 12 - 14 V.
If the voltage reading is out of range, check the alternator output. Alternator output should be above 14.0 V.
If the alternator output is correct, check all primary power and ground connections.
If the primary power and ground connections are correct, replace the batteries.
B. Fault code re-displays. Go to Step 2.

Turn the key switch to the ACC position.
Measure the voltage between pin 12 of connector 137M and chassis ground. Expected reading is about 12.0 V.
If voltage is out of range, check power circuit from fuse 33 and armrest controller relay #24.
Measure the voltage between pins 12 and 11 of connector 137M. Expected reading is about 12.0 V. If the reading
is below 12.0 V, locate and repair the problem in the ground circuit.
A. Problem with power or ground found and repaired. Return unit to field operation.
B. Problem with power or ground not found. Go to Step 3.

Clear all existing fault codes.
B. Fault code re-display. Reinstall the original controller. Submit a concern to ASIST.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 72
ARM 89-1st remote hydraulic flow control failure

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The first remote valve flow control potentiometer has failed.

2. Harness damage.
Solution:

Measure resistance between pins 2 and 3 on connector J2. Turn the flow control knob from minimum flow position
to maximum flow position and then back: resistance should change from 0.1k - 1.1k Ω.
to field operation.
is about 8 V.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 73
Clear existing fault codes. Test operation of the first remote flow control.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 74
ARM 9011-Controller memory error: Loss of hitch position

command calibration
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Controller memory error: Loss of hitch position command calibration.
1. Memory defect or intermittent controller.
Solution:
1. Check that connector 137M is securely connected at the armrest console. Check that the battery ground connec-
tions are secure.
A. Loose connection was found and repaired. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.

2. Shut down the tractor and restart. Perform the hitch calibration procedure.
After completing the calibration procedure, clear all fault codes.

Perform hitch calibration procedure. Clear existing fault codes.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 75
ARM 9012-Controller memory error: Loss of aux remote lever

calibration
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Controller memory error: Loss of remote lever calibration.
Solution:
tions are secure.

2. Shut down the tractor and restart. Perform the remote valve calibration procedure.

Perform remote valve calibration procedure. Clear existing fault codes.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 76
ARM 9013-Controller memory error: Loss of throttle calibration

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Controller memory error: Loss of throttle calibration.
Solution:
tions are secure.

2. Shut down the tractor and restart. Perform the throttle calibration procedure.

Perform throttle calibration procedure. Clear existing fault codes.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 77
ARM 9014-Controller memory error: Loss of MFD switch

configuration
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Controller memory error: Loss of MFD switch configuration.
Solution:
tions are secure.

2. Shut down the tractor and restart. Perform MFD calibration procedure.

Perform MFD calibration procedure. Clear existing fault codes.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 78
ARM 9015-Controller memory error: Loss of trans switches

configuration
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Controller memory error: Loss of transmission (auto shift) switch configuration.
Solution:
tions are secure.

2. Shut down the tractor and restart. Perform transmission auto shift calibration procedure.

Perform transmission auto shift calibration procedure. Clear existing fault codes.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 79
ARM 9021-Hitch position command potentiometer calibration error

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Hitch position command potentiometer calibration results are not acceptable.
1. Calibration was done incorrectly.

2. Hitch position command potentiometer or the lever are out of the working range.
Solution:
tions are secure.


3. Use the Monitor screen in the electronic service tool (EST) to check operation of the hitch position control poten-
tiometer.
Move the hitch position control from the lowered to the raised position and then back to lowered, while viewing the
percentages or voltages on the Monitor screen.
Percentage values should be 0 (zero) in the lowered position and 100 percent in the raised position.
Voltage values should be approximately 0.75 - 1.0 V in the lowered position and 4.0 - 4.5 V in the raised position.
A. Percentage and voltage values are correct. Perform hitch calibration procedure, and return unit to field oper-
ation.
B. Percentage and voltage values out of range. Replace hitch position potentiometer assembly. Perform hitch
calibration procedure, clear all fault codes and return unit to field operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 80
ARM 9031-Hand throttle potentiometer calibration error

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Hand throttle potentiometer calibration results are not acceptable.

2. Hand throttle potentiometer or the lever are out of the working range.
Solution:
tions are secure.

2. Shut down the tractor and restart. Perform the throttle calibration procedure.

3. Use the Monitor screen in the electronic service tool (EST) to check operation of the hand throttle control.
Move the throttle lever from the low idle position to the high idle position and then back to low idle, while viewing
the percentage and voltage values on the Monitor screen.
Percentage values should be 0 (zero) in the low idle position and 100 percent in the high idle position.
Voltage values should be approximately 0.75 - 1.0 V in the low idle position and 4.0 - 4.5 V in the high idle position.
A. Percentage and voltage values are correct. Perform throttle calibration procedure, and return unit to field op-
eration.
B. Percentage and voltage values are incorrect. Replace hand throttle potentiometer assembly. Perform throttle
calibration procedure, clear all fault codes and return unit to field operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 81
ARM 9041-EDC drop rate potentiometer calibration error

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Electronic draft control potentiometer calibration results are not acceptable.

2. EDC drop rate potentiometer out of the working range.
Solution:
tions are secure.


3. Use the Monitor screen in the electronic service tool (EST) to check operation of the electronic draft control po-
tentiometer.
Turn the hitch drop rate control from the minimum drop rate position to the maximum drop rate position and then
back, while viewing the percentage values on the Monitor screen.
Percentage values should be 0 (zero) at the minimum drop rate position and 100 percent at the maximum drop
rate position.
A. Percentage values are correct. Perform hitch calibration procedure, clear all fault codes, and return unit to field
operation.
B. Percentage values are incorrect. Replace the secondary panel. Perform the hitch calibration procedure, clear
all fault codes and return unit to field operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 82
ARM 99-2nd remote hydraulic flow control failure

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The second remote valve flow potentiometer has failed.

2. Harness damage.
Solution:

Measure resistance between pins 2 and 4 on connector J2. Turn the flow control knob from minimum flow position
to maximum flow position and then back: resistance should change from 0.1k - 1.1k Ω.
to field operation.
is about 8 V.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 83
Clear existing fault codes. Test operation of the second remote flow control.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 84
ATC 111-Cab temp sensor open or shorted to power

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control Module : Automatic temperature control

Cause:
The ATC controller detects an open circuit or short to power at the cab temperature sensor.
1. Cab temperature sensor failed.

2. Harness damage.
3. ATC controller failure
Solution:
1. Access the cab temperature sensor below the operator’s seat.
Disconnect connector ATC-J7 from the sensor. Measure resistance between pins A and B on the sensor. The
expected reading varies with the ambient cab temperature. Allow the sensor temperature to stabilize, and then
use the table below to determine whether the sensor is functioning normally.
°C °F Ohm
-10 °C 14 °F 16.12k Ω
-5 °C 23 °F 12.3k Ω
0 °C 32 °F 9.4k Ω
5 °C 41 °F 7.2k Ω
10 °C 50 °F 5.6k Ω
15 °C 59 °F 4.4k Ω
20 °C 68 °F 3.5k Ω
25 °C 77 °F 2.8k Ω
30 °C 86 °F 2.2k Ω
35 °C 95 °F 1.8k Ω
A. Reading out of range. Replace the cab temperature sensor. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field
operation.
B. Reading within range. Reconnect connector ATC-J7 to the sensor. Go to Step 2.

2. Disconnect connector ATC-J8 at the automatic temperature control (ATC) controller. Measure resistance between
pin 18 of connector ATC-J8 and chassis ground. Expected reading is less than 1.0 Ω.
A. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the open circuit in sensor ground wire 309. Clear all fault codes,
and return unit to field operation.
B. Expected reading found. Go to Step 3

3. Measure resistance between pin 21 of connector ATC-J8 and every other pin connector on connector ATC-J8.
Expected reading is no continuity (infinite resistance or overload). A reading of less than 10.0 Ω indicates a short
circuit.
A. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the short circuit. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field
operation.
B. Expected reading found. Go to Step 4.

4. Disconnect connector ATC-J7 at the sensor. Measure resistance between pin 21 of connector ATC-J8 and pin A
of harness connector ATC-J7. Expected reading is less than 1.0 Ω.
A. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the open circuit in sensor wire SEN orange. Clear all fault
codes, and return unit to field operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 85
B. Expected reading found. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation and monitor for recurring fault.
. If the fault code re-displays, go to Step 5,
5. Replace the ATC controller. Test operation of the HVAC system.
A. Fault code re-displays. Reinstall the original ATC controller. Submit a concern to ASIST.
B. Fault code does not re-displays. Write the fault code on the failed controller. Return unit to field operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 86
ATC 112-Cab temp sensor shorted to ground

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The ATC controller has detected a short to ground condition at the cab temperature sensor.
1. Cab temperature sensor failed.

2. Harness damage.
Solution:
1. Access the cab temperature sensor behind the operator’s seat.
Disconnect connector ATC-J7 from the sensor. Measure resistance between pins A and B on the sensor. The
expected reading varies with the ambient cab temperature. Allow the sensor temperature to stabilize, and then
use the table below to determine whether the sensor is functioning normally.
°C °F Ohm
-10 °C 14 °F 16.12k Ω
-5 °C 23 °F 12.3k Ω
0 °C 32 °F 9.4k Ω
5 °C 41 °F 7.2k Ω
10 °C 50 °F 5.6k Ω
15 °C 59 °F 4.4k Ω
20 °C 68 °F 3.5k Ω
25 °C 77 °F 2.8k Ω
30 °C 86 °F 2.2k Ω
35 °C 95 °F 1.8k Ω
A. Reading out of range. Replace the cab temperature sensor. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field
operation.
B. Reading within range. Reconnect connector ATC-J7 to the sensor. Go to Step 2.

pin 21 of connector ATC-J8 and chassis ground. Expected reading is no continuity (infinite resistance or overload).
A reading of less than 10.0 Ω indicates a short circuit.
A. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the short circuit between the controller and the sensor. Clear
all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.

3. The fault may be intermittent. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 while a second person carefully flexes and bends the sensor
harness.
A. Expected readings found. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation. If the fault re-displays, go to
Step 4.
B. Expected reading not found. After repairing short to ground Locate and repair the short circuit. Clear all fault
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 87

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 88
ATC 115-Evap temp sensor open or shorted to power

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The ATC controller has detected an open or short to power condition at the evaporator temperature sensor.
1. Evaporator temperature sensor failed.

2. Harness damage.
Solution:
1. Access the evaporator temperature sensor in the HVAC box beneath the operator seat.
Disconnect harness connector ATC-J6B from the sensor. Measure resistance between pin A and chassis ground.
The expected reading varies with the ambient evaporator temperature. Allow the sensor temperature to stabilize,
and then use the table below to determine whether the sensor is functioning normally.
°C °F Ohm
-10 °C 14 °F 16.12k Ω
-5 °C 23 °F 12.3k Ω
0 °C 32 °F 9.4k Ω
5 °C 41 °F 7.2k Ω
10 °C 50 °F 5.6k Ω
15 °C 59 °F 4.4k Ω
20 °C 68 °F 3.5k Ω
25 °C 77 °F 2.8k Ω
30 °C 86 °F 2.2k Ω
35 °C 95 °F 1.8k Ω
A. Reading out of range. Replace the evaporator temperature sensor. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to
field operation.
B. Reading within range. Reconnect connector ATC-J6B to the sensor. Go to Step 2.

pin 23 of harness connector ATC-J8 and chassis ground. Expected reading will vary with the ambient temperature
at the evaporator temperature sensor. Allow the sensor temperature to stabilize, and then use the table from Step
1 to determine the expected resistance from the sensor.
A. Expected reading not found. Go to Step 3.
B. Expected reading found. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation. Monitor for recurring fault. If
the fault re-displays, go to Step 3.
3. Measure resistance between pin 23 on connector ATC-J8 and every other pin on connector ATC-J8. Expected
reading is no continuity (infinite resistance or overload). A reading of less than 10.0 Ω indicates a short circuit.
operation.

4. Disconnect connector ATC-J6B at the sensor. Measure resistance between pin 23 of harness connector ATC-J8
and pin A of harness connector ATC-J6B. Expected reading is less than 1.0 Ω.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 89
A. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the open in sensor wire. Clear all fault codes, and return unit
to field operation.
B. Expected reading found. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation. Monitor unit for recurring fault.
If the fault code re-displays, go to Step 5.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 90
ATC 116-Evap temp sensor shorted to ground

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The ATC controller has detected a short to ground condition at the evaporator temperature sensor.
1. Evaporator temperature sensor failed.

2. Harness damage.
Solution:
1. Access the evaporator temperature sensor in the HVAC box beneath the operator seat.
Disconnect harness connector ATC-J6B from the sensor. Measure resistance between pin A and chassis ground.
The expected reading varies with the ambient evaporator temperature. Allow the sensor temperature to stabilize,
and then use the table below to determine whether the sensor is functioning normally.
°C °F Ohm
-10 °C 14 °F 16.12k Ω
-5 °C 23 °F 12.3k Ω
0 °C 32 °F 9.4k Ω
5 °C 41 °F 7.2k Ω
10 °C 50 °F 5.6k Ω
15 °C 59 °F 4.4k Ω
20 °C 68 °F 3.5k Ω
25 °C 77 °F 2.8k Ω
30 °C 86 °F 2.2k Ω
35 °C 95 °F 1.8k Ω
A. Reading out of range. Replace the evaporator temperature sensor. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to
field operation.
B. Reading within range. Reconnect connector ATC-J6B to the sensor. Go to Step 2.

pin 23 of harness connector ATC-J8 and chassis ground. Expected reading will vary with the ambient temperature
at the evaporator temperature sensor. Allow the sensor temperature to stabilize, and then use the table from Step
1 to determine the expected resistance from the sensor.
B. Expected reading found. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation. Monitor for recurring fault. If
the fault re-displays, go to Step 3.
3. The fault may be intermittent. Repeat steps 1 and 2 while a second person carefully flexes and bends the harness
between the controller and the sensor.
A. Expected readings found. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation. Monitor the unit for recurring
fault. If the fault re-displays, go to Step 4.
B. Expected reading not found. After repairing short to ground clear all fault codes, and return unit to field oper-
ation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 91
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 92
ATC 120-Blower speed selector open or shorted to power

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The ATC controller has detected an open or short to power condition at blower speed potentiometer.
1. Blower speed selector failed.

2. Harness damage.
Solution:
1. Access the blower speed potentiometer in the right fender console.
Disconnect connector 124F from connector 124M at the blower speed potentiometer. Measure resistance between
pins B and C on connector 124M at the potentiometer as speed is adjusted from low to high. Expected reading
will be approximately 200 Ω at lowest speed setting and 10k Ω at maximum speed.
A. Expected reading not found. Replace the blower speed selector potentiometer. Clear all fault codes, and return

2. Check for open circuit between the automatic temperature control (ATC) controller and the blower speed poten-
tiometer.
Disconnect connector 139A to the HVAC box. Measure resistance between pin H of harness connector 139A and
pin B of connector 124F at the potentiometer. Expected reading is less than 1.0 Ω.
A. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the open circuit in wire 850. Clear all fault codes, and return

3. Measure resistance between pin S of harness connector 139A and pin C of connector 124F. The expected reading
is less than 1.0 Ω.

4. Measure resistance between pin H of harness connector 139A and every other pin on connector 139A. Expected
operation.

5. Measure resistance between pin S of harness connector 139A and every other pin on connector 139A. Expected
operation.

6. The blower speed selector potentiometer is good, and no open or short could be located in wiring.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 93
Reconnect all connectors. Clear all fault code. Test operation of the HVAC.
A. Fault code re-displays. Replace the ATC controller.
B. Fault code does not display. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 94
ATC 121-Temperature select pot open or shorted to power

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The ATC controller has detected an open or short to power condition at temperature control potentiometer.
1. Temperature select potentiometer failed.

2. Harness damage.
Solution:
1. Access the temperature control potentiometer in the right fender console.
Disconnect harness connector 125M from connector 125F at the temperature control potentiometer. Measure
resistance between pins B and C on connector 125F at the potentiometer as the temperature is adjusted from low
to high. Expected reading is approximately 200 Ω at the lowest temperature setting and 10k Ω at the maximum
setting.
A. Expected reading not found. Replace the temperature select potentiometer. Clear all fault codes, and return

2. Check for open circuit between the automatic temperature control (ATC) controller and the potentiometer.
Disconnect connector 139A to the HVAC box. Measure resistance between pin T of harness connector 139A and
pin B of connector 125M at the potentiometer. Expected reading is less than 1.0 Ω.

3. Measure resistance between pin S of harness connector 139A and pin C of connector 125M. The expected reading
is less than 1.0 Ω.

4. Measure resistance between pin T of harness connector 139A and every other pin on connector 139A. Expected
operation.

5. Measure resistance between pin S of harness connector 139A and every other pin on connector 139A. Expected
operation.

6. The potentiometer is good, and no open or short could be located in wiring.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 95
Reconnect all connectors. Clear all fault code. Test operation of the HVAC.
A. Fault code re-displays. Replace the ATC controller.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 96
ATC 125-High pressure switch (+) shorted to power

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The ATC controller has detected a short to power condition on (+) side of pressure switch. Since the switch is normally
closed the short could be on either wire to the switch.
1. Wiring harness or connector damage.

Solution:
1. Visually inspect the wiring harness and all connectors between high pressure switch and ATC controller for dam-
age.
A. Damage to connectors or wiring found. Repair or replace harness. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field
operation.
B. No damage to connectors or wiring found. Go to Step 2.

2. Check for short circuit to power at the high pressure switch. Turn the key switch to the On position.
Disconnect connector 71F from connector 71M at the high pressure switch. Measure voltage between pin A of
harness connector 71F and chassis ground. The expected reading is no voltage.
A. Expected reading found. Go to Step 3.
B. Expected reading not found. Go to Step 4.

3. Measure voltage between pin B of harness connector 71F and chassis ground. The expected reading is no volt-
age.
B. Expected reading not found. Go to Step 4

4. Turn the key switch to the Off position. Disconnect connector 10M from connector 10F at the rear of the cab. Turn
the key switch back to the On position.
Check for voltage again between pin A or B of connector 71F (whichever pin tested as shorted in the previous
steps) and chassis ground.
A. No voltage read. The short to power is in the cab wiring harness. Locate and repair the short circuit between
pin 46 of connector 10F and pin Z of connector 139A to the HVAC box, or between pin 86 of connector 10F
and pin B of connector 139A, depending on which pin the short was discovered.
B. Voltage read. The short to power is in the chassis harness. Locate and repair the short circuit between pin 46
of connector 10M, via pin/cavity 2 of connectors 395M, 395F and pin A of connector 71F at the high pressure
switch, or between pin 86 of connector 10M, via pin/cavity 3 of connectors 395M, 395F and pin B of connector
71F at the high pressure switch, depending on which pin the short was discovered.
5. The short circuit may be intermittent. Repeat Steps 2 and 3, while a second person carefully bends or flexes
harness. Locate and repair any short circuit to power.
Clear all fault codes. Test operation of the HVAC.
A. Fault code re-displays. Replace harness sections one at a time, until the short circuit is located.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 97

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 98
ATC 126-High pressure switch (+) shorted to ground

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The ATC controller has detected a short to ground condition on (+) side of pressure switch. Since the switch is nor-
mally closed, the short could be on either wire to the switch.

Solution:
age.
operation.

2. Check for short to ground at high pressure switch.
Disconnect connector 71F from connector 71M at the high pressure switch. Measure resistance between pin A of
harness connector 71F and chassis ground. Expected reading is no continuity (infinite resistance or overload). A
reading of less than 10.0 Ω indicates a short to ground.

3. Measure resistance between pin B of harness connector 71F and chassis ground. Expected reading is no conti-
nuity (infinite resistance or overload). A reading of less than 10.0 Ω indicates a short to ground.

4. Disconnect connector 10M from connector 10F at the rear of the cab.
Measure resistance again between pin A or B of connector 71F (whichever pin tested as shorted in the previous
A. No continuity read. The short to ground is in the cab harness. Locate and repair the short circuit between pin
46 of connector 10F and pin Z of connector 139A to the HVAC box, or between pin 86 of connector 10F and
pin B of connector 139A, depending on which pin the short was discovered.
B. Continuity read. The short to ground is in chassis harness. Locate and repair the short circuit between pin 46
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 99

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 100
ATC 127-High pressure switch (-) shorted to power

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The ATC controller has detected a short to power condition on (+) side of pressure switch. Since the switch is normally
closed the short could be on either wire to the switch.

2. ATC module failure
Solution:
age.
operation.

2. Check for short circuit to power at the high pressure switch. Turn the key switch to the On position.
Disconnect connector 71F from connector 71M at the high pressure switch. Measure voltage between pin A of
harness connector 71F and chassis ground. The expected reading is no voltage.

3. Measure voltage between pin B of harness connector 71F and chassis ground. The expected reading is no volt-
age.
B. Expected reading not found. Go to Step 4

4. Turn the key switch to the Off position. Disconnect connector 10M from connector 10F at the rear of the cab. Turn
the key switch back to the On position.
Check for voltage again between pin A or B of connector 71F (whichever pin tested as shorted in the previous
A. No voltage read. The short to power is in the cab wiring harness. Locate and repair the short circuit between
pin 46 of connector 10F and pin Z of connector 139A to the HVAC box, or between pin 86 of connector 10F
and pin B of connector 139A, depending on which pin the short was discovered.
B. Voltage read. The short to power is in the chassis harness. Locate and repair the short circuit between pin 46
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 101

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 102
ATC 128-High pressure switch (-) shorted to ground

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The ATC controller has detected a short to ground condition on (-) side of pressure switch. Since the switch is normally
closed, the short could be on either wire to the switch.

Solution:
age.
operation.

2. Check for short to ground at high pressure switch.
Disconnect connector 71F from connector 71M at the high pressure switch. Measure resistance between pin A of
harness connector 71F and chassis ground. Expected reading is no continuity (infinite resistance or overload). A
reading of less than 10.0 Ω indicates a short to ground.

3. Measure resistance between pin B of harness connector 71F and chassis ground. Expected reading is no conti-
nuity (infinite resistance or overload). A reading of less than 10.0 Ω indicates a short to ground.

4. Disconnect connector 10M from connector 10F at the rear of the cab.
Measure resistance again between pin A or B of connector 71F (whichever pin tested as shorted in the previous
A. No continuity read. The short to ground is in the cab harness. Locate and repair the short circuit between pin
46 of connector 10F and pin Z of connector 139A to the HVAC box, or between pin 86 of connector 10F and
pin B of connector 139A, depending on which pin the short was discovered.
B. Continuity read. The short to ground is in chassis harness. Locate and repair the short circuit between pin 46
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 103

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 104
ATC 129-High pressure switch cycling error (2 times in 1 minute)

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

NOTE: If fault codes ATC 125, ATC 126, ATC 127 or ATC 128 are active with this code, follow the troubleshooting for
that code.
Cause:
The ATC controller has detected a cycling error (2 times in 1 minute).
1. Incorrect charge on system.

2. Wiring issue or bad switch.
Solution:
age.
operation.

2. Check charge pressure on the air conditioning system. See the repair manual air conditioning troubleshooting.
A. Charge was not correct. Recover R134A. Make repairs as required. Evacuate and recharge the system. Clear
B. Charge was correct. Go to Step 3.

3. Check switch continuity.
Disconnect connector 71F from connector 71M at the high pressure switch. Measure resistance between pins A
and B of connector 71M at the switch. Expected reading is less than 1.0 Ω.
B. Expected reading not found. Replace high pressure switch. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field oper-
ation.
4. Test for an open circuit between the ATC controller and the high pressure switch.
Measure resistance between pin A of harness connector 71F and pin Z of connector 139A to the HVAC box, and
between pin B of harness connector 71F and pin B of connector 139A. Expected reading is less than 1.0 Ω.
B. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair open circuit, or replace the harness. Clear all fault codes, and
return unit to field operation.
5. Replace the ATC controller.
A. Fault code re-displays. Reinstall the original controller. Submit a concern to ASIST.
B. Fault code does not re-display. Write the fault code on the failed controller. Return unit to field operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 105
ATC 130-Low pressure switch (+) shorted to power

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The ATC controller has detected a short to power at the low pressure switch.
1. Wire harness or connector problem.

2. ATC controller failure.
Solution:
1. Visually inspect the wiring harness and all connectors between low pressure switch and ATC controller for damage.
operation.

2. Start the tractor. Clear all fault codes. Check to see if fault code remains active.
A. Fault code re-displays. Go to Step 3.
B. Fault code does not display. Return unit to field operation.

B. Fault code does not re-display. Return unit to field operation.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 106
ATC 131-Low pressure switch (+) shorted to ground

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The ATC controller has detected a short to ground at the low pressure switch.

Solution:
1. Visually inspect the wiring harness and all connectors between the low pressure switch and the ATC controller for
damage.
operation.



84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 107
ATC 132-Low pressure switch (-) shorted to power

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The ATC controller has detected a short to power at the low pressure switch.

Solution:
damage.
operation.



84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 108
ATC 133-Low pressure switch (-) shorted to ground

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The ATC controller has detected a short to ground at the low pressure switch.

2. ATC module failure.
Solution:
damage.
operation.



84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 109
ATC 134-Low pressure switch open for more than 1 minute

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The ATC controller has detected that the low pressure switch has been open for more than 1 minute.
1. Incorrect charge on system.

2. Wiring issue or bad switch.
Solution:
1. Check the charge pressure on air conditioning system. See repair manual air conditioning troubleshooting.
A. Charge was not correct. The necessary repairs have been made. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field
operation.
B. Charge was correct. Go to Step 2

2. Visually inspect the wiring harness and connectors between the low pressure switch and the ATC controller for
damage.
operation.

3. Check switch continuity. Start the tractor and operate the air conditioning.
Disconnect connector ATC-J16 from the low pressure switch. Measure resistance at the switch between pins A
and B. Expected reading is less than 1.0 Ω.
A. Expected reading found. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation. Monitor unit for recurring fault.
If the fault code re-displays, go to Step 4.
B. Expected reading not found. Replace the low pressure switch.

4. Replace the ATC controller.
Clear all fault codes. Test operation of the HVAC system.
B. Fault code does not re-display. Write the fault code on the failed controller. Return unit to field operation..
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 110
131-ENG 131 - Foot throttle position potentiometer voltage is too

high
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control Module : Engine

Cause:
High voltage detected in the accelerator pedal position circuit.
1. Other active faults detected on engine electronic control unit (ECU)

2. Foot throttle linkage binding
3. Foot throttle not enabled with INSITE
4. Foot throttle position potentiometer has failed.
5. Harness is damaged.
6. Engine electronic control unit has failed.
Solution:
1. Check if other faults are active for the engine electronic control unit (ECU).
Faults related to supply voltage or 5 V reference voltage can also create foot throttle faults.
A. Other voltage faults found. Use INSITE to diagnose the other faults. Repair as required. Clear all fault codes
and retest operation. If fault code does not recur, return unit to field operation. If fault code recurs, go to Step 2.
B. Other voltage faults not found. Go to Step 2.

2. Check for mechanical binding in the linkage for the foot throttle potentiometer.
A. Mechanical binding found. Correct binding problem. Clear all fault codes and retest operation. If fault code
does not recur, return unit to field operation. If fault code recurs, go to Step 3.
B. Mechanical binding not found. Go to Step 3.

3. Check if the foot throttle was enabled with INSITE.
With the keyswitch in the run position, connect INSITE to the engine controller. Use the features and parameters
tab to check these settings:
Parameter Correct selection

Primary Accelerator Pedal or Lever Line Enable
Primary Accelerator Pedal or Lever Line Custom Accelerator Pedal or Lever Setup 3
Remote Accelerator Pedal or Lever Line Enable
Remote Accelerator Pedal or Lever Mode Maximum Accelerator Pedal or Lever
Remote Accelerator Pedal or Lever Option None
A. Settings are not correct. Correct settings and save parameters. Clear all fault code, retest operation, and
B. Settings are correct. Go to Step 4.

4. Check adjustment of the linkage for the foot throttle.
With the keyswitch still in the run position, from the data monitor screen in the electronic service tool (EST), select
sensors to navigate to the Accelerator Pedal Signal Voltage test. Signal voltage should be 0.25 - 0.50 V.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 111
A. Voltage out of range. Adjust the linkage at the adjusting nuts until signal voltage matches the value on the
potentiometer decal. Clear all active faults, retest operation and return unit to field operation. If adjustment
does not eliminate the fault, go to Step 7.
B. Voltage within range. Go to Step 5.

5. Measure signal voltage with the throttle pedal fully depressed using the Accelerator Pedal Signal Voltage test.
Signal voltage with the pedal depressed should be 3.5 - 4.0 V.
A. Voltage out of range. Go to Step 6.
B. Voltage within range. Foot throttle potentiometer tests correctly. Clear all fault codes, retest operation and
return the unit to field operation.
6. Check if the foot throttle linkage is travelling past the stop.
A. Linkage travels past the stop. Correct the linkage so it never moves past the stop. Clear all fault codes, retest
operation and return the unit to field operation.
B. Linkage does not travel past the stop. Go to Step 7.

7. Disconnect the electronic service tool and turn the keyswitch to the off position.
Disconnect connector 164M from the potentiometer on the foot throttle.
Measure resistance between pins 4 and 5 on the foot throttle potentiometer. Expected value is 2500 Ω ± 375 Ω.
A. Expected value not found. Replace the potentiometer. Clear all fault codes, retest operation and return the
B. Expected value found. Go to Step 8.

8. With connector 164M disconnected, measure resistance between pins 3 and 4 on the foot throttle potentiometer.
With the throttle pedal is in the idle position, resistance should be within ± 30 Ω of the value on the decal on the
potentiometer.
A. Value out of range. Adjust the linkage on the foot throttle until measured resistance is within range. If resistance
does not change with adjustment, replace the potentiometer. Clear all fault codes, retest operation and return
the unit to field operation.
B. Value within range. Go to Step 9.

9. With connector 164M disconnected, measure resistance between pin 4 on the connector and chassis ground.
Expected value should be less than 1 Ω (continuity).

Pin 4 of connector 164M Chassis ground
Pin 17 of connector 60F Chassis ground
A. Expected value not found. Use the test points in the table above to locate the source of the open circuit. Repair
as required. Clear all fault codes, retest operation and return the unit to field operation.
B. Expected value found. Go to Step 10.

10. With connector 164M disconnected and the keyswitch in the run position, measure voltage between pin 4 on the
connector and chassis ground. Expected value should be 0 V.

A. Expected value not found. Use the test points in the table above to locate the source of the short circuit. Repair
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 112
B. Expected value not found-no short found. Check pin 23 of the engine electronic control unit (ECU). If voltage
is present on pin 23, replace the engine ECU. (New ECU must have the most current software.) Reinstall all
connectors. Clear all fault codes. Return unit to field operation.
C. Expected value found. Go to Step 11.

connector and chassis ground. Expected value should be 4.5 - 5.5 V.

B. Expected value not found-no short found. Check pin 22 of the engine electronic control unit (ECU). If voltage
is present on pin 23, replace the engine ECU. (New ECU must have the most current software.) Reconnect all
C. Expected value found. Go to Step 12.

connector and chassis ground. Expected value should be 0 V.

B. Expected value not found-no short found. Check pin 9 of the engine electronic control unit (ECU). If voltage is
present on pin 23, replace the engine ECU. (New ECU must have the most current software.) Reconnect all
C. Expected value found. Foot throttle tests correctly. Reconnect all connectors. Clear all fault codes, retest
operation and return the unit to field operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 113
431-GOV 431 - Foot throttle idle validation switches are both closed
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control Module : Governor

Cause:
Voltage detected simultaneously on both idle validation and off-idle validation switches.
1. Foot throttle linkage issues

Solution:



3. With the keyswitch l in the run position, from the data monitor screen in the electronic service tool (EST), select
sensors to navigate to the Accelerator Pedal Signal Voltage test.
Install a back probe to a digital voltmeter in pin 2 of the connector 164M for the foot throttle potentiometer. Measure
voltage between pin 2 and chassis ground.
Install another back probe to another digital voltmeter in pin 6 of the connector 164M for the foot throttle poten-
tiometer. Measure voltage between pin 6 and chassis ground.
Expected readings are: 0.25 - 0.50 V on the EST screen for signal voltage, 4.5 V on pin 2, and 0.0 V on pin 6.
A. Expected readings found. Go to Step 5.
B. Expected readings not found. Go to Step 4.

4. With the same test points and tools used in the previous test, depress the throttle pedal at least 5 degrees. Signal
voltage should increase to ≥ 0.8 V.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 114
With the foot throttle out of the idle position, expected readings are: 0.8 - 4.0 V on the EST screen for signal
voltage, 0.0 V on pin 2, and 4.5 V on pin 6.
A. Expected readings not found. Go to Step 5.
B. Expected readings found. Foot throttle potentiometer tests correctly. Clear all fault codes, retest operation and
5. Disconnect the service tool and remove connector 164M from the foot throttle potentiometer. .
With the keyswitch in the run position, measure voltage between the test points in the table below. The expected
results are also indicated in the table:

Pin 2 of connector 164M Chassis ground 4.5 V
Pin 1 of connector 164M Chassis ground Less than 1 Ω.
A. Expected readings found. Replace the engine controller. Properly calibrate the new controller, clear all fault
codes, and return the unit to field operation.
B. Expected readings not found – pin 2 gave incorrect result. Go to Step 6.
C. Expected readings not found – pin 6 gave incorrect result. Go to Step 7.
D. Expected readings not found – pin 1 gave incorrect result. Go to Step 8.

6. Turn the keyswitch off. With connector 164M still disconnected from the potentiometer, measure the resistance
between the test points in the table below. The expected reading is less than 1 Ω (continuity) for all combinations:

Pin 2 of connector 164M Pin 6 of connector 60M
Pin 6 of connector 60F Pin 3 of connector 333M
B. Expected readings not found. Locate and repair the open or short circuit between the test points. Clear all fault
codes, retest operation and return the unit to field operation.

Pin 21 of connector 60F Pin 14 of connector 28F

Pin 3 of connector 60F Ring terminal connector 200F
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 115
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 116
432-GOV 432 - Foot throttle idle validation switches disagree

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control Module : Governor

Cause:
Voltage at the idle validation on-idle and off-idle circuit does not match accelerator pedal position.
1. Foot throttle linkage issues

Solution:



3. With the keyswitch l in the run position, from the data monitor screen in the electronic service tool (EST), select
sensors to navigate to the Accelerator Pedal Signal Voltage test.
Install a back probe to a digital voltmeter in pin 2 of the connector 164M for the foot throttle potentiometer. Measure
voltage between pin 2 and chassis ground.
Install another back probe to another digital voltmeter in pin 6 of the connector 164M for the foot throttle poten-
tiometer. Measure voltage between pin 6 and chassis ground.
Expected readings are: 0.25 - 0.50 V on the EST screen for signal voltage, 4.5 V on pin 2, and 0.0 V on pin 6.
B. Expected readings not found. Go to Step 4.

4. With the same test points and tools used in the previous test, depress the throttle pedal at least 5 degrees. Signal
voltage should increase to ≥ 0.8 V.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 117
With the foot throttle out of the idle position, expected readings are: 0.8 - 4.0 V on the EST screen for signal
voltage, 0.0 V on pin 2, and 4.5 V on pin 6.
A. Expected readings not found. Go to Step 5.
B. Expected readings found. Foot throttle potentiometer tests correctly. Clear all fault codes, retest operation and
5. Disconnect the service tool and remove connector 164M from the foot throttle potentiometer. .
With the keyswitch in the run position, measure voltage between the test points in the table below. The expected
results are also indicated in the table:

Pin 1 of connector 164M Chassis ground Less than 1 Ω.
B. Expected readings not found – pin 2 gave incorrect result. Go to Step 6.
C. Expected readings not found – pin 6 gave incorrect result. Go to Step 7.
D. Expected readings not found – pin 1 gave incorrect result. Go to Step 8.



Pin 21 of connector 60F Pin 14 of connector 28F

Pin 3 of connector 60F Ring terminal connector 200F
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 118
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 119
INST 10031-Controller memory error - loss of valid engine hours

EEPROM checksum
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control Module : Instrument

NOTE: When valid engine hours are lost in controller memory (EEPROM checksum), the controller resets the engine
hour counter to 50000.0 hours to highlight the failure and counts additional engine hours from that point.
Cause:
This fault code occurs when the accumulated engine hour value is lost.
1. Poor connection to power or ground at the instrument controller.

2. Memory defect or intermittent controller problem.
Solution:
1. Remove the instrument cluster. Check connector 426M to the cluster for proper connection. Check that power
(pins 2 and 3) and ground (pin 4) connections are secure. Clean or repair any bad connections.
A. Bad connection found and corrected. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
B. Connector 426M was properly installed. Go to Step 2.

2. Shut down the tractor and restart. Perform the instrument controller calibration procedure.
After the calibration procedure is complete, clear all fault codes.
A. Fault code does not re-display. Return the unit to field operation.

3. Replace the instrument cluster.
A. Fault code does not re-display. Write the fault code on the failed cluster. Return unit to field operation.
B. Fault code re-displays. Reinstall the original instrument cluster and submit a concern to ASIST.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 120
INST 10032-Controller memory error - vehicle configuration

information lost
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
This fault code occurs when vehicle configuration information is lost.

Solution:
(pins 2 and 3) and ground (pin 4) connections are secure. Clean or repair bad connections.
A. Loose connection found and corrected. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
B. Connector 426M is properly installed. Go to Step 2.


84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 121
INST 10033-Controller memory error - customer configuration

information lost
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
This fault is triggered when the tire radius or the units of measurement (english/metric) setting is lost.
1. Poor connection to power or ground at instrument controller.

Solution:
(pins 2 and 3) and ground (pin 4) connections are secure. Clean or repair bad connections.
A. Loose connection found and repaired. Clear all fault codes, and return the unit to field operation.
B. Connector 426M is properly installed. Go to Step 2.

After completing the calibration procedure reenter the units of measurement and/or tire radius settings. Clear all
fault codes.
B. Fault code does re-displays. Go to Step 3.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 122
INST 10034-Controller memory error - loss of valid fuel table

information
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
This fault occurs when valid fuel table information is lost.
1. Software was updated without loading the fuel table.

2. Poor connection to power or ground at instrument controller.
Solution:
1. Use the fuel update screen in the electronic service tool (EST) to load a new fuel table into the instrument controller.
Clear all fault codes.
Shut down the tractor and restart.


84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 123
INST 10035-Controller memory error - loss of valid radar

configuration information
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
This fault code occurs when valid radar configuration information is lost.
1. Poor connection to power or ground to instrument controller.

Solution:
1. Perform the radar calibration procedure per the operator manual.
After completing the calibration procedure, clear all fault codes. Shut down the tractor and restart.

A. Bad connection found and corrected. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
B. Connector 426M was properly installed. Go to Step 3.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 124
INST 10036-Controller memory error - loss of valid area, distance

and timer information
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
This fault code occurs when area, distance or timer information is lost.
1. Poor connection to power or ground to the instrument controller.

Solution:
1. Enter the area, distance and timer values per the operator manual.
After centering the information, clear all fault codes. Shut down the tractor and restart.

Enter the area, distance and timer values per the operator manual. Shut down the tractor and restart.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 125
INST 10037-Controller memory error - loss of valid implement width

information
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
This fault code occurs when implement width information is lost.

Solution:
1. Enter the implement width information per the operator manual.
After entering the information, clear all fault codes. Shut down the tractor and restart.

Enter the implement width information per the operator manual. Shut down the tractor and restart.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 126
INST 10038-Controller memory error - loss of valid remote timer

information
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
This fault code occurs when remote hydraulic timer values are lost.

3. Remote hydraulic timer value out of range.
Solution:
1. Enter the remote hydraulic timer values per the operator manual.
After entering the information, clear all fault codes. Shut down the tractor and restart.

Enter the remote hydraulic timer values per the operator manual. Shut down the tractor and restart.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 127
INST 1015-Seat switch stuck closed

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The seat switch assembly, located on the underside of the seat cushion, contains two switches. The switches close
when the operator sits down and open when the operator stands. If the switches are closed for more than 24 engine
hours, this fault code is recorded.
1. Seat switch stuck closed.

2. Seat switch failed.
Solution:
1. Check functioning of the switch assembly (Connectors 5S, 6S) with the Monitor screen in the electronic service
tool (EST).
Viewing the data value on the Monitor screen, stand and sit down a few times to observe the changing status of
the switches. When the technician is seated, “closed” must be indicated; when the technician stands, “open” must
be indicated.
A. The readings are correct. Clear all fault codes and return the unit to field operation. The fault code report
reflects an intermittent error.
B. The readings are incorrect. The seat switch has failed; replace the assembly.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 128
INST 11011-Fuel level sensor signal too low

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The fuel level sensor signal voltage is out of range low. The signal was below 0.125 V for 1 second.
1. Fuel level sensor failed.

2. Sensor wiring harness may be damaged, creating an open or short circuit.
3. Instrument controller failure.
Solution:
1. Check power to the fuel level sensor.
Locate the fuel level sensor on the left hand side of the tractor on top of the fuel tank. Disconnect harness con-
nector 66M from the fuel level sensor.
Measure the voltage between pin A on harness connector 66M and chassis ground. Expected reading is about
8.0 V.
B. Expected voltage found. Go to Step 2

2. Check ground to the fuel level sensor.
Measure the voltage between pin A and pin C on harness connector 66M. Expected reading is about 8.0 V.
If the expected reading is not found, use the following test points to locate and repair the open circuit between the
sensor and the instrument controller:

Pin C of connector 66M through splice SPL-F9 Cavity 4 of connector 60F
Pin 4 of connector 60M Pin 10 of connector 426M through splice SPL-C1
A. Open circuit found and repaired. Clear all instrument fault codes. Return unit to field operation.
B. Open circuit not found. Go to Step 4.

3. The instrument cluster supplies 8.0 V to the fuel level sensor.
Remove the instrument cluster. Disconnect connector 426M. Measure the resistance between pin 21 of connector
426M and pin A of harness connector 66M at the sensor. Expected reading is less than 1.0 Ω.
If the expected resistance is not found, use the following test points to locate and repair the open circuit:

Pin A of connector 66M Cavity 8 of connector 60F
A. Open circuit found and repaired. Return the unit to field operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 129
4. Test the fuel level sensor.
Connect pin C of sensor to chassis ground. Connect a 8 V power supply to pin A of sensor.
Measure the voltage between pin B and chassis ground. The expected voltage reading is 0.25 - 5.0 V, depending
on the amount of fuel in the tanks.
A. Expected voltage not found. Replace the fuel level sensor. Clear all existing fault codes. Return unit to field
operation.

5. The fuel level sensor is working. Check wiring from fuel sensor to instrument cluster.
Remove the instrument cluster. Disconnect harness connector 427M. Measure the resistance between pin 22 of
harness connector 427M and pin B of harness connector 66M at the sensor. Expected reading is less than 1.0 Ω.

Pin B of connector 66M Cavity 13 of connector 60F
A. Open circuit found and repaired. Clear all fault codes, and return the unit to field operation.

A. Fault code does not re-display. Write the fault code on the failed instrument cluster. Return unit to field oper-
ation.
B. Fault code re-displays. Reinstall the original instrument cluster. Submit a concern to ASIST.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 130
INST 12011-Communication lost with armrest controller

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The instrumentation controller cannot communicate with the armrest controller.
1. Bad connection between the instrumentation controller and the armrest controller.
3. Problem with the data bus.
Solution:
1. Check the function of the armrest controller. Make sure connector 137M is properly connected. Inspect data bus
pins 4 and 5 at the connector. Clean or repair bad connections.
A. Loose connection found and repaired. Clear all fault codes and return unit to field operation.
B. Connection is good. Go to Step .2.

2. Check the LED lamp on the armrest controller.
Turn key switch to the On position. Look into the rear of the armrest assembly, just behind connector 137M.
The LED should be flashing.
A. If the LED lamp is flashing,go to Step 3.
B. If the LED lamp is On constantly, the armrest controller has failed. Replace the armrest controller.
C. If the LED lamp is off, there is no power to the armrest controller. Repeat Step 1.
3. Check operation of the instrument controller.
Turn the key switch to the On position. Does the instrument display appear normal?
A. Display is normal. Go to step 4.
B. No display and no back lighting. Check fuses 16 and 37, and replace as required. Check connectors 426M
and 427M at the rear of the instrument cluster, and clean or repair connections as required. Return unit to field
operation.
C. Display is erratic, showing unusual symbols. Other controllers are not communicating with instrument con-
troller. Replace the instrument controller.
4. Check the power supply to the tractor data bus.
Measure the voltage between fuse 42 and chassis ground. Turn tractor key switch to On position. Expected
A. Expected voltage not found. Replace fuse 42. Return unit to field operation.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 131

8.
good.

120 Ω

120 Ω
controller.

120 Ω

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 132

120 Ω


120 Ω
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 133
INST 12043-Communication lost with data bus and all other

controllers
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Instrument controller cannot communicate with data bus or other controllers.
1. Bad connection between the instrument controller and data bus.

3. Problem with data bus.
Solution:
1. Check the function of the instrument controller.
A. Display is normal. Go to Step 2.
operation.


6.
good.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 134

120 Ω

120 Ω
controller.

120 Ω


120 Ω
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 135


120 Ω
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 136
INST 12051-Communication lost with TMF controller

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The instrument controller cannot communicate with the tractor multi function (TMF) controller.

Solution:
1. Check the harness connectors to the tractor multi function (TMF) controller.
Check that connectors 53M, 54M, 55M, 56M, 57M and 58M are properly connected to the controller. Clean or
repair any poor connections.
A. Harness connectors properly connected. Go to Step 2.
B. Loose connection repaired. Clear existing fault codes. Return unit to field operation.
operation.


7.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 137
good.

120 Ω

120 Ω
controller.

120 Ω

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 138

120 Ω


120 Ω
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 139
INST 12071-Communication lost with transmission controller

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Instrument controller cannot communicate with the transmission controller.

Solution:
1. Check the harness and connectors to the transmission controller.
Check that connectors 350M, 351M, 353M and 355M are securely connected to the controller.
A. Harness connectors to the controller are okay. Go to Step 2.
B. Loose connection found and corrected. Clear existing fault codes. Return unit to field operation.
operation.

Raise the tractor hood. The resistor terminator is located in harness that leads up near the power distribution box.

6.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 140
good.

120 Ω

120 Ω
controller.

120 Ω

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 141

120 Ω


120 Ω
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 142
INST 12091-Communication lost with engine controller

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Instrument controller cannot communicate with engine controller.

Solution:
1. Check the harness and connectors ( J1-engine, 204F) to the engine controller.
Check that the connectors are securely connected to the controller.
2. Check fuel priming pump operation. Turn the key switch to the On position.
If the engine controller is properly connected to data bus, the priming pump will operate for several seconds after
turning the key switch On.
A. Priming pump is operating. Go to Step 3.
B. Priming pump is not operating. Replace the engine controller. Return unit to field operation.
operation.


84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 143

8.
good.

120 Ω

120 Ω
controller.

120 Ω

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 144

120 Ω


120 Ω
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 145
INST 12111-Communication lost with ATC controller

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Instrument controller cannot communicate with the automatic temperature control (ATC) controller.
1. Cab pressure blower relay failed.

Solution:
operation.


6.
good.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 146

120 Ω

120 Ω
controller.

120 Ω


120 Ω
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 147


120 Ω
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 148
INST 12121-Color display off line

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Instrument controller cannot communicate with the color display.
1. Bad connection between the instrument controller and the color display.
Solution:
1. Check the harness connectors ( 403M, 281MM) to the color display.
Check that the connectors are securely connected to the display.
A. Harness connector to the display are okay. Go to Step 2.
operation.


7.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 149
good.

120 Ω

120 Ω
controller.

120 Ω

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 150

120 Ω


120 Ω
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 151
INST 13010-Engine coolant temperature sensor failed in engine

controller
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Data bus signaled that the engine coolant temperature information is in error or not available from the engine con-
troller.
1. Vehicle is configured for an engine controller, when the vehicle is not equipped with an engine controller.
2. The engine coolant temperature sensor has failed.
3. Software execution error in the engine controller.
Solution:
1. Check that the instrument controller is properly configured.
A. Controller is properly configured. Go to step 2.
B. Controller is configured for an engine controller, when the vehicle is not equipped with engine controller.
Re-configure the instrument controller, and return the unit to field operation.
2. Check for engine fault codes relating to the coolant temperature sensor (connector J1-6 engine). Use the INSITE
on the electronic service tool (EST).
A. Coolant temperature sensor fault code 144, 145 or 141 is active. Follow the troubleshooting procedure in
INSITE.
B. No coolant temperature sensor fault codes are active. Clear all instrumentation fault codes and return unit to
field operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 152
INST 13011-Engine coolant temperature sensor signal too low

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Engine coolant temperature sensor voltage is out of range low.
1. Engine coolant temperature sensor failed.

2. Engine coolant temperature sensor wiring harness may be damaged, causing open circuit or short.
Solution:
1. Test the coolant temperature sensor.
Measure the resistance between pin 1 and pin 2 on the coolant temperature sensor.
Check the resistance measurement against the table below.
Temperature C° Temperature F° Ohms

-17.8 °C 0 °F 24k Ω
-12.2 °C 10 °F 18k Ω
10 °C 50 °F 5.5k Ω
21.1 °C 70 °F 3.3k Ω
32.2 °C 90 °F 2.0k Ω
43.3 °C 110 °F 1.3k Ω
54.4 °C 130 °F 835 Ω
A. Expected resistance not found. Replace the coolant temperature sensor. Clear all existing fault codes. Return
B. Expected resistance found. Go to Step 2.

2. Check the power supply to the coolant temperature sensor.
Locate the coolant temperature sensor on left side of engine. Disconnect connector 215M from the sensor.
Measure the voltage between pin 1 on harness connector 215M and chassis ground. Expected reading is about
5.0 V.

3. Check ground to the coolant temperature sensor.
Measure the voltage between pin 1 and pin 2 on harness connector 215M. Expected reading is about 5.0 V.
A. Expected voltage not found. Repair the open circuit in wire 181 black on the sensor ground circuit. Clear all
instrument fault codes, and return unit to field operation.

4. The instrument cluster supplies 5.0 V power to the sensor.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 153
Remove the instrument cluster. Disconnect connector 427M. Measure the resistance between pin 20 of harness
connector 427M and pin 1 of harness connector 215M at sensor. Expected reading is less than 1.0 Ω.
If expected resistance is not found, use the following test points to locate and repair the open circuit:

Pin 20 of harness connector 427M Pin 18 of connector 60M
Cavity 18 of connector 60F Cavity 3 of connector 206F
A. Open circuit found and repaired. Return unit to field operation.

5. Check engine coolant temperature sensor ground.
Measure the resistance between pin 2 of harness connector 215M and chassis ground. Expected reading is less
than 1.0 Ω.

Cavity 6 of connector 206F SPL-F9 (See Frame 25)
B. Open circuit not found. Go to Step 6

ation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 154
INST 13012-Engine coolant temperature sensor signal too high

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Engine coolant temperature sensor voltage is out of range high.
1. Coolant temperature sensor failed.

2. Coolant temperature sensor wiring harness may be damaged, causing an open or short circuit.
Solution:
1. Test the coolant temperature sensor.
Measure the resistance between pin 1 and pin 2 on the coolant temperature sensor.

-17.8 °C 0 °F 24k Ω
-12.2 °C 10 °F 18k Ω
10 °C 50 °F 5.5k Ω
21.1 °C 70 °F 3.3k Ω
32.2 °C 90 °F 2.0k Ω
43.3 °C 110 °F 1.3k Ω
54.4 °C 130 °F 835 Ω
A. Expected resistance not found. Replace the coolant temperature sensor. Clear all existing fault codes. Return

2. Check the power supply to the coolant temperature sensor.
Locate the coolant temperature sensor on left side of engine. Disconnect connector 215M from the sensor.
5.0 V.

3. Check ground to the coolant temperature sensor.
A. Expected voltage not found. Repair the open circuit in wire 181 black on the sensor ground circuit. Clear all
instrument fault codes, and return unit to field operation.

4. The instrument cluster supplies 5.0 V power to the sensor.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 155


5. Check engine coolant temperature sensor ground.
than 1.0 Ω.

Cavity 6 of connector 206F SPL-F9 (See Frame 25)

ation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 156
INST 13021-Transmission oil temperature sensor signal too low

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Transmission oil temperature sensor voltage is out of range low.
1. Transmission oil temperature sensor failed.

2. Sensor wiring harness may be damaged, causing an open or short circuit.
Solution:
1. Test the temperature sensor.
Measure the resistance between pin 1 and pin 2 on the transmission oil temperature sensor.

-17.8 °C 0 °F 24k Ω
-12.2 °C 10 °F 18k Ω
10 °C 50 °F 5.5k Ω
21.1 °C 70 °F 3.3k Ω
32.2 °C 90 °F 2.0k Ω
43.3 °C 110 °F 1.3k Ω
54.4 °C 130 °F 835 Ω
A. Expected resistance not found. Replace the oil temperature sensor. Clear all existing fault codes. Return unit
to field operation.

2. Check the power supply to the temperature sensor.
Locate the transmission oil temperature sensor on right side of transmission at the rear of the hydraulic pump inlet
screen assembly. Disconnect connector 89M from the temperature sensor.
5.0 V.

3. Check the ground to the temperature sensor.
A. Expected voltage not found. Repair the open circuit wire 181 black on the sensor ground circuit. Clear all
instrumentation fault codes, and return unit to field operation

4. The instrument cluster supplies 5.0 V power to the oil temperature sensor.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 157


5. Check sensor ground.
than 1.0 Ω.

Pin 2 of harness connector 89M Cavity 4 of connector 60F

ation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 158
INST 13022-Transmission oil temperature sensor signal too high

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Transmission oil temperature sensor voltage is out of range high.
1. Sensor failed.
Solution:
1. Test the temperature sensor.
Measure the resistance between pin 1 and pin 2 on the transmission oil temperature sensor.

-17.8 °C 0 °F 24k Ω
-12.2 °C 10 °F 18k Ω
10 °C 50 °F 5.5k Ω
21.1 °C 70 °F 3.3k Ω
32.2 °C 90 °F 2.0k Ω
43.3 °C 110 °F 1.3k Ω
54.4 °C 130 °F 835 Ω
A. Expected resistance not found. Replace the oil temperature sensor. Clear all existing fault codes. Return unit
to field operation.

2. Check the power supply to the temperature sensor.
Locate the transmission oil temperature sensor on right side of transmission at the rear of the hydraulic pump inlet
screen assembly. Disconnect connector 89M from the temperature sensor.
5.0 V.

3. Check the ground to the temperature sensor.
A. Expected voltage not found. Repair the open circuit wire 181 black on the sensor ground circuit. Clear all
instrumentation fault codes, and return unit to field operation

4. The instrument cluster supplies 5.0 V power to the oil temperature sensor.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 159


5. Check sensor ground.
than 1.0 Ω.

Pin 2 of harness connector 89M Cavity 4 of connector 60F

ation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 160
INST 13040-Air intake temperature sensor failed in engine controller

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Data bus signaled that the engine air intake temperature information is in error or not available from the engine con-
troller.
1. Vehicle is configured for an engine controller , when the vehicle is not equipped with engine controller.
2. Sensor has failed.
Solution:
1. Check that the instrument controller is properly configured.
A. Controller is properly configured.Go to step 2.
B. The instrumentation is configured for an engine controller, when the vehicle is not equipped with engine con-
troller. Re-configure the instrument controller. Return unit to field operation.
2. Check for engine fault codes relating to the air intake temperature sensor. Use INSITE on the electronic service
tool (EST).
A. Sensor fault code 122, 123, 153 or 154 is active. Follow the troubleshooting procedure in INSITE.
B. No sensor fault codes are active. Clear all instrumentation fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 161
INST 13051-Air to air intake temperature sensor signal too low

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The air to air intake temperature sensor information is out of range low.
1. Sensor failed.
Solution:
1. Test the air to air intake temperature sensor.
Measure the resistance between pin A and pin B on the air to air intake temperature sensor.

0 °C 32 °F 32650 Ω
5 °C 41 °F 25390 Ω
10 °C 50 °F 19900 Ω
15 °C 59 °F 15710 Ω
20 °C 68 °F 12940 Ω
25 °C 77 °F 10000 Ω
30 °C 86 °F 8057 Ω
A. Expected resistance not found. Replace the sensor. Clear all existing fault codes. Return unit to field operation.

2. Check the power to the air to air intake temperature sensor.
Locate the sensor on left side of engine. Disconnect harness connector 75M from the sensor.
Turn the tractor key switch to the ON position.
5.0 V.

3. Check ground to the air to air intake temperature sensor.
Measure the voltage between pin A and pin B on harness connector 75M. Expected reading is about 5.0 V.
A. Expected voltage not found. Repair the open circuit wire 181 black in sensor ground circuit. Clear all instru-
mentation fault codes, and return unit to field operation.

4. The instrument cluster supplies the 5.0 V power to the air to air intake temperature sensor.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 162
connector 427M and pin A of harness connector 75M at sensor. Expected reading is less than 1.0 Ω.

Pin 4 of connector 206M Pin A of connector 75M

5. Check ground to the sensor.
Measure the resistance between pin B of harness connector 75M and chassis ground. Expected reading is less
than 1.0 Ω.

Pin B of harness connector 75M Pin 2 of connector 206M
Cavity 2 of connector 206F SPL-F9 (See Frame 25.)

ation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 163
INST 13052-Air to air intake temperature sensor signal too high

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The air to air intake temperature sensor information is out of range high.
1. Sensor failed.
Solution:
1. Test the air to air intake temperature sensor.
Measure the resistance between pin A and pin B on the air to air intake temperature sensor.

0 °C 32 °F 32650 Ω
5 °C 41 °F 25390 Ω
10 °C 50 °F 19900 Ω
15 °C 59 °F 15710 Ω
20 °C 68 °F 12940 Ω
25 °C 77 °F 10000 Ω
30 °C 86 °F 8057 Ω
A. Expected resistance not found. Replace the sensor. Clear all existing fault codes. Return unit to field operation.

2. Check the power to the air to air intake temperature sensor.
Locate the sensor on left side of engine. Disconnect harness connector 75M from the sensor.
Turn the tractor key switch to the ON position.
5.0 V.

3. Check ground to the air to air intake temperature sensor.
Measure the voltage between pin A and pin B on harness connector 75M. Expected reading is about 5.0 V.
A. Expected voltage not found. Repair the open circuit wire 181 black in sensor ground circuit. Clear all instru-
mentation fault codes, and return unit to field operation.

4. The instrument cluster supplies the 5.0 V power to the air to air intake temperature sensor.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 164
connector 427M and pin A of harness connector 75M at sensor. Expected reading is less than 1.0 Ω.

Pin 4 of connector 206M Pin A of connector 75M

5. Check ground to the sensor.
Measure the resistance between pin B of harness connector 75M and chassis ground. Expected reading is less
than 1.0 Ω.

Pin B of harness connector 75M Pin 2 of connector 206M
Cavity 2 of connector 206F SPL-F9 (See Frame 25.)

ation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 165
INST 3010-PTO shaft speed sensor failure

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

NOTE: Fault codes TMF 163, 164, 165, and 178 may also have been recorded.
Cause:
The data bus signaled that the PTO shaft speed data is in error or not available from the tractor multi function (TMF)
controller. The instrumentation controller receives the signal from the TMF controller.
1. The PTO shaft speed sensor has failed.

2. Damaged wiring harness.
3. Software execution error in the TMF controller.
Solution:
1. The PTO shaft speed sensor is located behind the remote couplers on the top of the final drive frame.
Disconnect harness connector 145M from the PTO shaft speed sensor.
Measure the resistance between pins A and B on sensor connector 145F. The resistance should be 2700 - 3300
Ω.
B. Resistance readings out of range. Replace the PTO shaft speed sensor.
2. Check harness connector 145M for proper ground. Measure the resistance from pin B (black wire) to chassis
ground.
Measured resistance should be less than 1.0 Ω.
A. Expected resistance found. Go to Step 3
B. Expected resistance not found. The speed sensor is not properly grounded. Locate the cause for the poor
ground and repair.
3. Check harness connector 145M at pin A for continuity. Measure the resistance from pin A (white wire) to connector
58M, pin 20 at the tractor multi function (TMF) controller.
B. Expected resistance not found. The speed sensor is not properly connected to the TMF controller. Locate the
open circuit in wire 295W and repair.
4. Replace the TMF controller if the problem persists.
Clear existing fault codes. Test operation of the PTO.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 166
INST 3020-Engine speed sensor failed in engine controller

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The data bus signaled that engine speed data is in error or not available from the engine controller.
1. The vehicle is configured for an engine controller, when the vehicle is not equipped with an engine controller.
2. The engine speed sensor failed.
Solution:
1. Check that the instrumentation controller is properly configured for the vehicle equipment.
A. The instrumentation controller is properly configured. Go to Step 2
B. The instrumentation is not properly configured. Re-configure the instrumentation controller, and return the unit
to field operation.
2. Check for engine fault codes. Use INSITE on the electronic service tool (EST).
A. Engine speed sensor fault code 115 has been recorded. Follow the troubleshooting procedure in INSITE.
B. No engine fault codes have been recorded. Clear all instrumentation controller fault codes, and return the unit
to field operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 167
INST 3022-Engine overspeed

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The data bus signaled that the engine RPM exceeds a preset limit.
1. The engine speed has exceeded a preset limit.
Solution:
1. Confirm with the operator that the over speed condition occurred.
A. Operator confirms the over speed condition occurrence. Instruct the operator to select a lower transmission
gear under these conditions to avoid possible serious engine damage.
B. Operator does not confirm the over speed occurrence. Erase all fault codes and return unit to field operation.
Continue to monitor for over speed conditions.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 168
INST 5010-Engine oil pressure sensor failed in engine controller

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The data bus signaled that the engine oil pressure information is in error or not available from the engine controller.
1. The vehicle is configured for an engine controller, when the vehicle is not equipped with an engine controller.
2. The engine oil pressure sensor has failed.
Solution:
1. Check that the instrument controller is properly configured for the vehicle equipment.
A. Controller is properly configured. Go to Step 2.
B. Controller is not properly configured. Re-configure the instrument controller, and return the unit to field oper-
ation.
2. Check for engine fault codes. Use INSITE on the electronic service tool (EST).
A. Engine oil pressure sensor fault code 135, 141 or 143 has been recorded. Follow the troubleshooting proce-
dure in INSITE.
B. No engine fault codes have been recorded. Clear all instrument controller fault codes, and return the unit to
field operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 169
INST 5011-Engine oil pressure sensor signal too low

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The engine oil pressure sensor is out of range low. The signal was below 0.25 V for 1 second.
1. Engine oil pressure sensor failed.

2. Engine oil pressure sensor wiring harness may be damaged, causing open circuit or short.
Solution:
1. Check the power supply to the oil pressure sensor.
Locate the oil pressure sensor on left side of engine. Disconnect harness connector 216M from the oil pressure
sensor.
Measure the voltage between pin B on harness connector 216M and chassis ground. Expected reading is about
5.0 V.

2. Check the ground to the oil pressure sensor.
Measure the voltage between pins B and A on harness connector 216M. Expected reading is about 5.0 V.
A. Expected voltage not found. Repair the open circuit on wire 181 (black) in the sensor ground circuit. After
repair, clear all instrumentation fault codes and return unit to field operation.

3. The instrument cluster supplies the 5.0 V supply voltage to the oil pressure sensor.
connector 426M and pin B of harness connector 216M. Expected reading is less than 1.0 Ω.

Pin 1 of connector 206M Pin B of connector 216M

4. Test the engine oil pressure sensor.
Connect pin A of the sensor to chassis ground. Connect a 5 V power supply to pin B of the sensor.
Measure the voltage between pin C and chassis ground. Expected voltage reading is 0.5 V.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 170
A. Expected voltage not found. Replace the engine oil pressure sensor. Clear all existing fault codes. Return unit
to field operation.

5. The engine oil pressure sensor is working. Check wiring from sensor to instrument cluster.
connector 427M and pin C of harness connector 216M. Expected reading is less than 1.0 Ω.

Pin 5 of connector 206M Pin C of connector 216M

Clear the existing fault codes.
ation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 171
INST 53001-Standard instrumentation configuration is incorrect

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
This fault code is recorded if a controller is detected on the data bus, but was not configured on the instrument con-
troller.
1. A controller was added to the data bus, but the instrument controller was not re-calibrated.
2. The standard instrument controller is calibrated without selecting all controllers on the data bus.
Solution:
1. Repeat controller configuration and calibrate the instrument controller. Verify that all controllers are configured as
present.
If desired, use the Auto selection to configure the instrument controller based on data bus information.
A. Fault does not re-display: controller is properly configured and calibrated. Clear all fault codes, and return unit
to field operation.
B. Fault code re-displays. Repeat controller configuration and calibration.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 172
INST 53005-Engine shutdown activated

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The fault code is recorded if the engine shut down is activated.
1. Engine shutdown was activated.
Solution:
1. This fault code is recorded when engine shut down is activated.
A. Operator confirms that engine shut down occurred. Instruct the operator to report instrument display infor-
mation and observations at shut down to service personnel. Determine the cause of the engine shut down
activation through instrument display messages and fault codes. Perform the necessary service before return-
ing unit to field operation.
B. Operator does not confirm engine shut down. Erase all fault codes and return unit to field operation. Continue
to monitor for engine shutdown condition.Erase all fault codes and return unit to field operation. Monitor unit
for engine shut down activation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 173
INST 65535-Memory not cleared from the factory

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The instrument controller memory has not been cleared from the factory.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 174
TMF 11-TMF controller is disconnected from can bus

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control Module : Tractor multi-function (TMF)

Cause:
Tractor multi function (TMF) controller cannot communicate with the data bus.
1. Data bus is not powered or bad ground.

4. TMF controller failed.
Solution:
1. Check the connection to the tractor multi function (TMF) controller. Make sure that connector 53M is firmly con-
nected to the TMF controller.
B. Loose connection not found. Go to Step 2.

2. Test the tractor can bus at harness connector 53M.
Disconnect connector 53M from the TMF controller. Turn the tractor key switch to On position. Measure the
voltages between pins 15 and 16 on harness connector 53M and chassis ground.

Pin 15 (yellow) Chassis ground Voltage should be 2.5 - 2.8 V
Pin 16 (green) Chassis ground Voltage should be 2.2 - 2.5 V
A. Voltage readings within expected range, and no other controllers show lost communication fault codes. Clear
the fault codes. If fault code TMF 11 re-displays, go to Step 6.
B. Voltage readings are both zero. Go to Step 3.
C. Voltage readings outside the expected range (low or high). Go to Step 4.

3. Turn the tractor key switch to On position. Measure the voltage between fuse #42 and chassis ground. Expected


7.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 175
good.

120 Ω

120 Ω
controller.

120 Ω

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 176

120 Ω


120 Ω
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 177
ARM 10091-Controller internal failure

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control Module : Tractor multi-function

Cause:
Controller internal failure. Controller 5.0 V regulator or 8.0 V regulator is out of range.

Solution:
tions are secure.

2. Shut down the tractor and restart. Perform full calibration on the armrest controller.

Perform full calibration on the armrest controller. Clear existing fault codes.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 178
TMF 106-TMF controller has received the electro hydraulic #5

control extend switch data in the error state
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The data bus signaled that the remote #5 extend switch is set to the error state. The tractor multi function (TMF)
controller received the signal from the armrest controller.
1. The remote #5 extend switch failed in the armrest controller.

2. Software execution error in armrest controller.
Solution:
1. If the remote #5 extend switch has failed, fault code ARM 1029 should be active.
Check for fault code ARM 1029 through armrest controller.
A. If the fault code is active, use the troubleshooting for fault code ARM 1029 to resolve this problem.
B. If the fault code is not active, the problem is still in the armrest controller. Use the troubleshooting for fault code
ARM 1029 to resolve this problem.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 179
TMF 107-TMF controller has received the electro hydraulic #5

control retract switch data in the error state
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The data bus signaled that the remote #5 retract switch is set to the error state. The tractor multi function (TMF)
1. The remote #5 retract switch failed in the armrest controller.

Solution:
1. If the remote #5 retract switch fails, fault code ARM 1029 should be active.
Check for fault code ARM 1029 through the armrest controller.
A. If the fault code is active, use the troubleshooting for fault code ARM 1029 to resolve this problem.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 180
TMF 108-Electro hydraulic remote #1 lever position control pot data

is set to the error state
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The data bus signaled that the remote #1 lever position control potentiometer is set to the error state. The tractor
multi function (TMF) controller received the signal from the armrest controller.
1. The remote #1 lever position control potentiometer failed in armrest controller.

Solution:
1. If the remote #1 lever position control potentiometer fails, fault code ARM 29 should be active.
A. If the fault codes is active, use the troubleshooting for fault code ARM 29 to resolve this problem.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 181

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
1. The remote #2 lever position control potentiometer failed in the armrest controller.
Solution:
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 182

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
multi controller (TMF) controller received the signal from the armrest controller.
Solution:
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 183

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Solution:
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 184
TMF 112-Electro hydraulic remote #1 lever flow control pot data

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The data bus signaled that the remote #1 flow control potentiometer is set to the error state. The tractor multi function
(TMF) controller received the signal from the armrest controller.
1. The remote #1 flow control potentiometer failed in armrest controller.

Solution:
1. If the remote #1 flow control potentiometer fails, fault code ARM 89 should be active.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 185

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
1. The remote #2 flow control potentiometer failed in the armrest controller.

Solution:
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 186

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:

Solution:
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 187

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:

Solution:
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 188

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:

Solution:
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 189
TMF 120-Electro hydraulic remote top link switch is stuck on

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The data bus signaled that the remote top link switches remain closed (On).
1. A remote top link switch failed.

2. Software execution error in the tractor multi function (TMF) controller.
Solution:
1. Check that the right or left hand remote top link switch is not stuck depressed. Erase all fault codes. Start the
engine.
Check for fault code TMF 120.
A. Fault code TMF 120 does not re-display. Return unit to field operation.
B. Fault code TMF 120 re-displays. Go to Step 2.

2. Test each remote top link switch. Check wiring for damage to connectors 399F. (left hand) and 401F (right hand).
Remove the plastic guard from the underside of the fender. Disconnect the switch from its harness connector.
Hold the remote top link switch in the extend position. Measure resistance at both top link switches, using the test
points in the table.

Pin A Pin B Continuity < 1.0 Ω
Pin A Pin C No continuity - infinite resistance (or
overload)
Pin B Pin C No continuity - infinite resistance (or
overload)
Hold the remote top link switch in the retract position. Measure resistance at both top link switches, using the test

Pin A Pin B No continuity - infinite resistance (or
overload)
overload)
Pin B Pin C Continuity < 1.0 Ω
Place the remote top link switch into neutral or Off position. Measure resistance at both top link switches, using
the test points in the table.

overload)
overload)
overload)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 190
B. Resistance reading are incorrect. Replace the remote top link switch. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to
field operation.
3. Test for a short in the retract circuit to the remote top link switches.
Disconnect connectors 55M and 57M to the TMF controller.
Measure resistance between pin 14 of connector 55M and all other pins on connectors 55M and 57M. Expected
reading is no continuity – infinite resistance or overload.
If a short circuit is found, locate and repair the short circuit to wire 958 to pin C of connector 401F, via SPL-W13
and cavity/pin 6 of connectors 397F and 397M [OR] to pin C of connector 399F, via SPL-W13 and pin/cavity 5 of
connectors 396M and 396F.
A. Short circuit found and repaired. Reconnect all connectors. Clear all fault codes. Shut down the tractor and
restart. If fault code does not re-display, return unit to field operation. If fault code re-displays, go to Step 4.
B. Short circuit not found. Go to Step 4.

4. Test for a short in the extend circuit to the remote top link switches.
If a short circuit is found, locate and repair the short circuit to wire 957 to pin A of connector 401F, via SPL-W12
and cavity/pin 5 of connectors 397F and 397M [OR] to pin A of connector 399F, via SPL-W12 and cavity/pin 4 of
A. Short circuit found and repaired. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
B. Short circuit not found. Submit a concern to ASIST.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 191
TMF 123-Current sensed when the aux #1 driver is off, retract/lower

coil shorted to 12 volts
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
When the lever for this remote is in neutral, the controller supplies no voltage to the solenoid. If the controller senses
voltage in the circuit, this fault code is recorded.
1. Damaged wiring resulting in a short circuit to power.

2. Controller internal failure.
Solution:
1. Inspect the wiring harness between the tractor multi function (TMF) controller and remote valve solenoids for dam-
age or loose connections. Check in particular connectors 53M (pin 10) and 58M (pin 1) at the TMF controller, and
connectors 140F and 340F at the remote valve.
A. No damage or loose connections found. Go to Step 2.
B. Harness damage or loose connection found. Repair or replace the problem component. Clear all fault codes,
and
2. Check for a short circuit from pin to pin: measure the resistance between pin 1 of connector 58M and all other
pins on the connector .
Disconnect all connectors to the TMF controller. Measure the resistance between pin 1 of connector 58M and
each pin of connectors 53M, 54M, 55M and 57M.
Expected reading is no continuity (infinite resistance, or overload). A reading of less than 10.0 Ω. indicates a short
circuit. Locate and repair any short circuit found.
A. Short circuit found and repaired. Clear all faults codes, and return the unit to field operation.

each pin of connectors , 54M, 55M, 57M, and 58M.

4. Reconnect all connectors to the TMF controller. Start the engine. Erase all fault codes. Test operation of the
remote valves.
A. Fault code re-displays. The problem maybe intermittent. Repeat Steps 2, 3 as a second person carefully bends
and twists the harness between the controller and the remote values. If the short circuit cannot be located in
this manner, go to Step 5.
B. Fault codes does not re-display. Continue field operation.Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
5. Disconnect connectors 53M and 58M from the TMF controller. Disassemble the connectors and remove pin 10
from connector 53M and remove pin 1 from connector 58M.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 192
Install a 2 m (6 ft) comparable gauged wire into pin 1 of connector 58M and another 2 m (6 ft) wire into pin 10 of
connector 53M.
Disconnect connector 340F from the remote #1 lower solenoid. Connect the wire from pin 1 of connector 58M
directly to pin 2 at solenoid connector 340F.
Connect the wire from pin 10 of connector 53M directly to pin 1 at solenoid connector 340F.
Reconnect connectors 53M and 58M to the controller. Start the engine. Erase all fault codes. Test operation of
remote hydraulics.
B. Fault code does not re-display. Make permanent repairs to harness, or replace harness. Continue field op-
eration.Make permanent repairs to harness, or replace harness. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field
operation.
6. Replace the TMF controller.
Calibrate the TMF controller. Test operation of the remote valves.
A. Fault code re-displays. Reinstall the original TMF controller and submit a concern to ASIST.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 193
TMF 124-Aux #1 driver is on and no current is sensed, retract/lower

coil open or shorted to ground
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The remote valve solenoid or the wiring to the solenoid has an open circuit or is shorted to ground.
1. Solenoid has internal open circuit.

2. Wiring from tractor multi function (TMF) controller to the solenoid has an open circuit or is shorted to ground.
Solution:
and
2. Measure resistance directly at the solenoid.
Disconnect harness connector 340F from the solenoid.
Measure resistance between pins 1 and 2 on the solenoid.
Expected reading is 4.0 - 8.0 Ω.
A. Expected resistance not found. Replace the solenoid. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.

3. Start the engine. Erase all fault codes. Test operation of the remote valve.

4. Disconnect connectors 53M and 58M from the TMF controller.
Check for a short circuit to ground: measure resistance between pin 1 of connector 58M and chassis ground and
between pin 10 of connector 53M and chassis ground.
Expected reading is no continuity (infinite resistance , or overload). A reading of less than 10.0 Ω. indicates a
short circuit. Locate and repair any short circuit found.

5. Check for an open circuit in solenoid wiring. Disconnect harness connector 340F from the solenoid.
Measure resistance between pin 1 of connector 58M and pin 2 of connector 340F and between pin 10 of connector
53M and pin 1 of connector 340F.
Expected reading is less than 1.0 Ω. Locate and repair any short circuit found.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 194

6. Reconnect all connectors to the TMF controller. Reconnect connector 340F to solenoid. Start the engine. Erase
all fault codes. Test operation of the remote valves .
B. Fault codes does not re-display. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
connector 53M.
remote hydraulics.
operation.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 195
TMF 125-Current sensed when the Aux #1 driver is off, extend/raise

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:

Solution:
and


remote valves.
A. Fault code re-displays. The problem may be intermittent. Repeat Steps 2, 3 as a second person carefully
bends and twists the harness between the controller and the remote values. If the short circuit cannot be
located in this manner, go to Step 5.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 196
connector 53M.
Disconnect connector 140F from the remote #1 raise solenoid. Connect the wire from pin 1 of connector 58M
remote hydraulics.
operation.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 197
TMF 126-Aux #1 driver is on and no current is sensed, extend/raise

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:

Solution:
and



84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 198

connector 53M.
remote hydraulics.
operation.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 199

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:

Solution:
and


remote valves.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 200
connector 53M.
remote hydraulics.
operation.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 201

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
1. Solenoid has an internal open circuit.

Solution:
and



84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 202

connector 53M.
remote hydraulics.
operation.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 203

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:

Solution:
and
pins on the connector.

each pin of connectors 53M, 55M, 57M, and 58M.

remote valves.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 204
connector 54M.
remote hydraulics.
operation.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 205
TMF 12-Communication lost with the armrest controller

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The tractor multi function (TMF) controller cannot communicate with the armrest controller.
1. Bad connection between the TMF controller and the armrest controller.
Solution:
1. Check the connection to the tractor multi function (TMF) controller. Make sure that connector 53M is firmly con-
nected to the TMF controller.

2. Check operation of the armrest controller. Check that connector 137M is securely connected at the armrest con-
sole. Inspect data bus pins 4 and 5.

A. LED lamp is flashing. Go to Step 4.
B. LED lamp is On constantly. The armrest controller has failed. Replace the armrest controller. Return unit to
field operation.
C. LED lamp is Off. No power to armrest controller. Repeat Step 2.

Turn the tractor key switch to On position. Measure the voltage between fuse #42 and chassis ground. Expected


84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 206
8.
good.

120 Ω

120 Ω
controller.

120 Ω

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 207

120 Ω


120 Ω
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 208

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:

Solution:
and



84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 209

connector 54M.
remote hydraulics.
operation.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 210

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:

Solution:
connectors 142F and 342F at the remote valves.
and


remote valves.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 211
connector 53M.
remote hydraulics.
operation.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 212

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The remote/auxiliary solenoid or the wiring to the solenoid has open circuit or is shorted to ground.

2. Wiring from TMF controller to the solenoid has open circuit or is shorted to ground.
Solution:
and



84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 213

connector 53M.
remote hydraulics.
operation.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 214

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:

Solution:
and


remote valves.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 215
connector 54M.
directly to pin 2 at solenoid connector 142F .
Connect the wire from pin 5 of connector 54M directly to pin 1 at solenoid connector 142F .
remote hydraulics.
operation.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 216

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:

Solution:
and



84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 217

connector 54M.
remote hydraulics.
operation.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 218

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:

Solution:
1. Inspect the wiring harness between the tractor multi function (TMF) controller and remote valve solenoids for
damage or loose connections. Check in particular connector 54M (pins 13 and 18) at the TMF controller, and
and


remote valves.
5. Disconnect connector 54M from the TMF controller. Disassemble the connector and remove pins 13 and 18 from
connector 54M.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 219
Install a 2 m (6 ft) comparable gauged wire into pin 13 of connector 54M and another 2 m (6 ft) wire into pin 18
of connector 54M.
Reconnect connector 54M to the controller. Start the engine. Erase all fault codes. Test operation of remote
hydraulics.
operation.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 220

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:

Solution:
1. Inspect the wiring harness between the tractor multi function (TMF) controller and remote valve solenoids for
damage or loose connections. Check in particular connector 54M (pins 13 and 18) at the TMF controller, and
and


4. Disconnect connector 54M from the TMF controller.

Measure resistance between pin 18 of connector 54M and pin 2 of connector 343F and between pin 13 of con-
nector 54M and pin 1 of connector 343F.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 221

connector 54M.
Install a 2 m (6 ft) comparable gauged wire into pin 13 of connector 54M and another 2 m (6 ft) wire into pin 18
of connector 54M.
hydraulics.
operation.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 222

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:

Solution:
and


remote valves.
5. Disconnect connectors 53M and 54M from the TMF controller. Disassemble the connector and remove pin 7 from
connector 53M and pin 18 from connector 54M.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 223
connector 54M.
remote hydraulics.
operation.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 224

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:

Solution:
and



84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 225

7. Disconnect connectors 53M and 54M from the TMF controller. Disassemble the connector and remove pin 7 from
connector 53M and pin 18 from connector 54M.
connector 54M.
remote hydraulics.
operation.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 226

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:

Solution:
age or loose connections. Check in particular connector 54M (pins 4 and 7) at the TMF controller, and connectors
144F and 344F at the remote valves.
and


remote valves.
connector 54M.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 227
connector 54M.
hydraulics.
operation.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 228

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The remote/auxiliary solenoid or the wiring to the solenoid has open circuit or is shorted to ground.

2. Wiring from TMF controller to the solenoid has open circuit or is shorted to ground.
Solution:
and



84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 229

connector 54M.
connector 54M.
hydraulics.
operation.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 230

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:

Solution:
and


remote valves.
connector 54M.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 231
connector 54M.
hydraulics.
operation.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 232

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:

Solution:
and



84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 233

connector 54M.
connector 54M.
hydraulics.
operation.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 234
TMF 147-Out of range error: high on the #1 feedback

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The #1 section feedback voltage is greater than 4.75 V. The tractor multi function (TMF) controller generated this fault
code.
1. Damaged wiring resulting in short circuit to power.

Solution:
1. Check the wiring from the TMF controller back to the scraper control connector 150F or implement control con-
nector 150FF. Check for damage, pinched or chaffed wires that could result in a short circuit to power.
A. Damaged wiring found. Repair or replace the damaged wiring. Clear all controller fault codes, and return unit
to field operation.
B. No wiring damage found. Go to Step 2.

2. Disconnect connector 150F or 150FF as equipped. Measure the reference voltage at pin 5.
Turn the tractor key switch to the On position.
Measure voltage between pin 5 of connector 150M and chassis ground. Expected reading is about 5.0 V.
If voltage is greater than 6.0 V, locate and repair the short circuit on wire 919 between pin 5 of connector 150M
and pin 16 of connector 57M at the TMF controller.

3. Reconnect 150M. Disconnect connector 57M from the TMF controller.
Measure voltage between pin 4 of connector 57M and chassis ground. Expected voltage is less than 4.5 V.

4. There may be an intermittent short in the harness between the connectors.
Replace the harness section between connectors 150M and 57M.
Clear all fault codes. Shut down the tractor and restart.
B. Fault code re-displays. Submit a concern to ASIST.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 235
TMF 148-Out of range error: low on the #1 feedback

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The #1 section feedback voltage is less than 0.3 V. The tractor multi function (TMF) controller generated this fault
code.
1. Damaged wiring resulting in short circuit to ground or open circuit.

Solution:
to field operation.

Measure voltage between pin 5 of connector 150M and chassis ground. Expected reading should not be less than
3.0 V.
If voltage is less than 3.0 V, locate and repair the open or short circuit to ground on wire 919 between pin 5 of
connector 150M and pin 16 of connector 57M at the TMF controller.
A. Open or short circuit to ground found and repaired. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
B. Open or short circuit to ground not found. Go to Step 3.

Turn the tractor key switch to the On position. Measure the voltage between pin 4 of connector 57M and chassis
ground. Expected reading should not be less than 3.0 V.

4. There may be an intermittent open or short circuit to ground in the harness between the connectors.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 236
TMF 149-Out of range error: high on the #2 feedback

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The #2 section feedback voltage is greater than 4.75 V. The tractor multi function (TMF) controller generated this fault
code.
1. Damaged wiring resulting in short circuit to power.

Solution:
to field operation.


Measure voltage between pin 5 of connector 57M and chassis ground. Expected voltage is less than 4.5 V.

4. There may be an intermittent short in the harness between the connectors.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 237
TMF 14-5 volt reference is above the upper voltage limit

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The 5 V reference voltage is monitored and is consistently greater than 5.8 V .
1. Short circuit to 8 V or 12 Vpower source.
Solution:
1. Check the reference voltage on pin 23 of connector 55M to the tractor multi function (TMF) controller.
Disconnect connector 55M from the TMF controller.
A. Expected voltage not found. Reading is above 5.8 V. Replace the TMF controller.

2. Reconnect connector 55M to the TMF controller.
Locate the 6-pin connector 150M for implement or scraper control just below the TMF controller. Disconnect the
female connector or terminator from connector 150M as equipped.
Turn the tractor key switch to the On position. Measure the voltage from pin 2 on connector 150M to chassis
ground. Expected reading is about 5.0 V.
A. Expected voltage not found. The reading is above 5.8 V. Locate and repair the short to power somewhere
between connectors 150M and 55M. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
B. Expected voltage found. Erase all fault codes. Return unit to field operation and monitor for recurring fault
code: there may be an intermittent short to power between connectors 150M and 55M.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 238
TMF 150-Out of range error: low on the #2 feedback

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The #1 section feedback voltage is less than 0.3 V. The tractor multi function (TMF) controller generated this fault
code.
1. Damaged wiring resulting in short circuit to ground or open circuit.

Solution:
to field operation.


Turn the tractor key switch to the On position. Measure the voltage between pin 5 of connector 57M and chassis
ground. Expected reading should not be less than 3.0 V.

4. There may be an intermittent open or short circuit to ground in the harness between the connectors.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 239
TMF 151-No data transmission from transmission controller is

received
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Tractor multi function (TMF) controller cannot communicate with the transmission controller.
1. Bad connection between the TMF controller and the data bus.
Solution:
1. Check the harness and connectors to the transmission controller.
Check that connectors 350M, 351M, 353M and 355M are securely connected to the controller.
B. Loose connection found and corrected. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
2. Check the function of the instrument controller.
operation.


7.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 240
good.

120 Ω

120 Ω
controller.

120 Ω

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 241

120 Ω


120 Ω
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 242
TMF 152-EHR top link switch short

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The data bus signaled that the remote top link switches remain closed (On). The top link switch is connected to the
tractor multi function (TMF) controller.
1. Both the retract and extend switches were pressed at the same time.
Solution:
1. Make sure that both remote top link switches were not depressed at the same time. Erase all TMF fault codes.
Start the engine.


overload)
overload)

overload)
overload)

overload)
overload)
overload)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 243
B. Resistance readings are incorrect. Replace the remote top link switch. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to
field operation.

ckIf a short circuit is found, locate and repair the short circuit to wire 957 to pin A of connector 401F, via SPL-W12

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 244
TMF 153-EHR top link switch conflict

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The data bus signaled that the selected positions for the remote top link switches are in conflict. The top link switches
are connected to the tractor multi function (TMF) controller.
1. Operator depressed the top link switch in the cab, and a second person depressed the opposite fender switch
position at the same time.
Solution:
1. Make sure that a cab top link switch and opposite fender remote top link switch were not depressed at the same
time. Clear all fault codes. Start the engine.


overload)
overload)

overload)
overload)

overload)
overload)
overload)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 245
B. Resistance readings are incorrect. Replace the remote top link switch. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to
field operation.

If a short circuit is found, locate and repair the short circuit to wire 957 to pin A of connector 401F, via SPL-W12

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 246
TMF 154-PTO switch interlock

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The data bus signaled that the PTO switch in the cab and the PTO fender switch were both activated within 2 seconds.
The PTO switches are connected to the tractor multi function (TMF) controller.
1. Operator activated the PTO switch in cab and a second person activated PTO fender switch at the same time.
2. Failed PTO switch.
Solution:
1. Make sure that both PTO switches were not activated at same time. Clear all fault codes. Start the engine.

2. Test both PTO fender switches. Check wiring for damage.
Remove the plastic guard from the underside of the fender. Disconnect the switch from harness connector: 400M
(left hand) and 402M (right hand).
Leave PTO fender switch in Off position. Measure resistance at the fender switches, using the test points indicated.

overload)
Move the PTO fender switch to the On position. Measure resistance at the fender switches, using the test points
indicated.

overload)
A. Resistance readings correct. Go to Step 3.
B. Resistance readings incorrect. Replace the PTO fender switch. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field
operation.
3. Test the PTO switch on the armrest console. Check wiring for damage.
Remove the armrest console. Disconnect the switch from harness connector J213.
Leave PTO switch in the Off position. Measure resistance at the console switch, using the test points indicated.

overload)
Move the PTO switch to the On position. Measure resistance at the console switch, using the test points indicated.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 247

overload)
B. Resistance readings incorrect. Replace the PTO switch. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
4. Move all PTO switches to the Off position. Place the key switch in the On position.
Disconnect 396F at the left fender.
Measure voltage between pin 3 of connector 396F and chassis ground. Expected reading is 0 V.
B. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the short circuit in fender switch wiring. Clear all fault codes,
5. Move all PTO switches to the Off position. Place the key switch in the On position.
Disconnect 397F at the right fender.
Measure the voltage between pin 4 of connector 397F and chassis ground. Expected reading is 0 V.
B. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the short circuit in the fender switch wiring. Clear all fault codes,
6. Problem may be an intermittent short or open circuit in a fender harness.
Clear all fault codes, and shut down the tractor. Replace the left hand fender wiring harness.
Start the tractor, and check for fault codes.
If fault code re-displays, clear all fault codes, and shut down the tractor. Replace the right hand fender harness.
Start the tractor and check for fault codes.
A. Fault code re-displays. Submit a concern to ASIST.
B. Fault codes does not re-display. Return unit to field operation.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 248
TMF 155-Auto PTO switch data is set to the error state

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The data bus signaled that the auto PTO switch data is set to error state.
1. Failed auto PTO switch.

2. Software execution error.
Solution:
1. Clear all fault codes. Check if the fault condition is still active.
Test operation of the Auto PTO switch.

2. Remove the armrest console, and replace the auto PTO switch J6 in the armrest console.
Clear all fault codes. Test operation of the Auto PTO switch.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 249
TMF 156-Auto PTO switch stuck on condition

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The data bus signaled that the auto PTO switch data is stuck On.
1. Failed auto PTO switch.

Solution:
1. Clear all fault codes. Check if the fault condition is still active.
Test operation of the Auto PTO switch.

2. Remove the armrest console, and replace the auto PTO switch J6 in the armrest console.
Clear all fault codes. Test operation of the Auto PTO switch.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 250
TMF 157-PTO remote fender switch short

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The data bus signaled that a PTO remote fender switch is shorted. The PTO remote fender switch is hard wired to
tractor multi function TMF controller.
1. Bad remote PTO switch.

Solution:

overload)
indicated.

overload)
operation.
2. Disconnect connector 57M to the tractor multi function (TMF) controller.
Place all PTO switches in the Off position.
Measure voltage between pin 11 of connector 57M and chassis ground. Expected reading is 0 V.
If voltage is greater than 0 (zero), use the following test points to locate and repair the short in the circuit. Remem-
ber to reconnect the connector for the previous test point before measuring at the next test point.
Test point Expected result

Left fender switch circuit
Pin 3 of connector 396M via SPL-W11 0V
Pin 3 of connector 400M 0V
Right fender switch circuit
Cavity 4 of connector 397F via SPL-W11 0V

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 251

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 252
TMF 158-PTO remote fender switch open

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The data bus signaled that a PTO remote fender switch is stuck open. The PTO remote fender switch is connected
to tractor multi function (TMF) controller.
1. Failed remote PTO switch.

Solution:

overload)
indicated.

overload)
operation.
If the expected voltage is not found, use the following test points to locate and repair the open condition in the
circuit.

Pin 12 of connector 57M Cavity 3 of connector 397F
A. Open circuit found and repaired. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
B. Open circuit not found. Submit a concern to ASIST.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 253

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 254
TMF 159-PTO remote fender switch stuck on

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The data bus signaled that a PTO remote fender switch is stuck on. The PTO remote fender switch is connected to
the tractor multi function (TMF) controller.
1. Failed remote PTO switch.

Solution:

overload)
indicated.

overload)
operation.
If voltage is greater than 0 (zero), use the following test points to locate and repair the short in the circuit. Remem-
ber to reconnect the connector for the previous test point before measuring at the next test point.
Test point Expected result

Pin 3 of connector 396M via SPL-W11 0V
Right fender switch circuit
Cavity 4 of connector 397F via SPL-W11 0V

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 255

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 256
TMF 15-5 volt reference is below the lower voltage limit

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The 5 V reference voltage is monitored and is consistently less than 4.2 V .
1. Short circuit to ground or an open circuit.

2. No power or ground to tractor multi function (TMF) controller. Other low voltage fault codes will be recorded on
controllers.
Solution:
1. Measure the voltage between fuse #42 and chassis ground. Turn tractor key switch to On position. Expected

2. Check the reference voltage on pin 23 of connector 55M to the tractor multi function (TMF) controller.
A. Expected voltage not found. Reading is above 5.8 V. Replace the TMF controller.

3. Locate the 6-pin connector 150M for implement or scraper control just below the TMF controller. Disconnect the
female connector or terminator from connector 150M as equipped.
Measure resistance between pin 2 of connector 150M and pin 23 of connector 55M. Expected reading is less than
1.0 Ω.
B. Expected resistance not found. Locate and repair the open circuit between connectors 150M and 55M. Erase
Measure the voltage between pin 2 on connector 150M to chassis ground. Expected reading is about 5.0 V.
A. Expected voltage not found. The reading is below 4.2 V. Locate and repair the short to ground or broken wire
between connectors 150M and 55M. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
B. Expected voltage found. Erase all fault codes. Return unit to field operation and monitor for recurring fault
code: there may be an intermittent short to ground between connectors 150M and 55M.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 257
TMF 160-PTO clutch is slipping excessively for the duration of 5

seconds or longer
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The tractor multi function (TMF) controller monitors the PTO clutch input and output speed. This fault code is recorded
when the difference between the input and output speed are beyond a preset limit: the TMF controller detects exces-
sive slip.
1. PTO load is too heavy.

2. PTO clutch pressure is too low.
3. PTO speed sensor or wiring to speed sensor has failure.
4. Incorrect engine RPM signal from the alternator.
Solution:
1. Check if the excessive load is causing PTO clutch slippage and if the PTO-driven implement is operating properly.
A. The PTO load is not excessive, and the PTO-driven implement is operating properly.Go to Step 2.
B. PTO load is excessive. Reduce load. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
C. PTO-driven implement malfunction. Correct implement problem. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field
operation.
2. Check PTO clutch pressure and PTO valve function. See PTO troubleshooting in this repair manual.
A. PTO clutch pressure and valve function are correct. Go to Step 3.
B. Clutch/valve problem found and corrected. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
3. Check engine speed.
Use the Monitor screen in the electronic service tool (EST) to check engine speed. operation of the INST ENGINE
SPEED ALT RPM.
Connect the service tool to diagnostic connector. Select INST ENGINE SPEED ALT RPM on the Monitor screen.
Start the engine. Compare monitor screen RPM reading with RPM reported by the instrument cluster. Readings
should match.
A. RPM readings match. Go to Step 4.
B. RPM readings do not match. Check the circuit between terminal W at the alternator and pin 1 of connector
427M at the instrument cluster. Repair as required, and return unit to field operation.
4. Disconnect the PTO driven equipment.
Use the Monitor screen in the electronic service tool (EST) to check PTO rpm.
Connect the service tool to diagnostic connector. Select PTO CLUTCH RPM on the Monitor screen.
Start the engine and set engine speed at rated speed. Compare monitor screen RPM reading with RPM reported
by the instrument cluster. Readings should match. At rated engine speed, PTO speed should be very close to
either 540 RPM or 1000 RPM depending on the PTO type.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 258
B. RPM readings do not match. Go to Step 6.

5. Disassemble the PTO clutch, and replace worn clutch plates and other components as required. See PTO section
in this repair manual.
Test operation of the PTO.
A. Fault code does not re-display. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.

6. Replace the PTO shaft speed sensor.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 259
TMF 161-PTO rpm is too high

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The tractor multi function (TMF) controller monitors the PTO clutch input and output speed. This fault code is recorded
when the TMF controller detects a PTO speed that is 20% higher than expected for more than 2 seconds.
1. PTO load is driving the PTO probably in a downhill situation.

2. Wrong signal from shaft speed sensor.
3. Wrong alternator has been installed.
Solution:
1. Check if fault codes INST 3022, TRANS 79 and TRANS 80 are active.
A. Fault codes are not active. Go to Step 2.
B. One or more fault codes are active. Use the troubleshooting for fault code INST 3022 to resolve this problem.
2. If the alternator was replaced recently, check that the correct alternator was installed.
A. Correct alternator installed. Go to Step 3.
B. Wrong alternator installed. Install the correct alternator, and return unit to field operation.
3. The PTO shaft speed sensor is located behind the remote couplers on the top of the final drive frame.
Disconnect harness connector 145M from the PTO shaft speed sensor.
Measure the resistance between pins A and B on sensor connector 145F. The resistance should be 2700 - 3300
Ω.
B. Resistance readings out of range. Replace the PTO shaft speed sensor. Clear all fault codes, and return unit
to field operation.
4. Check harness connector 145M for proper ground. Measure the resistance from pin B (black wire) to chassis
ground.
B. Expected resistance not found. The speed sensor is not properly grounded. Locate the cause for the poor
ground and repair. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
5. Check harness connector 145M at pin A for continuity. Measure the resistance between pin A (white wire) of
connector 145M and pin 20 connector 58M at the TMF controller.
B. Expected resistance not found. The speed sensor is not properly connected to the TMF controller. Locate and
repair the open circuit in wire 295W. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
6. Replace the TMF controller if the problem persists.
Clear existing fault codes. Test operation of the PTO.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 260
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 261
TMF 162-Engine speed is too low for the PTO to be in the on state
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The engine speed is at 0 RPM and the PTO is in the On state.
1. Engine is either stalled out or has been shutdown.
Solution:
1. Place the PTO switch in the Off position. Restart the engine. Erase all fault codes. Test operation of the PTO.
B. Fault code re-displays with the engine running. Submit a concern to ASIST.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 262
TMF 163-PTO is commanded off but the PTO speed is greater than
zero
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The tractor multi function (TMF) controller monitors the PTO clutch output speed. This fault code is recorded if the
TMF controller detects PTO shaft rotation after the PTO switch has been in the Off position for 45 seconds.
1. Implement attached to PTO shaft is causing the PTO to turn.

2. Hydraulic pressure still present due to sticking valve spool.
3. PTO brake friction plates and disc springs require replacement.
Solution:
1. Check if the PTO-driven implement is causing the rotation.
A. Implement not causing rotation. Go to Step 2.
B. Implement is causing rotation. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
2. Test if pressure is present at the PTO pressure test port when the PTO is Off.
A. Test port reading is 0 (zero). Go to Step 3.
B. Test port reading is greater than 0 (zero). Check PTO solenoid cartridge operation, and check for sticking
modulation spool. Refer to the hydraulic repair information in this manual.
3. Disassemble and repair the PTO brake assembly: brake friction plates and disc springs may require replacement.
Start the tractor. Test operation of the PTO.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 263
TMF 164-The software has not detected PTO shaft speed for 3.6
seconds since the PTO initial fill valve was commanded
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
TMF controller does not detect PTO shaft rotation after the PTO switch has been in the On position for 3.6 seconds.
1. Implement attached to PTO shaft has the shaft locked.

2. PTO solenoid is not energized.
NOTE: Fault code TMF 166 should be active if the PTO solenoid is not energized. Use the troubleshooting for
TMF 166 if TMF 166 is active.
3. PTO valve spool is stuck.
4. PTO clutch pressure too low.
5. PTO speed sensor or wiring harness failure.
Solution:
1. Check if the shaft is locked up on the PTO-driven implement.
A. Shaft not locked. Go to Step 2.
B. Shaft locked. Resolve the implement problem, and then return unit to field operation.
2. Measure pressure at PTO pressure test port when the PTO is On. Expected reading is 2240 - 2450 kPa.
A. Expected pressure found. Go to Step 3.
B. Expected pressure was not found. Check PTO solenoid cartridge operation, and check for sticking modulation
spool. Refer to the hydraulic repair information in this manual.
3. Disconnect the PTO shaft from the implement.
Operate the PTO system with no load.
A. PTO shaft does not turn. Mechanical repair required: check for sticking solenoid valve, sticking valve spool,
leaking PTO clutch seal or broken PTO shaft. Repair as required and return unit to field operation.
B. PTO shaft turns, or turns for approximately 5 seconds and then stops. Replace the PTO speed sensor. Clear
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 264
TMF 165-PTO speed is detected when the PTO is in the off state
without engine rpm
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
TMF controller detects PTO shaft rotation with the PTO switch in the Off position and no engine RPM.
1. Implement attached to PTO shaft is causing the PTO to turn.

2. Hydraulic pressure still present due to sticking valve spool.
3. PTO brake friction plates and disc springs require replacement.
Solution:
1. Check if the PTO-driven implement is causing the rotation.
A. Implement not causing rotation. Go to Step 2.
B. Implement is causing rotation. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
2. Test if pressure is present at the PTO pressure test port when the PTO is Off.
A. Test port reading is 0 (zero). Go to Step 3.
B. Test port reading is greater than 0 (zero). Check PTO solenoid cartridge operation, and check for sticking
modulation spool. Refer to the hydraulic repair information in this manual.
3. Disassemble and repair the PTO brake assembly: brake friction plates and disc springs may require replacement.
Start the tractor. Test operation of the PTO.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 265
TMF 166-PTO driver is on and no current is sensed

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

NOTE: PTO solenoid has a trickle current built in test. Even with PTO solenoid off, a small amount of current goes
through the solenoid. A voltage measurement at the PTO solenoid, with the PTO Off, will still show from 4.0 - 6.3 V
at either pin.
Cause:
The tractor multi function (TMF) controller monitors the PTO clutch solenoid condition. This fault code is recorded if
the TMF controller detects the PTO switch is On, but no current is sensed at the PTO solenoid.
1. Damaged wiring or loose connection to PTO solenoid.

2. PTO solenoid coil has failed.
3. TMF controller internal failure.
Solution:
1. Visually inspect the wiring harness between the PTO clutch solenoid (connector 159M) and the tractor multi func-
tion (TMF) controller. Check for damage or loose connectors.
A. Damage or loose connectors not found. Go to Step 2.
B. Damage or loose connection found. Repair or replace harness as needed. Clear all fault codes, and return
2. Disconnect connector 159M from the PTO solenoid. Test the resistance on the PTO solenoid between pins 1 and
2. Expected reading is between 6.0 - 13.0 Ω.
B. Expected reading not found. Replace the PTO solenoid. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
3. Test for open circuit between connector 159M and the TMF controller.
Disconnect connectors 53M and 58M from the TMF controller. Measure resistance between pin 1 on connector
159M at PTO solenoid and pin 13 of connector 53M. Expected reading is less than 1.0 Ω.
B. Expected resistance not found. Locate and repair the open circuit on wire 597. Repair or replace the harness.
Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
4. Measure resistance between pin 2 of connector 159M and pin 7 of connector 58M. Expected reading is less than
1.0 Ω.
B. Expected resistance not found. Locate and repair the open circuit on wire 598. Repair or replace the harness.
5. Reconnect all connectors to the TMF controller. Start the engine. Clear all fault codes. Test operation of the PTO.
and twists the harness between the controller and the PTO solenoid. If the open circuit cannot be located in
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 266
connector 53M.
Disconnect connector 159M from the PTO solenoid. Connect the wire from pin 7 of connector 58M directly to pin
2 at solenoid connector 159M.
Connect the wire from pin 13 of connector 53M directly to pin 1 at solenoid connector 159M.
Reconnect connectors 53M and 58M to the controller. Start the engine. Clear all fault codes. Test operation of
PTO.
B. Fault code does not re-display. Make permanent repairs to harness or replace harness. return unit to field
operation.
Calibrate the TMF controller. Test operation of the PTO.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 267
TMF 167-Current sensed when PTO driver is off

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

NOTE: PTO solenoid has a trickle current built in test. Even with PTO solenoid off, a small amount of current goes
through the solenoid. A voltage measurement at the PTO solenoid, with PTO off, will still show from 4.0 - 6.3 V at
either pin.
Cause:
When the PTO switch is in the Off position, the tractor multi function (TMF) controller does provide a low voltage to
the PTO solenoid. If the controller senses a higher than expected voltage on the circuit with the switch Off, this fault
code is recorded.

Solution:
1. Inspect the wiring harness between the tractor multi function (TMF) controller and PTO valve solenoid for damage
or loose connections. Check in particular connectors 53M (pin 13) and 58M (pin 7) at the TMF controller, and
connector 159M at the PTO valve solenoid.
pins on the connector with the connector removed from the TMF controller.


4. Reconnect all connectors to the TMF controller. Start the engine. Erase all fault codes. Test operation of the PTO
system.
and twists the harness between the controller and the PTO solenoid. If the short circuit cannot be located in
B. Fault code does not re-display. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 268
connector 53M.
Reconnect connectors 53M and 58M to the controller and connector 159M to the PTO solenoid. Start the engine.
Erase all fault codes. Test operation of PTO system.
B. Fault code does not re-display. Make permanent repairs to harness or replace harness. Return unit to field
operation.
Calibrate the TMF controller. Test operation of the PTO system.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 269
TMF 168-PTO off switch data is set to the error state

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The data bus signaled that the PTO switch data is set to error state.
1. Failed PTO switch.

2. Software function execution error.
Solution:
1. Whenever this fault code is logged, fault code ARM 1039 will also be logged. Check for fault code ARM 1039
through the armrest controller.
A. If the fault code ARM 1039 is active, use the troubleshooting for fault code ARM 1039 to resolve this problem.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 270
TMF 169-Both PTO on and off switches are simultaneously off, one
of the PTO switches is shorted to ground
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

NOTE: Whenever this fault code is logged, fault code ARM 1039 may also be logged. Check for fault code ARM 1039
through the armrest controller. If fault code ARM 1039 is logged, follow the troubleshooting procedure for ARM 1039
first. If that troubleshooting does not resolve the problem, continue with the TMF 170 troubleshooting procedure.
Cause:
The data bus signaled the TMF controller that the PTO switch is Off in both switch positions. Switch may be shorted
to ground. The PTO switches are connected to the tractor multi function (TMF) controller.
1. PTO On/Off switch failed.

2. PTO switch wiring between the armrest and the TMF controller.
Solution:

ON OPEN
OFF CLOSED
Undetermined 2
Undetermined 2
B. If the switch position is undetermined, the data value of “2” indicates the switch is not functioning. Go to Step 2.
points:

overload)
points:

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 271

overload)
3. Test PTO switch wiring for short to ground.
Disconnect connector 137M from rear of armrest. Check for continuity between pin 7 of connector 137M and
chassis ground. Expected reading is no continuity (infinite resistance, or overload). A reading of less than 100.0
Ω indicates a short circuit to ground.
If a short to ground is indicated, use the test points in the table to locate and repair the short circuit on wire 293.


4. The problem may be intermittent.
Repeat Step 3 while a second person carefully bends and flexes the harness between the TMF controller and the
armrest as resistance is being checked. If a short circuit is indicated, locate and repair the short on wire 293.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 272
TMF 170-Both PTO on and off switches are simultaneously on, one
of the PTO switches is shorted to 12 volts
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

NOTE: Whenever this fault code is logged, fault code ARM 1039 may also be logged. Check for fault code ARM 1039
through the armrest controller. If fault code ARM 1039 is logged, follow the troubleshooting procedure for ARM 1039
first. If that troubleshooting does not resolve the problem, continue with the TMF 170 troubleshooting procedure.
Cause:
The data bus signaled the TMF controller that the PTO switch is On in both switch positions. Switch may be shorted
to power.
1. PTO On/Off switch failed.

2. PTO switch wiring between the armrest and the tractor multi function (TMF) controller.
Solution:

ON OPEN
OFF CLOSED
Undetermined 2
Undetermined 2
B. If the switch position is undetermined, the data value of “2” indicates the switch is not functioning. Go to Step 2.
points:

overload)
points:

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 273

overload)
3. Test PTO switch wiring for short to power. Make sure the PTO switch is in the Off position. Turn the key switch to
the On position.
Disconnect connector 137M from the rear of armrest. Check for power between pin 7 of connector 137M and
chassis ground. Expected reading is less than 1.0 V.
If the expected voltage is not found, use the following test points to locate and repair the short to power between
the armrest and the TMF controller. Remember to reconnect the previous connector before the current test point
is checked.
Test points Expected reading

Pin 29 of connector 10M <1.0 V

4. The problem may be intermittent.
Repeat Step 3 while a second person carefully bends and flexes the harness between the TMF controller and the
armrest as resistance is being checked. If a short circuit is indicated, locate and repair the short on wire 293.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 274
TMF 171-PTO software fault condition detected

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The tractor multi function (TMF) controller has flagged a PTO software fault condition.

Solution:
1. Calibrate the TMF controller again. Test operation of the PTO system.
B. Fault code does re-display. Replace the TMF controller.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 275
TMF 172-PTO solenoid circuit shorted to B+ when PTO is in off state

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
When the PTO switch is in the Off position, the tractor multi function (TMF) controller does not provide any voltage to
the PTO solenoid. If the controller senses voltage on the circuit with the switch Off, this fault code is recorded.

Solution:
or loose connections. Check in particular connectors 53M (pin 13) and 58M (pin 7) at the TMF controller, and
connector 159M at the PTO valve.


4. Reconnect all connectors to the TMF controller. Start the engine. Erase all fault codes. Test operation of the PTO
system.
and twists the harness between the controller and the PTO solenoid. If the short circuit cannot be located in
B. Fault code does not re-display. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 276
connector 53M.
Reconnect connectors 53M and 58M to the controller and connector 159M to the PTO solenoid. Start the engine.
Erase all fault codes. Test operation of PTO system.
operation.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 277
TMF 173-PTO solenoid circuit shorted to ground when PTO is in

off state
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The tractor multi function (TMF) controller has detected a short to ground at the PTO solenoid, when PTO is in Off
state.
1. The PTO solenoid is shorted to ground.

2. The PTO wiring to the solenoid is shorted to ground.
Solution:
or loose connections.
and

3. Check for an open circuit in solenoid wiring. Disconnect harness connector 159M from the solenoid.
Measure resistance between pin 7 of connector 58M and pin 2 of connector 159M and between pin 13 of connector
53M and pin 1 of connector 159M.

4. Reconnect all connectors to the TMF controller. Reconnect connector 159M to the solenoid. Start the engine.
Erase all fault codes. Test operation of the PTO system.
from connector 53M and pin 7 from connector 58M.
connector 58M.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 278
Disconnect connector 159M from the solenoid. Connect the wire from pin 7 of connector 58M directly to pin 2 at
solenoid connector 159M .
Connect the wire from pin 13 of connector 53M directly to pin 1 at solenoid connector 159M .
the PTO system.
operation.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 279
TMF 174-Current flowing in the sense resistor when the high side
was off
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The sense resistor is an internal component of the tractor multi function (TMF) controller. There should be no current
flow in the sense resistor when the high side is off.
1. TMF controller failure.
Solution:
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 280
TMF 175-PTO clutch did not lock up after 6 seconds of clutch

motion
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The tractor multi function (TMF) controller monitors the PTO clutch input speed from the alternator W terminal and
output speed from the PTO speed sensor at the rear of the tractor. This fault code is recorded when the PTO does
not reach lock up speed within 6 seconds of being turned On.
1. PTO load is too heavy.

2. PTO clutch pressure is too low.
3. PTO solenoid is not energized.
4. PTO speed sensor or wiring to speed sensor has failure.
5. Incorrect engine RPM signal from the alternator.
Solution:
1. Check if the excessive load is causing PTO clutch slippage and if the PTO-driven implement is operating properly.
A. The PTO load is not excessive, and the PTO-driven implement is operating properly. Go to Step 2.
B. PTO load is excessive. Reduce load. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
C. PTO-driven implement malfunction. Correct implement problem. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field
operation.
2. Check the tractor regulated pressure setting, PTO clutch apply pressure and PTO valve function. See PTO trou-
bleshooting in this repair manual.
A. PTO clutch pressure and valve function are correct. Go to Step 3.
B. Clutch/valve problem found and corrected. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
3. Check engine speed.
Use the Monitor screen in the electronic service tool (EST) to check engine speed.
Connect the service tool to diagnostic connector. Select ENGINE SPEED and PTO ENGINE SPEED on the Mon-
itor screen.
Start the engine. Compare monitor screen RPM readings with RPM reported by the instrument cluster. Readings
should be within +/- 10 RPM.
A. RPM readings are within +/- 10 RPM. Go to Step 4.
B. RPM readings do not match. The instrument cluster, TMF controller and transmission controller all receive en-
gine speed signal through terminal W on alternator. Check the circuit between terminal W at the alternator and
pin 33 of connector 351M at the transmission controller. Check the circuit between terminal W at the alternator
and pin 33 of connector 57M at the TMF controller. Repair as required, and return unit to field operation.
4. Disconnect the PTO driven equipment.
Use the Monitor screen in the electronic service tool (EST) to check PTO RPM.
Connect the service tool to the diagnostic connector. Select PTO CLUTCH SPEED (RPM) on the Monitor screen.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 281
Start the engine and set engine speed at rated speed. Compare monitor screen RPM reading with RPM reported
by the instrument cluster. Readings should match. At rated engine speed, PTO speed should be very close to
either 540 RPM or 1000 RPM depending on the PTO type.
B. RPM readings do not match. Go to Step 6.

5. Disassemble the PTO clutch, and replace worn clutch plates and other components as required. See PTO section
in this repair manual.

6. Replace the PTO shaft speed sensor.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 282
TMF 178-PTO speed sensor has been changed

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The PTO speed sensor has been changed.
1. PTO clutch frequency is less than the PTO shaft size frequency.
Solution:
1. Calibrate the PTO speed configuration.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 283
TMF 179-PTO is configured as a two speed and no shaft size

frequency was detected when the PTO was switched on
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The tractor multi function (TMF) controller is not receiving a signal from the shaft size sensor, when configured as a
two speed tractor.
1. The PTO system is equipped as a single speed, but is configured as a two speed system.
2. PTO shaft size sensor is not properly connected or has failed.
3. Wiring problem between the TMF controller and the PTO shaft size sensor.
Solution:
1. Check if the tractor is equipped with the dual speed sensor which is properly connected. The dual speed sensor
is located right at the PTO shaft assembly housing.
A. Tractor is equipped with dual speed sensor and is properly connected. Go to Step 2.
B. Tractor is not equipped with dual speed sensor. Re-configure the tractor for single speed PTO. Clear all fault
2. Check the wiring to dual speed sensor.
Disconnect connector 54M from the TMF controller, and disconnect connector 146F from the dual speed sensor
connector 336F.
Measure resistance between pin 21 of connector 54M and pin A of connector 146F.
The expected reading is less than 1.0 Ω.
B. Expected resistance not found. Locate and repair the open condition in wire 294 between the connectors.
3. Measure resistance between pin B of connector 146F and chassis ground.
If the expected resistance is not found, locate and repair the open circuit in wire 174 between pin B of connector
146F and pin 23 of connector 53M at the TMF controller, via SPL-W10.
A. Open circuit not found. Go to Step 4.
B. Open circuit found and repaired. Clear all fault codes and return unit to field operation.
4. Measure resistance between pin A and B directly at dual speed sensor connector 336F.
The expected reading is between 2700 - 3300 Ω.
A. Expected resistance found. Problem maybe intermittent. Clear all fault codes and return unit to field operation.
If the fault code re-displays, repeat Steps 1, 2 and 3. If the problem persists, submit a concern to ASIST.
B. Expected resistance not found. Replace the dual speed sensor.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 284
TMF 17-Hitch position command potentiometer failure

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The data bus signaled that the hitch position command potentiometer has failed. The tractor multi function (TMF)
1. The hitch position command potentiometer has failed.

Solution:
1. If the hitch position command potentiometer has failed, fault code ARM 69 should be active.
A. If ARM 69 is active, use the troubleshooting for fault ARM 69 to correct the problem.
B. If ARM 69 is not active, the problem is still in the armrest controller. Use the troubleshooting for fault ARM 69
to correct the problem.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 285
TMF 180-PTO is configured as a single speed and shaft size

frequency was detected when the PTO was switched on, shaft size
frequency input is only used for two speed PTO
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The tractor multi function (TMF) controller is receiving frequency from the shaft size sensor, when configured as a
single speed PTO tractor. The tractor is equipped with a dual speed PTO system.
1. TMF controller is improperly configured.
Solution:
1. Re-configure and calibrate the system as a two speed PTO system.
Clear all fault codes. Test operation of the PTO system.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 286
TMF 18-Rockshaft position potentiometer is outside normal

operating range
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The signal from the hitch rockshaft potentiometer is not within specification. Be advised that:
1. The position potentiometer (pot) is used to determine the hitch up and down location as compared to the armrest
hitch position pot.
2. Slow hitch up and down movement is NOT caused by the hitch position pot.
3. If the hitch drop speed control is set to the transport lock position, the hitch does not function.
4. Always clear stored fault codes and attempt to recalibrate the hitch before replacing any electronic components.
5. The hitch position pot is not the common cause of hitch operational problems. A fault code becomes active when
the hitch position pot fails.
6. Always check regulated pressure and high pressure stand-by before calibrating the hitch.
7. When the hitch is lowered without weight (attached implement), the only pressure applied to the cylinder to assist
in lowering the cylinder is lube pressure, approximately 345 kPa (50 psi).
1. Mechanical interference is preventing the hitch from moving fully down.

2. Potentiometer linkage problem.
3. Rockshaft potentiometer has failed.
4. Harness damage.
Solution:
1. Check that there is no mechanical interference in the hitch linkage.
A. Mechanical interference located and corrected. Clear all fault codes, calibrate the hitch and return unit to field
operation.
B. No mechanical interference. Go to Step 2.

2. Check for a linkage problem between the rock shaft and the potentiometer. Make sure it is not loose, damaged
or improperly installed.
A. Linkage problem located and corrected. Clear all fault codes, calibrate the hitch and return unit to field oper-
ation.
B. Linkage problems not found. Go to Step 3.

3. Use the Monitor screen in the electronic service tool (EST) to check operation of the rock shaft position poten-
tiometer.
Connect the service tool to diagnostic connector. Configure the EST for the correct tractor serial number.
Select 3 Point Hitch Position voltage (145) on the Monitor screen.
Start the engine. Operate the hitch from the fully lowered to the fully raised position, while viewing voltage values
Voltage value should range from approximately 0.25 - 0.5 V in fully lowered position to approximately 4.5 - 4.75 V
in fully raised position.
A. Voltage values are correct. Clear all fault codes, calibrate the hitch and return unit to field operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 287
B. Voltage values incorrect. Go to Step 4.

4. Test the rock shaft position potentiometer.
Disconnect connectors 55M and 58M from the TMF controller.
Measure resistance between pin 3 of connector 55M and pin 2 of connector 58M. Resistance should be approxi-
mately 4000 Ω. ± 600 Ω.
A. Resistance reading is correct. Go to Step 6.
B. Resistance reading incorrect. Go to Step 5.

5. Check for short circuit or open wire between the rock shaft potentiometer connector 155M and connectors 55M
and 58M at the TMF controller. Use the test points in the table below to locate an open or short circuit.

Pin 3 of connector 55M Pin A of connector 155M Less than 1 Ω (continuity)
Pin 2 of connector 58M Pin C of connector 155M Less than 1 Ω (continuity)
A. No short or open circuit found. Replace the rockshaft position potentiometer. Clear all fault codes, calibrate
the hitch and return unit to field operation.
B. Circuit problem found. Check for bent or unseated pins at each connector. Repair the circuit problem. Recon-
nect all connectors. Clear all fault codes, calibrate the hitch and return unit to field operation.Submit a concern
to ASIST.
6. Disconnect connector 57M and 58M from the tractor multi-function (TMF) controller.
Locate pin 2 of connector 57M and insert a back probe into the connection.
Reconnect all connectors to the TMF controller.
Attach a voltmeter to the two probes. Start the vehicle.
Attach a voltmeter to the two probes. Start the vehicle. Press the hitch raise and lower switches on the tractor
rear fender.
A. Voltage values are correct. Replace the TMF controller. Clear all fault codes, calibrate the hitch and return unit
to field operation.
B. Voltage values incorrect or nonexistent. Go to Step 7.

7. Check for a short or open circuit between connector 155M for the rockshaft position pot and connectors 57M and
58M at the tractor multi-function (TMF) controller.
Use the test points in the table below to locate an open or short circuit.

Pin 2 of connector 57M Pin B of connector 155M Less than 1 Ω (continuity)
to ASIST.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 288
TMF 19-Upper limit potentiometer failure

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The data bus signaled that the upper limit potentiometer has failed. The tractor multi function (TMF) controller received
the signal from the armrest controller.
1. The upper limit potentiometer has failed.

Solution:
1. If the upper limit potentiometer has failed, fault code ARM 149 should be active.
B. If ARM 149 is not active, the problem is still in the armrest controller. Use the troubleshooting for fault ARM
149 to correct the problem.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 289
TMF 21-Load command potentiometer failure

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The data bus signaled that the load command potentiometer has failed. The tractor multi function (TMF) controller
received the signal from the armrest controller.
1. The load command potentiometer has failed.

Solution:
1. If the load command potentiometer has failed, fault code ARM 79 should be active.
B. If ARM 79 is not active, the problem is still in the armrest controller. Use the troubleshooting for fault ARM 79
to correct the problem.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 290
TMF 22-Single draft pin sensor failed when configured for one draft
pin sensor
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

NOTE: If the draft pin was recently replaced, check if the pin was installed backwards.
Cause:
The tractor multi function (TMF) controller has detected a problem with the draft pin signal.
1. Draft pin failure.

2. Wiring problem between the TMF controller and the draft pin.
Solution:
1. Check for obvious wiring damage at the right hand draft pin.
A. No damage found. Go to Step 3.
B. Damage found and repaired. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
2. Use the Monitor screen in the electronic service tool to check operation of the draft pin.
Select Hitch Draft Pin - Voltage on the Monitor screen.
Voltage should be approximately 2.95 - 3.05 V at no load.
Voltage should change with load change in range of 2.3 - 5.3 V at -60 - 160 kN load.
A. Voltage in range. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation and monitor for recurring fault. If the
fault code re-displays, continue troubleshooting with Step .2.
B. If the voltage is only slightly out of range ( 2.3 - 3.7 V) the wiring is okay, but the pin has failed. Replace the
draft pin. Return unit to field operation.
C. If there is no voltage or voltage is greatly out of range, the pin has failed or there is a wiring problem.Go to Step
3.
3. Connect a new draft pin to connector 153M.
Clear the fault codes. Start the tractor. Lower and raise the hitch several times. Check for fault codes.
A. Fault code re-displays .Go to Step 4
B. Fault code does not re-display. Replace the right hand draft pin. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field
operation.
4. Check the ground connection between the draft pin and the TMF controller.
Measure resistance between pin 23 of connector 53M and pin A of connector 153M.
B. Expected resistance not found. Locate and repair the open condition in the ground circuit. Clear all fault codes,
5. Check for 8 V reference voltage at TMF controller. Turn the key switch to the On position.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 291
Measure the voltage between pin 25 connector 57M and chassis ground.
Expected reading is approximately 8.0 V.

6. An intermittent open or short circuit between the right hand draft pin and the TMF controller may be the cause of
this problem. Replace the harness between the controller and the draft pin.

Perform hitch calibration.
B. Fault code re-displays. Reinstall the original TMF controller. Submit a concern to ASIST.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 292
TMF 23-Both draft pins failed

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

NOTE: If this fault code is intermittent, the draft function is disabled until the next engine start up.
NOTE: The chance that both draft pins failed together is rare. A wiring problem is more likely. The potentiometers
share a common ground wire to the TMF controller.
Cause:
Both draft pins failed when tractor is configured for two draft pins.
1. Draft pin failures.

2. Bad ground.
3. Damaged wiring.
Solution:
1. Check if fault code TMF 30 or TMF 31 is active.
A. Neither fault code is active.Go to Step 2.
B. If either fault code TMF 30 or TMF 31 is active, use the troubleshooting for that fault code to resolve this
problem.
2. Check for obvious harness damage at both draft pins.
A. No damage found. Go to Step 3.
B. Damage found and repaired. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
3. Check the ground connection between the draft pins and the TMF controller.
Measure the resistance between pin 23 of connector 53M and pin A of connector 153M (right hand) and between
pin 23 of connector 53M and pin A of connector 154M (left hand).
B. Expected resistance not found. Locate and repair the open condition in ground circuit. Clear all fault codes,
4. Check for 8 V reference voltage at TMF controller. Turn the key switch to the On position.
Measure the voltage between pin 25 connector 57M and chassis ground and between pin 31 of connector 57M
and chassis ground.
A. Expected reading not found. Replace the TMF controller.

5. Connect one of the draft pins to its harness connector, and connect a new draft pin to the other harness connector.
Clear the fault codes. Start the tractor. Lower and raise the hitch a few times. Check for fault codes.
A. Fault code re-displays. Replace the TMF controller.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 293
B. Fault code does not re-display. Replace both draft pins. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 294
TMF 24-Communication lost with the instrument controller

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The tractor multi function (TMF) controller cannot communicate with the instrument controller.
1. Bad connection between the TMF controller and the instrument controller.
Solution:
1. Check the connection to the tractor multi function (TMF) controller. Check that connector 53M is firmly connected
to the controller.

operation.


7.
good.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 295

120 Ω

120 Ω
controller.

120 Ω


120 Ω
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 296


120 Ω
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 297
TMF 25-Hitch up/down switch failure

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The data bus signaled that the hitch up/down switch has failed. The tractor multi function (TMF) controller received
1. The hitch up/down switch has failed.

Solution:
1. If the hitch up/down switch has failed, fault code ARM 1049 should be active.
A. If ARM 1049 is active, use the troubleshooting for fault ARM 1049 to resolve this problem.
1049 to resolve this problem.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 298
TMF 26-Up/down fender switch failure

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The data bus signaled that the up/down fender switch has failed.
1. Both switches are pressed at same time.

2. Switch is pressed before engine start up.
3. Switch is pressed while tractor is moving.
4. Raise is pressed when the hitch is at the upper limit setting.
5. Lower is pressed when the hitch is at the lower limit setting.
6. Up/down fender switch failed.
Solution:
1. Check that neither fender switch is depressed. Erase all fault codes. Start the engine.
Check if fault code TMF 26 is active.

2. Test the right hand and the left hand fender switches. Check wiring for damage.
Remove the plastic guard from the underside of the fender. Disconnect the switch from the harness connector –
313MA and 313MB.
Hold the fender switch in the raise position. Measure resistance on the fender switch between the following test
points.

overload)
overload)
Hold the fender switch in the lower position. Measure resistance on the fender switch between the following test
points.

overload)
overload)
Place the fender switch in the neutral or Off position. Measure resistance on the fender switch between the fol-
lowing test points.

overload)
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 299

overload)
overload)
Repeat tests on the other switch.
B. Resistance out of range. Replace the failed up/down fender switch. Return unit to field operation.
3. Locate the 14 pin connector 434M at rear of tractor just below controllers. Disconnect connector 434M from con-
nector 434F.
Erase all fault codes. Check if fault code TMF 26 re-displays.
A. Fault code re-displays. Locate and repair the short circuit between wires 513 and 526 between connector
434M and connector 57M at the TMF controller on wires 513 and 526.
B. Fault code does not re-display. Locate and repair the short circuit between connector 434F and each fender
switch (connectors 313MA and 313MB) on wires 513 and 526.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 300
TMF 28-Travel range potentiometer failure

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The data bus signaled that the travel range potentiometer has failed. The tractor multi function (TMF) controller re-
ceived the signal from the armrest controller.
1. The travel range potentiometer has failed.

Solution:
1. If the travel range potentiometer has failed, fault code ARM 169 should be active.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 301
TMF 29-Drop rate command potentiometer failure

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The data bus signaled that the drop rate command potentiometer has failed. The tractor multi function (TMF) controller
1. The drop rate command potentiometer has failed.

Solution:
1. If the drop rate command potentiometer has failed, fault code ARM 159 should be active.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 302
TMF 2-Hitch raise solenoid shorted to 12 volts

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The hitch raise solenoid or the wiring to the solenoid is shorted to 12 V.
1. Hitch raise solenoid has internal short circuit.

2. Wiring from tractor multi function (TMF) controller to the hitch raise solenoid is shorted to 12 V.
Solution:
1. Visually inspect the wiring harness between the tractor multi function (TMF) controller and hitch valve solenoids
for damage or loose connections.
A. No damage or loose connections found. Go to Step 2
B. Damaged or loose connection is found. Repair or correct the problem. After repair, clear all fault codes, and
Measure the resistance (through the hitch raise solenoid) between pin 4 of connector 58M and pin 5 of connector
53M.
Check the measured resistance against the table below.

-40 °C -40 °F 5.1 Ω
25 °C 77 °F 6.9 Ω
100 °C 212 °F 9.5 Ω
A. Expected resistance not found. Go to Step 3
B. Expected resistance found. Go to Step 4

3. Measure resistance for the hitch raise solenoid directly at the solenoid.
Disconnect harness connector 151M from the hitch raise solenoid.
Measure the resistance between pins 1 and 2 on connector 151F. Check the measured resistance against the
table below.

-40 °C -40 °F 5.1 Ω
25 °C 77 °F 6.9 Ω
100 °C 212 °F 9.5 Ω
A. Expected resistance not found. Replace the raise solenoid. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field oper-
ation.

4. Start the engine. Erase all TMF fault codes. Test operation of the hitch.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 303
5. Check for a short circuit from pin to pin by measuring the resistance between pin 4 of connector 58M and all other
Disconnect all the connectors to the TMF controller. Measure resistance between pin 4 of connector 58M and
every pin on connectors 53M, 54M, 55M and 57M.
Expected reading should indicate no continuity (infinite resistance or overload). A reading of less than 1.0 Ω
indicates a short circuit. Repair or replace the cause of any short circuit.
A. Short circuit found and repaired. Return unit to field operation.

Measure the resistance between pin 5 of connector 53M and every pin on connectors 54M, 55M, 57M and 58M.

7. Reconnect all connectors to the TMF controller. Start the engine. Erase all TMF fault codes. Test operation of the
hitch.
A. Fault code re-displays. The problem may be intermittent. Repeat Steps5, 6 as a second person carefully bends
and twists the TMF controller harness. If the short circuit cannot be located, go to Step 8.

Install a 2 m (6 ft) wire of comparable gauge into pin 4 from connector 58M and another 2 m (6 ft) wire into pin 5
of connector 53M.
Disconnect connector 151M at hitch raise solenoid. Connect pin 4 wire from connector 58M to pin 2 on connector
151F.
Connect pin 5 wire from connector 53M to pin 1 on connector 151F.
Reconnect all connectors into the TMF controller. Start the engine. Erase all TMF fault codes. Test operation of
the hitch.
operation
Start the engine. Erase all TMF fault codes. Test operation of the hitch.
A. Fault code re-displays. Reinstall the original TMF controller. Submit a concern to ASIST.
B. Fault code does not re-display. Return unit to field operation

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 304
TMF 30-Right draft pin voltage is outside the normal operating

range
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

NOTE: If the right draft pin was recently replaced, make sure the pin was not installed backwards.
Cause:
During calibration, the “No Load” offset voltage is out of range for the right draft pin. Draft control requires a “No Load”
voltage of 2.95 - 3.05 V to ensure the draft quality. The TMF controller checks it during calibration.
1. Right draft pin failure.

2. Wiring problem between the tractor multi function (TMF) controller and the right draft pin.
Solution:
1. Check for obvious wiring damage at right hand draft pin.
A. No wiring damage. Go to Step 2.
B. Damage found and repaired. Clear all fault codes and return unit to field operation.
2. Use the Monitor screen in the electronic service tool (EST) to check the right draft pin voltage.
Select Hitch Draft Pin - Right - Voltage on the Monitor screen.
Voltage should change with load in the range of 2.3 - 5.3 V at -60 - 160 kN load.
draft pin.
3.
3. Connect a new draft pin to the right hand harness connector 153M.
A. Fault code re-displays. Go to Step 4
B. Fault code does not re-display. Replace the right draft pin. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field oper-
ation.
4. Check the ground circuit to the right draft pin harness connection.
Measure resistance between harness connector 153M and chassis ground. Resistance should be less than 1.0
Ω.
A. Resistance correct. Go to Step 5.
B. Resistance incorrect. Locate and repair the open circuit between pin 23 of connector 53M and pin A of con-
nector 153M. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
5. Check for 8.0 V power to the right draft pin.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 305
Turn the key switch to the On position. Measure voltage between pins C and A on connector 153M.
A. Expected voltage found. Go to Step 6.
B. Expected voltage not found. Locate and repair open circuit between pin C of connector 153M and pin 25 of
connector 57M. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
6. There may be an intermittent open or short circuit between the right draft pin and the TMF controller.
Replace the harness. Clear all fault codes.
B. Fault code re-displays. Replace the TMF controller.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 306
TMF 31-Left draft pin no load offset voltage outside normal range
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

NOTE: If the left draft pin was recently replaced, make sure the pin was not installed backwards.
Cause:
During calibration, the “No Load” offset voltage is out of range for the left draft pin. The draft control requires a “No
Load” voltage of 2.95 - 3.05 V to ensure the draft quality. The TMF controller checks it during calibration.
1. Left draft pin failure.

2. Wiring problem between the tractor multi function (TMF) controller and the left draft pin.
Solution:
1. Check for obvious wiring damage at left draft pin.
2. Use the Monitor screen in the electronic service tool (EST) to check the left draft pin voltage.
Select Hitch Draft Pin - Left - Voltage on the Monitor screen.
draft pin.
3.
3. Connect a new draft pin to the left hand harness connector 154M.
B. Fault code does not re-display. Replace the left draft pin. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
4. Check the ground circuit to the left draft pin harness connection.
Ω.
5. Check for 8.0 V power to the left draft pin.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 307
6. There may be an intermittent open or short circuit between the left draft pin and the TMF controller.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 308
TMF 32-Ground speed failure, value received from data bus

indicates failure condition
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The data bus signaled that the transmission speed sensor has failed. The tractor multi function (TMF) controller
received the signal from the instrument controller.
1. Transmission speed sensor has failed.

2. Wiring problem between the TMF controller and the transmission speed sensor.
Solution:
1. Use the Monitor screen on the electronic service tool (EST) to check the ground speed signal.
Select Inst Ground Speed- Wheel on the Monitor screen.
Drive the tractor and watch the ground speed signal change with speed.
A. Monitor screen values agree with instrument cluster speed display. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field
operation. If the fault code reoccurs, continue troubleshooting with Step 2.
B. Monitor screen values do not agree with instrument cluster speed display. The problem is in instrument cluster.
Check connections at back of instrument cluster.
C. There is no ground speed signal. Go to Step 2.

2. Test resistance at the transmission speed sensor.
Locate the transmission speed sensor at top of transmission. Disconnect harness connector 69M from the speed
sensor connector 69M.
Measure resistance between pins A and B on connector 69M. The expected reading is approximately 3.0k Ω.
B. Expected resistance not found.Replace the transmission speed sensor. Clear all fault codes, and return unit
to field operation.
3. Check the ground circuit at the transmission speed sensor harness connector 69M .
Measure resistance between pin B on connector 69M and chassis ground. Resistance should be less than 1.0 Ω.
If resistance is out of range, use the test points in the table below to locate and repair the open circuit in ground.

Pin B of connector 69M Cavity 4 of connector 60F via SPL-F9
Pin 4 of connector 60M Pin 10 of connector 426M at the instrument cluster via
SPL-C1
B. Open circuit found and repaired. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
4. Check for 5.0 V power to the transmission speed sensor.
Turn the key switch to On position. Measure the voltage between pins A and B on connector 69M.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 309
If the measured voltage is incorrect, use the test points in the table below to locate and repair the open circuit in
power.

Pin A of connector 69M Cavity 15 of connector 60F via SPL-T4
SPL-C48

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 310
TMF 33-Slip set switch failure

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The data bus signaled that the slip set switch has failed. The tractor multi function (TMF) controller received the signal
from the armrest controller.
1. The slip set switch has failed.

Solution:
1. If the slip set switch has failed, fault code ARM 1059 should be active.
A. If ARM 1059 is active, use the troubleshooting for fault ARM 1059 to resolve the problem.
1059 to resolve the problem.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 311
TMF 34-Slip select switch failure

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The data bus signaled that the slip select switch has failed. The tractor multi function (TMF) controller received the
signal from the armrest controller.
1. The slip select switch has failed.

Solution:
1. If the slip select switch has failed, fault code ARM 1059 should be active.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 312
TMF 35-Percent slip error

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The percent wheel slip is determined by the difference between the wheel speed value and the ground speed value.
The tractor multi function (TMF) controller receives the information from the instrument controller through the data
bus.
1. Wheel slip sensing failed. (Either radar gun or wheel speed sensor).
2. Wiring problem between instrument controller and sensors.
Solution:
1. Check if fault codes TMF 32 or TMF 87 are active.
A. If fault codes TMF 32 or TMF 87 are active, use the troubleshooting for the appropriate fault code to resolve
this problem.
B. If fault codes TMF 32 or TMF 87 are not active, the problem is with radar. Go to Step 2.
2. Check the ground circuit to the radar harness connector 68M.
Measure resistance between pin A of connector 68M and chassis ground. Resistance should be less than 1.0 Ω.
If the measured resistance is incorrect, use the test points in the table below to locate the open circuit between
the radar connector and the instrument controller.

Pin A of connector 68M Cavity 4 of connector 60F via SPL-F9
SPL-C1
3. Check for 12.0 V power to radar.
Turn the key switch to On position. Measure the voltage between pins A and C on harness connector 68M.
If the measured voltage is incorrect, check power continuity between pin C of connector 68M and fuse 34, through
pin/cavity 83 of connectors 10M, 10F. Locate and repair any open circuit in the harness.
4. Check radar speed signal circuit to the instrument cluster.
Measure resistance between pin B of connector 68M and pin 13 of connector 427M at the instrument cluster.
Resistance should be less than 1.0 Ω.
If measured resistance is incorrect, use the test points in the table below to locate and repair the open circuit.

Pin 25 of connector 60M Pin 13 of connector 427M at the instrument cluster

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 313
5. Check continuity of radar presence signal to the instrument cluster.
Measure resistance between pin D of connector 68M and pin 11 of connector 427M at the instrument cluster.
If measured resistance is incorrect, use the test points in the table below to locate and repair the open circuit.

Pin D of connector 68M Cavity 28 of connector 60F
Pin 28 of connector 60M Pin 11 of connector 427M at the instrument cluster
6. There may be an intermittent open or short circuit between radar and the instrument controller.
B. Fault code re-displays. Replace the instrument controller.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 314
TMF 37-The armrest controller reports EDC transport lock is faulty

or not available
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The armrest controller reports to tractor multi function (TMF) controller that the electronic draft control transport lock
is faulty or unavailable. The transport lock function control is built into the hitch drop rate control potentiometer.
1. The hitch drop rate control potentiometer has failed.

2. Bad connection between armrest controller and the secondary panel.
3. Armrest controller failed.
Solution:
1. If the hitch drop rate control potentiometer has failed, fault codes ARM 159 and TMF 29 should be active.
Check for fault codes ARM 159 and TMF 29.
A. If ARM 159 and TMF 29 are active, use the troubleshooting for fault ARM 159 to resolve this problem.
B. If ARM 159 and TMF 29 are not active, the problem is still in the armrest controller. Use the troubleshooting
for fault ARM 159 to resolve this problem.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 315
TMF 41-The armrest controller specified tractor without draft

control, but detected draft pins
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
During calibration the tractor multi function (TMF) controller hitch calibration is set up for position control only, because
the armrest controller was calibrated as position only, even though draft pins were detected. The hitch is electronically
disabled.
1. Improper calibration.
Solution:
1. Recalibrate the armrest and TMF controller hitch function correctly. Erase all fault codes. Check for active fault
codes
A. No fault codes are active. Return unit to field operation.
B. Fault code TMF 41 is active. Improper calibration. Repeat calibration of armrest and TMF controller hitch
functions.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 316
TMF 42-Engine speed too low for hitch lower calibration

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
During hitch lower calibration, the engine speed must be above 1500 RPM If the engine speed is lower than 1500
RPM, this fault code is recorded.
1. Low engine RPM.
Solution:
1. Clear all fault codes.
Increase engine speed above 1500 RPM and continue calibration.
A. Fault code TMF 42 does not display. Complete calibration and return unit to field operation.
B. Fault code TMF 42 re-displays. Raise engine RPM above 150 RPM and continue with calibration.Repeat
calibration with engine speed above 1500 RPM.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 317
TMF 43-Hitch is calibrated as position only

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Tractor multi function (TMF) controller hitch function calibration was set to position only. The armrest controller is
calibrated for draft.
1. Improper calibration.
Solution:
1. Hitch calibration must be consistent between the armrest and TMF controllers: choose position control or draft
control consistently during both calibrations.
Clear all fault codes. Correct the selection which is erroneous and recalibrate.
A. Fault code does not re-display. Return unit to field operation when calibration is complete.
B. Fault code re-displays. Correct the settings and continue with calibration.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 318
TMF 44-Calibration aborted due to tractor moving

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

NOTE: In rare cases, external electromagnetic interference may affect the hitch calibration process. When this is
suspected, move the vehicle away from high electromagnetic interference devices such as welding machines, high
voltage transformers, radio broadcast towers, etc.
Cause:
Calibration was aborted due to the tractor moving.
1. Tractor moved during calibration.

2. Minor chance that the tractor speed sensor has failed.
Solution:
1. Make sure that the tractor does not move . Clear all fault codes. Continue with calibration procedure.
A. Fault code does not re-display. Return unit to field operation when calibration is complete.
B. Fault code re-displays, even though the tractor did not move. Use the troubleshooting for fault code TMF 32
to verify if a failed wheel speed sensor is causing this message.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 319
TMF 45-Electronic draft control calibration aborted due to low

engine speed error
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Hitch system calibration was attempted while the engine was not running or the engine speed sensor failed.
1. Engine was not running during calibration.

2. Engine speed sensor failed.
Solution:
1. Clear all fault codes.
Recalibrate with the engine running.
A. Fault code does not re-display. Troubleshooting complete.Return unit to field operation when calibration is
complete.
B. Fault code re-displays. Check the engine alternator RPM signal from the instrument cluster. Use the section
on engine speed signal from fault code INST 3020 troubleshooting to address this problem.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 320
TMF 47-PWM raise threshold is too high during calibration

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
During hitch system calibration, the PWM threshold to start hitch raising was above the limit (55%).
1. Raise solenoid coil resistance is too high.

2. Wiring harness or connector problem between the hitch raise solenoid and the TMF controller.
3. Battery voltage is very low.
4. Hitch valve raise portion stuck closed.
Solution:
1. Test battery voltage and the alternator output. Voltage must be above 9.8 V DC.
A. Battery and alternator output correct. Go to Step 2.
B. Battery and alternator output incorrect. Use the troubleshooting for TMF 65 to resolve this problem.
53M.

-40 °C -40 °F 5.1 Ω
25 °C 77 °F 6.9 Ω
100 °C 212 °F 9.5 Ω

table below.

-40 °C -40 °F 5.1 Ω
25 °C 77 °F 6.9 Ω
100 °C 212 °F 9.5 Ω
ation.

Check for a short circuit to ground by measuring the resistance between pin 4 of connector 58M and chassis
ground and between pin 5 of connector 53M and chassis ground.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 321
Reading should indicate no continuity (infinite resistance or overload). A reading of less than 10.0 Ω. indicates a
short circuit. Repair or replace the cause of any short circuit found.
A. Short circuit found. Return unit to field operation.

5. Check for an open circuit in hitch raise solenoid wiring. Disconnect connector 151M from the solenoid.
Measure the resistance between pin 4 of connector 58M and pin 2 of connector 151M and between pin 5 of con-
nector 53M and pin 1 of connector 151M.
Reading should be less than 1.0 Ω. Locate and repair any open circuit found in the harness.
A. Expected reading not found. Open circuit found. Return unit to field operation.
B. Expected reading found. Open circuit not found. Go to Step 6.

6. Clear all fault codes. Shut down the tractor and restart. Repeat hitch calibration.
A. Fault code re-displays. The problem is in the hydraulic system. See the hitch system troubleshooting in this
repair manual.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 322
TMF 48-PWM raise threshold is too low during calibration

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
During hitch system calibration, the PWM threshold to start hitch raising was below the limit (6%).
1. Battery voltage is very high.

2. Raise solenoid coil resistance is too low.
3. Valve failure.
Solution:
1. Test the battery voltage and the alternator output. Voltage should be below 14.7 V DC.
A. Battery and alternator voltage output are correct. Go to Step 2.
B. Battery and alternator voltage output are incorrect. Correct the problem with the voltage regulator, and return
2. Test the hitch raise solenoid coil for low resistance. Measure resistance for the hitch raise solenoid directly at the
solenoid.
table below.

-40 °C -40 °F 5.1 Ω
25 °C 77 °F 6.9 Ω
100 °C 212 °F 9.5 Ω
A. Expected resistance not found. Replace the raise solenoid. Go to Step 3.

repair manual.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 323
TMF 4-Hitch raise solenoid failed open or shorted to ground

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The hitch raise solenoid or the wiring to the solenoid has an open circuit or is shorted to ground.
1. Hitch raise solenoid has internal open circuit.

2. Wiring from the tractor multi function (TMF) controller to the hitch raise solenoid has an open circuit or is shorted
to ground.
Solution:
1. Visually inspect the wiring harness between the TMF controller and hitch valve solenoids for damage or loose
connections.
A. Damage or loose connections not found. Go to Step 2.
B. Damage or loose connection found. Repair or correct the problem. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field
operation.
53M.

-40 °C -40 °F 5.1 Ω
25 °C 77 °F 6.9 Ω
100 °C 212 °F 9.5 Ω

table below.

-40 °C -40 °F 5.1 Ω
25 °C 77 °F 6.9 Ω
100 °C 212 °F 9.5 Ω
ation.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 324

6. Check for an open circuit in hitch raise solenoid wiring. Disconnect connector 151M from the solenoid.
Measure the resistance between pin 4 of connector 58M and pin 2 of connector 151M and between pin 5 of con-
nector 53M and pin 1 of connector 151M.

7. Reconnect all connectors to the TMF controller. Connect connector 151M at the hitch raise solenoid. Start the
engine. Erase all TMF fault codes. Test operation of hitch.
bends and twists the TMF controller harness. If a short circuit cannot be located, go to Step 8.

Install a 2 m (6 ft) wire of comparable gauge into pin 4 from connector 58M and another 2 m (6 ft) wire into pin 5
of connector 53M.
151F.
the hitch.
operation

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 325
TMF 50-Hitch pot signal not within expected range for maximum
hitch position
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
During hitch calibration, the signal from the hitch rockshaft potentiometer is not within specification at the maximum
raise position. Be advised that:
hitch position pot.

4. Harness damage.
Solution:
operation.

ation.

tiometer.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 326

mately 4000 Ω. ± 600 Ω.


to ASIST.
rear fender.
to field operation.


to ASIST.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 327
TMF 51-Hitch lower valve threshold is too high during calibration

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
During hitch system calibration, the PWM threshold to start hitch lower was above the limit (55%).
1. Lower solenoid coil resistance is too high.

2. Wiring harness or connector problem between hitch lower solenoid and TMF controller.
3. Battery voltage is very low.
4. Hitch valve lower portion stuck closed.
Solution:
1. Test battery voltage and the alternator output. Voltage must be above 9.8 V DC. Refer to fault code TMF 65 for
battery voltage troubleshooting.
A. Battery and alternator output correct. Go to Step 2.
B. Battery and alternator output incorrect. Use the troubleshooting for TMF 65 to resolve this problem.
Measure the resistance (through the hitch lower solenoid) between pin 5 of connector 58M and pin 12 of connector
53M.

-40 °C -40 °F 5.1 Ω
25 °C 77 °F 6.9 Ω
100 °C 212 °F 9.5 Ω

3. Measure resistance for the hitch lower solenoid directly at the solenoid.
Disconnect harness connector 152M from the hitch lower solenoid.
table below.

-40 °C -40 °F 5.1 Ω
25 °C 77 °F 6.9 Ω
100 °C 212 °F 9.5 Ω
A. Expected resistance not found. Replace the lower solenoid. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field oper-
ation.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 328

5. Check for an open circuit in hitch lower solenoid wiring. Disconnect connector 152M from the solenoid.
Measure the resistance between pin 5 of connector 58M and pin 2 of connector 152M and between pin 12 of
connector 53M and pin 1 of connector 152M.

repair manual.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 329
TMF 52-Hitch lower valve threshold is too low during calibration

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
During hitch system calibration, the PWM threshold to start hitch lower was below the limit (6%).
1. Battery voltage is very high.

2. Lower solenoid coil resistance is too low.
3. Valve failure.
Solution:
1. Test the battery voltage and the alternator output. Voltage should be below 14.7 V DC.
A. Battery and alternator voltage output are correct. Go to Step 2.
B. Battery and alternator voltage output are incorrect. Correct the problem with the voltage regulator, and return
table below.

-40 °C -40 °F 5.1 Ω
25 °C 77 °F 6.9 Ω
100 °C 212 °F 9.5 Ω
ation.

repair manual.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 330
TMF 53-The time allowed for calibration has expired

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The operator did not acknowledge (within 6 minutes) when the hitch was fully lowered during the calibration procedure.
Clear the fault code and calibrate the hitch system.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 331
TMF 54-Hitch position is not at minimum

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The signal from the hitch rockshaft potentiometer is not within specification. Be advised that:
hitch position pot.

4. Harness damage.
Solution:
operation.

ation.

tiometer.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 332

mately 4000 Ω. ± 600 Ω.


to ASIST.
rear fender.
to field operation.


to ASIST.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 333
TMF 55-Range of the hitch position is not within specification

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
During calibration, the range signal from top to bottom for the hitch rockshaft potentiometer is not within
specification. Be advised that:
hitch position pot.

4. Harness damage.
Solution:
operation.

ation.

tiometer.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 334

mately 4000 Ω. ± 600 Ω.


to ASIST.
rear fender.
to field operation.


to ASIST.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 335
TMF 56-Ratio of position command to rockshaft range is not within

specification
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
During calibration, the ratio of rock shaft position range to position command potentiometer is not within specifications.
1. Mechanical interference.
2. Rock shaft potentiometer has failed.
3. Harness damage.
Solution:
A. Mechanical interference located and corrected. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.

A. Linkage problem located and corrected. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.

tiometer.
Select 3 Point Hitch Position Percentage and 3 Point Hitch Position voltage on the Monitor screen.
Start the engine. Operate the hitch from the fully lowered to the fully raised position, while viewing percentage and
voltage values on the Monitor screen.
Percentage value should be near 0 (zero) in fully lowered position and near 100 percent in the fully raised position.
Voltage value should be approximately 1.25 V in fully lowered position and approximately 3.5 V in fully raised
position.
A. Percentage and voltage values are correct. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
B. Percentage and voltage values incorrect. Go to Step 4.

mately 4.0k Ω.
B. Resistance reading incorrect. Replace the rock shaft position potentiometer assembly. Return unit to field
operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 336
5. Check for short circuit or open wire between the rock shaft potentiometer connector 155M and connectors 55M,
57M and 58M at the TMF controller. Use the test points in the table below to locate an open or short circuit; repair
or replace the harness as required.

Open circuit
Pin A of connector 155M Pin 3 of connector 55M
Pin B of connector 155M Pin 2 of connector 57M
Pin C of connector 155M Pin 2 of connector 58M
Short circuit
Pin 3 of connector 55M All other pins on all connectors to the TMF controller: no
continuity must be present
Clear all fault codes. Shut down and restart the tractor. Perform hitch calibration.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 337
TMF 57-Right draft pin no load offset voltage out of range

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

NOTE: If the right draft pin was recently replaced, check if the pin was not installed backwards.
Cause:
During calibration, the “No Load” offset voltage is out of range for right draft pin. Draft control requires a “No Load”
1. Right draft pin failure.

2. Wiring problem between tractor multi function (TMF) controller and right draft pin.
Solution:
1. Check for obvious wiring damage at right hand draft pin.
2. Use the Monitor screen in the electronic service tool (EST) to check the right draft pin voltage.
Select Hitch Draft Pin - Right - Voltage on the Monitor screen.
draft pin.
3.
3. Connect a new draft pin to the right hand harness connector 153M.
Clear the fault codes. Start the tractor. Recalibrate the hitch.
B. Fault code does not re-display. Replace the right draft pin. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field oper-
ation.
Ω.
nector 153M. Clear all fault codes, calibrate the hitch and return unit to field operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 338
connector 57M. Clear all fault codes, calibrate the hitch and return unit to field operation.
Replace the harness. Clear all fault codes. Calibrate the hitch.
B. Fault code re-displays. Replace the TMF controller. Calibrate the hitch. Write the fault code on the failed
controller, and return unit to field operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 339
TMF 58-Left draft pin no load offset voltage out of range

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

NOTE: If the left draft pin was recently replaced, check if the pin was installed backwards.
Cause:
During calibration, the “No Load” offset voltage is out of range for left draft pin. Draft control requires a “No Load”
1. Left draft pin failure.

2. Wiring problem between the tractor multi function (TMF) controller and the left draft pin.
Solution:
1. Check for obvious wiring damage at left draft pin.
2. Use the Monitor screen in the electronic service tool (EST) to check the left draft pin voltage.
Select Hitch Draft Pin - Left - Voltage on the Monitor screen.
draft pin.
3.
3. Connect a new draft pin to the left hand harness connector 154M.
Clear the fault codes. Start the tractor. Calibrate the hitch.
B. Fault code does not re-display. Replace the left draft pin. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
4. Check the ground circuit to the left draft pin harness connection.
Ω.
5. Check for 8.0 V power to the left draft pin.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 340
6. There may be an intermittent open or short circuit between the left draft pin and the TMF controller.
Replace the harness. Clear all fault codes. Calibrate the hitch.
B. Fault code re-displays. Replace the TMF controller. Calibrate the hitch. Write the fault code on the failed
controller, and return unit to field operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 341
TMF 59-No load offset voltage out of range for both draft pins
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

NOTE: The likelihood of both draft pins failing at the same time is remote. Follow the troubleshooting procedures for
fault code TMF 57 and TMF 58 to resolve this problem.
Cause:
During calibration, the “No Load” offset voltage is out of normal range for both draft pins.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 342
TMF 5-Hitch lower solenoid shorted to 12 volts

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The hitch lower solenoid or the wiring to the solenoid is shorted to 12 V.
1. Hitch lower solenoid has internal short circuit.

2. Wiring from tractor multi function (TMF ) controller to the hitch lower solenoid is shorted to 12 V.
Solution:
1. Visually inspect the wiring harness between the tractor multi function (TMF) controller and hitch valve solenoids
for damage or loose connections.
A. No damage or loose connections found. Go to Step 2
B. Damaged or loose connection is found. Repair or correct the problem. After repair, clear all fault codes, and
53M.

-40 °C -40 °F 5.1 Ω
25 °C 77 °F 6.9 Ω
100 °C 212 °F 9.5 Ω

table below.

-40 °C -40 °F 5.1 Ω
25 °C 77 °F 6.9 Ω
100 °C 212 °F 9.5 Ω
ation.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 343
Disconnect all the connectors to the TMF controller. Measure resistance between pin 5 of connector 58M and
every pin on connectors 53M, 54M, 55M and 57M.

Measure the resistance between pin 12 of connector 53M and every pin on connectors 54M, 55M, 57M and 58M.

7. Reconnect all connectors to the TMF controller. Start the engine. Erase all TMF fault codes. Test operation of the
hitch.
A. Fault code re-displays. The problem may be intermittent. Repeat Steps5, 6 as a second person carefully bends
and twists the TMF controller harness. If a short circuit cannot be located, go to Step 8.

Install a 2 m (6 ft) wire of comparable gauge into pin 5 from connector 58M and another 2 m (6 ft) wire into pin
12 of connector 53M.
152F.
the hitch.
operation

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 344
TMF 60-The selected pin is connected to the left side rather than
the right side
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
During calibration, draft with one pin was selected. If one pin draft is selected, the pin must be installed on the right
side of the tractor. This fault code is logged if the pin is detected on the left side rather then on the right side.
1. Selected pin is connected to the left side rather than right side.
2. Wiring problem between tractor multi function (TMF) controller and right draft pin.
Solution:
1. Check to make sure the right side draft pin ( 153F) is properly connected at harness connector 153M.
A. Draft pin properly connected. Go to Step 2.
B. Poor connection found. Repair or replace connection. Clear all fault codes, and perform hitch calibration. If
fault code reoccurs, go to Step 2.
C. If a 2 draft pin configuration was intended, recalibrate the hitch with the correct selection. If the fault code
reoccurs, go to Step 2.
Ω.
nector 153M. Clear all fault codes, calibrate the hitch and return unit to field operation.
A. Expected voltage found. There may be intermittent problem in the circuit. Clear all fault codes, calibrate the
hitch and monitor the unit for recurring problem.
connector 57M. Clear all fault codes, calibrate the hitch and return unit to field operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 345
TMF 61-TMF controller requires calibration

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The tractor multi function (TMF) controller requires calibration. New TMF controller was installed and needs to be
calibrated.
1. TMF controller was not calibrated.
Solution:
1. Calibrate the TMF controller.
A. TMF controller calibrated.Return unit to field operation.
B. TMF controller will not calibrate. Submit a concern to ASIST.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 346
TMF 62-No communication with performance monitor (instrument

controller)
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The tractor multi function (TMF) controller is not communicating with the performance monitor within instrument con-
troller.
1. Bad connection between the TMF controller and instrument controller.

Solution:
1. Check all connectors to the tractor multi function (TMF) controller, particularly that connector 53M is firmly con-
nected to the controller.

operation.


7.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 347
good.

120 Ω

120 Ω
controller.

120 Ω

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 348

120 Ω


120 Ω
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 349
TMF 63-8 volt reference is above 8.8 volts

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The 8 V reference voltage is monitored and is consistently greater than 8.8 V.
1. Short circuit to 12 V power source.

Solution:
1. Check the reference voltage at the tractor multi function (TMF) controller.
Measure the voltage between pins 25 and 31 on connector 57M and chassis ground. Expected reading is about
8.0 V.
A. Expected voltage not found: Reading is above 8.8 V. Go to Step 4.

Disconnect connector 153M at the right hand draft pin.
Turn the tractor key switch to the On position. Measure the voltage between pin C on connector 153M and chassis
If the voltage reading is above 8.8 V, locate and repair the short to power between pin C on connector 153M and
pin 25 on connector 57M.

3. Disconnect connector 154M at the left hand draft pin.
If the voltage reading is above 8.8 V, locate and repair the short to power between pin C on connector 154M and
pin 31 on connector 57M.

Calibrate the TMF controller.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 350
TMF 64-8 volt reference is below 7.2 volts

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The 8 V reference voltage is monitored and is consistently less than 7.2 V.
1. Open circuit or short to ground.

Solution:
1. Check the reference voltage at the tractor multi function (TMF) controller.
Measure the voltage between pins 25 and 31 on connector 57M and chassis ground. Expected reading is about
8.0 V.
A. Expected voltage not found: reading is below 7.2 V. Go to Step 4.

Disconnect connector 153M at the right hand draft pin.
If the voltage reading is below 7.2 V, locate and repair the short to ground or open circuit between pin C on con-
nector 153M and pin 25 on connector 57M.
A. Open or short circuit found and repaired. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
B. Open or short circuit not found. Go to Step 3.

3. Disconnect connector 154M at the left hand draft pin.
If the voltage reading is below 7.2 V, locate and repair the short to ground or open circuit between pin C on con-
nector 154M and pin 31 on connector 57M.
A. Open or short circuit found and repaired. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
B. Open or short circuit not found. Go to Step 4.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 351
TMF 65-12VH voltage supply is below 8 volts

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

NOTE: When multiple fault codes – TMF 66, TMF 99, ARM 8011 and TRANS 9011 – are active, low battery voltage
is suspect; begin troubleshooting at the battery. When TMF 65 is the only active fault code, battery voltage should
still be checked first.
Cause:
The 12VH voltage is monitored and is consistently less than 8 V.
1. Check fuse 38.

2. Bad tractor multi function (TMF) controller relay #22. (If the relay has failed, fault codes TMF 98 and TMF 99
should also be active.)
4. Controller power or ground problem.
Solution:
1. Check battery voltage. The expected reading should be between 12.0 - 14.0 V.
A. Expected reading not found: battery is not properly charged. See battery and charging system troubleshooting
in the repair manual.

2. Check fuse 38.
A. Fuse 38 failed. Replace fuse. Clear all existing fault codes. Return unit to field operation.
B. Fuse 38 is good. Go to Step 3.

3. Replace the tractor multi function (TMF) controller relay #22 with a known good relay. Clear all existing fault codes.

4. Remove the TMF controller relay #22 (connector 255F). Turn the key switch to the On position.
Measure the voltage between the relay base terminals A3 and A2 and chassis ground. Voltage reading should be
approximately 12.0 V.
A. Expected voltage not found. Locate and repair the open circuit in switched power to relay wires 160C or 163B.
Clear all fault codes and return unit to field operation.

5. Measure the voltage between the relay base terminals A3 and A2 and relay ground at terminal A1. Voltage reading
should be approximately 12.0 V.
A. Expected voltage not found. Locate and repair the open circuit in relay ground wire 171B. Clear all fault codes,

6. Check the power to the TMF controller.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 352
Turn the key switch to the On position.
Measure the voltage between pin 20 of harness connector 53M and chassis ground. Expected reading is about
12.0 V.
If expect voltage is not found, use the following test points to locate and repair the short circuit or open circuit in
wire 599 between the TMF controller and fuse 38.

Pin 20 of connector 53M Pin 10 of connector 335M via SPL-W8
Cavity 10 of connector 335F Pin 15 of connector 10M via SPL-T16
Cavity 15 of connector 10F Fuse 38 via SPL-C8
A. Circuit problem found and repaired. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
B. Circuit problem not found. Go to Step 7.

7. Check ground to the TMF controller.
Measure resistance between pin 19 of connector 53M and chassis ground. Expected reading is less than 1.0 Ω.
If the resistance reading is incorrect, use the following test points to locate and repair the open circuit.

Cavity 8 of connector 335F Ring terminal connector 189F via SPL-A11
B. Open circuit found and repaired. Clear all fault codes. Return unit to field operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 353
TMF 66-12VF voltage supply is below 8 volts

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

NOTE: When multiple fault codes – TMF 65, TMF 99, ARM 8011 and TRANS 9011 – are active, low battery voltage is
suspect. Begin troubleshooting at the battery. When TMF 66 is the only active fault code, also check battery voltage
first.
Cause:
The 12VF voltage is monitored and is consistently less than 8 V.
1. Battery voltage is lower than 8 V.

2. Check fuse 36.
3. Failed TMF/ICU controller relay #19.
4. Poor controller connection to power or ground.
Solution:

2. Check fuse 36.

3. Replace TMF/ICU controller relay #19 with a known good relay. Clear all existing fault codes. Start tractor and
check for fault codes.

4. Remove TMF controller relay #19 (connector 255F). Turn the key switch to the On position.
Measure the voltage between the relay base terminals F3 and F2 and chassis ground. Voltage reading should be
A. Expected voltage not found. Locate and repair the open circuit in switched power to relay wires 102A or 160A.

5. Measure the voltage between the relay base terminals F3 and F2 and relay ground at terminal F1. Voltage reading
A. Expected voltage not found. Locate and repair the open circuit in relay ground wire 177H. Clear all fault codes,

6. Check power to the TMF controller.
Turn the key switch to the ON position.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 354
Measure the voltage between pins 1 and 2 of harness connector 53M and chassis ground. Expected reading is
about 12.0 V.
If the expected voltage is not found, use the following test points to locate and repair the short circuit or open circuit
in wire 900 between the TMF controller and fuse 36.

Cavity 75 of connector 10F Fuse 36


84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 355
TMF 7-Hitch raise/lower solenoids circuit failed open or shorted

to ground
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

NOTE: It is unlikely that both the raise and lower solenoids would fail at the same time. Check the wiring from hitch
valve to the tractor multi function (TMF) controller. To troubleshoot the raise solenoid circuit, use the resolution for
fault code TMF 4. To troubleshoot the lower solenoid circuit continue with these instructions.
Cause:
The hitch raise/lower solenoids or the wiring to the solenoids has an open circuit or is shorted to ground.
1. Hitch lower solenoid has an internal open circuit.

2. Wiring from the tractor multi function (TMF) controller to the hitch lower solenoid has an open circuit or is shorted
to ground.
Solution:
1. Visually inspect the wiring harness between the TMF controller and hitch valve solenoids for damage or loose
connections.
operation.
53M.

-40 °C -40 °F 5.1 Ω
25 °C 77 °F 6.9 Ω
100 °C 212 °F 9.5 Ω

table below.

-40 °C -40 °F 5.1 Ω
25 °C 77 °F 6.9 Ω
100 °C 212 °F 9.5 Ω
ation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 356


6. Check for an open circuit in hitch lower solenoid wiring. Disconnect connector 152M from the solenoid.
Measure the resistance between pin 5 of connector 58M and pin 2 of connector 152M and between pin 12 of
connector 53M and pin 1 of connector 152M.

7. Reconnect all connectors to the TMF controller. Connect connector 152M at the hitch lower solenoid. Start the
engine. Erase all TMF fault codes. Test operation of hitch.
bends and twists the TMF controller harness. If a short circuit cannot be located, go to Step 8.

Install a 2 m (6 ft) wire of comparable gauge into pin 5 from connector 58M and another 2 m (6 ft) wire into pin
Disconnect connector 152M at hitch lower solenoid. Connect pin 5 wire from connector 58M to pin 2 on connector
152F.
the hitch.
operation

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 357
TMF 80-MFD software fault condition

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The tractor multi function (TMF) controller has flagged a FWD (front wheel drive) software fault condition.
1. TMF controller must be calibrated.

Solution:
1. Calibrate the tractor multi function (TMF) controller. Clear all fault codes.
A. Fault code re-displays. Replace the TMF controller.Got to Step 2.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 358
TMF 81-MFD solenoid high side driver is commanded on but no

current was sensed
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The FWD (front wheel drive) solenoid or the wiring to the solenoid is shorted to ground or there is an open circuit.
1. FWD solenoid has internal short circuit.

2. Loose connection or wiring from TMF controller to the FWD solenoid is damaged.
Solution:
1. Visually inspect the wiring harness between the TMF controller and FWD solenoid for damage or loose connec-
tions.
B. Damaged harness or loose connection found. Repair or replace the problem. Clear all fault codes, and return
to field operation.
2. Test for continuity from FWD solenoid ground connection to chassis ground.
Disconnect the harness connector 160M from the FWD solenoid.
Measure the resistance between pin 2 of connector 160M and chassis ground.
Resistance reading should be less than 1.0 Ω.
A. Expected resistance not found. Locate and repair the open circuit in on wire 175D to ring terminal connector
189F via SPL-A11. Clear all fault codes, and return to field operation.

3. Test FWD solenoid resistance directly at solenoid.
Measure the resistance between pins 1 and 2 on the solenoid connector .
Resistance reading should be between 6.0 - 13.0 Ω.
A. Expected resistance not found. Replace the FWD solenoid. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field oper-
ation.

4. Test for continuity from FWD solenoid to TMF controller.
Measure the resistance between pin 8 of connector 54M and pin 1 of connector 160M.
A. Expected resistance not found. Locate and repair the open circuit in wire 540 between the controller and the
solenoid. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.

5. Check the functionality of the TMF controller FWD driver.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 359
Reconnect connector 54M to the TMF controller. Turn the key switch to the On position.
Measure the voltage between pin 1 of connector 160M and chassis ground as the FWD switch is activated. Ex-
pected reading is approximately 12.0 V.

6. Intermittent short or open circuit may be the problem. Replace the harness between the TMF controller and the
solenoid.

Calibrate the controller.
B. Fault code does display. Reinstall the original TMF controller. Submit a concern to ASIST.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 360
TMF 82-Diff lock solenoid high side driver is commanded on but

no current was sensed
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The differential lock solenoid or the wiring to the solenoid is shorted to ground or there is an open circuit.
1. Differential lock solenoid has internal short circuit.

2. Loose connection or wiring from TMF controller to the differential lock solenoid is damaged.
Solution:
1. Visually inspect the wiring harness between the TMF controller and differential lock solenoid for damage or loose
connections.
2. Test the ground connection to the differential lock solenoid.
Disconnect connector 158M from the differential lock solenoid.
Measure resistance between pin 2 of connector 158M and chassis ground.
If expected resistance is not found, use the test points in the table to locate and repair the open circuit.

Cavity 3 of connector 335F Ring terminal 189F via SPL-A11

3. Test resistance directly at solenoid.
Measure the resistance between pins 1 and 2 on the solenoid connector.
Resistance reading should be between 6.0 - 13.0 Ω.

4. Test continuity between the solenoid and the TMF controller.
Disconnect harness connector 54M to the TMF controller.
Measure resistance between pin 9 of connector 54M and pin 1 of connector 158M.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 361
A. Expected resistance not found. Locate and repair the open circuit in wire 530 between the controller and the

5. Check functionality of the TMF controller solenoid driver.
Measure the voltage between pin 1 of connector 158M and chassis ground as the differential lock switch is acti-
vated. Expected reading is approximately 12.0 V.

solenoid.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 362
TMF 83-Brake light relay high side driver is commanded on but

no current was sensed
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The brake light relay or the wiring to the relay is shorted to ground or there is an open circuit.
1. Brake light relay solenoid failed.

2. Loose connection or wiring from tractor multi function (TMF) controller to the brake light relay is damaged.
Solution:
1. Visually inspect the wiring harness between the tractor multi function (TMF) controller and brake light relay #1
(connector 263F) for damage or loose connections.
2. Replace the brake light relay with a known good relay.
Clear all fault codes. Start the tractor and apply the brakes several times. Check for fault codes.
B. Fault code does not re-display. Replace the brake light relay. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field
operation.
3. Test the wiring from the TMF controller to the brake light relay. Disconnect connector 54M from the TMF controller.
Remove the brake light relay from the relay base.
Measure resistance between pin 17 of connector 54M and relay terminal connector F1.
If the expected resistance is not found, use the test points in the table to locate and repair the open circuit.

Relay terminal F1 Cavity 14 of connector 10F
B. open circuit not found. Go to Step 4.

4. Test ground to the brake light relay base.
Measure resistance between the relay base connector F2 and chassis ground.
A. Expected resistance not found. Locate and repair the open circuit between the relay base F2 and ring terminal
189F chassis ground via SPL-C22. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 363
5. Check the functionality of the TMF controller relay driver.
Measure the voltage between the brake light relay base F1 to chassis ground as the brakes are applied. Expected
reading is approximately 12.0 V.

relay.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 364
TMF 86-Wheel slip sensing error in the instrument controller

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Wheel slip is calculated by the difference between wheel speed and ground speed. The tractor multi function (TMF)
controller receives the slip signal information from the instrument controller through the data bus.
1. Wheel slip sensor failed: radar or wheel speed sensor failed.

2. Percent slip calculation failed in instrument controller.
Solution:
1. Check if fault codes TMF 32 and TMF 87 are active.
A. If fault codes TMF 32 and TMF 87 are not active, radar is the likely problem. Go to Step 2.
B. If fault code TMF 32 and TMF 87 are active, use the troubleshooting procedure for TMF 32 or TMF 87 to resolve
this problem.
2. Use the Monitor screen in the electronic service tool (EST) to check the ground speed signal.
Select INST Ground Speed - Wheel and INST Ground Speed- Radar on the Monitor screen.
Drive the tractor and watch the ground speed signals change with speed.
A. Ground speed and radar readings agree with instrument cluster speed display. Clear all fault codes, and return
unit to field operation. If the fault code returns, continue troubleshooting Step 2.
B. Ground speed reading does not agree with instrument cluster speed display: the problem is in the instrument
cluster. Check connections at back of instrument cluster.
C. There is no ground speed wheel reading. See fault code troubleshooting for TMF 32 and TMF 87.Use the
troubleshooting for fault codes TMF 32 and TMF 87 to resolve this problem.
D. There is no radar speed reading. Go to Step 3

3. Check power to radar. Disconnect harness connector 68M at the radar.
Turn the key switch to the On position. Measure voltage between pin C of connector 68M and chassis ground.

4. Check ground to radar.
Turn the key switch to the On position. Measure voltage between pins C and A at connector 68M. Expected
reading is approximately 12.0 V.
If expected reading is not found, use the test points in the table to locate and repair the open circuit.

Pin A of connector 68M Cavity 4 of connector 60F via SPL-F9
Pin 4 of connector 60M Pin of connector 426M via SPL-C1
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 365
5. Test continuity from pin C of connector 68M to fuse 33.
If expected resistance is not found, use the test points in the table to locate and repair the open circuit.

Pin C of connector 68M Pin 83 of connector 10M
Fuse 34 Fuse 33

6. Test continuity in radar speed circuit back to instrument cluster.
Remove the instrument cluster and disconnect connector 427M from the back of instrument cluster.
Measure resistance between pin B of connector 68M and pin 13 of connector 427M. The expected reading is less
than 1.0 Ω.
If the expected reading is not found, use the test points in the table to locate and repair the open circuit.

Pin 25 of connector 60M Pin B of connector 171M
Pin B of connector 171M Pin 13 of connector 427M

7. Test continuity in radar present circuit back to instrument cluster.
Measure resistance between pin D of connector 68M and pin 1 of connector 427M. The expected reading is less
than 1.0 Ω.
If the expected reading is not found, use the test points in the table to locate and repair the open circuit.

Pin D of connector 68M Cavity 28 of connector 60F

8. An intermittent wiring problem may be the cause of this problem. Replace wiring between radar and the instrument
controller.
B. Fault code re-displays. Submit a concern to Assist.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 366
TMF 87-Ground speed signal failed in the instrument controller

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The data bus signaled that the transmission speed sensor has failed. The tractor multi function (TMF) controller
received the signal from the instrument controller.
1. The transmission speed sensor failed.

2. Wiring problem between the TMF controller and the transmission speed sensor.
Solution:
1. Use the Monitor screen in the electronic service tool (EST) to check the ground speed signal.
Select Inst Ground Speed- Wheel on the Monitor screen.
A. Ground speed signal agrees with the instrument cluster speed display. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to
field operation. If the fault code reoccurs, continue troubleshooting with Step 2.
B. Ground speed signal does not agree with the instrument cluster speed display. The problem is in instrument
cluster. Check connections at back of the instrument cluster.
Locate the transmission speed sensor at top of transmission. Disconnect harness connector 69M from the trans-
mission speed sensor.
Measure resistance between pins A and B at the sensor. Expected reading is approximately 3.5k Ω ± 10%.
B. Expected resistance not found. Replace the transmission speed sensor. Clear all fault codes, and return unit
to field operation.
3. Check the ground circuit at the transmission speed sensor harness connector 69M .

SPL-C1
Turn the key switch to On position. Measure the voltage between pins A and B on connector 69M.
power.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 367

SPL-C48
5. There may be an intermittent open or short circuit between the sensor and the TMF controller.
B. Fault code re-displays. Replace the instrument controller.

6. Replace the instrument controller.
Calibrate the controller. Clear all fault codes.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 368
TMF 88-Auto differential switch is faulty

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The data bus signaled that the differential lock switch has failed. The tractor multi function (TMF) controller received
1. The differential lock switch failed in the armrest controller.

2. Software execution error in the armrest controller.
Solution:
1. If the differential lock switch fails, fault code ARM 1079 should be active.
A. If ARM 1079 is active, use the troubleshooting for fault code ARM 1079 to resolve this problem.
B. If ARM 1079 is not active, the problem is still in the armrest controller. Follow corresponding fault code trou-
bleshooting for fault ARM 1079. Use the troubleshooting for fault code ARM 1079 to resolve this problem.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 369
TMF 89-Diff lock switch failure

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The data bus signaled that the differential lock switch has failed. The tractor multi function (TMF) controller received

Solution:
B. If ARM 1079 is not active, the problem is still in the armrest controller. Use the troubleshooting for fault code
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 370
TMF 90-Both differential lock auto and on switches are active

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The data bus signaled that the differential lock switch is in an illogical state, indicating switch failure. The tractor multi
function (TMF) controller received the signal from the armrest controller.

Solution:
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 371
TMF 92-MFD switch failure

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The data bus signaled that the front wheel drive (FWD) switch has failed. The tractor multi function (TMF) controller
1. The front wheel drive (FWD) switch failed in the armrest controller.
Solution:
1. If the front wheel drive (FWD) switch fails, fault code ARM 1069 should be active.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 372
TMF 93-Both auto MFD and MFD on switches are active

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The data bus signaled that the front wheel drive (FWD) switch is in an illogical state, indicating switch failure. The
tractor multi function (TMF) controller received the signal from the armrest controller.
1. The front wheel drive (FWD) switch failed in the armrest controller.
Solution:
1. If the front wheel drive (FWD) switch fails, fault code ARM 1069 should be active.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 373
TMF 94-Differential lockout software fault condition

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The tractor multi function (TMF) controller has flagged a differential lock software fault condition.
1. The TMF controller needs calibration.

2. The TMF controller failed.
Solution:
1. Calibrate the TMF controller.
Check for fault code TMF 94 through the TMF controller.
A. If TMF 94 re-displays, Go to Step 2.
B. If TMF 94 does not re-display, clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
A. If TMF 94 re-displays, reinstall the original TMF controller, and submit a concern to ASIST.
B. If TMF 94 does not re-display, clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 374
TMF 95-Steering angle sensor fault - voltage above normal

operating range
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The steering angle sensor voltage was measured at greater than 4.9 V.
1. Steering angle potentiometer has failed.

2. Harness wiring shorted to power.
Solution:
1. Test the steering angle sensor. Steer the tractor straight ahead.
Disconnect connector 437F from 437M at the rear of tractor just below the tractor multi function (TMF) controller.
This is a 3-pin connector with red, black and blue wires.
Use a variable DC power source to apply 5.0 V to pin 1 (red wire) on the sensor. Attach a chassis ground wire to pin
2 (black). Measure the voltage between signal pin 3 (blue) and chassis ground. Expected voltage is approximately
2.7 V.
A. Voltage reading is correct. Go to Step 2.
B. Voltage reading incorrect. Replace the steering angle sensor assembly. Clear all fault codes, and return unit
to field operation.
2. Disconnect connector 57M from the TMF controller connector.
Check for a short circuit from pin to pin: measure resistance between pin 16 of connector 57M and all other pins
on connector 57M.
Disconnect all other connectors from the TMF controller: 53M, 54M, 55M and 58M. Measure resistance between
pin 16 of connector 57Mand every pin on the other connectors .
circuit. Locate and repair any short circuit.

3. Check for a short circuit from pin to pin: measure resistance between pin 6 of connector 57M and all other pins
on connector 57M.
Disconnect all other connectors from the TMF controller: 53M, 54M, 55M and 58M. Measure resistance between
pin 6 of connector 57M and every pin on the other connectors .

steering sensor.
A. Fault code re-displays. The problem may be intermittent. Repeat Steps 2 and 3 as a second person carefully
bends and twists the TMF controller harness. If the short circuit cannot be located, submit a concern to ASIST.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 375

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 376
TMF 96-Steering angle sensor fault - voltage below normal

operating range
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The steering angle sensor voltage was measured at less than 0.2 V.
1. Steering angle potentiometer has failed.

2. Harness wiring has open circuit or is shorted to ground.
Solution:
1. Test the steering angle sensor. Steer the tractor straight ahead.
Disconnect connector 437F from connector 437M at the rear of tractor just below the tractor multi function (TMF)
controller. This is a 3-pin connector with red, black and blue wires.
Use a variable DC power source to apply 5.0 V to pin 1 (red wire) on the sensor. Attach a chassis ground wire to pin
2 (black). Measure the voltage between signal pin 3 (blue) and chassis ground. Expected voltage is approximately
2.7 V.
A. Voltage reading is correct. Go to Step 2.
B. Voltage reading incorrect. Replace the steering angle sensor assembly. Clear all fault codes, and return unit
to field operation.
2. Test for a short to ground and an open circuit.
Measure resistance between pin 2 of connector 437F and chassis ground.
Expected reading is less than 1.0 Ω.
A. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the open ground circuit in wire 517 between the potentiometer
and pin 23 of connector 53M at the tractor multi function (TMF) controller via SPL-W10. Clear all fault codes,

3. Measure resistance between pin 1 of connector 437F and chassis ground.
Expected reading is no continuity (infinite resistance or overload).
A. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the short to ground in wire 919 between the potentiometer
and pin 16 of connector 57M at the TMF controller via SPL-W14. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field
operation.

4. Measure resistance between pin 3 of connector 437F and chassis ground.
Expected reading is no continuity (infinite resistance or overload).
A. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the short to ground in wire 417 between the potentiometer and
pin 6 of connector 57M at the TMF controller. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.

5. Measure resistance between pin 1 of connector 437F at the potentiometer and pin 16 of connector 57M at the
TMF controller.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 377
A. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the open circuit in wire 919 between the potentiometer and pin
16 of connector 57M at the TMF controller via SPL-W14. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.

6. Measure resistance between pin 3 of connector 437F at the potentiometer and pin 6 of connector 57M at the TMF
controller.
A. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the open circuit in wire 417 between the potentiometer and pin
6 of connector 57M at the TMF controller. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.

steering sensor.
A. Fault code re-displays. The problem may be intermittent. Repeat Steps 2-6 as a second person carefully
bends and twists the TMF controller harness. If the short or open circuit cannot be located, submit a concern
to ASIST.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 378
TMF 98-12VD voltage supply is below 8 volts

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

NOTE: When multiple fault codes – TMF 65, TMF 66, TMF 99, ARM 8011 and TRANS 9011 – are active, low battery
voltage is suspect; begin troubleshooting at the battery. When TMF 98 is the only active fault code, battery voltage
should still be checked first.
Cause:
The 12VD voltage is monitored and is consistently less than 8 V.
1. Check fuse 39. ( If the fuse is bad, fault code TMF 99 should also be active.)
2. Bad tractor multi function (TMF) controller relay #22. (If the relay has failed, fault code TMF 99 should also be
active.)
Solution:

2. Check fuse 39.




6. Check VD power to the TMF controller.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 379
Measure the voltage between pin 8 of harness connector 53M and chassis ground. Expected reading is about
12.0 V.



84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 380
TMF 99-12VT voltage supply is below 8 volts

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

NOTE: When multiple fault codes – TMF 65, TMF 66, TMF 89, ARM 8011 and TRANS 9011 – are active, low battery
voltage is suspect. Begin troubleshooting at the battery. When TMF 99 is the only active fault code, also check battery
voltage first.
Cause:
The 12VT voltage is monitored and is consistently less than 8 V.
1. Check fuse 39. (If the fuse is bad, fault code 98 should also be active.)
2. Bad tractor multi function (TMF) controller relay #22. (If the relay is bad, fault code 98 should also be active)
4. Poor controller connection to power or ground.
Solution:

2. Check fuse 39.




6. Check VT power to the TMF controller.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 381
Measure the voltage between pin 25 of harness connector 54M and chassis ground and between pin 34 of harness
connector 54M and chassis ground. Expected reading is about 12.0 V.



84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 382
TRANS 103-Odd clutch solenoid or its wiring failed open or shorted

to ground
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control Module : Transmission

Cause:
The odd clutch solenoid or the wiring to the solenoid has an open circuit or is shorted to ground.
1. Odd clutch solenoid has internal open circuit.

2. Wiring from the transmission controller to the odd clutch solenoid has an open circuit or is shorted to ground.
Solution:
1. Visually inspect the wiring harness between the transmission controller and odd clutch solenoid for damage or
loose connections.
operation.
2. Disconnect connectors 350M and 353M from the transmission controller.
Measure resistance (through the odd clutch solenoid) between pin 9 of connector 350M and pin 8 of connector
353M.
The expected reading is approximately 10.0 Ω.
A. Expected resistance not found. Go to Step 3.

3. Measure resistance for the odd clutch solenoid directly at the solenoid.
Disconnect harness connector 29M from the odd clutch solenoid.
Measure the resistance between pins 1 and 2 on the solenoid.
A. Expected resistance not found. Replace the odd clutch solenoid. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field
operation.

4. Reconnect all connectors to the transmission controller. Reconnect connector 29M at the odd clutch solenoid.
Start the engine. Erase all fault codes. Test operation of the transmission.

Check for a short circuit to ground: measure resistance between pin 9 of harness connector 350M and chassis
ground, and between pin 8 of harness connector 350M and chassis ground.
short circuit.
A. Short circuit found. Repair or replace the harness. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 383

6. Check for an open circuit in the odd clutch solenoid wiring. Disconnect connector 29M from the solenoid.
Measure resistance between pin 9 of harness connector 350M and pin 1 of harness connector 29M, and between
pin 8 of connector 353M and pin 2 of connector 29M.
Reading should be less than 1.0 Ω.
A. Open circuit found. Locate and repair the open circuit between the test points. Clear all fault codes, and return

Start the engine. Erase all fault codes. Test operation of transmission.
bends and twists the transmission controller harness. If a short circuit cannot be located, go to Step 8.

8. Disconnect connectors 350M and 353M from the transmission controller. Disassemble the connectors and remove
pin 9 from connector 350M and pin 8 from connector 353M.
Install an appropriate length (long enough to span from the solenoid to the controller) of comparable gauge wire
into pin 9 of connector 350M and another appropriate length of comparable gauge wire into pin 8 of connector
353M.
Disconnect 29M at the odd clutch solenoid. Connect the wire from pin 9 of connector 350M to pin 1 on the odd
clutch solenoid.
Connect the wire from pin 8 on connector 353M to pin 2 on the odd clutch solenoid.
Reconnect all connectors to the transmission controller. Start the engine. Erase all fault codes. Test operation of
the transmission.
operation
9. Replace the transmission controller.
Start the engine. Erase all transmission fault codes. Test operation of the transmission.
A. Fault code re-displays. Reinstall the original transmission controller. Submit a concern to ASIST.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 384
TRANS 104-Even clutch solenoid or its wiring failed open or

shorted to ground
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The even clutch solenoid or the wiring to the solenoid has an open circuit or is shorted to ground.
1. Even clutch solenoid has internal open circuit.

2. Wiring from the transmission controller to the even clutch solenoid has an open circuit or is shorted to ground.
Solution:
1. Visually inspect the wiring harness between the transmission controller and even clutch solenoid for damage or
loose connections.
B. Damage or loose connection found. Repair or replace the problem. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to
field operation.
Measure resistance (through the even clutch solenoid) between pin 10 of connector 350M and pin 1 of connector
353M.

3. Measure resistance directly at the even clutch solenoid.
Disconnect harness connector 30M from the even clutch solenoid.
A. Expected resistance not found. Replace the even clutch solenoid. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field
operation.

4. Reconnect all connectors to the transmission controller. Reconnect connector 30M at the even clutch solenoid.

short circuit.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 385

6. Check for an open circuit in the even clutch solenoid wiring. Disconnect connector 30M from the solenoid.


353M.
Disconnect 30M at the even clutch solenoid. Connect the wire from pin 10 of connector 350M to pin 1 on the even
clutch solenoid.
Connect the wire from pin 1 on connector 353M to pin 2 on the even clutch solenoid.
the transmission.
operation

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 386
TRANS 105-C1-2 clutch solenoid or its wiring failed open or shorted

to ground
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The C1-2 clutch solenoid or the wiring to the solenoid has an open circuit or is shorted to ground.
1. C1-2 clutch solenoid has internal open circuit.

2. Wiring from the transmission controller to the C1-2 clutch solenoid has an open circuit or is shorted to ground.
Solution:
1. Visually inspect the wiring harness between the transmission controller and C1-2 clutch solenoid for damage or
loose connections.
field operation.
Measure resistance (through the C1-2 clutch solenoid) between pin 6 of connector 350M and pin 6 of connector
353M.

3. Measure resistance directly at the C1-2 clutch solenoid.
Disconnect harness connector 31M from the C1-2 clutch solenoid.
A. Expected resistance not found. Replace the C1-2 clutch solenoid. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field
operation.

4. Reconnect all connectors to the transmission controller. Reconnect connector 31M at the C1-2 clutch solenoid.

short circuit.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 387

6. Check for an open circuit in C1-2 clutch solenoid wiring. Disconnect connector 31M from the solenoid.


353M.
Disconnect 31M at the C1-2 clutch solenoid. Connect the wire from pin 6 of connector 350M to pin 1 on the C1-2
clutch solenoid.
Connect the wire from pin 6 on connector 353M to pin 2 on the C1-2 clutch solenoid.
the transmission.
operation
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 388

to ground
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:

Solution:
1. Visually inspect the wiring harness between the transmission controller and the C3-4 clutch solenoid for damage
field operation.
353M.

operation.

4. Reconnect all connectors to the transmission controller. Reconnect connector 32M to the C3-4 clutch solenoid.

short circuit.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 389



353M.
clutch solenoid.
the transmission.
operation

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 390

to ground
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:

Solution:
loose connections.
field operation.
2. Disconnect connector 355M from the transmission controller.
Measure the resistance (through the C5-6 clutch solenoid) between pins 13 and 1 of connector 355M.

operation.


short circuit.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 391



8. Disconnect connector 355M from the transmission controller. Disassemble the connector and remove pins 13 and
1 from connector 355M.
Install an appropriate length (long enough to span from solenoid to controller) of comparable gauge wire into pin
13 and another appropriate length of comparable gauge wire into pin 1 of connector 355M.
clutch solenoid.
Connect the wire from pin 1 of connector 355M to pin 2 on the clutch solenoid.
the transmission.
operation

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 392
TRANS 108-Master clutch solenoid or its wiring failed open or

shorted to ground
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The master clutch solenoid or the wiring to the solenoid has an open circuit or is shorted to ground.
1. Master clutch solenoid has internal open circuit.

2. Wiring from the transmission controller to the master clutch solenoid has an open circuit or is shorted to ground.
Solution:
1. Visually inspect the wiring harness between the transmission controller and the master clutch solenoid for damage
field operation.
Measure resistance (through the master clutch solenoid) between pin 5 of connector 350M and pin 4 of connector
353M.

3. Measure resistance directly at the master clutch solenoid.
Disconnect harness connector 35M from the master clutch solenoid.
Measure resistance between pins A and B on the solenoid.
A. Expected resistance not found. Replace the master clutch solenoid. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to
field operation.

4. Reconnect all connectors to the transmission controller. Reconnect connector 35M at the master clutch solenoid.

short circuit.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 393

6. Check for an open circuit in the master clutch solenoid wiring. Disconnect connector 35M from the solenoid.
Measure the resistance between pin 5 of harness connector 350M and pin A of harness connector 35M, and
between pin 4 of connector 353M and pin B of connector 35M.


353M.
Disconnect 35M at the master clutch solenoid. Connect the wire from pin 5 of connector 350M to pin 1 on the
master clutch solenoid.
Connect the wire from pin 4 on connector 353M to pin 2 on the master clutch solenoid.
the transmission.
operation

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 394
TRANS 109-Low clutch solenoid or its wiring failed open or shorted

to ground
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The low clutch solenoid or the wiring to the solenoid has an open circuit or is shorted to ground.
1. Low clutch solenoid has internal open circuit.

2. Wiring from the transmission controller to the low clutch solenoid has an open circuit or is shorted to ground.
Solution:
1. Visually inspect the wiring harness between the transmission controller and the low clutch solenoid for damage or
loose connections.
field operation.
Measure resistance (through the low clutch solenoid) between pins 14 and pin 18 on connector 355M.

3. Measure resistance directly at the low clutch solenoid.
Disconnect harness connector 36M from the low clutch solenoid.
A. Expected resistance not found. Replace the low clutch solenoid. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field
operation.

4. Reconnect all connectors to the transmission controller. Reconnect connector 36M to the low clutch solenoid.

short circuit.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 395

6. Check for an open circuit in low clutch solenoid wiring. Disconnect connector 36M from the solenoid.
Measure the resistance between pin 14 of harness connector 355M and pin 1 of harness connector 36M, and
between pin 18 of connector 355M and pin 2 of connector 36M.

7. Reconnect all connectors to the transmission controller. Reconnect connector 36M at the low clutch solenoid.

Disconnect connector 36M at the low clutch solenoid. Connect the wire from pin 14 of connector 36M to pin 1 at
the low clutch solenoid.
Connect the wire from pin 18 of connector 36M to pin 2 at the solenoid.
Reconnect all connectors into the transmission controller. Start the engine. Erase all fault codes. Test operation
of the transmission.
operation

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 396
TRANS 110-Mid clutch solenoid or its wiring failed open or shorted

to ground
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The mid clutch solenoid or the wiring to the solenoid has an open circuit or is shorted to ground.
1. Mid clutch solenoid has internal open circuit.

2. Wiring from the transmission controller to the mid clutch solenoid has an open circuit or is shorted to ground.
Solution:
1. Visually inspect the wiring harness between the transmission controller and the mid clutch solenoid for damage
field operation.
Measure the resistance (through the mid clutch solenoid) between pins 6 and 10 of connector 355M.

3. Measure resistance directly at the mid clutch solenoid.
Disconnect harness connector 37M from the mid clutch solenoid.
A. Expected resistance not found. Replace the mid clutch solenoid. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field
operation.

4. Reconnect all connectors to the transmission controller. Reconnect connector 37M to the mid clutch solenoid.

short circuit.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 397

6. Check for an open circuit in the mid clutch solenoid wiring. Disconnect connector 37M from the solenoid.

7. Reconnect all connectors to the transmission controller. Reconnect connector 37M at the mid clutch solenoid.

Disconnect connector 37M at the mid clutch solenoid. Connect the wire from pin 6 of connector 355M to pin 1 at
the mid clutch solenoid.
the transmission.
operation

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 398
TRANS 111-High clutch solenoid or its wiring failed open or shorted

to ground
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The high clutch solenoid or the wiring to the solenoid has an open circuit or is shorted to ground.
1. High clutch solenoid has internal open circuit.

2. Wiring from the transmission controller to the high clutch solenoid has an open circuit or is shorted to ground.
Solution:
1. Visually inspect the wiring harness between the transmission controller and the high clutch solenoid for damage
field operation.
Measure the resistance (through the high clutch solenoid) between pins 16 and 4 of connector 355M.

3. Measure resistance directly at the high clutch solenoid.
Disconnect harness connector 38M from the high clutch solenoid.
A. Expected resistance not found. Replace the high clutch solenoid. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field
operation.

4. Reconnect all connectors to the transmission controller. Reconnect connector 38M at the high clutch solenoid.

Check for a short circuit to ground: measure the resistance between pin 16 of harness connector 355M and chassis
short circuit.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 399

6. Check for an open circuit in high clutch solenoid wiring. Disconnect connector 38M from the solenoid.


8. Disconnect connector 355Mfrom the transmission controller. Disassemble the connector and remove pins 16 and
4 from connector 355M .
Disconnect connector 38M at the high clutch solenoid. Connect the wire from pin 16 of connector 355M to pin 1
at the high clutch solenoid.
the transmission.
operation

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 400
TRANS 112-Reverse clutch solenoid or its wiring failed open or

shorted to ground
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The reverse clutch solenoid or the wiring to the solenoid has an open circuit or is shorted to ground.
1. Reverse clutch solenoid has internal open circuit.

2. Wiring from the transmission controller to the reverse clutch solenoid has an open circuit or is shorted to ground.
Solution:
1. Visually inspect the wiring harness between the transmission controller and the reverse clutch solenoid for damage
field operation.
Measure the resistance (through the reverse clutch solenoid) between pins 5 and 2 of connector 355M.

3. Measure resistance for the reverse clutch solenoid directly at the solenoid.
Disconnect harness connector 34M from the reverse clutch solenoid.
Measure the resistance between pins 1 and 2 at the solenoid.
A. Expected resistance not found. Replace the reverse clutch solenoid. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to
field operation.

4. Reconnect all connectors to the transmission controller. Reconnect connector 34M to the reverse clutch solenoid.

short circuit.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 401

6. Check for an open circuit in reverse clutch solenoid wiring. Disconnect connector 34M from the solenoid.

7. Reconnect all connectors to the transmission controller. Reconnect connector 34M at the reverse clutch solenoid.

Disconnect connector 34M at the reverse clutch solenoid. Connect the wire from pin 5 of connector 355M to pin
1 at the reverse clutch solenoid.
the transmission.
operation

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 402
TRANS 113-Creeper clutch solenoid or its wiring failed open or

shorted to ground
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The creeper clutch solenoid or the wiring to the solenoid has an open circuit or is shorted to ground.
1. Creeper clutch solenoid has internal open circuit.

2. Wiring from the transmission controller to the creeper clutch solenoid has an open circuit or is shorted to ground.
Solution:
1. Visually inspect the wiring harness between the transmission controller and the creeper clutch solenoid for damage
field operation.
Measure the resistance (through the creeper clutch solenoid) between pin 11 of connector 350M and pin 3 of
connector 353M.

3. Measure resistance directly at the creeper clutch solenoid.
Disconnect harness connector 39M from the creeper clutch solenoid.
A. Expected resistance not found. Replace the creeper clutch solenoid. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to
field operation.

4. Reconnect all connectors to the transmission controller. Reconnect connector 39M to the creeper clutch solenoid.

short circuit.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 403

6. Check for an open circuit in creeper clutch solenoid wiring. Disconnect connector 39M from the solenoid.

7. Reconnect all connectors to the transmission controller. Reconnect connector 39M at the creeper clutch solenoid.

11 of connector 350M and another appropriate length of comparable gauge wire into pin 3 of connector 353M.
Disconnect connector 39M at the creeper clutch solenoid. Connect the wire from pin 11 of connector 350M to pin
1 at the solenoid.
the transmission.
operation

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 404
TRANS 114-Even clutch solenoid coil shorted or its wiring shorted

to power
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The transmission controller has turned even clutch solenoid Off, but sensed current in the circuit.
1. Even clutch solenoid coil shorted to power.

2. Even clutch solenoid wiring shorted to power.
Solution:
1. Visually inspect the wiring harness between the transmission controller and the even clutch solenoid for damage
B. Damaged or loose connections found. Repair or replace the problem. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to
field operation.
Measure resistance (through the even clutch solenoid) between pin 10 of connector 350M and pin 1 of connector
353M.

3. Measure resistance directly at the even clutch solenoid.
Disconnect harness connector 30M from the even clutch solenoid.
A. Expected resistance not found. Replace the even clutch solenoid. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field
operation.


on connector 350M.
Disconnect all connectors to the transmission controller. Measure resistance between pin 10 of connector 350M
and every pin on connectors 351M, 353M and 355M .
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 405

on connector 353M.
Disconnect all the connectors to the transmission controller. Measure resistance between pin 1 of connector 353M
and every pin on connectors 350M, 351M and 355M.

7. Reconnect all connectors to the transmission controller. Start the engine. Erase all fault codes. Test operation of
the transmission.
bends and twists the transmission controller harness. If the short circuit cannot be located, go to Step 8.

353M.
Disconnect 30M at the even clutch solenoid. Connect the wire from pin 10 of connector 350M to pin 1 on the even
clutch solenoid.
Connect the wire from pin 1 on connector 353M to pin 2 on the even clutch solenoid.
the transmission.
operation

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 406
TRANS 115-Odd clutch solenoid coil shorted or its wiring shorted

to power
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The transmission controller has turned odd clutch solenoid Off, but sensed current in the circuit.
1. Odd clutch solenoid coil shorted to power.

2. Odd clutch solenoid wiring shorted to power.
Solution:
1. Visually inspect the wiring harness between the transmission controller and odd clutch solenoid for damage or
loose connections.
field operation.
Measure resistance (through the odd clutch solenoid) between pin 9 of connector 350M and pin 8 of connector
353M.

3. Measure resistance directly at the odd clutch solenoid.
Disconnect harness connector 29M from the odd clutch solenoid.
A. Expected resistance not found. Replace the odd clutch solenoid. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field
operation.


on connector 350M.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 407

on connector 353M.

the transmission.

353M.
Disconnect 29M at the odd clutch solenoid. Connect the wire from pin 9 of connector 350M to pin 1 on the odd
clutch solenoid.
Connect the wire from pin 8 on connector 353M to pin 2 on the odd clutch solenoid.
the transmission.
operation

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 408
TRANS 116-C1-2 clutch solenoid coil shorted or its wiring shorted

to power
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The transmission controller has turned C1-2 clutch solenoid Off, but sensed current in the circuit.
1. C1-2 clutch solenoid coil shorted to power.

2. C1-2 clutch solenoid wiring shorted to power.
Solution:
loose connections.
field operation.
353M.

operation.


on connector 350M.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 409

pins on connector 353M.

the transmission.

353M.
clutch solenoid.
the transmission.
operation

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 410

to power
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:

2. he C3-4 clutch solenoid wiring shorted to power.
Solution:
1. Visually inspect the wiring harness between the transmission controller and the C3-4 clutch solenoid for damage
field operation.
353M.

operation.

4. Reconnect all connectors to the transmission controller. Reconnect connector 32M to the C3-4 clutch solenoid.

on connector 350M.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 411

on connector 353M.
Disconnect all the connectors to the transmission controller. Measure resistance between pin 13 of connector
353M and every pin on connectors 350M, 351M and 355M.

the transmission.

353M.
clutch solenoid.
the transmission.
operation

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 412

to power
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:

2. C5-6 clutch solenoid wiring shorted to power.
Solution:
loose connections.
field operation.
Measure the resistance (through the C5-6 clutch solenoid) between pins 13 and 1 of connector 355M.

operation.


on connector 355M (except for pin 1).
circuit.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 413

on connector 355M (except for 13).
circuit. Repair or replace the cause of any short circuit.

the transmission.

clutch solenoid.
Connect the wire from pin 1 of connector 355M to pin 2 on the clutch solenoid.
the transmission.
operation

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 414
TRANS 119-Master clutch solenoid coil shorted or its wiring

shorted to power
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The transmission controller has turned master clutch solenoid Off, but sensed current in the circuit.
1. Master clutch solenoid coil shorted to power.

2. Master clutch solenoid wiring shorted to power.
Solution:
1. Visually inspect the wiring harness between the transmission controller and the master clutch solenoid for damage
field operation.
Measure resistance (through the master clutch solenoid) between pin 5 of connector 350M and pin 4 of connector
353M.

3. Measure resistance for the master clutch solenoid directly at the solenoid.
Disconnect harness connector 35M from the master clutch solenoid.
Measure resistance between pins A and B on the solenoid.
A. Expected resistance not found. Replace the master clutch solenoid. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to
field operation.


on connector 350M.
circuit.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 415

on connector 353M.

the transmission.

353M.
Disconnect 35M at the master clutch solenoid. Connect the wire from pin 5 of connector 350M to pin 1 on the
master clutch solenoid.
Connect the wire from pin 4 on connector 353M to pin 2 on the master clutch solenoid.
the transmission.
operation

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 416
TRANS 11-Master clutch potentiometer open circuit or short to

ground
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The transmission controller detects that the clutch (inching) pedal potentiometer signal is out of range low.
1. The pedal position potentiometer has failed.

2. Open circuit or short to ground in the inching pedal potentiometer wire harness.
Solution:
1. Use the Monitor screen in the electronic service tool (EST) to check operation of the inching pedal potentiometer.
Depress the inching pedal to floor and then back to fully raised position, while viewing the percentage values on
the Monitor screen.
Percentage should be 0 (zero) with the pedal fully depressed and 100 percent with the pedal fully raised. The
reading should slowly/smoothly drop as the inching pedal is depressed and rise as the pedal is fully raised.
B. Percentage readings are incorrect or erratic. Go to Step 2.

2. Remove front console panels to access the clutch potentiometer. Disconnect connector 52Mat the clutch poten-
tiometer.
Measure the resistance between pins B and C on potentiometer as the clutch (inching) pedal is moved up and
down. Expected reading with pedal raised is 500 - 700 Ω.
Expected reading with pedal lowered is 3.5k - 3.8k Ω.
The resistance should change smoothly with pedal movement.
B. Resistance out of range. Replace the master clutch potentiometer. Reinstall the console panels. Clear all fault
3. Measure the resistance between pins B and A on potentiometer as the clutch (inching) pedal is moved up and
down. Expected reading with pedal raised is 3.5k - 3.8k Ω.
Expected reading with pedal lowered is 500 - 700 Ω.
4. Check for open or short to ground in the wiring between the master clutch potentiometer and the transmission
controller.
Measure the resistance between pin A of connector 52M at the potentiometer and chassis ground. Expected
reading is less than 1.0 Ω.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 417
B. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the open in ground wire 557 between connector 52M and
connector 350M at the transmission controller. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
5. Measure the resistance between pin B of connector 52M at the potentiometer and chassis ground. Expected
reading should indicate no continuity (infinite resistance or overload): a reading of less than 10.0 Ω indicates a
short circuit.
Measure the resistance between pin B of connector 52M at the potentiometer and pin of connector 351M at the
transmission controller. Expected reading is less than 1.0 Ω.
B. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the open or short to ground in signal wire 555 between con-
nectors 52M and 351M. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
6. Measure the resistance between pin C of connector 52M at the potentiometer and chassis ground. Expected
reading should indicate no continuity (infinite resistance or overload): a reading of less than 10.0 Ω indicates a
short circuit.
Measure the resistance between pin C of connector 52M at the potentiometer and pin 17 of connector 351M at
the transmission controller. Expected reading is less than 1.0 Ω .
B. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the open circuit or short to ground in signal wire 556 between
connectors 52M and 351M. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
7. Reinstall all connectors to the transmission controller and the master clutch potentiometer. Clear all fault codes.
Test operation of the pedal.
B. Fault code does not re-display. Problem may be intermittent. Repeat the test procedure as a second person
carefully bends and twists the harness between the pedal and the transmission controller. If the fault code
does not re-display, return unit to field operation and monitor for recurring problem.
Calibrate the controller. Test operation of the pedal.
A. Fault code re-displays. Reinstall the original controller, and submit a concern to ASIST.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 418
TRANS 120-Low clutch solenoid coil shorted or its wiring shorted

to power
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The transmission controller has turned low clutch solenoid Off, but sensed current in the circuit.
1. Low clutch solenoid coil shorted to power.

2. Low clutch solenoid wiring shorted to power.
Solution:
1. Visually inspect the wiring harness between the transmission controller and the low clutch solenoid for damage or
loose connections.
field operation.
Measure resistance (through the low clutch solenoid) between pins 14 and pin 18 on connector 355M.

3. Measure resistance directly at the low clutch solenoid.
Disconnect harness connector 36M from the low clutch solenoid.
A. Expected resistance not found. Replace the low clutch solenoid. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field
operation.

4. Reconnect all connectors to the transmission controller. Reconnect connector 36M to the low clutch solenoid.

circuit.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 419

on the connector 355M (except for 14).

the transmission.

Disconnect connector 36M at the low clutch solenoid. Connect the wire from pin 14 of connector 36M to pin 1 at
the low clutch solenoid.
of the transmission.
operation

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 420
TRANS 121-Mid clutch solenoid coil shorted or its wiring shorted to

power
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The transmission controller has turned mid clutch solenoid Off, but sensed current in the circuit.
1. Mid clutch solenoid coil shorted to power.

2. Mid clutch solenoid wiring shorted to power.
Solution:
1. Visually inspect the wiring harness between the transmission controller and the mid clutch solenoid for damage
field operation.
Measure the resistance (through the mid clutch solenoid) between pins 6 and 10 of connector 355M.

3. Measure resistance directly at the mid clutch solenoid.
Disconnect harness connector 37M from the mid clutch solenoid.
A. Expected resistance not found. Replace the mid clutch solenoid. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field
operation.

4. Reconnect all connectors to the transmission controller. Reconnect connector 37M to the mid clutch solenoid.

circuit.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 421


the transmission.

Disconnect connector 37M at the mid clutch solenoid. Connect the wire from pin 6 of connector 355M to pin 1 at
the mid clutch solenoid.
the transmission.
operation

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 422
TRANS 122-High clutch solenoid coil shorted or its wiring shorted

to power
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The transmission controller has turned high clutch solenoid Off, but sensed current in the circuit.
1. High clutch solenoid coil shorted to power.

2. High clutch solenoid wiring shorted to power.
Solution:
1. Visually inspect the wiring harness between the transmission controller and the high clutch solenoid for damage
field operation.
Measure the resistance (through the high clutch solenoid) between pins 16 and 4 of connector 355M.

3. Measure resistance directly at the high clutch solenoid.
Disconnect harness connector 38M from the high clutch solenoid.
A. Expected resistance not found. Replace the high clutch solenoid. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field
operation.


circuit.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 423


the transmission.

8. Disconnect connector 355Mfrom the transmission controller. Disassemble the connector and remove pins 16 and
4 from connector 355M .
Disconnect connector 38M at the high clutch solenoid. Connect the wire from pin 16 of connector 355M to pin 1
at the high clutch solenoid.
the transmission.
operation

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 424
TRANS 123-Reverse clutch solenoid coil shorted or its wiring

shorted to power
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The transmission controller has turned reverse clutch solenoid Off, but sensed current in the circuit.
1. Reverse clutch solenoid coil shorted to power.

2. Reverse clutch solenoid wiring shorted to power.
Solution:
1. Visually inspect the wiring harness between the transmission controller and the reverse clutch solenoid for damage
field operation.
Measure the resistance (through the reverse clutch solenoid) between pins 5 and 2 of connector 355M.

3. Measure resistance directly at the reverse clutch solenoid.
Disconnect harness connector 34M from the reverse clutch solenoid.
A. Expected resistance not found. Replace the reverse clutch solenoid. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to
field operation.

4. Reconnect all connectors to the transmission controller. Reconnect connector 34M to the reverse clutch solenoid.

circuit.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 425


the transmission.

Disconnect connector 34M at the reverse clutch solenoid. Connect the wire from pin 5 of connector 355M to pin
1 at the reverse clutch solenoid.
the transmission.
operation

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 426
TRANS 124-Creeper clutch solenoid coil shorted or its wiring

shorted to power
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The transmission controller has turned creeper clutch solenoid Off, but sensed current in the circuit.
1. Creeper clutch solenoid coil shorted to power.

2. Creeper clutch solenoid wiring shorted to power.
Solution:
1. Visually inspect the wiring harness between the transmission controller and the creeper clutch solenoid for damage
field operation.
Measure the resistance (through the creeper clutch solenoid) between pin 11 of connector 350M and pin 3 of
connector 353M.

3. Measure resistance directly at the creeper clutch solenoid.
Disconnect harness connector 39M from the creeper clutch solenoid.
A. Expected resistance not found. Replace the creeper clutch solenoid. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to
field operation.

4. Reconnect all connectors to the transmission controller. Reconnect connector 39M to the creeper clutch solenoid.

on connector 350M.
circuit.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 427

on connector 353M.

the transmission.

11 of connector 350M and another appropriate length of comparable gauge wire into pin 3 of connector 353M.
Disconnect connector 39M at the creeper clutch solenoid. Connect the wire from pin 11 of connector 350M to pin
1 at the solenoid.
the transmission.
operation

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 428
TRANS 125-Odd clutch is not calibrated

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Odd clutch is not calibrated.
1. Odd clutch is not calibrated.
Solution:
1. Calibrate the odd clutch. Clear all fault codes. Test operation of the transmission.
B. Fault code re-displays. Check that the current software version is loaded on the transmission controller, and
update as required. Calibrate the odd clutch.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 429
TRANS 126-Even clutch is not calibrated

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Even clutch is not calibrated.
1. Even clutch is not calibrated.
Solution:
1. Calibrate the even clutch. Clear all fault codes. Test operation of the transmission.
update as required. Calibrate the even clutch.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 430
TRANS 127-C1-2 clutch is not calibrated

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
C1-2 clutch is not calibrated.
1. C1-2 clutch is not calibrated.
Solution:
1. Calibrate the C1-2 clutch. Clear all fault codes. Test operation of the transmission.
update as required. Calibrate the C1-2 clutch.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 431

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Solution:
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 432

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Solution:
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 433
TRANS 12-Master clutch potentiometer short to 12 volts or short to

5 Vreff
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The transmission controller detects that the clutch (inching) pedal potentiometer signal is out of range high.
1. The pedal position potentiometer has failed.

2. Wire harness for the inching pedal potentiometer is shorted to power.
Solution:
1. Use the Monitor screen in the electronic service tool (EST) to check operation of the inching pedal potentiometer.
the Monitor screen.
B. Percentage readings are incorrect or erratic. Go to Step 2.

2. Remove front console panels to access the clutch potentiometer. Disconnect connector 52Mat the clutch poten-
tiometer.
Measure the resistance between pins B and C on potentiometer as the clutch (inching) pedal is moved up and
down. Expected reading with pedal raised is 500 - 700 Ω.
Expected reading with pedal lowered is 3.5k - 3.8k Ω.
3. Measure the resistance from pin B to pin A on potentiometer as the clutch (inching) pedal is cycled up and down.
Expected reading with the pedal raised 3.5k - 3.8k Ω.
Expected reading with the pedal lowered is 500 - 700 Ω.
The resistance should change smoothly with the pedal movement.
B. Resistance out of range. Replace the master clutch potentiometer. Reinstall the console panels. Return unit
to field operation.
4. Disconnect connector 351M from the transmission controller. Check for a short circuit from pin to pin: measure
resistance between pin 1 of connector 351M and all other pins on the connector except for pin 17.
Disconnect all other connectors to the transmission controller. Measure the resistance between pin 1 of connector
351M and each pin of connectors 350M, 353M and 355M.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 434
Expected reading is no continuity (infinite resistance or overload). A reading of less than 10.0 Ω. indicates a short

5. Check for a short circuit from pin to pin: measure resistance pin 17 of between connector 351M and all other pins
on the connector except for pin 1.
Disconnect all other connectors to the transmission controller. Measure the resistance between pin 17 of connector
351M and each pin of connectors 350M, 353M and 355M.

6. Reconnect all connectors to the transmission controller. Start the engine. Clear all fault codes. Test operation of
the pedal.
B. Fault code does not re-display. Problem may be intermittent. Repeat Steps 4 and 5 as a second person
carefully bends and twists the harness between the pedal and the transmission controller. If the fault code
does not re-display, return unit to field operation and monitor for recurring problem.
Calibrate the controller. Test operation of the pedal.
A. Fault code re-displays. Reinstall the original controller, and submit a concern to ASIST.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 435
TRANS 130-Low range clutch is not calibrated

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Low clutch is not calibrated.
1. Low clutch is not calibrated.
Solution:
1. Calibrate the low clutch. Clear all fault codes. Test operation of the transmission.
update as required. Calibrate the low clutch.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 436
TRANS 131-Mid range clutch is not calibrated

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Mid clutch is not calibrated.
1. Mid clutch is not calibrated.
Solution:
1. Calibrate the mid clutch. Clear all fault codes. Test operation of the transmission.
update as required. Calibrate the mid clutch.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 437
TRANS 132-High range clutch is not calibrated

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
High clutch is not calibrated.
1. High clutch is not calibrated.
Solution:
1. Calibrate the high clutch. Clear all fault codes. Test operation of the transmission.
update as required. Calibrate the high clutch.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 438
TRANS 133-Reverse clutch is not calibrated

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Reverse clutch is not calibrated.
1. Reverse clutch is not calibrated.
Solution:
1. Calibrate the reverse clutch. Clear all fault codes. Test operation of the transmission.
update as required. Calibrate the reverse clutch.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 439
TRANS 134-Master clutch is not calibrated

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Master clutch is not calibrated.
1. Master clutch is not calibrated.
Solution:
1. Calibrate the master clutch. Clear all fault codes. Test operation of the transmission.
update as required. Calibrate the master clutch.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 440
TRANS 135-Communication lost with the armrest controller

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The transmission controller cannot communicate with the armrest controller.
1. Bad connection between the transmission controller and the armrest controller.
Solution:
1. Check the connection to the transmission controller. Make sure that all the connectors are firmly connected to the

2. Check operation of the armrest controller. Check that connector 137M is securely connected at the armrest con-
sole. Inspect data bus pins 4 and 5.

A. LED lamp is flashing. Go to Step 4.
B. LED lamp is On constantly. The armrest controller has failed. Replace the armrest controller. Clear all fault
C. LED lamp is Off. No power to armrest controller. Repeat Step 2.

Turn the tractor key switch to On position. Measure the voltage between fuse 42 and chassis ground. Expected
A. Expected voltage not found. Replace fuse 42. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.

Raise the tractor hood. The resistor terminator is located in the harness near the power distribution box.
Disconnect the resistor terminator from connector 205M. Turn the tractor key switch to the On position. Measure
the voltages at harness terminator plug connector 205M.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 441
8.
good.
Measure resistance at the terminator disconnected from the harness at connector 205M.

120 Ω
A. Expected resistance found. The problem is not in data bus wiring, or the terminator. Go to Step 7.
B. Expected resistance not found. Install a new terminator at connector 205M. Clear all fault codes, and return
Measure resistance on TMF controller connector 53M between pins 15 and 16.

120 Ω
controller.
Disconnect the connector under the right front corner of cab.
Measure resistance between pins 20 and 27 on harness connector 60F.

120 Ω
If expected resistance is not found, use the following test points to locate the continuity problem, and repair or

A. Data bus problem not found. Go to Step 10.
B. Data bus problem found and repaired. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 442
10. Measure the resistance between pins 20 and 27 on connector 60M through cab floor.

120 Ω
A. Expected resistance found. Problem may be intermittent. Reconnect all connectors, clear all fault codes and
return unit to field operation. Monitor unit for recurring fault.

11. Disconnect connector 10M on rear wall of the cab.
Measure resistance between pins 64 and 66 of harness connector 10M.

120 Ω
A. Expected resistance found. Problem is in data bus wiring between connector 10F and connector 60M. Check
data bus continuity from connector 10F to connector 60M. Repair or replace the damaged harness.
B. Expected resistance not found. Damaged connector or wire is in chassis harness. Check data bus continuity
from connector 10M to connector 53M at the TMF controller. Repair or replace the damaged harness.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 443
TRANS 136-Communication lost with the instrument controller

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The transmission controller cannot communicate with the instrument controller.
1. Bad connection between the transmission controller and the instrument controller.
Solution:
1. Check the connection to the transmission controller. Check to make sure that all connectors are firmly connected
to the controller.

operation.
Measure voltage between fuse 42 and chassis ground. Turn the tractor key switch to the On position. Expected

Raise the tractor hood. The resistor terminator is located in the harness near the power distribution box.
Disconnect the resistor terminator from connector 205M. Turn the tractor key switch to the On position. Measure
the voltages at harness terminator plug connector 205M.

7.
good.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 444
Measure resistance at the terminator disconnected from the harness at connector 205M.

120 Ω
B. Expected resistance not found. Install a new terminator at connector 205M. Clear all fault codes, and return
7. Test the tractor multi function (TMF) controller internal terminator.
Measure resistance on TMF controller connector 53M between pins 15 and 16.

120 Ω
B. Expected resistance not found. The TMF controller internal terminator has failed. Replace the TMF controller.
Disconnect the connector under the right front corner of the cab.
Measure resistance between pins 20 and 27 on harness connector 60F.

120 Ω

A. Data bus problem not found. Go to Step 9.
B. Data bus problem found and repaired. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
9. Measure resistance between pins 20 and 27 on connector 60M through the cab floor.

120 Ω
A. Expected resistance found. Problem may be intermittent. Reconnect all connectors, clear all fault codes and
return unit to field operation. Monitor unit for recurring fault.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 445

10. Disconnect connector 10M on the rear wall of the cab.
Measure resistance between pins 64 and 66 on harness connector 10M.

120 Ω
A. Expected resistance found. Problem is in data bus wiring between connector 10F and connector 60M. Check
data bus continuity from connector 10F to connector 60M. Repair or replace the damaged harness.
B. Expected resistance not found. Damaged connector or wire is in the chassis harness. Check data bus conti-
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 446
TRANS 137-Front suspension pump tank (WK) selector solenoid

circuit shorted or open
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The front suspension pump/tank (WK) selector solenoid or the wiring to the solenoid has an open circuit or is shorted
to ground.
1. Front suspension pump/tank (WK) selector solenoid has an internal open circuit.
2. Wiring from the transmission controller to the front suspension pump/tank (WK) selector solenoid has an open
circuit or is shorted to ground.
Solution:
1. Visually inspect the wiring harness between the transmission controller and front suspension pump/tank (WK)
selector solenoid for damage or loose connections.
field operation.
Measure resistance (through the solenoid) between pin 15 of connector 355M and pin 21 of connector 353M.
Expected reading is approximately 8.0 Ω.
B. Expected resistance found. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
3. Measure resistance for the selector solenoid directly at the solenoid.
Disconnect harness connector 488M from the front suspension pump/tank (WK) selector solenoid.
Measure resistance between pins 1 and 2 on connector 488M.

4. Reconnect all connectors to the transmission controller. Reconnect connector 488M to the solenoid. Start the
engine. Clear all fault codes. Test operation of the suspended axle system.

ground.
circuit.
A. Short circuit found. Repair or replace the harness. Return unit to field operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 447

6. Check for an open circuit in the pump/tank (WK) selector solenoid wiring. Disconnect connector 488M from the
solenoid.
Measure resistance between pin 15 of harness connector 355M at the controller and pin 1 of harness connector
488M at the solenoid.
A. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the open circuit in wire 937 between the solenoid and trans-
mission controller.

7. Measure the resistance between pin 2 of harness connector 488M at the solenoid and chassis ground.
A. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the open circuit in wire 175 between the solenoid and the
transmission controller via SPL-T50.

engine. Clear all fault codes. Test operation of suspended axle system.
A. Fault code re-displays. The problem may be intermittent. Repeat Steps 5, 6 and 7 as a second person carefully

9. Disconnect connector 355M from the transmission controller. Disassemble the connector and remove pin 15 from
connector 355M.
Disconnect 488M at the solenoid. Connect the wire from pin 15 of connector 355M to pin 1 at the solenoid.
Connect a comparable gauge wire between the nearest chassis ground and pin 2 at the solenoid.
of suspended axle system.
B. Fault code does not re-display. Make permanent repairs to the harness or replace harness. Return unit to field
operation
Calibrate the transmission controller. Test operation of the suspended axle system.
B. Fault code does not re-display. Write the fault code on the failed controller. Return unit to field operation
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 448
TRANS 138-Front suspension raise solenoid circuit shorted or

open circuit
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The front suspension piston side (SV-K) solenoid or the wiring to the solenoid has an open circuit or is shorted to
ground.
1. Piston side (SV-K) solenoid has internal open circuit.

2. Wiring from the transmission controller to the piston side (SV-K) solenoid has an open circuit or is shorted to
ground.
Solution:
1. Visually inspect the wiring harness between the transmission controller and the piston side (SV-K) solenoid for
damage or loose connections.
field operation.
Measure the resistance (through the solenoid) between pin 7 of connector 355M and pin 21 of connector 353M.
Disconnect harness connector 487M from the front suspension piston side (SV-K) solenoid.
A. Expected resistance not found. Replace the piston side (SV-K) solenoid. Clear all fault codes, and return unit
to field operation.

engine. Clear all fault codes. Test operation of the suspended axle system.

ground.
circuit.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 449

6. Check for an open circuit in the piston side (SV-K) solenoid wiring. Disconnect connector 487M from the solenoid.
Measure resistance between pin 7 of harness connector 355M at the transmission controller and pin 1 of harness
connector 487M at the solenoid.
A. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the open circuit in wire 936 between the solenoid and the

7. Measure resistance between pin 2 of harness connector 487M at the solenoid and chassis ground.
A. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the open circuit in wire 175 between the solenoid and pin 21 of
connector 353M at the transmission controller via SPL-T50.

8. Reconnect all connectors to the transmission controller. Reconnect connector 487M at the piston side (SV-K)
solenoid. Start the engine. Clear all fault codes. Test operation of suspended axle system.

connector 353M.
Disconnect connector 487M at the piston side (SV-K) solenoid. Connect the wire from pin 7 of connector 353M to
pin 1 on the solenoid.
Connect a comparable gauge wire between the nearest chassis ground and pin 2 at the solenoid.
Reconnect all connectors to the transmission controller. Start the engine. Clear all transmission fault codes. Test
operation of the suspended axle system.
operation
Calibrate the transmission controller. Test operation of the transmission.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 450
TRANS 139-Front suspension rod side (SV-R) solenoid circuit

shorted or open
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The front suspension rod side (SV-R) solenoid or the wiring to the solenoid has an open circuit or is shorted to ground.
1. Rod side (SV-R) solenoid has an internal open circuit.

2. Wiring from the transmission controller to the rod side (SV-R) solenoid has an open circuit or is shorted to ground.
Solution:
1. Visually inspect the wiring harness between the transmission controller and front suspension rod side (SV-R) so-
lenoid for damage or loose connections.
field operation.
Measure the resistance (through the solenoid) between pin 8 of connector 355M and pin 21 of connector 353M.
Disconnect harness connector 486M from the rod side (SV-R) solenoid.
A. Expected resistance not found. Replace the rod side (SV-R) solenoid. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to
field operation.

4. Reconnect all connectors to the transmission controller. Reconnect connector 486M at the rod side (SV-R) sole-
noid. Start the engine. Clear all fault codes. Test operation of the suspended axle system.

ground.
circuit.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 451

6. Check for an open circuit in the rod side (SV-R) solenoid wiring. Disconnect connector 486M from the solenoid.
Measure resistance between pin 8 of harness connector 355M at the transmission controller and pin 1 of harness
connector 486M at the solenoid.
A. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the open circuit in wire 935 between the solenoid and trans-
mission controller.

7. Measure resistance between pin 2 of harness connector 486M and chassis ground.
A. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the open circuit in wire 175 between the solenoid and pin 21 of
connector 353M at the transmission controller via SPL-T50.

engine. Clear all fault codes. Test operation of suspended axle system.

connector 355M.
Disconnect 486M from the solenoid. Connect the wire from pin 8 of connector 355M to pin 1 on the solenoid.
Connect a comparable gauge wire between the nearest chassis ground and pin 2 on the solenoid.
Reconnect all connectors into the transmission controller. Start the engine. Clear all fault codes. Test operation
of suspended axle system.
operation
Calibrate the transmission controller. Test operation of the suspended axle system.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 452
TRANS 140-Front suspension position is above the expected

absolute limit
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The transmission controller monitors the front axle potentiometer circuit. If the transmission controller detects the
voltage above 4.74 V, this fault code is recorded.
1. The front suspension position is above the absolute limit.

2. The front axle position sensor failed.
3. The front axle position sensor wiring is shorted to power.
Solution:
1. Check if the front suspension above the absolute limit.
The front axle should always be within the expected range for proper suspension operation. Make sure the tractor
is properly ballasted, and the implement is not too heavy for the tractor.
A. The tractor is properly ballasted, and the implement is not too heavy for the tractor. Go to Step 2.
B. Front suspension is overloaded due to ballast or a heavy implement.Correct the front suspension load. Clear
2. Check the installation of the front axle position sensor.
Make sure that the position sensor is properly installed. Check for mechanical damage or for obstruction at the
linkage.
A. Sensor is properly installed and is not damaged or obstructed.Go to Step 3.
B. Sensor installation repaired or adjusted. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
3. Check the front axle position sensor through instrument display.
Front sensor voltage can be monitored through the instrument cluster. Enter program mode on the instrument
cluster, go to FSUS under TRANS. Sensor voltage is displayed in both CAL and MANUAL mode.
As the axle moves from lowest to highest position, voltage should change smoothly from less than 1.0 - 4.5 V.
A. Expected voltage is found. The position sensor is working properly. The front axle was mechanically above
the limit. Instruct the operator on correcting front suspension load, and return unit to field operation.
B. Expected voltage not found. Go to Step 4.

4. Check the position sensor wiring.
Disconnect connector 193M at the sensor.
B. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the open condition in the ground circuit back to chassis ground.
5. Measure resistance between pin 3 of connector 193M and chassis ground. Expected reading is no continuity
(infinite resistance or overload).
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 453
B. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the short to ground in wire 544 circuit. Clear all fault codes,
6. Turn the key switch to the On position. Measure voltage between pin 2 of connector 193M and chassis ground.
Expected reading is 12.0 V.
B. Expected reading not found. Check fuse 26. If fuse is good, locate and repair the open circuit or possible short
circuit in wire 531. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
7. Replace the front axle position sensor. Test operation of the front axle system.
A. Fault code re-displays.Reinstall the original sensor, and submit a concern to ASIST.
B. Fault code does not re-display.Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 454
TRANS 141-Front suspension position is below the expected

absolute limit
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The transmission controller monitors the front axle potentiometer circuit. If the transmission controller detects the
voltage below 0.74 V, this fault code is recorded.
1. Front axle position is below the absolute limit.

2. Position sensor failed.
3. Position sensor wiring is shorted to power.
Solution:
1. Check if the front axle position has been below the absolute limit.
Front axle position should always be within the expected range for proper suspension operation. Make sure the
tractor is properly ballasted, and the implement is not too heavy for the tractor.
A. The tractor is properly ballasted, and the implement is not too heavy for the tractor. Go to Step 2.
B. Front suspension is overloaded due to ballast or a heavy implement. Correct the front suspension load. Clear
2. Check the installation of the front axle position sensor.
Make sure that the position sensor is properly installed. Check for mechanical damage or for obstruction at linkage.
A. The position sensor is properly installed and is not damaged or obstructed.Go to Step 3
B. Sensor installation repaired or adjusted. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
3. Check the front axle position sensor through instrument display.
Front sensor voltage can be monitored through the instrument cluster. Enter program mode on the instrument
cluster, go to FSUS under TRANS. Sensor voltage is displayed in both CAL and MANUAL mode.
As the axle moves from lowest to highest position, voltage should change smoothly from less than 1.0 - 4.5 V.
A. Expected voltage is found. The position sensor is working properly. The front axle was mechanically below
the limit. Instruct the operator on correcting front suspension load, and return unit to field operation.
B. Expected voltage not found. Go to Step 4.

4. Check the position sensor wiring.
Disconnect connector 193M at the sensor.
B. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the open condition in the ground circuit back to chassis ground.
5. Measure resistance between pin 3 of connector 193M and chassis ground. Expected reading is no continuity
(infinite resistance or overload).

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 455
B. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the short to ground in wire 544 circuit. Clear all fault codes,
6. Turn the key switch to the On position. Measure voltage between pin 2 of connector 193M and chassis ground.
Expected reading is 12.0 V.
B. Expected reading not found. Check fuse 26. If fuse is good, locate and repair the open circuit or possible short
circuit in wire 531. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
7. Replace the front axle position sensor. Test operation of the front axle system.
A. Fault code re-displays.Reinstall the original sensor, and submit a concern to ASIST.
B. Fault code does not re-display.Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 456
TRANS 142-Front suspension travel range has not been calibrated

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Front suspension travel range has not been calibrated.
1. Front suspension travel range has not been calibrated.
Solution:
1. Calibrate the front suspension travel range. Clear all fault codes.
B. Fault code re-displays. Check the software version in the transmission controller, and update as required.
Calibrate front suspension travel range.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 457
TRANS 143-Front suspension does not raise when commanded

by the control
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Front suspension does not raise when commanded by the controller. Fault is generated after 3 attempts to raise the
front suspension. Suspension is disabled.
1. Tractor PFC pump system problem.

2. Excessive load or mechanical obstruction.
3. Suspended axle pump/tank solenoid failed or stuck
4. Suspended axle piston side solenoid failed or stuck
5. Suspended axle rod side solenoid failed or stuck
6. Wiring problem.
7. Transmission controller failed.
Solution:
1. Check the hitch or remote hydraulic operation. Make sure adequate flow and pressure are available.
A. Hitch and/or remote hydraulic operation are normal. Go to Step 2.
B. Hitch and/or remote hydraulic operation are not normal. Go to hydraulic troubleshooting for the PFC system.
2. Check for excessive load or mechanical obstruction.
A. No excessive load or mechanical obstruction found. Go to Step 3.
B. Excessive load or mechanical obstruction found. Correct or repair as required. Clear all fault codes, and return
3. To raise the front axle, the pump/tank solenoid, piston side solenoid and rod side solenoid must be energized
together.
Test the solenoid coils. Disconnect connectors 486M, 487M and 488M.
Measure resistance between pins 1 and 2 on each solenoid. Expected reading is approximately 8.0 Ω.
B. Expected reading not found. Replace the bad solenoid coil. After repair, clear all fault codes, and return unit
to field operation.
4. Check power to the three solenoid coils.
Turn the key switch to Off and then On position. Clear all fault codes.
Activate the front suspension switch. Measure voltage between pin 1 of harness connector 486M and chassis
ground. Measure voltage between pin 1 of harness connector 487M and chassis ground. Measure voltage be-
tween pin 1 of harness connector 488M and chassis ground. The expected reading is 12.0 V.
Remember: after three attempts the system is disabled; it may be necessary to recycle power and clear the fault
code to complete this test sequence.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 458
B. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the wiring problem between the transmission controller and
solenoid in wires 935, 936 or 937.
5. Check ground to each solenoid.
Measure resistance between pin 2 of harness connector 486M and chassis ground. Measure resistance between
pin 2 of harness connector 487M and chassis ground. Measure resistance between pin 2 of harness connector
488M and chassis ground. The expected reading is less than 1.0 Ω.
A. Expected reading found. Check pump/tank selector, piston side and rod side solenoid valves for stuck spool.
If hydraulic problem cannot be located, submit a concern to ASIST.
B. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the ground circuit between the solenoid and the transmission
controller.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 459
TRANS 144-Front suspension position does not lower when

commanded by the control
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Front suspension does not lower when commanded by the controller. Fault is generated after 3 attempts to lower the
front suspension. Suspension is disabled.
1. Excessive load or mechanical obstruction.

2. Rod side solenoid failed or stuck
3. Piston side solenoid failed or stuck
4. Wiring problem.
5. Transmission controller failed.
Solution:
1. Check for excessive load or mechanical obstruction.
A. No excessive load or mechanical obstruction found. Go to Step 2.
B. Excessive load or mechanical obstruction found. Correct or repair as required. Clear all fault codes, and return
2. To lower the front axle, the rod side solenoid and piston side solenoid must be energized.
Test both solenoid coils. Disconnect connectors 486M and 487M.
Measure resistance between pins 1 and 2 on each solenoid. Expected reading is approximately 8.0 Ω.
B. Expected reading not found. Replace the bad solenoid coil. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field oper-
ation.
3. Check power to both solenoid coils.
Turn the key switch to Off and then On. Clear all fault codes.
Activate the front suspension switch. Measure voltage between pin 1 on harness connector 486M and chassis
ground, and measure voltage between pin 1 on harness connector 487M and chassis ground. The expected
reading is 12.0 V.
Remember: after three attempts the system is disabled; it may be necessary to recycle power and clear the fault
code to complete this test sequence.
B. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the wiring problem between the transmission controller and the
solenoids in wire 935 or 936. Clear all fault codes, and return the unit to field operation.
4. Check ground to each solenoid.
Measure resistance between pin 2 on harness connector 486M and chassis ground, and measure resistance
between pin 2 on harness connector 487M and chassis ground. Expected reading is less than 1.0 Ω.
A. Expected reading found. Check the solenoid valves for a stuck spool. If hydraulic problem cannot be located,
submit a concern to ASIST.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 460
B. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the ground circuit between the solenoid and transmission con-
troller.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 461
TRANS 145-Pressure sensor piston side (DA-K) out of range high

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Pressure sensor piston side (DA-K) out of range high: voltage is above 4.9 V for 150 milliseconds.
1. Pressure sensor or wiring shorted to power.

2. Pressure sensor failed.
Solution:
1. Visually inspect the wiring harness between the transmission controller and the piston side pressure sensor (con-
nector 490M-2) for damage or loose connections.
B. Damaged or loose connection is found. Repair or replace the problem. Clear all fault codes, and return unit
to field operation.
2. Check if fault code TRANS 150 is also active.
A. Fault code TRANS 150 is active. Go to Step 3
B. Fault code 150 is not active.The piston side pressure sensor has failed. Replace the pressure sensor. Clear
3. Disconnect all connectors to the transmission controller: 350M, 351M, 353M and 355M.
on connector 351M.
Measure resistance between pin 16 of connector 351M and every pin on connectors 350M, 353M and 355M.

4. Disassemble connector 351M and remove pin 16 from connector 351M. Disassemble connector 490M-2 to the
piston side pressure sensor, and remove pin 1 from the connector.
Install an appropriate length (long enough to span from sensor to controller) of comparable gauge wire into pin 16
of connector 351M.
Connect the wire from pin 16 of connector 351M to pin 1 on connector 490M-2.
Reconnect all connectors to the transmission controller. Reconnect connector 490M-2 to the piston side pressure
sensor. Start the engine. Clear all fault codes. Test operation of suspended axle system.
operation
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 462
TRANS 146-System pressure below 689 kPa (99 psi)

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The transmission controller monitors the regulated system pressure. This fault code indicates pump failure.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 463
TRANS 147-Regulated system pressure below 2268 kPa (329 psi)

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The transmission controller monitors the regulated system pressure. If the pressure drops below 2268 kPa (329 psi),
this fault code is recorded.
1. Low regulated pressure.

3. Pressure sensor wiring problem.
Solution:
1. Check the transmission regulated pressure. Refer to the hydraulic test in the repair manual.
A. Transmission regulated pressure within proper range. Go to Step 2.
B. Transmission regulated pressure low. Follow the repair manual instruction to adjust regulated pressure.
2. Check the transmission regulated pressure with the instrument cluster. Use the TRANS view to view pressure on
display.
With the tractor in park, slowly move the throttle lever from low idle to high idle position and then back down. The
pressure should be from 70 - 200 kPa (10 - 30 psi) higher in high idle than in low idle.
A. If the pressure does not change with throttle movement or the displayed pressure is questionable, go to Step 3.
B. If the pressure changes with throttle movement and the pressure appears correct, go to Step 4.
3. Test the pressure sensor.
Clear all fault codes. Disconnect the pressure sensor at connector 44M. Install a jumper wire between pins C and
A at harness connector 44M. Start the tractor and check for active fault codes. The fault code should not re-display.
Shut down tractor and remove the jumper wire. Clear all fault codes. Install a jumper wire between pins C and B
on harness connector 44M. Start the tractor and check for active fault codes. The fault code should re-display.
A. Expected fault code display occurred. Replace the pressure sensor. Return unit to field operation.
B. Expected fault code display did not occur. Go to Step 4.

4. Check power to the pressure sensor.
Turn the key switch to the On position. Measure voltage between pin B on harness connector 44M and chassis
ground. Expected reading is 5.0 V.
B. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the open circuit in wire 561 between pin B on the sensor and
pin 16 on connector 351M at the transmission controller. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
5. Check ground to the sensor. Measure the resistance between pin A of harness connector 44M and chassis ground.
B. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the open circuit in ground wire 557 between pin A at the sensor
and pin 23 of connector 350M at the transmission controller. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field
operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 464
6. Check the sensor signal circuit. Measure resistance between pin C of harness connector 44M and pin 11 of con-
nector 351M at the transmission controller. Expected reading is less than 1.0 Ω.
B. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the open circuit in signal wire 563 between pin C at the sensor
and pin 11 of connector 351M at transmission controller. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
7. Problem may be intermittent. Repeat Steps 4-6 while a second person carefully bends and twists the harness
between the sensor and the transmission controller.
Locate and repair any open circuit found on the tested circuit.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 465
TRANS 148-Backup alarm circuit shorted or open

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The transmission controller monitors the backup alarm circuit. If the transmission controller detects an open circuit or
too much current draw, this fault code is recorded.
1. Backup alarm failed.

2. Backup alarm wiring failed open or shorted to ground.
Solution:
1. Visually inspect the wiring harness between the transmission controller and the backup alarm. Check for abrasive
wear or broken wires.
A. No wear or damage found. Go to Step 2.
B. Wear or damage found and repaired. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
2. Test the backup alarm. Disconnect connectors 337A and 337B from the backup alarm. Measure resistance be-
tween the terminals on the backup alarm. Expected reading is between 2.0 - 5.0 Ω.
B. Expected reading not found. Replace the backup alarm. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
3. Measure resistance between connector 337B and chassis ground. Expected reading is less than 1.0 Ω.
B. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the open circuit in ground on wire 174 back to chassis ground
on ring terminal connector 189F. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
4. Measure resistance between connector 337A and pin 9 of connector 355M at the transmission controller. Ex-
pected reading is less than 1.0 Ω.
B. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the open circuit in wire 571 between the alarm and transmission
controller. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
5. The problem may be intermittent. Repeat Steps 2-4 while a second person carefully bends and twists the harness
between the backup alarm and the transmission controller.
Locate and repair any open circuit found between the test points.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 466
TRANS 149-Pressure sensor piston side open circuit

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

NOTE: The supply voltage and ground circuits for both front suspension sensors, the master clutch and system pres-
sure transducer are common. If fault codes TRANS 11, TRANS 54, TRANS 149 and TRANS 151 are all active, begin
troubleshooting with the resolution for fault code TRANS 54.
Cause:
Pressure sensor piston side (DA-K) open circuit.
1. Pressure sensor wiring has open circuit or wiring shorted to ground.

Solution:
1. Visually inspect the wiring harness between the transmission controller and the piston side pressure sensor (con-
nector 490M-2) for damage or loose connections.
to field operation.
2. Replace the piston side pressure sensor with a known good sensor.
A. Fault code re-displays. Reinstall the original sensor. Go to Step 3.

3. Disconnect connector 490M-2 from the piston side pressure sensor. Disconnect connector 490M from the trans-
mission controller.
Measure resistance between pin 2 of harness connector 490M-2 and pin 19 of harness connector 490M.
Expected reading should be less than 1.0 Ω.
A. Expected reading found. Go to Step 4
B. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair open circuit in wire 939 between the sensor and the transmis-
sion controller. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
4. Measure resistance between pin 2 of harness connector 490M-2 and chassis ground.
Expected reading is no continuity (infinite resistance or overload) .
B. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair short to ground in wire 939 between the sensor and the trans-
mission controller. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
B. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair short to ground or open circuit in wire 561 between the sensor
and SPL-T6. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 467
A. Expected reading found. Submit a concern to ASIST.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 468
TRANS 150-Pressure sensor rod side (DA-R) out of range high

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Pressure sensor rod side (DA-R) out of range high: voltage is above 4.9 V for 150 milliseconds.
1. Pressure sensor or wiring shorted to power.

Solution:
1. Visually inspect the wiring harness between the transmission controller and the rod side pressure sensor (connec-
tor 489M) for damage or loose connections.
to field operation.
2. Check if fault code TRANS 145 is also active.
A. Fault code TRANS 145 is active. Go to Step 3
B. Fault code TRANS 145 is not active.The rod side pressure sensor has failed. Replace the pressure sensor.
3. Disconnect all connectors to the transmission controller: 350M, 351M, 353M and 355M.
on connector 351M.
Measure resistance between pin 16 of connector 351M and every pin on connectors 350M, 353M and 355M.

4. Disassemble connector 351M and remove pin 16 from connector 351M. Disassemble connector 489M to the rod
side pressure sensor, and remove pin 1 from the connector.
Install an appropriate length (long enough to span from sensor to controller) of comparable gauge wire into pin 16
of connector 351M.
Connect the wire from pin 16 of connector 351M to pin 1 on connector 489M.
Reconnect all connectors to the transmission controller. Reconnect connector 489M to the rod side pressure
sensor. Start the engine. Clear all fault codes. Test operation of suspended axle system.
operation
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 469
TRANS 151-Pressure sensor rod side open circuit

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

NOTE: The supply voltage and ground circuits for both front suspension sensors, the master clutch and system pres-
sure transducer are common. If fault codes TRANS 11, TRANS 54, TRANS 149 and TRANS 151 are all active, begin
troubleshooting with the resolution for fault code TRANS 54.
Cause:
Pressure sensor rod side (DA-R) open circuit.
1. Pressure sensor wiring has open circuit or wiring shorted to ground.

Solution:
1. Visually inspect the wiring harness between the transmission controller and the rod side pressure sensor (connec-
tor 489M) for damage or loose connections.
to field operation.
2. Replace the piston side pressure sensor with a known good sensor. Clear all fault codes. Test operation of the
suspended axle system.
A. Fault code re-displays. Reinstall the original sensor. Go to Step 3.

3. Disconnect connector 489M from the rod side pressure sensor. Disconnect connector 490M from the transmission
controller.
Measure resistance between pin 2 of harness connector 489M and pin 18 of harness connector 490M.
Expected reading should be less than 1.0 Ω.
A. Expected reading found. Go to Step 4
B. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair open circuit in wire 938 between the sensor and the transmis-
sion controller. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
B. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair short to ground in wire 938 between the sensor and the trans-
mission controller. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 470
A. Expected reading found. Submit a concern to ASIST.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 471
TRANS 152-Front suspension pressure control cannot increase

pressure on the rod side
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Fault code indicates software or controller problem. Contact ASIST.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 472
TRANS 153-Front suspension pressure control cannot decrease

pressure on the rod side
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Fault code indicates software or controller problem. Contact ASIST.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 473
TRANS 154-Front suspension lock valve is stuck On (suspension

does not lock)
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Transmission controller is sensing power to the lockout solenoid at all times which keeps the suspension from locking.
1. Lock valve wiring shorted to power.

2. Lock valve relay failed.
Solution:
1. Place suspended axle switch in the Off position and turn the key switch On. Check for power at the lock valve
solenoid. Use multimeter with back probes at connector 185F at lock valve solenoid.
A. Reading indicates no power at lock valve solenoid. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
B. Reading indicates 12 V at lock valve solenoid. Go to Step 2.

2. Leave the suspended axle switch in the Off position and turn the key switch On. Remove the lock valve relay.
Check for power at the lock valve solenoid. Use a multimeter with back probes at connector 185F at lock valve
solenoid.
A. Reading indicates no power at lock valve solenoid. Replace the failed lock valve relay. Clear all fault codes,
B. Reading indicates 12 V at lock valve solenoid. Locate and repair the short to power somewhere between
connector 185F connector 242F, splice T19, pin 11 of connector 434M and pin 13 of connector 57M at the
TMF controller.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 474
TRANS 155-Front suspension lock valve is stuck Off (suspension

does not unlock)
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Transmission controller is not sensing power to the lockout solenoid when power should be present. The suspension
system remains in the locked position.
1. Wiring to lock valve solenoid has open circuit or shorted to ground.

2. Lock valve solenoid failed.
3. Lock valve relay failed.
Solution:
1. Inspect the wiring harness between the lock solenoid and the TMF controller at connector 58M for damage or
loose connections.
B. Harness damage or loose connection found. Repair or replace the problem component. Clear all fault codes
and return to field operation.
2. Measure resistance directly at solenoid. Disconnect harness connector 185M at the lock valve. Measure resis-
tance between the two pins on the connector. Expected reading is approximately 5.0 Ω.
B. Expected resistance is found. Go to Step 3.

3. Access the fuse/relay compartment behind the operator seat. Replace the lock valve relay with a known good
relay. Clear all fault codes and check operation of suspended axle system.
A. The suspended axle system unlocks and locks as properly. Return unit to field operation.
B. The suspended axle system does not unlock. Go to Step 4.

4. Remove the lock valve relay from the relay base. Turn the key switch to the On position. Use a multimeter to test
for 12 V between pin 2 and ground and pin 5 and ground.
A. Expected voltage is found. Locate the short to ground , or open circuit in wire 878 between the relay base and
the TMF controller at pin 13 of connector 57M, or between the relay base and lock valve solenoid.
B. Expected voltage not found. Locate short to ground or open circuit between relay base and fuse 26.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 475
TRANS 156-Front suspension lock valve was installed but removed

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Front suspension lock valve was installed but was removed.
1. Front suspension lock valve was installed but was removed.
Solution:
1. Use EST to change transmission configuration to no front suspension lock valve installed. Clear all fault codes.
B. Fault code re-displays. Check transmission controller software version. Update software as required. Use
EST to change transmission configuration to no front suspension lock valve installed. Clear all fault codes.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 476
TRANS 24-Transmission clutches are not calibrated

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Transmission clutches have not been calibrated.
1. Transmission clutches have not been calibrated.

Solution:
1. Clear all fault codes and calibrate the transmission clutches.
A. Fault code re-displays. Replace the transmission controller.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 477
TRANS 37-BOC switch open circuit or neutral relay stuck open

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Fault code is recorded when the clutch pedal position is above 30%, the shuttle lever is in forward or reverse and the
controller does not detect 12 V from the bottom of clutch switch.
1. Failed neutral relay.

2. Bottom of clutch switch failed open.
3. No power to neutral relay.
4. Bad connection or wiring problem at the neutral relay or bottom of clutch switch.
Solution:
1. Check fuse 43. If fuse is not blown, inspect wiring between the fuse and the neutral relay at connector 263F.
A. Fuse and wiring correct. Go to Step 2.
B. Fuse is blown. Replace fuse 43. Clear all faults codes, and return the unit to field operation.
2. Replace the neutral relay #6 ( 263F) with a known good relay. Test operation of the clutch pedal.
A. Fault code re-displays. Reinstall the original relay. Go to Step 3.
B. Fault code does not re-display. Install a new relay. Clear all faults codes, and return the unit to field operation..
3. Remove the neutral relay. Turn the key switch to the On position. Measure voltage between cavity 3 on the relay
base and chassis ground. Expected reading is 12.0 V.
B. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the open circuit in power between pin C3 on the relay and fuse
43. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
4. Turn the key switch to the On position. Clutch pedal must be in the up position and the transmission control lever
must be in forward or reverse. Measure voltage between cavity 1 on the relay base and chassis ground. Expected
reading is 12.0 V.

5. Check for continuity to ground at the relay base. Measure resistance between terminal 2 on the relay base and
chassis ground. Expected reading is less than 1.0 Ω.
A. Expected reading found. Go to Step7.
B. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the open circuit in ground for the neutral relay.
6. Test the bottom of clutch switch and the wiring to the switch The bottom of the clutch switch is located under the
steering column. Disconnect connector 50M from the switch.
Measure resistance between pins A and B on switch. When the inching pedal is up, the expected reading is less
than 1.0 Ω. When the inching pedal is down, there should be no continuity (infinite resistance or overload).
B. Expected reading not found. Replace the bottom of clutch switch. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field
operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 478
7. Disconnect connectors 350M and 355M at the transmission controller.
Measure resistance between terminal 5 of the neutral relay base and pin 20 of connector 350M, and between
terminal 5 of the neutral relay base and pins 25 and 35 of connector 355M. Expected reading is less than 1.0 Ω.
A. Expected reading found.Go to Step 8.
B. Expected reading not found. Repair the open circuit in harness. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field
operation.
Calibrate the controller. Test operation of the bottom of the clutch switch.
B. Fault code re-displays. Reinstall the original transmission controller. Submit a concern to ASIST.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 479
TRANS 38-Shuttled to reverse when no wheel speed signal

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The fault code is recorded when the operator shuttle shifts to reverse from 13th gear or higher and fault code TRANS
77 (no transmission output RPM signal) is active.
1. No transmission output signal
Solution:
1. Clear all fault codes. Test shuttle shifting: cycle the shuttle lever.
A. Fault code re-displays. Use the troubleshooting for fault code TRAN 77 to resolve this problem.
B. Fault code does not re-display. Clear all faults code, and return the unit to field operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 480
TRANS 47-Clutch position sensor not agree with BOC switch

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The input from the position sensor for the clutch (inching) pedal does not agree with the input from the bottom of clutch
(BOC) switch.
1. Clutch position sensor or the bottom of clutch switch not properly adjusted.
2. Bottom of clutch switch failed open.
3. Inching pedal position potentiometer failed.
Solution:
1. Check the mechanical adjustment of the clutch position sensor and the bottom of clutch switch.
A. Adjustment correct. Go to Step 2.
B. Adjustment incorrect. Adjust sensor or switch as required. Clear all faults codes, and return the unit to field
operation.
2. Use the Monitor screen in the electronic service tool (EST) to check operation of the inching pedal potentiometer
and the bottom of clutch switch.
the Monitor screen.
Switch status for the bottom of clutch switch status should be On when the pedal is fully depressed.
A. Percentage and switch status values are correct. Go to Step 3.
B. Percentage readings for inching pedal potentiometer are incorrect or erratic. Replace and adjust the inching
pedal potentiometer. Clear all fault codes, and return the unit to field operation.
C. Switch status for the bottom of clutch switch does not change. Replace and adjust the bottom of clutch switch.
Clear all fault codes, and return the unit to field operation.
3. Check for an open circuit between the clutch pedal potentiometer at connector 52M. and the transmission con-
troller. Disconnect connector 52M from the clutch pedal potentiometer.
Disconnect connector 351M from the transmission controller.
Measure resistance between pin C of connector 52M and pin 17 of connector 351M. Expected reading is less than
1.0 Ω.
If expected resistance is not found, locate and repair the open circuit between the two test points. Reinstall all
connectors.
A. Open circuit not found. Go to Step 4,
B. Open circuit found and repaired. Test operation of the clutch pedal. If fault code does not re-display, return
unit to field operation. If fault code re-displays, go to Step 4.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 481
Measure resistance between pin B of connector 52M and pin 1 of connector 351M. Expected reading is less than
1.0 Ω.
connectors.
Measure resistance between pin A of connector 52M and pin 23 of connector 350M. Expected reading is less than
1.0 Ω.
connectors.
Calibrate the controller. Test operation of the clutch pedal.
A. Fault codes does not re-display. Write the fault code on the failed controller. Return unit to field operation.
B. Fault code does re-display. Reinstall the original transmission controller. Submit a concern to ASIST.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 482
TRANS 48-BOC switch or neutral relay short circuit

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Fault code TRANS 48 is recorded when the clutch pedal position is below 5%, the shuttle lever is in forward or reverse
and the controller detected 12 V from bottom of clutch relay.
1. Bottom of clutch switch out of adjustment.

2. Bottom of clutch switch not working.
3. “Not neutral” wiring shorted to power.
4. Neutral wiring shorted to power.
5. Neutral relay stuck closed.
6. Transmission controller failure.
Solution:
1. Test operation of the inching pedal (clutch) with the electronic service tool (EST):
Connect the EST and select functions 260 and 261 under monitor to view operation of the clutch pedal poten-
tiometer. Turn the tractor key switch on and enter the TRANS VIEW menus on the instrumentation. Move the
transmission control lever into forward or reverse.
Slowly depress and raise the inching pedal while watching the EST read out. The EST should display 100 % ( 4 -
5 V) when the pedal is fully raised, and 0 % ( 0.122 - 2 V) when fully depressed.
Slowly depress and raise the inching pedal while watching he reading on the tractor instrumentation. This switch
is normally closed. The read out should change from 0 (fully depressed - open) to 1 (fully raised - closed). The
switch should open (0) when the pedal is 5 - 15 % from the bottom of its travel.
A. Switch changes between 0 (zero) and 1, but the change occurs outside the 5 - 15 % range.Adjust the switch
so it activates in the 5 - 15 % range.
B. Switch never changes between 0 (zero) and 1.Go to Step 2.
C. Switch changes between 0 (zero) and 1 in the 5 - 15 % range.Go to Step 4.

2. Check if the bottom of the clutch switch is functioning: test the switch and the wiring to the switch. The connector
for the bottom of the clutch switch is located under the steering column. Disconnect connector 50M from the switch.
Measure resistance between pins A and B on the switch. When the inching pedal is up, the expected reading
is less than 1.0 Ω. When the inching pedal is down, the expected reading is no continuity (infinite resistance or
overload).
B. Expected reading not found. Replace the bottom of clutch switch; check its adjustment using the tests in Step
3. Check if the “not neutral” wiring is shorted to power. Disconnect connector 351M at the transmission controller.
Turn the key switch to the On position. Move the transmission control into forward or reverse. Depress the inching
pedal past the point of activation for the bottom of the clutch switch.
Measure voltage between chassis ground and cavity 23 of connector 351M. Expected reading is 0 V.
A. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the short circuit of B+ between cavity B of connector 50M, cavity
23 of connector 351M and cavity 7 of connector 51M Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 483

4. Check if the neutral relay wiring is shorted to power. Disconnect connectors 350M and 355M at the transmission
controller.
Turn the key switch to the On position. Move the transmission control into forward or reverse. Fully depress the
inching pedal.
Measure voltage between chassis ground and pin 20 of connector 350M, and between chassis ground and pins
25 and 34 of connector 355M. Expected reading is 0 V.

5. Check for a short to B+ between the these test points – cavity B of connector 50M, cavity 23 of connector 351M
and cavity 7 of connector 51M – and neutral relay #6.
A. Short to B+ not found. Go to Step 6.
B. Short to B+ found. Repair or replace shorted wire. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
6. Test neutral relay #6. Remove the relay from its socket.
Measure resistance between terminals 3 and 5. Expected reading is no continuity (infinite resistance or overload).
A. Expected reading not found. Replace the relay with a known good relay. Clear all fault codes, and return unit
to field operation.
B. Expected reading found. Reinstall the original relay. Start the vehicle and clear all fault codes. If the fault code
reoccurs, go to Step 7.
7. Check the transmission controller.
Check if the software in the controller is up to date: compare its revision to the latest version available on ASIST.
Reload software if required. Start the vehicle and clear all fault codes.
If the fault code still occurs, replace the transmission controller.
Calibrate the controller. Test operation of the bottom of clutch switch: perform the tests in Step 1.
A. Fault codes does not re-display. Write the fault code on the failed controller. Return unit to field operation.
B. Fault code does re-display. Reinstall the original transmission controller. Submit a concern to ASIST.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 484
TRANS 49-Autoguidance isolation valve driver fault

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The high side driver has detected an open circuit or is in thermal shutdown (short circuit).
1. Bad autoguidance solenoid.

2. Damaged autoguidance solenoid wiring.
Solution:
1. Disconnect the connector 74M to the autoguidance solenoid. Measure resistance between pins 1 and 2 on the
solenoid. The expected reading is between 5.0 - 10.0 Ω.
B. Expected reading not found. Install a new solenoid coil. Clear all faults codes, and return the unit to field
operation..
2. Check the solenoid ground connection. Measure resistance between pin 2 on 74M and chassis ground. Expected
reading is less than 1.0 Ω.
If the expected reading is not found, locate and repair the open circuit in ground wire 847 to chassis ground at ring
terminal 189F through SPL-A6.
3. Test the control wiring to the solenoid. Disconnect connector 74M from the solenoid.
Measure resistance between pin 1 of connector 74M and chassis ground. Expected reading is no continuity (infi-
nite resistance or overload).
If short to ground is found, locate and repair the short circuit between pin 1 of connector 74M and pin 17 of con-
nector 355M at the transmission controller.
A. Short to ground not found. Go to Step 4.
B. Short to ground found and repaired. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
4. Test the control wiring to the solenoid. Disconnect connector 74M from the solenoid.
Disconnect connector 355M from transmission controller. Measure resistance between pin 17 of connector 355M
and pin 1 of connector 74M. Expected reading is less than 1.0 Ω.
A. Expected reading found. Fault may be intermittent. If fault code re-displays, replace the wiring between the
autoguidance solenoid and the transmission controller. Return unit to field operation. .
B. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the open circuit in wire 846 between the solenoid and the
transmission controller. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 485
TRANS 50-Park brake is powered off when in park

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The park brake is spring-applied. When 12 V is applied to the park brake solenoid, the brake is hydraulically disen-
gaged. Fault code TRANS 50 is recorded when the transmission controller turns power off to the park brake relay (in
park position), but senses power at the park brake coil.
1. Park brake relay is stuck closed or shorted internally.

2. Wiring shorted to power.
Solution:
1. Replace the park brake relay #5 with a known good relay. Test operation of the park brake.
B. Fault code does not re-display. Install a new relay. Clear all faults codes, and return the unit to field operation..
2. Disconnect connector 49M to the park brake solenoid. Turn the key switch to the On position and engage Park.
Measure the voltage between pin 1 of connector 49M and chassis ground. The expected reading is no power.
If the expected reading is not found, locate and repair the short circuit to power on wire 567 between pin 1 of
connector 49M and pin 28 of connector 351M at the transmission controller.
A. Short circuit not found. Go to Step 3.
B. Short circuit found and repaired. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
Calibrate the controller. Test operation of the park brake.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 486
TRANS 51-FNR pod indicates forward OR reverse is on when park

is on
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

NOTE: Use only a multimeter when taking the measurements in the following test procedures. Do not use a signal
lamp tester.
NOTE: When taking the measurements in this procedure, check for bent pins within the connectors.
Cause:
If the park switch is Off (tractor is in park) and either the forward or reverse switch is in On position (tractor is in forward
or reverse) at the same time, this fault is recorded.
1. Transmission control FNR module failure.

2. Wiring harness problem from the transmission control FNR module to the transmission controller.
Solution:
1. Turn the key switch to the On position. View the shuttle position display on the instrument cluster while shuttle
shifting from Forward to Neutral to Reverse.
A. Instrument cluster display matches lever movement. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation .
B. Instrument cluster display does not match lever movement. Go to Step 2.

2. Locate connector 51F at the rear of armrest console. Disconnect connector 51F from connector 51M.
Measure the resistance between pins 6 (forward) and 9 ( 5 V ref). The expected reading in Forward position is
approximately 500 - 600 Ω and approximately 2500 - 3000 Ω when in any other position.
B. Expected reading not found. The Forward switch in the module has failed. Replace the module assembly.
3. Measure the resistance between pins 5 (reverse) and 9 ( 5 V ref). The expected reading in Reverse position is
B. Expected reading not found. The Reverse switch in the module has failed. Replace the module assembly.
4. Measure the resistance between pins 4 (Park) and 3. The expected reading in Park position is no continuity (infinite
resistance or overload) and approximately 3.9 Ω in any other position.
B. Expected reading not found. The Park switch in the module has failed. Replace the module assembly.
5. Check the wiring between connector 51M at the module and connector 351M at the transmission controller.
Measure resistance between the test points in the table below. If no continuity is found (infinite resistance or
overload), locate and repair the open circuit between the test points.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 487

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 488
TRANS 52-Park brake is stuck on when commanded off

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The park brake is spring-applied. When 12 V is applied to the park brake solenoid, the park brake is hydraulically
disengaged. Fault code TRANS 52 is recorded when the transmission controller turns power On to the park brake
relay (tractor shifted out of Park and powered off the park brake), but sensed no power at the park brake coil.
1. Park brake relay is stuck closed or shorted internally.

2. No power supply to park relay.
3. Wiring shorted to power.
Solution:
1. If fault code TRANS 37 is also recorded, check fuse 43. If the fuse is not blown, inspect wiring between the fuse
and the neutral relay at connector 263F.
A. Fuse and wiring correct.Go to Step 2.
B. Fuse is blown. Replace fuse 43. Clear all faults codes, and return the unit to field operation.
2. Replace the park brake relay #5 with a known good relay. Test operation of the park brake.
B. Fault code does not re-display. Install a new relay. Clear all faults codes, and return the unit to field operation.
3. Remove the park brake relay. Turn the key switch to the On position. Measure voltage between cavity 3 on the
relay base and chassis ground. Expected reading is 12.0 V.
B. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the open circuit in power between pin 3 on the relay and fuse
4. Turn the key switch to the On position. Move the transmission control lever to forward or reverse. Measure voltage
between cavity 1 on the park brake relay base and chassis ground. Expected reading is 12.0 V.

5. Check for continuity to ground at the park brake relay base. Measure resistance between terminal 2 on the relay
base and chassis ground. Expected reading is less than 1.0 Ω.
B. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the open circuit in ground for the park brake relay.
6. Disconnect connector 350M at the transmission controller. Measure resistance between pin 4 of connector 350M
and terminal 1 at the relay base.
A. Expected reading found. Problem may be intermittent. Re-measure resistance while a second person carefully
bends and twists the harness between the two test points. If an open circuit is not found, go to Step 8.
B. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the open circuit in wire 558 between the controller and the
relay. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 489
7. Disconnect connector 49M to the park solenoid. Check for continuity between pin 1 of connector 49M and terminal
5 at the park brake relay base.
B. Expected reading not found. Repair open circuit in wire 562, 561 or 567 between park brake relay and the
Calibrate the controller. Test operation of the park brake.
B. Fault code does not re-display. Write the fault code on the failed controller, and return the unit to field operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 490
TRANS 53-5 volt reference voltage too high

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The transmission controller provides 5 V to the FNR module and the master clutch pedal potentiometer through pins
16 and 17 of connector 351M. The controller monitors the voltage at the two pins. If the voltage is higher than 5.8 V,
1. Wiring harness shorted to power externally.

2. Internal problem with transmission controller.
Solution:
1. Turn the key switch to the On position. Disconnect connector 351M from the transmission controller. Check for
a short to power between pin 16 and chassis ground, between pin 13 and chassis ground, between pin 12 and
chassis ground and between pin 17 and chassis ground. Expected reading is no voltage.
If voltage is found between any of the test points, use the table below to locate and repair the short circuit to power.

Pin 16 of connector 351M Pin 8 of connector 51M at the FNR module, via connec-
tors 10F and 10M
tors 10F and 10M
tors 10F and 10M
Pin 17 of connector 351M Pin C of connector 52M at the master clutch pedal po-
tentiometer, via connectors 10F and 10M
A. Short to power not found. Go to Step 2.
B. Short to power found and repaired. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
2. Repeat Step 1 while a second person carefully twists and bends the harness between the test point locations.
A. Short to power not found. Go to Step 3.
B. Short to power found and repaired. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
3. Reconnect connector 351M to the transmission controller. Clear all fault codes. Turn key switch to the Off position.
Disconnect 351M from transmission controller. Turn the key switch to the On position. Check for active fault codes.
B. Fault code does not re-display. A short circuit to power still exists. Repeat Steps 1 and 2.
Calibrate the controller. Test operation of the FNR module.
B. Fault codes does not re-display. Write the fault code on the failed controller. Return unit to field operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 491
TRANS 54-5 volt reference voltage too low

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The transmission controller provides 5 V to the FNR module and the master clutch pedal potentiometer through pins
16 and 17 of connector 351M. The controller monitors the voltage at the two pins. If the voltage is lower than 4.2 V,
1. Wiring harness shorted to ground or open circuit.

2. Internal problem with transmission controller.
Solution:
1. Disconnect connector 351M from the transmission controller. Check for a short to ground between pin 16 and
chassis ground, between pin 13 and chassis ground, between pin 12 and chassis ground and between pin 17 and
chassis ground. Expected reading is no continuity (infinite resistance or overload).
If continuity is found between any of the test points, use the table below to locate and repair the short circuit to
ground.

tors 10F and 10M
tors 10F and 10M
tors 10F and 10M
Pin 17 of connector 351M Pin C of connector 52M at the master clutch pedal po-
tentiometer, via connectors 10F and 10M
2. Repeat step 1 while a second person carefully twists and bends the harness between the test points.
3. Check the following circuits for continuity.
Check for continuity between FNR pin 8 of connector 51M and pin 16 of connector 351M at the transmission
controller.
Check for continuity between FNR pin 6 of connector 51M and pin 13 of connector 351M at the transmission
controller.
Check for continuity between FNR connector pin 5 of connector 51M and pin 12 of connector 351M at the trans-
mission controller.
B. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the open circuit between the indicated test points. Clear all
fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
4. Check the following circuits for continuity.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 492
Check for continuity between pin B of connector 52M at the master clutch potentiometer and pin 1 of connector
351M at the transmission controller.
Check for continuity between pin C of connector 52M at the master clutch potentiometer and pin 17 of connector
351M at the transmission controller.
B. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the open circuit between the indicated test points. Clear all
fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
5. Reconnect all connectors. Clear all fault codes. Turn the key switch to the Off position.
Disconnect connector 351M from the transmission controller. Turn the key switch to On position. Check for active
fault codes.
B. Fault code does not re-display. A short circuit to ground or an open circuit still exists. Repeat Steps 1-4 to
locate the open or short circuit.
Calibrate the controller. Test operation of the FNR module.
B. Fault codes does not re-display. Write the fault code on the failed controller. Return unit to field operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 493
TRANS 59-FNR pod in illogical state (two positions on at same time)

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
If FNR module indicates two of the three positions (Neutral, Forward and Reverse) are in the On position at same
time, this fault code is recorded.

2. Wiring harness problem from transmission control FNR module to the transmission controller .
Solution:
1. Turn the key switch to the On position. View the shift position display on the instrument cluster while shuttle shifting
from Forward to Neutral to Reverse.

4. Measure the resistance between pins 7 (not Neutral) and 3. There should be no continuity (infinite resistance or
overload) in Neutral position, and there should be continuity in Forward and Reverse positions.
B. Expected reading not found. The Neutral switch in the module has failed. Replace the module assembly.


84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 494

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 495
TRANS 60-FNR pod in illogical state (in no position)

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
If FNR module indicates not in Neutral, not in Forward and not in Reverse for 2 seconds, this fault code is recorded.
1. The FNR lever may be stuck between two positions.

Solution:
1. The FNR lever may be stuck between two positions.
A. Operator not shifting properly. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation .
B. Operator shifting properly. Go to Step 2.


5. Measure the resistance between pins 7 (not Neutral) and 3. There should be no continuity (infinite resistance or
overload) in Neutral position, and there should be continuity in Forward and Reverse positions.
B. Expected reading not found. The Neutral switch in the module has failed. Replace the module assembly.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 496

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 497
TRANS 61-System pressure valve solenoid circuit is open circuit or

shorted to ground
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The system pressure valve solenoid or the wiring to the solenoid has an open circuit or is shorted to ground.
1. System pressure valve solenoid has internal open circuit.

2. Wiring from the transmission controller to the system pressure valve solenoid has an open circuit or is shorted to
ground.
Solution:
1. Visually inspect the wiring harness between the transmission controller and system pressure valve solenoid for
damage or loose connections.
operation.
Measure resistance (through the system pressure valve solenoid) between pin 13 of connector 350M and pin 7 of
connector 353M.

Disconnect harness connector 436F from the system pressure valve solenoid.
A. Expected resistance not found. Replace the system pressure valve solenoid. Clear all fault codes, and return

4. Reconnect all connectors to the transmission controller. Reconnect connector 436F at the solenoid. Start the
engine. Erase all fault codes. Test operation of the transmission.

circuit.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 498

6. Check for an open circuit in the system pressure valve solenoid wiring. Disconnect connector 436F from the
solenoid.
Measure resistance between pin 13 of harness connector 350M and pin 1 of harness connector 436F, and between
pin 7 of connector 353M and pin 2 of connector 436F.

engine. Erase all fault codes. Test operation of transmission.

353M.
Disconnect 436F at the system pressure valve solenoid. Connect the wire from pin 13 of connector 350M to pin 1
on the system pressure valve solenoid.
Connect the wire from pin 7 on connector 353M to pin 2 on the system pressure valve solenoid.
the transmission.
operation

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 499
TRANS 62-System pressure solenoid is shorted to B+

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The transmission controller has turned system pressure solenoid Off, but sensed current in the circuit.
1. System pressure solenoid coil shorted to power.

2. System pressure solenoid wiring shorted to power.
Solution:
1. Visually inspect the wiring harness between the transmission controller and system pressure solenoid for damage
field operation.
Measure resistance (through the system pressure solenoid) between pin 13 of connector 350M and pin 7 of con-
nector 353M.

3. Measure resistance directly at the system pressure solenoid.
Disconnect harness connector 436F from the system pressure solenoid.
A. Expected resistance not found. Replace the system pressure solenoid. Clear all fault codes, and return unit
to field operation.

engine. Erase all fault codes. Test operation of the transmission.

on connector 350M.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 500

on connector 353M.

the transmission.

353M.
Disconnect 436F at the system pressure solenoid. Connect the wire from pin 13 of connector 350M to pin 1 on
the system pressure solenoid.
Connect the wire from pin 7 on connector 353M to pin 2 on the system pressure solenoid.
the transmission.
operation

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 501
TRANS 66-FNR pod forward switch is shorted to ground or open

circuit
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
If the Forward signal voltage from the FNR module is detected too low, this fault code is recorded.

Solution:

3. Check the wiring between connector 51M at the module and connector 351M at the transmission controller for an
open circuit. Measure resistance between pin 6 of connector 51M and pin 13 of connector 351M, and between
pin 9 of connector 51M and pin 13 of connector 351M. Expected reading is less than 1.0 Ω.
A. Resistance reading correct. If fault code continues to display, repeat troubleshooting again: problem may be
intermittent. If problem cannot be found, submit a concern to ASIST.
B. Resistance reading incorrect. Locate and repair the open circuit between the indicated test points. Clear all
fault codes, and return the unit to field operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 502
TRANS 67-FNR pod forward switch is shorted to power

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
If the Forward signal voltage from the FNR module is detected too high, this fault code is recorded.

2. Wiring harness problem from transmission control FNR module to the transmission controller.
Solution:

3. Check the wiring between connector 51M at the module and connector 351M at the transmission controller for
a short circuit. Measure voltage between pin 6 of connector 51M and chassis ground, and between pin 13 of
connector 351M and chassis ground. Also measure voltage between pin 9 of connector 51M and chassis ground,
and between pin 13 of connector 351M and chassis ground. Expected reading is no voltage.
A. Expected reading found. If fault code continues to display, repeat troubleshooting again: problem may be
B. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the short circuit to power on the tested circuit. Clear all fault
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 503
TRANS 68-FNR pod reverse switch is shorted to ground or open

circuit
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
If the Reverse signal voltage from the FNR module is detected too low, this fault code is recorded.

Solution:

Measure the resistance between pins 5 (reverse) and 9 ( 5 V ref). The expected reading in Reverse position is
3. Check the wiring between connector 51M at the module and connector 351M at the transmission controller for an
open circuit. Measure resistance between pin 5 of connector 51M and pin 12 of connector 351M, and between
pin 9 of connector 51M and pin 16 of connector 351M. Expected reading is less than 1.0 Ω.
B. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the open circuit on the tested circuit. Clear all fault codes, and
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 504
TRANS 69-FNR pod reverse switch is shorted to power

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
If the Reverse signal voltage from the FNR module is detected too high, this fault code is recorded.

Solution:

Measure the resistance between pins 5 (reverse) and 9 ( 5 V ref). The expected reading in Reverse position is
3. Check the wiring between connector 51M at the module and connector 351M at the transmission controller for a
short circuit to power. Measure voltage between pin 5 of connector 51M and chassis ground, and between pin 13
of connector 351M and chassis ground. Measure voltage between pin 9 of connector 51M and chassis ground,
and between pin 16 of connector 351M and chassis ground. Expected reading is no voltage.
B. Expected reading not found. Locate and repair the short circuit to power on the tested circuit. Clear all fault
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 505
TRANS 70-Battery voltage is too low for clutch solenoid operation

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

NOTE: When multiple fault codes – TMF 65, TMF 66, TMF 99, ARM 8011 – are active, low battery voltage is suspect;
begin troubleshooting at the battery. When TRANS 70 is the only active fault code, battery voltage should still be
checked first.
Cause:
The transmission controller monitors the power supply. If voltage drops below 9.0 V, this fault code is recorded, and
the transmission shifts to neutral.

Solution:
1. Check battery voltage. Voltage reading should be between 12.0 - 14.0 V.

2. Check fuse 32.
A. Fuse is blown. Replace fuse 32. Clear all fault codes, and return the unit to field operation.
B. Fuse is good. Go to Step 3.

3. Check power to the transmission controller.
Disconnect connector 350M at the transmission controller. Measure voltage from pin 14 of connector 350M and
chassis ground. Expected reading is about 12.0 V.
If the expected reading is not found, locate and repair the circuit problem on wire 114 through SPL-10, through
pin/cavity 20 on connectors 10F, 10M to SPL-C33 on wire 101.

4. Check for an open circuit in ground to the transmission controller.
Measure resistance between pins 25 and 26 of connector 350M and chassis ground. Also measure resistance
between pins 21 and 26 of connector 353M and chassis ground. Expected reading is less than 1.0 Ω.
B. Fault code re-displays. Reinstall the original transmission controller. Submit a concern to ASIST.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 506

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 507
TRANS 72-Hot transmission oil temperature

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The transmission oil temperature was above 122 °C (251.6 °F) for 2 seconds.
1. Air flow through radiator/oil coolers is blocked.

2. Low coolant level.
Solution:
1. Clear all debris from the radiator/oil cooler intake.
Check coolant level.
A. Fault code re-displays. Refer to the appropriate repair manual for cooling system and fan diagnostics.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 508
TRANS 73-Software is out of calibration mode and park brake

request is still active
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Transmission clutches are at maximum pressure and the park brake is On.
1. Software issue.
Solution:
1. Download the latest software version for the transmission controller. Calibrate the controller.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 509
TRANS 74-The park brake is commanded on and gear is engaged,

but there is no park brake request from calibration
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The park brake is commanded on and gear is engaged, but there is no park brake request from calibration.
1. Software issue.
Solution:
1. Download latest software version for transmission controller. Perform transmission calibration procedure. Return

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 510
TRANS 77-No signal from wheel speed sensor

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The wheel speed sensor signal is weak or missing.

2. Wiring problem between the transmission controller and the transmission speed sensor.
Solution:
1. Use the Monitor screen in the electronic service tool (EST) to check operation of the ground speed sensor.
Select Inst Ground Speed - Wheel on the Monitor screen.
field operation. If the fault code reoccurs, continue troubleshooting with Step 2.
C. No ground speed signal. Go to Step 2.

Locate the transmission speed sensor at the top of the transmission. Disconnect harness connector 69M from the
transmission speed sensor.
Measure resistance between pins A and B at the sensor. Expected reading is approximately 3.0k Ω.
to field operation.
3. Check the ground circuit at the transmission speed sensor harness connector 69M.

SPL-C1
Turn the key switch to the On position. Measure the voltage between pins A and B on connector 69M.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 511
power.

SPL-C48
Pin A of connector 69M Connector C351 pin 34 at transmission controller via
SPL-T4
5. There may be an intermittent open or short circuit between the sensor and the transmission controller.

6. Replace the instrument controller.
Calibrate the controller. Clear all fault codes.

84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 512
TRANS 78-Transmission regulated pressure accumulator is

discharged
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
The transmission controller monitors the regulated system pressure. If the pressure drops below a normal range, this
fault code is recorded.
1. Transmission regulated pressure accumulator is discharged.

2. Excessive internal clutch leakage.
Solution:
1. Check the accumulator nitrogen charge pressure. Charge pressure should be between 970 - 1030 kPa (140.7 -
149.4 psi) at 21 °C (69.8 °F).
A. Accumulator charge pressure is low. Recharge accumulator with nitrogen. Return unit to field operation.
B. Accumulator charge pressure is okay. Return unit to field operation. If the fault code re-displays, see trans-
mission repair in the repair manual.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 513
TRANS 79-Engine rpm from the alternator is measured too high

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Transmission controller detects an engine speed exceeding 3000 RPM.
1. Tractor was in over-speed condition, such as running down hill with load.
Solution:
1. Confirm with the operator that the over-speed condition occurred.
A. Operator confirms the over-speed event. Instruct the operator to select a lower transmission gear under these
conditions to avoid possible serious engine damage.
B. Operator does not confirm the over-speed event. Erase all fault codes, and return unit to field operation. Con-
tinue to monitor for over-speed conditions.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 514
TRANS 80-Wheel speed sensor is measured too high

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

NOTE: Most likely the tractor was in an over speed condition. Fault code TRANS 79 may also have been recorded.
Cause:
The transmission controller detects the transmission output RPM (wheel speed sensor signal) is too high for the de-
sired gear.
1. The tractor was in an over-speed condition, such as moving down hill with heavy load.
2. Wheel speed sensor problem.
3. Wiring problem between wheel speed sensor and the transmission controller.
Solution:
1. Use the Monitor screen in the electronic service tool (EST) to check operation of the ground speed sensor.
Select Inst Ground Speed - Wheel on the Monitor screen.
field operation.
C. No ground speed signal. Use the troubleshooting for fault code TMF 87 (failed ground speed signal to instru-
ment controller) to resolve this problem.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 515
TRANS 81-Transmission clutches are slipping

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

NOTE: The transmission controller compares engine speed with the final drive speed. This ratio will change as dif-
ferent gears are selected. If this fault code only appears in certain gears, a clutch may be failing.
Cause:
The transmission controller detects the output speed is too low for gear selected.

2. Sticking transmission solenoid valve.
3. Low transmission regulated pressure.
4. Leaking transmission clutch.
5. Failed master clutch.
6. Failed shaft in transmission.
Solution:
1. Check if fault codes TRANS 77, TRANS 79 and TRANS 80 are active, indicating speed sensor or engine speed
problems.
B. Fault codes are active.Use the troubleshooting for these fault codes to resolve this problem.
2. Check if fault code TRANS 147 is active, indicating low transmission regulated pressure.
A. Fault code is not active. Go to Step 3.
B. Fault code is displayed.Use the troubleshooting for this fault code to resolve this problem.
3. Check if fault codes TRANS 50 and TRANS 52 are active, indicating a park brake problem.
B. Fault codes are active.Use the troubleshooting for these fault codes to resolve this problem.
4. Clear all fault codes. Operate the tractor and engage different gears until the fault code re-displays. Check the
tractor speed for appropriate change as the gears speeds are increased. Listen for abnormal noise and note
sluggish gear engagement.
A. Tractor speed, sound and shift quality are normal. Go to Step 5.
B. Clutch slippage is suspected. Refer to the repair manual for transmission repair.
Locate the transmission speed sensor at the top of the transmission. Disconnect harness connector 69M from the
transmission speed sensor.
Measure resistance between pins A and B at the sensor. Expected reading is approximately 3.5k Ω ± 10%.
to field operation.
6. If alternator was recently replaced, check that the correct model was installed. An incorrect alternator will use the
wrong signal frequency, triggering this fault code.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 516
A. Alternator is correct. Go to Step 7.
B. Wrong alternator. Replace the alternator with the correct model.

7. Check alternator signal wiring and signal at terminal W of the alternator. See RPM circuit test in the repair manual.
A. Alternator circuit tests okay. If fault code persists, submit a concern to ASIST.
B. Alternator circuit problem located and repaired. Clear all fault codes, and return unit to field operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 517
TRANS 82-Creep clutch is not calibrated

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cause:
Creep clutch is not calibrated.
1. Creep clutch is not calibrated.
Solution:
1. Calibrate the creep clutch. Clear all fault codes.
B. Fault code re-displays. Check transmission controller software version. Update software as required. Calibrate
the creep clutch.
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 518
Index
FAULT CODES - 50.A

131-ENG 131 - Foot throttle position potentiometer voltage is too high . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
431-GOV 431 - Foot throttle idle validation switches are both closed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
432-GOV 432 - Foot throttle idle validation switches disagree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ARM 10091-Controller internal failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ARM 1029-Remote hydraulic control selection switch 5 failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ARM 1039-PTO on/off control switch failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ARM 1049-Hitch up/down switch failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ARM 1059-Slip limit switch failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ARM 1069-MFD switch failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ARM 1079-Diff lock switch failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ARM 1089-Programmable up/down switch failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ARM 109-3rd remote hydraulic flow control failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ARM 1099-Remote set switch failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ARM 1109-Hand throttle idle validation switch failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ARM 1119-HTS record/play switch failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ARM 1129-Invalid configuration: implement depth control switch failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ARM 119-4th remote hydraulic flow control failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ARM 12013-Communication lost with the data bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ARM 12081-HTS capability message not received . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ARM 129-5th remote hydraulic flow control potentiometer failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ARM 139-Remote hydraulic timer control failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ARM 149-Hitch upper limit control failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ARM 159-Hitch drop rate control failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ARM 169-Hitch travel control failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ARM 19-Throttle lever potentiometer failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ARM 29-1st remote hydraulic control lever potentiometer failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ARM 39-2nd remote hydraulic control lever potentiometer failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ARM 49-3rd remote hydraulic control lever potentiometer failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ARM 59-4th remote hydraulic control lever potentiometer failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ARM 65535-Memory not cleared from factory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ARM 69-Hitch position control lever potentiometer failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ARM 79-Hitch load control potentiometer failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 519
ARM 8011-Battery voltage low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ARM 89-1st remote hydraulic flow control failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ARM 9011-Controller memory error: Loss of hitch position command calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ARM 9012-Controller memory error: Loss of aux remote lever calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ARM 9013-Controller memory error: Loss of throttle calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ARM 9014-Controller memory error: Loss of MFD switch configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ARM 9015-Controller memory error: Loss of trans switches configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ARM 9021-Hitch position command potentiometer calibration error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ARM 9031-Hand throttle potentiometer calibration error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ARM 9041-EDC drop rate potentiometer calibration error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ARM 99-2nd remote hydraulic flow control failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ATC 111-Cab temp sensor open or shorted to power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ATC 112-Cab temp sensor shorted to ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ATC 115-Evap temp sensor open or shorted to power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ATC 116-Evap temp sensor shorted to ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ATC 120-Blower speed selector open or shorted to power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ATC 121-Temperature select pot open or shorted to power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ATC 125-High pressure switch (+) shorted to power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ATC 126-High pressure switch (+) shorted to ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ATC 127-High pressure switch (-) shorted to power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ATC 128-High pressure switch (-) shorted to ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ATC 129-High pressure switch cycling error (2 times in 1 minute) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ATC 130-Low pressure switch (+) shorted to power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ATC 131-Low pressure switch (+) shorted to ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ATC 132-Low pressure switch (-) shorted to power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ATC 133-Low pressure switch (-) shorted to ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ATC 134-Low pressure switch open for more than 1 minute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
INST 10031-Controller memory error - loss of valid engine hours EEPROM checksum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
INST 10032-Controller memory error - vehicle configuration information lost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
INST 10033-Controller memory error - customer configuration information lost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
INST 10034-Controller memory error - loss of valid fuel table information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
INST 10035-Controller memory error - loss of valid radar configuration information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
INST 10036-Controller memory error - loss of valid area, distance and timer information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
INST 10037-Controller memory error - loss of valid implement width information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
INST 10038-Controller memory error - loss of valid remote timer information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
INST 1015-Seat switch stuck closed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
INST 11011-Fuel level sensor signal too low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
INST 12011-Communication lost with armrest controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
INST 12043-Communication lost with data bus and all other controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 520
INST 12051-Communication lost with TMF controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
INST 12071-Communication lost with transmission controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
INST 12091-Communication lost with engine controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
INST 12111-Communication lost with ATC controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
INST 12121-Color display off line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
INST 13010-Engine coolant temperature sensor failed in engine controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
INST 13011-Engine coolant temperature sensor signal too low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
INST 13012-Engine coolant temperature sensor signal too high . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
INST 13021-Transmission oil temperature sensor signal too low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
INST 13022-Transmission oil temperature sensor signal too high . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
INST 13040-Air intake temperature sensor failed in engine controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
INST 13051-Air to air intake temperature sensor signal too low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
INST 13052-Air to air intake temperature sensor signal too high . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
INST 3010-PTO shaft speed sensor failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
INST 3020-Engine speed sensor failed in engine controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
INST 3022-Engine overspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
INST 5010-Engine oil pressure sensor failed in engine controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
INST 5011-Engine oil pressure sensor signal too low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
INST 53001-Standard instrumentation configuration is incorrect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
INST 53005-Engine shutdown activated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
INST 65535-Memory not cleared from the factory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 106-TMF controller has received the electro hydraulic #5 control extend switch data in the error state . . 179
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 107-TMF controller has received the electro hydraulic #5 control retract switch data in the error state . . . 180
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 108-Electro hydraulic remote #1 lever position control pot data is set to the error state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 11-TMF controller is disconnected from can bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 112-Electro hydraulic remote #1 lever flow control pot data is set to the error state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 12-Communication lost with the armrest controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 120-Electro hydraulic remote top link switch is stuck on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 123-Current sensed when the aux #1 driver is off, retract/lower coil shorted to 12 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 124-Aux #1 driver is on and no current is sensed, retract/lower coil open or shorted to ground . . . . . . . . . 194
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 125-Current sensed when the Aux #1 driver is off, extend/raise coil shorted to 12 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 126-Aux #1 driver is on and no current is sensed, extend/raise coil open or shorted to ground . . . . . . . . . 198
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 521
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 14-5 volt reference is above the upper voltage limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 147-Out of range error: high on the #1 feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 148-Out of range error: low on the #1 feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 149-Out of range error: high on the #2 feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 15-5 volt reference is below the lower voltage limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 150-Out of range error: low on the #2 feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 151-No data transmission from transmission controller is received . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 152-EHR top link switch short . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 153-EHR top link switch conflict . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 154-PTO switch interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 155-Auto PTO switch data is set to the error state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 156-Auto PTO switch stuck on condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 157-PTO remote fender switch short . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 158-PTO remote fender switch open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 159-PTO remote fender switch stuck on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 160-PTO clutch is slipping excessively for the duration of 5 seconds or longer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 161-PTO rpm is too high . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 162-Engine speed is too low for the PTO to be in the on state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 163-PTO is commanded off but the PTO speed is greater than zero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 164-The software has not detected PTO shaft speed for 3.6 seconds since the PTO initial fill valve was com-
manded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 165-PTO speed is detected when the PTO is in the off state without engine rpm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 166-PTO driver is on and no current is sensed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 167-Current sensed when PTO driver is off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 522
TMF 168-PTO off switch data is set to the error state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 169-Both PTO on and off switches are simultaneously off, one of the PTO switches is shorted to ground 271
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 17-Hitch position command potentiometer failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 170-Both PTO on and off switches are simultaneously on, one of the PTO switches is shorted to 12 volts 273
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 171-PTO software fault condition detected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 172-PTO solenoid circuit shorted to B+ when PTO is in off state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 173-PTO solenoid circuit shorted to ground when PTO is in off state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 174-Current flowing in the sense resistor when the high side was off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 175-PTO clutch did not lock up after 6 seconds of clutch motion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 178-PTO speed sensor has been changed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 179-PTO is configured as a two speed and no shaft size frequency was detected when the PTO was switched
on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 18-Rockshaft position potentiometer is outside normal operating range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 180-PTO is configured as a single speed and shaft size frequency was detected when the PTO was switched
on, shaft size frequency input is only used for two speed PTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 19-Upper limit potentiometer failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 2-Hitch raise solenoid shorted to 12 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 21-Load command potentiometer failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 22-Single draft pin sensor failed when configured for one draft pin sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 23-Both draft pins failed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 24-Communication lost with the instrument controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 25-Hitch up/down switch failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 26-Up/down fender switch failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 28-Travel range potentiometer failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 29-Drop rate command potentiometer failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 30-Right draft pin voltage is outside the normal operating range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 31-Left draft pin no load offset voltage outside normal range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 32-Ground speed failure, value received from data bus indicates failure condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 33-Slip set switch failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 34-Slip select switch failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 35-Percent slip error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 37-The armrest controller reports EDC transport lock is faulty or not available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 4-Hitch raise solenoid failed open or shorted to ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 41-The armrest controller specified tractor without draft control, but detected draft pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 42-Engine speed too low for hitch lower calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 43-Hitch is calibrated as position only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 44-Calibration aborted due to tractor moving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 45-Electronic draft control calibration aborted due to low engine speed error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 47-PWM raise threshold is too high during calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 48-PWM raise threshold is too low during calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 523
TMF 5-Hitch lower solenoid shorted to 12 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 50-Hitch pot signal not within expected range for maximum hitch position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 51-Hitch lower valve threshold is too high during calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 52-Hitch lower valve threshold is too low during calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 53-The time allowed for calibration has expired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 54-Hitch position is not at minimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 55-Range of the hitch position is not within specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 56-Ratio of position command to rockshaft range is not within specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 57-Right draft pin no load offset voltage out of range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 58-Left draft pin no load offset voltage out of range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 59-No load offset voltage out of range for both draft pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 60-The selected pin is connected to the left side rather than the right side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 61-TMF controller requires calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 62-No communication with performance monitor (instrument controller) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 63-8 volt reference is above 8.8 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 64-8 volt reference is below 7.2 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 65-12VH voltage supply is below 8 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 66-12VF voltage supply is below 8 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 7-Hitch raise/lower solenoids circuit failed open or shorted to ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 80-MFD software fault condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 81-MFD solenoid high side driver is commanded on but no current was sensed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 82-Diff lock solenoid high side driver is commanded on but no current was sensed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 83-Brake light relay high side driver is commanded on but no current was sensed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 86-Wheel slip sensing error in the instrument controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 87-Ground speed signal failed in the instrument controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 88-Auto differential switch is faulty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 89-Diff lock switch failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 90-Both differential lock auto and on switches are active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 92-MFD switch failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 93-Both auto MFD and MFD on switches are active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 94-Differential lockout software fault condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 95-Steering angle sensor fault - voltage above normal operating range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 96-Steering angle sensor fault - voltage below normal operating range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 98-12VD voltage supply is below 8 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TMF 99-12VT voltage supply is below 8 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 103-Odd clutch solenoid or its wiring failed open or shorted to ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 104-Even clutch solenoid or its wiring failed open or shorted to ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 105-C1-2 clutch solenoid or its wiring failed open or shorted to ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 524
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 108-Master clutch solenoid or its wiring failed open or shorted to ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 109-Low clutch solenoid or its wiring failed open or shorted to ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 11-Master clutch potentiometer open circuit or short to ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 110-Mid clutch solenoid or its wiring failed open or shorted to ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 111-High clutch solenoid or its wiring failed open or shorted to ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 112-Reverse clutch solenoid or its wiring failed open or shorted to ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 113-Creeper clutch solenoid or its wiring failed open or shorted to ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 114-Even clutch solenoid coil shorted or its wiring shorted to power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 115-Odd clutch solenoid coil shorted or its wiring shorted to power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 116-C1-2 clutch solenoid coil shorted or its wiring shorted to power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 119-Master clutch solenoid coil shorted or its wiring shorted to power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 12-Master clutch potentiometer short to 12 volts or short to 5 Vreff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 120-Low clutch solenoid coil shorted or its wiring shorted to power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 121-Mid clutch solenoid coil shorted or its wiring shorted to power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 122-High clutch solenoid coil shorted or its wiring shorted to power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 123-Reverse clutch solenoid coil shorted or its wiring shorted to power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 124-Creeper clutch solenoid coil shorted or its wiring shorted to power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 125-Odd clutch is not calibrated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 126-Even clutch is not calibrated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 127-C1-2 clutch is not calibrated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 130-Low range clutch is not calibrated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 131-Mid range clutch is not calibrated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 132-High range clutch is not calibrated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 133-Reverse clutch is not calibrated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 134-Master clutch is not calibrated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 135-Communication lost with the armrest controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 136-Communication lost with the instrument controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 137-Front suspension pump tank (WK) selector solenoid circuit shorted or open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 138-Front suspension raise solenoid circuit shorted or open circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 139-Front suspension rod side (SV-R) solenoid circuit shorted or open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 140-Front suspension position is above the expected absolute limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 141-Front suspension position is below the expected absolute limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 142-Front suspension travel range has not been calibrated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 143-Front suspension does not raise when commanded by the control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 525
TRANS 144-Front suspension position does not lower when commanded by the control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 145-Pressure sensor piston side (DA-K) out of range high . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 146-System pressure below 689 kPa (99 psi) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 147-Regulated system pressure below 2268 kPa (329 psi) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 148-Backup alarm circuit shorted or open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 149-Pressure sensor piston side open circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 150-Pressure sensor rod side (DA-R) out of range high . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 151-Pressure sensor rod side open circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 152-Front suspension pressure control cannot increase pressure on the rod side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 153-Front suspension pressure control cannot decrease pressure on the rod side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 154-Front suspension lock valve is stuck On (suspension does not lock) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 155-Front suspension lock valve is stuck Off (suspension does not unlock) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 156-Front suspension lock valve was installed but removed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 24-Transmission clutches are not calibrated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 37-BOC switch open circuit or neutral relay stuck open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 38-Shuttled to reverse when no wheel speed signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 47-Clutch position sensor not agree with BOC switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 48-BOC switch or neutral relay short circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 49-Autoguidance isolation valve driver fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 50-Park brake is powered off when in park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 51-FNR pod indicates forward OR reverse is on when park is on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 52-Park brake is stuck on when commanded off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 53-5 volt reference voltage too high . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 54-5 volt reference voltage too low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 59-FNR pod in illogical state (two positions on at same time) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 60-FNR pod in illogical state (in no position) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 61-System pressure valve solenoid circuit is open circuit or shorted to ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 62-System pressure solenoid is shorted to B+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 66-FNR pod forward switch is shorted to ground or open circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 67-FNR pod forward switch is shorted to power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 68-FNR pod reverse switch is shorted to ground or open circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 69-FNR pod reverse switch is shorted to power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 70-Battery voltage is too low for clutch solenoid operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 72-Hot transmission oil temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 73-Software is out of calibration mode and park brake request is still active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 74-The park brake is commanded on and gear is engaged, but there is no park brake request from calibra-
tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 77-No signal from wheel speed sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 78-Transmission regulated pressure accumulator is discharged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 79-Engine rpm from the alternator is measured too high . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 526
TRANS 80-Wheel speed sensor is measured too high . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 81-Transmission clutches are slipping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANS 82-Creep clutch is not calibrated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
A.50.A / 527
CNH - Main 700 State Street Racine, Wisconsin United States 53404
SERVICE - Technical Publications & Tools
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
© 2010 CNH America LLC.
All rights reserved. No part of the text or illustrations of this publication may be reproduced.
NEW HOLLAND policy is one of continuous improvement and the right to change prices, specification or equipment
at any time without notices is reserved.
All data given in this publication is subject to production variations. Dimensions and weight are approximate only
and the illustrations do not necessarily show products in standard condition. For exact information about any
particular product, please consult your NEW HOLLAND Dealer.
84318454 14/03/2010
SERVICE MANUAL
POWER PRODUCTION
T8010
T8020
T8030
T8040
T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
B
Contents
POWER PRODUCTION - B
ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.10.A
T8010 , T8020 , T8030 , T8040 , T8050
FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.20.A

T8010 , T8020 , T8030 , T8040 , T8050
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.50.A

T8010 , T8020 , T8030 , T8040 , T8050
LUBRICATION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.60.A

T8010 , T8020 , T8030 , T8040 , T8050
STARTING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.80.A

T8010 , T8020 , T8030 , T8040 , T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
B
ENGINE - 10.A
T8010
T8020
T8030
T8040
T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
B.10.A / 1
Contents
ENGINE - 10.A
SERVICE
ENGINE
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
B.10.A / 2
POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE
ENGINE - Remove
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Park the tractor on a hard level surface. Move the

transmission control lever to the park/neutral position
and press the Park button. Turn off the engine and
remove the key. Place blocks at the front and rear of
the rear wheels.
RCIL07CCH001AAA 1
2. Disconnect the batteries. Refer to Battery - Discon-

nect (A.30.A)
3. Remove the hood. Refer to Engine hood - Remove
(E.20.A)
4. Remove the bolts (1) securing the right (shown) and
left engine side shield.
RCPH07CCH049BAB 2
5. Drain the coolant. Refer to the engine repair manual.
RCPH07CCH182AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
B.10.A / 3
6. Identify, tag and disconnect the alternator wire har-

ness (1).
RCPH07CCH050BAB 4
7. Disconnect the air conditioning high pressure switch

harness.
RCPH07CCH183AAB 5
8. Disconnect the air conditioning compressor clutch

harness.
RCPH07CCH184AAB 6
9. Remove the two upper air conditioning compressor

mounting bolts (1). Disconnect the harness ground
wire (2).
RCPH07CCH051BAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
B.10.A / 4
10. Disconnect the engine starter solenoid harness.
RCPH07CCH185AAB 8
11. Remove the nut (1) securing the power cable and
alternator harness (2) from the starter. Disconnect
the harnesses from the starter.
RCPH07CCH186AAB 9
12. Remove the three mounting bolts (1), washer (2)and

nut (3) securing the exhaust shield to the engine.
Remove the shield.
RCPH07CCH190AAB 10
13. Loosen the clamp and remove the aspirator hose

(1) at the muffler. Remove the exhaust pipe to tur-
bocharger clamp (2).
RCPH07CCH187AAB 11
84318454 14/03/2010
B.10.A / 5
14. Install appropriate lifting equipment to support the

muffler assembly.
RCPH07CCH052BAB 12
15. Remove the three mounting nuts (1) securing the

muffler assembly to the frame. Remove the muffler
assembly and set aside.
RCPH07CCH188AAB 13
16. Tag the cab heater supply (1) and return (2) hoses at
the engine. Disengage the clamps and disconnect
the hoses.
RCPH07CCH218AAB 14
17. Disconnect the air cleaner restriction switch harness

(1). Loosen the aspirator hose clamp and disconnect
the hose (2) from the air cleaner.
RCPH07CCH189AAB 15
84318454 14/03/2010
B.10.A / 6
18. Loosen the air cleaner to turbocharger hose clamps

at the turbocharger (1) and at the air cleaner (2). Re-
move the hose (3). Cap the turbocharger inlet.
RCPH07CCH053BAB 16
19. Tag the engine and radiator air bleed hoses (1). Tag
the deaeration tank to coolant recovery bottle hose
(2). Disengage the hose clamps and disconnect the
hoses from the tank.
RCPH07CCH191AAB 17
20. Remove the bolts (1) securing the air scoop bracket
to the cooling assembly. Remove the bracket and
seal assembly (2).
RCPH07CCH192AAB 18
21. Remove the two lower air cleaner assembly mount-

ing nuts and coolant overflow hose clamps (1). Re-
move the two upper nuts (2). Remove the air cleaner
assembly from the mounting bracket and set aside.
RCPH07CCH193AAB 19
84318454 14/03/2010
B.10.A / 7
22. Remove the turbocharger outlet pipe clamp.
RCPH07CCH194AAB 20
23. Loosen the turbocharger outlet to air cooler inlet

clamp (1) at the air cooler. Remove the tube (2).
RCPH07CCH195AAB 21
24. Remove the O-ring from the turbocharger outlet to air

cooler inlet tube and discard.
RCPH07CCH054BAB 22
84318454 14/03/2010
B.10.A / 8
25. Disconnect the deaeration tank to engine fill tube at

the engine.
RCPH07CCH196AAB 23
26. Disconnect the front (1) and rear (2) (if equipped)
wire harness and supply hoses to the window washer
bottle. Remove the washer bottle.
RCPH07CCH197AAB 24
27. If equipped, disconnect the air compressor harness

connectors (1) for the reversible cooling fan.
RCPH07CCH198AAB 25
28. Open the clamp (1) securing the main harnesses to

the hood support.
RCPH07CCH199AAB 26
84318454 14/03/2010
B.10.A / 9
29. Disconnect the chassis to engine harness connector.
RCPH07CCH055BAB 27
30. Disconnect the chassis to front harness.
RCPH07CCH056BAB 28
31. Remove the three power distribution covers (1).
RCPH07CCH200AAB 29
32. Disconnect the starter solenoid wire (1), battery sup-

ply cable (2) and engine heater grid cable (3).
RCPH07CCH201AAB 30
84318454 14/03/2010
B.10.A / 10
33. Disconnect the power harness connector to the en-

gine control module.
RCPH07CCH131AAB 31
34. If equipped, disconnect the foot throttle harness at

the engine control module.
RCPH07CCH132AAB 32
35. Disconnect the fuel supply hose at the fuel filters.
RCPH07CCH202AAB 33
84318454 14/03/2010
B.10.A / 11
36. Install appropriate lifting equipment to support the

deaeration tank/hood support assembly.
RCPH07CCH057BAB 34
37. Remove the bolt from the deaeration tank bracket.
RCPH07CCH058BAB 35
38. If installed, remove the windshield step (not shown).

Remove the two mounting bolts (1) for the hood sup-
port. Remove the hood support/deaeration tank as-
sembly and set aside.
RCPH07CCH203AAB 36
84318454 14/03/2010
B.10.A / 12
39. Remove the hydraulic and air conditioning hose

clamps located at the top of the engine.
RCPH07CCH204AAB 37
40. Note the location of the plastic tie straps (1) and re-
move. Remove the hose clamps (2).
RCPH07CCH205AAB 38
41. Disconnect the hydraulic oil cooling lines at the hose

connections (1) near the rear of the engine. Cap and
plug all fittings. Remove the lines from the top of the
engine.
RCPH07CCH207AAB 39
42. Disengage the clamp and remove the fuel return

hose (1) from the top of the fuel pump.
RCPH07CCH208AAB 40
84318454 14/03/2010
B.10.A / 13
43. Remove the fuel return to fuel tank hose clamps (1).
RCPH07CCH209AAB 41
44. Remove the clamp (1) for the air conditioning lines.
RCPH07CCH059BAB 42
45. Remove the drive belt from the air conditioning com-
pressor. Support the compressor and remove the
mounting bolt (1).
RCPH07CCH060BAB 43
46. Carefully lift the compressor over the top of the en-
gine and place it on top of the fuel tank on the left
side. Place a suitable protection between the com-
pressor and the windshield. Secure the compressor
to the cab hand rail.
NOTICE: When moving the compressor, do not twist or
kink the air conditioning hoses.
RCPH07CCH210AAB 44
84318454 14/03/2010
B.10.A / 14
47. Loosen the hose clamp (1) at the air cooler outlet.
Remove the mounting bolt, washer, rubber mount
and spacer (located behind the mount) (2).
RCPH07CCH211AAB 45
48. Remove the clamp from the air cooler pipe to intake
manifold hose and remove the pipe. Cap the intake
manifold.
RCPH07CCH212AAB 46
49. Discard the O-ring from the air cooler pipe.
RCPH07CCH061BAB 47
NOTICE: .
84318454 14/03/2010
B.10.A / 15
50. Use special tool 380500042 to remove the upper hy-

draulic cooling hose from the oil cooler. Cap the hose
and port.
RCPH07CCH178AAB 48
51. Remove the air conditioning condenser latch pin (1).

Remove the mounting lock nuts (2). Remove the
lower hydraulic oil cooling hose clamp (3). Carefully
lift the condenser off the mounting studs and set it on
a protective pad under the fuel tank.
RCPH07CCH062BAB 49
52. Loosen the upper radiator hose clamp at the radia-

tor (1) and the engine thermostat housing outlet (2).
Remove the hose.
RCPH07CCH214AAB 50
53. Remove the bolts securing the lower radiator hose

elbow (1) to the engine. Remove and discard the
gasket (2).
RCPH07CCH213AAB 51
84318454 14/03/2010
B.10.A / 16
54. If equipped with a reversible cooling fan, loosen the

clamp and disconnect the air supply hose (1) from
the inlet tube (2).
RCPH07CCH216AAB 52
55. Remove the air hose (1) located between the cooling
package seal and the front frame.
RCPH07CCH217AAB 53
56. Connect appropriate lifting equipment to the cooling

assembly.
RCPH07CCH020AAB 54
57. Remove the four mounting bolts (1) for the cooling
assembly. Remove the mounting bolts (2) for the
hood latch catch. Remove the catch. (3). Move
the cooling assembly forward so that the cooling fan
clears the fan shroud, and remove the assembly.
RCPH07CCH021AAB 55
84318454 14/03/2010
B.10.A / 17
58. Note the location of the rear lifting bracket location

for the engine.
RCPH07CCH220AAB 56
59. Note the location of the front lifting bracket for the
engine.
RCPH07CCH221AAB 57
60. Install appropriate lifting equipment to the lifting

brackets. Place tension on the lifting equipment but
do not lift the engine.
RCPH07CCH229AAB 58
61. Remove the lower right side, engine to speed hous-

ing mounting bolt. Repeat for the left side.
RCPH07CCH223AAB 59
84318454 14/03/2010
B.10.A / 18
62. Remove the two upper right side engine to speed

housing mounting bolts (1). Repeat for the left side.
Move the engine forward until the engine flywheel
is disengaged from the engine to transmission drive
shaft coupler. Lift the engine from the frame.
NOTE: As mounting bolts are removed, tension on the lift-
ing equipment may have to be increased or decreased so
the bolts can be removed.
RCPH07CCH222AAB 60
63. Refer to the engine repair manual for information on

supporting the engine during repair.
Next operation:
ENGINE - Install (B.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
B.10.A / 19
ENGINE - Install
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
ENGINE - Remove (B.10.A).
1. Apply a thin coat of anti-seize lubricant to the trans-

mission input shaft splines.
2. Connect appropriate lifting equipment to the engine
lifting brackets. Lower the engine into the frame until
the engine flywheel adaptor plate is aligned with the
transmission input shaft. Move the engine rearward.
Continue to move the engine rearward until the in-
put shaft is fully engaged with the engine flywheel
adaptor plate and is resting against the transmission
housing.
RCPH07CCH229AAB 1
3. reinstall the M20 (1) and M16 (2) engine to transmis-

sion mounting bolts removed earlier. Repeat for the
opposite side. Tighten the M20 bolts to a torque of
430 - 485 Nm (315 - 355 lb ft). Tighten the M16 bolts
RCPH07CCH222AAB 2
4. Reinstall the lower M16 engine to transmission

mounting bolt (1) removed earlier. Repeat for the
opposite side. Tighten the bolt to a torque of 221 -
250 Nm (160 - 180 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH223AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
B.10.A / 20
5. Remove the engine lifting equipment.
RCPH07CCH229AAB 4
6. Install appropriate lifting equipment to the cooling as-

sembly and set into place on the front frame. Slide
the assembly rearward until the fan enters the shroud
without contact.
RCPH07CCH020AAB 5
7. Using the bolts (1) removed earlier, secure the as-

sembly to the front frame. Install the hood latch (2).
Remove the lifting equipment.
RCPH07CCH021AAB 6
8. If equipped with a reversible cooling fan, install the

air supply hose (1) between the cooling package seal
and the frame (2).
RCPH07CCH217AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
B.10.A / 21
9. Reconnect the air hose (1) to the fan supply tube (2).
Tighten the clamp.
RCPH07CCH216AAB 8
10. Install a new gasket (1), and using the bolts removed
earlier, reconnect the engine inlet to radiator pipe (2).
RCPH07CCH213AAB 9
11. Using the original clamps, install the engine outlet to

radiator hose (1). Tighten the clamps (2).
RCPH07CCH214AAB 10
12. Carefully install the condenser in front of the hy-

draulic oil cooler. Using the locking nuts (1) removed
earlier, tighten the nuts until they barely contact the
mounting bracket. This allows the condenser to
open and close freely. Reinstall the latch pin (2).
Using the bolt removed earlier, secure the hydraulic
cooling line clamp (3) to the bracket.
RCPH07CCH062BAB 11
84318454 14/03/2010
B.10.A / 22
13. While supporting the cooler with one hand, push the
fitting into the port.
NOTICE: After the fitting is installed, pull back firmly to
make sure the fitting is fully engaged into the port.
14. Install a new O-ring on the air cooler to intake mani-
fold pipe.
RCPH07CCH061BAB 12
15. Remove any open port caps. Reconnect the air

cooler pipe (1) to the air cooler elbow using the
original clamp (2). Do not tighten the clamp at this
time.
RCPH07CCH211AAB 13
84318454 14/03/2010
B.10.A / 23
16. Reinstall the spacer (1), isolation mount (2), washer

(3) and bolt (4).
NOTE: Replace the isolation mount if worn or damaged.
RCPH07CCH219AAB 14
17. Reconnect the air cooler pipe to the intake manifold

using the original clamp (1). Tighten both clamps.
RCPH07CCH212AAB 15
18. Remove the air conditioning compressor from the

fuel tank. Without twisting or kinking the lines, move
the compressor over the top of the engine and install
the compressor on the mounting bracket.
RCPH07CCH210AAB 16
19. Reinstall the lower front compressor mounting bolt

(1).
RCPH07CCH060BAB 17
84318454 14/03/2010
B.10.A / 24
20. Reinstall the air conditioning line clamp and mount-

ing bolt (1).
RCPH07CCH059BAB 18
21. Using the clamps removed earlier (1), reinstall the

fuel return line (2) from the fuel cooler to the fuel tank.
RCPH07CCH209AAB 19
22. Disengage the clamp, and reconnect the fuel pump

to fuel cooler hose (1).
RCPH07CCH208AAB 20
23. Reconnect the hydraulic oil cooling lines (1) at the

rear of the engine.
RCPH07CCH207AAB 21
84318454 14/03/2010
B.10.A / 25
24. Position the hydraulic lines (1) and air conditioning

hoses (2) into the clamps.
RCPH07CCH206AAB 22
25. Reinstall the hydraulic/air conditioning line clamps

(1). Install new tie straps (2).
RCPH07CCH205AAB 23
26. Connect appropriate lifting equipment to support the

hood support/deaeration tank assembly.
RCPH07CCH057BAB 24
84318454 14/03/2010
B.10.A / 26
27. Set the assembly in place, and reinstall the hood sup-
port mounting bolts (1). Tighten the bolts to a torque
of 310 - 380 Nm (230 - 280 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH203AAB 25
28. Secure the right support bracket with the bolt that
was removed earlier.
RCPH07CCH058BAB 26
29. Reconnect the fuel supply hose to the fuel filters.
RCPH07CCH202AAB 27
30. If equipped, reconnect the foot throttle connector to

the engine control module.
RCPH07CCH132AAB 28
84318454 14/03/2010
B.10.A / 27
31. Reconnect the power connector to the engine control

module.
RCPH07CCH131AAB 29
32. Reconnect the starter solenoid wire (1), battery sup-

ply cable (2) and the engine heater grid cable (3).
RCPH07CCH201AAB 30
33. Reinstall the starter solenoid cover (1) and the power
distribution covers (2).
RCPH07CCH200AAB 31
34. Reconnect the chassis to front harness connector.
RCPH07CCH056BAB 32
84318454 14/03/2010
B.10.A / 28
35. Reconnect the chassis to engine harness connector.
RCPH07CCH055BAB 33
36. Secure the harnesses to the hood support.
RCPH07CCH199AAB 34
37. Reinstall the window washer bottle and reconnect

the front and rear (if equipped). wire harnesses (1)
and hoses (2) to the pumps.
RCPH07CCH197AAB 35
38. Reconnect the deaeration tank to engine fill line.

Tighten the fitting.
RCPH07CCH196AAB 36
84318454 14/03/2010
B.10.A / 29
39. If equipped, reconnect the reversible fan air com-

pressor connectors (1).
RCPH07CCH198AAB 37
40. Install a new O-ring on the turbocharger outlet to air

cooler inlet pipe.
RCPH07CCH054BAB 38
41. Remove the plugs from any open ports. Using the
original clamp, reconnect the air pipe (1) to the air
cooler. Do not tighten the clamp (2) at this time.
RCPH07CCH195AAB 39
84318454 14/03/2010
B.10.A / 30
42. Using the original clamp (1), reconnect the air pipe
to the turbocharger. Tighten both clamps.
RCPH07CCH194AAB 40
43. Reinstall the air cleaner assembly onto the support

bracket. Reinstall the nuts that were removed ear-
lier (1). Install the deaeration tank overflow hose,
clamps. and nuts (2).
RCPH07CCH193AAB 41
44. Using the original clamp, reconnect the air cleaner

outlet hose to the turbocharger (1).
RCPH07CCH053BAB 42
45. Reconnect the air cleaner restriction connector (1) to

the indicator. Using the original clamp, reconnect the
aspirator hose (2) to the air cleaner housing.
RCPH07CCH189AAB 43
84318454 14/03/2010
B.10.A / 31
46. Disengage the clamps and connect the engine

coolant air vent hoses (1) to the deaeration tank.
Reconnect the deaeration tank over flow hose (2) to
the recovery bottle.
RCPH07CCH191AAB 44
47. Disengage the clamps and reconnect the cab heater

inlet (1) and outlet (2) hoses.
RCPH07CCH218AAB 45
48. Connect appropriate lifting equipment to support the

exhaust stack.
RCPH07CCH052BAB 46
49. Secure the exhaust stack to the frame using the nuts
(1) that were removed earlier.
RCPH07CCH188AAB 47
84318454 14/03/2010
B.10.A / 32
50. Using the original clamps, reconnect the aspirator

hose (1) to the muffler elbow and the exhaust pipe
(2) to the turbocharger.
RCPH07CCH187AAB 48
51. Reinstall the heat shield (1) using the bolts (2) and
washer (3) removed earlier.
RCPH07CCH190AAB 49
52. Reconnect the starter power cable (1) and alternator

output cable (2). Using the nut (3) removed earlier,
secure the cables to the starter
RCPH07CCH186AAB 50
53. Reconnect the starter solenoid connector (1). Place

the protective cover (2) over the nut.
RCPH07CCH185AAB 51
84318454 14/03/2010
B.10.A / 33
54. Reconnect the alternator/air conditioning compres-

sor harness clamp (1) to one of the compressor
mounting bolts, and install into the top rear of the
compressor. Reconnect the ground wire (2) and in-
stall the mounting bolt into the top front. Reconnect
the drive belt.
RCPH07CCH051BAB 52
55. Reconnect the air conditioning compressor clutch

connector.
RCPH07CCH184AAB 53
56. Reconnect the high pressure switch connector.
RCPH07CCH183AAB 54
57. Reconnect the alternator wire harness: red to B pos-

itive (1), yellow to D positive (2) and dark green to W
(3). Place the harness boots over the terminals.
RCPH07CCH050BAB 55
84318454 14/03/2010
B.10.A / 34
58. Reinstall the side shields using the bolts (1) that were
remove earlier.
RCPH07CCH049BAB 56
Next operation:
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Filling (B.50.A)
Next operation:
Engine hood - Install (E.20.A).
Next operation:
Battery - Connect (A.30.A).
84318454 14/03/2010
B.10.A / 35
Index
ENGINE - 10.A
ENGINE - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ENGINE - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
B.10.A / 36
FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM - 20.A
T8010
T8020
T8030
T8040
T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
B.20.A / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Throttle command
Static description - Foot throttle voltage test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Static description - Foot throttle voltage test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Static description - Foot throttle continuity test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
SERVICE
Fuel tank
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Sensing system
Throttle position sensor - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Throttle position sensor - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Level sensor - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Level sensor - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
DIAGNOSTIC
Throttle command
Pedal - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Pedal - Testing - Foot throttle adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Pedal - Testing - Foot throttle voltage test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Pedal - Testing - Foot throttle voltage test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Pedal - Testing - Foot throttle continuity test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Sensing system
Level sensor - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
B.20.A / 2
POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM
Throttle command - Static description - Foot throttle voltage test

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Test pin Foot throttle position Expected result

1 Foot throttle in idle position 0.0 V
2 4.5 V
3 0.25 - 0.5 V
4 0.02 V
5 5.0 V
6 0.0 V
1 Foot throttle in depressed position 0.0 V
2 0.0 V
3 Greater than 0.0 V
4 0.02 V
5 5.0 V
6 4.5 V
84318454 14/03/2010
B.20.A / 3
Throttle command - Static description - Foot throttle voltage test

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

1 Chassis ground 0.0 V
2 4.5 V
3 0.02 V
4 0.02 V
5 5.0 V
6 4.5 V
84318454 14/03/2010
B.20.A / 4
Throttle command - Static description - Foot throttle continuity test

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
CAN databus
Foot throttle
84318454 14/03/2010
B.20.A / 5
Fuel tank - Remove

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Before removing the fuel tank:

1. Park the tractor on a hard, level surface.
2. Place the transmission in Park.
3. Shut off the engine and remove the key.
4. Put blocks in front of and in back of the rear
wheels.
RCPH07CCH363AAA 1
Left hand fuel tank

2. Remove the six step mounting bolts (1). Move the
steps away from the tractor.
RCPH07CCH806BBC 2
3. Drain the fuel tank. .

NOTE: Total fuel tank capacity is 674 l (178 US gal).
RCPH07CCH804ABC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
B.20.A / 6
4. Move the left rear wheel out on the axle as far as

possible to provide clearance when removing the left
tank. The wheel can also be removed.
RCPH07CCH365AAA 4
5. Disconnect the fuel level sending unit wire harness.
RCPH07CCH366AAA 5
6. Remove the vent hose.
RCPH07CCH783BBC 6
7. Loosen the hose clamp (1) on fuel tank balance hose,

located under the transmission speed housing. Re-
move the fuel injection system supply hose (2).
RCPH07CCH788BBC 7
84318454 14/03/2010
B.20.A / 7
8. Remove the pressure equalization hose at the front

of the cab on the top left-hand fuel tank.
RCPH07CCH369AAA 8
9. Remove two bolts from each of the two lock down

plates.
RCPH07CCH370AAA 9
10. With pry bars, lift up on the main tank and move it out
a few inches. Insert a plug in the crossover hose as
it separates from the right tank.
NOTICE: Be prepared to collect some fuel when the tank
is removed. Fuel may spill into the support bracket.
RCPH07CCH371AAA 10
11. Disconnect the fuel return line.
RCPH07CCH786BBC 11
84318454 14/03/2010
B.20.A / 8
12. Remove the left tank.
RCPH07CCH801ABC 12
13. Remove the fuel supply fitting (1), the fuel return fit-
ting (2), vent fitting (3) and fuel sending unit cover
(4).
RCPH07CCH787BBC 13
14. Remove the fuel sender if required. See Sensing

system Level sensor - Remove (B.20.A).
RCPH07CCH789BBC 14
84318454 14/03/2010
B.20.A / 9
Right hand fuel tank

15. If the right tank is to be removed, remove the battery
cover.
RCPH07CCH782BBC 15
16. Remove the battery cables and move to the side.

Remove the batteries.
RCPH07CCH796BBC 16
17. If not already removed, loosen the clamp (1) on the

fuel balance hose located under the transmission
speed housing. Slip the hose off the neck leading
into tank.
RCPH07CCH788BBC 17
84318454 14/03/2010
B.20.A / 10
18. Remove the two bolts from the lock down plate on
the right tank.
RCPH07CCH803ABC 18
19. Lift the right tank free of the support bracket and re-
move the tank.
NOTICE: Be prepared to collect some fuel when the tank
is removed.
RCPH07CCH807ABC 19
20. If fuel tank support bracket needs to be removed,

properly support the bracket while removing the bolts
(1) from the left- and right-hand side of the bracket.
NOTE: Bolts are shown on left side.
RCPH07CCH795ABC 20
Next operation:
Fuel tank - Install (B.20.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
B.20.A / 11
Fuel tank - Install

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Fuel tank - Remove (B.20.A)
Left hand fuel tank

1. If the fuel tank support bracket was removed, prop-
erly support the bracket and lift into position. Install
and tighten all the retaining bolts (1).
RCPH07CCH795ABC 1
2. If the fuel sender was removed, see Sensing sys-

tem Level sensor - Install (B.20.A) for installation.
RCPH07CCH789BBC 2
3. Install the fuel tank onto the support brackets with

enough room to attach fittings.
RCPH07CCH371AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
B.20.A / 12
4. Install the fuel return line. Push the fuel tank into
position.
RCPH07CCH786BBC 4
5. Connect the fuel injection system supply hose (2)

and fuel tank balance hose (1). Tighten the fitting
and clamp.
RCPH07CCH788BBC 5
6. Install and tighten two bolts at each of the two lock

down plates.
RCPH07CCH370AAA 6
7. Install the pressure equalization hose on the top front

of the left tank. Tighten clamp.
RCPH07CCH369AAA 7
84318454 14/03/2010
B.20.A / 13
8. Install the fuel vent hose and reposition the hose clip.
RCPH07CCH783BBC 8
9. Move steps into position. Install six bolts (1) and

tighten to a torque of 37 - 67 Nm (27 - 49 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH806BBC 9
Right hand fuel tank

10. Move the right tank into position. Connect the bal-
ance hose at the bottom of the tank (not shown) and
tighten the clamp. Connect the loose end of the pres-
sure equalization hose (not shown) to the top left
tank.
RCPH07CCH807ABC 10
84318454 14/03/2010
B.20.A / 14
11. Install and tighten the two bolts on the hold-down

plate.
RCPH07CCH803ABC 11
12. Install the batteries.
RCPH07CCH796BBC 12
13. Install battery cover and toolbox.
RCPH07CCH782BBC 13
14. Fill the vehicle with fuel and check for leaks.
84318454 14/03/2010
B.20.A / 15
15. Return the left rear wheel to operating position on the

axle.
RCPH07CCH365AAA 14
84318454 14/03/2010
B.20.A / 16
Sensing system Throttle position sensor - Remove

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:

side cover to the armrest. Remove the cover.
RCPH08CCH073AAB 1
2. Disengage the harness locking tab (1) from the throt-

tle position potentiometer.
RCPH08CCH298AAB 2
3. Remove the harness connector.
RCPH08CCH299AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
B.20.A / 17
4. Remove the two lock nuts (1) from the position sen-
sor.
RCPH08CCH300AAB 4
5. Remove the two screws and washers (1).
RCPH08CCH301AAB 5
6. Note the orientation of the sensor and remove.
RCPH08CCH302AAB 6
7. Remove the O-ring and discard.
RCPH08CCH303AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
B.20.A / 18
8. Remove the spacer.
RCPH08CCH304AAB 8
9. Remove the lock nut and two washers.
RCPH08CCH306AAB 9
10. Remove the glide bracket.
RCPH08CCH315AAB 10
84318454 14/03/2010
B.20.A / 19
11. Inspect the glide. Replace if worn or damaged.

NOTE: Remove the glide by pressing outward. Install a
new glide; trim any exposed stem so it flush or within 3
mm of the bracket.
RCPH07CCH600BBC 11
12. Remove the E-clip securing the throttle arm to the

armrest bracket.
RCPH07CCH560ABC 12
13. Remove the washer.
RCPH07CCH598BBC 13
84318454 14/03/2010
B.20.A / 20
14. Carefully pull the throttle arm away from the bracket.
Remove the nylon washer (1).
RCPH07CCH575BBC 14
15. Inspect the friction glide. Replace if worn or dam-

aged.
NOTE: Remove the glide by pressing outward. Install a
new glide; trim any exposed stem , flush or within 3 mm of
the bracket.
RCPH07CCH601BBC 15
Next operation:
Sensing system Throttle position sensor - Install (B.20.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
B.20.A / 21
Sensing system Throttle position sensor - Install

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Sensing system Throttle position sensor - Remove (B.20.A)
1. Reinstall the nylon washer (1) on the shaft of the

throttle arm. Insert the shaft into the support bracket.
RCPH07CCH575BBC 1
2. Reinstall the washer.
RCPH07CCH598BBC 2
3. Reinstall the E-clip to secure the throttle arm shaft to

the support bracket.
RCPH07CCH560ABC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
B.20.A / 22
4. Reinstall the glide bracket.
RCPH08CCH315AAB 4
5. Reinstall the two lock washers and lock nut to secure

the glide bracket to the throttle arm.
RCPH08CCH305AAB 5
6. Tighten the lock nut (1) until 26.7 - 31.1 Nm (6 - 7 lb

ft) of effort is required to move the throttle (2) from
the low idle position to full throttle.
RCPH08CCH306AAB 6
7. Reinstall the spacer for the position sensor.
RCPH08CCH304AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
B.20.A / 23
8. If required, install a new O-ring on the position sen-

sor.
RCPH08CCH303AAB 8
9. Align the slot (1) in the sensor with the flats on the
throttle shaft (2), and install the position sensor.
NOTE: The connector on the sensor must face the rear of
the armrest and downward at about a 45 ° angle.
RCPH08CCH302AAB 9
10. Reinstall the two screws with flat washers (1).
RCPH08CCH301AAB 10
11. Reinstall and tighten the two lock nuts (1).
RCPH08CCH300AAB 11
84318454 14/03/2010
B.20.A / 24
12. Reinstall the harness. Check that the locking tab is

fully engaged.
RCPH08CCH299AAB 12
13. Place the armrest side cover over the armrest. Re-
install the six socket head screws (1).
RCPH08CCH073AAB 13
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
B.20.A / 25
Sensing system Level sensor - Remove

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Disconnect the harness connector to the fuel sender

.
RCPH07CCH792BBC 1
2. Remove the fuel sender cover bolts.
RCPH07CCH791BBC 2
3. Pry the sender free of the fuel tank.
RCPH07CCH790BBC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
B.20.A / 26
4. Remove the sender.
RCPH07CCH789BBC 4
5. Remove the sender seal. Inspect for damage and

replace if necessary.
RCPH07CCH785BBC 5
Next operation:
Sensing system Level sensor - Install (B.20.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
B.20.A / 27
Sensing system Level sensor - Install

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Sensing system Level sensor - Remove (B.20.A)
1. Lubricate the outside diameter of the seal with liquid

soap and install.
RCPH07CCH785BBC 1
2. Lubricate the inside diameter (1) of the seal with liq-

uid soap, and install the fuel sender (2).
RCPH07CCH789BBC 2
84318454 14/03/2010
B.20.A / 28
3. Install the fuel sender cover.
RCPH07CCH791BBC 3
4. Connect the harness connector to the fuel sender .
RCPH07CCH792BBC 4
5. Check the sender for proper operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
B.20.A / 29
Throttle command Pedal - Troubleshooting

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Faults are active for foot Foot throttle improperly installed.
Check installation of the foot throttle. See
throttle potentiometer Throttle command Pedal - Testing - Foot
throttle adjustment (B.20.A).
Foot throttle moves but Foot throttle not properly configured on Use the electronic service tool (EST)
no speed change occurs. armrest controller. or INSITE to check the settings for the
foot throttle. The required settings for all
tractors with Tier 3 engines are:
• Primary accelerator pedal or lever line
= Enable
• Primary accelerator pedal or lever line =
Custom accelerator pedal or lever setup
3
• Remote accelerator pedal or lever line
= Enable
• Remote accelerator pedal or lever
mode = Maximum accelerator pedal or
lever
Remote accelerator pedal or lever op-
•
tion = None
Foot throttle does not An active fault is causing the engine to de- Check if the hand throttle can raise engine
raise engine speed higher rate, or there is problem in the wiring to the speed.
than low idle or 1200 RPM. foot throttle potentiometer.
If the hand throttle also cannot raise engine
speed, an active fault is present. Use the
electronic service tool (EST) or INSITE to
resolve the faults.
If the hand throttle can raise engine speed,

perform the wiring continuity test for the
foot throttle. See Throttle command
Pedal - Testing - Foot throttle continuity
test (B.20.A).
Foot throttle moves but Circuit problem for the foot throttle. • Put the keyswitch in the run position
throttle potentiometer and connect the electronic service tool
does not function. (EST) to the vehicle.
• Select Accelerator Pedal Signal Voltage
on the sensors menu within data moni-
tor.
• Depress the foot throttle while monitor-
ing the EST. Voltage should range be-
tween 0.22 V with the pedal fully raised
to 4.8 V with the pedal fully depressed.
• If voltage is out of range, perform these
tests to return the foot throttle to normal
operation: Throttle command Pedal
- Testing - Foot throttle voltage test
(B.20.A), Throttle command Pedal -
Testing - Foot throttle voltage test
(B.20.A) and Throttle command Pedal
- Testing - Foot throttle continuity
test (B.20.A).
84318454 14/03/2010
B.20.A / 30
Throttle command Pedal - Testing - Foot throttle adjustment

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Disconnect connector 164M from the Resistance is within ± 20 Ω of the Resistance is higher or lower than 20
foot throttle. value printed on the decal on the po- Ω of the value printed on the decal on
Check tentiometer. the potentiometer.
With the pedal in the idle position, Action Action
measure resistance between pins 3 Foot throttle is adjusted correctly. Loosen the adjusting nuts on the foot
and 4 on the foot throttle potentiome- throttle, and adjust the position until
ter. it is within range.
Throttle command Pedal - Testing - Foot throttle voltage test

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Expected result from the table. Any voltage greater or less than the
• Connector 164M to the foot Action expected result in the table.
throttle potentiometer re- Go to next test. Action
mains connected during Locate the short circuit to B+ or
these tests. ground and repair.
• Use a back probe on the
connector for the voltage
reading.
• Keyswitch must be in the run
position.
Check
Refer to table in Throttle command
- Static description - Foot throttle
voltage test (B.20.A) for pedal po-
sition, pin number and expected re-
sult. With the pedal in the stated
position, measure voltage between
the indicated pin on connector 164M
from the table and chassis ground.
84318454 14/03/2010
B.20.A / 31
Throttle command Pedal - Testing - Foot throttle voltage test

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Expected result from the table. Any voltage greater or less than the
• Disconnect connector 164M Action expected result in the table.
to the foot throttle poten- Go to next test. Action
tiometer. Locate the short circuit to B+ or
• Use a voltmeter to measure ground and repair.
voltage between the desig-
nated pin on the connector
and chassis ground.
• Keyswitch must be in the run
position.
Check
voltage test (B.20.A) for pin num-
ber and expected result. Measure
voltage between the indicated pin on
connector 164M from the table and
chassis ground.
Throttle command Pedal - Testing - Foot throttle continuity test

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance indicates an open
• Disconnect the referenced Action circuit.
connector for the test points Go to next test. Action
as needed. Locate and repair the open circuit.
• Expected reading between
all test points is less than 1
Ω.
• The keyswitch is turned off
for these tests,
Check
continuity test (B.20.A) for pedal
position, pin number and expected
result. Measure resistance between
the test points with an ohmmeter.
84318454 14/03/2010
B.20.A / 32
Sensing system Level sensor - Testing

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

8 V. No voltage.
• Disconnect connector 66F Action Action
from connector 66M at the Go to Step 4. Go to Step 2.
fuel sender.
• Key switch On.
Check
Measure voltage between pin A of
connector 66M and chassis ground.
Measure voltage between pin 8 of wire 234B (R) between pin 8 of con-
in-line connector 60M and chassis nector 60F and pin A of connector
ground. 66M at the sender.
instrument cluster. Action Action
Check Locate and repair the open circuit in
Measure voltage between cavity 21 wire 234A (R) between pin 8 of con- • Check power and ground to
on the instrument cluster and chas- nector 60M and pin 21 of connector the instrument cluster.
sis ground. 426M. • If power and ground are
okay and 8 V is still not
present at pin 21 of con-
nector 426M, replace the
instrument cluster.
• Return unit to field opera-
tion.
Measure resistance between pin C Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
of connector 66M at the fuel sender Action Action
and chassis ground. Go to Step 5. Locate and repair the open circuit in
ground pin C of connector 66M at the
sender and pin 10 (sensor ground)
of connector 426M at the instrument
cluster.
Disconnect connector 427M from the Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
Check Circuit are operating properly. Re- Go to Step 6.
Measure resistance between pin B place the fuel sender. Reinstall all
of connector 66M at the sender and connectors, and return unit to field
pin 22 of connector 427M at the in- operation.
strument cluster.
Check Locate and repair the open circuit in Locate and repair the open circuit in
Measure resistance between pin 22 wire 236B (Y) between pin 13 of con- wire 236A (Y) between pin 22 of con-
of connector 427M at the instrument nector 60F and pin B of connector nector 427M at the instrument clus-
cluster and pin 13 of in-line connec- 66M at the sender. Reinstall all con- ter and pin 13 of in-line connector
tor 60M. nectors, and return unit to field oper- 60M. Reinstall all connectors, and
ation. return unit to field operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
B.20.A / 33
Index

Fuel tank - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Fuel tank - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Sensing system Level sensor - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Sensing system Level sensor - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Sensing system Level sensor - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Sensing system Throttle position sensor - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Sensing system Throttle position sensor - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Throttle command - Static description - Foot throttle continuity test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Throttle command - Static description - Foot throttle voltage test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Throttle command - Static description - Foot throttle voltage test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Throttle command Pedal - Testing - Foot throttle adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Throttle command Pedal - Testing - Foot throttle continuity test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Throttle command Pedal - Testing - Foot throttle voltage test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Throttle command Pedal - Testing - Foot throttle voltage test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Throttle command Pedal - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
B.20.A / 34
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - 50.A
T8010
T8020
T8030
T8040
T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
B.50.A / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Fan and drive
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
SERVICE
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
Emptying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Cooling system assembly

Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Fan and drive

Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Test Fan Speed Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
DIAGNOSTIC
Sensing system
Coolant temperature - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
B.50.A / 2
POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
Fan and drive - Special tools

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Digital photo tachometer – OEM1057A

This tool is used to measure fan speed.
RCPH07SPT063AAA 1
Digital thermometer with probe – 380001301

This tool is used to measure air temperature.
RCPH07SPT062AAA 2
84318454 14/03/2010
B.50.A / 3
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Emptying

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Remove the right engine side panel.
RCPH07CCH049BAB 1
2. Remove the pressure cap.
WARNING
DO NOT remove coolant system pressure cap while
coolant is HOT. Wait until the coolant temperature is
below 50 degrees C (120 degrees F) before removing
the system pressure cap. Failure to do so will cause
injury.
M941
RCPH07CCH266AAB 2
3. Place a suitable clean container under the radiator

drain cock. Total coolant capacity (engine and radi-
ator) is 26.5 l (7 US gal). Open the drain and drain
the coolant from the cooling system.
WARNING
Coolant can be toxic. Keep away from children and
pets. Avoid prolong contact. If not reused, dispose of
in accordance with local environmental regulations.
M940
RCPH07CCH182AAB 3
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
B.50.A / 4
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Filling

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Make sure that the coolant drain at the radiator is

closed.
RCPH07CCH182AAB 1
2. Fill the cooling system with a fully formulated coolant

or a 50/50 mixture of recommended antifreeze and
clean, good quality water. Total coolant capacity (en-
gine and radiator) is 26.5 l (7 US gal).
NOTE: The fully formulated antifreeze must meet the TMC
RP329 or TMC RP330 specifications.
NOTE: Fill the coolant system slowly to prevent air from
being trapped in the engine.
CAUTION
Never use water alone for coolant. This can result in
damage from corrosion. Always use a mixture of ethy-
lene glycol or propylene glycol and distilled water for
coolant.
RCSC05CDC168AAA 2
M1054
3. Install the pressure cap. Make sure that the trans-

mission is set in the park position. Start the engine
and operate to a temperature of 80 °C (180 °F) and
check for coolant leaks.
RCPH07CCH266AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
B.50.A / 5
4. Shut off the tractor and remove the key. Check the
coolant level at the recovery bottle and adjust as re-
quired.
RCPH07CCH043AAB 4
5. Use a refractometer to check the freeze point protec-

tion of the coolant.
WARNING
DO NOT remove coolant system pressure cap while
coolant is HOT. Wait until the coolant temperature is
below 50 degrees C (120 degrees F) before removing
the system pressure cap. Failure to do so will cause
injury.
M941
6. Using the hardware that was removed earlier, reat-

tach the right engine side panel.
RCPH07CCH049BAB 5
84318454 14/03/2010
B.50.A / 6
Cooling system assembly - Remove

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
If the planned service does not require recovery of the refrigerant, the cooling assembly may be removed without dis-
connecting the condenser. Recover the refrigerant if required; see ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation
and air-conditioning - Recover (E.40.D)
1. Park the tractor on a hard level surface. Put the

transmission in Park. Turn off the engine and remove
the key.
2. Open the hood, remove the lanyard, and fully raise
the hood.
RCPH07CCH002BAB 1
3. Remove the bolts (1) for the hood panels, and re-
move the panels on both sides of the engine.
RCPH07CCH049BAB 2
4. Drain the coolant; see ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

- Emptying (B.50.A)
RCPH07CCH182AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
B.50.A / 7
5. Remove the mounting bolt (1) and nut (2). Remove

the bracket and seal assembly (3).
RCPH07CCH011AAB 4
6. Remove the top and bottom fasteners for the air

scoop. Remove the scoop.
RCPH07CCH012AAB 5
7. Use special tool 380500042 to remove the top hy-

draulic cooling hose. Cap the line and port.
RCPH07CCH178AAB 6
8. If the condenser does not have to be disconnected

from the air conditioning system, continue with Steps
9- 10. If the condenser must be disconnected, con-
tinue with Step 11.
84318454 14/03/2010
B.50.A / 8
9. Remove the pin from the latch (1). Remove the

mounting lock nuts (2) from the condenser.
RCPH07CCH066BAB 7
10. Place a piece of cardboard or other suitable padding

on top of the air cleaner. Carefully lift the condenser
from it’s mounting and place it on the padding. Con-
tinue with Step 13.
RCPH07CCH014AAB 8
11. Tag and disconnect the hoses from the fuel cooler
inlet (1) and outlet (2) Disconnect the condenser inlet
hose (3). Discard the O-ring. Plug or cap all lines and
ports.
RCPH07CCH023BAB 9
84318454 14/03/2010
B.50.A / 9
12. Disconnect the outlet hose from the receiver/drier.

Discard the O-ring. Plug or cap the hose and port.
RCPH07CCH066BAB 10
13. Disengage the hose clamp, and disconnect the

coolant air bleed hose (1). Loosen the upper radiator
hose clamp, and disconnect the hose (2) from the
radiator.
RCPH07CCH016AAB 11
14. Remove the retaining bolts and disconnect the radi-

ator outlet pipe at the engine. Discard the gasket.
RCPH07CCH017AAB 12
15. Remove the bolt, washer and spacer (1) for the lower
cooler tube isolation mount. Loosen the clamp (2),
and disconnect the lower air cooler hose from the
cooler.
RCPH07CCH211AAB 13
84318454 14/03/2010
B.50.A / 10
16. Loosen the clamp, and disconnect the upper air

cooler hose from the cooler.
RCPH07CCH019AAB 14
17. Using special tool 380500042, disconnect the lower

hydraulic cooling line. Be prepared to collect some
hydraulic fluid. Plug or cap the line and port. Remove
the line clamp (not shown).
RCPH07CCH179AAB 15
18. Using appropriate lift equipment, support the cooling

assembly.
RCPH07CCH020AAB 16
19. Remove the four bolts (1) for the cooling assembly.
Remove the bolts for the hood catch assembly, and
remove the catch (2).
RCPH07CCH021AAB 17
84318454 14/03/2010
B.50.A / 11
20. Slowly raise and move the lower potion of the cooling
assembly away from the engine to separate the fan
(1) from the shroud (2). Once the fan is clear of the
shroud, remove the assembly from the tractor.
NOTICE: Do not allow the fan blades to contact the radiator
or air cooler.
RCPH07CCH025BAB 18
Next operation:
Cooling system assembly - Install (B.50.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
B.50.A / 12
Cooling system assembly - Install

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Cooling system assembly - Remove (B.50.A)
1. Properly support the cooling assembly and move it

in front of the engine.
RCPH07CCH020AAB 1
2. Slide the assembly rearward until the fan (1) enters

the shroud (2) without contact.
RCPH07CCH025BAB 2
3. Install and tighten the four bolts removed earlier (1).

Reinstall the hood catch (2).
RCPH07CCH021AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
B.50.A / 13
4. If tractor is equipped with reversible fan, route the air

supply hose (1) between the cooling package seal
and the frame.
RCPH07CCH217AAB 4
5. Connect the air hose (1) to the fan supply tube (2)
with the original clamp.
RCPH07CCH216AAB 5
6. Reconnect the lower air cooler hose with the original

clamp.
RCPH07CCH211AAB 6
7. Reconnect the upper air cooler hose with the original

clamp.
RCPH07CCH019AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
B.50.A / 14
8. Install a new gasket. Bolt the lower radiator pipe to

the engine coolant inlet port.
RCPH07CCH017AAB 8
9. Reconnect the upper radiator hose (1) using the orig-

inal clamp. Reconnect the radiator air bleed hose (2)
using the original clamp.
RCPH07CCH214AAB 9
10. If the condenser was not disconnected from the air

conditioning system, continue with Steps 11 and 13.
If the condenser was disconnected, continue with
Step 14.
11. Lift the condenser assembly from the padding, and
place the assembly on the mounting brackets located
in front of the oil cooler. Remove the padding from
the top of the air cleaner.
RCPH07CCH014AAB 10
84318454 14/03/2010
B.50.A / 15
12. Tighten the locking nuts (1) until they just make con-
tact with the bracket; this allows the condenser to
swing freely when opened for cleaning. Install the
locking pin (2).
RCPH07CCH022BAB 11
13. Lubricate a new O-ring with mineral oil, and install the
O-ring on the receiver/drier outlet hose (1). Tighten
the fitting.
RCPH07CCH066BAB 12
14. Lubricate a new O-ring with mineral oil, and install

the O-ring on the condenser inlet hose (1). Tighten
the fitting. Install the fuel cooler outlet (2) and inlet
(3) hoses with the original clamps.
RCPH07CCH023BAB 13
84318454 14/03/2010
B.50.A / 16
15. Support the back of the cooler with one hand, and
push the lower hydraulic oil line fitting into position.
NOTICE: After the fitting is installed, pull back on the hose
to make sure the fitting is fully engaged into the port.
RCPH07CCH024BAB 14
16. Support the back of the cooler with one hand, and
push the upper hydraulic oil line fitting into position.
NOTICE: After the fitting is installed, pull back on the hose
to make sure the fitting is fully engaged into the port.
RCPH07CCH013AAB 15
17. Install the air scoop (1). Install new upper and lower
plastic fasteners (2).
RCPH07CCH012AAB 16
18. Install the upper half of the air conditioning hose

clamp (1). Install the air scoop bracket and seal as-
sembly (2). Install and tighten the mounting bolt and
nut (3).
NOTE: Replace the seal for the air scoop bracket if dam-
aged.
RCPH07CCH011AAB 17
84318454 14/03/2010
B.50.A / 17
19. Lower the hood and attach the hood lanyard to the
bracket.
RCPH07CCH002BAB 18
Next operation:
Next operation:
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Evacuate (E.40.D)
Next operation:
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Charging (E.40.D)
84318454 14/03/2010
B.50.A / 18
Fan and drive - Inspect

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Check the torque of the fan blade mounting bolts:

• 690 drive ( 40 km/h transmission): 14 - 20 Nm
(10 - 15 lb ft).
• 810 drive ( 50 km/h transmission): 20 - 30 Nm
(15 - 22 lb ft).
NOTE: 810 fan drive is currently installed on all models
with 50 km/h transmission. 610 fan drive is installed on all
other models.
RCPH07CCH115BAE 1
2. Check the torque of the fan driven pulley bolts: 27 -

30 Nm (20 - 22 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH116BAE 2
3. Check the torque of the fan drive pulley: 200 Nm

(148 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH117BAE 3
84318454 14/03/2010
B.50.A / 19
4. Check the torque on the drive shaft hub: 163 - 203

Nm (120 - 150 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH116BAE 4
5. Check the fan drive, blade assembly, shroud and ra-

diator for signs of interference with rotating parts. If
damage is present, locate and repair the problem,
replacing defective parts as needed.
6. Rotate the fan by hand one complete turn 360 °. The
fan should turn smoothly with some uniform internal
resistance. If the fan rotates with strong or non-uni-
form resistance, replace the fan drive.
NOTE: Fan resistance must result from the internal drive,
not from interference with a non-rotating part.
RCPH07CCH118BAE 5
7. There should be minimal forward/rearward play in the

fan drive. Grasp the center of the blade assembly
and attempt to move the drive forward and rearward.
If there is more than 1.6 mm (0.0625 in) play in the
drive itself, replace the fan drive.
NOTE: This step checks for internal play within the drive
itself, movement which is not the result of loose mounting
bolts or pulley bearing wear.
RCPH07CCH115BAE 6
84318454 14/03/2010
B.50.A / 20
8. Check for plugging in the fuel cooler, condenser, air

cooler, oil cooler and radiator. Remove crop dust, dirt
and debris in the air path to the engine. If necessary,
use low pressure power wash or compressed air to
clean.
NOTICE: Do not steam clean or use high pressure jets to
clean the fan drive. The high forces used may cause for-
eign material to be forced past external seals, contaminat-
ing the grease or silicone seal. Do not aim the low pressure
wash directly at the fan bi-metal drive while cleaning.
RCPH07CCH126BAE 7
9. Check that the cooling system is filled to the proper

level and with the correct coolant mixture.
84318454 14/03/2010
B.50.A / 21
Fan and drive - Test Fan Speed Test

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Warm a cold engine to shorten the run time during

this procedure:
• Turn the air conditioning system Off.
• Close the heater supply valve (1) on the left
hand side of the engine.
• Start the engine and operate until the thermo-
stat opens; then turn the engine Off.
NOTE: The A/C system and the heater valve should remain
closed throughout this test.
NOTICE: This test is most effective at an ambient air tem-
perature of 27 °C (80 °F) or higher.
RCPH07CCH127BAE 1
2. Place a piece of reflective tape (1) from tachometer

kit OEM1057A on the engine side of the fan blade.
Install the tape near the outside edge of the blade,
the left corner of the blade as viewed from the left
side of the tractor.
NOTE: Reading RPM with the tachometer in bright sunlight
may be difficult; if possible, move the tractor to more suit-
able lighting conditions.
RCPH07CCH121BAE 2
3. Apply another strip of reflective tape to the fan drive

shaft so drive shaft RPM can be read with the photo
tachometer.
RCPH07CCH122BAE 3
84318454 14/03/2010
B.50.A / 22
4. Loosen the shroud mounting screws on the left hand

side of the fan, and route the temperature probe –
380001301 or equivalent – between the front of the
viscous drive and the radiator.
RCPH07CCH123BAE 4
5. Secure the temperature probe to the rear of the ra-

diator with wire ties so the sensing probe measures
air temperature within 25.4 mm (1 in) of the center of
the fan drive. Route the electrical lead to the probe
so temperature readings can be taken with the hood
closed.
RCPH07CCH129BAE 5
6. Start the engine, and turn electrical loads On (lights

and work lamps). Measure the fan drive shaft speed
with the photo tachometer aimed at the reflective
tape on the shaft. Increase engine speed until fan
drive shaft speed reaches 2200 RPM on tractors with
a 40 km/h transmission or 2500 RPM on tractors
with a 50 km/h transmission. Lock the throttle at this
RPM. This establishes the fan drive shaft test RPM.
NOTE: Fan drive shaft speed is not the same as engine
speed. Fan drive to engine speed ratio is 1.1:1 on all 40
km/h transmission models and 1.25:1 on all 50 km/h trans-
mission models.
RCPH07CCH122BAE 6
84318454 14/03/2010
B.50.A / 23
7. Install the magnetic base for the photo tachometer on

the top of the left hand rail. Install the photo pickup
on the base and aim it at the reflective tape on the fan
blade. Route the leads to the photo pickup so they
will not interfere with any rotating parts with the hood
closed. Reinstall any side panels removed. Close
the hood. Cover the front grille screen. Measure the
fan blade speed with the photo tachometer.
8. As the engine warms up:
• Fan RPM should stabilize between 800 - 1000
RPM.
• When engine coolant reaches 93.3 - 104.4 °C
(200 - 220 °F), fan speed should increase to
1870 RPM on all models with a 40 km/h trans-
mission or 2125 RPM on all models with a 50
km/h transmission.
• Air temperature at the fan drive should be 73.9
- 90.6 °C (165 - 195 °F) when the fan engages.
RCPH07CCH125BAE 7
9. With the fan engaged, record fan RPM, coolant tem-

perature and air temperature at the drive. With the
fan engaged while maintaining the test RPM, fan
speed should begin to decrease as temperature de-
creases. After 2-3 minutes, the fan should slow to
the initial fan speed – about 1000 RPM on all mod-
els with a 50 km/h transmission or 880 RPM on all
models with 40 km/h transmission.
10. Repeat this cycle several times while recording tem-
peratures and fan RPM.
11. Replace the viscous fan drive if:
• 50 km/h transmissions: If the fan fails to reach
2125 RPM or higher (at least 85% of the test
RPM) at 93.3 - 104.4 °C (200 - 220 °F) coolant
temperature and air temperature at the fan
drive exceeds 90.6 °C (195 °F).
• 40 km/h transmissions: If the fan fails to reach
1870 RPM or higher (at least 85% of the test
RPM) at 93.3 - 104.4 °C (200 - 220 °F) coolant
temperature and air temperature at the fan
drive exceeds 90.6 °C (195 °F).
84318454 14/03/2010
B.50.A / 24
12. The fan drive is not faulty if the fan fails to reach
85% of the test RPM and the coolant temperature
exceeds 104.4 °C (220 °F) and air temperature at the
fan drive does not exceed 90.6 °C (195 °F). Check
for the following:
• Air flow restrictions through the air cooler, oil
cooler and radiator.
• Internal radiator plugging.
• Faulty thermostat.
• Defective water pump.
NOTE: If fan speed fails to slow down to 800 - 1000 RPM
after the fan drive disengages (with the test RPM main-
tained), replace the viscous fan drive.
13. Remove the cover from the front of the radiator. Re-
move the air temperature probe and photo tachome-
ter. Move the throttle to the low idle position and al-
low the engine to cool for two minutes before shutting
down.
84318454 14/03/2010
B.50.A / 25
Sensing system Coolant temperature - Testing

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Disconnect connector J1-6 engine Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
from the engine coolant temperature Action Action
sensor. Go to Step 2. Locate and repair the open circuit
Check between splice EC1 and pin A of
Measure resistance between splice connector J1-6 engine.
EC1 and pin A of connector J1-6 en-
gine at the sensor.
Disconnect connector J1 engine to Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
the engine controller. Action Action
Measure resistance between pin 38 in wire J1-38 between the pin 38
of connector J1 engine and splice of connector J1 engine and splice
EC1. EC1.
Measure resistance between pin B Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
of connector J1-6 engine at the sen- Action Action
sor and pin 15 of connector J1 en- Circuits are operating properly. Re- Locate and repair the open circuit in
gine at the engine controller. place the engine coolant tempera- wire J1-15 between pin B of connec-
ture sensor. Return unit to field op- tor J1-6 engine at the sensor and pin
eration. 15 of connector J1 engine at the en-
gine controller. Return unit to field
operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
B.50.A / 26
Index

Cooling system assembly - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Cooling system assembly - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Emptying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Fan and drive - Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Fan and drive - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Fan and drive - Test Fan Speed Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Sensing system Coolant temperature - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
B.50.A / 27
84318454 14/03/2010
B.50.A / 28
LUBRICATION SYSTEM - 60.A
T8010
T8020
T8030
T8040
T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
B.60.A / 1
Contents
DIAGNOSTIC
Sensing system
Oil pressure - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
B.60.A / 2
POWER PRODUCTION - LUBRICATION SYSTEM
Sensing system Oil pressure - Testing

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Disconnect connector J1-8 engine Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
from the engine oil pressure sensor Action Action
and connector J1 engine from the Go to Step 2. Locate and repair the open circuit in
engine controller. wire J1-17 between pin 1 of connec-
Check tor J1-8 engine at the sensor and
Measure resistance between pin 1 of pin 17 of connector J1 engine at the
connector J1-8 engine at the sensor controller. Return unit to field opera-
and pin 17 of connector J1 engine at tion.
the controller.
connector J1-8 engine at the sensor Action Action
and splice EC2. Circuits are operating properly. Re-
place the engine oil pressure sensor. Locate and repair the open circuit:
• on wire J1-10 between pin 2
of connector J1-8 engine at
the sensor and splice EC2,
• or on wire J1-47 between
splice EC2 and pin 47 of
connector J1 engine at the
engine controller.
• Reinstall all connectors, and
84318454 14/03/2010
B.60.A / 3
Index

Sensing system Oil pressure - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
B.60.A / 4
STARTING SYSTEM - 80.A
T8010
T8020
T8030
T8040
T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
B.80.A / 1
Contents
DIAGNOSTIC
STARTING SYSTEM
Problem solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Engine starter
Testing - Starter motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Start control
Start relay - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Start switch - Testing - Ignition switch power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Start switch - Testing - Ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Intermediate start relay - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
B.80.A / 2
POWER PRODUCTION - STARTING SYSTEM
STARTING SYSTEM - Problem solving

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
OPERATION
Unswitched battery power is supplied through fuse 7 to the ignition switch connector 161F. When the key switch is
turned to the Start position, current is supplied to the FNR module at connector 51F. If the transmission is in park,
current flows to the bussman box starter relay and then to the intermediate start relay which energizes the starter
relay.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Before troubleshooting the charging system, system make sure that the following conditions are met:
• Fuse 7 must be powered and intact.
• Check all connectors for tight connection. Check for loose, corroded or damaged – broken, bent or recessed –
pins.
Engine does not crank Fuse 7 Perform Step 1 in Start control Start
when key switch is turn to switch - Testing - Ignition switch power
the Start position. (B.80.A).
Ignition switch See Start control Start switch - Test-
ing - Ignition switch power (B.80.A),
and perform Steps 1-2 in Start control
Start switch - Testing - Ignition switch
(B.80.A).
FNR Module See Command Control lever - Testing -
FNR/FNRP module (C.20.E).
Starter relay See Start control Start relay - Testing
(B.80.A).
Intermediate start relay See Start control Intermediate start re-
lay - Testing (B.80.A).
Starter motor See Engine starter - Testing - Starter mo-
tor (B.80.A).
Click is heard when key Starter motor Perform Steps 3-5 in Engine starter - Test-
switch is turned to the ing - Starter motor (B.80.A).
Start position, but engine
does not crank.
Starter relay See Start control Start relay - Testing
(B.80.A).
lay - Testing (B.80.A).
Engine cranks slowly. Starter motor Perform Steps 3-5 in Engine starter - Test-
ing - Starter motor (B.80.A).
Engine mechanical problem Refer to the engine repair manual.
Starter motor continues to Ignition switch See Start control Start switch - Testing
operate after key switch - Ignition switch (B.80.A). Confirm that
is released from the switch turns off when the key switch is re-
Start position to the Run leased.
position.
Starter relay Perform Step 6 in Start control Start relay
- Testing (B.80.A). Confirm that relay turns
off when the key switch is released.
84318454 14/03/2010
B.80.A / 3

lay - Testing (B.80.A). Confirm that relay
turns off when the key switch is released.
Starter solenoid Perform Step 2 in Engine starter - Testing
- Starter motor (B.80.A). Confirm that 12
V is not present at ring terminal connector
79F when the key switch is released. If the
starter motor continues to operate when 12
V is removed, replace the starter motor.
84318454 14/03/2010
B.80.A / 4
Engine starter - Testing - Starter motor

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
NOTICE: When performing this test procedure, the multimeter must be equipped with surge protection or the meter
may be seriously damaged. Disconnect the positive cable to the battery to prevent damage to the test meter.
Measure voltage between ring termi- 12 V. No voltage.
nal connector 81F at the starter and Action Action
chassis ground. Go to Step 2. Locate and repair the open circuit
between connector 81F and the bat-
tery positive (B+) post.
Key switch in the Start position. 12 V. No voltage.
Check Action Action
Measure voltage between ring termi- Go to Step 4. Go to Step 3.
nal connector 79F at the starter and
chassis ground.
12 V.
Key switch in the Start position. No voltage.
Check Action Action
Locate and repair the open circuit
Measure voltage between ring termi- Test the intermediate start relay; see
in wire 625A (W) between connector
nal connector 84F at the intermedi- Start control Intermediate start re-
79F at the starter and connector 84F
ate start relay and chassis ground. lay - Testing (B.80.A).
at the intermediate start relay.
Measure resistance between the Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
starter motor case and chassis Action Action
ground. Go to Step 5.
Restore ground to the starter:
• Check the contact surfaces
between the starter motor
and the engine.
• Check the starter motor is
securely mounted.
• Check the ground strap be-
tween the engine and the
chassis.
Less than 0.4 V. More than 0.4 V.
• Set multimeter to read volt- Action Action
age. Replace the starter motor and return Replace the cable between the bat-
• Connect the positive lead of unit to field operation tery positive post and ring terminal
the multimeter to the battery connector 81F at the starter motor.
positive terminal. Return unit to field operation.
• Connect the negative lead

of the multimeter to ring ter-
minal connector 81F at the
starter motor.
Check
Turn the key switch to the Start posi-
tion.
84318454 14/03/2010
B.80.A / 5
Start control Start relay - Testing

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
NOTE: Before performing this procedure, replace the starter relay at the engine bussman box with a known good
starter relay. If the tractor starts, replace the relay with a new relay and return the vehicle to field operation.
12 V. No voltage.
• Remove the starter relay. Action Action
• Hold the ignition switch in Go to Step 2. Locate the open circuit in B+ using
the Start position. the test for the FNR module. See
Check Command Control lever - Testing
Measure voltage between terminal 1 - FNR/FNRP module (C.20.E).
on the starter relay base and chassis
ground.
Measure voltage between terminal 12 V. No voltage.
3 on the relay base and chassis Action Action
ground. Go to Step 4. Go to Step 3.
Disconnect connector 161F from the 12 V. No voltage.
ignition switch. Action Action
Check Locate and repair the open circuit in Perform Step 2 of the ignition switch
Measure voltage between cavity 1 of wire 89 (R) between terminal 3 on power supply test. See Start con-
connector 161F and chassis ground. the starter relay base and pin 1 at the trol Start switch - Testing - Ignition
ignition switch. switch power (B.80.A).
nal 2 at the starter relay base and Action Action
chassis ground. Starter relay circuit is operating prop- Locate and repair the open circuit
erly. in ground on wire 179BJ (B) to the
starter relay.
Start control Start switch - Testing - Ignition switch power

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Disconnect connector 161F from the 12 V. No voltage.
Check Ignition switch power supply tests Go to Step 2.
Measure voltage between pin 1 of correctly.
Measure voltage between fuse 7 and 12 V. No voltage.
chassis ground. Action Action
Locate and repair the open circuit on Test fuse 7 and replace if required.
wire 107A (R) between fuse 7 and If fuse is intact, locate and repair
connector 161F. the open circuit in wire 101C (R) be-
tween the fuse and splice SPL-C33.
84318454 14/03/2010
B.80.A / 6
Start control Start switch - Testing - Ignition switch

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Disconnect connector 161F from the Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
Check Go to Step 2. Replace the ignition switch.
Hold the ignition in the Start position,
and measure resistance between
pins 1 and 2 on the ignition switch.
Hold the ignition in the Start position, Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
and measure resistance between Action Action
pins 1 and 5 on the ignition switch. Go to Step 3. Replace the ignition switch.
Hold the ignition in the Run position, Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
Hold the ignition in the Run position, Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
Check Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
Hold the ignition in the Accessory po- Action Action
sition, and measure resistance be- Go to Step 6. Replace the ignition switch.
tween pins 1 and 6 on the ignition
switch.
Key switch Off. No continuity. Continuity.
Check Action Action
Measure continuity between pin 1 Ignition switch is operating properly. Replace the ignition switch.
and pins 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 on the ig-
nition switch.
Start control Intermediate start relay - Testing

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Ignition switch in the Start position. 12 V. No voltage.
Check Action Action
Measure voltage between ring termi- Go to Step 5. Go to Step 2.
nal connector 82F at the intermedi-
ate start relay and chassis ground.
Perform the starter relay test. SeeStarter relay is operating properly. Open circuit in B+ from the starter
Start control Start relay - TestingAction relay.
(B.80.A). Locate and repair the open circuit in Action
wire 622A (W) between ring termi- Go to Step 3.
nal connector 82F at the intermedi-
ate start relay and connector 42M in
the fuse and relay box.
Measure voltage between ring termi- 12 V. No voltage.
nal connector 78F at the intermedi- Action Action
ate start relay and chassis ground. Go to Step 5. Go to Step 4.
84318454 14/03/2010
B.80.A / 7

12 V.
Measure voltage between ring termi- No voltage.
Action
nal connector 81A at the starter mo- Action
tor and chassis ground. Locate and repair the open circuit in Locate and repair the open circuit
wire 620A (R) between the battery between the battery and the splice
power splice B2 and the intermedi- B2.
ate start relay.
terminal connector 83F at the in- Action Action
termediate start relay and chassis Go to Step 6. Locate and repair the open circuit in
ground. ground on wire 600A (B) between
connector 83F and SPL-E1.
Ignition switch in the Start position. 12 V. No voltage.
Check Action Action
Measure voltage between ring termi- Intermediate start relay is operating Replace the intermediate starter re-
nal connector 84F at the intermedi- correctly. See Engine starter - Test- lay. Return unit to field operation.
ate start relay and chassis ground. ing - Starter motor (B.80.A).
84318454 14/03/2010
B.80.A / 8
Index

Engine starter - Testing - Starter motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Start control Intermediate start relay - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Start control Start relay - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Start control Start switch - Testing - Ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Start control Start switch - Testing - Ignition switch power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
STARTING SYSTEM - Problem solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
B.80.A / 9
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
84318454 14/03/2010
SERVICE MANUAL
POWER TRAIN
T8010
T8020
T8030
T8040
T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
C
Contents
POWER TRAIN - C
TRANSMISSION Powershift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.20.E

T8010 , T8020 , T8030 , T8040 , T8050
REAR PTO Hydraulic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.40.C

T8010 , T8020 , T8030 , T8040 , T8050
BAR AXLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.60.A

T8010 , T8020 , T8030 , T8040 , T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
C
POWER TRAIN - C
TRANSMISSION Powershift - 20.E
T8010
T8020
T8030
T8040
T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 1
Contents
POWER TRAIN - C
TECHNICAL DATA
TRANSMISSION Powershift
Torque - Speed transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Special tools - Speed transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Torque - Range transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Service limits - Range transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Special tools - Range transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Torque - Front frame to speed transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Special tools - Front frame to speed transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Accumulator
General specification Regulated pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Clutch and gear

Master clutch - Service limits - Clutch spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Dynamic description - Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Dynamic description - Neutral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Dynamic description - Forward standard gears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Dynamic description - Reverse standard gears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Dynamic description - Forward creeper gears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Dynamic description - Reverse creeper gears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve
Speed control valve - Component identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Range control valve - Component identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 2
Odd/even control valve - Component identification - Without creep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
EEAA, T8050 WE
Odd/even control valve - Component identification - With creep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

EEAA, T8050 WE
Inching valve - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Inching valve - Component identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft assembly
Exploded view - Speed transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Sectional view - Speed transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Exploded view Range transmission cover bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft
Speed countershaft - Exploded view - With creeper option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Speed countershaft - Exploded view - Without creeper option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Speed input shaft - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Speed input shaft - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Speed output shaft - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Speed output shaft - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Range input shaft - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Range input shaft - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Range countershaft - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Clutch and gear

Master clutch - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
SERVICE
Leakage test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040
Leakage test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
T8050
Split - Range transmission to rear frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Join - Range transmission to rear frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Split - Speed to range transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Join - Speed to range transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 3
Split - Front frame to speed transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Join - Front frame to speed transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Command
Control lever - Remove - FNR lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control lever - Install - FNR lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Adjust - Inching pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Gear select switch - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Gear select switch - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve
Speed control valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Speed control valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Range control valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Range control valve - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Range control valve - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Range control valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Odd/even control valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Odd/even control valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Inching valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Inching valve - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Inching valve - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Inching valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Accumulator
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft assembly
Remove - Speed transmission with creep option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Remove - Speed transmission without creep option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Clutch - Test - Speed transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 4
Install - Speed transmission without creep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft - End play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Remove - Range transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install - Range transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft - End play - Range transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft
Speed countershaft - Disassemble - With creep option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Speed countershaft - Assemble - With creep option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Speed countershaft - Disassemble - Without creep option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Speed countershaft - Assemble - Without creep option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Speed input shaft - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Speed input shaft - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Speed output shaft - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Speed output shaft - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Range input shaft - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Range input shaft - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Range countershaft - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Range countershaft - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Clutch and gear

Master clutch - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Master clutch - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Master clutch - Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Master clutch - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Master clutch - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Master clutch - Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
DIAGNOSTIC
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 5
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Command
Control lever - Testing - FNR/FNRP module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 6
POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Powershift
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Torque - Speed transmission

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Mounting bolts for rear 54 - 61 Nm 40 - 45 lb ft
bearing cages on housing
RCPH07CCH403AAB 1
Mounting bolts for front 94 - 106 Nm 69 - 78 lb ft

bearing support cover on
housing
RCPH07CCH098BAB 2
Speed to range transmission 235 Nm ± 15 173 lb ft ±

bolts Nm 11 lb ft
RCPH07CCH123BAA 3
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Special tools - Speed transmission

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 7
Splitting stand - 17-526A

This tool is used to maintain component alignment when
the tractor frame is split and joined.
RCPH07SPT039AAA 1
Splitting stand support- 17-526-14

This tool is used to support power train components on
the splitting stand (17-526A) when the tractor power train
is split and joined.
RCPH07SPT036AAA 2
Support Brace- 17-526-4A

This tool is used to brace tool 17-526-14 on the splitting
stand (17-526A) when the tractor power train is split or
joined.
RCPH07SPT037AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 8
Adapter Bridge - 17-526-7

This tool is used on splitting standing 17-526A when the
tractor power train is split or joined.
RCPH07SPT038AAA 4
Adapter plates - CAS2604

These tools are used on the support assembly
(17-526-14) for the splitting stand (17-526A) to secure a
power train component when the tractor power train is
split or joined.
RCPH07SPT041AAA 5
Engine stand – OEM4314

Engine repair stand – The Revolver®. Capacity: 2722
kg (6000 lb). Speed transmission mounting requires
mounting plate 17-52-14 (1) and two brackets 17-52-16
(2).
RCPH07SPT005BAA 6
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 9
Compression plate – CAS1903-1

Compressor plate with six tangs and two cap screws
used to compress belleville springs in clutches. Used
with compression plate CAS1903-2.
RCPH07SPT001BAA 7
Compression plate – CAS1903-2

Compression plate used with CAS1903-1 plate to
compress belleville springs in clutches.
RCPH07SPT009AAA 8
Compression sleeve – CAS1903-3

Compression sleeve used to compress belleville springs
for the removal of snap rings.
RCPH07SPT002BAA 9
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 10
Centering sleeve – CAS1903-4

Centering ring used to center snap rings on transmission
shafts. Used with CAS1903-5 and CAS1903-3.
RCPH07SPT003BAA 10

Compression sleeve without notch used to compress
belleville springs for removal/installation of retaining
rings.
RCPH07SPT011AAA 11
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Torque - Range transmission

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 11

Front bearing support cover 90 - 107 Nm 66 - 79 lb ft
mounting bolts
RCPH07CCH044AAA 1
Range housing to rear frame 232 - 262 171 - 194 lb

mounting bolts Nm ft
RCPH07CCH119BAA 2
235 Nm ± 15 173 lb ft ±
Nm 11 lb ft
RCPH07CCH118BAA 3
Range housing cover 54 - 61 Nm 40 - 45 lb ft

mounting bolts
RCPH07CCH581AAA 4
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 12
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Service limits - Range transmission

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Counter shaft end play

End play must be within 0.013 - 0.102 mm (0.0005 - 0.004
in).
RCPH07CCH061BAA 1
Input shaft end play

End play must be within 0.025 - 0.127 mm (0.001 - 0.005
in).
RCPH07CCH062BAA 2
Clutch oil leakage

0.5 l/min (0.13 US gpm)
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Special tools - Range transmission

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 13
Engine stand – OEM4314

Engine repair stand – The Revolver®. Capacity: 2722
kg (6000 lb). Range transmission mounting requires
mounting plate 17-52-14 (1) and two brackets 17-52-16
(2).
RCPH07SPT005BAA 1

Compression sleeve used to compress belleville springs
for the removal of snap rings.
RCPH07SPT002BAA 2

Compression sleeve without notch used to compress
rings.
RCPH07SPT011AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 14
Compression sleeve – 380002454

Compression sleeve with notches used to compress
rings.
RCPH07SPT006BAA 4
Compression sleeve – CAS2606

Compression sleeve with notch used to compress
rings.
RCPH07SPT010AAA 5
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Torque - Front frame to speed

transmission
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 15

M16 bolts (front frame to 251 - 280 185 - 205 lb
speed transmission) Nm ft
RCPH07CCH532BAC 1
M20 bolts (front frame to 430 - 485 315 - 355 lb

speed transmission) Nm ft
RCPH07CCH532BAC 2
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Special tools - Front frame to speed

transmission
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 16
Splitting stand – 17-526A

This tool is used to maintain component alignment when
the tractor frame is split and joined.
RCPH07SPT039AAA 1
Splitting stand support – 17-526-14

This tool is used to support power train components on
the splitting stand (17-526A) when the tractor power train
is split and joined.
RCPH07SPT036AAA 2
Support brace – 17-526-4A

This tool is used to brace tool 17-526-14 on the splitting
stand (17-526A) when the tractor power train is split or
joined.
RCPH07SPT037AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 17
Adapter bridge – 17-526-7

This tool is used on splitting standing 17-526A when the
tractor power train is split or joined.
RCPH07SPT038AAA 4
Rear housing handler – 17-527

This tool is used to support the tractor rear housing when
the power train is split and joined.
RCPH07SPT040AAA 5
Adapter plates – CAS2604

This tool is used to support the tractor rear housing when
the power train is split and joined.
RCPH07SPT041AAA 6
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 18
Accumulator - General specification Regulated pressure

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Charge gas Nitrogen

Charge pressure 9.7 - 10.3 bar (141 - 150 psi)
RCIL08CCH003FAB 1
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 19
Clutch and gear Master clutch - Service limits - Clutch spring

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Check the clutch springs with a spring compression

tester. Replace the springs if they do not meet either of
the following specifications:
• Free length of 35.82 mm (1.41 in),
• Compression to 23.12 mm (0.91 in) at 111.25 N (25
lb).
RCPH07CCH053AAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 20
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Dynamic description - Introduction

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
All transmissions are full powershift and controlled by the transmission controller. The standard transmission has 18
forward speeds and 4 reverse speeds. An optional transmission features 19 forward speeds and 4 reverse speeds
and has 50 km/h roading capability. The optional creeper transmission has 23 forward speeds and 6 reverse speeds.
Use of the inching pedal is not required when shifting between gears or in and out of neutral with a full powershift
transmission. The transmission is also equipped with an electro-hydraulically operated park brake mechanism which
is applied when power is removed.
The transmission controller either directly or through the data bus monitors the state/value of these components:
• Transmission control lever
• Gear selection switch
• Bottom of the clutch switch
• Operator presence sensors – seat switch
• Engine speed sensor
• Transmission speed sensor
The transmission controller will report any problems directly to the instrument cluster controller. The instrument cluster
controller display any system faults or fault code information through the programmable display.
When a fault occurs, a 4 second continuous audible alarm sounds. Once a fault is corrected, depress the reset button
on the programmable display to clear the fault.
This warning is of a critical nature: shut down the tractor engine immediately and check the cause of the problem.
If the tractor is equipped with the performance monitor, the tractor automatically shuts down in 30 seconds after the
warning is given. The warning cannot be cleared by pressing the reset button.
Icon Message Meaning Action

TRANSMISSION OIL Transmission oil Shut the tractor engine Off
TEMP VERY HIGH temperature is very high. immediately and check for
the cause.
The following faults will not cause immediate damage to the tractor or shut the tractor down, but may make other
systems inoperative. Pressing the reset button clears the fault, however the fault re-displays after ten minutes if not
corrected.

TRANSMISSION OIL Transmission oil Shut the tractor engine Off
TEMP VERY HIGH* temperature is very high. immediately and check for
the cause.
TRANSMISSION The transmission controller Check fuses 32, 43 and 44.

CONTROLLER OFF LINE* is not communicating over Test the data bus.
the data bus.
TRANSMISSION FAULT* The transmission controller Use the electronic service

detects that a electrical or tool (EST) to retrieve the
electronic fault is active. active fault, and follow the
troubleshooting provided
for this fault code.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 21

TRANSMISSION SETUP* The transmission controller Calibrate the transmission
requires setup calibration. controller.
SLOW DOWN** The transmission is Use a lower gear to slow

over-speeding with the the tractor down.
current gear selected.
TRANSMISSION OIL The oil pressure in the Check fluid level, and check
PRESSURE LOW transmission is low. for leakage.
TRANSMISSION OIL The transmission controller Use the electronic service

TEMP SENSOR FAULT cannot communicate with tool (EST) to retrieve
the sensor or the sensor is active faults, and follow the
defective. troubleshooting provided
for this fault code.
TRANSMISSION OIL The transmission oil filter is Replace the transmission

FILTER BLOCKED restricted. oil filter as soon as possible.
CLEAN TRANSMISSION Transmission oil filter switch Check/clean the

OIL FILTER SWITCH closed to ground on power transmission oil filter switch
up (with engine off). as soon as possible.
* These messages are accompanied by three audible beeps to indicate that operator action is required.
** This message is accompanied by a continuous audible alarm, flashing of the ground speed readout, and
flashing of an amber warning lamp.
Clutch engagement by gear selected

Gear Clutch
Master Odd Even 1-2 3-4 5-6 Low Mid High Re- Creep/
verse over-
drive
Neutral X X
Park X X X
1 X X X X
2 X X X X
3 X X X X
4 X X X X
5 X X X X
6 X X X X
7 X X X X
8 X X X X
9 X X X X
10 X X X X
11 X X X X
12 X X X X
13 X X X
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 22
Gear Clutch
Master Odd Even 1-2 3-4 5-6 Low Mid High Re- Creep/
verse over-
drive
14 X X X X
15 X X X X
16 X X X X
17 X X X X
18 X X X X
19 X X X X
Rev 1 X X X X
Rev 2 X X X X
Rev 3 X X X X
Rev 4 X X X X
Creep 1 X X X X
Creep 2 X X X X
Creep 3 X X X X
Creep 4 X X X X
Creep 5 X X X X
Creep 6 X X X X
Rev X X X X
Creep 1
Rev X X X X
Creep 2
Reference: TRANSMISSION Powershift - Dynamic description - Neutral (C.20.E)

TRANSMISSION Powershift - Dynamic description - Forward standard gears (C.20.E)
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Dynamic description - Reverse standard gears (C.20.E)
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Dynamic description - Forward creeper gears (C.20.E)
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Dynamic description - Reverse creeper gears (C.20.E)
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Component identification (C.20.E)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 23
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Dynamic description - Neutral

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCPH07CCH066FAA 1
Inactive clutch Non-torque transmitting components
Pressurized clutch Torque transmitting components

1. PTO shaft 7. 3-4 clutch 12. Drop box, if equipped 17. Pump drive gear
2. High range clutch 8. 5-6 clutch 13. Final drive pinion 18. Speed counter shaft
3. Mid range clutch 9. Reverse clutch 14. Low range clutch 19. Odd clutch
4. Range input shaft 10. Speed Output shaft 15. MFD clutch 20. Even clutch
5. Master clutch 11.Speed input shaft 16. Range counter shaft 21. Creeper/overdrive
clutch
6. 1-2 clutch
In neutral, only the third and the fifth clutches are pressurized.
Reference: TRANSMISSION Powershift - Dynamic description - Forward standard gears (C.20.E)

TRANSMISSION Powershift - Dynamic description - Reverse standard gears (C.20.E)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 24
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Dynamic description - Forward

standard gears
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
First gear
RCPH07CCH005FAA 1

clutch
6. 1-2 clutch
When first gear is selected, the transmission controller simultaneously engages the odd speed clutch, the first speed
clutch, and the low range clutch. Power flows through the input shaft, through the engaged odd-speed clutch gear, to
the counter shaft gear. Since the counter shaft gears are in constant mesh with the output shaft gears, power flows
from the counter shaft gear to the engaged first-speed clutch gear, along the speed output shaft to the master clutch.
With the master clutch engaged, power is transmitted across the range transmission input shaft to the low-range drive
gear. Power then flows to the low-range clutch gear, across the range counter shaft, to the constant mesh gear set.
Power is delivered to the pinion shaft by the constant mesh gear set in all gears.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 25
Second gear
RCPH07CCH007FAA 2

clutch
6. 1-2 clutch
When second gear is selected, the transmission controller simultaneously disengages the odd speed clutch and en-
gages the even speed clutch. Power flows from the speed transmission input shaft, through the even speed clutch
gear, the counter shaft, the first speed clutch gear, along the speed output shaft, to the master clutch. Power flow
through the range transmission is the same for gears 1-6. With the master clutch engaged, power is transmitted
across the range transmission input shaft to the low range drive gear. Power then flows to the low-range clutch pack
gear, across the range counter shaft, to the constant mesh gear set. Power is delivered to the pinion shaft by the
constant mesh gear set in all gears.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 26
Third gear
RCPH07CCH009FAA 3

clutch
6. 1-2 clutch
When third gear is selected, the transmission controller simultaneously disengages the even speed clutch and en-
gages the odd speed clutch, and disengages the first speed clutch and engages the third speed clutch. Power flows
from the speed transmission input shaft through the odd speed clutch, the counter shaft, the third speed clutch, across
the output shaft to the master clutch. Power flow through the range transmission is the same for gears 1-6. With the
master clutch engaged, power is transmitted across the range transmission input shaft to the low-range drive gear.
Power then flows to the low-range clutch pack gear, across the range counter shaft, to the constant mesh gear set.
Power is delivered to the pinion shaft by the constant mesh gear set in all gears.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 27
Fourth gear
RCPH07CCH011FAA 4

clutch
6. 1-2 clutch
When the fourth gear is selected, the transmission controller disengages the odd clutch and engages the even clutch.
Power flows from the speed transmission input shaft through the even speed clutch, the counter shaft, the third speed
clutch, across the output shaft to the master clutch. Power flow through the range transmission is the same for gears
1-6. With the master clutch engaged, power is transmitted across the range transmission input shaft to the low range
drive gear. Power then flows to the low range clutch gear, across the range counter shaft, to the constant mesh gear
set. Power is delivered to the pinion shaft by the constant mesh gear set in all gears.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 28
Fifth gear
RCPH07CCH013FAA 5

clutch
6. 1-2 clutch
When fifth gear is selected, the transmission controller simultaneously disengages the even clutch and engages the
odd clutch, and disengages the third speed clutch and engages the fifth speed clutch. Power flows from the speed
transmission input shaft through the odd clutch, the counter shaft, the fifth speed clutch, and across the output shaft
to the master clutch. Power flow through the range transmission is the same for gears 1-5. With the master clutch
engaged, power is transmitted across the range transmission input shaft to the low range drive gear. Power then
flows to the low range clutch gear, across the range counter shaft, to the constant mesh gear set. Power is delivered
to the pinion shaft by the constant mesh gear set in all gears.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 29
Sixth gear
RCPH07CCH015FAA 6

clutch
6. 1-2 clutch
When the sixth gear is selected, the transmission controller simultaneously disengages the odd clutch and engages
the even clutch. Power flows from the speed transmission input shaft through the even speed clutch, the counter shaft,
the fifth speed clutch, and across the output shaft to the master clutch. Power flow through the range transmission is
the same for gears o1-6. With the master clutch engaged, power is transmitted across the range transmission input
shaft to the low range drive gear. Power then flows to the low range clutch gear, across the range counter shaft, to
the constant mesh gear set. Power is delivered to the pinion shaft by the constant mesh gear set in all gears.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 30
Seventh gear
RCPH07CCH017FAA 7

clutch
6. 1-2 clutch
When seventh gear is selected, the transmission controller simultaneously disengages the even clutch and disen-
gages the odd clutch, disengages the fifth speed clutch and the low range clutch, and engages the first speed clutch
and medium range clutch. Power flows from the speed transmission input shaft through the odd clutch, the counter
shaft, the first speed clutch, and across the output shaft to the master clutch. With the master clutch engaged, power
is transmitted across the range transmission input shaft to the medium range clutch. Power flows to the range counter
shaft driven gear across the counter shaft to the constant mesh gear set. Power flow is delivered to the pinion shaft
by the constant mesh gear set in all speeds.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 31
Eighth gear
RCPH07CCH019FAA 8

clutch
6. 1-2 clutch
When eighth gear is selected, the transmission controller simultaneously disengages the odd clutch and engages the
even clutch. Power flows from the speed transmission input shaft through the even speed clutch, the counter shaft,
the first speed clutch, and across the output shaft to the master clutch. Power flow through the range transmission is
the same for gears 7-12. With the master clutch engaged, power is transmitted across the range transmission input
shaft to the medium range clutch. Power flows to the range counter shaft driven gear across the counter shaft to the
constant mesh gear set. Power flow is delivered to the pinion shaft by the constant mesh gear set in all speeds.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 32
Ninth gear
RCPH07CCH021FAA 9

clutch
6. 1-2 clutch
When ninth gear is selected, the transmission controller simultaneously disengages the even clutch and disengages
the odd clutch, and disengages the first speed clutch and engages the third speed clutch. Power flows from the speed
transmission input shaft through the odd speed clutch, the counter shaft, the third speed clutch, and across the output
shaft to the master clutch. Power flow through the range transmission is the same for gears 7-12. With the master
clutch engaged, power is transmitted across the range transmission input shaft to the medium range clutch. Power
flows to the range counter shaft driven gear across the counter shaft to the constant mesh gear set. Power flow is
delivered to the pinion shaft by the constant mesh gear set in all speeds.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 33
Tenth gear
RCPH07CCH023FAA 10

clutch
6. 1-2 clutch
When tenth gear is selected, the transmission controller simultaneously disengages the odd clutch and engages the
even clutch. Power flows from the speed transmission input shaft through the even speed clutch, the counter shaft,
the third speed clutch, and across the output shaft to the master clutch. Power flow through the range transmission is
shaft to the medium range clutch. Power flows to the range counter shaft driven gear across the counter shaft to the
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 34
Eleventh gear
RCPH07CCH025FAA 11

clutch
6. 1-2 clutch
When eleventh gear is selected, the transmission controller simultaneously disengages the even clutch and engages
the odd clutch, and disengages the third speed clutch and engages the fifth speed clutch. Power flows from the speed
transmission input shaft through the odd speed clutch, the counter shaft, the fifth speed clutch, and across the output
clutch engaged, power is transmitted across the range transmission input shaft to the medium range clutch. Power
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 35
Twelfth gear
RCPH07CCH027FAA 12

clutch
6. 1-2 clutch
When twelfth gear is selected, the transmission controller simultaneously disengages the odd clutch and engages the
even clutch. Power flows from the speed transmission input shaft through the even speed clutch, and the counter
shaft, the fifth speed clutch, and across the output shaft to the master clutch. Power flow through the range transmis-
sion is the same for gears 7-12. With the master clutch engaged, power is transmitted across the range transmission
input shaft to the medium range clutch. Power flows to the range counter shaft driven gear across the counter shaft
to the constant mesh gear set. Power flow is delivered to the pinion shaft by the constant mesh gear set in all speeds.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 36
Thirteenth gear
RCPH07CCH029FAA 13

clutch
6. 1-2 clutch
When the thirteenth gear is selected, the transmission controller simultaneously disengages the even clutch and en-
gages the odd clutch, disengages the fifth speed clutch and the medium range clutch, and engages the first speed
clutch and the high range clutch. Power flows from the speed transmission input shaft through the odd speed clutch,
the counter shaft, the first speed clutch, and across the output shaft to the master clutch. With the master clutch
engaged, power is transmitted across the range transmission input shaft to the high-range clutch. Power then flows
to the range counter shaft driven gear across the counter shaft to the constant mesh gear set. Power flow is delivered
to the pinion shaft by the constant mesh gear set in all speeds.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 37
Fourteenth gear
RCPH07CCH031FAA 14

clutch
6. 1-2 clutch
When fourteenth gear is selected, the transmission controller simultaneously disengages the odd clutch and engages
the first speed clutch, and across the output shaft to the master clutch. Power flow through the range transmission is
shaft to the high range clutch. Power then flows to the range counter shaft driven gear across the counter shaft to the
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 38
Fifteenth gear
RCPH07CCH033FAA 15

clutch
6. 1-2 clutch
When fifteenth gear is selected, the transmission controller simultaneously disengages the even clutch and engages
the odd clutch, and disengages the first speed clutch and engages the third speed clutch. Power flows from the speed
transmission input shaft through the odd speed clutch, the counter shaft, the third speed clutch, and across the output
clutch engaged, power is transmitted across the range transmission input shaft to the high range clutch. Power then
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 39
Sixteenth gear
RCPH07CCH035FAA 16

clutch
6. 1-2 clutch
When sixteenth gear is selected, the transmission controller simultaneously disengages the odd clutch and engages
the third speed clutch, and across the output shaft to the master clutch. Power flow through the range transmission is
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 40
Seventeenth gear
RCPH07CCH037FAA 17

clutch
6. 1-2 clutch
When seventeenth gear is selected, the transmission controller simultaneously disengages the even clutch and en-
gages the odd clutch, and disengages the third speed clutch and engages the fifth speed clutch. Power flows from
the speed transmission input shaft through the odd speed clutch, the counter shaft, the third speed clutch, and across
the output shaft to the master clutch. Power flow through the range transmission is the same for gears 13-18. With
the master clutch engaged, power is transmitted across the range transmission input shaft to the high range clutch.
Power then flows to the range counter shaft driven gear across the counter shaft to the constant mesh gear set. Power
flow is delivered to the pinion shaft by the constant mesh gear set in all speeds.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 41
Eighteenth gear
RCPH07CCH039FAA 18

clutch
6. 1-2 clutch
When eighteenth gear is selected, the transmission controller simultaneously disengages the odd clutch and engages
the fifth speed clutch, and across the output shaft to the master clutch. Power flow through the range transmission is
Reference: TRANSMISSION Powershift - Dynamic description - Reverse standard gears (C.20.E)

84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 42
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Dynamic description - Reverse

standard gears
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
First reverse gear
RCPH07CCH041FAA 1

clutch
6. 1-2 clutch
When first reverse gear is selected, the transmission controller simultaneously engages the odd clutch, the reverse
speed clutch and the low range clutch. Power flows through the input shaft, the engaged odd speed clutch gear, to
forward from the counter shaft, through the even speed driven gear to the even speed drive gear (idler gear), to the
engaged reverse speed clutch. Power is then directed across the output shaft to the master clutch. The idler gear for
first reverse causes the speed output shaft and everything rearward of the pinion shaft to reverse rotation. With the
master clutch engaged, power is transmitted across the range transmission input shaft to the low range drive gear.
Power then flows to the low range clutch gear and across the range counter shaft to the constant mesh gear set.
Power flow is delivered to the pinion shaft by this constant mesh gear set in all speeds.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 43
Second reverse gear
RCPH07CCH043FAA 2

clutch
6. 1-2 clutch
When second reverse gear is selected, the transmission controller simultaneously disengages the odd clutch and
engages the even clutch. Power flows from the speed transmission input shaft, through the even speed clutch, directly
to the reverse speed clutch. Since the counter shaft is not used to transmit power in second reverse gear, the direction
of rotation provided the speed output shaft is opposite that provided in the forward speeds. With the master clutch
engaged, power is transmitted across the range transmission input shaft to the low range drive gear. Power then
flows to the low range clutch pack gear and across the range counter shaft to the constant mesh gear set, driving the
pinion shaft.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 44
Third reverse gear
RCPH07CCH045FAA 3

clutch
6. 1-2 clutch
When third reverse gear is selected, the transmission controller simultaneously engages the odd clutch, reverse
speed clutch and the medium range clutch. Power flows through the input shaft, the engaged odd speed clutch, to
forward from the counter shaft, to the even speed drive gear (idler gear), to the engaged reverse speed clutch. Power
is then directed across the output shaft to the master clutch. The idler gear for third reverse causes the speed output
shaft and everything rearward of the pinion shaft to reverse rotation. With the master clutch engaged, power is trans-
mitted across the range transmission input shaft to the medium range clutch. Power then flows to the medium range
driven gear on the range counter shaft, across to the constant mesh gear set, driving the pinion shaft.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 45
Fourth reverse gear
RCPH07CCH047FAA 4

clutch
6. 1-2 clutch
When fourth reverse gear is selected, the transmission controller simultaneously disengages the odd clutch and en-
gages the even clutch. Power flows from the speed transmission input shaft, through the even speed clutch, directly
to the reverse speed clutch. Since the counter shaft is not used to transmit power in fourth reverse, the direction of
rotation provided the speed output shaft is opposite that provided in the forward speeds. Power flows through the
range transmission in the same manner as third reverse. With the master clutch engaged, power is transmitted across
the range transmission input shaft to the medium range clutch. Power then flows to the medium range driven gear on
the range counter shaft, across to the constant mesh gear set, driving the pinion shaft.
Reference: TRANSMISSION Powershift - Dynamic description - Forward creeper gears (C.20.E)

84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 46
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Dynamic description - Forward

creeper gears
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
First creeper gear

NOTE: The high range clutch is not used for any of the creeper gears.
RCPH07CCH049FAA 1

clutch
6. 1-2 clutch
When first creeper gear is selected, the transmission controller simultaneously disengages and locks out the odd
clutch and the even clutch, engages the creeper speed clutch, the first speed clutch and the low range clutch. Power
flows from the creeper drive gear (on the speed transmission input shaft) through the creeper clutch, and across the
counter shaft to the first speed clutch drive gear. Power is directed through the first speed constant mesh gear set and
clutch, across the output shaft to the master clutch. With the master clutch engaged, power is transmitted across the
range transmission input shaft to the low range drive gear. Power then flows to the low range clutch pack gear and
across the range counter shaft to the constant mesh gear set. Power is delivered to the pinion shaft by this constant
mesh gear set in all speeds.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 47
Second creeper gear
RCPH07CCH051FAA 2

clutch
6. 1-2 clutch
When second creeper gear is selected, the transmission controller simultaneously disengages the first speed clutch
and engages the third speed clutch. Power then flows from the speed transmission input shaft through the creeper
speed clutch on the counter shaft, to the third speed clutch on the output shaft and then the master clutch. Power
flow through the range transmission is the same for creeper gears 1-3. With the master clutch engaged, power is
transmitted across the range transmission input shaft to the low range drive gear. Power then flows to the low range
clutch pack gear and across the range counter shaft to the constant mesh gear set. Power is delivered to the pinion
shaft by this constant mesh gear set in all speeds.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 48
Third creeper gear
RCPH07CCH053FAA 3

clutch
6. 1-2 clutch
When third creeper gear is selected, the transmission controller simultaneously disengages the third speed clutch and
engages the fifth speed clutch. Power then flows from the speed transmission input shaft through the creeper-speed
clutch on the counter shaft, to the fifth speed clutch, across the output shaft to the master clutch. Power flow through
the range transmission is the same for creeper gears 1-3. With the master clutch engaged, power is transmitted
across the range transmission input shaft to the low range drive gear. Power then flows to the low range clutch pack
gear and across the range counter shaft to the constant mesh gear set. Power is delivered to the pinion shaft by this
constant mesh gear set in all speeds.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 49
Fourth creeper gear
RCPH07CCH055FAA 4

clutch
6. 1-2 clutch
When fourth creeper gear is selected, the transmission controller simultaneously disengages the fifth speed clutch
and the low range clutch, and engages the first speed clutch and the medium-range clutch. Power flows from the
speed transmission input shaft through the creeper speed clutch on the counter shaft, to the first speed clutch on the
output shaft and across the master clutch. With the master clutch engaged, power is transmitted across the range
transmission input shaft to the medium range clutch. Power then flows to the range counter shaft driven gear, across
the counter shaft, to the constant mesh gear set. Power flow is delivered to the pinion shaft by this constant mesh
gear set in all speeds.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 50
Fifth creeper gear
RCPH07CCH057FAA 5

clutch
6. 1-2 clutch
When fifth creeper gear is selected, the transmission controller simultaneously disengages the first speed clutch and
engages the third speed clutch. Power flows from the speed transmission input shaft, through the creeper speed
clutch on the counter shaft, to the third speed clutch on the output shaft, across to the master clutch. Power flow
through the range transmission is the same for creeper gears 4-6. With the master clutch engaged, power is trans-
mitted across the range transmission input shaft to the medium range clutch. Power then flows to the range counter
shaft driven gear, across the counter shaft, to the constant mesh gear set. Power flow is delivered to the pinion shaft
by this constant mesh gear set in all speeds.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 51
Sixth creeper gear
RCPH07CCH059FAA 6

clutch
6. 1-2 clutch
When sixth creeper gear is selected, the transmission controller simultaneously disengages the third speed clutch and
engages the fifth speed clutch. Power flows from the speed transmission input shaft, through the creeper speed clutch
on the counter shaft, to the fifth speed clutch on the output shaft, across to the master clutch. Power flow through the
range transmission is the same for creeper gears 4-6. With the master clutch engaged, power is transmitted across
the range transmission input shaft to the medium range clutch. Power then flows to the range counter shaft driven
gear, across the counter shaft, to the constant mesh gear set. Power flow is delivered to the pinion shaft by this
constant mesh gear set in all speeds.
Reference: TRANSMISSION Powershift - Dynamic description - Reverse creeper gears (C.20.E)

84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 52
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Dynamic description - Reverse

creeper gears
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
First reverse creeper gear
RCPH07CCH061FAA 1

clutch
6. 1-2 clutch
When first reverse creeper gear is selected, the transmission controller simultaneously disengages and locks out the
odd clutch and the even clutch, engages the creep speed clutch, the reverse speed clutch, and the low range clutch.
Power flows from the creeper speed drive gear (on the speed transmission input shaft), through the creeper speed
clutch, to the counter shaft. The counter shaft drive gear transmits power through the even drive gear (idler gear),
through the engaged reverse clutch, to the output shaft. The idler gear for reverse causes the speed output shaft, and
everything rearward of the pinion shaft, to reverse rotation. Power is transmitted across the output shaft and engaged
master clutch, to the range input shaft. From the range input shaft, power is transmitted through the low range drive
gear, low range driven gear and clutch, to the constant mesh gear set and pinion shaft.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 53
Second reverse creeper gear
RCPH07CCH063FAA 2

clutch
6. 1-2 clutch
When second-reverse creeper gear is selected, the transmission controller simultaneously disengages and locks out
the odd/even speed clutches, engages the creeper speed clutch, the reverse clutch and medium clutch. Power flows
from the speed input shaft creeper speed drive gear, through the creeper speed clutch, to the counter shaft. The
counter shaft drive gear transmits power through the even speed drive gear (idler gear), through the engaged reverse
clutch, to the output shaft. The idler gear for reverse causes the speed output shaft, and everything rearward of the
pinion shaft, to reverse rotation. Power is transmitted across the output shaft and the engaged master clutch to the
range transmission input shaft. From the range input shaft, power is transmitted through the medium range clutch,
the medium range drive gear, to the medium range driven gear on the counter shaft. The power is then transmitted
across the counter shaft to the constant mesh gear set and the pinion shaft.
Reference: TRANSMISSION Powershift - Component identification (C.20.E)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 54
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Component identification

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCPH07CCH067FAA 1
A. Odd/even valve block B. Range valve block C. PTO/differential lock valve block
1. Even clutch solenoid 5. Master clutch solenoid 10. PTO solenoid
2. Odd clutch solenoid 6. MFD solenoid 11. Differential lock solenoid
3. Creeper clutch solenoid 7. Low clutch solenoid 12. Regulated pressure to the
4. Park brake solenoid 8. Mid clutch solenoid transmission valves
9. High clutch solenoid
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 55
RCPH07CCH068FAA 2
1. Pressure transducer 3. Inching valve block 5. Master clutch lubrication inlet

2. Park brake pump 4. Master clutch test port 6. Regulated pressure inlet
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 56
RCPH07CCH007GAA 3
D Speed valve block B. Range valve block

1. 1-2 clutch solenoid 5. Master clutch solenoid
2. 3-4 clutch solenoid 6. MFD solenoid
3. 5-6 clutch solenoid 7. Low clutch solenoid
4. Reverse solenoid 8. Mid clutch solenoid
9. High clutch solenoid
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 57
Control valve Speed control valve - Component identification

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCPH07CCH010GAA 1
1. Speed valve body 5. Cover plate

2. Solenoid 6. Plug
3. O-rings 7. Mounting bolt
4. Gasket 8. Pressure sensor
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 58
Control valve Range control valve - Component identification

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCPH07CCH011GAA 1
1. Valve body 6. Plug

2. Solenoid 7. Mounting bolt
3. O-rings 9. Solenoid
4. Gasket 10 Cartridge
5. Cover plate
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 59
Control valve Odd/even control valve - Component identification -

Without creep
RCPH07CCH014GAA 1

3. O-rings 8. Check valve
4. Gasket 9. Ball
5. Cover plate 10. Spring
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 60
Control valve Odd/even control valve - Component identification -

With creep
RCPH07CCH015GAA 1

3. O-rings 8. Check valve
4. Gasket 9. Ball
5. Cover plate 10. Spring
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 61
Control valve Inching valve - Dynamic description

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
The inching valve is shown with the engine running and the inching pedal fully depressed. The position of the inching
pedal varies the current supplied to the inching valve proportional flow control solenoid. When the inching pedal is
fully depressed, no current is supplied to the solenoid.
RCPH07CCH004GAA 1
Regulated Intermediate Tank/sump

pressure pressure pressure
1. Port to master clutch Preload spring

2. Inching valve body 6. Inner modulation spring
3. Modulator spool 7. Piston center pin
4. Regulated pressure supply 8. Modulator piston assembly
5. Proportional flow control solenoid 10. Check valve
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 62
As the inching pedal is let up, the transmission controller sends a current signal to the inching valve solenoid. The
current value is based on the inching pedal position. The solenoid spool shifts, metering oil through the center of the
spool assembly to the bottom of the modulator piston assembly.
As the pressure builds, the modulator piston assembly moves upward against the force of the inner modulator and
preload springs, and the center pin of the assembly moves into the bore of the modulator spool. The modulator piston
assembly does not directly shift the modulator spool: inner modulator spring force shifts the modulator spool.
As the modulator spool shifts upward, it simultaneously blocks the master clutch return and opens the master clutch
supply to the inlet regulated supply. At the same time, the inlet regulated supply is also ported through a cross drilled
and end drilled holes to the top of the modulator spool. The balance between the increasing inner modulator spring
force and pressure against the increasing clutch pressure at the top of the modulator spool causes the master clutch
pressure to gradually build.
RCPH07CCH005GAA 2

84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 63

When the inching pedal is fully up, maximum current is supplied to the solenoid.
With the inching pedal fully up the modulator piston moves upward and fully shifts the modulator spool. The modulator
spool is no longer moved by the inner spring, but through direct contact from the ramp area on the modulator piston
assembly.
The modulator spool has moved far enough to allow full regulated pressure from the valve inlet to the master clutch.
RCPH07CCH006GAA 3

84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 64

NOTE: The transmission controller has to be run through the “Trans Setup” procedure whenever the inching valve is
replaced. Setup includes “Cal Pedal” which calibrates the operating range of the clutch pedal and “Cal Valve” which
calibrates the fill current for the master clutch. The fill current is the current required to just fill the clutch with oil without
conducting torque through the clutch.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 65
Control valve Inching valve - Component identification

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCPH07CCH016GAA 1
1. Valve body 7. Nut 13. Ball

2. M18 plug 8. M14 plug 14. Spring
3. O-ring 9. Spool 15. Gasket
4. M27 plug 10. Modulator piston 16. Socket head bolt
5. Cartridge 11. Piston pin
6. Solenoid coil 12. Sleeve
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 66
Shaft assembly - Exploded view - Speed transmission

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCILCCH002GAB 1
1. Output shaft rear bearing cage 9. Shim

2. shim 10. Counter shaft rear bearing cage
3. Bearing cup 11. Shim
4. Output shaft assembly 12. Bearing cup
5. Input shaft assembly 13. MFD needle bearing
6. Bearing cups 14. Counter shaft assembly
7. Front bearing cage (with creep) 15. Front bearing cage (without creep)
8. Input shaft rear bearing cage
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 67
Shaft assembly - Sectional view - Speed transmission

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCIL07CCH001HAB 1
1. First speed clutch 5. Input shaft 9. Odd speed clutch

2. Fifth speed clutch 6. Counter shaft 10. Third speed clutch
3. Reverse speed clutch 7. Creeper speed clutch
4. Output shaft 8. Even speed clutch
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 68
Shaft assembly - Exploded view Range transmission cover bearings

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCPH07CCH004HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 69
1. Shims 7. Front bearing cup 13. Plug

2. Front bearing cup 8. Shim 14. Heater
3. Input shaft bearing cage 9. Front bearing cover 15.Housing side cover
4. Pump drive gear 10. Housing side cover 16. Needle bearing
5. Roller bearing 11. Range transmission housing 17. Plug
6. Counter shaft bearing cage 12. Bevel pinion constant mesh gear
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 70
Shaft Speed countershaft - Exploded view - With creeper option

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCPH07CCH004GAB 1
1. Shaft 11. Cage 21. Piston 31. Thrust washer

2. Plug 12. Bolt M10 x 25 22. Separator disk 32. Thrust bearing
3. Steel ball 13. Seal ring 23. Friction disk 33 Gear.
4. Pinion gear, driven 39T 14. Pinion gear, driven 37T 24. Separator disk 34. Needle bearing
5. Pinion gear, drive 34T 15. Spacer 25. Clutch disk 35 Thrust washer
6. Retaining ring 16. Carrier 26. Retaining ring 36. Thrust bearing
7. Pinion gear, drive 29T 17. Seal ring 27. Retaining ring 37. Bearing
8. Shim 18. O-ring 28. Belleville spring 38. Bearing cone
9. Bearing 19. Seal ring 29. Lube ring
10. Bearing cone 20. O-ring 30. Seal ring
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 71
Shaft Speed countershaft - Exploded view - Without creeper option

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCPH07CCH003FAB 1
1. Pinion drive gear 29T 5. Counter shaft

2. Retaining ring 6. Pinion driven gear 37T
3. Pinion drive gear 34T 7. Rear bearing cone
4. Pinion driven gear 39T 8. Rear bearing cup
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 72
Shaft Speed input shaft - Exploded view

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCIL07CCH002HAB 1
1.Coil pin 10.Thrust washer 19. Lube ring 28. Seal 37. Spacer
2. Shaft 11. Thrust bearing 20. Shaft 29. O-ring 38. Bearing
3. Bolt M10 X 10 12. Pinion gear 37T 21. Plug 30. Piston 39. Bearing cup
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 73
4. Bolt M12 X 40 13. Needle bearing 22. Seal 31. Seal 40. Shim
5. Carrier 14. Spacer 23. Retaining ring 32. O-ring 41. Bearing cage
6. Bearing cup 15. Thrust washer 24. Backing plate 33. Carrier 42. Tube
7. Bearing 16. Thrust bearing 25. Separator disk 34. Seal 43. Bolt M10 X 30
8. Creep gear 17. Seal ring 26. Friction disk 35. Needle bearing 44. Bolt M10 X 25
9. Retaining ring 18. Belliveille spring 27. Reaction plate 36. Reverse driven
gear 34T
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 74
Shaft Speed input shaft - Sectional view

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCIL07CCH002FAB 1
1. (1st-3rd-5th) Speed drive gear 6. Input shaft

2. Clutch plate carrier 7. Even speed clutch pack
3. (2nd-4th-6th) Speed drive gear 8. Odd speed clutch pack
4. Creeper speed gear (if equipped) 9. Rear bearing cone
5. Front bearing cone
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 75
Shaft Speed output shaft - Exploded view

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCPH07CCH005GAB 1
Rear clutch assembly
1. O-ring 9. Backing plate 17. Seal ring 25. Bearing cone

2. Shaft 10. Friction disk 18. Seal ring 26. Bearing cup
3. Needle bearing 11. Separator disk 19. O-ring 27. Shim
4. Pinion 39T 12. Retainer ring 20. Carrier 28. Bearing cage
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 76
5. Thrust washer 13. Belleville spring 21. Pinion 44T 29. Bolt M10 x 25MM
6. Thrust bearing 13. Lube ring 22. Needle bearing
7. Ring 14. Piston 23. Thrust washer
8. Retainer ring 16. O-ring 24. Thrust bearing
RCIL07CCH003HAB 2
Front clutch assembly
1. O-ring 9. Thrust washer 17. Belleville spring 25. Pinion gear 39T
2. Shaft 10. Thrust bearing 18. Lube ring 26. Needle bearing
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 77
3. Plug 11. Ring 19. Piston 27. Thrust washer

4. Seal 12. Retaining ring 20. O-ring 28. Thrust bearing
5. Ring 13. Backing plate 21. Seal 29. Bearing cone
6. Thrust washer 14. Friction plate 22. O-ring 30. Bearing cup
7. Needle bearing 15. Separator plate 23. Seal
8. Gear 34T 16. Retaining ring 24. Carrier
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 78
Shaft Speed output shaft - Sectional view

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCIL07CCH001FAB 1
1. First speed clutch pack 8. Front clutch plate carrier

2. Third speed clutch pack 9. (5th-6th) Speed driven gear
3. Fifth speed clutch pack 10. (3rd-4th) Speed driven gear
4. Reverse speed clutch pack 11. Rear clutch plate carrier
5. Output shaft 12. (1st-2nd) Speed driven gear
6. Front bearing cone 13. Rear bearing cone
7. Reverse speed driven gear
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 79
Shaft Range input shaft - Exploded view

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Shaft assembly 25. O-ring

2. Plug 26. Seal ring
8. Seal ring 31. Friction disc
9. Thrust washer 32. Separator disc
10. Needle bearing 33. Clutch disc
11. Gear - 37 tooth 34. Snap ring
12. Pinion gear - 59 tooth 35. Drive gear
13. Seal ring 36. Bearing cone
14. Thrust washer 37. Bearing cup
17. Ring 39. Bearing cone
18. Thrust bearing 40. Bearing cup
19. Snap ring 44. Housing cover
20. Belleville spring 45. Bolt
21. Clutch carrier 46. Seal ring
22. O-ring 47. Bearing cage
23. Seal ring 48. Shim
24. Piston 49. Bolt
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 80
RCIL07CCH305HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 81
Shaft Range input shaft - Sectional view

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCPH07CCH069FAA 1
1. Rear bearing cone 5. Front bearing cone

2. High range drive gear 6. Medium range clutch plate carrier
3. Medium range drive gear 7. High range clutch plate carrier
4. Low range drive gear
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 82
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 83
Shaft Range countershaft - Exploded view

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Shaft assembly 24. O-ring

2. Pin 25. Piston
3. Needle bearing 26. Seal ring
4. Snap ring 27. O-ring
5. Belleville spring 31. Separator disc
6. Seal ring 32. Friction disc
8.Thrust washer 33. Separator disc
9. Thrust bearing 34. Clutch disc
10. Snap ring 35. Snap ring
11 Pinion gear - 39 tooth 36. Seal ring
12. Seal ring 37. Seal
13. Gear - 25 tooth 39. Needle bearing
14. Spacer 40. Spacer
15. Pinion gear - 23 tooth 41. Spacer
18. Bearing cone 42. Roller bearing
19 Bearing cup 43. Bearing cup
20. Thrust washer 44. Bearing cage
21. Thrust bearing 45. plug
22. Gear - 54 tooth 47. Bolt
23. Seal ring 50. Shim
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 84
RCIL07CCH306HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 85
Clutch and gear Master clutch - Exploded view

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCPH07CCH002HAA 1
1. Seal 5. Friction plate 9. Piston

2. Hub 6. Separator plate 10. Clutch carrier
3. Backing plate 7. Spring retainer 11. O-rings
4. Snap ring 8. Spring
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 86
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Leakage test

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040
NOTE: The transmission controller monitors the pressure through the system pressure transducer. The manifold
pressure can be read from the tractor instrumentation with the TRANS SYS PRESSURE screen.
1. To perform the transmission leakage test:
• Turn the PTO and Diff Lock switches Off, and
turn the MFD switch On.
• Press the INCR key as required to display the
TRANS SYS PRESSURE screen on the trac-
tor instrumentation.
• Increase engine speed to 2000 RPM.
2. Record the transmission manifold pressure:
______________. Decrease engine speed.
• If the pressure reading is greater than 2240
kPa (310 psi), perform the regulated system
leakage test. See Tandem gear pump Regu-
lated pressure - Leakage test (A.10.A). Com-
plete the regulated system leakage test before
adjusting regulated pressure.
• If the pressure reading is less than 2240 kPa
(310 psi), perform the regulated pump flow
test. See Tandem gear pump Regulated
pressure - Flow test (A.10.A).
• If the pressure reading is 2240 kPa (310 psi),
continue with Step 3.
3. Check for active fault codes in the transmission con-
troller for one of these components:
• System pressure transducer failure.
• Wire open or shorted between the transducer
and the controller.
• Low regulated supply pressure to transmission
valves.
• Low transmission manifold pressure due to a
leaking clutch.
• Wire open or shorted between a transmission
valve solenoid and the controller.
• • If active fault conditions are present, use
the troubleshooting in this manual to re-
solve the problem.
• If no active fault conditions are present,
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 87
4. To record clutch pressures in each gear:

• Put the transmission control in Park.
NOTE: The tractor must be driven to perform this test. Per-
form this test in an open outdoor location free of obstacles
and people.
5. Record the TRANS SYS PRESSURE for each for-
ward and reverse gear:
A. Move the transmission control to Forward. Re-
lease the inching pedal.
B. Select 1st gear with the gear selection switch.
Record the valve manifold pressure for the se-
lected gear in the table below.
C. Repeat this procedure for each forward gear in
the range.
D. Shift back to 1st gear and move the transmis-
sion control to Reverse.
E. Shift through the reverse speeds and record
the pressure for each reverse gear.
Gear 1 Gear 7 Gear 13

Reverse 1
Reverse 2
Reverse 3
Reverse 4
6. Analyze the results: the TRANS SYS PRESSURE

will be noticeably lower in the following gears if sig-
nificant clutch leakage is present.
Low pressure in gears Probable cause

R1, R2, R3 and R4 Reverse clutch leakage
1, 2, 7, 8, 13 and 14 First speed clutch leakage
3, 4, 9, 10, 15 and 16 Third speed clutch leakage
5, 6,11,12, 17 and 18 Fifth speed clutch leakage
1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, R1 and R3 Odd clutch leakage
2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, R2 and R4 Even clutch leakage
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, R1 and R2 Low range clutch leakage
7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, R3 and R4 Mid range clutch leakage
13, 14, 15, 16, 17 and 18 High range clutch leakage
All creep gears Creep clutch leakage
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 88
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Leakage test

T8050
NOTE: The transmission controller monitors the pressure through the system pressure transducer. The manifold
pressure can be read from the tractor instrumentation with the TRANS SYS PRESSURE screen.
NOTE: To perform the transmission leakage test the system pressure solenoid valve must be disabled. If it is not
disabled, the solenoid valve will maintain a constant pressure to the clutches even if a clutch is leaking excessively.
1. To perform the transmission leakage test, the system
pressure solenoid valve must be disabled:
• The system pressure solenoid valve assembly
is located on the priority/regulator valve. Dis-
connect connector C436 from the system pres-
sure solenoid valve.
• A spare system pressure solenoid assembly,
or a spare remote valve solenoid assembly is
needed to perform this test.
• Plug the spare solenoid valve assembly into
connector 436F. The spare solenoid is used to
make the controller think the system pressure
solenoid valve is still in the circuit.
2. To perform the transmission leakage test:
• Increase engine speed to 2000 RPM.
3. Record the transmission manifold pressure:
__________________. Decrease engine speed to
low idle. Continue with Step 4.
4. Check for active fault codes in the transmission con-
troller for one of these components:
• System pressure transducer failure.
• Wire open or shorted between the transducer
and the controller.
• Low regulated supply pressure to transmission
valves.
• Low transmission manifold pressure due to a
leaking clutch.
• Wire open or shorted between a transmission
valve solenoid and the controller.
• • If active fault conditions are present, use
the troubleshooting in this manual to re-
solve the problem.
• If no active fault conditions are present,
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 89
5. To record clutch pressures in each gear:

• Put the transmission control in Park.
and people.
6. Record the TRANS SYS PRESSURE for each for-
ward and reverse gear:
• Move the transmission control to Forward. Re-
lease the inching pedal.
• Select 1st gear with the gear selection switch.
Record the valve manifold pressure for the se-
lected gear in the table below.
• Repeat this procedure for each forward gear in
the range.
• Shift back to 1st gear and move the transmis-
sion control to Reverse.
• Shift through the reverse speeds and record
the pressure for each reverse gear.

Reverse 1
Reverse 2
Reverse 3
Reverse 4
7. Analyze the results: the TRANS SYS PRESSURE

will be noticeably lower in the following gears if sig-
nificant clutch leakage is present.
Low pressure in gears Probable cause

R1, R2, R3 and R4 Reverse clutch leakage
1, 2, 7, 8, 13 and 14 First speed clutch leakage
3, 4, 9, 10, 15 and 16 Third speed clutch leakage
5, 6,11,12, 17 and 18 Fifth speed clutch leakage
1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, R1 and R3 Odd clutch leakage
2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, R2 and R4 Even clutch leakage
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, R1 and R2 Low range clutch leakage
7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, R3 and R4 Mid range clutch leakage
13, 14, 15, 16, 17 and 18 High range clutch leakage
All creep gears Creep clutch leakage
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 90
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Split - Range transmission to rear

frame
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Before splitting the final drive from the transmission,

do the following:
A. Park the tractor on a hard, level surface.
B. Put the transmission control in Park.
C. Fully lower the rear three-point hitch.
D. Turn the engine off and remove the key.
2. Remove the cab. See USER PLATFORM - Remove
- Cab remove (E.34.A).
RCPH07CCH040AAB 1
3. Drain the transmission fluid.

NOTE: Be prepared to collect approximately 172 l (45 US
gal).
RCPH07CCH582AAA 2
4. Install the splitting stand 17-526A (1) with support as-

sembly 17-526-4A, (2), and support brace 17-526-14
(3) under the front frame.
RCPH07CCH249AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 91
5. Place adaptor plates (1) with mounting plates (2)

CAS2604 (1) over the support brace tubes. Bolt the
mounting plates to each side of the front frame. Ad-
just the support brace (3) to apply a slight amount of
tension onto the front frame.
RCPH07CCH080BAB 4
6. Using appropriate lifting and tire handling equipment,

remove the rear tires.
WARNING
The tires on this tractor are very heavy. Use a wheel
remover or chain hoists to remove and install the tires.
Use additional help as required.
SM188A
7. Remove the mounting bolt (1), locking plate (2), and

position pin (3) from the draw bar if equipped. Re-
move the draw bar.
RCPH08CCH029AAB 5
8. Position the rear housing handler 17-527 (1) and ad-

just it to support the rear frame without lifting up on it.
The transmission must be as level as possible, and
the rear handler wheels must be straight to simplify
shaft alignment during reassembly.
RCPH08CCH026BAB 6
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 92
9. Place a support block (1) across the front of the rear

frame handler and under the draw bar support. Ad-
just the handler enough to support the rear frame but
not lift it.
RCPH08CCH074AAB 7
10. Remove the steps to transmission mounting bolts

(1). Remove the steps to fuel tank support bracket
mounting bolts (2). Remove the steps.
RCPH07CCH084BAA 8
11. Drain the fuel tank (1). Remove the plate (2) securing
the left tank to the support.
RCPH07CCH364AAA 9
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 93
12. Remove the axle bolt (1) holding the left rear tank
support. Remove the plate (2) securing the tank to
the to the support.
RCPH08CCH075AAB 10
13. Disengage the fuel tank crossover hose clamp. Dis-

connect the hose from the tank.
NOTE: Be prepared to catch some diesel fuel.
RCPH07CCH368AAA 11
14. Slide the left tank outward enough to gain access to

the range to final drive housing mounting bolts.
RCPH08CCH027BAB 12
15. Disconnect the right (shown) and left draft pin har-
ness connectors (as equipped).
RCPH07CCH571AAA 13
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 94
16. Remove the two lines (1) from the trailer brake valve,
if equipped
RCPH07CCH573AAA 14
17. If equipped, remove the front axle steering sensor

harness connector.
NOTE: This connector is located near the hitch control
valve on the left side of the remote valve stack.
RCPH08CCH043AAB 15
18. Remove the transmission harness from the clamp on

the top cover of the final drive. Move the harness
forward far enough to clear the range housing to final
drive split.
RCPH08CCH036AAB 16
19. Disconnect the hydraulic hitch/remote return line

from the return hose. Cap the port and plug the line.
RCPH08CCH037AAB 17
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 95
20. If equipped, disconnect the supply hose (1) for the

front axle differential lock from the PTO/differential
lock valve. Cap the port and plug the line.
RCPH08CCH039AAB 18
21. Disconnect the load sense line (1) for the remote
valves/hitch at the priority valve. Remove the bolt
(2) at the line support bracket.
RCPH08CCH038AAB 19
22. Disconnect the brake lube supply line (1). Discon-

nect the differential lock/PTO valve supply line (2).
Cap all ports and plug all lines.
RCPH08CCH040AAB 20
23. Disconnect the temperature harness connector

(1) for the transmission sump. Remove the cover
mounting bolts and remove the cover (2).
NOTE: Art is shown with the pressure and flow compen-
sating (PFC) pump removed for clarity.
RCPH08CCH027AAB 21
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 96
24. Disengage the snap ring for the constant mesh gear.
RCPH08CCH076AAB 22
25. Remove the top bolts connecting the range and final
drive housings.
RCPH07CCH577AAA 23
26. Remove the five mounting bolts on each side, con-

necting the range and final drive housings. Install
alignment dowels on each side.
RCPH07CCH578AAA 24
27. Remove the two lower mounting bolts connecting the

final drive and range housings.
RCPH08CCH163AAB 25
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 97
28. Separate the final drive housing from the range hous-
ing. As the final drive housing is moved rearward,
move the snap ring and spacer (1) forward on the
shaft. Capture the snap ring and spacer before they
reach the end of the shaft.
NOTE: Once the output shaft clears the range housing, the
constant mesh gear (2) can be removed.
RCPH08CCH077AAB 26
29. Continue to move the final drive rearward until the

PTO shaft clears the range housing.
NOTE: The PTO input shaft must stay with the rear hous-
ing.
RCPH07CCH579AAA 27
Next operation:
Clutch and gear Master clutch - Remove (C.20.E)
Next operation:
Differential - Remove (C.60.A)
Next operation:
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Join - Range transmission to rear frame (C.20.E)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 98
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Join - Range transmission to rear

frame
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Clutch and gear Master clutch - Install (C.20.E)
Prior operation:
Differential - Install (C.60.A)
Prior operation:
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Split - Range transmission to rear frame (C.20.E)
1. To prepare the mating surfaces of the range trans-

mission and rear frame:
A. Clean the sealing surfaces with Loctite® Chisel
(Loctite® part 34663 or 79040), removing any
residue from gasket or cured Loctite® 515 gas-
ket eliminator.
B. Clean the sealing surfaces with acetone or
Loctite® parts cleaner (Loctite® part 34548 or
30545), removing all Chisel, gasket material
and oil. Apply a second coat of cleaner if
required.
C. Gather new bolts at the workstation so they are
ready to join the components.
D. Install alignment dowels.
NOTICE: The range and rear frame housings must be free
of oil to insure a good seal; any oil which runs down a
mounting surface will contaminate the Loctite® 515 and
reduce its effectiveness.
2. Apply a 3.0 mm (0.118 in) bead of Loctite® 515
gasket eliminator to the mounting face as shown.
Spread the bead across the machined surfaces.
NOTICE: Final torque must be applied to the bolts within
15 minutes from the time the gasket eliminator is applied.
RCPH07CCH120BAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 99
3. Move the rear housing forward until the PTO shaft (1)
and the bevel pinion shaft (2) are started in the range
housing.
RCPH07CCH580AAA 2
4. When the bevel pinion shaft is far enough into the

range housing, install the constant mesh gear (1),
spacer (2) and snap ring (3) onto the shaft. Con-
tinue to move the rear housing forward while moving
the snap ring along the shaft until it is seated in the
groove in the shaft.
RCPH08CCH077AAB 3
5. Using a bolt on both sides, draw the rear frame and

range transmission together evenly. Remove the
guide studs when two bolts are drawn tight, and re-
place with the bolts.
NOTE: It may be necessary to rotate the PTO output shaft
to align splines.
RCPH07CCH578AAA 4
6. Check to be sure the snap ring is fully seated in the

shaft groove.
RCPH08CCH076AAB 5
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 100
7. Use the following hardware and torque specifica-

tions:
A. Use 16 mm x 70 mm bolt 828-16070 and
washer 896-12016. Tighten to a torque of 235
Nm (173 lb ft) ± 15 Nm (11 lb ft).
B. Use 16 mm x 60 mm bolt 828-16060 and
Nm (173 lb ft) ± 15 Nm (11 lb ft).
C. Use 16 mm x 120 mm bolt 828-16120 and
washer 896-12016 on the range side and nut
829-1316 and washer 896-12016 in the rear
frame side. Tighten to a torque of 235 Nm (173
lb ft) ± 15 Nm (11 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH119BAA 6
8. For the lower hardware installed from the rear, use 16

mm x 85 mm bolt 828-16085 and washer 896-12016
at both locations. Tighten to a torque of 235 Nm (173
lb ft) ± 15 Nm (11 lb ft).
RCPH08CCH163AAB 7
9. Remove all foreign material from the cover and

cover mounting flange. Apply a bead of Loctite®
515 gasket eliminator down the center of the flange
and around each bolt hole.
RCPH07CCH581AAA 8
10. Install the cover. Place the two harness clamps (1)
as shown. Tighten all bolts to a torque of 54 - 61 Nm
(40 - 45 lb ft). Reconnect the transmission sump
temperature connector to the harness (2).
RCPH08CCH027AAB 9
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 101
11. Install new O-rings as required, reconnect the brake

lube supply line (1) and the differential lock/PTO
RCPH08CCH040AAB 10
12. Install a new O-ring and reconnect the load sense

line (1) to the priority valve. Install the line support
bracket bolt that was removed earlier.
RCPH08CCH038AAB 11
13. If equipped, install a new O-ring and reconnect the

MFD axle differential lock supply hose to the differ-
ential lock/PTO valve.
RCPH08CCH039AAB 12
14. Install a new O-ring and reconnect the remote valves/

hitch return line to the return hose.
RCPH08CCH037AAB 13
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 102
15. Place the transmission harness along the range

housing and over the final drive. Secure the harness
clamp with the nut and bolt removed earlier.
RCPH08CCH036AAB 14
16. Reconnect the right and left hand draft pin connec-
tors (1) as equipped.
RCPH07CCH571AAA 15
17. If equipped, reconnect the harness connector for the

front axle steering sensor.
NOTE: This connector is located near the hitch control
valve on the left side of the remote stack.
RCPH08CCH043AAB 16
18. Slide the left fuel tank into place.
RCPH08CCH027BAB 17
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 103
19. Reconnect the fuel tank crossover hose, engage the

hose clamp and tighten.
RCPH07CCH368AAA 18
20. Install the axle bolt (1) through the support bracket
(2) and into the axle housing. Tighten the bolt to a
torque of 232 - 262 Nm (171 - 193 lb ft). Install the
fuel tank locking plate and bolts (3) removed earlier.
RCPH08CCH075AAB 19
21. Make sure that the tank drain (1) is closed. Install the
tank locking plate and bolts (2).
RCPH07CCH364AAA 20
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 104
22. Using the hardware removed earlier, install the steps

on the speed housing (1) and the fuel tank frame (2).
RCPH07CCH084BAA 21
23. Slide the draw bar into place, install the pin (1) and
secure with the locking plate (2) and bolt (3).
RCPH08CCH029AAB 22
24. Properly support each rear axle and install the rear
tires. Tighten the wheel bolts to a torque of 530 - 570
Nm (390 - 420 lb ft).
WARNING
SM188A
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 105
25. Remove the rear frame handler.
RCPH08CCH026BAB 23
26. Properly support the front of the tractor, unbolt the

support mounting plates and remove the front frame
support equipment.
RCPH07CCH080BAB 24
Next operation:
Install the cab. See USER PLATFORM - Install - Cab install (E.34.A).
Next operation:
Reinstall all transmission drain plugs. Fill the transmission with fluid.
Next operation:
When tractor assembly is complete, run the tractor and check for hydraulic leaks. Check the fluid level in the trans-
mission and add as required.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 106
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Split - Speed to range transmission

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Engine hood - Remove (E.20.A).
Prior operation:
USER PLATFORM - Remove - Cab remove (E.34.A).
Prior operation:
Fuel tank - Remove (B.20.A).
Prior operation:
Remove the MFD drive shaft, see Shaft - Remove - Drive shaft (D.14.C).
NOTE: The exhaust stack does not have to be removed for this split, but removal simplifies the task.
1. Prior to performing this service procedure:
• Park the tractor on a hard, level surface.
• Put the transmission in Park.
• Fully lower the rear three-point hitch.
• Stop the engine and remove the key.
• Put blocks behind and in front of the rear
wheels.
2. Drain the transmission fluid from the range, speed,
and rear frame. Drain fluid into clean containers.
NOTE: The transmission capacity is approximately 172 l
(45 US gal).
RCPH07CCH081AAE 1
3. Position the front splitting stand – 17-526A (1) with

17-526-4A and 17-526-14 – and attach the adapter
plates – CAS2604 (2) – on both sides.
RCPH07CCH083AAE 2
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 107
4. Position the rear housing handler – 17-527 (3) and

adjust tool to support the rear frame and range trans-
mission without lifting up on them.
NOTE: Be sure that the transmission is as level as possible
and that the front wheels are as straight as possible. This
will aid in shaft alignment during reassembly.
NOTE: Tag and identify all lines before removing them
throughout this procedure.
RCPH07CCH159BAE 3
5. Disconnect the connectors for the speed valve

solenoids from the wire harness.
RCPH07CCH160BAE 4
6. Remove the clamp bar (1) over the hydraulic lines on

top of the speed transmission. Tag and remove the
lines.
RCPH07CCH161BAE 5
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 108
7. If equipped, disconnect the radar connector from the

wire harness, and remove the radar unit and mount-
ing bracket from the speed transmission housing.
RCPH07CCH162BAE 6
8. Disconnect and tag the steering sensing and supply

lines (1), regulated supply jumper tube (2), MFD/dif-
ferential lock supply line (3), regulated pressure sup-
ply (4), oil cooler return line (5) and park lock release
supply line (6).
RCPH07CCH163BAE 7
9. Remove and tag the odd/even valve return line (1),

filter temperature sending wire (2), oil cooler supply
line (3) and steering return line (4) from the hydraulic
filter head. Disconnect the filter temperature sender
wire. Move the transmission wire harness rearward,
away from the split point.
RCPH07CCH165BAE 8
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 109
10. Remove the 10 bolts attaching the speed transmis-

sion to the range transmission and install a guide
stud on each side.
RCPH07CCH164BAE 9
11. Move the speed and range transmissions apart a few

inches. Check that all lines are disconnected across
the split. Push on the front wheels and continue to
move the speed and range transmissions apart.
RCPH07CCH166BAE 10
Next operation:
Speed transmission – Shaft assembly - Remove - Speed transmission with creep option (C.20.E)
Next operation:
Speed transmission – Shaft assembly - Remove - Speed transmission without creep option (C.20.E)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 110
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Join - Speed to range transmission

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Speed transmission – Shaft assembly - Install - Speed transmission without creep (C.20.E)
Prior operation:
Speed transmission – Shaft assembly - Install (C.20.E)
1. To prepare the mating surfaces of the speed and

range transmission:
A. Clean the sealing surfaces with Loctite® Chisel
(Loctite® part 34663 or 79040), removing any
residue from gasket or cured Loctite® 515 gas-
ket eliminator.
B. Clean the sealing surfaces with acetone or
Loctite® parts cleaner (Loctite® part 34548 or
30545), removing all Chisel, gasket material
and oil. Apply a second coat of cleaner if
required.
C. Gather new bolts at the workstation so they are
ready to join the components.
D. Install alignment dowels.
NOTICE: The range and speed housings must be free of oil
to insure a good seal; any oil which runs down a mounting
surface will contaminate the Loctite® 515 and reduce its
effectiveness.
2. With the range transmission supported by the rear
housing handler 17-527 and speed transmission
supported by the splitting stand assembly 17-526A,
install guide studs (1). Test alignment of the speed
and range transmission: push on the front wheels
to move the transmissions together. The three shaft
splines must align and engage. It may be necessary
to rotate the drive shaft yoke end of the MFD shaft.
RCPH07CCH166BAE 1
3. Remove the side cover plate. Rotate engine to align

all shaft splines.
RCPH07CCH167BAE 2
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 111
4. Separate the speed and range transmission just far

enough to permit the application of gasket eliminator.
5. Apply a 3.0 mm (0.118 in) bead of Loctite® 515
gasket eliminator to the mounting face as shown.
Spread the bead across the machined surfaces.
NOTICE: Final torque must be applied to the bolts within
15 minutes from the time the gasket eliminator is applied.
RCPH07CCH122BAA 3
6. Move the speed and range transmission together.

Install and partially tighten the 10 bolts to draw the
transmission sections together.
RCPH07CCH164BAE 4
7. Use the following hardware and torque specifica-

tions:
A. Use 16 mm x 60 mm bolt 828-16060 and
Nm (173 lb ft) ± 15 Nm (11 lb ft).
B. Use 16 mm x 90 mm bolt 828-16090 and
Nm (173 lb ft) ± 15 Nm (11 lb ft).
C. Use 16 mm x 90 mm bolt 87308873 and
Nm (173 lb ft) ± 15 Nm (11 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH123BAA 5
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 112
8. Install the side cover. Use Loctite® 515 gasket elim-

inator to seal the plate.
RCPH07CCH167BAE 6
9. Return the transmission wire harness into position

over the speed transmission housing. Install the odd/
even valve return line (1), filter temperature sending
wire (2), oil cooler supply line (3) and steering return
line (4) from the hydraulic filter head.
RCPH07CCH165BAE 7
10. Connect the steering sensing and supply lines (1),

regulated supply jumper tube (2), MFD/differential
lock supply line (3), regulated pressure supply (4),
oil cooler return line (5) and park lock release supply
line (6).
RCPH07CCH163BAE 8
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 113
11. If equipped, install the radar unit on to the transmis-

sion housing and connect to the wire harness.
RCPH07CCH162BAE 9
12. Reconnect the hydraulic lines using the tags installed

during disassembly. Position the lines in the retaining
bracket and install the clamp bar (1).
RCPH07CCH161BAE 10
13. Reconnect the connectors for the speed valve

solenoids to the wiring harness.
RCPH07CCH160BAE 11
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 114
14. Remove the rear handler.
RCPH07CCH159BAE 12
15. Remove the front splitting stand.
RCPH07CCH083AAE 13
16. Install the plugs for the range, speed, and final drive
transmission housings.
RCPH07CCH081AAE 14
Next operation:
Install the MFD drive shaft; see Shaft - Install - Drive shaft (D.14.C)
Next operation:
Fuel tank - Install (B.20.A).
Next operation:
USER PLATFORM - Install - Cab install (E.34.A)
Next operation:
Engine hood - Install (E.20.A)
Next operation:
Fill the transmission with fluid. Remove the blocks from the wheels.
Next operation:
When tractor assembly is complete, test drive the tractor to check transmission operation. Check for hydraulic leaks
and adjust the fluid level in the transmission as required.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 115
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Split - Front frame to speed

transmission
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Prior operation:
Recover refrigerant from the air conditioning system. See ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and
air-conditioning - Recover - Refrigerant (E.40.D).
Prior operation:
Remove the MFD shaft. See Shaft - Remove - Output shaft (D.14.C).
Prior operation:
Drain the engine coolant. See ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Emptying (B.50.A).
1. Before beginning this procedure:

A. Park the tractor on a hard level surface.
B. Put the transmission in Park.
C. Fully lower the three point hitch.
D. Stop the engine and remove the key.
E. Put blocks behind and in front of the rear
wheels.
F. Remove the front weights and weight bracket.
RCPH07CCH529BAC 1
2. Disconnect the battery cables at the starter.
RCPH07CCH514BAC 2
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 116
3. Tag and remove the supply (1) and return (2) heater
hoses.
RCPH07CCH513BAC 3
4. If equipped, remove the rear windshield washer

hose.
RCPH07CCH512BAC 4
5. Disconnect the main electrical connector.
RCPH07CCH509BAC 5
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 117
6. Disconnect the air conditioning lines at the fire wall

and cap or plug the fittings.
RCPH07CCH508BAC 6
7. Disconnect the hydraulic cooling lines at the fittings

located at the rear of the engine.
RCPH07CCH507BAC 7
8. Tag and remove the steering return hoses (1) and

brake switch connectors (2).
RCPH07CCH506BAC 8
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 118
9. If equipped, remove and cap the MFD differential

lock hydraulic supply (1) and return line (2).
RCPH07CCH505BAC 9
10. If equipped, tag and disconnect the four solenoid

connectors (1) for the suspended front axle.
RCPH07CCH504BAC 10
11. If equipped, remove the suspended axle valve hy-

draulic hoses (2).
RCPH07CCH503BAC 11
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 119
12. If required, remove the windshield step.
RCPH07CCH511BAC 12
13. Remove the fuel supply (1) and return (2) hoses. Re-
move the return hose at the fuel cooler.
RCPH07CCH510BAC 13
14. Position the front splitting stand 17-526A (1) as

shown. Support the transmission speed housing
with a floor jack (2). Place jack stands (not shown)
under the speed housing for added support and
safety.
RCPH07CCH520BAC 14
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 120
15. Remove bolt (1) on the left and right hand sides. In-
stall an alignment dowel on each side. Remove the
remaining five bolts on each side.
RCPH07CCH522BAC 15
16. Remove the two top inside bolts.
RCPH07CCH521BAC 16
17. Push on the front wheels to move the front frame for-
ward a few inches. Check to be sure there are no
lines connected across the split. Continue to sepa-
rate the tractor.
RCPH07CCH518BAC 17
Next operation:
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Join - Front frame to speed transmission (C.20.E)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 121
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Join - Front frame to speed

transmission
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Split - Front frame to speed transmission (C.20.E)
1. With alignment dowels installed on both sides of the

transmission, move the front frame (1) rearward until
the input shaft (2) engages the flywheel (3).
NOTE: Rotate the flywheel by turning the engine crank-
shaft dampener to align the flywheel splines with the input
shaft.
RCPH07CCH533BAC 1
2. Install a bolt on both sides. Evenly tighten the bolts

until the adapter plate and front frame flanges con-
tact. Install and tighten all the side bolts except those
blocked by the frame brackets. Remove the align-
ment dowels
RCPH07CCH520BAC 2
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 122
3. Install the two top bolts.
RCPH07CCH521BAC 3
4. Remove the frame support brackets to make clear-

ance for a torque wrench. Tighten all the bolts to
these torque values.
1. 251 - 280 Nm (185 - 205 lb ft)
2. 430 - 315 Nm (315 - 355 lb ft)
RCPH07CCH532BAC 4
5. Install the fuel supply (1) and return (2) lines.
RCPH07CCH510BAC 5
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 123
6. If required, install the windshield step.
RCPH07CCH511BAC 6
7. If equipped, install the electrical connectors (1).
RCPH07CCH504BAC 7
8. If equipped, install the hydraulic fittings (2) for the

suspended front axle.
RCPH07CCH503BAC 8
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 124
9. If equipped, install the MFD differential lock hydraulic

supply (1) and return line (2). Replace O-rings as
needed.
RCPH07CCH505BAC 9
10. Install the steering hoses (1) and brake switch con-
nectors (2).
RCPH07CCH506BAC 10
11. Install new O-rings and install the hydraulic cooling

hoses.
RCPH07CCH507BAC 11
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 125
12. Install new O-rings and install the air conditioning

lines.
RCPH07CCH508BAC 12
13. Connect the main electrical connector.
RCPH07CCH509BAC 13
14. If equipped, install the rear windshield washer hose.
RCPH07CCH512BAC 14
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 126
15. Install the heater supply (1) and return (2) hoses.
RCPH07CCH513BAC 15
16. Connect the battery cables at the starter.
RCPH07CCH514BAC 16
17. Complete installation as follows:

A. Remove the jack stands, jack and front splitting
stand.
B. Install the front weight bracket and weights.
C. Remove the blocks from the wheels.
D. When the next operations are complete, run
the tractor and check for hydraulic, coolant and
refrigerant leaks.
E. Check all fluid levels and adjust as needed.
RCPH07CCH529BAC 17
Next operation:
Install the MFD shaft. See Shaft - Install - Output shaft (D.14.C).
Next operation:
Fill the engine cooling system. See ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Filling (B.50.A).
Next operation:
Evacuate and recharge the air conditioning system. See ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-
conditioning - Evacuate - Air conditioning system (E.40.D) and ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation
and air-conditioning - Charging - Air conditioning system (E.40.D).
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 127
Command Control lever - Remove - FNR lever

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Command Gear select switch - Remove (C.20.E)
1. With the armrest upsidedown, remove the mounting

screw with the ground wire for the FNR (forward neu-
tral reverse) module. Disengage the wire from the
screw.
RCPH08CCH208AAB 1
2. Remove the second mounting screw.
RCPH08CCH209AAB 2
3. Remove the third mounting screw.
RCPH08CCH210AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 128
4. Remove four of the mounting screws (1) for the con-

trol module.
RCPH08CCH214AAB 4
5. Disconnect the hitch load connector from the control

board.
RCPH08CCH215AAB 5
6. Raise the end of the control board (1), and remove

the FNR harness (2).
RCPH08CCH047BAB 6
7. Remove the FNR module and harness.
RCPH08CCH216AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 129
Next operation:
Command Control lever - Install - FNR lever (C.20.E)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 130
Command Control lever - Install - FNR lever

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Command Control lever - Remove - FNR lever (C.20.E)
1. Install the FNR (forward neutral reverse) module with

harness.
RCPH08CCH216AAB 1
2. Raise the end of the control board (1) and place the
FNR harness (2) under the board.
RCPH08CCH047BAB 2
3. Route the harness along the control board as shown.
RCPH08CCH213AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 131
4. Reconnect the hitch load connector.
RCPH08CCH215AAB 4
5. Install four of the mounting screws (1) removed ear-

lier for the control module.
RCPH08CCH214AAB 5
6. Install the eyelet for the ground wire on the mounting

screw for the FNR module, and install the screw. Do
not tighten at this time.
RCPH08CCH208AAB 6
7. Install the second screw for the module. Do not

tighten at this time.
RCPH08CCH210AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 132
8. Install the third screw. Tighten the three screws.
RCPH08CCH209AAB 8
Next operation:
Command Gear select switch - Install (C.20.E)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 133
Command - Adjust - Inching pedal

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Install the switch (2) into the mounting bracket (2).

2. Turn the switch into the bracket until the tip of the
switch plunger (3) is even with the mounting bracket.
RCPH07CCH155BAE 1
3. Adjust the switch until the switch plunger protrudes

from the bracket approximately 4.0 mm (0.166 in).
4. Tighten the switch locking nuts (4) to secure the
switch in position. Connect the switch to the wire
harness.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 134
5. Test switch operation:

A. Turn the key switch On. Enter the TRANS
VIEW menu on the electronic service tool
(EST). Go to the inching pedal potentiometer
position menu to observe the pedal position.
B. Shift the tractor into Forward. Slowly cycle
the inching pedal while watching the ser-
vice screen. The expected reading is 100 %
when the pedal is fully up; the reading should
smoothly decrease to 0 % when the pedal is
fully depressed.
C. The switch should turn Off and On (make a
click noise) between 5 - 15 % clutch travel as
shown on the service screen.
D. If the switch does not activate within this range,
loosen the lock nut (4) and turn the switch (1)
as required until the switch activates between
7 - 14 % of pedal travel. Tighten the lock nut.
RCPH07CCH156BAE 2
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 135
Command Gear select switch - Remove

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:

Remove the six screws (1). Remove the cover.
RCPH08CCH073AAB 1
2. Remove the mounting screw (1) for the throttle han-

dle. Remove the throttle handle (2) from its bracket.
RCPH08CCH044BAB 2
3. Disconnect the throttle connector from the circuit

board.
RCPH08CCH045BAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 136
4. Carefully lift the armrest support from the armrest

and set aside.
RCPH08CCH202AAB 4
5. Remove the tie strap for the FNR (forward neutral

reverse) lever.
RCPH08CCH203AAB 5
6. Disconnect the two-pin connector from the circuit

board.
RCPH08CCH204AAB 6
7. Disconnect the three-pin connector.
RCPH08CCH205AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 137
8. Remove the screw securing the gear select switch

assembly to the handle for the FNR lever.
RCPH08CCH206AAB 8
9. Remove the switch assembly.
RCPH08CCH207AAB 9
Next operation:
Command Gear select switch - Install (C.20.E)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 138
Command Gear select switch - Install

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Command Gear select switch - Remove (C.20.E)
1. Place the gear select switch harness (1) through the

FNR (forward neutral reverse) lever slot in the arm-
rest. Place the switch assembly (2) over the handle
for the FNR lever.
RCPH08CCH207AAB 1
2. Secure the switch assembly with the mounting screw

that was removed earlier.
RCPH08CCH206AAB 2
3. Connect the three-pin connector to the circuit board.
RCPH08CCH205AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 139
4. Connect the two-pin connector to the circuit board.
RCPH08CCH204AAB 4
5. Use a plastic tie strap to secure the FNR harness.
RCPH08CCH203AAB 5
6. Carefully place the support bracket over the armrest.
RCPH08CCH202AAB 6
7. Reconnect the throttle connector to the circuit board.
RCPH08CCH045BAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 140
8. Reinstall the throttle handle (1) on its bracket. Se-

cure with the mounting screw (2) removed earlier.
RCPH08CCH044BAB 8
9. Reinstall the lower side cover with the six screws (1)
removed earlier.
RCPH08CCH073AAB 9
Next operation:
Command - Install - Armrest module (H.10.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 141
Control valve Speed control valve - Remove

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Fuel tank - Remove (B.20.A).
1. Thoroughly clean the valve body and the area on the

transmission housing adjacent to the valve body to
prevent contaminants from entering the system.
2. Tag the harness connectors to the solenoids and
pressure sensor (1) on the valve. Disconnect all con-
nectors.
RCPH07CCH067BAA 1
3. Remove the supply tube (2) from the valve body and
the accumulator.
4. Remove the valve retaining bolts, valve body, and
gasket. Discard the gasket.
Next operation:
Control valve Speed control valve - Install (C.20.E)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 142
Control valve Speed control valve - Install

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Control valve Speed control valve - Remove (C.20.E)
1. Install a new gasket and the valve body on the speed

transmission housing.
RCPH07CCH067BAA 1
2. Install the socket head bolts removed earlier to se-

cure the valve. Tighten and then torque the bolts to
27 - 32 Nm (20 - 24 lb ft).
3. Reconnect the connectors to the pressure sensor
and solenoids (1), following the tags installed earlier.
4. Reinstall the supply tube (2) between the valve and
the accumulator.
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 143
Control valve Range control valve - Remove

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
USER PLATFORM - Raise (E.34.A)
1. Thoroughly clean the valve body and the area on the

transmission housing adjacent to the valve body to
prevent contaminants from entering the system.
2. Remove the regulated supply tube (1) from the valve
body.
RCPH07CCH069BAA 1
3. Disconnect the harness connector from the

solenoids (2).
4. Remove the mounting bolts (3), valve body and gas-
ket. Discard the gasket.
Next operation:
Control valve Range control valve - Disassemble (C.20.E)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 144
Control valve Range control valve - Disassemble

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Control valve Range control valve - Remove (C.20.E)
1. Place the valve body on a clean work surface.
RCPH07CCH239AAA 1
2. Remove the park solenoid nut, coil (1) and cartridge

(2). Remove and discard the O-rings.
RCPH07CCH240AAA 2
3. Remove the solenoid cover plate (1). Remove the

solenoid assembly (2) and discard the O-rings.
RCPH07CCH241AAA 3
4. Repeat Step 3 for the remaining solenoids.
Next operation:
Control valve Range control valve - Assemble (C.20.E)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 145
Control valve Range control valve - Assemble

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Control valve Range control valve - Disassemble (C.20.E)
1. Install new O-rings on the solenoid. Install the sole-

noid into the valve body. Repeat for the remaining
solenoids. Install the cover plate and retaining bolts.
Tighten and then torque the bolts to 6 - 8 Nm (4 - 6
lb ft).
RCPH07CCH241AAA 1
2. Install new O-rings on the cartridge (2). Install the

cartridge into the valve body. Tighten and then
torque the cartridge to 19 - 25 Nm (14 - 18 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH240AAA 2
3. Install the coil (1) onto the cartridge and secure with
the retaining nut. Tighten and then torque the retain-
ing nut to a torque of 6 - 8 Nm (4 - 6 lb ft).
Next operation:
Control valve Range control valve - Install (C.20.E)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 146
Control valve Range control valve - Install

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Control valve Range control valve - Assemble (C.20.E)
1. Install a new gasket and the valve body on the trans-

mission housing.
RCPH07CCH069BAA 1
2. Tighten and then torque the socket head bolts (3) to

27 - 32 Nm (20 - 24 lb ft).
3. Reconnect the harness connectors to the solenoids
(2).
4. Connect the regulated supply tube (1) to the fitting.
Next operation:
USER PLATFORM - Lower (E.34.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 147
Control valve Odd/even control valve - Remove

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
1. Tag and disconnect the park and if equipped, the

MFD tubes (1) om the valve body. Tag and discon-
nect the regulated pressure tubes (2) from the valve
body.
RCPH07CCH068BAA 1

valve solenoids (3).
3. Remove the mounting bolts (4), valve body and gas-
ket. Discard the gasket.
Next operation:
Control valve Odd/even control valve - Install (C.20.E)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 148
Control valve Odd/even control valve - Install

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Control valve Odd/even control valve - Remove (C.20.E)
1. Install a new gasket and the valve body.

2. Install the socket head bolts (4) removed earlier.
Tighten and then torque to 27 - 32 Nm (20 - 24 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH068BAA 1
3. Reconnect the harness connectors to the solenoids

(3).
4. Reconnect the regulated pressure tube (2). Recon-
nect the park and, if equipped, the MFD tubes (1).
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 149
Control valve Inching valve - Remove

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Prior operation:
Control valve Range control valve - Remove (C.20.E)
1. Tag and remove the hydraulic tubes from the valve

body.
2. Disconnect the harness connector from the valve so-
lenoid.
3. Remove the four mounting bolts from the valve body.
4. Remove the valve body and gasket from the trans-
mission housing. Discard the gasket.
Next operation:
Control valve Inching valve - Disassemble (C.20.E)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 150
Control valve Inching valve - Disassemble

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Control valve Inching valve - Remove (C.20.E)
1. Place the inching valve on a clean work surface. Re-

move the plug.
RCPH07CCH242AAA 1
2. Remove the nut, two O-rings and coil from the sole-
noid assembly.
RCPH07CCH243AAA 2
3. Remove the cartridge from the valve body.

NOTE: The cartridge has no serviceable parts.
RCPH07CCH244AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 151
4. Remove the plug.
RCPH07CCH245AAA 4
5. Remove the plug.
RCPH07CCH246AAA 5
6. Remove the plug, spring and modulator spool as-

sembly.
NOTE: Parts of the modulator spool assembly are not ser-
viced separately.
RCPH07CCH247AAA 6
Next operation:
Control valve Inching valve - Assemble (C.20.E)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 152
Control valve Inching valve - Assemble

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Control valve Inching valve - Disassemble (C.20.E)
1. Install the inching modulator spool assembly and

spring.
RCPH07CCH247AAA 1
2. Install a new O-ring on the plug and install the plug

in the valve body. Tighten and then torque the plug
to 34 - 54 Nm (25 - 40 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH249AAA 2

to 34 - 54 Nm (25 - 40 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH242AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 153

to 34 - 54 Nm (25 - 40 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH246AAA 4

to 34 - 54 Nm (25 - 40 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH250AAA 5
6. Install new O-rings on the solenoid cartridge.
RCPH07CCH251AAA 6
7. Install the solenoid cartridge and tighten to a torque

of 12 - 18 Nm (9 - 13 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH244AAA 7
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 154
8. Instal new O-rings on the coil. Install the coil on the

cartridge. The connector must face away from the
valve body.
RCPH07CCH243AAA 8
9. Install the nut and tighten to a torque of 5 - 8 Nm (4

- 6 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH252AAA 9
Next operation:
Control valve Inching valve - Install (C.20.E)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 155
Control valve Inching valve - Install

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Control valve Inching valve - Assemble (C.20.E)
1. Install a new gasket for the inching valve on top of

the range transmission.
2. Install the valve body with the four bolts removed
earlier. Tighten and then torque the bolts to 50 - 60
Nm (37 - 44 lb ft).
3. Reconnect the hydraulic tubes to the valve body.
4. Reconnect the harness connector to the solenoid.
Next operation:
Control valve Range control valve - Install (C.20.E)
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 156
Accumulator - Remove
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Remove the left fuel tank. Refer to: Fuel tank - Remove (B.20.A)
1. Loosen the accumulator from the supply line for the

speed transmission shift valve.
RCPH08CCH218AAB 1
2. Remove the accumulator. Remove and discard the

O-ring (1).
RCPH08CCH220AAB 2
Next operation:
Accumulator - Install (C.20.E)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 157
Accumulator - Charging
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Thoroughly clean the top of the accumulator. Re-

move the service valve protective cap.
NOTE: The following steps show the fuel tank removed;
this is not required to recharge the accumulator.
RCPH08CCH221AAB 1
2. Attach the special tool 380001737 gauge set to the

accumulator service valve (1).
RCPH08CCH222AAB 2
3. Recharge the accumulator with nitrogen gas to 9.7 -

10.3 bar (141 - 150 psi).
4. Remove the recharge hose when the accumulator
charge is within range. Install and tighten the pro-
tective cap on the service valve.
RCPH08CCH221AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 158
Accumulator - Install
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Accumulator - Remove (C.20.E)
1. Install a new O-ring (1). Install the accumulator on

the supply line for the speed transmission shift valve.
RCPH08CCH220AAB 1
2. Tighten the accumulator.
RCPH08CCH218AAB 2
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 159
Shaft assembly - Remove - Speed transmission with creep option

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
1. Secure the speed housing to the engine stand (1)

OEM4137 with its mounting plate (2) 17-52-14 and
mounting brackets (3) 17-52-16.
RCPH07SPT005BAA 1
2. Remove the mounting bolts from the front bearing

support cover.
RCPH07CCH098BAB 2
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 160
3. Note the locations for placing the pry bars.
RCPH07CCH101BAB 3
4. Loosen the cover with pry bars.
RCPH07CCH100BAB 4
5. Remove any excessive sealant from the bolt threads

and mounting area at the locations shown. Reinstall
the bolts finger tight only at the locations.
RCPH07CCH098BAB 5
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 161
6. Using suitable material, make two support blocks

which will support 181 kg (400 lb). One block must
be 355.5 mm (14 in) high x 254 mm (10 in) long x
70 mm (2.75 in) wide. The second block must be
355.5 mm (14 in) long x 114 mm (4.5 in) long x 57
mm (2.25 in) wide.
7. Turn the mounting stand over until the rear of the
housing is pointed upward. Attach suitable lifting
equipment to the housing. Using appropriate lift
equipment, remove the housing from the stand.
RCPH07CCH103BAB 6
8. Place the support blocks on a hard level surface.

Move the speed housing over the support blocks.
Position the supports under the bearing support
cover, larger support (1), smaller support (2). Slowly
lower the housing onto the supports.
NOTE: Make sure that the supports are in the correct po-
sition under the bearing support cover.
RCPH07CCH102BAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 162
9. Lower the housing until it is resting on the support

blocks. With tension maintained on the lifting equip-
ment, reach under the housing and remove the two
bearing support cover bolts that were installed finger
tight. Slowly raise the housing.
RCPH07CCH104BAB 8
10. Continue raising the housing, leaving the bearing

support cover and three shaft assemblies on the sup-
port blocks. Lift the shaft assemblies, individually,
from the bearing support cover and place on a clean
work surface.
RCPH07CCH105BAB 9
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 163
11. Remove the mounting bolts (1) from each bearing

cage. Remove the bearing cages and shims.
NOTICE: Keep the shims with each bearing as it is re-
moved.
RCPH07CCH400AAB 10
12. Remove the bearing cup from the output shaft hous-
ing with a bearing press.
RCPH07CCH394AAB 11
13. With an appropriate puller, remove the bearing cup

from the counter shaft bearing cage.
RCPH07CCH211BAB 12
14. With an appropriate puller, remove the bearing cup

from the input shaft bearing cage.
RCPH07CCH397AAB 13
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 164
15. With an appropriate puller, remove the bearing cups

(1) from the bearing support cover. Clean the mount-
ing flange (2) of any foreign material.
RCPH07CCH398AAB 14
Next operation:
Shaft Speed countershaft - Disassemble - With creep option (C.20.E)
Next operation:
Shaft Speed input shaft - Disassemble (C.20.E)
Next operation:
Shaft Speed output shaft - Disassemble (C.20.E)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 165
Shaft assembly - Remove - Speed transmission without creep

option
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
1. Secure the speed housing to the engine stand (1)

OEM4314 with mounting plate (2) 17-52-14 and
mounting brackets (3) 17-52-16.
RCPH07SPT005BAA 1

support cover.
RCPH07CCH098BAB 2
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 166
3. Note the locations for placing the pry bars.
RCPH07CCH101BAB 3
4. Loosen the cover with pry bars.
RCPH07CCH100BAB 4
5. Carefully life the cover from the housing.
RCPH07CCH106BAB 5
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 167
6. Have an assistant move the input shaft (1) off to the

side while you remove the counter shaft.
RCPH07CCH107BAB 6
7. Remove the output shaft.
RCPH07CCH109BAB 7
8. Remove the input shaft.
RCPH07CCH108BAB 8
Next operation:
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 168
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 169
Shaft assembly Clutch - Test - Speed transmission

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Shaft Speed countershaft - Assemble - Without creep option (C.20.E)
Prior operation:
Shaft Speed input shaft - Assemble (C.20.E)
Prior operation:
Shaft Speed output shaft - Assemble (C.20.E)
Counter shaft
1. To check the operation of the counter shaft creeper
clutch, place the rubber tip of an air gun into the oil
hole at the rear end of the shaft. Air pressure must
move the piston and clutch plates in the carrier. If
the piston and clutch plates do not move, the clutch
carrier must be disassembled and the piston and/or
carrier seal must be replaced.
RCPH07CCH386AAB 1
Input shaft
2. To check the operation of the odd piston and clutch
plates on the input shaft, place the rubber tip of an
air gun into the hole in the third groove from the rear
of the shaft. Air pressure must move the piston and
clutch plates in the carrier. If the piston and clutch
plates do not move, the clutch carrier must be disas-
sembled and the piston and/or carrier seal must be
replaced.
RCPH07CCH387AAB 2
3. To check the operation of the even piston and clutch

plates on the input shaft, place the rubber tip of an air
gun into the hole in the fourth groove from the rear
of the shaft. Air pressure must move the piston and
clutch plates in the carrier. If the piston and clutch
plates do not move, the clutch carrier must be disas-
sembled and the piston and/or carrier seal must be
replaced.
RCPH07CCH388AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 170
Output shaft
4. To check the operation of the reverse gear drive
clutch piston and clutch plates on the output shaft,
place the rubber tip of an air gun into the oil hole in
the seal end of the shaft. Air pressure must move
the piston and clutch plates in the carrier. If the
piston and clutch plates do not move, the clutch
RCPH07CCH389AAB 4
5. To check the operation of the fifth gear clutch piston

and clutch plates on the output shaft, place the rub-
ber tip of an air gun into the oil hole in the first groove
from the rear of the shaft. Air pressure must move
the piston and clutch plates in the carrier. If the pis-
ton and clutch plates do not move, the clutch carrier
must be disassembled and the piston and/or carrier
seal must be replaced.
RCPH07CCH390AAB 5
6. To check the operation of the first gear clutch piston

ber tip of an air gun into the oil hole in the second
groove from the rear of the shaft. Air pressure must
move the piston and clutch plates in the carrier. If
the piston and clutch plates do not move, the clutch
RCPH07CCH391AAB 6
7. To check the operation of the third gear clutch piston

ber tip of an air gun into the oil hole in third groove
from the rear of the shaft. Air pressure must move
the piston and clutch plates in the carrier. If the pis-
ton and clutch plates do not move, the clutch carrier
must be disassembled and the piston and/or carrier
seal must be replaced.
RCPH07CCH392AAB 7
Next operation:
Shaft assembly - Install - Speed transmission without creep (C.20.E)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 171
Shaft assembly - Install - Speed transmission without creep

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Shaft assembly Clutch - Test - Speed transmission (C.20.E)
1. Press a new bearing cup into the rear bearing cage

for the output shaft until it is fully seated.
RCPH07CCH395AAB 1

for the counter shaft until it is fully seated.
RCPH07CCH396AAB 2

for the input shaft until it is fully seated.
RCPH07CCH212BAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 172
4. Press new bearing cups into the bearing support until

they are fully seated.
RCPH07CCH399AAB 4
5. Clean any foreign material from the rear mounting

flange on the speed housing. Reinstall the rear bear-
ing shim packs and bearing cages that were removed
earlier. Reinstall the bearing cage mounting bolts
and hand tighten only.
RCPH07CCH400AAB 5
6. Place the bearing support cover (1) on the fabricated

support blocks (2). Apply petroleum jelly to all seal
rings. Install the three shaft assemblies (3) on the
cover.
RCPH07CCH105BAB 6
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 173
7. Attach a suitable lifting device to the rear of the

speed housing. Lift the housing over the shaft as-
semblies. Slowly and carefully lower the housing
over the shafts until the shaft bearing cones are
seated in the bearing cups in the cover.
NOTE: Main light tension on the lifting equipment.
RCPH07CCH104BAB 7
8. From the bottom of the bearing support cover, rein-

stall and tighten bolts at the one o’clock (1) and seven
o’clock (2) positions. Reinstall the housing assembly
on the turnover stand. Turn the housing over and re-
install the remaining cover mounting bolts that were
removed earlier. Tighten the bolts to torque of 94 -
106 Nm (69 - 78 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH098BAB 8
9. Remove all foreign material from the speed housing

front flange.
RCPH07CCH401AAB 9
Next operation:
Shaft assembly Shaft - End play (C.20.E)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 174
Shaft assembly - Install

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Shaft Speed countershaft - Disassemble - Without creep option (C.20.E)
1. Lubricate the seals (1) with petroleum jelly. Carefully

install the input shaft assembly into the housing.
NOTICE: Do not damage the seals.
RCPH07CCH108BAB 1
2. Lubricate the seals (1) with petroleum jelly. Carefully

install the output shaft assembly into the housing.
NOTICE: Do not damage the seals.
RCPH07CCH109BAB 2
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 175
3. Have an assistant move the input shaft (1) off to the

side and install the countershaft assembly.
RCPH07CCH107BAB 3
4. Lubricate the bearings (1) and bearing cups (2) with

transmission oil.
RCPH07CCH106BAB 4
5. Install the front bearing support cover. Reinstall the

mounting bolts (1) and tighten to a torque of 94 - 106
Nm (69 - 78 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH098BAB 5
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 176
Next operation:
Shaft assembly Shaft - End play (C.20.E)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 177
Shaft assembly Shaft - End play

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Shaft assembly - Install - Speed transmission without creep (C.20.E)
NOTE: End play for each shaft must be checked if any of the following parts were replaced: shaft, rear bearing cage,
front bearing cage, bearing cups, and/or bearing cones. This procedure provides a means to set end play for all shafts
within 0.03 - 0.13 mm (0.001 - 0.005 in) for each shaft assembly. Check each shaft individually for end play.
NOTE: The instruction shows end play adjustment for the output shaft. All other shafts are similar.
1. Remove the bearing cage, of the shaft that is to be
checked, and remove the shims.
RCPH07CCH402AAB 1
2. To verify starter shim pack:

• Reinstall the bearing cage (without the shims).
• Reinstall the bolts into the bearing cage. Do
not tighten.
• Rotate the shaft a minimum of twelve revolu-
tions while slowly tightening the bearing cage
bolts.
• Tighten only two opposing bolts alternately, in
three increments, until the bolts are tightened
to a torque of 5.6 Nm (50 lb in).
• Continue to rotate the shaft until bolt torque
does not change. RCPH07CCH403AAB 2
3. When torque does not change:

• With a tapered feeler gauge, measure the gap
between the bearing cage and the housing,
next to the two bolts that were torqued.
• If the difference between the two measure-
ments is 0.254 mm (0.010 in) or less, aver-
age the two readings to the nearest 0.025 mm
(0.001 in).
• If the difference is greater than 0.25 mm (0.010
in), loosen the two bolts and check for correct
bearing seating, burrs, or foreign material.
• Repeat the procedure until the difference be- RCPH07CCH404AAB 3
tween the two readings is within the acceptable
range: 0.25 mm (0.010 in). Average the two
readings.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 178
4. Remove the rear bearing cage. Add the following

shim thickness to the average reading from the pre-
vious Step:
• Input shaft without creep drive: 0.229 mm
(0.009 in).
• Input shaft with creep drive: 0.203 mm (0.008
in).
• Counter shaft without creep drive: 0.356 mm
(0.014 in).
• Counter shaft with creep drive: 0.203 mm
(0.008 in)
• Output shaft: 0.356 mm (0.014 in) RCPH07CCH405AAB 4
5. Install the measured shim pack and the rear bearing

cage. Reinstall the mounting bolts and tighten to a
torque of 54 - 61 Nm (40 - 45 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH406AAB 5
6. After the bearing cage bolts have been torqued:

• Rotate the shaft a minimum of twelve revolu-
tions.
• Place a dial indicator to measure shaft end
play.
• Using a pry bar inside the housing, pry upward
against a gear on the shaft being checked.
• The end play must be between 0.030 - 0.13
mm (0.001 - 0.005 in).
• Add or remove shims to obtain a correct read-
ing.
RCPH07CCH407AAB 6
Next operation:
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Join - Front frame to speed transmission (C.20.E)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 179
Shaft assembly - Remove - Range transmission

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
1. Remove the lubrication tube from the input shaft

bearing cage.
RCPH07CCH036AAA 1
2. Remove the rear retaining ring for the master clutch

carrier from the input shaft.
RCPH07CCH037AAA 2
3. Remove the mounting bolts from the input shaft bear-

ing cage.
RCPH07CCH038AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 180
4. Remove the bearing cage for the input shaft.
RCPH07CCH039AAA 4
5. Remove the shims for the input shaft bearing cage.

Keep the shims with the bearing cage for reassembly
later.
RCPH07CCH040AAA 5
6. Remove the mounting bolts from the counter shaft

bearing cage.
RCPH07CCH041AAA 6
7. Remove the counter shaft bearing cage and pump

drive gear assembly.
RCPH07CCH042AAA 7
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 181
8. Remove the shims for the counter shaft bearing

cage. Keep the shims with the bearing cage for
reassembly later.
RCPH07CCH043AAA 8

cover.
RCPH07CCH044AAA 9
10. Remove the cover.
RCPH07CCH045AAA 10
11. To remove the counter shaft assembly from the hous-

ing:
A. Move the input shaft over to the side for clear-
ance.
B. Install a threaded rod through the counter
shaft and secure with nut and a washer slightly
larger than the shaft diameter, to remove the
shaft assembly from the housing.
C. Use appropriate lift equipment to remove the
counter shaft assembly.
RCPH07CCH046AAA 11
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 182
12. Remove the input shaft assembly.
RCPH07CCH047AAA 12
Next operation:
MFD input shaft and clutch - Remove (D.14.C).
Next operation:
Shaft Range input shaft - Disassemble (C.20.E)
Next operation:
Shaft Range countershaft - Disassemble (C.20.E)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 183
Shaft assembly - Install - Range transmission

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
MFD input shaft and clutch - Pressure test (D.14.C)
Prior operation:
Brake - Pressure test - Park brake clutch (D.32.C)
Prior operation:
Shaft Range input shaft - Assemble (C.20.E)
Prior operation:
Shaft Range countershaft - Assemble (C.20.E)
NOTE: Bearing cup replacement will depend on which components were serviced. The bearing cup must be replaced
when the bearing cone is replaced.
1. If required, drive the bearing cage for the bevel pinion
shaft out of the range transmission housing. Drive a
new bearing cage into the bore. The bearing cage
must be centered in the bore.
RCPH07CCH212AAA 1
2. Use a puller to remove the rear bearing cups from

the range transmission housing.
RCPH07CCH213AAA 2
3. Drive new bearing cups into the bores until the cups
are seated against the housing shoulder.
RCPH07CCH214AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 184
4. Use a puller to remove the bearing cup from the

range transmission input shaft bearing cage.
RCPH07CCH215AAA 4
5. Press a new cup into the bore of the input shaft bear-
ing cage until the cup seats against the cage shoul-
der.
RCPH07CCH216AAA 5
6. Install a new seal ring on the input shaft bearing

cage.
RCPH07CCH217AAA 6
7. Insert a snap ring pliers through the opening in the

hydraulic pump drive gear, located on top of the
counter shaft bearing cage. Move the retaining ring
for the pump drive gear out of its groove.
RCPH07CCH218AAA 7
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 185
8. Remove the hydraulic pump drive gear.
RCPH07CCH219AAA 8
9. Use a puller to remove the bearing cup from the

counter shaft bearing cage.
RCPH07CCH220AAA 9
10. Press a new bearing cup into the bearing cage until
the bearing seats against the cage shoulder.
RCPH07CCH221AAA 10
11. Remove the snap ring from inside the hydraulic pump
drive gear.
RCPH07CCH222AAA 11
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 186
12. Drive the roller bearing out of the gear. The gear
retaining ring from Step 7 will come out with the roller
bearing.
RCPH07CCH223AAA 12
13. Install a new seal ring inside the gear.
RCPH07CCH224AAA 13
14. Insert the gear retaining ring inside the gear and over
the hub. The flat side of the snap ring must face
downward.
RCPH07CCH225AAA 14
15. Press a new bearing inside the gear until the bearing
seats against the gear housing.
RCPH07CCH226AAA 15
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 187
16. Install the bearing snap ring.
RCPH07CCH227AAA 16
17. Install the pump drive gear on the counter shaft bear-
ing cage.
RCPH07CCH228AAA 17
18. Insert a snap ring pliers through the opening in the

gear, and install the retaining ring in the groove in
the bearing cage.
RCPH07CCH229AAA 18
19. Apply petroleum jelly to the seal ring on the rear of

the input shaft. Install the input shaft assembly in the
range housing.
NOTE: The rear bearing cone must rest in the bearing cup.
RCPH07CCH230AAA 19
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 188
20. Tilt the input shaft assembly to the side, and install
the counter shaft assembly in the range housing.
RCPH07CCH046AAA 20
21. Apply petroleum jelly to the seal rings on the counter

shaft. Install the front bearing support cover. Tap the
support cover down over the dowel pins in the range
housing.
RCPH07CCH045AAA 21
22. Install and tighten the support cover bolts to a torque

of 90 - 107 Nm (66 - 79 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH044AAA 22
23. Place the original shims over the end of the counter
shaft.
RCPH07CCH043AAA 23
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 189
24. Install the front bearing cage for the counter shaft.
Install and tighten the mounting bolts to a torque of
54 - 61 Nm (40 - 45 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH041AAA 24
25. Apply petroleum jelly to the four seal rings on the

front end of the input shaft. Place the original shims
over the input shaft.
RCPH07CCH040AAA 25
26. Install the front bearing cage on the input shaft. In-
stall and tighten the mounting bolts to a torque of 54
- 61 Nm (40 - 45 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH038AAA 26
Next operation:
Shaft assembly Shaft - End play - Range transmission (C.20.E)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 190
Shaft assembly Shaft - End play - Range transmission

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Shaft assembly - Install - Range transmission (C.20.E)
NOTICE: The end play of each shaft must be checked if any of the following parts were replaced during range trans-
mission service: shaft, front bearing cage, bearing cones and cups or front bearing support cover.
1. To check end play for the counter shaft:
• Rotate the counter shaft a minimum of 12 rev-
olutions.
• Use a dial indicator to measure the end play.
• Use a pry bar inside the range housing to lift a
gear on the shaft.
• End play must be within 0.013 - 0.102 mm
(0.0005 - 0.004 in) for the counter shaft.
• If the end play measured is not within the
range, add or remove shims to bring the read-
ing within specification.
RCPH07CCH061BAA 1
2. To check end play for the input shaft:

• Rotate the counter shaft a minimum of 12 rev-
olutions.
• Use a dial indicator to measure the end play.
• Use a pry bar inside the range housing to lift a
gear on the shaft.
• End play must be within 0.025 - 0.127 mm
(0.001 - 0.005 in) for the input shaft.
• If the end play measured is not within the
range, add or remove shims to bring the read-
ing within specification.
RCPH07CCH062BAA 2
3. Install the snap ring which positions the master clutch

on the input shaft.
RCPH07CCH037AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 191
4. Install the lubrication tube to the input shaft bearing

cage.
RCPH07CCH036AAA 4
5. Install a new O-ring on the transmission speed sen-

sor, and install the sensor on top of the range hous-
ing.
RCPH07CCH233AAA 5
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 192
Shaft Speed countershaft - Disassemble - With creep option

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Shaft assembly - Remove - Speed transmission with creep option (C.20.E)
1. Remove the two seal rings from the shaft.
RCPH07CCH270AAB 1
2. Use a hydraulic press to remove the front bearing

cone and the creeper driven gear.
NOTE: The front needle bearing and the two bearing thrust
washers (1), located between the bearing cone and gear,
are removed with the front bearing cone.
RCPH07CCH271AAB 2
3. Remove the caged needle bearing.
RCPH07CCH272AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 193
4. Remove the rear needle bearing and the two thrust

bearing washers.
RCPH07CCH110BAB 4
5. To remove the clutch pack retaining ring, place com-

pression sleeve CAS1903-3 with the notch over the
piston return belleville springs. Place the opening in
the sleeve over the ends of the snap ring. Compress
the belleville springs with a hydraulic press and dis-
engage the retaining ring from the ring grove. Slowly
release the pressure on the hydraulic press, remove
the service tool and the retaining ring.
NOTE: See Steps 19- 22 for an alternate method for re-
moving the snap ring.
RCPH07CCH273AAB 5
6. Remove the eight belleville springs. Note the orien-

tation of the springs for later reinstallation.
RCPH07CCH111BAB 6
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 194
7. Remove the lube management ring.
RCPH07CCH112BAB 7
8. Remove the final belleville spring. Note the spring

orientation for reinstallation later.
RCPH07CCH113BAB 8
9. Remove the snap ring.
RCPH07CCH274AAB 9
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 195
10. Using a hydraulic press, remove the counter shaft

from the clutch carrier and the speed driven gear.
NOTE: Be prepared to capture the shaft as it is released
from the clutch carrier and gear.
RCPH07CCH275AAB 10
11. Remove the retaining ring from the clutch carrier in-
terior.
RCPH07CCH114BAB 11
12. Remove the backing plate, friction plates, separator

plates and the reaction plate (thicker than the sepa-
rator plate) from the carrier. Discard the friction and
separator plates.
RCPH07CCH115BAB 12
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 196
13. Hit the clutch plate carrier against a wood block to

dislodge the piston.
RCPH07CCH127BAB 13
14. Remove and discard the Teflon sealing ring and the
O-ring from the clutch carrier.
RCPH07CCH281AAB 14
15. Remove and discard the Teflon sealing ring and the
O-ring from the clutch piston.
RCPH07CCH128BAB 15
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 197
16. Remove the spacers.
RCPH07CCH276AAB 16
17. Remove the speed driven gear and the steel locating
ball.
RCPH07CCH277AAB 17
18. Turn the shaft over. Using a hydraulic press, remove

the rear bearing cone, speed driver gear and steel
locating ball.
RCPH07CCH278AAB 18
Alternate snap ring removal process

NOTE: Steps 19- 22 show an alternate method for removing clutch carrier snap rings which can be used on any clutch
carrier. The large snap ring, backing plates, friction plates, separator plates and reaction plate must be removed
before removing the carrier snap ring.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 198
19. Install compression plate CAS1903-2 over the pis-

ton return belleville springs. The counter bore of the
plate must go over the belleville springs.
RCPH07CCH118BAB 19
20. Install compression plate CAS1903-1 with two cap

screws inside the clutch carrier. The tangs on the
plate must engage the snap ring groove inside the
carrier.
RCPH07CCH119BAB 20
21. Compress the belleville springs by tightening the cap

screws in the plate.
RCPH07CCH120BAB 21
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 199
22. Remove the belleville spring retaining ring. Remove

the service tools.
RCPH07CCH279AAB 22
Next operation:
Shaft Speed countershaft - Assemble - With creep option (C.20.E)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 200
Shaft Speed countershaft - Assemble - With creep option

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
1. If required, install a cup plug (2) into the end of the

counter shaft (1).
RCPH07CCH280AAB 1
2. Press the cup plug (1) 3 mm (0.118 in) beyond the

face of the shaft (A). If required, install a plug (3) and
press in flush.
RCPH07CCH121BAB 2
3. Place all the counter shaft gears in a bearing oven for

three to four hours. Heat the gears to a temperature
of 177 - 187 °C (350 - 370 °F).
NOTICE: Do not heat the gear beyond a temperature of
190 °C (375 °F).
WARNING
Always wear heat protective gloves to prevent burning
your hands when handling heated parts.
SM121A
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 201
4. Assemble the counter shaft in the following order:

A. Apply petroleum jelly to the steel ball (1), and
install the ball into the hole for the (1st-3rd-5th)
driven gear.
B. Reinstall the (1st-3-rd-5th) 39-tooth driven
gear (2) so it is fully seated against the shoul-
der.
C. Apply petroleum jelly to the steel ball (3), and
install the ball into the hole for the (3rd-4th)
driver gear.
D. Reinstall the (3rd-4th) 34-tooth driver gear (4)
so it is fully seated against the 39-tooth driven
gear (2).
E. Reinstall the retaining ring (5).
F. Apply petroleum jelly to the steel ball (6), and
install the ball into the hole for the (1st-2nd)
driver gear.
RCPH07CCH122BAB 3
G. Reinstall the (1st-2nd) 29-tooth driver gear (7)
so it is fully seated against the shoulder.
H. Reinstall the bearing cone (8) over the shaft
with the larger diameter of the bearing facing
the gear. Pressing on the inner race only, press
the bearing onto the shaft until it is fully seated
against the gear.
5. Reinstall the spacer removed earlier.
RCPH07CCH126BAB 4
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 202
6. Install a new O-ring and Teflon seal on the clutch car-

rier and piston (3). Install the O-ring (1) first, making
sure that it is not twisted. Install the Teflon seal (2)
so the locking tabs on the seal are fully engaged.
RCPH07CCH129BAB 5
7. Apply petroleum jelly to the seal ring on the clutch

carrier.
RCPH07CCH130BAB 6
8. Apply petroleum jelly to the seal ring on the piston.
RCPH07CCH131BAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 203
9. Install the piston with the flat side down in the clutch
carrier so it is fully seated without damaging the seal
ring.
NOTICE: The seal ring must not be damaged during instal-
lation.
RCPH07CCH132BAB 8
10. Reinstall the reaction plate.

NOTE: The reaction plate is similar to the separator plates
except that it is thicker.
RCPH07CCH133BAB 9
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 204
11. Install a new friction plate.

NOTE: Dip all friction plates in clean hydraulic transmission
fluid before installation.
RCPH07CCH134BAB 10
12. Install the remaining 7 new friction plates and 6 new

separator plates, alternating the plates as they are
being installed.
RCPH07CCH135BAB 11
13. With the flat side down, reinstall the backing plate.
RCPH07CCH136BAB 12
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 205
14. Reinstall the retaining ring.
RCPH07CCH137BAB 13
15. Place the clutch carrier assembly (1) in a press.

Place the shaft assembly (2) over the carrier. The
oil hole in the carrier must align with the oil hole in
the shaft. Press the shaft assembly into the carrier
until it is fully seated.
RCPH07CCH282AAB 14
16. Reinstall the carrier retaining ring.
RCPH07CCH138BAB 15
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 206
17. Reinstall the piston return belleville spring.

NOTICE: The concave side of the spring must face down.
RCPH07CCH113BAB 16
18. Reinstall the lube management ring.
RCPH07CCH112BAB 17
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 207
19. Reinstall the remaining eight belleville springs: the

first spring must be installed with it’s concave side
up, the second spring with the concave side down.
Continue this pattern until all springs are installed.
RCPH07CCH111BAB 18
20. Reinstall the belleville spring retaining ring over the

shaft. Place the compression sleeve CAS1903-3
over the shaft with it’s notch pointing down. With a
hydraulic press, compress the belleville springs un-
til the snap ring grove is fully exposed. Seat the
snap ring into the groove. Remove the compression
sleeve.
NOTE: The snap ring must fully seat in the snap ring
groove.
RCPH07CCH273AAB 19
21. Reinstall the thrust bearing washer, thrust bearing

and another thrust bearing washer.
RCPH07CCH110BAB 20
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 208
22. Lubricate a new seal ring with petroleum jelly and

install the seal on the creeper driven gear.
RCPH07CCH283AAB 21
23. Align the clutch carrier friction plates. Align the

splined hub on the creeper driven gear with the
friction plate teeth, and reinstall the gear. Slight
oscillation of the gear hub will help the alignment
and installation.
NOTE: The splined hub of the gear hub must be fully en-
gaged with all the friction plates.
RCPH07CCH284AAB 22
24. Reinstall the caged needle bearing.

NOTE: The top of the needle bearing cage aligns with the
top of the gear when all the friction plates are engaged with
the gear hub.
RCPH07CCH139BAB 23
25. Reinstall the thrust bearing washer, thrust bearing

and another thrust bearing washer.
RCPH07CCH285AAB 24
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 209
26. Install the bearing cone over the shaft, with the larger
diameter of the bearing facing the gear. Pressing on
the inner race only, press the bearing onto the shaft
until it is fully seated against the gear.
RCPH07CCH140BAB 25
27. Lubricate two new seal rings with petroleum jelly, and
install the rings into the grooves at the rear of the
shaft.
RCPH07CCH270AAB 26
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 210
Shaft Speed countershaft - Disassemble - Without creep option

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Shaft assembly - Remove (C.20.E)
1. Place the countershaft assembly in a press, and

place supports under the gear. Using an appropriate
pressing tool (1), press on the shaft to remove the
bearing cone (2) and the 29 tooth drive pinion gear
(3) from the shaft.
NOTE: To prevent damage to the shaft assembly when the
gear is removed, catch or place padding under the shaft.
RCPH08CCH018AAB 1
2. Remove the steel alignment ball.
RCPH08CCH019AAB 2
3. Turn the shaft assembly over and install a bearing

puller. Support the assembly on the bearing puller
(not the gear). Pressing on the shaft to remove the
bearing.
bearing is removed, catch or place padding under the shaft.
RCPH08CCH020AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 211
4. The bearing may also be removed with a bridge and

bearing puller as shown.
RCPH08CCH008BAB 4
5. Remove the retainer ring for the 37 tooth driven pin-

ion gear.
RCPH08CCH009BAB 5
6. Place supports under the gear. Press on the shaft to

remove the gear and steel ball from the shaft.
RCPH08CCH021AAB 6
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 212
7. Remove the retainer ring for the 34 tooth driving and

39 tooth driven pinion gear.
RCPH08CCH022AAB 7
8. Place supports under the gears. Press on the shaft to

remove the gears and two steel balls from the shaft.
NOTE: The pressure required to remove the gears from
the shaft is approximately 344.8 bar (5000 psi)
RCPH08CCH023AAB 8
Next operation:
Shaft Speed countershaft - Assemble (C.20.E)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 213
Shaft Speed countershaft - Assemble - Without creep option

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Shaft Speed countershaft - Disassemble - Without creep option (C.20.E)
1. Place the four countershaft gears in a bearing oven

for three to four hours at a temperature of 177 - 187
°C (350 - 370 °F):
• 1st-2nd speed driver gear (1)
• 3rd-4th speed driver gear (2)
• 2nd-4th-6th- speed driven gear (3)
• rear bearing cone (4)
• 1st-3rd-5th speed driven gear (5)
• front bearing cone (6)
NOTICE: Do not heat the gears to a temperature greater
than 190 °C (375 °F) RCPH08CCH017AAB 1
DANGER
Always wear heat protective gloves to prevent burning
your hands when handling heated parts.
SM121A
2. Place petroleum jelly in each of the four holes in the

shaft.
RCPH08CCH010BAB 2
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 214
3. Install the four steel balls.
RCPH08CCH011BAB 3
4. Wearing heat protective gloves, remove the 1st-3rd-

5th driven gear from the oven. Do not allow the gear
to cool; install it immediately on the shaft. Install the
gear on the shaft, aligning the keyway with the steel
ball and seating the gear against the shoulder.
RCPH08CCH024AAB 4
5. To install the 3rd-4th driver gear, have an assistant,

with heat protective gloves, immediately remove the
gear from the oven. Install the driver gear on the
shaft, aligning the keyway with the steel ball. The
gear must fully seat against the previous gear.
RCPH08CCH025AAB 5
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 215
6. Install the retainer ring; the ring must fully engage in

the ring groove.
RCPH08CCH022AAB 6
7. Wearing heat protective gloves, remove the 2nd-4th-

6th driven gear from the oven. Do not allow the gear
to cool; install it immediately on the shaft. Install the
gear on the shaft, aligning the keyway with the steel
ball and seating the gear against the shoulder.
RCPH08CCH026AAB 7
8. Install the retainer ring; the ring must fully engage in

the ring groove.
RCPH08CCH009BAB 8
9. Turn the shaft assembly over. Wearing heat protec-

tive gloves, remove the 1st-2nd speed driver gear
from the oven. Do not allow the gear to cool; in-
stall it immediately on the shaft. Install the gear on
the shaft, aligning the keyway with the steel ball and
seating the gear against the shoulder.
RCPH08CCH026AAB 9
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 216
10. Place the bearing cone over the shaft with the larger
outside diameter facing the gear. With an appropri-
ate tool, press on the inner race only to install the
bearing on the shaft. The bearing must fully seat
against the gear.
RCPH07CCH123BAB 10
11. Turn the shaft assembly over. Place the bearing

cone over the shaft with the larger outside diameter
facing the gear. With an appropriate tool, press on
the inner race only to install the bearing on the shaft.
The bearing must fully seat against the retainer ring.
RCPH07CCH123BAB 11
Next operation:
Shaft assembly - Install (C.20.E)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 217
Shaft Speed input shaft - Disassemble

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Remove the shaft. refer to Shaft assembly - Remove - Speed transmission with creep option (C.20.E)
NOTE: Transmissions without the creep option have only one clutch carrier.
1. Remove the five seal rings from the speed input
shaft.
RCPH07CCH286AAB 1
2. Use a bearing puller to remove the rear bearing cone.
RCPH07CCH287AAB 2
RCPH07CCH141BAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 218
4. Remove the two retaining rings.
RCPH07CCH142BAB 4
RCPH07CCH143BAB 5
6. Remove the two bearing thrust washers and the nee-

dle thrust bearing.
RCPH07CCH144BAB 6
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 219
7. Remove the (1st-3rd-5th) speed drive gear.
RCPH07CCH145BAB 7
RCPH07CCH146BAB 8

dle thrust bearing.
RCPH07CCH147BAB 9
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 220
10. Remove the retaining ring from the clutch pack.
RCPH07CCH148BAB 10
11. Remove the backing plate.
RCPH07CCH149BAB 11
12. Remove the friction plates, separator plates and the

reaction plate (thicker than the separator plate).
NOTE: Tag the backing plate and reaction plate so they are
reinstalled into the same carrier.
RCPH07CCH150BAB 12
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 221
13. Use a bearing puller to remove the front bearing

cone.
RCPH07CCH288AAB 13
14. Using a bearing puller, remove the creeper gear.
RCPH07CCH290AAB 14
15. Remove the retaining ring.
RCPH07CCH151BAB 15
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 222
dle thrust bearing.
RCPH07CCH152BAB 16
17. Remove the (2nd-4th-6th) speed drive gear.
RCPH07CCH166BAB 17
RCPH07CCH154BAB 18
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 223
RCPH07CCH155BAB 19
20. Remove the second caged needle bearing.
RCPH07CCH156BAB 20
21. Remove the retaining ring from the clutch pack.
RCPH07CCH291AAB 21
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 224
RCPH07CCH292AAB 22
23. Remove the friction plates, separator plates and the

reaction plate (thicker than a separator plate).
RCPH07CCH157BAB 23
dle thrust bearing.
NOTE: Tag the backing plate and reaction plate so they are
reinstalled into the same carrier.
RCPH07CCH158BAB 24
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 225
25. Install compression sleeve CAS1903-3 (1) with

the internal notch over the piston return belleville
springs. Position the opening of the sleeve over
the ends of the snap ring. Using a hydraulic press,
compress the springs and disengage the retaining
ring from the ring groove. Remove the service tool
and remove the retaining ring from the shaft.
RCPH07CCH293AAB 25
26. Remove eight piston return belleville springs.

NOTE: Note orientation of the springs for reinstallation
later.
RCPH07CCH169BAB 26
RCPH07CCH168BAB 27
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 226
28. Remove the remaining belleville spring.

NOTE: Note orientation of the spring for reinstallation later.
RCPH07CCH167BAB 28
29. Turn the shaft assembly over. Install compression

sleeve CAS1903-3 (1) with the internal notch over
the piston return belleville springs. Position the open-
ing of the sleeve over the ends of the snap ring. Us-
ing a hydraulic press, compress the springs and dis-
engage the retaining ring from the ring groove. Re-
move the service tool and remove the retaining ring
from the shaft.
RCPH07CCH293AAB 29
30. Remove a piston return belleville spring.

RCPH07CCH175BAB 30
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 227
31. Remove the carrier retaining ring from each side of

the clutch plate carrier.
RCPH07CCH159BAB 31
32. Using a punch, mark alignment between the front of

the carrier (1) and the end of the shaft (2). These
marks are used to align the carrier with the shaft dur-
ing reassembly.
RCPH07CCH161BAB 32
33. Press on the splined front end of the shaft to remove

the shaft from the clutch carrier.
NOTE: Be prepared to capture the shaft when it is freed
from the clutch carrier.
RCPH07CCH294AAB 33
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 228
34. Hit the clutch plate carrier against a block of wood to

dislodge the clutch piston from the carrier. Repeat
for the opposite side.
RCPH07CCH162BAB 34
35. Remove and discard the sealing ring and O-ring from
each side of the clutch carrier.
RCPH07CCH163BAB 35
36. Remove and discard the sealing ring and O-ring from
each piston.
RCPH07CCH128BAB 36
Next operation:
Shaft Speed input shaft - Assemble (C.20.E)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 229
Shaft Speed input shaft - Assemble

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
1. Install a new O-ring and Teflon sealing on the clutch

carrier and piston as shown by the cutaway (3). In-
stall the O-ring (1) first without twisting the seal. In-
stall the Teflon seal (2) so the locking tabs on the seal
are fully engaged.
RCPH07CCH129BAB 1
2. Apply petroleum jelly to the sealing ring on the clutch

carrier.
RCPH07CCH130BAB 2
3. Apply petroleum jelly to the sealing ring on the piston.
RCPH07CCH131BAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 230
4. At the front end of the shaft, reinstall a retaining ring

in the third groove from the top.
RCPH07CCH164BAB 4
5. Locate the alignment marks made during disassem-

bly on the end of the shaft (2) and on the face of the
carrier (1).
NOTE: If a new part replaces an old part, mark the new
part at the same location as the old part.
RCPH07CCH161BAB 5
6. Align the end of the shaft with the clutch carrier at the
marks. Press the shaft into the carrier so the carrier
is fully seated against the snap ring and the oil holes
are aligned.
NOTICE: Using the marks should align the oil holes in the
shaft with the oil holes in the carrier.
RCPH07CCH295AAB 6
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 231
7. Turn the shaft over and reinstall the carrier retaining

ring.
RCPH07CCH296AAB 7
8. Reinstall the piston into the clutch carrier with the flat
side down so it is fully seated without damaging the
seal ring. Repeat for the opposite side of the carrier.
NOTICE: For proper operation of the piston, the seal ring
must not be damaged during installation
RCPH07CCH165BAB 8
9. Reinstall the first belleville spring with the concave

down against the piston.
RCPH07CCH167BAB 9
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 232
RCPH07CCH168BAB 10
11. Reinstall the remaining eight belleville springs. In-

stall the first spring with the concave face up, the
second spring with the concave face down. Continue
this pattern until all springs are installed.
RCPH07CCH169BAB 11
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 233
12. Place the centering sleeve CAS1903-4 over the

shaft.
RCPH07CCH170BAB 12
13. Install one of the belleville spring retaining rings over

the centering sleeve. Place compression sleeve
CAS1903-5 over the shaft and the centering sleeve.
Rest the compression sleeve on top of the retaining
ring.
NOTE: The smaller outside diameter of the compression
sleeve must face up.
RCPH07CCH171BAB 13
14. With the notched end facing down, place compres-

sion sleeve CAS1903-3 over the shaft. Align the
opening in the retaining ring with the pin in the grove.
Press the sleeves down until the retaining ring prop-
erly seats in the groove. Remove the installation
tools.
RCPH07CCH297AAB 14
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 234
15. Reinstall the reaction plate (thicker than the separa-

tor plate).
RCPH07CCH298AAB 15

NOTE: Dip all friction plates in clean transmission fluid be-
fore installing.
RCPH07CCH299AAB 16
17. Install a new separator plate. Install the remaining six

friction plates and five separator plates, alternating
the plates.
RCPH07CCH300AAB 17
18. Reinstall the backing plate with the flat side facing
down.
RCPH07CCH292AAB 18
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 235
RCPH07CCH291AAB 19
20. Reinstall a bearing thrust washer, needle thrust bear-

ing and bearing thrust washer.
RCPH07CCH172BAB 20
21. Apply petroleum jelly to a new seal ring. Install the

seal ring (1) on the (2nd-4th-6th) speed drive gear.
Align the friction plate teeth. Reinstall the gear hub
in the clutch pack.
RCPH07CCH173BAB 21
22. Slight oscillation of the gear will help with the instal-
lation.
NOTE: The splined hub of the gear must engage all the
friction plates.
RCPH07CCH301AAB 22
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 236
23. Reinstall a caged needle bearing into the gear hub.
RCPH07CCH302AAB 23
24. Reinstall a spacer into the gear hub.
RCPH07CCH153BAB 24
25. Reinstall a second caged needle bearing into the

gear hub.
NOTE: The top of the needle bearing cage must align with
the top of the gear hub when all the friction plates are en-
gaged with the splined hub of the gear.
RCPH07CCH302AAB 25

RCPH07CCH152BAB 26
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 237
27. Reinstall a retaining ring against the thrust washer.
RCPH07CCH303AAB 27
28. Reinstall the creeper gear with the longer hub (1)
facing down.
RCPH07CCH304AAB 28
29. Press the creeper gear into position with the longer
hub (1) facing down.
RCPH07CCH305AAB 29
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 238
30. Reinstall the bearing cone with the larger diameter

facing down. With an appropriate tool (1), press on
the inner race only to install the bearing so it is fully
seated against the gear.
RCPH07CCH174BAB 30
31. Turn the shaft assembly over. Reinstall a piston re-

turn belleville spring with the concave facing down.
RCPH07CCH175BAB 31
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 239
RCPH07CCH176BAB 32

stall the first spring with the concave facing up, the
second spring with the concave facing down. Con-
tinue this pattern until all springs are installed.
RCPH07CCH177BAB 33
34. Place the retaining ring over the shaft.
RCPH07CCH306AAB 34
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 240
35. Place the belleville spring compression sleeve

CAS1903-5 over the retaining ring.
NOTE: The smaller outside diameter (1) of the sleeve must
face up.
RCPH07CCH178BAB 35
36. With the notched end facing down, place compres-

sion sleeve CAS1903-3 (1) over the shaft. Align
the opening in the retaining ring with the pin in the
groove. Press the sleeves down until the retaining
ring is properly seated in the grove. Remove the in-
stallation tools.
RCPH07CCH179BAB 36
37. Reinstall the reaction plate (thicker than a separator

plate). Install a new friction plate. Install a new sep-
arator plate. Continue to install the remaining 6 new
friction plates and 5 separator plates, alternating the
plates.
NOTE: Dip all new friction plates in clean transmission fluid
before installation.
RCPH07CCH150BAB 37
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 241
38. With the flat side facing down, reinstall the backing
plate.
RCPH07CCH149BAB 38
RCPH07CCH148BAB 39

RCPH07CCH147BAB 40
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 242
41. Apply petroleum jelly to a new seal ring. Install the

seal ring (1) on the (1st-3rd-5th) speed drive gear.
into the clutch pack.
RCPH07CCH307AAB 41
42. Slight oscillation of the gear will help with the instal-
lation.
NOTE: The splined hub of the gear must engage all the
friction plates.
RCPH07CCH308AAB 42
RCPH07CCH180BAB 43
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 243

RCPH07CCH144BAB 44
45. Reinstall the first spacer.
RCPH07CCH143BAB 45
46. Reinstall the two retaining rings.
RCPH07CCH309AAB 46
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 244
47. Reinstall the second spacer.
RCPH07CCH141BAB 47
48. Reinstall the bearing cone with the larger diameter

facing down. With an appropriate tool (1), press on
the inner race only to install the bearing so it is fully
seated against the spacer.
RCPH07CCH181BAB 48
49. Lubricate five new seal rings with petroleum jelly. In-
stall the seal rings on the end of the shaft.
RCPH07CCH286AAB 49
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 245
Shaft Speed output shaft - Disassemble

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
1. Remove the four seal rings and discard.
RCPH07CCH310AAB 1
2. Remove the reverse drive gear and bearing cone.
RCPH07CCH182BAB 2

dle thrust bearing.
RCPH07CCH311AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 246
4. Remove the reverse driven gear.
RCPH07CCH183BAB 4
5. Remove the caged needle bearing and the nylon

spacer.
RCPH07CCH312AAB 5

dle thrust bearing.
RCPH07CCH313AAB 6
7. Remove the retaining ring from the clutch plate car-

rier.
RCPH07CCH314AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 247

plates and reaction plate (which is thicker than the
separator plates). Tag the backing plate and the re-
action plate so they are reinstalled in the same car-
rier.
RCPH07CCH315AAB 8
9. Place compression sleeve CAS1903-3 (1) with notch

over the piston return belleville springs. Position the
notch in the sleeve over the ends of the retaining ring.
Compress the springs with a hydraulic press and re-
move the retaining ring from the groove. Remove
the service tool. Remove the retaining ring from the
shaft.
RCPH07CCH316AAB 9
10. Remove the belleville spring.

NOTE: Note the orientation of the spring for reinstallation
later.
RCPH07CCH184BAB 10
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 248
RCPH07CCH185BAB 11
12. Remove the eight remaining belleville springs.

NOTE: Note the orientation of the springs for reinstallation
later.
RCPH07CCH186BAB 12
13. Remove the retaining ring for the clutch carrier.
RCPH07CCH317AAB 13
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 249
14. Use a punch to mark alignment between the clutch

carrier (1) and the shaft (2). The marks are used to
align the carrier with the shaft during reassembly.
RCPH07CCH161BAB 14
15. Remove the clutch plate carrier from the shaft.
RCPH07CCH318AAB 15
16. Turn the carrier over and remove the retaining ring.
RCPH07CCH319AAB 16
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 250

action plate so they are reinstalled into the same car-
rier.
RCPH07CCH320AAB 17
18. Hit the clutch carrier against a block of wood to dis-

lodge the clutch piston. Repeat for the opposite side.
RCPH07CCH162BAB 18
19. Remove and discard the Teflon seal and the O-ring.
Repeat for the opposite side.
RCPH07CCH163BAB 19
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 251
Repeat for the opposite piston.
RCPH07CCH128BAB 20

shaft.
RCPH07CCH321AAB 21
22. Remove the piston return belleville spring.
RCPH07CCH184BAB 22
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 252
RCPH07CCH185BAB 23
24. Remove the remaining eight springs.

NOTE: Note orientation of the springs and lube manage-
ment ring for reinstallation later.
RCPH07CCH186BAB 24
25. Remove the retaining ring.
RCPH07CCH322AAB 25
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 253
dle thrust bearing.
RCPH07CCH323AAB 26
27. Remove the (5th-6th speed) driven gear.
RCPH07CCH324AAB 27
RCPH07CCH325AAB 28
29. Remove the thrust washer.
RCPH07CCH326AAB 29
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 254
30. Remove the (3rd-4th speed) driven gear.
RCPH07CCH327AAB 30
31. Remove the thrust washer spacer.
RCPH07CCH328AAB 31
RCPH07CCH329AAB 32
dle thrust bearing.
RCPH07CCH330AAB 33
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 255
34. Remove the retaining ring from the clutch carrier.
RCPH07CCH331AAB 34

action plate so they are reinstalled into the same car-
rier.
RCPH07CCH187BAB 35

shaft.
RCPH07CCH332AAB 36
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 256
37. Remove the piston return belleville spring.
RCPH07CCH184BAB 37
RCPH07CCH185BAB 38
39. Remove the remaining eight springs.

NOTE: Note orientation of the springs and lube manage-
ment ring for reinstallation later.
RCPH07CCH186BAB 39
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 257
40. Turn the shaft assembly over. Using a bearing puller,

remove the (1st-2nd) driven gear (1), two thrust
washers, thrust bearing (2), and bearing cone (3).
RCPH07CCH188BAB 40
41. Remove the caged needle bearing, two bearing

thrust washers and thrust bearing.
RCPH07CCH333AAB 41
42. Remove the clutch plate retaining ring.
RCPH07CCH334AAB 42

action plate so they are reinstalled in the same car-
rier.
RCPH07CCH335AAB 43
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 258

over the piston return belleville springs. position the
shaft.
RCPH07CCH336AAB 44
45. Remove a piston return belleville spring.

RCPH07CCH189BAB 45
RCPH07CCH190BAB 46
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 259
47. Remove the remaining eight belleville springs.

NOTE: Note orientation of the springs for reinstallation
later.
RCPH07CCH191BAB 47
48. Remove the clutch carrier retaining ring.
RCPH07CCH338AAB 48
49. Use a punch to mark alignment between the clutch

carrier (1) and the shaft (2). These marks are used
to align the carrier with the shaft during reassembly.
RCPH07CCH161BAB 49
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 260
50. Press on the splined end of the shaft to remove the

shaft from the carrier.
NOTE: Be prepared to capture the shaft when it is freed
from the carrier.
RCPH07CCH339AAB 50
51. Hit the clutch carrier against a block of wood to dis-

lodge the clutch piston. Repeat for the opposite side.
RCPH07CCH162BAB 51
RCPH07CCH163BAB 52
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 261
Repeat for the opposite piston.
RCPH07CCH128BAB 53
Next operation:
Shaft Speed output shaft - Assemble (C.20.E)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 262
Shaft Speed output shaft - Assemble

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
1. Make sure all oil passages in the shaft are open and
clean. If required, install new cup plugs (1) into the
end of the shaft as shown Install the cup plug flush
to the surface.
RCPH07CCH340AAB 1
2. At the rear of the shaft (splined end), reinstall a re-

taining ring in the third groove from the top.
RCPH07CCH341AAB 2
3. Install a new O-ring and Teflon seal onto the clutch

stall the O-ring (1) first, making sure that it is not
twisted. Install the Teflon seal (2) so the locking tabs
are fully engaged.
RCPH07CCH129BAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 263
4. Apply petroleum jelly to the sealing rings on the

clutch carrier.
RCPH07CCH130BAB 4
5. Apply petroleum jelly to the sealing rings on the pis-

tons.
RCPH07CCH131BAB 5

bly, align the clutch carrier (1) with the shaft (2).
NOTE: If a new part replaces an old part, transfer the align-
ment mark to the new part.
RCPH07CCH206BAB 6
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 264
7. Place the front end of the rear clutch carrier over

the splined end of the shaft. Press the carrier on
the shaft and against the retaining ring. Check that
the oil holes in the carrier and shaft are aligned. If
not, the carrier must be removed from the shaft and
reinstalled in the proper position.
NOTE: The oil holes should align if the alignment marks
are followed.
RCPH07CCH342AAB 7
8. Reinstall the carrier retaining ring into the groove (1).
RCPH07CCH343AAB 8
9. Reinstall the piston in each side of the clutch carrier

with the flat side is facing the center of the carrier.
RCPH07CCH344AAB 9
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 265
10. Reinstall a belleville spring with the concave facing

down.
RCPH07CCH189BAB 10
RCPH07CCH190BAB 11
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 266
12. Reinstall the remaining eight springs. Install the first

spring with the concave side up, the second spring
with the concave side down. Follow this pattern to
install the remaining springs.
RCPH07CCH191BAB 12
13. Place the centering sleeve CAS1903-4 for the retain-

ing ring over the shaft.
RCPH07CCH345AAB 13
14. Place a retaining ring over the centering sleeve.

Place the belleville spring compression sleeve
CAS1903-5 over the shaft on the retaining ring.
RCPH07CCH346AAB 14
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 267
15. Place compression sleeve CAS1903-3 with the

notch facing down over the shaft. Press the com-
pression sleeve down until the retaining ring is
seated in the groove. Remove the tools.
RCPH07CCH297AAB 15
16. Install a new separator plate.

NOTE: The 1st and 3rd clutch does not use a reaction plate
(thicker than a separator plate).
RCPH07CCH347AAB 16

fluid.
RCPH07CCH348AAB 17
18. Install the remaining 10 separator plates and 10 fric-

tion plates, alternating the plates.
RCPH07CCH349AAB 18
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 268
19. Reinstall the backing plate.

NOTE: The flat side of the plate must face down.
RCPH07CCH350AAB 19
20. Reinstall the retaining ring for the clutch pack.
RCPH07CCH351AAB 20
21. Reinstall the thrust washer, needle bearing and

thrust washer.
RCPH07CCH352AAB 21
22. Apply petroleum jelly to a new Teflon seal ring. Install

the seal ring (1) on the (1st-2nd) driven gear. Align
the friction plate teeth, and install the splined gear
hub in the clutch pack. Slight oscillation of the gear
will help with the installation. Make sure that all fric-
tion plates are engaged with the hub.
RCPH07CCH353AAB 22
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 269

NOTE: The top of the bearing cage must be flush with the
gear if all friction plates are engaged.
RCPH07CCH354AAB 23

thrust washer.
RCPH07CCH355AAB 24
25. With the larger outside diameter facing down, place

the bearing cone over the shaft. With an appropriate
tool, press on the inner race only to install the bearing
on the shaft so it is seated against the thrust washer.
RCPH07CCH356AAB 25
26. Turn the shaft assembly over. Reinstall a belleville

spring with the concave side down.
RCPH07CCH184BAB 26
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 270
RCPH07CCH185BAB 27

stall the first spring with the concave side up, the sec-
ond spring with the concave side down. Follow this
pattern until all springs are installed.
RCPH07CCH186BAB 28
29. Place the retaining ring over the shaft. Place the
belleville spring compression tool CAS1903-5 on top
of the retaining ring.
tool must face up.
RCPH07CCH357AAB 29
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 271

down over the shaft. Press the sleeve down until
the retaining ring is properly seated in the groove.
Remove the tools.
RCPH07CCH382AAB 30
31. Install a new separator plate.

NOTE: The 1st and 3rd clutch does not use a reaction plate
(thicker than a separator plate).
RCPH07CCH358AAB 31

fluid.
RCPH07CCH359AAB 32
33. Install the remaining 7 separator plates and 7 friction

plates.
RCPH07CCH360AAB 33
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 272
34. Reinstall the backing plate.

NOTE: The flat side of the plate must face down.
RCPH07CCH361AAB 34
35. Reinstall the retaining ring for the clutch pack.
RCPH07CCH362AAB 35

thrust washer.
RCPH07CCH192BAB 36
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 273

the seal ring (1) on the (1st-2nd) driven gear. Align
the clutch pack friction plate teeth, and install the
splined gear hub in the clutch pack. Slight oscillation
of the gear will help with the installation. Make sure
that all friction plates are engaged with the hub.
RCPH07CCH193BAB 37
RCPH07CCH194BAB 38
39. Reinstall the spacer.
RCPH07CCH195BAB 39
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 274
40. Reinstall the fiber thrust washer.
RCPH07CCH196BAB 40
41. Reinstall the second caged needle bearing.
RCPH07CCH197BAB 41
42. Install a new Teflon seal on the (5th-6th speed) gear.

Reinstall the gear on the shaft with the splined hub
facing up.
RCPH07CCH198BAB 42
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 275

thrust washer.
RCPH07CCH323AAB 43
RCPH07CCH322AAB 44
45. Reinstall the belleville springs in the following order.

A. Install the first spring with the concave side up.
B. Install the second spring with the concave side
down.
C. Follow this pattern to install the remaining
springs.
RCPH07CCH186BAB 45
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 276
RCPH07CCH185BAB 46
47. Install the final washer with the concave side up.
RCPH07CCH184BAB 47
48. Install a retaining ring against the last belleville

spring.
RCPH07CCH363AAB 48
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 277
49. Place the belleville spring compression tool

CAS1903-5 on top of the retaining ring.
tool must face up.
RCPH07CCH364AAB 49

over the shaft. Press the springs down until the re-
taining ring is properly seated in the groove. Remove
the tools.
RCPH07CCH365AAB 50
51. Place the clutch pack retaining ring on top of the gear.
RCPH07CCH366AAB 51
52. Place the backing plate over the shaft.

NOTE: The flat side of the plate must face up.
RCPH07CCH367AAB 52
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 278
53. Place a new friction plate over the shaft.

fluid.
RCPH07CCH368AAB 53
54. Place a new separator plate over the shaft.
RCPH07CCH369AAB 54
55. Install the remaining 7 new friction plates and 6 sep-

arator plates, alternating the plates as they are in-
stalled.
RCPH07CCH370AAB 55

tor plates).
RCPH07CCH371AAB 56
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 279
57. Install a new O-ring and Teflon seal onto the clutch
stall the O-ring (1) first, making sure that it is not
twisted. Install the Teflon seal (2) so the locking tabs
are fully engaged.
RCPH07CCH129BAB 57
58. Apply petroleum jelly to the sealing rings on the

clutch carrier.
RCPH07CCH130BAB 58
59. Apply petroleum jelly to the sealing rings on the pis-

tons.
RCPH07CCH131BAB 59
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 280
60. Reinstall the fifth clutch piston into the clutch carrier.
The flat side must face the center of the carrier.
RCPH07CCH209BAB 60

bly, align the clutch carrier (1) with the shaft (2).
NOTE: If a new part replaces an old part, transfer the align-
ment mark to the new part.
RCPH07CCH208BAB 61
62. Reinstall the clutch carrier:

A. Align the marks on the carrier and the shaft.
B. Slide the rear of the carrier over the front end
(sealing ring) of the shaft.
C. Align the separator plate tabs with the slots in
the carrier.
D. Carefully press the carrier down over the clutch
plate assembly. Do not force the carrier down
to prevent any damage to the separator plate
tabs.
E. Check that the oil holes are properly aligned.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 281
63. Reinstall the carrier retaining ring over the shaft.
RCPH07CCH373AAB 62
64. Place compression sleeve CAS1903-5 over the

shaft.
NOTE: The large outside diameter must face up.
RCPH07CCH199BAB 63
65. Place a pressing tube (1) (slightly smaller in diameter

than the larger inside diameter of compression tool
CAS1903-5) over the shaft and against the compres-
sion tool. Compress the assembly until the retaining
ring fully seats in the ring gr0ove. Remove the tools.
RCPH07CCH374AAB 64
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 282
66. Use a screwdriver to install the retaining ring (placed

under the clutch carrier earlier) in the clutch carrier
ring groove.
RCPH07CCH375AAB 65
67. Apply petroleum jelly to the Teflon sealing ring on the

piston and clutch carrier. Reinstall the reverse clutch
piston.
NOTE: Install the piston with the flat side down.
RCPH07CCH200BAB 66
68. Install six belleville springs. Install the first spring

with the concave side up, the second spring with the
concave side down. Follow this pattern to install the
remaining springs.
RCPH07CCH186BAB 67
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 283
RCPH07CCH185BAB 68
70. Reinstall the final belleville spring with the concave

side up.
RCPH07CCH184BAB 69
71. Place centering sleeve CAS1903-4 over the

shaft. Place the retaining ring over the centering
sleeve. Place belleville spring compression sleeve
CAS1903-5 (1) over the shaft and on top of the
retaining ring.
RCPH07CCH201BAB 70
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 284
72. Place compression sleeve CAS1903-3 (1) with the

notch end down on the shaft. Push the springs down
until the retaining ring seats in the groove, with the
groove pin between the ends of the retaining ring.
Remove the tools.
RCPH07CCH202BAB 71

tor plate).
RCPH07CCH376AAB 72

fluid.
RCPH07CCH377AAB 73
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 285
75. Install a new separator plate. Install the remaining 7

new friction plates and 6 separator plates, alternating
the plates.
RCPH07CCH378AAB 74
76. Reinstall the backing plate with the flat side facing
down.
RCPH07CCH379AAB 75
RCPH07CCH380AAB 76

thrust washer.
RCPH07CCH381AAB 77
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 286

the sealing ring on the reverse speed driven gear.
in the clutch pack. Slight oscillation of the gear will
help with the installation.
NOTE: The splined hub must engage all the friction plates.
RCPH07CCH203BAB 78
80. Reinstall the spacer (1) and the caged needle bear-
ing (2).
RCPH07CCH204BAB 79

thrust washer.
RCPH07CCH311AAB 80
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 287
82. Reinstall the bearing cone with the smaller outside

diameter facing up. Using an appropriate tool, press
on the inner race of the bearing cone until it is fully
seated against the thrust washer.
RCPH07CCH205BAB 81
83. Lubricate four new seal rings with petroleum jelly.

Install the seal rings on the shaft.
RCPH07CCH310AAB 82
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 288
Shaft Range input shaft - Disassemble

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Shaft assembly - Remove - Range transmission (C.20.E)
1. Put the input shaft on a clean work bench. Remove

the four seal rings on the front of the shaft (1).
RCPH07CCH055AAA 1
2. Use a puller to remove the low range drive gear and

front bearing cone.
RCPH07CCH025BAA 2
3. Use a puller to remove the medium range clutch pack

assembly.
RCPH07CCH026BAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 289
4. Remove the snap ring from the clutch pack assem-

bly.
RCPH07CCH027BAA 4
5. Turn the assembly over and remove the friction, sep-

arator, and backing plates.
RCPH07CCH056AAA 5
6. Install special tool CAS1903-3 – compression sleeve

with notch – to remove the retaining ring for the piston
return belleville springs.
RCPH07CCH057AAA 6
7. Use a press to compress the belleville springs. Move

the snap ring out of the shaft groove at the notch in
the tool.
RCPH07CCH058AAA 7
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 290
8. Remove the compression sleeve and the snap ring.
RCPH07CCH059AAA 8
9. Remove one piston return belleville spring.
RCPH07CCH028BAA 9
RCPH07CCH029BAA 10
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 291

NOTE: Mark the orientation of the belleville springs and
lube management ring for proper reassembly later.
RCPH07CCH030BAA 11
12. Remove the snap ring for the belleville springs.
RCPH07CCH060AAA 12
13. Remove the snap ring for the bearing thrust washers
and needle thrust bearing.
RCPH07CCH061AAA 13
dle thrust bearing.
RCPH07CCH062AAA 14
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 292
15. Remove the medium range drive gear.
RCPH07CCH063AAA 15
RCPH07CCH064AAA 16
RCPH07CCH065AAA 17
18. Remove the thrust washer spacer ring.
RCPH07CCH066AAA 18
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 293
19. Remove the high range drive gear.
RCPH07CCH067AAA 19
RCPH07CCH068AAA 20
dle thrust bearing.
RCPH07CCH069AAA 21
22. Remove the piston return Belleville springs as fol-

lows:
A. Install special tool CAS1903-3 – compression
sleeve with notch – over the piston return
belleville springs for removing the snap ring.
B. Position the notch in the compression sleeve
over the ends of the snap ring.
C. Compress the belleville springs with a press.
D. Remove the snap ring.
RCPH07CCH070AAA 22
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 294
23. Remove 8 piston return belleville springs.
RCPH07CCH030BAA 23
RCPH07CCH029BAA 24
25. Remove the final belleville spring.

RCPH07CCH028BAA 25
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 295
26. Use a puller to remove the rear bearing cone.
RCPH07CCH071AAA 26
27. Remove the snap ring and remove the high range
clutch pack assembly from the shaft.
RCPH07CCH072AAA 27
28. Remove the snap ring from the clutch pack assem-
bly.
RCPH07CCH027BAA 28
29. Turn the assembly over and remove the friction and
separator plates.
RCPH07CCH073AAA 29
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 296
30. Remove the snap ring from the shaft.
RCPH07CCH074AAA 30
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 297
Shaft Range input shaft - Assemble

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Shaft Range input shaft - Disassemble (C.20.E)
1. Inspect the sealing plug in the input shaft.
RCPH07CCH075AAA 1
2. Make sure all the oil passages in the shaft are open.
RCPH07CCH031BAA 2
3. Install the snap ring for the high range clutch plate
carrier into the second groove on the shaft.
RCPH07CCH074AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 298
4. Hit the high range clutch plate carrier against a

wooden block to remove the clutch piston.
RCPH07CCH076AAA 4
5. Install a teflon ring and O-ring on the carrier as fol-

lows:
A. Remove and discard the teflon ring and O-ring
from the carrier.
B. Install a new O-ring in the groove.
C. Install the teflon ring over the O-ring.
RCPH07CCH077AAA 5
6. Install a teflon ring and O-ring on the piston as fol-

lows:
A. Remove and discard the teflon ring and O-ring
from the carrier.
B. Install a new O-ring in the groove.
C. Install the teflon ring over the O-ring.
RCPH07CCH078AAA 6
7. Apply a thin coat of petroleum jelly on the teflon rings.
RCPH07CCH033BAA 7
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 299
8. Install the clutch piston into the carrier by hand. The

flat side of the piston must face down.
RCPH07CCH034BAA 8
9. Repeat Steps 4-8 for the medium range clutch plate

carrier.
10. Install a separator plate.
RCPH07CCH079AAA 9

NOTE: Dip all friction plates in clean transmission fluid prior
to installation.
RCPH07CCH080AAA 10
12. Install a separator plate. Install the remaining 10

friction plates and 9 separator plates, alternating the
plates.
RCPH07CCH035BAA 11
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 300
13. Install the backing plate. The flat side of the plate
must be facing down.
RCPH07CCH081AAA 12
14. Install the clutch pack snap ring into the groove in the
carrier.
NOTE: Do not assemble the medium range clutch pack. It
will be assembled on the shaft.
RCPH07CCH082AAA 13
15. Install the high range clutch pack assembly on the

shaft as shown. Install the carrier snap ring onto the
shaft.
NOTE: The oil gallery hole in the shaft must be aligned with
the hole in the carrier.
RCPH07CCH072AAA 14
16. Install the bearing on the shaft with the larger outside
diameter end of the bearing facing down. Press the
bearing into place to be sure that it is properly seated
on the shaft.
NOTE: Do not press on the bearing cage.
RCPH07CCH083AAA 15
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 301
17. Install the first piston return belleville spring. The

concave side of the spring must be facing down.
RCPH07CCH028BAA 16
18. Install the lube management ring.
RCPH07CCH029BAA 17
19. Install additional belleville springs as follows:

A. Install a second belleville spring. The concave
side of the spring must be facing up.
B. Install the remaining 7 belleville springs, alter-
nating the position of the springs until the last
spring with the concave side is facing down.
RCPH07CCH084AAA 18
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 302
20. To install the snap ring:

A. Install a snap ring (1) over the shaft.
B. Install special tool CAS1903-5 – belleville
spring compression sleeve – with the smaller
outside diameter upward over the shaft and
on top of the snap ring.
RCPH07CCH036BAA 19
21. To install the snap ring (continued):

sleeve with notch – over the shaft.
B. Press the compression sleeve down onto the
shaft with a hydraulic press.
C. The snap ring will slip into the groove on the
shaft.
D. Check that the snap ring is properly seated in
the groove.
RCPH07CCH085AAA 20
22. Remove the special tools.
RCPH07CCH086AAA 21
23. Install the needle thrust bearing and two bearing

thrust washers. The needle bearing must be be-
tween the two bearing thrust washers.
RCPH07CCH087AAA 22
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 303
24. Align the gear teeth on all the friction plates.
RCPH07CCH088AAA 23
25. Install a new seal ring on the hub of the high range
drive gear.
RCPH07CCH089AAA 24
26. Install the high range drive gear. The teeth on the
gear hub align with the friction plates. Slight oscilla-
tion of the drive gear will help with the installation.
RCPH07CCH090AAA 25
27. Install the caged needle bearing.
RCPH07CCH091AAA 26
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 304
28. Install the thrust washer spacer ring.
RCPH07CCH066AAA 27
29. Install the thrust washer.
RCPH07CCH065AAA 28
30. Install the caged needle bearing.
RCPH07CCH064AAA 29
31. Install a new seal ring on the medium range drive

gear. Install the gear. The hub of the gear must be
facing up.
RCPH07CCH063AAA 30
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 305
32. Install the two bearing thrust washers and the needle
thrust bearing. The needle thrust bearing must be
positioned between the two bearing thrust washers.
RCPH07CCH062AAA 31
33. Install the snap ring for the bearing thrust washers
and needle thrust bearing. The ring goes into the
lowest of the three grooves in the shaft.
RCPH07CCH061AAA 32
34. Install the snap ring for the piston return belleville
washers. This ring goes into the second groove on
the shaft.
RCPH07CCH060AAA 33
35. Install the eight piston return belleville springs. The

concave side of the first spring must be facing up, the
second facing down. Continue to alternate.
RCPH07CCH030BAA 34
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 306
RCPH07CCH029BAA 35
37. Install the final belleville spring concave side up or

towards the piston.
RCPH07CCH028BAA 36
38. Install the retaining ring onto the shaft along with spe-
cial tool CAS1903-5 – spring compression sleeve.
RCPH07CCH093AAA 37
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 307
39. Install special tool CAS1903-3 – compression sleeve

with notch – over the shaft. Use a hydraulic press to
press the compression sleeves down. The snap ring
will slip into the groove on the shaft.
RCPH07CCH094AAA 38
40. Remove the special tools. Check that the snap ring
is properly seated in the groove.
RCPH07CCH095AAA 39
41. Install the clutch plate snap ring on top of the gear.
RCPH07CCH038BAA 40
42. Install the backing plate. The flat side of the plate
must be facing up.
RCPH07CCH039BAA 41
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 308
43. Install a friction plate.

to installation.
RCPH07CCH096AAA 42
44. Install a separator plate. Install the remaining 10 fric-

tion plates and 10 separator plates, alternating the
plates.
NOTICE: Whenever the clutch pack is disassembled, new
friction plates must be installed.
RCPH07CCH097AAA 43
45. Install the medium range clutch plate carrier onto the
shaft, open end facing down. Align holes between
shaft and carrier. Carefully press the carrier on over
the friction and separator plates.
NOTE: The oil gallery hole in the shaft must be aligned with
the hole in the carrier.
RCPH07CCH098AAA 44
46. Turn the shaft assembly over and move the snap ring
into the groove in the carrier.
RCPH07CCH099AAA 45
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 309
47. Install the low range drive gear.
RCPH07CCH100AAA 46
48. Install the bearing cone with the larger outside di-
ameter side of the bearing cone facing down. Press
the bearing with approximately 22250 N (5000 lb) of
force to compress the belleville washers and prop-
erly seat the bearing.
NOTE: Do not press on bearing cage.
49. Install four new seal rings (1) on the front end of the
shaft.
RCPH07CCH055AAA 47
Next operation:
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 310
Shaft Range countershaft - Disassemble

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Prior operation:
1. Put the counter shaft on a clean work bench.
RCPH07CCH102AAA 1
2. Use a puller to remove the constant mesh gear and

the rear bearing cone.
RCPH07CCH103AAA 2
3. Remove the gear spacer.
RCPH07CCH104AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 311
4. Remove the high range driven gear.
RCPH07CCH105AAA 4
5. Remove the medium range driven gear from the car-

rier.
RCPH07CCH106AAA 5
6. Remove the snap ring for the medium range driven

gear.
RCPH07CCH107AAA 6
7. Turn the shaft assembly over and use a hydraulic

press to push the shaft through the remaining parts.
NOTE: To prevent shaft damage, be prepared to catch the
shaft once it is pressed through the assembly.
RCPH07CCH108AAA 7
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 312
8. Remove the front bearing cone and front bearing

cone spacer.
RCPH07CCH109AAA 8

dle thrust bearing.
RCPH07CCH110AAA 9
10. Remove the four seal rings from the hub on the gear
(two rings in each of two grooves).
RCPH07CCH111AAA 10
11. Turn the low range driven gear and clutch plate car-
rier over and remove the snap ring.
RCPH07CCH112AAA 11
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 313
12. Carefully turn the assembly over and remove the

backing, friction, and separator plates.
RCPH07CCH113AAA 12
RCPH07CCH114AAA 13
14. Remove the bearing spacer.
RCPH07CCH115AAA 14
RCPH07CCH116AAA 15
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 314
dle thrust bearing.
RCPH07CCH117AAA 16
17. Remove the snap ring as follows:

sleeve with notch – over the shaft and on top
of the piston return belleville springs.
B. Position the notch in the compression sleeve
C. Compress the belleville springs with a hy-
draulic press and remove the snap ring.
RCPH07CCH118AAA 17
dle thrust bearing.
RCPH07CCH119AAA 18
19. Remove three piston return belleville springs.
RCPH07CCH120AAA 19
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 315
20. Remove the lube oil management ring.
RCPH07CCH121AAA 20

RCPH07CCH122AAA 21
22. Use a puller to remove the roller bearing from the rear
end of the shaft.
RCPH07CCH123AAA 22
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 316
Shaft Range countershaft - Assemble

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
1. Check that all the oil passages in the shaft are open.
RCPH07CCH125AAA 1
2. Install the bearing inside the shaft with the numbers

on the bearing facing outward.
RCPH07CCH126AAA 2
3. Press the bearing to a depth of 20.64 mm (0.81 in).
RCPH07CCH040BAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 317
4. Install the eight piston return belleville springs as

shown.
RCPH07CCH122AAA 4
RCPH07CCH121AAA 5
6. Install the final three piston return belleville springs

as shown.
NOTICE: The concave side of the first washer must face
downward.
RCPH07CCH120AAA 6
7. Install the needle thrust bearing and the two bearing

thrust washers.
NOTICE: The needle bearing must be between the two
bearing thrust washers.
RCPH07CCH119AAA 7
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 318
8. Install the snap ring and belleville springs as follows:

A. Install the snap ring on the shaft.
B. Install special tool CAS1903-3 – compression
sleeve with notch – over the shaft and snap
ring.
C. Position the notch in the compression sleeve
D. Compress belleville springs with a hydraulic
press.
E. Install the snap ring in the groove.
RCPH07CCH118AAA 8
9. Install the snap ring for the medium range driven

gear.
RCPH07CCH127AAA 9
10. Install a new seal ring on the medium range driven

gear. Install the gear on the shaft.
RCPH07CCH106AAA 10
11. Install the high range driven gear.
RCPH07CCH105AAA 11
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 319
12. Install the gear spacer.
RCPH07CCH104AAA 12
13. Install the constant mesh gear (1). Install the bear-
ing cone. The larger outside diameter of the bear-
ing cone must face downward. Press the bearing in
place to be sure the bearing is properly seated.
NOTE: Do not press on the bearing cage.
RCPH07CCH128AAA 13
14. Turn the shaft assembly over. Install the needle

thrust bearing and the two bearing thrust washers.
NOTICE: The needle thrust bearing must be between the
two bearing thrust washers.
RCPH07CCH129AAA 14
15. Remove the clutch piston from the clutch plate car-
rier. If necessary, hit the low range driven gear and
clutch plate carrier against a wooden block to remove
the clutch piston.
RCPH07CCH130AAA 15
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 320
16. Remove and discard the teflon ring (1) and O-ring (2)
from the carrier and piston.
RCPH07CCH131AAA 16
17. Install a new O-ring in the groove, and then install

a new teflon ring over the O-ring in the carrier and
piston.
RCPH07CCH132AAA 17
18. Apply a thin cost of petroleum jelly on the teflon rings.
RCPH07CCH133AAA 18
19. Install the clutch piston into the carrier by hand. The
flat side of the piston must be down.
RCPH07CCH134AAA 19
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 321
20. Install two new seal rings – a teflon seal (1) and metal
ring (2) – in each groove on the hub of the gear.
RCPH07CCH136AAA 20
21. Install the reaction plate (thicker separator plate).
RCPH07CCH137AAA 21

to installation.
RCPH07CCH138AAA 22
23. Install separator plates as follows:

A. Install a separator plate.
B. Install the remaining 14 friction plates and 13
separator plates, alternating the plates.
RCPH07CCH139AAA 23
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 322
24. Install the backing plate with the flat side of the plate
facing downward.
RCPH07CCH140AAA 24
25. Install the snap ring into the groove on the carrier.
RCPH07CCH141AAA 25
26. Install the low range driven gear and clutch pack as-
sembly onto the shaft. The gear end of the carrier
must be facing upward. The teeth on the medium
gear hub align with the friction plate teeth. Slight os-
cillation of the low range driven gear will help with the
installation. Be sure the hub passes through all the
friction plates.
RCPH07CCH142AAA 26
27. Install a caged bearing spacer and caged bearing.
RCPH07CCH143AAA 27
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 323
28. Install the needle thrust bearing and the two bearing
thrust washers.
NOTICE: The needle bearing must be between the two
bearing thrust washers.
RCPH07CCH144AAA 28
29. Install the bearing spacer.
RCPH07CCH145AAA 29
30. Install the front bearing cone so that the larger out-
side diameter of the bearing cone is facing down-
ward. Use a hydraulic press to install the bearing so
that the bearing is properly seated.
NOTICE: The tool used to press the bearing must not con-
tact the end of the shaft. Do not press on the bearing cage.
RCPH07CCH146AAA 30
Next operation:
Next operation:
MFD input shaft and clutch - Disassemble (D.14.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 324
Clutch and gear Master clutch - Remove

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Split - Range transmission to rear frame (C.20.E)
1. Mount the transmission on an engine stand –

OEM4314 or equivalent.
RCPH07CCH015BAA 1
2. Remove the speed sensor.
RCPH07CCH016BAA 2
3. Remove the range valve block.
RCPH07CCH017BAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 325
4. Remove the plate for the range valve block.
RCPH07CCH028AAA 4
5. Remove the feeder tubes.
RCPH07CCH029AAA 5
6. Remove the large, internal snap ring from the master

clutch.
RCPH07CCH030AAA 6
7. Remove the clutch backing plates.
RCPH07CCH031AAA 7
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 326
8. Remove the clutch hub.
RCPH07CCH032AAA 8
9. Remove 9 friction plates and 9 separator plates.
RCPH07CCH033AAA 9
10. Mark the master clutch for reassembly. Remove the

snap ring that secures the master clutch to the range
input shaft.
RCPH07CCH034AAA 10
11. Remove the master clutch carrier assembly, includ-

ing the clutch piston and return springs.
RCPH07CCH035AAA 11
Next operation:
Next operation:
Clutch and gear Master clutch - Disassemble (C.20.E)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 327
Clutch and gear Master clutch - Disassemble

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
1. Use a bridge and hydraulic press to compress the

spring retainer plate. Remove the snap ring from the
clutch carrier.
RCPH07CCH051AAA 1
2. Release the press and remove the spring retainer

plate.
RCPH07CCH022BAA 2
3. Remove the 16 springs from the clutch piston.
RCPH07CCH023BAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 328
4. Remove the piston from the clutch carrier.
RCPH07CCH052AAA 4
Next operation:
Clutch and gear Master clutch - Inspect (C.20.E)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 329
Clutch and gear Master clutch - Inspect

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Clutch and gear Master clutch - Disassemble (C.20.E)
1. Inspect the seals and replace if required:

A. Inspect the seals on the clutch carrier.
B. If required, remove and discard both seals and
the O-rings beneath them.
C. Install new O-rings and seals.
D. Lubricate the seals with a light coat of petro-
leum jelly.
RCPH07CCH024BAA 1
2. Check the clutch springs with a spring compression

tester. Replace the springs if they do not meet either
specification:
• Free length of 35.82 mm (1.41 in),
• Compression to 23.12 mm (0.91 in) at 111.25
N (25 lb).
NOTE: Do not compress these springs beyond 23.12 mm
(0.91 in).
RCPH07CCH053AAA 2
Next operation:
Clutch and gear Master clutch - Assemble (C.20.E)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 330
Clutch and gear Master clutch - Assemble

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Clutch and gear Master clutch - Inspect (C.20.E)
NOTE: Refer to Clutch and gear Master clutch - Exploded view (C.20.E).
1. Install the clutch piston into the clutch carrier. Care-
fully push the clutch piston down over the lubricated
seals.
RCPH07CCH054AAA 1
2. Install the 16 springs.
RCPH07CCH023BAA 2
3. Install the spring retainer plate. Be sure the spring

locators in the plate engage each spring.
RCPH07CCH022BAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 331
4. Use a bridge and hydraulic press to compress the

springs. Install the snap ring in the groove in the
clutch carrier
RCPH07CCH051AAA 4
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 332
Clutch and gear Master clutch - Install

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Shaft assembly Shaft - End play - Range transmission (C.20.E)
1. Align the master clutch carrier fill hole with the input
shaft fill hole. Use the alignment marks made during
disassembly to properly align the clutch carrier. In-
stall the clutch carrier on the input shaft.
NOTE: The master clutch carrier assembly must be in-
dexed correctly on the input shaft.
RCPH07CCH035AAA 1
2. Install the snap ring that fastens the clutch carrier to

the input shaft.
RCPH07CCH034AAA 2
3. Install a new seal ring into the hub assembly. Lubri-

cate the seal ring with petroleum jelly.
RCPH07CCH234AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 333
4. Lubricate a new seal with petroleum jelly and install

the seal on the outside of the hub. Install the hub
assembly into the clutch carrier.
RCPH07CCH032AAA 4
5. Install a separator plate into the master clutch.
RCPH07CCH235AAA 5
6. Install a new friction plate into the master clutch. In-

stall the remaining eight separator plates and eight
friction plates, alternating the plates.
to installation.
RCPH07CCH236AAA 6
7. Install the clutch backing plate.
RCPH07CCH237AAA 7
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 334
8. Install the snap ring into the master clutch carrier.
RCPH07CCH030AAA 8
9. Lubricate new O-rings with petroleum jelly and install

the O-rings on the feeder tubes. Install the feeder
tubes.
RCPH07CCH029AAA 9
10. Install a new gasket, and install the mounting plate

for the range valve block.
RCPH07CCH028AAA 10
11. Install a new gasket, and install the range valve

block.
RCPH07CCH017BAA 11
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 335
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Join - Range transmission to rear frame (C.20.E)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 336
Clutch and gear Master clutch - Pressure test

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Special Tools: A 2758 kPa (400 psi) pressure gauge with an extension hose long enough to reach into the cab is
required for this test.

• Connect a 2758 kPa (400 psi) pressure gauge
to the diagnostic port for the master clutch.
• Turn the Diff Lock switch Off.
• Start the tractor and operate the engine at low
idle.
•
and people.
RCPH07CCH248AAA 1
2. Record the master clutch pressure:

A. Select first gear using the gear selection
switch.
B. Press and hold the inching pedal to the floor.
Move the transmission control to Forward.
C. Observe the pressure gauge as the pedal is
slowly released: gauge pressure should in-
crease gradually.
D. Expected pressure at the gauge with the pedal
fully raised and the tractor moving is 2240 -
2448 kPa (325 - 355 psi).
E. • If the reading is below the range, perform
the regulated system pressure test. See
Tandem gear pump Regulated pres-
sure - Pressure test (A.10.A).
• If the reading is within range, continue
with Step 3.
3. Check for the following:
• Check for active fault codes in the transmission
controller. Use the troubleshooting in this man-
ual to resolve the problem.
• Inspect the inching valve modulator spool and
modulator piston. Both must move freely within
the valve bore. See Control valve Inching
valve - Remove (C.20.E).
• Master clutch is leaking. See Clutch and gear
Master clutch - Remove (C.20.E).
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 337
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Troubleshooting

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Tractor does not Master clutch incorrectly indexed on the See Clutch and gear Master clutch - Dis-
move after master shaft. assemble (C.20.E).
clutch repair or range
transmission repair
(master clutch pressure
within specifications).
Low range clutch Bearing on range counter shaft was not in- See Shaft Range countershaft - Disas-
pressure loss after range stalled correctly: the belleville spring was semble (C.20.E).
transmission repair – not compressed during installation.
within first 200 hours.
Distributor hub and/or seal ring area dam- See Shaft Range countershaft - Disas-
aged during repair. semble (C.20.E).
Tractor has three sets of Medium/high clutch is incorrectly indexed See Shaft Range input shaft - Disassem-
1-6 gears/shift speeds on the shaft. ble (C.20.E).
after range transmission
repair.
Tractor moves in reverse The reverse/5th clutch hub is installed See Shaft Speed output shaft - Disas-
when shifted into 5th, backward on the shaft. semble (C.20.E).
6th, 11th or 12th gear
after speed transmission
repair.
Odd gears are even The odd/even clutch is installed backward. See Shaft Speed countershaft - Dis-
and even gears are odd assemble - With creep option (C.20.E)
after speed transmission for tractors with creeper option and Shaft
repair. Speed countershaft - Disassemble -
Without creep option (C.20.E) for tractors
without the creeper option.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 338
Command Control lever - Testing - FNR/FNRP module

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Check Action Action
Measure voltage between cavity 4 Go to Step 4. Go to Step 2.
on the FNR module connector and
chassis ground.
Check Locate and repair the open circuit Go to Step 3.
Measure voltage between pin 1 of in wire 4A (B) between cavity 1 of
connector 51M and chassis ground. connector 51F and cavity 4 on the
FNR module connector.
Measure the voltage between cavity 12 V. No voltage.
2 of connector 161F at the ignition Action Action
switch and chassis ground. Locate and repair the open circuit in Perform the ignition switch power
wire 623A (W) between cavity 2 of supply and ignition switch tests: see
connector 161F at the ignition switch Start control Start switch - Testing
and pin 1 of connector 51M. - Ignition switch power (B.80.A)
and Start control Start switch -
Testing - Ignition switch (B.80.A).
Put the transmission in Park. 12 V. No voltage.
Check Action Action
Measure voltage between cavity 5 Circuits are operating properly. Test the FNR module and park po-
at the FNR module connector and sition switch. Use the procedure for
chassis ground. Fault code TRANS 51; see TRANS
51-FNR pod indicates forward OR
reverse is on when park is on
(C.20.E).
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 339
Index
POWER TRAIN - C

Accumulator - Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Accumulator - General specification Regulated pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Accumulator - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Accumulator - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Clutch and gear Master clutch - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Clutch and gear Master clutch - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Clutch and gear Master clutch - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Clutch and gear Master clutch - Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Clutch and gear Master clutch - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Clutch and gear Master clutch - Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Clutch and gear Master clutch - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Clutch and gear Master clutch - Service limits - Clutch spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Command - Adjust - Inching pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Command Control lever - Install - FNR lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Command Control lever - Remove - FNR lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Command Control lever - Testing - FNR/FNRP module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Command Gear select switch - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Command Gear select switch - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve Inching valve - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve Inching valve - Component identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve Inching valve - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve Inching valve - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve Inching valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve Inching valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve Odd/even control valve - Component identification - With creep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Control valve Odd/even control valve - Component identification - Without creep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Control valve Odd/even control valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve Odd/even control valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve Range control valve - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve Range control valve - Component identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve Range control valve - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve Range control valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 340
Control valve Range control valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve Speed control valve - Component identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve Speed control valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve Speed control valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft assembly - Exploded view - Speed transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft assembly - Exploded view Range transmission cover bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft assembly - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft assembly - Install - Range transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft assembly - Install - Speed transmission without creep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft assembly - Remove - Range transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft assembly - Remove - Speed transmission with creep option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft assembly - Remove - Speed transmission without creep option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft assembly - Sectional view - Speed transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft assembly Clutch - Test - Speed transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft assembly Shaft - End play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft assembly Shaft - End play - Range transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft Range countershaft - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft Range countershaft - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft Range countershaft - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft Range input shaft - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft Range input shaft - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft Range input shaft - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft Range input shaft - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft Speed countershaft - Assemble - With creep option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft Speed countershaft - Assemble - Without creep option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft Speed countershaft - Disassemble - With creep option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft Speed countershaft - Disassemble - Without creep option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft Speed countershaft - Exploded view - With creeper option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft Speed countershaft - Exploded view - Without creeper option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft Speed input shaft - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft Speed input shaft - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft Speed input shaft - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft Speed input shaft - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft Speed output shaft - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft Speed output shaft - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft Speed output shaft - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft Speed output shaft - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Component identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Dynamic description - Forward creeper gears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 341
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Dynamic description - Forward standard gears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Dynamic description - Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Dynamic description - Neutral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Dynamic description - Reverse creeper gears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Dynamic description - Reverse standard gears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Join - Front frame to speed transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Join - Range transmission to rear frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Join - Speed to range transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Leakage test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Leakage test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
T8050
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Service limits - Range transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Special tools - Front frame to speed transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Special tools - Range transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Special tools - Speed transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Split - Front frame to speed transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Split - Range transmission to rear frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Split - Speed to range transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Torque - Front frame to speed transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Torque - Range transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Torque - Speed transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
C.20.E / 342
POWER TRAIN - C
REAR PTO Hydraulic - 40.C
T8010
T8020
T8030
T8040
T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 1
Contents
POWER TRAIN - C
TECHNICAL DATA
Control valve
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Service limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
PTO clutch
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
FUNCTIONAL DATA
REAR PTO Hydraulic
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft assembly
Output shaft - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Output shaft - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
PTO clutch
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
SERVICE
Clutch command
Cab switch - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Cab switch - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 2
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft assembly
Output shaft - Remove - Single speed reversible PTO shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Output shaft - Install - Single speed reversible PTO shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Output shaft - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Output shaft - Remove - Dual speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Output shaft - Disassemble - Dual speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Output shaft - Assemble - Dual speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Output shaft - Install - Dual speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Remove - Single speed non reversible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Disassemble - Single speed non reversible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Assemble - Single speed non reversible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install - Single speed non reversible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Adjust - Single speed non reversible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Gear
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
PTO clutch
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Housing
Remove - Duel speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Disassemble - Dual speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Assemble - Dual speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install - Dual speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 3
Cover
Remove - Dual speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Disassemble - Dual speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Assemble - Dual speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install - Dual speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
DIAGNOSTIC
PTO clutch
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 4
POWER TRAIN - REAR PTO Hydraulic
Control valve - Torque

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Component N·m Identification lb-ft/lb in

Solenoid valve nut 5 - 8 Nm 4 - 6 lb ft
Plug 34 - 54 Nm 25 - 40 lb ft
Solenoid cartridge 12 - 18 Nm 9 - 13 lb ft
Valve mounting bolts 41 - 46 Nm 30 - 34 lb ft
Control valve - Service limits

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Modulation spring (smaller) free length 39.17 mm (1.542 in)

Modulation spring load test Replace the modulation spring if it compresses to a
height of less than 39.17 mm (1.542 in) with a test load
of 136.5 N (30.7 lb) ± 13.66 N (3.07 lb).
Preload spring (larger) free length 98.39 mm (3.873 in)
Preload spring load test Replace the preload spring if it compresses to a height of
less than 47.52 mm (1.871 in) with a test load of 106.75
N (30.7 lb) ± 10.68 N (3.07 lb).
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 5
PTO clutch - Torque

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Component Nm Identification lb ft/lb in

Clutch cover bolts 490 - 550 361 - 406 lb
Nm ft
RCPH07CCH772BBC 1
Output shaft housing bolts 90 - 100 Nm 66 - 74 lb ft

Driven gear bearing cage 51 - 58 Nm 38 - 43 lb ft
bolts
Manifold plate mounting bolts 51 - 58 Nm 38 - 43 lb ft
RCPH07CCH769BBC 2
Clutch assembly mounting 51 - 58 Nm 38 - 43 lb ft

bolts
RCPH07CCH741BBC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 6
Component Nm Identification lb ft/lb in

PTO speed sensor 16 - 22 Nm 12 - 16 lb ft
RCPH07CCH769BBC 4
PTO clutch - Special tools

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Clutch brake spring compressor – 380002454

Compression sleeve with notches used to compress
belleville springs during clutch repair.
RCPH07SPT006BAA 1
Guide pins – CAS1995-6

This tool is used to align components for installation and
removal.
RCPH07SPT061AAA 2
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 7
REAR PTO Hydraulic - Dynamic description

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
System components
The PTO system consists of the PTO switch, engine RPM speed circuit, PTO shaft speed circuit, dual speed sensor,
PTO control valve, PTO clutch, PTO functions within the tractor multi function (TMF) controller, armrest control mod-
ule, and instrument controller (through the data bus).
The PTO switch provides the operator interface with the
system. The switch has a yellow cover for easy identifi-
cation. To activate the PTO, pull the switch rearward and
lift at the same time. To stop the PTO, move the top of the
control switch rearward and down.
NOTE: The PTO Off command (open circuit) is sent to
the armrest controller (PTO off switch is hard wired to the
same), then relayed to the tractor multi function (TMF)
controller via the data bus. The PTO On command (B+
contact closed) is sent to the tractor multi function con-
troller directly (PTO On switch is hard wired to the same).
If both switch contact signals are present at the same time,
the tractor multi function controller deactivates the PTO
valve and declares a switch circuit fault.
RCPH07CCH376AAA 1
The engine RPM speed circuit is used by the tractor multi function (TMF) controller to control clutch engagement and
modulation (clutch engagement rate) and to monitor clutch slip percentage. This allows smooth engagement and
stops PTO operation if the clutch slips at an excessive rate. Engine RPM is calculated by the tractor multi function
(TMF) controller using a signal from the alternator (W terminal).
PTO shaft speed (reported by the sensor) is used in conjunction with engine RPM by the tractor multi function (TMF)
controller to control clutch modulation (clutch engagement rate) and to monitor clutch slip percentage. This allows
smooth engagement and stops PTO operation if the clutch slips at an excessive rate. Shaft speed is calculated by the
tractor multi function (TMF) controller from a sensor signal. The sensor is located in the top cover of the rear frame
When a dual speed PTO is present, the dual speed sensor is used by the tractor multi function (TMF) controller to
determine the PTO shaft speed. This sensor is located on the bearing support for PTO output shaft.
The PTO/differential lock control valve directs regulated supply circuit oil from the priority regulator valve to/from the
PTO clutch, based on operator commands and information gathered by the tractor multi function (TMF) controller.
This valve also controls the amount of lubrication oil which is directed to the PTO clutch. Increased lubrication oil is
supplied to the PTO clutch whenever the clutch is engaging or totally engaged. The PTO valve is mounted externally
on top of the rear frame transmission housing.
The PTO clutch is a hydraulically actuated, multiple disc, wet clutch located at the back of the rear frame transmission
housing. Access to the PTO clutch is gained by removing the hitch upper link mounting plate. When the PTO switch
is activated, hydraulic pressure is applied to the PTO clutch piston from the control valve. This pressure locks the
discs together. The PTO clutch has the necessary capacity and lubrication to provide for modulated engagements of
typical PTO powered implements.
The tractor multi function (TMF) controller supplies current to the PTO valve solenoid to activate the clutch based
on commands from the operator (PTO switch) and signals supplied to it from the PTO shaft speed sensor during
modulation and operation. The tractor multi function (TMF) controller communicates with other controllers via the
data bus to monitor PTO clutch slip and control modulation. PTO system fault codes are stored in the non-volatile
memory (memory is maintained even if the battery is disconnected) of the tractor multi function (TMF) controller. The
engine hours at which the fault occurred is available though the electronic service tool (EST) and stored with the
associated code.
PTO information is sent to the tractor instrumentation and relayed to the tractor multi function (TMF) controller. Oper-
ator, diagnostic and programming information are communicated between the tractor multi function (TMF) controller
and the tractor instrumentation by way of the data bus. The tractor instrumentation displays icons and messages to
notify the operator which PTO systems are activated.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 8
Operating Modes
The PTO control system operates in one of four sequential modes based on operator commands and the signals
received from the other tractor systems: fill, modulation, ramp and On. In addition to the sequential modes, the
tractor multi function controller conducts a hardware reset and self test and transmits controller status and data on
the data bus within a specific time frame to insure proper operation after start up.
When the PTO switch is moved to the Off position, the PTO clutch is deactivated. The Off signal is sent to the armrest
controller and communicated to the tractor multi function controller through the data bus.
The PTO switch On signal is hard wired to the tractor multi function controller. When the PTO switch is moved to the
On position, the PTO enters Fill mode. Fill mode is the duration when the PTO circuit is activated but there is no shaft
speed. When shaft speed is detected, the PTO enters modulation mode.
As the PTO shaft begins to rotate, the PTO enters Modulation mode. During modulation mode, amperage to the PTO
valve solenoid coil is increased gradually to control the slip rate of the PTO output shaft. Current supplied to the PTO
proportional current control solenoid is increased until the PTO clutch is filled.
Ramp mode begins at the completion of the modulation mode. The tractor multi function controller increases the
current supplied to the PTO proportional control solenoid at a constant rate until target coil current is reached. Target
coil current is large enough to saturate the solenoid coil. At the end of ramp mode, the controller activates excessive
slip detection.
PTO lock up occurs when the PTO clutch slips 2 % or less for a period of 100 milliseconds. If the PTO does not
lock up within a period of 6 seconds from the time of activation, the controller shuts off current supply to the control
solenoid and flashes the PTO output lamp. An excessive slip fault code is stored in controller memory. Turning the
PTO switch from On to Off to On again may re-initiate the sequence.
If the controller detects excessive slip, the controller shuts off current supply to the control solenoid and flashes PTO
output lamp. An excessive slip fault code is stored in controller memory. Turning the PTO switch from On to Off to
On again may re-initiate the sequence. Excessive slip is defined as one of the following:
1. Slip is greater than 15 % for 100 milliseconds continuously.
2. Slip of 3 - 15 % for a period of 2 seconds continuously.
3. Slip is greater than 3 % for 100 milliseconds continuously and then increases to more than 15 % for 10 milliseconds
continuously.
If the PTO frequency signal is not been detected by the tractor multi function controller after 6 seconds from activation,
the controller shuts off current supply to the PTO control solenoid output and flashes the PTO output lamp. A fault
code is stored in controller memory. Turning the PTO switch from On to Off to On again may re-initiate the sequence.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 9
PTO control valve

The PTO/differential lock valve is a closed center valve
supplying regulated circuit pressure to the PTO and dif-
ferential lock control circuits. Regulated circuit oil is sup-
plied to the PTO valve through the priority/regulator valve.
Pressure is regulated to approximately 2240 - 2450 kPa
(325 - 355 psi) and can be adjusted if required.
The PTO solenoid (1) is controlled by a switch located on

the armrest console. The switch communicates directly
with the tractor multi function controller to supply current
to the solenoid cartridge valve. The valve supplies reg-
ulated pressure to the PTO clutch based on commands
from the operator (PTO switch) and signals supplied to it
from the engine RPM circuit, PTO shaft speed sensor, and
dual shaft speed sensor. The PTO clutch is energized by
hydraulic pressure.
When the PTO switch is turned Off, the PTO cartridge

valve is de-energized and is shifted to a neutral position.
This blocks the regulated supply to the top of the modu-
lation piston and drains this area to tank. Regulated sup-
ply is also lost at the bottom of the modulator spool. The
outer modulator spring pushes the modulator piston back
up against the plug as the inner modulator spool lifts the
modulator spool.
When the PTO switch is turned On, the tractor multi func-
tion controller sends a fixed current signal to the PTO
valve solenoid. The valve spool shifts, metering oil to RCPH07CCH085BAA 2
the top of the modulator piston (2). As pressure builds
the piston moves down against the force of both the inner
and outer modulator springs (3) (4). As the piston moves
down, the center stem of the piston moves into the bore
of the modulator spool (5). The piston assembly does not
directly shift the modulator spool. The inner modulator
spring force begins to shift the modulator spool. As the
modulator spool begins to move, the metered lubrication
oil supply to the PTO clutch is increased to prevent clutch
wear as the clutch is gradually engaged.
As the modulator spool shifts down, it simultaneously

blocks the PTO clutch return and begins increasing the
clutch supply pressure. Pressure available to the clutch is
also ported through cross drilled and end drilled holes to
the bottom of the modulator spool. The balance between
the increasing inner modulator spring force against the
increasing clutch pressure causes pressure to gradually
increase. The engagement time for the PTO can range
from approximately 2-6 seconds and is completely con-
trolled by the controller based on monitored conditions
(load, engine RPM, PTO shaft RPM).
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 10
Control valve - Exploded view

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCPH07CCH003HAE 1
1. Differential lock solenoid 5. Modulator spool 9. Modulation spring

2. Cartridge 6. Steel ball 10. Preload spring
3. O-ring 7. Modulator piston pin 11. Modulation piston
4. PTO solenoid 8. Retainer sleeve 12. Body
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 11
Control valve - Sectional view

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Differential lock solenoid

2. Cartridge
3. PTO solenoid
4. Modulator spool
5. Steel ball
6. Modulator piston pin
7. Retainer sleeve
8. Modulating spring
9. Preload spring
10. Modulation piston
RCPH07CCH001CAE 1
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 12
Shaft assembly Output shaft - Exploded view

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCPH07CCH655GBC 1
1. Oil shield cover 7. Shims 13. Bearing cone

2. Retaining clip 8. Bearing cage 14. Cover
3. PTO driven gear 9. Bolt, M10 x 30 15. Bolt
4. Bearing 10. Washer 16. Oil seal
5. Bearing cup 11. Transmission sleeve 17. Reversible output shaft
6. Oil shield 12. Bearing 18. Quick coupler
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 13
Shaft assembly Output shaft - Sectional view

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCPH07CCH656FBC 1
1. Output shaft, reversible 7. Bearing cup 13. Bolt, M12 x 45

2. Bolt, M10 x 30 8. Shims 14. Housing cover
3. Washer 9. Driven gear oil shield 15. Quick disconnect coupler
4. Driven gear bearing cage 10 Oil shield cover 16. Output shaft sleeve
5. Driven gear 11. Oil shield retaining cup
6. Bearing 12. Apply Loctite® as required
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 14
PTO clutch - Exploded view

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCPH07CCH654GBC 1
1. Counter shaft 14. Bearing cone 27. Brake disc pusher

2. PTO drive shaft 15. Bearing cup 28. Snap ring
3. Retaining ring 16. Bearing cage 29. Clutch backing disc
4. Thrust washer 17. Seal ring 30. Separator disc
5. Thrust bearing 18. Bearing cup 31. Friction disc
6. Needle bearing 19. Bearing cone 32. Piston
7. Needle bearing support ring 20. Spacer 33. O-ring
8. Belleville springs 21. PTO drive gear 34. Seal ring
9. Jumper tube 22. Spring 35. Sealing ring
10. O-ring 23. Plate 36. O-ring
11. Retaining ring 24. Brake disc 37. Carrier
12. Spacer 25. Brake adjuster pin 38. Retaining ring
13. Shim pack 26. Clip
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 15
PTO clutch - Sectional view

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCPH07CCH781GBC 1
1. Speed sensor 11. Needle bearing thrust washer 21. Clutch carrier
2. PTO manifold plate 12. Needle thrust bearing 22. Clutch baking disc
3. Jumper tube 13. Bolt M10 x 30 23. Brake pusher disc
4. PTO drive shaft assembly 14. Needle bearing 24. PTO brake holder plate
5. PTO intermediate drive shaft 15. Needle bearing support ring 25. PTO brake friction plate
6. Tapper roller bearing/cone 16. MFD clutch separator disc 26. Brake apply disc spring
7. PTO counter shaft retainer ring 17. MFD clutch friction disc 27. PTO drive gear
8. Shim pack 18. Belleville spring 28. Brake adjuster pin assembly
9. PTO drive gear bearing cage 19. Retainer ring
10. MFD clutch bearing spacer 20. Piston
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 16
Clutch command Cab switch - Remove

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Console Front console - Remove (E.32.A)
1. Place the armrest on a clean work surface. Remove

the six socket head screws (1) securing the lower
cover. Remove the cover.
RCPH08CCH073AAB 1
2. Disconnect the harness connector for the PTO switch

from the control board.
RCPH07CCH610BBC 2
3. Unscrew the PTO switch control knob from the

switch. Set aside for later reinstallation.
RCPH07CCH618BBC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 17
4. Remove the lock nut, and remove the switch.
RCPH07CCH617BBC 4
Next operation:
Clutch command Cab switch - Install (C.40.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 18
Clutch command Cab switch - Install

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Clutch command Cab switch - Remove (C.40.C)
1. Install the PTO switch in the armrest console. Install

the lock nut and tighten.
NOTE: Do not over tighten the nut or damage to the switch
may occur.
RCPH07CCH617BBC 1
2. Reinstall the knob on the switch.
RCPH07CCH618BBC 2
3. Connect the switch connector to the control board.
RCPH07CCH610BBC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 19
4. Install the lower armrest cover and secure with the

six socket head screws (1) removed earlier.
RCPH08CCH073AAB 4
Next operation:
Console Front console - Install (E.32.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 20
Control valve - Remove

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
NOTE: Clean the surface of the PTO valve and all tube connections before doing any service work. Tag tube and
electrical connections. Cap or plug all open hydraulic connections.
1. Disconnect the tube from the valve inlet.
NOTE: Depending on tractor equipment, additional hy-
draulic tubes which cross the top of the valve may have to
be removed.
RCPH07CCH033AAE 1
2. Disconnect the tubes from the lube inlet.
RCPH07CCH033AAE 2
3. Disconnect the wire harness from the PTO solenoid.
RCPH07CCH033AAE 3
4. Disconnect the wire harness from the differential lock

solenoid.
RCPH07CCH033AAE 4
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 21
5. Remove the two mounting bolts and remove the

valve from the mounting plate.
RCPH07CCH033AAE 5
Next operation:
Control valve - Disassemble (C.40.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 22
Control valve - Disassemble

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Control valve - Remove (C.40.C)
1. Place the PTO valve on a clean workbench.
RCPH07CCH041BAE 1
2. Remove the plug and PTO modulation spool.
RCPH07CCH026AAE 2
3. Remove the preload spring (1) from the spool assem-

bly. Compress the modulation spring (2) by pressing
on the retaining sleeve (3) and separate the modula-
tor spool (4) from the modulator piston (5). Be careful
not to lose the two steel balls (6) when the assembly
comes apart.
RCPH07CCH045BAE 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 23
4. Remove the PTO solenoid coil with its two O-rings

and the differential lock solenoid from the valve.
RCPH07CCH042BAE 4
5. Remove the valve cartridges from the valve and dis-

card the O-rings.
RCPH07CCH043BAE 5
Next operation:
Control valve - Inspect (C.40.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 24
Control valve - Inspect

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Control valve - Disassemble (C.40.C)
1. Check the two springs for the PTO modulation spool

with a compression tester. Check each spring for
free length and for compressed load force per spec-
ifications in this section.
• The free length of the modulation (smaller)
spring must be 39.17 mm (1.542 in).
• Replace the modulation spring if it compresses
to a height of less than 39.17 mm (1.542 in)
with a test load of 136.5 N (30.7 lb) ± 13.66 N
(3.07 lb).
• The free length of preload (larger) spring must
be 98.39 mm (3.873 in).
• Replace the preload spring if it compresses to
a height of less than 47.52 mm (1.871 in) with
a test load of 106.75 N (30.7 lb) ± 10.68 N (3.07
lb).
RCPH07CCH040BAE 1
2. Inspect the valve spool and piston for heavy wear or

damage. If present, the complete assembly must be
replaced.
3. Replace all O-rings.
4. Clean the valve body with suitable cleaning fluid.
Next operation:
Control valve - Assemble (C.40.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 25
Control valve - Assemble

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Control valve - Inspect (C.40.C)
NOTE: Lubricate spools and cartridges with clean hydraulic fluid during assembly.
1. Install new O-rings on the solenoid cartridges. Install
the cartridges and tighten to a torque of 12.0 - 18.0
Nm (9.0 - 13.0 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH043BAE 1
2. Install two new O-rings on the PTO solenoid coil and

install the coil on the cartridge. Install the differential
lock solenoid on the cartridge. Install the retaining
nuts and tighten to a torque of 5.0 - 8.0 Nm (4.0 - 6.0
lb ft).
NOTE: There are no O-rings on the differential lock sole-
noid.
RCPH07CCH042BAE 2
3. Assemble the modulator piston (1), modulation

spring (2) and retaining sleeve (3). Apply petroleum
jelly to the steel balls (4) and insert the balls in the
bore at the end of the modulator spool (5).
RCPH07CCH034AAE 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 26
4. Press on the retaining sleeve (3) and compress the

modulation spring (2) a small amount. Install the end
of the modulator piston pin into the modulator spool
(5) and release the retaining sleeve (3). Install the
preload spring (6) on the assembly.
RCPH07CCH028AAE 4
5. Install the PTO modulation spool into the valve. In-

stall the plug and tighten to a torque of 34.0 - 54.0
Nm (25.0 - 40.0 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH026AAE 5
Next operation:
Control valve - Install (C.40.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 27
Control valve - Install

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Control valve - Assemble (C.40.C)
1. Apply petroleum jelly to new O-rings and install the

O-rings on the valve mounting plate.
RCPH07CCH030AAE 1
2. Position the valve on the mounting plate. Install the

mounting bolts and tighten to a torque of 41.0 - 46.0
Nm (30.0 - 34.0 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH033AAE 2
3. Connect the wire harness connectors to the differen-

tial lock solenoid (1) and PTO solenoid (2).
RCPH07CCH033AAE 3
4. Connect and tighten the tube to the lube inlet fitting .
RCPH07CCH033AAE 4
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 28
5. Connect and tighten the tube to the valve inlet fitting.
RCPH07CCH033AAE 5
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 29
Shaft assembly Output shaft - Remove - Single speed reversible

PTO shaft
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Remove cotter pin and washer (1). Remove pivot

rod, washers and spring (2). Remove the PTO top
shield (3).
RCPH07CCH772BBC 1
2. Push the quick disconnect coupler (1) to expose the

locking ring (2) and remove the ring.
NOTE: Hitch components and draw bar rear support are
removed for photographic purposes.
RCPH07CCH723BBC 2
3. Remove the coupler.
RCPH07CCH724BBC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 30
4. Remove the four coupler retaining balls.
RCPH07CCH725BBC 4
5. Remove and discard the shaft seal.
RCPH07CCH721BBC 5
6. Remove the eight mounting bolts.
RCPH07CCH728BBC 6
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 31
7. Remove the housing cover. Clean both mounting

surfaces.
RCPH07CCH729BBC 7
8. Remove the output sleeve shaft.

NOTE: If the bearing and cup on the PTO driven gear (1)
require service, see Gear - Remove (C.40.C).
RCPH07CCH730BBC 8
9. Remove the bearing cone from the housing.
RCPH07CCH767ABC 9
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 32
10. Press the bearing from the output sleeve shaft.
RCPH07CCH719BBC 10
Next operation:
Shaft assembly Output shaft - Install - Single speed reversible PTO shaft (C.40.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 33
Shaft assembly Output shaft - Install - Single speed reversible

PTO shaft
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Shaft assembly Output shaft - Remove - Single speed reversible PTO shaft (C.40.C)
1. Press the bearing on the output sleeve shaft. Be sure

the bearing is fully seated.
NOTICE: Do not press on the bearing cage as permanent
damage to the bearing will occur.
RCPH07CCH718BBC 1
2. Press bearing cone into housing so it is fully seated.

NOTICE: Before final reassembly, rolling torque needs to
be checked; see Shaft assembly Output shaft - Adjust
(C.40.C).
RCPH07CCH766ABC 2
3. Apply grease to the splines and install the output

shaft sleeve.
NOTICE: Use only multi-purpose #2 lithium grease grade
251H EP.
RCPH07CCH730BBC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 34
4. Place a bead of Loctite® 515 gasket eliminator

around the sealing surface of the housing cover.
NOTICE: Make sure the Loctite® is applied around each
bolt hole.
RCPH07CCH729BBC 4
5. Install the eight mounting bolts and torque to 95 Nm

(70 lb ft).
NOTICE: Before installing the seal, check the rolling torque
of the output shaft. See Shaft assembly Output shaft -
Adjust (C.40.C).
RCPH07CCH728BBC 5
6. Apply Loctite® 721 to the outside diameter of the seal

and seal bore.
RCPH07CCH722BBC 6
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 35
7. Press the seal in until the face of the seal (1) is 41

mm (1.61 in) from the outer face of the housing (2).
RCPH07CCH721BBC 7
8. Apply petroleum jelly or grease in each hole for the

coupler retainer balls.
RCPH07CCH726BBC 8
9. Install a ball in each of the four holes.
RCPH07CCH725BBC 9
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 36
10. Slide the coupler over the shaft.
RCPH07CCH724BBC 10
11. Push the coupler inward to expose the ring groove

and install the locking ring.
RCPH07CCH723BBC 11
12. Set the PTO top cover (1) in place; install the pivot
rod with washers and spring (2). Install the final
washer with a new cotter pin (3).
RCPH07CCH772BBC 12
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 37
Shaft assembly Output shaft - Adjust

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Install the output shaft sleeve.
RCPH07CCH730BBC 1
2. Install the output shaft cover. Do not apply Loctite®

515 gasket eliminator at this time.
RCPH07CCH729BBC 2
3. Install the mounting bolts and torque to 95 Nm (70 lb

ft). Do not install the seal at this time: rolling torque
measurements are taken without the seal.
RCPH07CCH728BBC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 38
4. To measure rolling torque:

• Install the output shaft (1).
• Place a socket over the end of the output shaft
and rotate the shaft several revolutions in both
directions to seat the bearing.
• Check the rolling torque using a torque wrench.
• The required rolling torque range is 0.23 - 2.03
Nm (2 - 18 lb in).
• • If the torque is too low, disassemble and
add shim(s) to the bearing cage.
• If torque is too high, disassemble and
remove shim(s) from the bearing cage.
• Recheck rolling torque after shim pack thick-
RCPH07CCH727BBC 4
ness is adjusted.
• When the rolling torque is within specification,
remove the PTO output shaft cover and con-
tinue assembly. See Shaft assembly Output
shaft - Install - Single speed reversible PTO
shaft (C.40.C).
NOTE: The proper method for measuring the rolling torque
is to apply a continuous force on the torque wrench and
maintain a slow, constant rotation, then average the torque
wrench readings.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 39
Shaft assembly Output shaft - Remove - Dual speed

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Cover - Remove - Dual speed (C.40.C)
1. PTO shaft assembly is shown after cover removal.
RCPH08CCH380AAB 1
2. Carefully pull the shaft assembly out of the housing.
RCPH08CCH381AAB 2
3. Continue to remove the shaft assembly until it clears

the housing.
NOTICE: Do not allow the shaft gears to scratch the sealing
bore (1) for the bearing support cover. A deep scratch may
cause the O-ring not to seal properly creating an oil leak.
RCPH08CCH382AAB 3
Next operation:
Shaft assembly Output shaft - Disassemble - Dual speed (C.40.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 40
Shaft assembly Output shaft - Disassemble - Dual speed

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Shaft assembly Output shaft - Remove - Dual speed (C.40.C)
1. Remove the thrust bearing washer.
RCPH08CCH064BAB 1
2. Remove the thrust bearing.
RCPH08CCH054BAB 2
3. Remove the thrust bearing washer.
RCPH08CCH055BAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 41
4. Remove the gear assembly.
RCPH08CCH056BAB 4
RCPH08CCH057BAB 5
6. Remove the needle bearing.
RCPH08CCH383AAB 6
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 42
7. Remove the second needle bearing.
RCPH08CCH058BAB 7
8. Remove the snap ring holding the washer and spring

in place.
RCPH08CCH059BAB 8
9. Remove the washer.
RCPH08CCH385AAB 9
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 43
10. Remove the spring.
RCPH08CCH060BAB 10
11. Lift the gear assembly, and then lower the outer gear
to expose the small inner gear.
RCPH08CCH386AAB 11
12. Align the outer gear cutout (1) with the roll pin (2).
RCPH08CCH387AAB 12
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 44
13. Use a roll pin punch (1) to remove the roll pin (2).
RCPH08CCH388AAB 13
14. Remove the inner gear.
RCPH08CCH389AAB 14
15. Remove the outer gear.
RCPH08CCH390AAB 15
16. Remove the needle bearing.
RCPH08CCH391AAB 16
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 45
RCPH08CCH392AAB 17
18. Turn the shaft over, and use a brass drift (1) to drive
the piston to the end of the shaft.
RCPH08CCH061BAB 18
19. Turn the shaft over and remove the piston.
RCPH08CCH393AAB 19
20. Remove the seal (1) from the piston. Discard the
seal.
RCPH08CCH394AAB 20
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 46
21. Place the shaft in a press and press the bearing cone
from the shaft.
NOTE: Be prepared to catch the shaft once the bearing is
freed.
RCPH08CCH395AAB 21
Next operation:
Shaft assembly Output shaft - Assemble - Dual speed (C.40.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 47
Shaft assembly Output shaft - Assemble - Dual speed

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Shaft assembly Output shaft - Disassemble - Dual speed (C.40.C)
1. Place the shaft in a hydraulic press. The bearing,

with the large outer diameter, must face downward
on the shaft. Use an appropriate sleeve to press the
bearing cone until it seats against the flange.
NOTICE: Do not press on the outer race of the bearing.
RCPH08CCH062BAB 1
2. Lubricate a new seal (1) with petroleum jelly, and

install the seal on the piston.
RCPH08CCH394AAB 2
3. Install the piston into the shaft with the seal end (1)
down.
RCPH08CCH393AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 48
4. Install the spacer.
RCPH08CCH392AAB 4
5. Install the needle bearing.
RCPH08CCH391AAB 5
6. Install the outer gear.
RCPH08CCH390AAB 6
7. One of the notches (1) in the gear must align with the
roll pin installation hole in the shaft (2).
RCPH08CCH397AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 49
8. Install the inner gear, with the hole in the gear aligned
with the hole in the shaft.
RCPH08CCH389AAB 8
9. Install the roll pin until it is flush with the inner gear.
RCPH08CCH396AAB 9
10. Install the piston return spring.
RCPH08CCH060BAB 10
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 50
11. Place the piston spring washer over the spring.
RCPH08CCH385AAB 11
12. Place the snap ring over the washer. Press down
on the washer and spring until the snap ring is fully
engaged in the snap ring groove.
RCPH08CCH059BAB 12
13. Install the first needle bearing.
RCPH08CCH058BAB 13
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 51
14. Install the second needle bearing.
RCPH08CCH383AAB 14
15. Install the spacer.
RCPH08CCH057BAB 15
16. Install the gear assembly with the wider gear end (1)
installed first.
RCPH08CCH056BAB 16
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 52
17. Install the thrust bearing washer.
RCPH08CCH055BAB 17
18. Install the thrust bearing.
RCPH08CCH054BAB 18
19. Install the thrust bearing washer.
RCPH08CCH064BAB 19
Next operation:
Shaft assembly Output shaft - Install - Dual speed (C.40.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 53
Shaft assembly Output shaft - Install - Dual speed

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Shaft assembly Output shaft - Assemble - Dual speed (C.40.C)
1. Carefully place the shaft assembly into the housing.

NOTICE: Do not allow the shaft gears to scratch the O-ring
sealing bore (1) for the bearing support cover.
RCPH08CCH382AAB 1
2. Continue to install the shaft assembly.
RCPH08CCH381AAB 2
3. The shaft gears must fully mesh with the housing

gears.
RCPH08CCH380AAB 3
Next operation:
Cover - Install - Dual speed (C.40.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 54
Shaft assembly - Remove - Single speed non reversible

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Disengage the cotter pin (1). Remove the PTO cover

support rod, spacers and spring (2). Remove the
cover (3) and set aside.
RCPH08CCH351AAC 1
NOTE: The following steps will show the PTO guard and hitch support removed for clarity.
2. Remove the eight cover bolts (1).
RCPH09CCH330ABB 2

NOTE: PTO output shaft (1) shown is a dual speed re-
versible. Cover removal is the same.
RCPH07CCH729BBC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 55
4. Remove the output shaft.
RCPH09CCH325ABB 4
5. Remove all sealant from the mounting surface.
RCPH09CCH316ABB 5
6. Remove all sealant from the cover.
RCPH09CCH336ABB 6
Next operation:
Shaft assembly - Disassemble - Single speed non reversible (C.40.C)
Next operation:
If PTO drive gear removal is required, refer to Gear - Remove (C.40.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 56
Shaft assembly - Disassemble - Single speed non reversible

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Shaft assembly - Remove - Single speed non reversible (C.40.C)
1. Place the output shaft on a press. Install the shaft

in an appropriate sized bearing puller. Press on the
shaft to remove the bearing cone (1).
RCPH07CCH719BBC 1
2. Drive the output shaft seal (1) from the housing.
RCPH09CCH336ABB 2
3. Use a puller to remove the bearing cup (1) from the

rear housing.
RCPH07CCH767ABC 3
Next operation:
Shaft assembly - Assemble - Single speed non reversible (C.40.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 57
Shaft assembly - Assemble - Single speed non reversible

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Shaft assembly - Disassemble - Single speed non reversible (C.40.C)
1. Press the bearing cup into the rear housing, using an

appropriate tool (1).
RCPH09CCH337ABB 1
2. Make certain the cup (1) is fully seated.
RCPH09CCH336ABB 2
3. Press on the inner race only (2) with an appropriate

tool (1) to press the bearing cone on the shaft until it
is fully seated.
RCPH09CCH335ABB 3
Next operation:
Shaft assembly - Install - Single speed non reversible (C.40.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 58
Shaft assembly - Install - Single speed non reversible

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Shaft assembly - Assemble - Single speed non reversible (C.40.C)
NOTE: The following steps show the draw bar and PTO frames removed for clarity.
1. Install the output shaft.
RCPH09CCH325ABB 1
2. Install two guide pins (1).
RCPH09CCH326ABB 2
3. Install the rear cover.
RCPH09CCH327ABB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 59
4. Using the eight bolts (1) removed earlier, secure the

cover to the housing. Torque the bolts to 90 - 100
N·m (66.4 - 73.8 lb ft).
RCPH09CCH330ABB 4
5. Check the rolling torque of the output shaft. Refer

to Shaft assembly - Adjust - Single speed non
reversible (C.40.C)
6. Once the proper rolling torque has been established,
remove the cover. Apply a bead of LOCTITE® 515 (1)
around the housing as shown.
RCPH09CCH323ABB 5
7. Apply a bead of LOCTITE® 515 on the bottom half of

the cover (1). Spread with a brush (2).
RCPH09CCH324ABB 6
8. Reinstall the cover with the bolts (1) and torque the
bolts to 90 - 100 N·m (66.4 - 73.8 lb ft).
RCPH09CCH330ABB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 60
9. Install the shaft seal (1) on the shaft.
RCPH09CCH328ABB 8
10. Use a seal driver (1) to install the seal until it is flush
with the cover ± 0.25 mm (0.010 in).
RCPH09CCH329ABB 9
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 61
Shaft assembly - Adjust - Single speed non reversible

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. To measure rolling torque:

• Place a socket over the end of the output shaft
and rotate the shaft several revolutions in each
directions to seat the bearings.
• Check the rolling torque with a torque wrench
(1).
• The required range is 0.23 - 2.03 N·m (2.0 -
18.0 lb in).
• • If torque is too low, disassemble the shaft
and add shim(s) to the inner bearing
cage.
• If torque is too high, disassemble the
shaft and remove shim(s) from the inner
bearing cage.
RCPH07CCH727BBC 1
• Recheck rolling torque after adjusting the shim
pack thickness.
• Once rolling torque is within specification,
remove the rear cover/bearing cage and con-
tinue with the installation. Refer to Shaft
assembly - Install - Single speed non re-
versible (C.40.C).
NOTE: To properly measure rolling torque, apply continu-
ous force while maintaining a slow constant rotation; then
average the torque wrench readings.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 62
Gear - Remove
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
USER PLATFORM - Remove - Cab remove (E.34.A)
Prior operation:
HITCH Rear hitch - Remove (H.10.C)
Prior operation:
Cover - Remove - Rear axle top cover (C.60.A)
Prior operation:
PTO clutch - Remove (C.40.C)
Prior operation:
Shaft assembly Output shaft - Remove - Single speed reversible PTO shaft (C.40.C) or Shaft assembly - Re-
move - Single speed non reversible (C.40.C)
1. Remove the four oil shield retaining clips.
RCPH07CCH720BBC 1
2. Lift the gear (1) and rear half of the shield (2) out as
a unit through the top of the final drive housing.
RCPH07CCH731BBC 2
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 63
3. Remove the six retaining bolts for the driven gear

bearing cage.
NOTE: Top retaining bolt is assembled without a washer.
RCPH09CCH321ABB 3
4. Remove the front half of the oil shield.
RCPH07CCH736BBC 4
5. Remove bearing cage and shim pack from the hous-

ing.
RCPH07CCH737BBC 5
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 64
6. Remove the shim pack from the bearing cage. Mea-

sure the thickness of the shim pack and note for in-
stallation later.
RCPH07CCH738BBC 6
7. Remove the bearing cone from the bearing cage.
RCPH07CCH710BBC 7
8. Remove the bearing from the gear.
RCPH07CCH733BBC 8
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 65
Next operation:
Gear - Install (C.40.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 66
Gear - Install
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Gear - Remove (C.40.C)
NOTE: Thoroughly clean and inspect all components and replace as necessary.
1. Press the bearing on the gear until it is properly
seated.
NOTICE: Do not press on the bearing cage as permanent
damage to the bearing will occur.
RCPH07CCH732BBC 1
2. Press the bearing cone into the bearing cage until it

is properly seated.
RCPH07CCH709BBC 2
3. Install the original shim pack on the bearing cage.

NOTE: Use a shim pack of 0.635 mm (0.025 in) thickness,
if all new parts are being installed.
RCPH07CCH738BBC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 67
4. Install an alignment dowel.
RCPH09CCH318ABB 4
5. Install the bearing cage with shim pack.
RCPH07CCH737BBC 5
6. Install the front portion of the PTO oil shield.
RCPH07CCH736BBC 6
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 68
7. Install the six bearing carrier bolts and five washers.

(Top bolt does not have a washer) Torque the bolts
to 55 Nm (41 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH734BBC 7
8. Place the rear half of the PTO oil shield (1) over the
gear (2) and lower into place.
RCPH07CCH731BBC 8
9. Install the four shield retaining clips.
RCPH07CCH720BBC 9
Next operation:
Shaft assembly Output shaft - Install - Single speed reversible PTO shaft (C.40.C) or Shaft assembly - Install
- Single speed non reversible (C.40.C)
Next operation:
Shaft assembly - Adjust (C.40.C)
Next operation:
PTO clutch - Install (C.40.C)
Next operation:
Cover - Install - Rear axle top cover (C.60.A)
Next operation:
HITCH Rear hitch - Install (H.10.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 69
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 70
PTO clutch - Remove

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
NOTE: Thoroughly clean the top, sides and rear of the PTO components to prevent any dirt or debris from entering
the final drive.
1. If the tractor is equipped with a quick coupler, prop-
erly support the coupler (1), remove the third link (2)
at the rear frame, remove the pins (3) and lift the cou-
pler from the draft arms.
RCPH07CCH771BBC 1
2. If the tractor is equipped with a hydraulic third link,

note the position of the hoses and remove from the
quick couplers.
RCPH07CCH773BBC 2
3. Remove the third link support/PTO clutch cover plate

and gasket. Discard the gasket.
RCPH07CCH772BBC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 71
4. The PTO manifold plate (4) and speed sensor (5) are
located on the rear frame cover plate between the
remote valves and remote valve couplers. Discon-
nect the wire harness (6) from the speed sensor and
remove the sensor (4). Remove the PTO manifold
plate (5).
RCPH07CCH769BBC 4
5. Remove the PTO jumper tubes (7). Remove the

O-rings (8) from both ends of each tube and discard.
Remove and discard the manifold plate O-ring seals
(9).
RCPH07CCH770BBC 5
6. Remove the two upper PTO assembly mounting

bolts.
RCPH07CCH741BBC 6
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 72
7. Install two guide pins – special tool CAS1995-6 – (10)

and remove the two lower mounting bolts (11).
RCPH07CCH735BBC 7
8. Remove the PTO assembly.
RCPH07CCH740BBC 8
Next operation:
PTO clutch - Disassemble (C.40.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 73
PTO clutch - Disassemble

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
PTO clutch - Remove (C.40.C)
1. Place the PTO assembly in a press. Press down on

the carrier just enough to free the snap ring. Remove
the snap ring.
RCPH07CCH775BBC 1
2. Install a puller (1) on the clutch carrier with the puller

jaws under the tabs of a separator plate (2). Remove
the shaft from the carrier, and place the carrier on a
clean work surface.
NOTE: Use care, separator plate tabs may bend when re-
moving clutch carrier.
RCPH07CCH776BBC 2
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 74
RCPH07CCH763BBC 3
4. Remove the clutch backing disc.
RCPH07CCH761ABC 4
5. Remove the 8 friction plates and 8 separator plates

and discard.
RCPH07CCH760BBC 5
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 75
6. Turn the carrier over and tap the carrier on a hard

surface to dislodge the piston.
RCPH07CCH758BBC 6
7. Remove the piston.
RCPH07CCH757BBC 7
8. Remove and discard the seal ring.
RCPH07CCH756BBC 8
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 76
9. Remove and discard the O-ring.
RCPH07CCH755BBC 9
10. Remove and discard the seal and O-ring from the
clutch carrier.
RCPH07CCH754BBC 10
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 77
11. Remove the brake pusher disc.
RCPH07CCH675BBC 11
12. Remove the Belleville spring retaining ring.
RCPH07CCH778ABC 12
13. Remove the 7 Belleville springs. Remove the second

retaining ring.
NOTICE: Note the orientation of the springs so they are
reinstalled in the same way.
RCPH07CCH673BBC 13
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 78
14. Once all Belleville springs are removed, remove the

third retaining ring.
RCPH07CCH674BBC 14
15. Remove the thrust washers (3) and thrust bearing

(4).
RCPH07CCH672BBC 15
16. Lift the hub off the shaft without damaging the bear-
ings.
RCPH07CCH708BBC 16
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 79
17. Place special tool 380002454 (5) over the hub with
the tool feet on the three brake adjuster pins. Com-
press the three brake adjuster pins until they are flush
with the brake pusher plate (6). Reset the tool so that
the gap in the snap ring (7) is centered in the notched
opening of the tool (5). Compress the brake pusher
plates (6) just enough to relieve the pressure on the
snap ring.
RCPH07CCH683BBC 17
RCPH07CCH671BBC 18
19. Remove the top brake holder plate (8).

NOTE: The tabs (9) on the holder plate face the friction
plate.
RCPH07CCH666ABC 19
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 80
20. Remove the brake friction plate.
RCPH07CCH670ABC 20
21. Remove the three brake adjuster pins.
RCPH07CCH669BBC 21
22. Remove the second brake holder plate.

NOTE: The tabs (10) on the holder plate face the friction
plate.
RCPH07CCH667ABC 22
23. Remove the first brake apply disc spring.
RCPH07CCH668ABC 23
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 81
24. Remove the second brake apply disc spring.
RCPH07CCH665BBC 24
25. Remove the two needle bearings (12) and needle

bearing support ring (13) from the PTO drive shaft
assembly.
RCPH07CCH707BBC 25
26. Remove the two needle bearing thrust washers (14)

and the needle bearing (15).
RCPH07CCH706BBC 26
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 82
27. Place the drive shaft assembly in a press as shown

and press down on the inner race of the bearing.
Press only far enough to remove tension on the snap
ring.
RCPH07CCH705BBC 27
RCPH07CCH704ABC 28
RCPH07CCH703BBC 29
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 83
30. Remove the shim pack.
RCPH07CCH701BBC 30
31. Place the bearing cage (16) between two support

blocks (17) and press the drive shaft assembly (18)
free of the bearing cage.
NOTICE: Be prepared to capture the shaft when it is freed
from the bearing cage.
RCPH07CCH700BBC 31
32. Remove and discard the three seal rings.
RCPH07CCH697ABC 32
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 84
33. Press the bearing from the shaft.
RCPH07CCH696BBC 33
34. Remove bearing cone from one side of the bearing

cage.
RCPH07CCH690BBC 34
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 85
35. Remove the bearing cone from the other side of the
bearing cage.
RCPH07CCH688BBC 35
Next operation:
PTO clutch - Assemble (C.40.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 86
PTO clutch - Assemble

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
PTO clutch - Disassemble (C.40.C)
1. Press the bearing cup into bearing carrier.
RCPH07CCH687BBC 1
2. Press the second cup into bearing carrier.
RCPH07CCH686BBC 2
3. Press the bearing onto the PTO drive shaft. The

bearing must seat against the bearing spacer.
NOTE: Press on the bearing race, not the bearing cage.
Do not overpress or the retaining ring may deform.
RCPH07CCH692BBC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 87
4. Apply petroleum jelly to the seal rings and install the

rings. Each seal must lock in the groove.
RCPH07CCH699BBC 4
5. Apply petroleum jelly to the seal ring bore and cham-

fer on the bearing cage. Place the bearing cage over
the shaft and press the bearing until a slight drag is
felt on the cage as it is turned.
RCPH07CCH698BBC 5
6. Install the shim pack.
RCPH07CCH701BBC 6
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 88
7. Install the bearing spacer.
RCPH07CCH703BBC 7
8. Adjust the shim pack until a slight drag is felt on the

retaining ring when it is placed in the groove. Reduce
the shim pack by 0.051 mm (0.002 in) increments
until the proper drag is achieved.
RCPH07CCH685BBC 8
9. Install the retaining ring.
RCPH07CCH704ABC 9
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 89
10. Press the bearing cone against the shims, spacer

and retaining ring. Support the bearing cage (1) on
the rear flange face (2) and press down against the
front of the shaft (3) where the internal spline is lo-
cated.
NOTE: Do not overpress or the spacer and retaining ring
may deform.
RCPH07CCH700BBC 10
11. Check end play. End play should be between 0.025

- 0.127 mm (0.001 - 0.005 in). If end play is not
correct, remove the bearing cone and adjust the shim
pack. Reinstall the bearing cone and check end play
again.
RCPH07CCH679BBC 11
12. Install the first brake apply disc spring. The spring
fingers (1) must point toward the PTO drive gear (2).
RCPH07CCH665BBC 12
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 90
13. Install the second brake apply disc spring. The

spring fingers (1) must point away from the PTO
drive gear (2).
RCPH07CCH668ABC 13
14. Discs should be installed as shown.
RCPH07CCH660BBC 14
15. Check both brake holder plates for heat discol-

oration, warping, and wear on the three tabs. Place
a friction plate across the three tabs. Holding the fric-
tion plate against two of the tabs, the gap between
the third tab and friction plate should be between 0.5
- 1 mm (0.02 - 0.04 in). If the gap is more than 1
mm (0.04 in), replace both brake holder plates.
16. Install the first brake holder plate. The tabs (1) must
point away from the disc spring (2).
RCPH07CCH667ABC 15
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 91
17. Make sure the retainer ring (1) on brake adjuster

pin assembly (2) is approximately 12.70 mm (0.5 in)
from the machined end of the pins. This is the end
closest to the retaining ring groove.
RCPH07CCH663ABC 16
18. Install the three adjusting pins.
RCPH07CCH669BBC 17
19. Install the brake friction plate.

NOTE: If the brake friction plate measures less than 7.25
mm (0.285 in) thick it should be replaced. If the friction
material is blackened and the black can be easily scratched
off with a finger nail, the plate should be replaced.
RCPH07CCH670ABC 18
20. Install the second brake holder plate with the tabs
(1) facing down. Align the holes in the plate with the
brake adjuster pins. The tabs on the second plate
must not be aligned with the tabs of the first plate.
RCPH07CCH666ABC 19
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 92
21. Place the retaining ring (1) over the clutch pack hub.
Using special tool 380002454, compress the brake
holder plates until the retaining ring is fully seated
into the groove.
NOTE: Make sure the cutouts (2) of the tool are not over
the brake adjuster pins (3). The tool feet must press the
brake adjuster pins flush with the holder plate (4) so the
retaining ring can seat in the groove. The opening of the
retaining ring (1) should not align with a notch in the tool or
damage to retaining ring can occur.
NOTICE: Before removing the compression tool, make
sure the retaining ring is fully seated in the groove and is
not touching the adjuster pins.
RCPH07CCH682BBC 20
22. Turn the hub over. Gently tap on the adjusting pins
until the end of each pin is 15 - 17 mm (0.59 - 0.67
in) below the gear face.
RCPH07CCH681BBC 21
23. If required, turn the assembly over and gently drive

the brake adjuster pins down until the retaining ring
locks in the groove on the pin.
RCPH07CCH662ABC 22
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 93
24. Install a thrust washer (1), bearing (2) and thrust

washer (1).
RCPH07CCH706BBC 23
25. Install the needle bearing (1), bearing spacer (2) and
needle bearing (3).
RCPH07CCH707BBC 24
26. Place the PTO drive gear assembly over the shaft.
RCPH07CCH708BBC 25
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 94
27. Install a thrust washer (1), bearing (2) and thrust

washer (1).
RCPH07CCH672BBC 26
28. Install a new retaining ring in the fourth groove on the

shaft to retain the thrust washers and bearing. Install
another new retaining ring in the third groove on the
shaft.
NOTE: New retaining rings are required.
NOTE: Two retaining ring grooves remain empty on the
shaft at this point in assembly.
RCPH07CCH674BBC 27
29. Orient the Belleville springs as shown.
RCPH07CCH661BBC 28
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 95
30. Install the 7 Belleville springs.
RCPH07CCH673BBC 29
31. Install a new retaining ring in the second groove on

the shaft to secure the Belleville springs.
RCPH07CCH778ABC 30
32. Install the 3.5 mm (0.138 in) brake pusher plate

87366290.
RCPH07CCH675BBC 31
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 96
33. Apply petroleum jelly to the carrier seal groove. Ap-

ply petroleum jelly to a new O-ring and install.
NOTE: Do not twist the O-ring during installation.
RCPH07CCH712BBC 32
34. Apply petroleum jelly to a new seal ring and install

the seal ring.
NOTE: Do not stretch the new seal any more than required.
RCPH07CCH711BBC 33
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 97
35. Apply petroleum jelly to a new O-ring, and install the

O-ring on the piston.
NOTE: Do not twist the O-ring during installation.
RCPH07CCH753BBC 34
36. Apply petroleum jelly to a new seal and install the

seal on the piston.
NOTICE: Do not stretch the new seal any more than re-
quired.
RCPH07CCH752BBC 35
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 98
37. With all sealing surfaces well lubricated, install the

piston into the clutch carrier.
RCPH07CCH757BBC 36
38. Install the first separator plate.
RCPH07CCH759BBC 37
39. Install 8 frictions plates and the remaining 7separa-

tor plates, alternating between separator and friction
plates.
NOTE: Friction and separator plates come as complete
sets.
NOTE: Dip all friction plates in clean transmission fluid be-
fore assembly.
RCPH07CCH760BBC 38
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 99
40. Install the clutch backing disc.
RCPH07CCH761ABC 39
41. Install the snap ring.
RCPH07CCH762ABC 40
42. With a depth micrometer, measure the distance from

the top of the hub (1) to the top of the pusher plate
(2) at each pin (3). Average the three measurements.
Record this measurement as dimension “A.”
RCPH07CCH779BBC 41
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 100
43. With a depth micrometer, measure the distance from

the top surface of the backing plate (4) to the bottom
of the can hub (5) at three locations. Average these
three measurements. Record this measurement as
dimension “B.”
• If dimension “A” minus dimension “B” is less
than or equal to 11.235 mm (0.442 in), pro-
ceed to the next step.
• If dimension “A” minus dimension “B” is greater
than 11.235 mm (0.442 in), remove the 3.5
mm (0.138 in) brake pusher plate installed in
Step 32 and replace with 3 mm (0.118 in)
brake pusher plate 87366284.
RCPH07CCH664BBC 42
44. Align the teeth of the friction plates as shown.
RCPH07CCH713BBC 43
45. Place the clutch pack assembly over the gear hub.
Align the pressure hole located in the clutch pack
assembly hub (1) with the large pressure hole in the
shaft (2). Failure to align these holes will make the
clutch inoperable.
RCPH07CCH780BBC 44
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 101
46. Rotate and lightly tap the end of the clutch carrier to
align the friction brake teeth with the splines.
NOTICE: Do not break any friction brake teeth during in-
stallation.
RCPH07CCH677BBC 45
47. Press down on the clutch carrier and install a new

retaining ring.
RCPH07CCH775BBC 46
48. Air test the piston pressure port for seal ring leakage
and for proper seating. Add some oil to the pressure
port and cover the air nozzle with a rag to prevent
oil spray. Rotate the clutch can during the air test.
The clutch piston must move when air is applied: this
verifies that the clutch is properly installed and seats
the clutch parts.
NOTE: Some air leakage will occur. If leakage is exces-
sive, sealing rings were damaged during assembly and
must be replaced.
RCPH07CCH676BBC 47
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 102
49. Measure the gap between the backing plate and the
retaining ring (A). Measure in two places 180 ° apart.
The gap should be a minimum of 0.3 mm (0.012
in). Measure the gap between the steel separator
plate and the piston (B). Measure in two places 180
° apart. The gap should be a minimum of 1.5 mm
(0.059 in).
• If the gap between the steel separator plate
and the piston (B) does not meet minimum di-
mensions, the 3.5 mm (0.138 in) brake pusher
plate was installed in Step 32 and not replaced
in Step 43; therefore,
• Replace the 3.5 mm (0.138 in) plate with the
3.0 mm (0.118 in) thick brake pusher plate RCPH07CCH658ABC 48
87366284.
Next operation:
PTO clutch - Install (C.40.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 103
PTO clutch - Install

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
PTO clutch - Assemble (C.40.C)
1. Place the clutch assembly on the CAS1995-6 guide

pins (1) and slide into place. Install the two lower
mounting bolts (2).
NOTE: Clutch assembly may have to be rotated slightly to
align the splines of the clutch drive shaft with the counter
shaft.
RCPH07CCH735BBC 1
2. Remove the guide pins and install the two upper

mounting bolts. Tighten the bolts to a torque of 51
- 58 Nm (38 - 43 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH741BBC 2
3. Install new O-rings on both ends of the jumper tubes

(1) and push into place. Install new O-ring seals (2).
RCPH07CCH770BBC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 104
4. Install the PTO manifold plate (1). Tighten the bolts

to a torque of 51 - 58 Nm (38 - 43 lb ft). Install
the speed sensor (2). Tighten the speed sensor to
a torque of 16 - 22 Nm (12 - 16 lb ft). Reconnect the
wire harness connector (3) to the speed sensor.
RCPH07CCH769BBC 4
5. Install the third link support/PTO clutch cover plate

with a new gasket. Tighten the bolts to a torque of
490 - 550 Nm (361 - 406 lb ft)
RCPH07CCH772BBC 5
6. If equipped, install the quick coupler.
RCPH07CCH771BBC 6
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 105
7. If equipped with a hydraulic third link, install the

hoses in the quick couplers.
RCPH07CCH773BBC 7
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 106
Housing - Remove - Duel speed

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Drain the transmission fluid from the final drive into a clean container.
Prior operation:
Prior operation:
Shaft assembly Output shaft - Remove - Dual speed (C.40.C)
1. Install two guide studs (1).
RCPH08CCH364AAB 1
2. Remove the four bolts securing the gear housing to

the final drive.
RCPH08CCH365AAB 2
3. Remove the gear housing

NOTE: Gasket eliminator LOCTITE® 515 was used to seal
the housing. Use pry bar(s) if required to dislodge the gear
housing from the final drive.
RCPH08CCH366AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 107
4. Remove any gasket material from the matting sur-

faces of the gear housing and the final drive.
RCPH08CCH367AAB 4
Next operation:
Housing - Disassemble - Dual speed (C.40.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 108
Housing - Disassemble - Dual speed

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Housing - Remove - Duel speed (C.40.C)
1. Use a roll pin punch and hammer to remove the roll

pin (1) securing the gear shaft to the housing.
RCPH08CCH370AAB 1
RCPH08CCH051BAB 2
2. Slide the gear assembly out of the housing.
RCPH08CCH372AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 109
3. Remove the fiber thrust washer.
RCPH08CCH373AAB 4
4. Remove the second fiber thrust washer.
RCPH08CCH374AAB 5
5. Remove the needle bearing cage.
RCPH08CCH376AAB 6
6. Remove the needle bearing spacer.
RCPH08CCH377AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 110
7. Turn the gear assembly over and remove the second

needle bearing cage.
RCPH08CCH375AAB 8
Next operation:
Housing - Assemble - Dual speed (C.40.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 111
Housing - Assemble - Dual speed

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Housing - Disassemble - Dual speed (C.40.C)
1. Dip the needle bearing cage in transmission fluid,

and install the cage in the gear assembly.
RCPH08CCH375AAB 1
2. Turn the assembly over, and install the bearing

spacer.
RCPH08CCH377AAB 2
3. Dip the needle bearing cage in transmission fluid,

and install the cage in the gear assembly.
RCPH08CCH376AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 112
4. Lubricate a fiber thrust washer with transmission

fluid, and install the washer on the gear housing.
RCPH08CCH374AAB 4
5. Install the gear assembly.
RCPH08CCH372AAB 5
6. Lubricate a fiber thrust washer with transmission

fluid, and install the washer between the gear as-
sembly and gear.
RCPH08CCH378AAB 6
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 113
7. Align the gear assembly and the thrust washers with

the shaft bore, and install the shaft.
RCPH08CCH052BAB 7
8. Align the hole in the shaft with the holes in the hous-
ing, and install a new roll pin. Drive the pin until it is
flush.
RCPH08CCH371AAB 8
Next operation:
Housing - Install - Dual speed (C.40.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 114
Housing - Install - Dual speed

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Housing - Assemble - Dual speed (C.40.C)
1. Apply a bead of LOCTITE® 515 gasket eliminator

around the mounting flange for the gear housing.
NOTICE: Apply the sealant around all bolt holes.
RCPH08CCH368AAB 1
2. Install two guide bolts (1).
RCPH08CCH369AAB 2
3. Install the gear housing.
RCPH08CCH366AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 115
4. Install the four mounting bolts and washers (1)re-

moved earlier. Tighten the bolts to a torque of 90
- 100 Nm (66 - 74 lb ft).
RCPH08CCH365AAB 4
Next operation:
Shaft assembly Output shaft - Install - Dual speed (C.40.C)
Next operation:
Next operation:
Install the drain plug and refill the transmission.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 116
Cover - Remove - Dual speed

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Disconnect the harness connector to the PTO shaft

speed sensor.
RCPH08CCH349AAB 1
2. Loosen the sensor and remove.
RCPH08CCH350AAB 2
3. Clean the end of the sensor and inspect for damage.

Replace as necessary.
RCPH08CCH351AAB 3
4. Remove the three bolts (1) securing the shaft retain-

ing plate (2) to the output shaft.
RCPH08CCH352AAB 4
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 117
5. Remove the PTO shaft and retaining plate.
RCPH08CCH353AAB 5
6. Remove the lock ring.
RCPH08CCH355AAB 6
7. Inspect the shaft seal for wear or damage. Replace

as necessary.
RCPH08CCH354AAB 7
8. If new seal is to be installed, lubricate with petroleum

jelly and install the seal. The lip (1) of the seal must
point to the output end (2) of the shaft.
RCIL08CCH023AAB 8
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 118
9. Remove the six cover mounting bolts (1).
RCPH08CCH356AAB 9
RCPH08CCH357AAB 10
11. Remove the shim pack. Keep track of the shims for
installation later.
RCPH08CCH358AAB 11
Next operation:
Cover - Disassemble - Dual speed (C.40.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 119
Cover - Disassemble - Dual speed

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
RCPH08CCH359AAB 1
2. Remove the seal by driving it out with a punch. Dis-

card the seal.
RCPH08CCH360AAB 2
3. Use a seal driver (1) to press the bearing cup from

the cover.
RCPH08CCH053BAB 3
Next operation:
Cover - Assemble - Dual speed (C.40.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 120
Cover - Assemble - Dual speed

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Cover - Disassemble - Dual speed (C.40.C)
1. Use a bearing driver to press (1) the bearing cup into

the cover.
RCPH08CCH379AAB 1
2. Position the seal with the spring downward, (facing

the rear of the cover), and install the seal in the cover.
RCPH08CCH361AAB 2
3. Press the seal into the cover until it is seated against

the stop.
RCPH08CCH362AAB 3
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 121
Cover - Install - Dual speed

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Cover - Assemble - Dual speed (C.40.C)
NOTE: Before reassembly, clean all mating surfaces.

1. Install two guide studs (1). Reinstall the shim pack
(2).
RCPH08CCH358AAB 1
2. Install the cover.

NOTE: Do not damage the seal (1).
RCPH08CCH357AAB 2
3. Install the six mounting bolts that were removed ear-

lier. Tighten the bolts in a crossing pattern to a torque
of 90 - 100 Nm (66 - 74 lb ft).
RCPH08CCH356AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 122
4. Reinstall the locking ring.

NOTICE: The locking tabs (1) must fully engage in the out-
put shaft (2).
RCPH08CCH355AAB 4
5. To check end play, install a dial indicator with mag-

netic base (1) as shown.
RCPH08CCH618AAB 5
6. Install the indicator so its shaft rests on one of the

inner locking tangs (1). Push inward or use a soft
hammer to strike the end of the input shaft, and then
zero the dial indicator (2).
RCPH08CCH619AAB 6
7. Place a pry bar behind the selected tang, and then

pry the assembly rearward. Check the dial indica-
tor reading. End play should be 0.025 - 0.127 mm
(0.001 - 0.005 in). Repeat the above procedure three
times and average the readings. If the reading is out
of range, add or remove shims as appropriate.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 123
8. Install the PTO shaft with the outer retaining plate (1).
RCPH08CCH353AAB 7
9. Secure the outer retaining plate with the three bolts

(1) removed earlier. Torque to 37 - 43 Nm (27 - 32
lb ft).
RCPH08CCH352AAB 8
10. Install the speed pickup sensor.
RCPH08CCH351AAB 9
11. Tighten the sensor.

NOTE: Do not over tighten.
RCPH08CCH350AAB 10
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 124
12. Reconnect the harness to the sensor.
RCPH08CCH349AAB 11
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 125
PTO clutch - Troubleshooting

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

PTO does not engage. Electrical control circuit fault Test the control circuit. See PTO clutch -
Testing (C.40.C).
Switch Test the switch. See PTO clutch - Testing
(C.40.C).
PTO valve Test the valve. See PTO clutch - Testing
(C.40.C).
PTO clutch Disassemble the clutch. See PTO clutch -
Remove (C.40.C).
PTO does not disengage. Electrical control circuit fault Test the control circuit. See PTO clutch -
Testing (C.40.C).
Switch Test the switch. See PTO clutch - Testing
(C.40.C).
PTO valve Test the valve. See PTO clutch - Testing
(C.40.C).
PTO clutch Disassemble the clutch. See PTO clutch -
Remove (C.40.C).
PTO engages and then Electrical control circuit fault Test the control circuit. See PTO clutch -
stops. Testing (C.40.C).
Clutch slipping excessively. Load on the PTO is too greater; reduce
load.
PTO clutch pressure too low: solenoid not Test the solenoid. See PTO clutch - Test-
energizing properly. ing (C.40.C).
PTO clutch pressure too low: hydraulic cir- Inspect the valve and clutch. See PTO
cuit leakage. clutch - Testing (C.40.C).
Engine speed signal is too high. Test the speed circuit. See PTO clutch -
Testing (C.40.C).
PTO shaft speed signal is too low. Test the shaft speed circuit. See PTO
clutch - Testing (C.40.C).
PTO engages too rapidly. Electrical control circuit fault Test the control circuit. See PTO clutch -
Testing (C.40.C).
PTO clutch not filling and modulating prop- Test the cartridge and inspect the clutch.
erly. See PTO clutch - Testing (C.40.C).
PTO clutch - Testing

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Check the tractor multi function Active fault codes found. Active fault codes not found.
(TMF) controller for PTO fault codes. Action Action
Use the fault code troubleshooting in Go to step 2.
this repair manual for the active fault
code(s) to resolve this problem.
PTO icon does not display. PTO icon does display: there is a
Test the electrical control circuit: Action problem in the electrical control cir-
• Place the PTO switch in the Go to Step 5. cuit.
Off position. Action
Check for active fault codes, tractor
• Check if the PTO icon ap- multi function controller status and
pears on the tractor instru- the data bus.
mentation.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 126

Disconnect connector 159M from the No voltage. 12 V.
PTO solenoid valve. Turn the key Action Action
switch On and the PTO switch Off. Go to Step 4. Locate and repair the short circuit to
Check B+ between the PTO solenoid and
Measure voltage between pin 1 of the tractor multi function controller.
connector 159M at the PTO solenoid
and chassis ground.
Turn the PTO switch On. 12 V. No voltage.
Check Action Action
Measure voltage between pin 1 of Go to Step 5. Locate and repair the open circuit
connector 159M at the PTO solenoid between the PTO solenoid valve and
and chassis ground. the tractor multi function controller.
0 bar (0 psi). Pressure reading greater than 0 bar
• Remove the plug from the Action (0 psi).
test port on the PTO valve. PTO clutch is leaking. Remove, Action
• Install a diagnostic fit- disassemble, inspect and repair the
PTO clutch. • Solenoid cartridge is stuck
ting from special tool kit
in the engaged position.
380040106 into the test
Test the solenoid cartridge
port.
for proper operation and re-
• Connect a 35 bar (500 psi) place if required.
gauge with hose to the test
• Modulation spool is stuck in
port.
the engaged position. Re-
Check
move the PTO modulation
Measure pressure at the test port
spool, clean, inspect and re-
with the PTO switch Off.
place or reinstall.

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

PTO icon does not display. PTO icon does display: there is a
Test the electrical control circuit: Action problem in the electrical control cir-
• Place the PTO switch in the Go to Step 5. cuit.
Off position. Action
Check for active fault codes, tractor
• Check if the PTO icon ap- multi function controller status and
pears on the tractor instru- the data bus.
mentation.
Disconnect connector 159M from the No voltage. 12 V.
PTO solenoid valve. Turn the key Action Action
switch On and the PTO switch Off. Go to Step 4. Locate and repair the short circuit to
Check B+ between the PTO solenoid and
Measure voltage between pin 1 of the tractor multi function controller.
connector 159M at the PTO solenoid
and chassis ground.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 127

Turn the PTO switch On. 12 V. No voltage.
Check Action Action
Measure voltage between pin 1 of Go to Step 5. Locate and repair the open circuit
connector 159M at the PTO solenoid between the PTO solenoid valve and
and chassis ground. the tractor multi function controller.
2240 - 2450 kPa (325 - 355 psi). 0 kPa (0 psi).
• Remove the plug from the Action Action
test port on the PTO valve. PTO clutch is leaking. Remove,
disassemble, inspect and repair the • Solenoid cartridge is stuck
• Install a diagnostic fit-
PTO clutch. in the disengaged position.
ting from special tool kit
Test the solenoid cartridge
380040106 into the test
for proper operation and re-
port.
place if required.
• Connect a 3500 kPa (500
• Modulation spool is stuck
psi) gauge with hose to the
in the disengaged position.
test port.
Remove the PTO modula-
Check
tion spool, clean, inspect
Measure pressure at the test port
and replace or reinstall.
with the PTO switch On. Expected
result is 2240 - 2450 kPa (325 - 355
psi).

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Wiring, solenoid and controller test Wiring, solenoid or controller test in-
Check if the PTO solenoid is causing correctly. correctly.
a low pressure condition: Action Action
• Check for an open circuit to Go to Step 3. Replace or repair the located prob-
the solenoid. lem.
• Check for loose or damaged

connectors at the solenoid
and the controller.
• Check coil resistance.
• Check power and ground to
the TMF controller and con-
troller operation.
Hydraulic circuits and components Hydraulic circuits and components
Check if a hydraulic problem is test correctly. do not test correctly.
causing a low pressure condition: Action Action
• Check the seals on the PTO Go to Step 4. Replace or repair the located prob-
valve cartridge. lem.
• Check the PTO clutch for

leaking seals.
• Check if the internal supply
tube is leaking.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 128

Speed circuit test correctly. Speed circuit tests incorrectly.
Check the engine speed signal: Action Action
• Check wire 216D (Y) for Got to Step. 5. Repair or replace damage compo-
open or short circuit. nent.

connectors.
Sensor speed circuit tests correctly. Sensor speed circuits tests incor-
Check the PTO shaft speed signal: Action rectly.
• Check sensor resistance. Submit a concern to ASIST. Action
Repair or replace damaged compo-
• Check sensor wires 295A nent. Return unit to field operation.
(W) and 174AA (Bk) for sin-
gle speed PTO.
• Check sensor wires 294A,
294B (W) and 174C, 174D
for dual speed PTO.
connectors.

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Valve and solenoid operating nor- Valve or solenoid not operating nor-
Check the valve cartridge: mally. mally.
• Check if the cartridge spool Action Action
is opening too widely; test Go to Step 3. Repair or replace the damaged com-
the solenoid. ponent.
• Check if the spool is sticking

or damaged.
PTO clutch components not dam- PTO clutch components damaged or
Check the PTO clutch: aged or worn. worn.
• Check if the clutch plates Action Action
are damaged. Submit a concern to ASIST. Replace damaged component(s).
• Check if the piston is dam-
aging or hanging.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 129
Index
POWER TRAIN - C

Clutch command Cab switch - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Clutch command Cab switch - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve - Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve - Service limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Cover - Assemble - Dual speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Cover - Disassemble - Dual speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Cover - Install - Dual speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Cover - Remove - Dual speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Gear - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Gear - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Housing - Assemble - Dual speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Housing - Disassemble - Dual speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Housing - Install - Dual speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Housing - Remove - Duel speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
PTO clutch - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
PTO clutch - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
PTO clutch - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
PTO clutch - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
PTO clutch - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
PTO clutch - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
PTO clutch - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
PTO clutch - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 130
PTO clutch - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
PTO clutch - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
REAR PTO Hydraulic - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft assembly - Adjust - Single speed non reversible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft assembly - Assemble - Single speed non reversible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft assembly - Disassemble - Single speed non reversible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft assembly - Install - Single speed non reversible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft assembly - Remove - Single speed non reversible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft assembly Output shaft - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft assembly Output shaft - Assemble - Dual speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft assembly Output shaft - Disassemble - Dual speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft assembly Output shaft - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft assembly Output shaft - Install - Dual speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft assembly Output shaft - Install - Single speed reversible PTO shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft assembly Output shaft - Remove - Dual speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft assembly Output shaft - Remove - Single speed reversible PTO shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft assembly Output shaft - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 131
84318454 14/03/2010
C.40.C / 132
POWER TRAIN - C
BAR AXLE - 60.A
T8010
T8020
T8030
T8040
T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 1
Contents
POWER TRAIN - C
BAR AXLE - 60.A
TECHNICAL DATA
BAR AXLE
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Service limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
FUNCTIONAL DATA
BAR AXLE
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Exploded view - Standard pinion shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

T8010, T8020, T8030
Exploded view - Heavy duty pinion shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

T8040, T8050
Static description - Determining ram pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Static description - Gear tooth contact pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential lock
Dynamic description - System and controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Dynamic description - Control valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Housing
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Static description - Determining ram pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Final drive
Planetary - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 2
SERVICE
BAR AXLE
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Remove - Standard pinion shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

T8010, T8020, T8030
Disassemble - Standard pinion shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

T8010, T8020, T8030
Assemble - Standard pinion shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

T8010, T8020, T8030
Install - Standard pinion shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

T8010, T8020, T8030
Remove - Heavy duty pinion shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

T8040, T8050
Disassemble - Heavy duty pinion shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

T8040, T8050
Assemble - Heavy duty pinion shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

T8040, T8050
Install - Heavy duty pinion shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

T8040, T8050
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Preload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Backlash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Gear tooth contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Carrier
Seal - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Housing
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Final drive
Planetary - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Planetary - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Seal - Replace - Axle wear sleeve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Cover
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 3
Remove - Rear axle top cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install - Rear axle top cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
DIAGNOSTIC
Differential lock
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 4
POWER TRAIN - BAR AXLE
BAR AXLE - Torque

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Rear axle mounting bolts 220 - 250 171 - 193 lb
Nm ft
RCPH07CCH555AAA 1
BAR AXLE - Special tools

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Service brake disc alignment – 89-581-5

This tool is used to align the service brake discs in the
rear axle for sun gear shaft installation.
RCPH07SPT029AAA 1
Alignment guide pins – CAS2601

These tools are used to install and remove the rear axle
housing assembly.
RCPH07SPT030AAA 2
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 5
Pushing bridge – 89-525-18

This tool is used to remove the rear axle from the axle
housing in conjunction with a portable hydraulic ram.
RCPH07SPT028AAA 3
Portable hydraulic ram – CAS10030

This tool is used to remove the rear axle from the housing
in conjunction with a pushing bridge (89-525-18).
RCPH07SPT031AAA 4

This tool is used to support the tractor rear housing
when the powertrain is split and joined and for rear axle
removal.
RCPH07SPT040AAA 5
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 6
Differential - Torque
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Component N·m Identification lb-ft/in

Right hand retainer 11 Nm 100 lb in
RCPH07CCH329AAA 1
Bearing retainer 235 - 260 173 - 195 lb

Nm ft
RCPH07CCH328AAA 2
Pinion shaft assembly 102 - 113 75 - 83 lb ft

mounting bolts Nm
RCPH07CCH075BAA 3
Differential - Service limits

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Bearing retainer seal recess 0.8 mm (0.031 in)

Bearing (new) rolling torque 4.5 - 7.9 Nm (40 - 70 lb in)
Bearing (used) rolling torque 2.25 - 3.95 Nm (20 - 35 lb in)
Ring and pinion backlash 0.179 - 0.279 mm (0.007 - 0.011 in)
Pinion shaft end play 0.013 - 0.102 mm (0.0005 - 0.004 in)
Ring and pinion nominal setting distance 33.92 mm (1.335 in)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 7
Differential - Special tools

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential lifting tool – CAS1952

This tool is used to install and remove the differential
assembly from the rear axle housing.
RCPH07SPT015AAA 1
Rolling torque adapter – CAS1902-2

This tool is used to measure rolling torque when installing
the differential carrier bearings.
RCPH07SPT014AAA 2
Pinion setting tool – CAS1902-1

This tool is used to set pinion depth.
RCPH07SPT013AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 8
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 9
BAR AXLE - Sectional view

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Axle shaft 12. Needle bearing

2. Bushing 13. Locator button (right hand only)
3. Seal 14. Seal
4. Ring 15. Thrust washer
5. Axle housing 16. Thrust ring
6. Bearing cup 17. Roll pin
7. Bearing cone 18. Planet gear shaft
8. Planet gear carrier 19. Retaining ring
9. Ring gear 20. Thrust washer
10. Wear insert 21. Shims
11. Sun gear shaft 22. Retaining ring
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 10
RCPH07CCH006HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 11
Differential - Exploded view

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Seal 14. Washer 27. Bolt

2. Dowel 15. Ring 28. Seal
3. Retainer 16. Pinion gear, 16T 29. Bearing cup
4. Ring 17. Needle bearing 30. Bearing
5. Roller bearing 18. Spacer 31. Tube
6. Bearing cup 19. Long shaft 32. O-ring
7. Shim 20. Piston 33. Ring
8. Bolt, M16 x 55 21. Pinion gear 34. Retainer
9. Washer 22. Spacer 35. Dowel
10. Cover 23. Short shaft 36. Seal
11. Thrust washer 24. Gear 37. Bolt
12. Friction plate 25. Washer
13. Separator plate 26. Housing
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 12
RCPH07CCH005HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 13
Differential - Sectional view

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCPH07CCH004HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 14
1. Differential lock assembly 3. Drive pinion shaft

2. Ring gear 4. Differential assembly
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 15
Differential - Exploded view - Standard pinion shaft

T8010, T8020, T8030
RCPH07CCH017GAA 1
1. Ring gear 6. Snap ring 11. Constant mesh gear*

2. Pinion shaft 7. Shim 12. Shim ring
3. Cup plug with hole 8. Bearing cage 13. Bearing cone
4. Bearing cone 9. Snap ring* 14. Bearing cup
5. Bearing cup 10. Spacer*
NOTE: Parts marked with an asterisk (*) remain in the range transmission.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 16
Differential - Exploded view - Heavy duty pinion shaft

T8040, T8050
RCPH07CCH018GAA 1
1. Ring gear 6. Carrier shims 11. Locking ring

2. Pinion shaft 7. Bearing carrier 12. Locking ring set screw
3. Cup plug with hole 8. Shims 13. Constant mesh gear
4. Bearing cone, large 9. Bearing cup, small 14. Shim ring (3 different sizes)
5. Bearing cup, large 10. Bearing cone, small 15. Snap ring
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 17
Differential - Static description - Determining ram pressure

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
To determine what the pressure gauge on a press must read for its ram size:
1. Determine the effective area of the ram or rams.
2. Determine the minimum and maximum pressure gauge readings.
To find the effective area for single or dual ram equipped presses, use the formulas below:
• single ram: (d x d) x 0.7854 where d equals the diameter of the ram
• dual ram: [(d x d) + (d x d)] x 0.7854 where d equals the diameter of each ram
If the diameter of the ram is 1.5 in, the effective area for a single ram is ( 1.5 in x 1.5 in) x 0.7854 = 1.767 in².
If twin rams are used, if the diameter of each ram is 1.5 in, the effective area for both rams is [( 1.5 in x 1.5 in) + ( 1.5
in x 1.5 in)] x 0.7854 = 3.534 in².
To determine the minimum and maximum pressure gauge readings, use the formulas below:
• Minimum pounds force divided by effective area = minimum PSI
• Maximum pounds force divided by effective area = maximum PSI
If the minimum pound force is 2090 lb, divide 2090 lb by the effective area ( 3.534 in²) for a minimum gauge reading
of 591 psi. If the maximum pound force is 2610 lb, divide 2610 lb by the effective area ( 3.534 in²) for a maximum
gauge reading of 738 psi.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 18
Differential - Static description - Gear tooth contact pattern

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
NOTICE: The contact pattern of the gear teeth shown – between the bevel pinion gear and the ring gear – are ap-
proximate shapes. The contact patterns can vary from the illustrations. Any pattern (L-type, band, C-type, triangle,
etc.) is acceptable if it is tapers off from toe to heel and falls into the contact area shown. The tooth contact pattern
changes in a used gear set because of wear. Look for a contact pattern which is similar to the illustrations to get the
best results.
Standard component set

Correct tooth contact pattern
RCPH07CCH362AAA 1 RCPH07CCH334AAA 2
A. Toe Gear contact is correct when the contact area (both

B. Top horizontal and vertical) is as shown.
C. Heel
Heavy duty component set

Correct tooth contact pattern
A. Toe Gear contact is correct when the contact area (both

B. Top horizontal and vertical) is as shown.
C. Heel
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 19
Incorrect contact pattern – standard and heavy duty component set
This contact pattern occurs when the pinion is out too This contact pattern occurs when the pinion is out too
far. Approximately 0.10 mm (0.005 in) of shim thickness in. Approximately 0.10 mm (0.005 in) of shim thickness
must be removed from under the pinion bearing cage. must be added under the pinion bearing cage.
Refer- See Differential - Gear tooth contact (C.60.A)

ence:
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 20
Differential lock - Dynamic description - System and controls

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
WARNING
Do not drive on roads, or at high speed anywhere, with the differential lock engaged. Difficult steering will
occur, and can result in an accident. In field operation, use the differential lock for traction improvement, but
release for turning at row ends.
M116A
The differential lock system includes these components:

• differential lock piston,
• differential lock control valve,
• differential lock control switch,
• brake pedal switches
• true ground speed circuit,
• hitch position circuit,
• transmission speed circuit,
• and electronic control modules (through the data bus).
Because the differential lock is electronically controlled, automatic operation is possible.
The PTO/differential lock valve (1) is mounted externally on top of the rear frame transmission housing. The control
valve is supplied with regulated circuit pressure from the priority/regulator valve. This pressurized supply is directed
to the differential lock piston for engagement. If differential lock is activated, pressurized oil from the regulated supply
circuit is ported to the differential lock piston in the differential carrier housing. As the piston extends, friction discs and
separator plates are locked together. The separator plates are pinned to the differential carrier, while the friction plates
are splined to the left differential side gear. When the differential lock is applied, the clutch pack locks, causing the left
side gear to rotate with the differential carrier. This eliminates all differential action, causing power to be transmitted
equally through both rear axles.
RCPH07CCH042FAE 1
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 21
The tractor multi function (TMF) controller supplies current to the differential lock solenoid valve (2) to activate the
clutch based on commands from the operator (differential lock switch) and signals supplied to it from the brake pedal
switches, true ground speed circuit, hitch position control system, and transmission speed signal circuit.
Diagnosing control system faults is accomplished by reading appropriate fault codes through the instrument cluster
display or the service tool. Refer to the differential section of this manual for all fault codes related to the differential
lock system.
Electronic differential lock control

All differential lock operator commands are sent to the armrest controller and then relayed to the tractor multi function
(TMF) controller via the data bus. Transmission speed and true ground speed signals are sent to the instrument con-
troller and then relayed to the TMF controller. Diagnostic and programming information are communicated between
the TMF and the instrument controller by way of the data bus.
The differential lock system operates in one of two modes based on operator commands and the signals received
from the other tractor systems.
The differential lock switch has three positions:
1. Manual – The switch top is a momentary contact
switch. Press the switch top to manually engage
differential lock. The differential lock icon displays on
the tractor instrumentation.
2. Latch/Off – The center (neutral) switch position is the
latch position for manual mode, the off position for au-
tomatic mode.
3. Automatic (A) – The bottom of the switch remains de-
pressed when pressed. Press the switch bottom for
automatic operation of differential lock. The differen-
tial lock icon displays on the tractor instrumentation,
and the lamp in the switch illuminates.
NOTE: Differential lock cannot be disengaged with the RCPH07CCH112BAE 2
switch control. Pushing either brake pedal will deactivate
the differential lock.
Manual mode
To manually engage differential Lock, press and release
the switch top. The switch returns to the center position
when released, and manual differential lock is On.
NOTICE: The front wheels must be in the straight forward
position when differential lock is engaged. Disengage the
differential lock before turning the tractor.
RCPH07CCH112BAE 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 22
The differential lock icon (1) illuminates on the tractor in-

strumentation whenever differential lock is engaged. To
disengage differential lock, push one or both brake ped-
als down. The icon no longer displays on the instrumen-
tation.
RCPH07CCH069AAE 4
Automatic mode
For automatic operation, press the switch bottom. The
lamp in the switch illuminates, and the icon displays on
the tractor instrumentation
Automatic mode controls differential lock engagement

and disengagement. Automatic operation is determined
by hitch position, brake application, travel speed, tractor
steering angle (if equipped with terra lock) and wheel slip
(true ground speed equipped tractors only) .
Automatic mode is turned Off when the keyswitch is

turned Off. To return to automatic operation, move the
switch to the center position and then press the switch
bottom.
RCPH07CCH112BAE 5
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 23
Differential lock - Dynamic description - Control valve

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
The differential lock valve is a closed center valve and is contained as a part of the PTO/differential lock valve (1).
Oil is supplied to the differential lock cartridge valve from the regulated pressure circuit. The differential lock clutch
supply flow is distributed internally (no external tubing) to the clutch. The valve is mounted on the top of the rear frame
The differential lock solenoid (2) is controlled by an armrest mounted rocker switch. The armrest controller commu-
nicates (via the data bus) with the tractor multi function (TMF) controller. The TMF controller supplies current to the
differential lock solenoid valve to activate the differential lock clutch based on commands from the operator (differential
lock switch) and signals supplied to it from the brake pedal switches, true ground speed circuit, hitch position control
system, transmission speed signal circuit and tractor steering angle ( terra lock units only). The differential lock is a
hydraulically applied clutch.
RCPH07CCH042FAE 1
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 24
Housing - Exploded view

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCPH07CCH024GAA 1
1. Retaining ring 7. Axle housing 13. Axle bushing

2. Thrust ring 8. Washer 14. Axle wear insert
3. Shims 9. Bolt 15. Axle shaft
4. Bearing cone 10. Bearing cone 16. Oil seal
5. Bearing cup 11. Bearing cup 17. Wear sleeve, if needed
6. Dowel pin 12. O-ring 18. Retaining ring
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 25
Housing - Static description - Determining ram pressure

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
To determine what the pressure gauge must read for its ram size:
1. Determine the effective area of the ram or rams.
2. Determine the minimum and maximum pressure gauge readings.
To find the effective area for single or dual ram equipped presses, use the formulas below:
• single ram: (d x d) x 0.7854 where d equals the diameter of the ram
• dual ram: [(d x d) + (d x d)] x 0.7854 where d equals the diameter of each ram
If the diameter of the ram is 1.5 in, the effective area for a single ram is ( 1.5 in x 1.5 in) x 0.7854 = 1.767 in².
If twin rams are used, if the diameter of each ram is 1.5 in, the effective area for both rams is [( 1.5 in x 1.5 in) + ( 1.5
in x 1.5 in)] x 0.7854 = 3.534 in².
To determine the minimum and maximum pressure gauge readings, use the formulas below:
• Minimum pounds force divided by effective area = minimum PSI on pressure gauge
• Maximum pounds force divided by effective area = maximum PSI on pressure gauge
For example:
Minimum force permitted: 17000 lb
Maximum force permitted: 22000 lb
Divide 17000 by 3.534 to find the minimum pressure gauge reading of 4810 psi.
Divide 22000 by 3.534 to find the maximum pressure gauge reading of 6225 psi.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 26
Final drive Planetary - Exploded view

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCPH07CCH022GAA 1
Three pin planetary
1. Thrust washer 4. Thrust ring 7. Roll pin

2. Needle bearing 5. Needle bearing 8. Planet gear carrier
3. Planet gear 6. Thrust washer 9. Bearing shaft
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 27
RCPH07CCH023GAA 2
Four pin planetary
1. Ring gear 6. Gear shaft 11. Needle bearing

2. Gear carrier 7. Hub 12. Nylon spacer
3. Shaft 8. Washer 13. Planetary gear
4. Pin 9. Retainer ring 14. Nylon spacer (right hand only)
5. Retainer ring 10. Washer
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 28
BAR AXLE - Remove

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Drain the rear axle as follows:

A. Put a container under the transmission hous-
ing.
B. Remove the drain plug and drain the fluid from
the transmission housing.
C. Remove the drain plug from under the axle
housings and remove the fluid.
NOTE: The transmission holds approximately 174 l (46 US
gal)of oil.
RCPH07CCH121BAA 1
2. Move the rear housing handler 17-527 under the

tractor.
RCPH07CCH506AAA 2
3. Raise the front lift of the rear housing handler. Adjust

the threaded rods until the rear frame is supported.
RCPH07CCH507AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 29
4. Remove the wheel assemblies from both axles.
RCPH07CCH508AAA 4
5. Raise the rear of the cab. See USER PLATFORM -

Raise - Cab raise (E.34.A).
RCPH07CCH173AAB 5
6. Install blocks between the cab rails and the transmis-

sion to properly support the cab. Lower the cab onto
the blocks without pinching any harness wires or hy-
draulic lines.
NOTE: Remove the threaded rod from the cab raise tools.
The lifting brackets do not need to be removed.
7. Remove the axle bolts for the draft pin bracket (1)
and the hitch cylinder hose bracket (2). Move the
brackets out of the way.
RCPH07CCH510AAA 6
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 30
8. Remove a bolt from the front and rear of the axle

housing and install a guide pin from special tool
CAS2601 in each bolt location.
RCPH07CCH511AAA 7
9. Install a lifting strap at the axle balance point. Install a

bolt on each side of the axle to prevent the lifting strap
from moving. Put tension on the lift strap. Remove
the remaining bolts and remove the axle.
NOTE: Strike the axle end with a soft faced mallet to break
the axle flange sealant loose.
NOTE: A three gear planetary is shown, removal of a four
gear planetary is similar.
RCPH07CCH512AAA 8
10. Remove the ring gear from the axle housing.
RCPH07CCH113BAA 9
11. Remove the retaining ring from the axle shaft.
RCPH07CCH513AAA 10
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 31
12. Use appropriate lift equipment to remove the plane-

tary assembly from the axle.
RCPH07CCH584AAA 11
13. Remove the sun gear from the brake discs.

NOTE: If a new sun gear is installed, new planet gears
must also be installed.
RCPH07CCH514AAA 12
Next operation:
Brake - Disassemble (D.30.C)
Next operation:
Housing - Disassemble (C.60.A)
Next operation:
Final drive Planetary - Disassemble (C.60.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 32
BAR AXLE - Install

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Housing - Assemble (C.60.A)
Prior operation:
Brake - Assemble (D.30.C)
1. Use a brake aligning tool 89-581-5 to align the teeth

of the brake discs.
RCPH07CCH549AAA 1
2. Install the retaining ring in the groove of the sun gear

shaft.
RCPH07CCH533AAA 2
3. Install the sun gear shaft through the brake discs and
into the rear frame.
NOTE: If equipped, make sure the locator button is in-
stalled on the right hand sun gear shaft.
RCPH07CCH550AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 33
4. Remove the brake aligning tool from the brake discs.
RCPH07CCH551AAA 4
5. If removed, reinstall the guide pins CAS2601 in the

rear frame. Apply Loctite® 515 gasket eliminator on
the mounting surface in the rear frame.
RCPH07CCH552AAA 5
6. Use appropriate lift equipment to move the axle as-

sembly into position.
RCPH07CCH553AAA 6
7. Use a suitable tool and rotate the axle until the sun
and planet gears engage.
RCPH07CCH554AAA 7
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 34
8. Install a few axle housing mounting bolts and tighten

until the axle housing contacts the rear housing
flange. Remove the aligning pins.
RCPH07CCH511AAA 8
9. Return the draft pin wiring tube bracket (1) and hitch
cylinder hose bracket (2) to their working position.
Install the remaining axle bolts.
RCPH07CCH510AAA 9
10. Tighten the axle housing mounting bolts to a torque

of 232 - 262 Nm (171 - 193 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH555AAA 10
11. Lower the cab. See USER PLATFORM - Lower -

Cab lower (E.34.A).
12. Install the wheel assemblies on the rear axles.
RCPH07CCH508AAA 11
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 35
13. Remove the rear housing handler 17-527 from the

tractor.
RCPH07CCH506AAA 12
14. Fill the transmission with fluid. See Capacities. Test

drive the tractor. Check the fluid level and add as
necessary.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 36
Differential - Remove
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Remove the cab. Refer to USER PLATFORM - Remove - Cab remove (E.34.A)
Prior operation:
Remove the rock shaft of the rear hitch. Refer to HITCH Rear hitch - Remove (H.10.C).
Prior operation:
Remove the axle shafts and planetary: Refer to BAR AXLE - Remove (C.60.A)
Prior operation:
Remove the service brakes. Refer to Brake - Disassemble - Park brake clutch (D.32.C)
Prior operation:
Remove the rear axle top cover. Refer to Cover - Remove - Rear axle top cover (C.60.A)
Prior operation:
Remove the PTO. clutch assembly. Refer to PTO clutch - Remove (C.40.C)
1. Drain the hydraulic fluid from the rear frame housing

and axle housings (not shown). Remove the drain
plug from the bottom of the housing and collect the
fluid in suitable containers.
NOTE: Total transmission capacity is approximately 178 l
(47 US gal).
RCPH07CCH253AAA 1
2. Remove the PTO drive shaft (1).
RCPH08CCH049AAB 2
3. Split the power train between the range housing and

the rear frame. See TRANSMISSION Powershift -
Split - Range transmission to rear frame (C.20.E).
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 37
4. Remove the differential lube line from the rear frame.
RCPH08CCH050AAB 3
5. Disconnect the supply line for the differential lock at

the rear frame.
RCPH08CCH051AAB 4
6. Remove the supply line at the differential. Discard

the O-ring (1).
RCPH08CCH052AAB 5
7. Install the differential lifting tool 380002893 on the dif-

ferential gear. Place light tension on the lifting equip-
ment.
RCPH08CCH014BAB 6
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 38
8. Remove the three mounting bolts (1) for the left hand
bearing retainer.
RCPH08CCH023BAB 7
9. Remove the left hand bearing retainer from the rear

frame.
RCPH07CCH259AAA 8
10. Remove the shims for the left hand bearing retainer
from the rear frame and tag for location.
RCPH07CCH260AAA 9
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 39
11. Remove the three mounting bolts (1) for the right
hand bearing carrier.
RCPH08CCH023BAB 10
12. Remove the right hand bearing retainer from the

housing.
RCPH07CCH261AAA 11
13. Remove the shims for the right hand bearing retainer
from the housing and tag for location.
RCPH07CCH262AAA 12
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 40
14. Remove the differential assembly from the rear

frame.
RCPH08CCH015BAB 13
Next operation:
Differential - Disassemble (C.60.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 41
Differential - Disassemble
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Differential - Remove (C.60.A)
1. Remove the two seals from the differential assembly

and discard.
RCPH08CCH019BAB 1
2. Place the differential assembly on a clean work sur-

face with the ring gear facing downward. Loosen the
twelve mounting bolts and remove ten of the bolts
and discard.
NOTICE: Any time properly torqued ring gear bolts are re-
moved, they should be replaced. The bolts are torqued to
their yield point and should not be reused.
RCPH08CCH057AAB 2
3. Carefully turn the assembly over onto a support

which will allow access to the two remaining bolts.
Remove the two remaining bolts and discard. Re-
move the ring gear from the assembly.
RCPH07CCH264AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 42
4. Secure the differential cover to the housing with a

nut and bolt. Turn the assembly over and remove
the nut and bolt. Remove the differential cover from
the housing.
RCPH07CCH359AAA 4
RCPH08CCH058AAB 5
6. Remove the bevel lock side gear from the housing.
RCPH08CCH020BAB 6
7. Remove the first separator plate.

NOTICE: This separator plate 87745601 has extra tabs (1).
If the assembly dose not have this separator plate, a new
one will have to be installed during assembly.
RCPH08CCH059AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 43
8. Remove a friction plate.
RCPH08CCH060AAB 8
9. Remove a separator plate. Continue to remove all

separator and friction plates.
RCPH08CCH021BAB 9
10. Apply compressed air to the supply port for the differ-
ential lock piston to free the piston from the housing.
RCPH07CCH267AAA 10
11. Remove the piston from the housing.
RCPH07CCH268AAA 11
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 44
12. Inspect the inner (1) and outer (2) seals of the piston.
Replace the piston if seals are worn or damaged.
RCPH08CCH063AAB 12
13. Remove the short pinion shaft retaining bolts from

the housing.
RCPH07CCH269AAA 13
14. Insert an 8 mm bolt into the threaded hole of the short

pinion shaft.
RCPH07CCH270AAA 14
15. Use the bolt to remove each short pinion shaft from
the housing.
RCPH07CCH271AAA 15
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 45
16. Remove the short spacers from the housing.
RCPH07CCH272AAA 16
17. Remove the short shaft pinion gears from the hous-
ing. Remove the thrust ring and needle bearings
from both short shaft pinion gears.
RCPH07CCH273AAA 17
18. Remove the thrust washers from the housing.
RCPH07CCH274AAA 18
19. Remove the long pinion shaft from the housing.
RCPH07CCH275AAA 19
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 46
20. Remove the long spacers from the housing.
RCPH07CCH276AAA 20
21. Remove the long shaft pinion gears from the hous-
ing. Remove the thrust ring and needle bearings
from both long shaft pinion gears.
RCPH07CCH277AAA 21
22. Remove the thrust washers from the housing.
RCPH07CCH278AAA 22
23. Remove the bevel side gear from the housing.
RCPH07CCH279AAA 23
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 47
24. Remove the thrust washer from the housing.
RCPH07CCH280AAA 24
25. Remove the bearing cup from the housing.
RCPH07CCH073BAA 25
26. Remove the bearing cup from the differential cover.
RCPH07CCH074BAA 26
27. Remove the oil seal from each bearing retainer.
RCPH07CCH281AAA 27
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 48
28. Remove the seal ring from the right hand bearing
retainer.
RCPH08CCH022BAB 28
29. Remove the bearing cone from the right hand bear-
ing retainer.
RCPH07CCH282AAA 29
30. Remove the seal ring from the left hand bearing re-
tainer.
RCPH08CCH062AAB 30
31. Remove the bearing cone from the left hand bearing
retainer.
RCPH07CCH283AAA 31
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 49
l Differential - Assemble (C.60.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 50
Differential - Remove - Standard pinion shaft

T8010, T8020, T8030
Prior operation:
1. Remove the pinion shaft bearing cage mounting

bolts.
RCPH07CCH075BAA 1
2. Install two aligning dowels through the bearing cage

and into the rear frame. Remove the pinion shaft
assembly from the rear frame.
RCPH07CCH284AAA 2
3. Remove the shims from the bearing cage. Use a

micrometer to measure the shims, and record the
shim pack size.
RCPH07CCH285AAA 3
Next operation:
Differential - Disassemble - Standard pinion shaft (C.60.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 51
Differential - Disassemble - Standard pinion shaft

T8010, T8020, T8030
Prior operation:
Differential - Remove - Standard pinion shaft (C.60.A)
1. Remove the front pinion shaft snap ring. Press on

the bearing cone race if it blocks removal of the snap
ring.
RCPH07CCH286AAA 1
2. Mount pinion shaft in a press with pinion gear facing

down. Position support plates under bearing carrier.
RCPH07CCH287AAA 2
3. Press the pinion shaft and bearings out of the bearing

cage. Press the pinion shaft and bearings out of the
bearing cage.
NOTE: The rear bearing (against the gear) must clear the
press or the component will be damaged.
RCPH07CCH287AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 52
4. Press the bearing cone from the pinion shaft.
RCPH07CCH288AAA 4
5. Remove the front bearing cup from the bearing cage.
RCPH07CCH289AAA 5
6. Remove the inner snap ring from the bearing cage.
RCPH07CCH290AAA 6
7. Remove the rear bearing cup from the bearing cage.
RCPH07CCH292AAA 7
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 53
8. Be sure the hole in the bottom of the pinion shaft is

open.
RCPH07CCH291AAA 8
Next operation:
Differential - Assemble - Standard pinion shaft (C.60.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 54
Differential - Assemble - Standard pinion shaft

T8010, T8020, T8030
Prior operation:
Differential - Disassemble - Standard pinion shaft (C.60.A)
1. Press the rear bearing cup into the bearing cage until
seated.
RCPH07CCH293AAA 1
2. Install the rear snap ring in the bearing cage groove.
RCPH07CCH290AAA 2
3. Press the front bearing cup into the bearing cage until
seated against the snap ring.
RCPH07CCH294AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 55
4. Press the bearing cone on the pinion shaft until

RCPH07CCH295AAA 4
5. Install the bearing cage over the shaft and bearing.
RCPH07CCH296AAA 5
6. Install the front bearing on the pinion shaft. Press

the bearing into the bearing cup, while turning the
bearing cage to help seat the bearing.
RCPH07CCH297AAA 6
7. Use feeler gauges to measure the distance from the

bearing cone to the front of the snap ring groove.
RCPH07CCH298AAA 7
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 56
8. Select a snap ring with a thickness between 0.05 mm

(0.002 in) less than your measurement to 0.007 mm
(0.003 in) more than your measurement. If more
than one ring size can be used, use the thicker ring.
RCPH07CCH300AAA 8
9. Install the selected snap ring in the pinion shaft

groove.
RCPH07CCH299AAA 9
10. Measure pinion shaft bearing end play:

A. Mount the bearing cage in a vise.
B. Attach a dial indicator on the bearing cage so
that it indicates from the end of the pinion shaft.
C. Measure the end play by pushing on the shaft
with 222 - 445 N (50 - 100 lb) of force.
D. Record the indicator reading while slightly os-
cillating the shaft.
E. Repeat the procedure in the opposite direction.
F. The difference between the two readings is the
pinion shaft bearing end play. RCPH07CCH302AAA 10
11. Backseat the front bearing on the snap ring with

44482 - 66723 N (10000 - 15000 lb) of force. Check
the end play again. The end play must be between
0.013 - 0.102 mm (0.0005 - 0.004 in). If the end
play is incorrect, install a larger or smaller snap ring
to obtain the correct end play.
NOTE: To calculate the force to use with your ram, see
Differential - Static description - Determining ram pres-
sure (C.60.A).
RCPH07CCH301AAA 11
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 57
12. To determine the correct shim pack size and set the
pinion mounting distance:
A. Measure the distance from the large bearing
cone face (against the pinion head shoulder)
to the mounting face (shim location) of the pin-
ion carrier. Take three measurements and av-
erage the readings. The average is value “A.”
B. Add value “A” to the constant 256.0 mm.
RCPH07CCH081BAA 12
13. Measure the distance between the bearing cage and

the center of the pinion shaft. Take three measure-
ments and average the readings. The average is
value “B.” Subtract value “B” from the value obtained
in the previous step to determine the size of the initial
shim pack for the pinion shaft. [(“A” plus Constant)
minus “B” equals shim pack size]. For example,
• 43.51 mm + 256 mm = 299.51 mm
• 299.51 mm - 298.56 mm = 0.95 mm shim
pack.
RCPH07CCH082BAA 13
Next operation:
Differential - Install - Standard pinion shaft (C.60.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 58
Differential - Install - Standard pinion shaft

T8010, T8020, T8030
Prior operation:
Differential - Assemble - Standard pinion shaft (C.60.A)
1. Select the correct shim pack, determined in the previ-

ous step, within 0.03 mm (0.001 in). Install the shims
over the alignment dowels.
RCPH07CCH285AAA 1
2. Place the pinion shaft assembly on the housing.
RCPH07CCH284AAA 2
3. Install the pinion shaft assembly mounting bolts.

Tighten and then torque the bolts to 102 - 113 Nm
(75 - 83 lb ft).
NOTE: Make sure there is some backlash between the pin-
ion and ring gears before torquing the bolts.
RCPH07CCH075BAA 3
Next operation:
Differential - Assemble (C.60.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 59
Differential - Remove - Heavy duty pinion shaft

T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
1. Remove the pinion shaft bearing cage mounting

bolts.
RCPH07CCH075BAA 1
2. Install two aligning dowels through the bearing cage

and into the rear frame. Remove the pinion shaft
assembly from the rear frame.
RCPH07CCH284AAA 2
3. Remove the shims from the bearing cage. Use a

micrometer to measure the shims, and record the
shim pack size.
RCPH07CCH285AAA 3
Next operation:
Differential - Disassemble - Heavy duty pinion shaft (C.60.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 60
Differential - Disassemble - Heavy duty pinion shaft

T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Differential - Remove - Heavy duty pinion shaft (C.60.A)
1. Loosen the locking ring set screws.
RCPH07CCH076BAA 1
2. Use special tool 380002722 to remove the lock ring

from the shaft.
RCPH07CCH338AAA 2
3. Press the pinion shaft, bearings and shim pack out

of the bearing cage.
NOTE: Make sure that the rear bearing (against the gear)
will clear the press.
RCPH07CCH077BAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 61
4. Press the bearing cone from the pinion shaft.
RCPH07CCH288AAA 4
5. Remove the front bearing cup from the bearing cage.
RCPH07CCH289AAA 5
RCPH07CCH292AAA 6
7. Check that the hole in the bottom of the pinion shaft

is open.
RCPH07CCH291AAA 7
Next operation:
Differential - Assemble - Heavy duty pinion shaft (C.60.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 62
Differential - Assemble - Heavy duty pinion shaft

T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Differential - Disassemble - Heavy duty pinion shaft (C.60.A)
1. Press the small bearing cup into the bearing cage

until seated.
RCPH07CCH339AAA 1
2. Press the larger bearing cup into the bearing cage

until seated.
RCPH07CCH340AAA 2
3. Press the larger bearing cone on the pinion shaft until

RCPH07CCH374AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 63
4. Install the bearing cage over the shaft and bearing.
RCPH07CCH341AAA 4
5. If a new shaft and/or bearings were installed, use a

1.5 mm (0.059 in)thick shim pack. Use the thickest
shims possible to make up this thickness. This thick-
ness should allow bearing end play and help estab-
lish the actual shim pack.
NOTE: If the shaft and/or bearings were not replaced, the
original shim pack may be reused.
RCPH07CCH342AAA 5
6. Install the shim pack.
RCPH07CCH343AAA 6
7. Install the small bearing cone as shown.
RCPH07CCH078BAA 7
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 64
8. Press the small bearing cone down to engage the

cup. A pressing force of 45 kN (10000 lb) is sufficient
to press the bearing cone down.
NOTE: To calculate the force to use with your ram, see
Differential - Static description - Determining ram pres-
sure (C.60.A).
RCPH07CCH344AAA 8
9. The carrier must be slowly rotated by hand during the

pressing operation. If the carrier cannot be rotated by
hand, stop pressing.
RCPH07CCH345AAA 9
10. If the carrier cannot be rotated,

A. Place the bearing carrier on support blocks and
pressing on the top of the shaft, back press the
bearing and shaft from the carrier.
B. Add an additional 0.2 mm (0.008 in) of shim
thickness to the shim pack.
C. Press the small bearing cone down to engage
the carrier while rotating the carrier by hand.
D. • If the carrier cannot be rotated by hand,
repeat Steps A-C.
• If the carrier can be rotated by hand,
continue with Step 11. RCPH07CCH346AAA 10
NOTE: Make sure that the rear bearing (against the gear)
will clear the press.
11. To determine bearing end play:
A. Using wood blocks to support the assembly,
place the shaft assembly on a press.
B. Press down lightly on the top of the shaft to
hold the assembly in place.
C. Install a dial indicator to read end play.
D. Oscillate the carrier back and forth to seat the
bearing rollers.
E. Zero the dial indicator.
F. Using a pry bar on each side of the carrier,
pry up evenly on the carrier to determine the RCPH07CCH347AAA 11
bearing end play.
G. Repeat Steps E and F and average the results.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 65
12. Back press the small bearing cone from the shaft.
Remove the thickness of shims which equals the
measured bearing end play plus 0.025 mm (0.001
in).
NOTE: Every 0.025 mm (0.001 in) of shim thickness re-
moved changes rolling torque by about 1.7 Nm (15 lb in).
13. Again, press the small bearing cone onto the shaft
while rotating the carrier. Maintaining the press force
on the bearing cone, the carrier must rotate by hand,
but with some drag. If the carrier cannot be rotated,
a thicker shim pack must be installed. If the carrier
rotates too freely, the shim pack thickness must be
reduced. Correct as required.
14. Remove the pressing force, and install the lock ring.
RCPH07CCH348AAA 12
15. Tighten and then torque the lock ring to 101 - 111 Nm
(74 - 82 lb ft) using special tool 380002722.
RCPH07CCH079BAA 13
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 66
16. To measure the rolling torque:

A. Support the bearing carrier (1).
B. Install a piece of hose (2) over the end of the
shaft.
C. Place a socket (3) into the other end of the
hose and secure with hose clamps (4).
D. Measure the rolling torque. The specification
is 0.5 - 2.0 Nm (4.5 - 26.5 lb in).
E. If the rolling torque is not within specification,
• Remove the lock nut, back press the
small bearing cone off, and adjust the
shim pack accordingly.
• Each 0.025 mm (0.001 in) thickness
increase/decrease in the shim pack RCPH07CCH080BAA 14
changes rolling torque about 1.7 Nm (15

lb in)).
17. When rolling torque is correct, tighten and the lock
nut is torqued to 125 - 135 Nm (96 - 104 lb ft), tighten
and then torque the lock nut set screws to 6.5 - 7.5
Nm (58 - 66 lb in)).
RCPH07CCH076BAA 15
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 67
18. To determine the correct shim pack size and set the
pinion mounting distance:
A. Measure the distance from the large bearing
cone face (against the pinion head shoulder)
to the mounting face (shim location) of the pin-
ion carrier. Take three measurements and av-
erage the readings. The average is value “A.”
B. Add value “A” to the constant 256.0 mm.
RCPH07CCH081BAA 16
19. Measure the distance between the bearing cage and

the center of the pinion shaft. Take three measure-
ments and average the readings. The average is
value “B.” Subtract value “B” from the value obtained
in the previous step to determine the size of the initial
shim pack for the pinion shaft. [(“A” plus Constant)
minus “B” equals shim pack size]. For example,
• 43.51 mm + 256 mm = 299.51 mm
• 299.51 mm - 298.56 mm = 0.95 mm shim
pack.
RCPH07CCH082BAA 17
Next operation:
Differential - Install - Heavy duty pinion shaft (C.60.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 68
Differential - Install - Heavy duty pinion shaft

T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Differential - Assemble - Heavy duty pinion shaft (C.60.A)
1. Select the correct shim pack, determined in the previ-

ous step, within 0.03 mm (0.001 in). Install the shims
over the alignment dowels.
RCPH07CCH285AAA 1
2. Place the pinion shaft assembly on the housing.
RCPH07CCH284AAA 2
3. Install the pinion shaft assembly mounting bolts.

Tighten and then torque the bolts to 102 - 113 Nm
(75 - 83 lb ft).
NOTE: Make sure there is some backlash between the pin-
ion and ring gears before torquing the bolts.
RCPH07CCH075BAA 3
Next operation:
Differential - Assemble (C.60.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 69
Differential - Assemble
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
1. Press the bearing cones on the right hand and left-

hand bearing retainer until seated against the shoul-
der of the retainer.
RCPH07CCH306AAA 1
2. Install the seal rings on the right hand and left hand
bearing retainer. The ends of the ring must lock to-
gether. Lubricate the seals with petroleum jelly.
RCPH08CCH022BAB 2
3. Press new oil seals into the bearing retainers.

NOTE: The rubber lip on the seals must face the inside of
the housing, the metal rim toward the outside of the hous-
ing.
RCPH07CCH308AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 70
4. The seal must be recessed below the retainer face

0.8 mm (0.032 in) (1).
RCPH07CCH309AAA 4
5. Press the bearing cup into the housing until seated

against the housing.
RCPH07CCH312AAA 5
6. Install the smaller thrust washer into the differential

housing so the washer tabs enter the cavities in the
housing.
RCPH07CCH313AAA 6
7. Install the standard side gear in the housing so the

gear teeth face away from the thrust washer.
RCPH07CCH350AAA 7
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 71
8. Apply petroleum jelly to the four thrust washers. In-

stall two washers for the long pinion shaft so the tabs
(1) enter the cavities (2) in the housing.
RCPH07CCH351AAA 8
9. Apply petroleum jelly to the inside of the four pinion

gears. Install 28 needle bearings in each gear.
RCPH07CCH315AAA 9
10. Install the needle bearing spacers in the gears on top

of the needle bearings.
RCPH07CCH316AAA 10
11. Install the two pinion gears for the long shaft into the
housing against the thrust washers.
RCPH07CCH352AAA 11
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 72
12. Install the long spacer into the housing cavity.
RCPH07CCH353AAA 12
13. Install the long pinion shaft into the housing bore
(without locking bolt holes) through the long spacer.
RCPH07CCH354AAA 13
14. Install the remaining two thrust washers into the

housing so that the washer tabs enter the cavities in
the housing.
RCPH07CCH355AAA 14
15. Install the two remaining pinon gears into the housing
against the thrust washers.
RCPH07CCH273AAA 15
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 73
16. Install the short spacers into the housing so the

smaller diameter ends face the long shaft.
RCPH07CCH356AAA 16
17. Install the two short pinion shafts (small end first) into
the housing bores, through the short spacers and
into the hole in the long spacer and long pinion shaft.
Keep the locking bolt hole of the short shaft aligned
with the bolt hole in the housing.
RCPH07CCH271AAA 17
18. Install the short pinion shaft locking bolts through the
housing into the shafts.
RCPH07CCH269AAA 18
19. Install the differential lock piston in the housing.
RCPH07CCH268AAA 19
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 74
20. Install the locking side gear into the housing so that
the teeth mesh with the pinion gears.
RCPH07CCH357AAA 20
21. Align the tabs of the first separator plate with the slots
in the housing.
RCPH08CCH061AAB 21
22. Install one friction plate in the housing so it will mesh

with the locking side gear.
RCPH08CCH060AAB 22
23. Alternate the separator and friction plates until you

have a total of three friction plates and three separa-
tor plates in the housing.
RCPH07CCH083BAA 23
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 75
24. Install the final separator plate. This plate has extra
tabs to help prevent excessive lateral movement dur-
ing operation.
NOTICE: If the unit dose not have this plate, a new plate
87745601 must be installed.
RCPH08CCH059AAB 24
25. Install the bearing cup into the differential cover until
seated against the cover.
RCPH07CCH321AAA 25
26. Apply grease to the larger thrust washer and install

the washer on the cover so the tabs enter the cover
cavities.
RCPH07CCH266AAA 26
27. Install the differential cover on the housing.
RCPH07CCH359AAA 27
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 76
28. Install three bolts and nuts and temporarily secure

the cover to the housing. Carefully turn the assembly
over onto a support under the cover.
RCPH07CCH322AAA 28
29. Remove the temporary nuts and bolts. Place the ring
gear on the differential housing. Install 12 new ring
gear bolts.
NOTICE: Any time properly torqued ring gear bolts are re-
moved, they should be replaced. The bolts are torqued to
their yield point and should not be reused.
RCPH07CCH264AAA 29
30. Using a crossing pattern, tighten the mounting bolts

to a torque of 310 Nm (230 lb ft).
RCPH08CCH057AAB 30
31. Install the seal rings on the housing. The ends of

the rings must lock together. Lubricate the seals with
petroleum jelly.
RCPH08CCH019BAB 31
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 77
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 78
Differential - Install
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Differential - Install - Standard pinion shaft (C.60.A)
Prior operation:
Differential - Install - Heavy duty pinion shaft (C.60.A)
1. Remove the pinion shaft assembly from the housing

for installation of the differential. Do not remove the
shims.
RCPH08CCH053AAB 1
2. Install and secure the differential lifting tool

380002893 on the ring gear.
3. Use appropriate lift equipment to support the differ-
ential assembly. Install the assembly in the rear
frame with the ring gear to the left hand side. Lower
the differential until it is suspended just above the
bottom of the housing.
RCPH08CCH015BAB 2
4. Install two aligning dowels in each bearing retainer

mounting surface.
RCPH08CCH054AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 79
5. Install shims as follows:

• If no changes were made to the differential
bearings, install the original shim packs in their
original locations at each bearing retainer.
Use the procedure in Differential - Preload
(C.60.A) to check the rolling torque. Check
the backlash on the ring and pinion and ad-
just if necessary; see Differential - Backlash
(C.60.A).
• If the differential bearings and/or the housing
was replaced, use the procedure in Differen-
tial - Preload (C.60.A) to determine the shim
pack size and set the preload. Install half
the shim pack under each bearing retainer.
Use the procedure in Differential - Backlash
(C.60.A) to set the ring and pinion backlash.
6. Note the location of the lube passage on the rear
frame housing
RCPH08CCH054AAB 4
7. Installing the shim pack so the lube hole (1) in the

shims is aligned with the lube passage in the frame
(2).
RCPH08CCH016BAB 5
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 80
8. Install the left differential bearing carrier, making sure

that the lube oil passage (1) remains aligned with the
hole (2) in the shims.
NOTE: The differential carrier may have to be moved up or
down for alignment with the bearing carriers.
RCPH08CCH017BAB 6
9. Install the three mounting bolts (1). Tighten the bolts

evenly to a torque of 235 - 260 Nm (173 - 192 lb ft).
RCPH08CCH018BAB 7
10. Remove the differential carrier lifting tool from the

differential.
RCPH08CCH014BAB 8
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 81
11. Install the pinion shaft assembly.
RCPH08CCH053AAB 9
12. Evenly tighten the pinion shaft bearing carrier mount-

ing bolts to a torque of 102 - 113 Nm (75 - 84 lb ft)
RCPH08CCH055AAB 10
13. Lubricate a new O-ring with petroleum jelly and install

in the housing
RCPH08CCH056AAB 11
14. Lubricate a new O-ring with petroleum jelly, and in-

stall on the differential lock supply tube.
RCPH08CCH052AAB 12
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 82
15. Install the supply tube for the differential lock on the
differential. Connect the fitting to the housing and
tighten.
RCPH08CCH051AAB 13
16. Install the pinion shaft carrier bearing lube tube and
tighten the mounting bolt.
RCPH08CCH050AAB 14
17. Join the power train between the range housing and
the rear frame. Refer to TRANSMISSION Power-
shift - Join - Range transmission to rear frame
(C.20.E).
18. Install the PTO drive shaft (1).
RCPH08CCH049AAB 15
Next operation:
Install the PTO clutch carrier. Refer to PTO clutch - Install (C.40.C).
Next operation:
Next operation:
Next operation:
Install the service brakes, if required. Refer to Brake - Assemble (D.30.C).
Next operation:
Install the axle shafts and planetaries. Refer to BAR AXLE - Install (C.60.A).
Next operation:
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 83
Install any transmission and axle housings drain plugs that have been removed. Reinstall the hydraulic oil that was
removed and top off as required.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 84
Differential - Preload
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
1. Once the differential assembly is installed into the

rear frame, the bearing preload must be established
if the differential bearings or housing were replaced;
and this complete procedure must be performed. If
these components were not replaced, continue with
Step 6 and check the rolling torque.
RCPH07CCH375AAA 1
2. Install the left hand bearing retainer assembly on the

rear frame without shims.
RCPH07CCH259AAA 2
3. Tighten and then torque the three mounting bolts to

235 - 260 Nm (173 - 192 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH328AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 85
4. Install the right hand bearing retainer assembly on

the rear frame without shims.
RCPH07CCH261AAA 4
5. Tighten the three bearing retainer bolts while rotating

the differential to seat the bearings. Torque the bolts
equally and evenly in steps of 2.8 Nm (25 lb in) until
11 Nm (100 lb in) of torque is reached on each bolt.
RCPH07CCH329AAA 5
6. Check the rolling torque:

A. Install the rolling torque adapter – special tool
CAS1902-2 – into the differential assembly.
B. Loosen the right hand carrier bolts evenly until
they are finger tight.
C. Tighten the right hand carrier bolts equally and
evenly until a rolling torque of 5 Nm (45 lb in)
is reached.
NOTICE: Do not tighten beyond this point.
RCPH07CCH330AAA 6
7. Use a depth micrometer to measure from the right

hand bearing retainer face to the rear frame through
the three equally spaced holes. Average the three
measurements and record the dimension. This di-
mension is used to determine the thickness of the
new shim pack.
NOTICE: If any two readings vary by more than 0.254 mm
(0.01 in), loosen the bolts and check for proper seating,
burrs or foreign material. Repeat the procedure until the
readings are within the specification.
RCPH07CCH331AAA 7
Next operation:
Differential - Backlash (C.60.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 86
Differential - Backlash
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Differential - Preload (C.60.A)
1. Determine required shim pack thickness for the bear-

ing retainers:
A. Measure the thickness of the right hand bear-
ing retainer at the machined surfaces (1).
B. Subtract this dimension from the average
dimension obtained when measuring the re-
tainer face to the rear frame.
C. The difference between the two values is the
thickness for the shim pack.
D. Remove the bearing retainers, and split the
shim pack equally between the two bearing re-
tainers. RCPH07CCH332AAA 1
2. Reinstall the bearing retainers as follows:

A. After installing the new shim pack, install the
bearing carriers.
B. Tighten and then torque the bearing carrier
bolts to 255 - 260 Nm (130 - 144 lb ft) while
rotating the differential.
C. Rolling torque of the differential must be 4.5 -
8.0 Nm (40 - 70 lb in) for new bearings and 2.0
- 4.0 Nm (20 - 35 lb in) for old bearings (used
for more than 200 hours). The desired setting
is in the upper half of the ranges.
D. To increase rolling torque, remove approxi- RCPH07CCH330AAA 2
mately 0.05 mm (0.002 in) of shim material
from the right-hand bearing retainer.
E. To decrease rolling torque, add approximately
0.05 mm (0.002 in) of shim material from the
right-hand bearing retainer.
3. Install the seal rings on both the left hand and right
hand bearing retainer. The ends of the ring must lock
together.
RCPH07CCH307AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 87
4. Adjust ring and pinion backlash as follows:

A. Mount a dial indicator on the rear frame.
B. Position the dial indicator so that it contacts
one tooth on the ring gear. Do not move the
pinion gear.
C. Rotate the ring gear in either the forward or
reverse direction to achieve full contact with
the pinion gear.
D. Zero the dial indicator.
E. Rotate the ring gear in the opposite direction to
achieve full contact with the pinion gear in the
opposite direction. RCPH07CCH333AAA 4
F. Record the dial indicator reading.

G. The dial indicator reading is the ring and pinion
gear backlash. The backlash for the standard
duty set must be between 0.18 - 0.28 mm (0.07
- 0.11 in). The backlash for the heavy duty set
must be between 0.23 - 0.36 mm (0.09 - 0.14
in).
H. To adjust the ring and pinion gear backlash,
move shims from one side of the differential
to the other. Moving a 0.254 mm (0.010 in)
shim from one side to the other will change the
backlash approximately 0.169 mm (0.0067 in).
NOTICE: The pinion shaft must be fixed and may not move
during this measurement.
Next operation:
Differential - Gear tooth contact (C.60.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 88
Differential - Gear tooth contact

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Differential - Backlash (C.60.A)
1. Apply prussian blue or red lead on the convex side

of the gear teeth. Turn the pinion several revolutions
in the forward (clockwise) direction, while applying a
braking force on the gear, to determine the contact
pattern.
2. Compare your contact pattern to the illustrations for
correct and incorrect contacts patterns in Differen-
tial - Static description - Gear tooth contact pat-
tern (C.60.A).
3. Adjust the shim thickness to correct your pattern be-
tween the ring gear (1) and the bevel gear (2), if re-
quired.
• Remove approximately 0.10 mm (0.005 in) of
shim thickness under the pinion bearing cage
to move the pinion inward (3).
• Add approximately 0.10 mm (0.005 in) of shim
thickness under the pinion bearing cage to
move the pinion outward (4).
RCPH07CCH337AAA 1
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 89
Carrier Seal - Replace

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
BAR AXLE - Remove (C.60.A)
1. Remove the seal from the differential carrier.
RCPH07CCH531AAA 1
2. Use a driver to install a new seal until the seal is flush

with the surface of the differential carrier.
RCPH07CCH532AAA 2
Next operation:
BAR AXLE - Install (C.60.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 90
Housing - Disassemble
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
1. Remove the nylon wear insert from the axle shaft

end. Remove the retaining ring from the axle shaft.
NOTE: Press on the thrust ring to relieve pressure on the
retaining ring before removing retaining ring from shaft.
RCPH07CCH515AAA 1
2. Remove the thrust ring from the axle shaft.
RCPH07CCH516AAA 2
3. Remove the shims from the axle shaft.
RCPH07CCH517AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 91
4. Install a pulling bridge – special tool 89-525-18 (1) or

equivalent – and a portable hydraulic ram – special
tool CAS10030 (2) or equivalent – on the axle hous-
ing. Press the axle assembly out of the axle housing.
RCPH07CCH518AAA 4
5. Remove the seal and, if equipped, the wear sleeve,

from the axle shaft.
RCPH07CCH519AAA 5
6. Use a bearing puller to press the bearing from the

axle shaft.
RCPH07CCH520AAA 6
7. Remove and discard the O-ring used on 102 mm (4.0

in) diameter axles from the axle bushing.
RCPH07CCH521AAA 7
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 92
8. Use a bearing puller to press the bushing from the

axle shaft.
NOTE: Remove the O-ring from the inside diameter of the
bushing on 115 mm (4.5 in) diameter axle.
RCPH07CCH522AAA 8
9. Use a puller to remove the inner bearing cup from the

axle housing.
RCPH07CCH114BAA 9
10. Use a puller to remove the outer bearing cup from

the axle housing.
RCPH07CCH523AAA 10
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 93
Housing - Assemble
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Housing - Disassemble (C.60.A)
102 mm (4.0 in) standard axle

1. Press the bushing onto the axle shaft with 89000 N
(20000 lb) force so that it is seated tightly on the
shoulder.
RCPH07CCH534AAA 1

in the axle bushing.
RCPH07CCH521AAA 2
3. The O-ring must be installed in the groove of the

bushing.
RCPH07CCH535AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 94
102 mm (4.0 in) heavy duty axle

4. Press the axle bushing (1) onto the axle shaft with
222500 N (50000 lb) force so that it is seated tightly
on the shoulder. Lubricate a new O-ring (2) with pe-
troleum jelly and install in the groove chamfer of the
axle bushing.
RCPH07CCH115BAA 4
115 mm (4.5 in) axle

5. Lubricate a new O-ring (1) with petroleum jelly and in-
stall into the groove in the axle bushing (2). Press the
axle bushing with O-ring installed on the axle shaft
with 89000 N (20000 lb) force so that it is seated
tightly on the shoulder.
RCPH07CCH536AAA 5
All axles
6. Press the outer axle bearing on the axle shaft so it is
tight against the bushing.
RCPH07CCH537AAA 6
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 95
7. Put antiseize compound on the outside diameter of

the outer bearing cup. Use a driver to install the bear-
ing cup in the axle housing until the cup is seated.
RCPH07CCH538AAA 7
8. Put antiseize compound on the outside diameter of

the inner bearing cup. Use a driver to install the bear-
ing cup into the axle housing until the cup is seated.
RCPH07CCH539AAA 8
9. Install the axle shaft assembly:

A. Install the axle shaft (4) assembly in the axle
housing (3).
B. Apply a light coat of oil to the bearing cone
inside diameter and place the bearing on the
axle shaft.
C. Install the proper spacer (2) over the inner
bearing cone.
D. Position a 30-ton ram (1) over the spacer and
install an M20 threaded rod through the ram
and into the axle end.
E. Secure with a washer and nut.
RCPH07CCH116BAA 9
102 mm (4.0 in) standard and heavy duty axle

10. Press the inner bearing onto the axle shaft with about
93450 N (21000 lb) force while oscillating and ro-
tating the axle until a rolling torque of 28 - 34 Nm
(250 - 300 lb in) is obtained. The torque may be
checked with a torque wrench on the nut installed on
the threaded rod.
NOTE: To determine the force to use with your ram, see
Housing - Static description - Determining ram pres-
sure (C.60.A).
RCPH07CCH542AAA 10
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 96
115 mm (4.5 in) axle

11. Press the inner bearing onto the axle shaft with about
111250 N (25000 lb) force while oscillating and ro-
tating the axle until a rolling torque of 33 - 47 Nm
(290 - 420 lb in) is obtained. The torque may be
checked with a torque wrench on the nut installed on
the threaded rod.
sure (C.60.A).
RCPH07CCH542AAA 11
All axles
12. Determine the shim pack requirements:
A. Remove threaded rod, ram, and spacer.
B. Do not rotate the axle.
C. Measure the distance from the bearing to the
far side of the bearing snap ring groove.
D. Select a shim pack whose total thickness when
combined with the thrust ring and retaining ring
is equal to the distance obtained in Step C.
E. Install the shim pack, thrust ring, and retaining
ring on the axle. The thickest shim must be
next to the bearing.
RCPH07CCH540AAA 12
F. The retaining ring must be fully seated in the
groove.
13. Install the pushing bridge – special tool 89-525-18
or equivalent – and a 30-ton ram – special tool
CAS10030 or equivalent – on the axle assembly.
RCPH07CCH541AAA 13
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 97
14. Press the 102 mm (4.0 in) axle 75650 N (17000 lb) in
the housing. Press the 115 mm (4.5 in) axle 97900
N (22000 lb) in the housing. Check that the snap ring
is tight in the groove and will not rotate.
sure (C.60.A).
RCPH07CCH542AAA 14
15. Check the axle assembly rolling torque. See the ta-
ble below for the specification for your axle. Rolling
torque is adjusted by adding or subtracting shims.
Changing the shim pack thickness by 0.025 mm
(0.001 in) changes the rolling torque approximately
2.3 Nm (20 lb in)2.3 Nm (20 lb. in.) for the 102 mm
(4.0 in) axle and 2.8 Nm (25 lb in) for the 115 mm
(4.5 in) axle. Adjust shim pack thickness until the
axle rolling torque is within specifications.
RCPH07CCH543AAA 15
Rolling torque
2489 mm (98 in) [ 102 mm (4.0 in) diameter] standard axle
New bearings 16.0 - 24.0 Nm (140 - 210 lb in)
Used bearing 8.0 - 12.0 Nm (70 - 105 lb in)
2489 mm (98 in) and 3048 mm (120 in) [ 102 mm (4.0 in) diameter] heavy duty axle
3048 mm (120 in) [ 115 mm (4.5 in) diameter] axle

16. Move the planetary into position on the inner axle

shaft.
NOTE: Three gear planetary shown.
RCPH07CCH584AAA 16
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 98
17. Install the planetary assembly retaining ring in the

groove on the axle shaft.
RCPH07CCH513AAA 17
18. Install a new nylon wear insert in the axle.
RCPH07CCH515AAA 18
19. Fill the inner two grooves of the axle seal approxi-
mately half full with NEW HOLLAND AMBRA GR-9
MULTI-PURPOSE GREASE.
RCPH07CCH544AAA 19
20. Fill the seal grooves as shown for 102 mm (4.0 in)
axles.
RCPH07CCH545AAA 20
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 99
axles.
RCPH07CCH546AAA 21
22. Apply Loctite® 515 gasket eliminator on the outside

diameter of the seal. Install the seal over the axle
shaft and into the axle housing. The edge of the seal
must be flush with the axle housing.
NOTICE: Use flat bar (not shown) between driver and seal
to install seal flush with housing.
NOTICE: Do not apply Loctite 515 to the seal outside di-
ameter on the 115 mm (4.5 in) axle.
RCPH07CCH547AAA 22
23. Remove any foreign material from the ring gear. Put
a bead of Loctite® 515 gasket eliminator on the axle
side of the ring gear.
RCPH07CCH548AAA 23
24. Install the ring gear on the axle housing assembly.
RCPH07CCH113BAA 24
25. Repeat this procedure for the remaining axle if it is

being serviced.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 100
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 101
Final drive Planetary - Disassemble

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
1. If the planetary gears will be reinstalled, mark the

gear locations so the gears are returned to their orig-
inal location in the carrier.
RCPH07CCH524AAA 1
2. Drive the roll pin into the planet gear shaft.
RCPH07CCH525AAA 2
3. Remove the planet gear shaft from the planetary

gear carrier.
RCPH07CCH526AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 102
4. Remove the planetary gear and bearing assembly

from the gear carrier.
RCPH07CCH528AAA 4
5. Remove the thrust washer and needle bearings from

one side of the planet gear.
NOTE: Record the number of needle bearings in the planet
gear.
RCPH07CCH529AAA 5
6. Remove the thrust ring. Turn the planet gear over

and remove the other thrust washer and needle bear-
ings.
RCPH07CCH530AAA 6
7. Repeat Steps 2- 5 for the other planet gear assem-

blies.
Next operation:
Final drive Planetary - Assemble (C.60.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 103
Final drive Planetary - Assemble

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Final drive Planetary - Disassemble (C.60.A)
1. Apply petroleum jelly to the needle bearings to keep

them in place and install the bearings on one side of
the planet gear. Turn the planet gear over and install
the thrust ring. Apply petroleum jelly to the remaining
needle bearings and install the bearings in the gear.
NOTE: The proper number of needle bearings must be in-
stalled as noted during disassembly.
RCPH07CCH530AAA 1
2. Install a thrust washer on both sides of the planet

gear.
RCPH07CCH691AAA 2
3. Put the planet gear assembly into position in the gear

carrier. Make sure that the assemblies are installed
in their original locations.
NOTE: Three-gear planetary shown.
RCPH07CCH528AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 104
4. Align the holes in the bearing shaft with the roll pin
hole in the planetary gear carrier.
RCPH07CCH526AAA 4
5. Slide the bearing shaft through the planet gear bear-

ings until the roll pin hole can be seen in the planet
gear carrier.
RCPH07CCH692AAA 5
6. Install the roll pin in the bearing shaft until the end of
the pin is flush with planet gear carrier housing.
RCPH07CCH525AAA 6
7. Repeat Steps 1- 6 for the other planet gears.
Next operation:
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 105
Final drive Seal - Replace - Axle wear sleeve

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
102 mm (4.0 in) axle only

1. Remove the old seal from the axle housing.
RCPH07CCH557AAA 1
2. Remove the old wear sleeve, if equipped. Check

wear sleeve thickness. If a thick wear sleeve was
installed, a puller may be required to remove the
sleeve.
RCPH07CCH558AAA 2
3. Clean any foreign material and remove any

scratches from the axle bushing. Make sure that the
axle bearing is not contaminated.
RCPH07CCH559AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 106
4. Clean the exterior surface of the axle in the wear

sleeve area and the inside diameter of the new wear
sleeve with Loctite safety solvent.
RCPH07CCH560AAA 4
5. Apply Loctite® 290 to seal the area between the axle

bushing and axle.
RCPH07CCH561AAA 5
6. Apply Loctite® 609 to the outside diameter of the axle

bushing.
RCPH07CCH562AAA 6
7. Install the wear sleeve:

1. Heat the new wear sleeve in a bearing oven to
191 - 204 °C (375 - 400 °F).
2. Install the sleeve on the axle bushing with the
outside diameter chamfer to the outside. The
wear sleeve must just touch or be no more than
0.51 mm (0.02 in) away from the axle bearing.
WARNING
ALWAYS wear protective gloves when handling heated
parts. Failure can cause injury.
M943
RCPH07CCH563AAA 7
NOTE: If the wear sleeve is driven onto the axle bushing,

the sleeve must not touch and preload the axle bearing.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 107
8. Fill the inner two grooves of the axle seal approxi-

mately half full with NEW HOLLAND AMBRA GR-9
MULTI-PURPOSE GREASE.
RCPH07CCH544AAA 8

axles.
RCPH07CCH545AAA 9
10. Apply Loctite® 515 gasket eliminator to the outside

diameter of the axle shaft.
RCPH07CCH564AAA 10
11. Start the axle seal over the axle and into the axle
housing. The edge of the seal must be flush with the
axle housing.
NOTICE: Place a flat bar (not shown) between the drive
and seal to install the seal flush with the axle housing.
RCPH07CCH565AAA 11
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 108
Cover - Remove - Rear axle top cover

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Remove the cab. Refer to USER PLATFORM - Remove - Cab remove (E.34.A)
1. If the tractor is equipped with power beyond and mo-

tor return, remove the line clamp (1), and disconnect
the supply (2) and load sensing (3) lines. Plug or cap
all ports and lines.
RCPH08CCH032AAB 1
2. Disconnect the supply line (1) for power beyond at

the remote manifold. Disconnect the load sensing
line (2) at the hitch valve. Plug or cap all ports and
lines.
RCPH08CCH033AAB 2
3. If equipped, disconnect the hydraulic lines (1) at the

coupler for the hitch center link. Plug or cap all ports
and lines. Disconnect the lift link hydraulic lines (2)
at the coupler.
RCPH08CCH030AAB 3
4. Remove the rock shaft assembly. Refer to HITCH

Rear hitch - Remove (H.10.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 109
5. Remove the right (shown) and left cab support brack-

ets.
RCPH08CCH012BAB 4
6. Remove the mounting bolts (1) for the support

bracket, and remove the bracket (2).
RCPH08CCH031AAB 5
7. If the tractor is equipped with a reversible PTO, dis-

connect the connector to the sensor.
RCPH08CCH034AAB 6
8. Remove the left (shown) and right collection bottles

for the remote couplers from their holders. Allow the
bottles to hang from their drain hose.
RCPH08CCH035AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 110
9. Remove the transmission harness from the clamp

located on the top cover.
RCPH08CCH036AAB 8
10. If the tractor is equipped with AccuSteer, disconnect

the harness connector.
RCPH08CCH043AAB 9
11. Disconnect the lube supply line to the right brake.

Cap the port and plug the line.
RCPH08CCH041AAB 10
12. Disconnect the lube supply line to the left brake. Cap
the port and plug the line.
RCPH08CCH042AAB 11
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 111
13. Disconnect the return line from the return hose for
the hydraulic hitch/remote valves. Cap the port and
plug the line.
RCPH08CCH037AAB 12
14. If equipped, disconnect the supply hose for the front

axle differential lock from the PTO/differential lock
valve. Cap the port and plug the line.
RCPH08CCH039AAB 13
15. Disconnect the remote/hitch load sense line (1) at the

priority valve. Remove the bolt (2) at the line support
bracket. Cap the port and plug the line.
RCPH08CCH038AAB 14
16. Disconnect the lube supply line (1). Disconnect the

supply line (2) for the differential lock/PTO valve.
Cap all ports and plug all lines.
RCPH08CCH040AAB 15
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 112
17. Remove the harness connector to the PTO speed

sensor.
RCPH08CCH046AAB 16
18. Remove the cover mounting bolts from the rear and
right side.
RCPH08CCH044AAB 17
19. Remove the cover mounting bolts from the left side
and front (not shown).
RCPH08CCH045AAB 18
20. Place a lifting strap around the top cover assembly,

and carefully lift the assembly from the housing.
RCPH08CCH013BAB 19
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 113
21. Discard the gasket. Remove any gasket materiel

and/or dirt from the cover mounting surface (1) on
the housing. Remove the hydraulic jumper tubes for
the PTO clutch and lube circuit (2).
RCPH08CCH047AAB 20
22. Remove the sealing ring and discard.
RCPH08CCH048AAB 21
Next operation:
See PTO gear removal: Gear - Remove (C.40.C)
Next operation:
See rear differential removal: Differential - Remove (C.60.A)
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 114
Cover - Install - Rear axle top cover

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
See PTO gear install. Gear - Install (C.40.C)
Prior operation:
See rear differential install. Differential - Install (C.60.A)
Prior operation:
Cover - Remove - Rear axle top cover (C.60.A)
1. Install a new seal

NOTE: Lubricate the seal with petroleum jelly to keep it in
place during assembly.
RCPH08CCH048AAB 1
2. Place a new gasket on the housing surface (1) for the

top cover. Install new O-rings on the jumper tubes (2)
for the PTO clutch and lube circuit. Install the jumper
tubes.
RCPH08CCH047AAB 2
3. Place a lifting strap around the top cover assembly,

and carefully move the assembly into place. When
lowering the assembly into position, make sure the
cover is properly aligned with the dowel pins in the
housing.
RCPH08CCH013BAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 115
4. Reinstall the mounting bolts for the top cover, and

RCPH08CCH045AAB 4
5. Reinstall the harness connector for the PTO sensor.
RCPH08CCH046AAB 5
6. Install new O-rings and reconnect the supply line for

the differential/PTO valve (1) and the lube supply line
(2). Tighten all fittings.
RCPH08CCH040AAB 6
7. Install a new O-ring and reconnect the load sense

line for the remote/hitch (1). Tighten the fitting. In-
stall the support bracket with the mounting bolt (2)
removed earlier.
RCPH08CCH038AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 116
8. If required, install a new O-ring and reconnect the

front axle differential lock hydraulic hose to the dif-
ferential/PTO valve. Tighten the fitting.
RCPH08CCH039AAB 8
9. Install a new O-ring, and reconnect the return line

to the hose for the hydraulic hitch/remote valves.
Tighten the fitting.
RCPH08CCH037AAB 9
10. Install a new O-ring, and reconnect the lube line for
the left brake. Tighten the fitting.
RCPH08CCH042AAB 10
11. Install a new O-ring, and reconnect the lube line for
the right brake. Tighten the fitting.
RCPH08CCH041AAB 11
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 117
12. If the tractor is equipped with AccuSteer, reconnect

the harness connector.
RCPH08CCH043AAB 12
13. Install the transmission harness clamp on the

bracket. Tighten the nut and bolt.
RCPH08CCH036AAB 13
14. Install the left (shown) and right drain bottles for the
hydraulic couplers into their holding brackets.
RCPH08CCH035AAB 14
15. If equipped with a reversible PTO, reconnect the har-

ness connector to the sensor.
RCPH08CCH034AAB 15
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 118
16. Reinstall the bracket (1), and secure with two bolts
(2). Reinstall any connectors removed during disas-
sembly.
RCPH08CCH031AAB 16
17. Reinstall the right cab support. Install the four mount-
ing bolts and washers. Tighten to a torque of 310 -
380 Nm (230 - 280 lb ft). Repeat for the left side.
RCPH08CCH012BAB 17
18. Reinstall the hitch rock shaft. Refer to HITCH Rear

hitch - Install (H.10.C)
19. If equipped, reinstall the control hoses (1) for the lift
link cylinder in the remote coupler, making sure they
are installed in the correct ports. Install new O-rings
and reconnect the control hoses (2) for the center link
cylinder, making sure they are installed in the correct
ports. Tighten the fittings.
RCPH08CCH030AAB 18
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 119
20. If the tractor is equipped with power beyond, install

a new O-ring and connect the supply line (1) to the
remote manifold. Install a new O-ring, and connect
the load sense line (2) to the hitch valve. Do not
tighten the fitting at this time.
RCPH08CCH033AAB 19
21. Install a new O-ring, and connect the supply line (1)
to the power beyond valve. Install a new O-ring, and
connect the load sense line (2). Reinstall the line
clamp and tighten the bolt. Tighten all fittings.
RCPH08CCH032AAB 20
Next operation:
Install the cab. Refer to USER PLATFORM - Install - Cab install (E.34.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 120
Differential lock - Troubleshooting

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Differential lock does not Active electrical fault condition See Differential lock - Testing (C.60.A).
engage.
Differential lock solenoid See Differential lock - Testing (C.60.A).
Mechanical clutch problem Disassemble the differential. See Differen-
tial - Remove (C.60.A).
Differential lock does not Active electrical fault condition See Differential lock - Testing (C.60.A).
disengage.
Differential lock solenoid See Differential lock - Testing (C.60.A).
Mechanical clutch problem Disassemble the differential. See Differen-
tial - Remove (C.60.A).
Differential lock - Testing

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Check for active fault codes relatedActive fault codes found. Active fault codes not found.
Action
to the differential lock in the tractor Action
multi function (TMF) controller. Use the troubleshooting in this man- Go to Step 2.
ual for the active fault code(s) to re-
solve this problem.
Differential lock icon does not dis- Differential lock icon does display.
Check the differential lock control play. Control circuit is operating Control circuit is not operating prop-
circuit: properly. erly.
• Place the differential lock Action Action
switch in the On position. Go to Step 5. Go to Step 3.
• Press either brake pedal to

disengage the differential
lock.
• Check for the presence of
the differential icon on the
tractor instrumentation.
differential lock solenoid. Turn the Action Action
differential lock switch On. Go to Step 4. See schematic frame Wiring har-
Check ness - Electrical schematic frame
Measure voltage between pin 1 49 (A.30.A). Locate and repair the
of connector 158M and chassis open circuit between the solenoid
ground. and the tractor multi function (TMF)
controller.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 121

Press either brake pedal to disen- No voltage. 12 V.
gage differential lock. Action Action
Check Go to Step 5. See schematic frame Wiring har-
Measure voltage between pin 1 ness - Electrical schematic frame
of connector 158M and chassis 49 (A.30.A). Locate and repair the
ground. short circuit to B+ between the so-
lenoid and the tractor multi function
(TMF) controller.
Pressure dips, and then recovers to Pressure dips, but does not recover
Check for leakage using the tractor normal regulated pressure. to normal regulated pressure.
instrumentation: Action Action
• Press the INCR or DECR Hydraulic circuit is performing cor-
There is a leak in the differential lock
key on the tractor instru- rectly. Submit a concern to ASIST.
hydraulic circuit:
mentation until the TRANS
OIL TEMP screen displays. • Check the differential lock
valve cartridge for leaking
• Operate the engine at 1500
seals.
RPM until the transmission
oil is heated to at least 49 °C • Remove and disassemble
(120 °F). the differential. See Differ-
ential - Remove (C.60.A).
• Press the INCR key on the
instrumentation until the
TRANS SYS PRESSURE
screen displays.
Check
Engage the differential lock while
monitoring transmission pressure:
(Repeat this test several times.)
Differential lock - Testing

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Check for active fault codes related Active fault codes found. Active fault codes not found.
Action
to the differential lock in the tractor Action
multi function (TMF) controller. Use the troubleshooting in this man- Go to Step 2.
solve this problem.
Place the differential lock switch in Differential lock icon does display. Differential lock icon does not dis-
the On position. Control circuit is operating properly. play. Control circuit is not operating
Check Action properly.
Check for the presence of the differ- Problem is mechanical. Disas- Action
ential icon on the tractor instrumen- semble and repair the differential Go to Step 3.
tation. lock. See Differential - Remove
(C.60.A).
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 122

differential lock solenoid. Turn the Action Action
differential lock switch On. Go to Step 4. See schematic frame Wiring har-
controller.
Press either brake pedal to disen- No voltage. 12 V.
gage differential lock. Action Action
Check Problem is mechanical. Disas- See schematic frame Wiring har-
Measure voltage between pin 1 semble and repair the differential ness - Electrical schematic frame
of connector 158M and chassis lock. See Differential - Remove 49 (A.30.A). Locate and repair the
ground. (C.60.A). short circuit to B+ between the so-
(TMF) controller.
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 123
Index
POWER TRAIN - C
BAR AXLE - 60.A

BAR AXLE - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
BAR AXLE - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
BAR AXLE - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
BAR AXLE - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
BAR AXLE - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Carrier Seal - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Cover - Install - Rear axle top cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Cover - Remove - Rear axle top cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential - Assemble - Heavy duty pinion shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
T8040, T8050
Differential - Assemble - Standard pinion shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
T8010, T8020, T8030
Differential - Backlash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential - Disassemble - Heavy duty pinion shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
T8040, T8050
Differential - Disassemble - Standard pinion shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
T8010, T8020, T8030
Differential - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential - Exploded view - Heavy duty pinion shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
T8040, T8050
Differential - Exploded view - Standard pinion shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
T8010, T8020, T8030
Differential - Gear tooth contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential - Install - Heavy duty pinion shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
T8040, T8050
Differential - Install - Standard pinion shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
T8010, T8020, T8030
Differential - Preload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential - Remove - Heavy duty pinion shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
T8040, T8050
Differential - Remove - Standard pinion shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
T8010, T8020, T8030
Differential - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential - Service limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential - Static description - Determining ram pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential - Static description - Gear tooth contact pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 124
Differential lock - Dynamic description - Control valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential lock - Dynamic description - System and controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential lock - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential lock - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential lock - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Final drive Planetary - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Final drive Planetary - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Final drive Planetary - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Final drive Seal - Replace - Axle wear sleeve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Housing - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Housing - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Housing - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Housing - Static description - Determining ram pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
C.60.A / 125
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
84318454 14/03/2010
SERVICE MANUAL
TRAVELLING
T8010
T8020
T8030
T8040
T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
D
Contents
TRAVELLING - D
FRONT AXLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.10.A

T8010 , T8020 , T8030 , T8040 , T8050
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.14.C

T8010 , T8020 , T8030 , T8040 , T8050
STEERING Hydraulic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.20.C

T8010 , T8020 , T8030 , T8040 , T8050
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.30.C

T8010 , T8020 , T8030 , T8040 , T8050
PARKING BRAKE Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.32.C

T8010 , T8020 , T8030 , T8040 , T8050
BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.34.C

T8010 , T8020 , T8030 , T8040 , T8050
BRAKE CONNECTION Pneumatic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.34.E

T8010 , T8020 , T8030 , T8040 , T8050
SUSPENSION Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.40.C

T8010 , T8020 , T8030 , T8040 , T8050
WHEELS AND TRACKS Wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.50.C

T8010 , T8020 , T8030 , T8040 , T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
D
TRAVELLING - D
FRONT AXLE - 10.A
T8010
T8020
T8030
T8040
T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 1
Contents
TRAVELLING - D
FRONT AXLE - 10.A
TECHNICAL DATA
Axle
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Special tools - Class V MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Torque - Supersteer MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Special tools - Supersteer MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Torque - Vertical link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Torque - Suspended MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential
Limited slip - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Limited slip - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Limited slip - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Locking - Torque - Standard locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Locking - Special tools - Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Locking - General specification - Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Steering knuckle and King pin

Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Special tools - Standard MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Planetary and hub

Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Special tools - Standard MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Sensing system
Torque - Steering angle sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Axle
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 2
Exploded view - Suspended MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Axle shaft
Exploded view - Standard MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential
Limited slip - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Locking - Exploded view - Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Housing - Exploded view - Standard locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Dynamic description - Gear tooth pattern interpretation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Planetary and hub

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
SERVICE
Axle
Remove - Class V MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install - Class V MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Remove - Supersteer MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install - Supersteer MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Disassemble - Vertical link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Replace - Roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Replace - Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Assemble - Vertical link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Remove - Suspended axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Disassemble - Suspended MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Assemble - Suspended MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install - Suspended MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Axle shaft
Disassemble Standard MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Assemble - Standard MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 3
Housing - Remove - Limited slip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Limited slip - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Limited slip - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Limited slip - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Limited slip - Depth adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Limited slip - Preload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Limited slip - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Limited slip - Backlash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Limited slip - Gear tooth contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Housing - Install - Limited slip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Housing - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Locking - Remove - Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Locking - Disassemble - Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Locking - Assemble - Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Locking - Depth adjust - Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Locking - Preload - Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Locking - Install - Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Locking - Backlash - Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Locking - Gear tooth contact - Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Housing - Install - Standard locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Disassemble - Standard MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Planetary and hub

Disassemble - Standard MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Assemble - Standard MFD 10 bolt hub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Assemble - Standard MFD 12 bolt hub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 4
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Sensing system
Remove - Steering angle sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install - Steering angle sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Adjust - Steering angle sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Remove - Class V axle steering angle sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

T8050
Install - Class V axle steering angle sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 5
TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE
Axle - Torque
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Front axle support pin locking 90 - 107 Nm 66 - 79 lb ft
plate bolts
RCPH07CCH426AAB 1
Axle - Special tools - Class V MFD

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Axle shaft bushing installer - 380002857

This tool is used to install bushings on class V MFD
axles.
RCPH07SPT044AAA 1
Axle shaft seal installer - 380002859

This tool is used with to install seals on class V MFD
axles.
RCPH07SPT046AAA 2
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 6
King pin bearing cup bridge - 380002861

This tool is used with bearing cup puller to remove the
bearing cup on the king pin on class V MFD axles.
RCPH07SPT048AAA 3
Sun shaft seal installer - 380002864

The tool is used to install seals on the sun shaft of class
V MFD axles.
RCPH07SPT049AAA 4
Axle - Torque - Supersteer MFD

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Axle side plate bolt 735 - 945 542 - 627 lb
Nm ft
RCPH07CCH488AAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 7

Front pivot pin bolt 111 - 198 82 - 146 lb ft
Nm
RCPH07CCH489AAA 2
Tie rod support plate 300 - 500 225 - 405 lb

retaining bolt Nm ft
RCPH07CCH487AAA 3
Tie rod end castle nut 373 Nm 275 lb ft
RCPH07CCH487AAA 4
Tie rod end adjusting nut 373 - 441 275 - 325 lb

Nm ft
RCPH07CCH487AAA 5
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 8

Front weight bracket bolt 662 - 851 488 - 627 lb
Nm ft
RCPH07CCH109BAA 6
Front wheel stud nut 385 - 425 285 - 315 lb

Nm ft
RCPH07CCH485AAA 7
Front drive shaft bolts 58 - 64 Nm 43 - 47 lb ft
RCPH07CCH484AAA 8
Axle - Special tools - Supersteer MFD

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 9

This tool is used to support the front axle during removal
and installation.
RCPH07CCH995BBC 1
Axle - Torque - Vertical link

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

M20 x 70 socket head screws 295 - 530 215 - 315 lb
Nm ft
Hex head bolts 220 - 280 160 - 205 lb
Nm ft
M20 x 355 mounting bolts 710 - 915 525 - 675 lb
Nm ft
Axle - Torque - Suspended MFD

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Shoulder bolt for cylinder 27 - 30 Nm 20 - 22 lb ft
mounting pin
RCPH07CCH647AAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 10

Shoulder bolt for upper 41 - 45 Nm 30 - 33 lb ft
cradle swing arm pin
RCPH07CCH695AAA 2
Retaining plate bolt 58 - 64 Nm 43 - 47 lb ft
RCPH07CCH667AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 11
Differential Limited slip - Torque

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Adjusting ring 115 - 129 85 - 95 lb ft
Nm
RCPH07CCH424AAA 1
Adjusting ring clip bolts 27 - 40 Nm 20 - 30 lb ft
RCPH07CCH426AAA 2
Bearing cap bolts 240 - 270 180 - 200 lb

Nm ft
RCPH07CCH427AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 12

Ring gear bolts 163 - 190 120 - 140 lb
Nm ft
RCPH07CCH380AAA 4
Housing bolts 122 - 135 90 - 100 lb ft

Nm
RCPH07CCH087BAA 5
Pinion shaft nut 325 - 406 240 - 300 lb

Nm ft
RCPH07CCH417AAA 6
Differential Limited slip - Special tools

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 13
Pinion depth setting tool kit – CAS1898

Use this kit composed of nine separate tools to properly
set pinion depth in the differential and remove/install the
adjusting rings on axles with 10 bolt hubs. Axles with 12
bolt hubs use a different gauge disc, aligning adapter
and handle; see below.
RCPH07SPT001CAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 14
Pinion depth setting tool kit – 380001109

adjusting rings on axles with ten bolt hubs. Axles with 12
and handle; see below. These tools are identical to those
included in kit CAS1898.
RCPH07SPT002CAA 2
Seal installer – CAS2596 or 380001108

Use this tool, with handle CAS1716-3, to install or
remove seals. The tool is also available as 380001108
and used with handle 380001112.
RCIL07SPT142AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 15
Handle – CAS1716-3 or 380001112

This tool is always used in combination with another
special tool.
RCPH07SPT024AAA 4
Gauge disc – 380002847

Use this tool to set the pinion depth in the differential
for axles with 12 bolt hubs.
RCPH07SPT025AAA 5
Aligning disc – 380002848

RCPH07SPT026AAA 6
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 16

RCPH07SPT027AAA 7
Differential Limited slip - General specification

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Pinion shaft rolling torque (preload)

2.26 - 4.52 Nm (20 - 40 lb in)
RCPH07CCH418AAA 1
Differential assembly rolling torque (without input seal)

2.83 - 5.65 Nm (25 - 50 lb in)
RCPH07CCH425AAA 2
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 17
Ring gear backlash

Axles with 10 bolt hubs: 0.127 - 0.254 mm (0.005 -
0.010 in)
0.008 in)
RCPH07CCH105BAA 3
Differential Locking - Torque - Standard locking

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Adjusting ring 75 - 88 Nm 55 - 65 lb ft
RCPH07CCH479AAA 1
Adjusting ring clip bolts 27 - 40 Nm 20 - 30 lb ft
RCPH07CCH478AAA 2
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 18

Bearing cap bolts 240 - 270 180 - 200 lb
Nm ft
RCPH07CCH477AAA 3
Ring gear bolts 163 - 190 120 - 140 lb

Nm ft
RCPH07CCH380AAA 4
Clutch housing bolts 60 - 65 Nm 44 - 48 lb ft
RCPH07CCH470AAA 5
Housing bolts 135 - 150 100 - 115 lb

Nm ft
RCPH07CCH436AAA 6
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 19

Pinion shaft nut – 10 bolt hub 325 - 406 240 - 300 lb
Nm ft
RCPH07CCH417AAA 7
Pinion shaft nut – 12 bolt hub 460 - 542 340 - 400 lb

Nm ft
RCPH07CCH417AAA 8
Seal retainer socket head 4.0 - 4.6 Nm 36 - 40 lb in

screws
RCPH07CCH480AAA 9
Differential Locking - Special tools - Standard

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 20
Pinion depth setting tool kit – CAS1898

adjusting rings on axles with 10 bolt hubs. Axles with 12
and handle; see below. Locking differentials do not use
CAS1898-9 to remove and install the adjusting rings;
they use tool 380000808 listed separately below.
RCPH07SPT001CAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 21
Pinion depth setting tool kit – 380001109

adjusting rings on axles with ten bolt hubs. Axles with 12
and handle; see below. Locking differentials do not use
380001110 to remove and install the adjusting rings; they
use tool 380000808 listed separately below. These tools
are identical to those included in kit CAS1898.
RCPH07SPT002CAA 2
Seal installer – CAS2596 or 380001108

Use this tool, with handle CAS1716-3, to install or
remove seals. The tool is also available as 380001108
and used with handle 380001112.
RCIL07SPT142AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 22
Handle – CAS1716-3 or 380001112

This tool is always used in combination with another
special tool.
RCPH07SPT024AAA 4
Gauge disc – 380002847

RCPH07SPT025AAA 5

RCPH07SPT026AAA 6
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 23

RCPH07SPT027AAA 7
Adjusting ring tool – 380000808

Use this tool to remove and install the adjusting rings
(locking nuts) on standard locking differentials.
RCPH07SPT035AAA 8
Differential Locking - General specification - Standard

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Pinion shaft rolling torque (preload)

2.26 - 4.52 Nm (20 - 40 lb in)
RCPH07CCH418AAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 24
Differential assembly rolling torque (without input seal)

2.83 - 5.65 Nm (25 - 50 lb in)
RCPH07CCH425AAA 2
Ring gear backlash

0.010 in)
0.008 in)
RCPH07CCH105BAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 25
Steering knuckle and King pin - Torque

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Planetary ring gear retaining 110 - 125 82 - 92 lb ft
plate bolt Nm
RCPH07CCH969BBC 1
Planetary hub cover bolt 10 - 16 Nm 8 - 12 lb ft
RCPH07CCH911ABC 2
King pin bearing cap bolt 156 - 170 115 - 125 lb

Nm ft
RCPH07CCH920ABC 3
Steering cylinder socket end 95 - 108 Nm 70 - 80 lb ft

clamp nut
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 26

Steering cylinder socket end 272 Nm 200 lb ft
clamp nut
RCPH07CCH893BBC 4
Drain/fill plugs 38 - 41 Nm 28 - 30 lb ft
RCPH07CCH879ABC 5
Tie rod tapered socket stud 372 Nm 275 lb ft

nut
RCPH07CCH880BBC 6
Tie rod tube nut 374 - 442 276 - 326 lb

Nm ft
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 27

Rolling torque of king pin 34 - 74 Nm 25 - 55 lb ft
bearings
RCPH07CCH866BBC 7
Rolling torque of planetary 11.4 - 16 Nm 100 - 140 lb

hub bearings in
RCPH07CCH967BBC 8
Steering knuckle and King pin - Special tools - Standard MFD

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Retaining ring pliers – 380000805

This tool is used to remove retaining rings.
RCPH07SPT075AAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 28
10 bolt hub tool kit – 380001910

This tool set is used to service the planetary, steering
knuckle and king pin on axles with 10 bolt hubs.
RCPH07SPT077AAA 2

knuckle and king pin on axles with 12 bolt hubs. This kit
has been replaced by kit 380040197.
RCPH07SPT076AAA 3

RCPH07SPT021AAA 4
NOTE: If you have 12 bolt hub kit 380001912, the following parts are required to install the new axle seal and dust
seal.
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 29
Seal installer –380002591, Dust seal installer –

380002592 and Seal installer screw assembly –
380002617
RCPH07SPT020AAA 5
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 30
Planetary and hub - Torque

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Planetary ring gear retaining 110 - 125 82 - 92 lb ft
plate bolt Nm
RCPH07CCH969BBC 1
Planetary hub cover bolt 10 - 16 Nm 8 - 12 lb ft
RCPH07CCH911ABC 2
King pin bearing cap bolt 156 - 170 115 - 125 lb

Nm ft
RCPH07CCH920ABC 3
Steering cylinder socket end 95 - 108 Nm 70 - 80 lb ft

clamp nut
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 31

Steering cylinder socket end 272 Nm 200 lb ft
clamp nut
RCPH07CCH893BBC 4
Drain/fill plugs 38 - 41 Nm 28 - 30 lb ft
RCPH07CCH879ABC 5
Tie rod tapered socket stud 372 Nm 275 lb ft

nut
RCPH07CCH880BBC 6
Tie rod tube nut 374 - 442 276 - 326 lb

Nm ft
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 32

Rolling torque of king pin 34 - 74 Nm 25 - 55 lb ft
bearings
RCPH07CCH866BBC 7
Rolling torque of planetary 11.4 - 16 Nm 100 - 140 lb

hub bearings in
RCPH07CCH967BBC 8
Planetary and hub - Special tools - Standard MFD

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Retaining ring pliers – 380000805

This tool is used to remove retaining rings.
RCPH07SPT075AAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 33

RCPH07SPT077AAA 2

knuckle and king pin on axles with 12 bolt hubs. This kit
has been replaced by kit 380040197.
RCPH07SPT076AAA 3

RCPH07SPT021AAA 4
NOTE: If you have 12 bolt hub kit 380001912, the following parts are required to install the new axle seal and dust
seal.
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 34
Seal installer –380002591, Dust seal installer –

380002592 and Seal installer screw assembly –
380002617
RCPH07SPT020AAA 5
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 35
Sensing system - Torque - Steering angle sensor

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Component N·m Identification lb ft/lb in

Mounting bracket screws 4.0 - 4.5 Nm 36 - 40 lb in
RCPH07CCH684AAA 1
Short link to shaft nut 20 - 22.5 Nm 180 - 200 lb

in
RCPH07CCH685AAA 2
Bracket bolts 22 - 24 Nm 16 - 16 lb ft
RCPH07CCH686AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 36
Component N·m Identification lb ft/lb in

Axle housing ball joint 20 - 22.5 Nm 180 - 200 lb
in
RCPH07CCH687AAA 4
Sensor arm ball joint 20 - 22.5 Nm 180 - 200 lb

in
RCPH07CCH688AAA 5
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 37
Axle - Exploded view - Suspended MFD

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCPH07CCH007HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 38
1. Cradle 8. Axle pin 15. Plate

2. Bearing 9. Shoulder bolt 16. Thrust washer
3. Snap ring 10. Spacer 17. Dowel
4. Upper swing arm 11. Left hand cylinder 18. Bracket
5. Bushing 12. Right hand cylinder 19. Sensor
6. Seal 13. Pin 20. Connecting link
7. Lower swing link 14. O-ring 21. Set screw
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 39
Axle shaft - Exploded view - Standard MFD

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCPH07CCH930FBC 1
1. Axle shaft 5. Yoke inner seal

2. Universal joint 6. Retaining ring
3. Retaining ring 7. Yoke
4. Yoke 8. Yoke outer seal
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 40
Differential Limited slip - Exploded view

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCPH07CCH019GAA 1
1. Bearing cup 6. Beveled disc 11. Cross shaft (1)

2. Bearing cone 7. Friction plates 12. Housing screw
3. Ring gear bolt 8. Separator plates 13. Adjusting ring
4. Housing half 9. Side gear 14. Thrust washer
5. Ring gear 10. Pinion gear (4)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 41
Differential Locking - Exploded view - Standard

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCPH07CCH021GAA 1
1. Bolt 11. Adjusting nut 21. Thrust washer

2. Washer 12. Seal retainer 22. Ring gear
3. Housing half 13. Socket head screw 23. Housing, flange half
4. Outer seal ring 14. Separator plate 24. Bolt
5. Inner seal ring 15. Friction plate 25. Seal
6. Piston 16. Clutch housing 26. Adjusting ring
7. Seal 17. Thrust washer 27. Plug
8. Bearing cone 18. Gear 28. Side gear
9. Bearing cup 19. Cross shaft
10. Seal 20. Pinion
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 42
Differential Housing - Exploded view - Standard locking

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCPH07CCH070FAA 1
1. Housing 6. Nut 11. Oil baffle

2. Spacer (10 bolt hub only) 7. Pinion shaft 12. Oil seal
3. Bearing adjusting shims 8. Bearing cone 13. Bearing cup
4. Input yoke 9. Bearing cup
5. Washer 10. Pinion adjusting shims
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 43
Differential - Dynamic description - Gear tooth pattern interpretation

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
When setting pinion position, many of the service manuals required a final pinion position check by using gauges that
verify the dimension from the center line to the differential carrier (center line of the ring gear) to the face of the pinion
(button).
This surface (button) is not used on all new gears for verifying the pinion position. Service tools are used to establish
the proper amount of shims required, prior to installing the pinion gear. Final pinion position is verified by using the
gear contact pattern method described here.
The toe (1) of the gear tooth is the portion of the tooth
surface at the end towards the center. The heel (2) of the
gear tooth is the portion of the tooth surface at the outer
end. The top land (3) of a gear tooth is the surface of the
top of the tooth.
Every gear has a characteristic pattern. The illustrations

show typical patterns only, and explain how patterns shift
as gear location is changed. When making pinion posi-
tion changes, shims should be changed in the range of
0.05 - 0.10 mm (0.002 - 0.004 in) until a correct pattern
is obtained.
When a change in backlash is required, backlash should RCPH07CCH428AAA 1

be changed by approximately 150 % of the amount
needed to bring the gears into specification. For example,
if backlash needs to be changed by 0.10 mm (0.004 in),
the adjusting rings should be moved so that the backlash
changes by 0.15 mm (0.006 in) as a starting point. The
actual amount of backlash change obtained will vary de-
pending upon the ratio and gear size once everything is
tightened to specification. High backlash is corrected by
moving the ring gear closer to the pinion. Low backlash is
corrected by moving the ring gear away from the pinion.
Desirable pattern
This is an example of the desirable pattern.
RCPH07CCH430AAA 2
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 44
Ring gear out too far

Decreasing backlash moves the ring gear closer to the
pinion.
Forward pattern (convex side of ring gear) moves lower

and towards the toe.
Reverse pattern (concave side of ring gear) moves lower

and towards the toe.
RCPH07CCH431AAA 3
Ring gear in too far

Increasing backlash moves the ring gear away from the
pinion.
Forward pattern moves slightly higher and toward heel.
Reverse pattern moves higher and toward heel.
RCPH07CCH432AAA 4
Pinion out too far

A thicker pinion position shim with the backlash constant
moves the pinion closer to the ring gear.
Forward pattern moves deeper on the tooth (flank contact)

and slightly toward the toe.
Reverse pattern moves deeper on the tooth and toward

the heel.
RCPH07CCH433AAA 5
Pinion in too far

A thinner pinion position shim with the backlash constant
moves the pinion away from the ring gear.
Forward pattern moves toward the top of the tooth (face

contact) and toward the heel.
Reverse pattern moves toward the top of the tooth and

slightly toward the toe.
RCPH07CCH431AAA 6
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 45
Steering knuckle and King pin - Exploded view - Standard MFD

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Steering knuckle
RCPH07CCH926FBC 1
1. Planetary gear shaft seal 6. Wheel stop 11. Upper king pin bearing cap
2. Planetary gear shaft bushing 7. Clevis pin 12. Shims
3. Nut 8. Steering cylinder socket end 13. Steering knuckle
4. Cotter pin 9. Tie rod socket end 14. Lower king pin bearing cap
5. Steering cylinder 10. Washer 15. Tie rod seal
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 46
King pin
RCPH07CCH925FBC 2
1. Upper king pin grease seal 5. Axle shaft bushing

2. King pin bearing inner ring 6. Axle shaft inner oil seal
3. King pin bearing outer ring 7. Axle shaft outer oil seal
4. Grease retaining plate 8. Lower king pin grease seal
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 47
Planetary and hub - Exploded view - Standard MFD

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCPH07CCH929GBC 1
1. Retaining ring 10. Wire retaining ring 19. Planetary hub cover
2. Washer 11. Planetary gear hub 20. Thrust washer
3. Planetary hub seal 12. Planetary ring gear 21. Gear
4. Bearing cone 13. Thrust washer (10 bolt hub only) 22. Pin
5. Bearing cup 14. Shim 23. Needle bearing
6. Dust seal (twelve bolt only) 15. Retaining plate 24. Spacer
7. Stud 16. Bolt 25. Hub retaining bolt
8. Planetary hub 17. Planetary gear shaft 26. Plug
9. Nut 18. Button
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 48
Axle - Remove - Class V MFD

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Remove the front axle drive shaft. Refer to Shaft - Remove - Drive shaft (D.14.C)
1. Place blocks in front of and behind the rear wheels.
RCIL07CCH001AAA 1
2. If equipped, remove the front fenders.
RCPH07CCH474AAB 2
3. With appropriate lifting equipment, lift the front of the

tractor so that the front wheels clear the ground. Re-
move the front tires.
RCPH07CCH475AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 49
4. Bolt appropriate supports on each side of the front

frame. Adjust the supports so that the tractor chassis
sits level when supported by the supports.
RCPH07CCH216BAB 4
5. Remove the differential drain and drain into a clean

container.
NOTE: The differential holds 17 l (4.5 US gal).
RCPH07CCH425AAB 5
6. Turn the front axle until the hub drain is down. Place
a clean container under the drain and remove the
drain plug. Each holds 6 l (1.6 US gal)Repeat for
the opposite side.
RCPH07CCH217BAB 6
7. Disconnect the front axle differential lock hydraulic

hose (1). Tag and disconnect the right (shown) and
left steering hoses Discard all O-rings. (2). Cap all
fitting and plug all ports.
RCPH07CCH247AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 50
8. Attach appropriate lifting equipment to each side of

the front axle. Place lifting tension on the axle.
RCPH07CCH218BAB 8
9. Remove the grease fittings (1). Remove the locking

plate mounting bolts (2) and locking plate (3) from the
front axle support pin.
RCPH07CCH426AAB 9
10. With proper lifting tension on the axle, remove the

axle support pin. Once the support pin is clear of
the axle, lower the axle and remove from under the
tractor.
NOTE: Axle must be level to allow the support pin to be
removed. Up and down adjustment of the lifting equipment
may be necessary to facilitate the removal.
RCPH07CCH427AAB 10
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 51
11. To remove the axle support pin from the front frame,
remove the cooling assembly mounting bolts (1). Pry
the bottom of the cooling assembly forward to allow
the pin to clear the fan shroud.
RCPH07CCH237AAB 11
12. Remove the support pin from the frame.
RCPH07CCH280BAB 12
13. Inspect the support pin for wear or damage. Replace

as required.
RCPH07CCH477AAB 13
14. Inspect the axle support housing seals (1) and bush-
ings (2) for wear or damage. Replace as required.
RCPH07CCH279BAB 14
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 52
15. Inspect the fiber spacers for wear or damage Re-

place as required.
RCPH07CCH278BAB 15
Next operation:
For differential, refer to Differential Locking - Remove - Class V (D.10.A)
Next operation:
For axle install, refer to Axle - Install - Class V MFD (D.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 53
Axle - Install - Class V MFD

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Axle - Remove - Class V MFD (D.10.A)
1. Apply grease to the fiber spacer and install on the

front frame, making sure that the holes are aligned.
Repeat for the front side.
RCPH07CCH278BAB 1
2. Reinstall the support pin removed earlier. Ap-

ply CASE AKCELA 251H EP MULTI-PURPOSE
GREASE to the pin to facilitate the installation.
NOTE: The bottom of the cooling assembly will have to be
pried forward to allow the pin to be reinstalled.
RCPH07CCH280BAB 2
3. Apply CASE AKCELA 251H EP MULTI-PURPOSE

GREASE to the bushings and seals at the axle sup-
port.
RCPH07CCH279BAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 54
4. Attach appropriate lifting equipment to each side

of the axle and move into place under the tractor.
Slowly raise the axle until the hole in the axle support
is aligned with the holes in the front frame. Push the
support pin into position, slightly raising and lowering
the lifting equipment to help align the holes.
NOTE: When lifting the axle into place, use care not to
disturb the fiber spacers.
NOTICE: Axle must be level for the installation of the sup-
port pin.
RCPH07CCH218BAB 4
5. Reinstall the support locking plate (1) and mounting

bolts (2) removed earlier. Reinstall the grease fittings
(3). Remove the lifting equipment from the axle.
RCPH07CCH426AAB 5
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 55
6. Install a new O-ring. on the fitting, and reconnect the

differential lock hydraulic hose (1). Reconnect the
steering cylinder hoses (2). If equipped, reconnect
the harness connector (not shown).
RCPH07CCH247AAB 6
7. Turn the hub so that the drain/fill port is horizontal.

Refill to the bottom of the plug with CASE AKCELA
135H EP GEAR LUBE SAE 85W-140 Refer to Ca-
pacities. Clean and install the plug. Repeat for the
opposite side.
RCPH07CCH217BAB 7
8. Clean and install the axle differential drain plug (1).

Remove the fill plug (2) (not shown). Refill to the
bottom of the plug with CASE AKCELA 135H EP
GEAR LUBE SAE 85W-140. Refer to Capacities.
RCPH07CCH425AAB 8
9. Reinstall the tires using the hardware that was re-

moved earlier. Tighten the wheel nuts to a torque of
310 Nm (230 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH475AAB 9
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 56
10. With appropriate lifting equipment, raise the front

of the tractor and remove the front frame supports.
Lower the tractor and remove the lifting equipment.
RCPH07CCH216BAB 10
11. If equipped, reinstall the front fenders
RCPH07CCH474AAB 11
12. If the cooling assembly was moved, reinstall the

mounting bolts (1) and tighten.
RCPH07CCH237AAB 12
Next operation:
Reinstall the front axle drive shaft. Refer to Shaft - Install - Drive shaft (D.14.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 57
Axle - Remove - Supersteer MFD

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

1. Park the tractor on hard, level ground, with the
wheels straight ahead.
2. Put the transmission in Park.
3. Stop the engine and remove the key.
4. Put blocks in front of and behind the rear
wheels.
2. Remove the two axle shield retaining bolts (1).
RCPH07CCH482AAA 1
3. Remove the axle shield (2).
RCPH07CCH107BAA 2
4. Mark the alignment of the pinion flange and universal

yoke for reassembly. Remove the four drive shaft
to pinion flange bolts and remove the drive shaft at
the front axle. Mark the position of the drive shaft
protector. Remove the plastic drive shaft protector
pin and discard. Slide the drive shaft protector from
the drive shaft.
RCPH07CCH483AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 58
5. Mark the alignment of the transmission output flange

and the drive shaft universal joint. Properly support
the drive shaft. Remove the four drive shaft bolts
from the output flange at the transmission, and re-
move the drive shaft from the tractor.
RCPH07CCH484AAA 4
6. Properly support and remove the tractor front

weights. Wedge the axle to keep the axle from mov-
ing from side to side when lifting the axle. Properly
support the front axle.
RCPH07CCH108BAA 5
7. Remove the front wheels.
RCPH07CCH485AAA 6
8. Use identification tags to mark the hoses. Remove

the cylinder supply hoses (1) from each cylinder. Re-
move the two front axle differential lock hoses (2)
from the axle cover (if equipped).
RCPH07CCH486AAA 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 59
9. Use proper lifting equipment to support the front

weight bracket. Remove the four retaining bolts and
the weight bracket.
RCPH07CCH109BAA 8
10. Properly support the front axle for removal using

17-527 rear housing handler.
RCPH07CCH110BAA 9
11. Remove the two retaining bolts (1) for the tie rod sup-
port plate from both sides of the axle. Check for worn
tie rod ends.
RCPH07CCH487AAA 10
12. Remove the three retaining bolts for the axle side
plate from both sides of the axle.
RCPH07CCH488AAA 11
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 60
13. Remove the front pivot pin bolt.
RCPH07CCH489AAA 12
14. Remove the pivot pin and the front and rear pivot arm
shims.
RCPH07CCH490AAA 13
15. Lower the front axle and remove from under the trac-
tor.
RCPH07CCH491AAA 14
Next operation:
Differential Housing - Remove (D.10.A)
Next operation:
Axle - Install - Supersteer MFD (D.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 61
Axle - Install - Supersteer MFD

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Axle - Remove - Supersteer MFD (D.10.A)
Prior operation:
Differential Housing - Install (D.10.A)
1. Properly support the front axle and carefully move

under the tractor. Raise the front axle into position.
RCPH07CCH491AAA 1
2. Lubricate the pivot pin with grease. Install the front

and rear pivot arm shims and the pivot pin.
RCPH07CCH490AAA 2
3. Properly support the rear pivot bushing bracket to

align the holes in the side plates. Install the side plate
bolts on both sides of the front axle. Tighten the bolts
RCPH07CCH488AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 62
4. Install the front pivot pin bolt (1). Tighten the bolt to
RCPH07CCH489AAA 4
5. Install the two tie rod support plate retaining bolts (1)
on both sides of the axle. Tighten the bolts to a torque
of 300 - 550 Nm (225 - 405 lb ft). If removed, install
the tire rod ends. Tighten the castle nut to a torque
of 373 Nm (275 lb ft) then advance to the next slot
in the nut. Tighten the tie rod adjusting nut to 373 -
441 Nm (275 - 325 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH487AAA 5
6. Use proper lifting equipment to install the front weight

bracket. Tighten the four retaining bolts to a torque
of 662 - 851 Nm (488 - 627 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH109BAA 6
7. Using the tags from the disassembly procedure, in-

stall and tighten the cylinder supply hose (1) to each
cylinder. Install and tighten the two front axle differ-
ential lock hoses (2) to the axle cover.
RCPH07CCH486AAA 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 63
8. Install the front wheels. Apply a thin coat of antiseize

to the front wheel studs. Tighten the wheel stud nuts
RCPH07CCH485AAA 8
9. Remove the axle supports and lower the front axle.

Remove the wedges.
RCPH07CCH108BAA 9
10. Install the drive shaft at the transmission output

flange, using the alignment marks made during
disassembly. Slide the drive shaft protector on the
drive shaft and install a new plastic pin. Install the
drive shaft at the front axle pinion flange, using the
alignment marks. Tighten the drive shaft bolts to a
torque of 58 - 64 Nm (43 - 47 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH484AAA 10
11. Install the axle shield (2).
RCPH07CCH107BAA 11
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 64
12. Install and tighten the two shield retaining bolts (1).
Properly support and install the tractor front weights.
Check the hydraulic fluid level and add if necessary.
Remove rear axle wheel blocks. Start the tractor.
Check for leaks. Check front axle operation and front
fender to wheel clearance, if equipped.
RCPH07CCH482AAA 12
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 65
Axle - Disassemble - Vertical link

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Axle - Remove - Supersteer MFD (D.10.A)
1. Support the vertical link assembly (1) with a lift strap

and hoist. Remove the two bolts and washers (2)
from the retainer plate (3) and remove the vertical link
assembly (1) and retainer plate (3) from the axle.
NOTE: Support the retainer plate (3) when removing the
vertical link assembly (1) from the axle.
RCPH07CCH492AAA 1
2. Remove the bolt and washer (1) holding the linkage

pins (2) to the vertical link. Pull the linkage pins out
far enough to remove the two axle links from the ver-
tical link.
RCPH07CCH996BBC 2
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 66
3. If the bushings require replacement in the axle links

and the vertical link, remove the bushing seals.
RCPH07CCH495AAA 3
4. Press the bushings from the axle links and vertical

link if required.
RCPH07CCH496AAA 4
Next operation:
Axle - Replace - Roller (D.10.A)
Next operation:
Axle - Replace - Bearing (D.10.A)
Next operation:
Axle - Assemble - Vertical link (D.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 67
Axle - Replace - Roller

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Axle - Disassemble - Vertical link (D.10.A)
1. If the rollers require replacement , remove the two

20 mm x 70 mm socket head screws and remove
the roller pin, washers and roller.
RCPH07CCH997BBC 1
2. Remove the roller from the pin and install a new roller
on the pin.
3. Install the roller pin, washers and roller to the frame
with the two 20 mm x 70 mm socket head screws.
4. Tighten the screws to a torque of 295 - 530 Nm (215
- 390 lb ft).
Next operation:
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 68
Axle - Replace - Bearing

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
1. Remove the safety guard to access the air cooler

pipe.
RCPH07CCH501BAC 1
2. Remove the air cooler pipe to access the retainer ring

for the articulation bearing dust cap .
RCPH07CCH499AAA 2
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 69
3. Support the bottom of the front axle rear support (1)

to keep it from falling when the retaining ring (4) is
removed.
A. Remove the dust cap retainer ring (2).
B. Remove the dust cap (3).
C. Remove the retaining ring (4).
D. Lower the front axle rear support (1) just
enough to remove the bearing spacer (5) and
the bearing (6).
E. Install the bearing (6) and bearing spacer (5).
F. Raise the front axle rear support (1) and install
the retaining ring (4). Remove the support.
G. Install the dust cap (3) and dust cap retainer
ring (2).
H. Lubricate the bearing.
RCPH07CCH998BBC 3
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 70
Axle - Assemble - Vertical link

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Axle - Disassemble - Vertical link (D.10.A)
Prior operation:
Prior operation:
1. Press the bushings into the axle links and vertical link
(if required). Install the bushing seals into the vertical
link and axle links.
RCPH07CCH496AAA 1
2. Assemble the bottom linkage pins (1), axle links (2)

and 55.5 mm x 88 mm x 3 mm washers (3) to the
vertical link (4) with the bolt and 17.5 mm x 30 mm
x 4 mm washer (5). Torque the bolt to 220 - 280 Nm
(160 - 205 lb ft).
NOTE: The washers (3) must be on each side of the axle
links (2).
RCPH07CCH999BBC 2
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 71
3. Support the vertical link assembly (1) with appropri-

ate lift equipment. Install a 55.5 mm x 88 mm x 3 mm
washer (4) on the linkage pins (3) in the axle. Slip the
axle links (5) over the linkage pins (3) and install an-
other 55.5 mm x 88 mm x 3 mm washer (4) onto the
linkage pin (3). Install the retainer plate (2) and re-
tain with the two 24 mm x 355 mm hex head bolts
and 26 mm x 44 mm x 5 mm washers (6). Torque
the bolts 710 - 915 Nm (525 - 675 lb ft). Lubricate
all linkage pins.
RCPH07CCH500BAC 3
Next operation:
Axle - Install - Supersteer MFD (D.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 72
Axle - Remove - Suspended axle

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Park the tractor on a hard level surface. Place the transmission in Park and remove the key from the keyswitch.
WARNING
This tractor is equipped with a spring-applied mechanical front wheel drive (MFD) clutch and a limited slip
differential. Even when the MFD switch is in the Off position, the MFD clutch can propel both front wheels
if any of the following conditions exist: 1) the engine is shut off; 2) the engine is stopped while the rear
wheels are coasting; 3) any interruption in the clutch operating pressure; 4) any interruption in the electrical
power to the MFD solenoid; 5) both brakes are applied. This service procedure must be used when using the
engine to rotate the rear wheels, when the rear wheels are raised off the ground, to prevent accidental tractor
movement: jack up and support both front wheels completely off the ground OR disconnect the front wheel
drive shaft (transmission end). Failure to comply may result in death or serious personal injury.
M1229
1. Install blocks in front of and behind the rear wheels.
RCIL07CCH001AAA 1
2. If equipped, remove the front fenders.
RCPH07CCH474AAB 2
3. With appropriate lifting equipment, lift the front of the

tractor so that the front tires clear the ground. Re-
move the front wheels.
WARNING
SM188A
RCPH07CCH475AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 73
4. Bolt appropriate supports to each side of the front

frame. Adjust the supports so that the tractor chassis
sits level when lowered onto the supports.
RCPH07CCH216BAB 4
5. Disconnect the supply and return hoses for the sus-

pended axle control valve. Plug or cap the ports and
hoses.
RCPH08CCH102AAB 5
6. Remove any tie straps or clamps for wire harnesses

or hoses attached to the MFD drive shaft shield.
RCPH08CCH105AAB 6
7. If equipped, disconnect the harness connector to the

steering sensor.
RCPH08CCH110AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 74
8. If equipped, remove any tie straps for the steering

sensor harness.
RCPH08CCH106AAB 8
9. Tag and disconnect the hose from the left steering

cylinder. Plug or cap the port and hose.
RCPH08CCH104AAB 9
10. Tag and disconnect the hose (1) for the right steering
cylinder. Tag and disconnect the supply and return
hoses (2) for the differential lock. Plug or cap all ports
and hoses.
RCPH08CCH107AAB 10
11. Remove the lock nut (1) and remove the linkage (2)
from the sensor.
RCPH08CCH111AAB 11
12. Mark the MFD drive shaft cover (1) for reassembly
later. Remove the plastic retainers from both sides
of the cover. Slide the front portion of the cover rear-
ward.
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 75
13. Mark the drive shaft and differential yoke (1) for re-
assembly later. Remove the four bolts (2) from the
yoke and front axle . Disconnect the drive shaft from
the axle.
RCPH07CCH555ABC 12
14. Remove the suspended axle accumulator assembly.

Refer to Accumulator - Remove - Scissor suspen-
sion cylinder accumulator (D.40.C).
15. Install appropriate lift straps or chains on both sides
of the axle. Place a hydraulic jack under the center
of the axle. Apply a slight amount of tension on the
lifting equipment.
RCPH08CCH031BAB 13
16. Remove the bolts (1) and retaining plate (2) from the
axle support pin.
RCPH08CCH113AAB 14
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 76
17. Slide the pin forward until it clears the axle support
pivot.
NOTE: Rasing or lowering the lifting equipment slightly
may help during removal of the pin.
RCPH08CCH114AAB 15
18. Once the pin has cleared the axle support, slowly
lower the axle assembly until the harness connec-
tor for the position sensor is exposed. Disconnect
the harness connector from the sensor. Continue to
lower the axle, and remove the axle assembly from
tractor.
RCPH08CCH115AAB 16
19. To remove the axle support pin for inspection, re-

move the mounting bolts (1) for the cooling assembly.
Pry the bottom of the assembly forward to allow the
pin to clear the cooling fan shroud.
RCPH07CCH237AAB 17
20. Remove the pin from the frame.
RCPH07CCH280BAB 18
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 77
21. Inspect the pin for wear or damage. Replace as re-

quired.
RCPH07CCH477AAB 19
22. Inspect the fiber spacers for wear or damage. Re-

place as required.
RCPH07CCH278BAB 20
Next operation:
Axle - Disassemble - Suspended MFD (D.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 78
Axle - Disassemble - Suspended MFD

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Axle - Remove - Suspended axle (D.10.A)
1. The following steps cover disassembly in the swing

arm area.
RCPH07CCH585AAA 1
2. Remove the hose between the right and left lift cylin-
ders. Plug or cap all ports and lines.
RCPH08CCH116AAB 2
3. Remove the snap ring from the swing arm cradle pin.
RCPH08CCH117AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 79
4. Use a magnet to remove the thrust washer.
RCPH08CCH118AAB 4
5. Use a brass drift to drive the cradle pin out slightly.

NOTE: A slide hammer may be installed in the opposite
end of the pin to assist in the removal operation.
RCPH08CCH119AAB 5
6. Remove the locating dowel pin.
RCPH08CCH120AAB 6
7. Remove the cradle pin from the swing arm.
RCPH08CCH121AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 80
8. The following steps cover disassembly on the shoul-

ders of the cradle.
RCPH07CCH596AAA 8
9. Use a hex key to loosen the shoulder bolt for the right
upper cylinder pin retainer .
RCPH08CCH122AAB 9
10. Remove the shoulder bolt. Repeat for the opposite

side.
RCPH08CCH123AAB 10
11. The following steps cover disassembly of the upper

cylinder pins.
RCPH07CCH596AAA 11
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 81
12. Remove the snap ring from the upper mounting pins
for the hydraulic cylinders.
RCPH07CCH598AAA 12
13. Install a slide hammer on the cylinder pin.
RCPH08CCH124AAB 13
14. Slide the pin partially out. Do not let the spacer fall.
RCPH07CCH600AAA 14
15. Remove the pin and spacer. Repeat Steps 12- 15 for
the other side.
RCPH07CCH601AAA 15
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 82
16. The following steps cover disassembly of swing arms

for pin removal.
RCPH07CCH585AAA 16
17. Remove the five bolts from the retaining plate. Re-
peat for the opposite side.
RCPH08CCH128AAB 17
18. Remove the plate on both swing arms.
RCPH08CCH129AAB 18
19. Remove and discard the O-rings.
RCPH08CCH130AAB 19
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 83
20. Loosen the shoulder bolt.
RCPH08CCH126AAB 20
21. Remove the bolt.
RCPH08CCH127AAB 21
22. Install a slide hammer on the upper swing arm pin.
RCPH08CCH131AAB 22
23. Remove the pin.
RCPH08CCH132AAB 23
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 84
24. The following steps cover disassembly and removal

of the cradle (1), lower swing arm (2) and the two
upper swing arms (3).
RCPH07CCH596AAA 24
25. Install a sling and carefully lift the cradle off the axle
assembly.
RCPH08CCH035BAB 25
26. Remove the snap ring from the lower suspension

swing arm.
RCPH08CCH144AAB 26
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 85
27. Use a magnet to remove the thrust washer for the

lower swing arm. Note the dowel pin in the shaft.
RCPH08CCH145AAB 27
28. Use a puller to remove the pin from the lower swing
arm. Be sure to catch the dowel pin after it clears the
swing arm.
RCPH07CCH611AAA 28
29. Remove the snap ring from the upper suspension

swing arm.
RCPH08CCH133AAB 29
30. Use a magnet to remove the thrust washer for the

upper swing arm. Note the dowel pin in the shaft.
RCPH08CCH134AAB 30
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 86
31. Install a slid hammer on the upper swing arm pin.
RCPH08CCH135AAB 31
32. Move the pin outward far enough to remove the lo-
cating dowel pin.
NOTE: Drawing shown with slide hammer removed for
clarity.
RCPH08CCH136AAB 32
33. Remove the upper pin.
RCPH07CCH615AAA 33
34. Install a lifting strap to the lower swing arm. Carefully

remove the swing arm from the axle assembly with
appropriate lift equipment.
RCPH07CCH619AAA 34
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 87
35. Install a lifting strap securely to the upper swing arm,

and remove the arm with appropriate lift equipment.
NOTICE: The axle housing must be properly supported
and balanced, or the housing may tip over when the up-
per swing arms are removed.
RCPH08CCH163AAB 35
36. Remove the fiber thrust washer.
RCPH08CCH034BAB 36
37. Remove the seals from the upper pin bores in the
axle housing.
RCPH08CCH140AAB 37
38. The following steps cover cylinder removal and hous-

ing bore and seal disassembly.
RCPH07CCH585AAA 38
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 88
39. Remove the snap rings from the lower mounting pins
for the hydraulic cylinders.
RCPH08CCH151AAB 39
40. Remove the cylinders.
RCPH08CCH152AAB 40
41. Remove the snap rings that retain the cylinder rod
bearings. Inspect the bearings for wear or damage.
The cylinder must be replaced if either is present.
RCPH07CCH623AAA 41
42. Inspect the cylinder lower mounting pin for wear or

damage. If the pin needs to be replaced, remove the
shoulder bolt from the cylinder mounting pin.
RCPH07CCH624AAA 42
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 89
43. Use a puller or slide hammer to remove the mounting

pins from the housing.
RCPH07CCH625AAA 43
44. Remove and discard the seals from both sides of the
suspension cradle.
NOTE: Seals are different sizes.
RCPH07CCH617AAA 44
45. Inspect the bushings for wear or damage.
RCPH07CCH618AAA 45
46. Use an appropriate size driver to remove the bush-

ing.
RCPH08CCH137AAB 46
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 90
47. Remove the seals from the suspension cradle sup-

port pin bore.
RCPH08CCH142AAB 47
48. If the bushing needs to be replaced, use an appro-

priate size driver to remove.
RCPH08CCH143AAB 48
49. Remove the seals from the lower pin bores in the axle
housing. Inspect the bushing for wear or damage.
RCPH08CCH153AAB 49
50. Use a driver and remove the bushing from the bores
as required.
RCPH07CCH628AAA 50
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 91
51. Remove the seals from the upper swing arm.
RCPH08CCH139AAB 51
52. Use a driver to remove the bushings from the swing

arm bores.
RCPH08CCH033BAB 52
Next operation:
Axle - Assemble - Suspended MFD (D.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 92
Axle - Assemble - Suspended MFD

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Axle - Disassemble - Suspended MFD (D.10.A)
1. The following steps cover housing bore and seal as-

sembly (1) and cylinder installation (2).
RCPH07CCH585AAA 1
2. Apply LOCTITE 609 to the new lower control arm

bushing.
RCPH07CCH631AAA 2
3. Use an appropriate driver and install the bushing until

it is flush with the bore.
RCPH08CCH167AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 93
4. Apply grease to the counter bore and install the thrust

washer (1).
RCPH07CCH633AAA 4
5. Apply grease to the counter bore and install the thrust

washer (1) on the opposite side.
RCPH08CCH034BAB 5
6. Apply LOCTITE 609 to the outer diameter of the new

seal (1). Place the seal on an appropriate driver (2).
RCPH07CCH634AAA 6
7. Install the seal into the bore. Be sure that the thrust
washer does not obstruct the seal during installation.
RCPH08CCH168AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 94
8. Apply grease to the pin housing for the hydraulic lift

cylinder.
RCPH07CCH636AAA 8
9. Install the pin into the housing. Make sure that the
alignment hole in the pin is aligned with the hole in
the housing.
RCPH07CCH637AAA 9
10. Install the alignment shoulder bolt. Torque to 27 - 30

Nm (20 - 22 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH638AAA 10
11. Install the hydraulic lift cylinder on the lower support

pin.
RCPH08CCH152AAB 11
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 95
12. Install the snap ring on the cylinder pin. Repeat for
the opposite side.
RCPH08CCH151AAB 12
13. The following steps cover assembly in the area

shown. Support cradle (1). Support cradle pivot (2).
RCPH07CCH585AAA 13
14. Apply LOCTITE 609 to the outside diameter of the new

bushing for the lower pivot of the cradle.
RCPH07CCH639AAA 14
15. Place the cradle on a press. Press the bushing into

the bore using appropriate drivers.
RCPH07CCH640AAA 15
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 96
RCPH07CCH641AAA 16
17. Apply LOCTITE 609 to the outer diameter of a new

seal.
NOTE: The cradle uses 2 seals which are different sizes.
RCPH07CCH642AAA 17
18. Install the seal squarely in the bore. Use an appro-

priate seal driver and seat the seal. Repeat the pro-
cedure for the other side.
RCPH08CCH032BAB 18
19. Apply grease to the cradle hydraulic cylinder support

pin.
RCPH07CCH644AAA 19
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 97
20. Install the pin into the cradle housing. Align the bolt
hole in the pin with the shoulder bolt bore in the hous-
ing.
RCPH07CCH645AAA 20
21. Install the alignment shoulder bolt into the pin.
RCPH07CCH646AAA 21
22. Tighten the shoulder bolt to a torque of 27 - 30 Nm

(20 - 22 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH647AAA 22
23. Install the spacer on the upper cylinder support pin.

RCPH07CCH648AAA 23
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 98
24. Install the lift cylinders.
RCPH07CCH649AAA 24
25. Install the snap rings.
RCPH07CCH650AAA 25
26. The following steps cover assembly in the area

shown.
RCPH07CCH596AAA 26
27. Install the grease fitting in the cradle if required.
RCPH07CCH651AAA 27
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 99
28. Apply grease to the cylinder pins. Use a suitable lift-

ing device and position the cradle so that the cylin-
ders can be installed on the pins.
RCPH07CCH652AAA 28
29. Install the snap ring on the cylinder pins.
RCPH07CCH653AAA 29
30. Place the bushing on an appropriate driver. Apply

Loctite® 609 to the outside diameter of the bushing.
RCPH07CCH654AAA 30
31. Install the bushing in the bore.
RCPH07CCH655AAA 31
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 100
32. Apply Loctite® to a new seal case.
RCPH07CCH656AAA 32
33. Use an appropriate driver and install the new seal

into the bore.
RCPH07CCH657AAA 33
34. Apply grease to the swing arm pins.
RCPH07CCH658AAA 34
35. Align the cradle and upper swing arm and install the
pin.
RCPH07CCH659AAA 35
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 101
36. To align the dowel pin slots, install a bolt (1) with a
nut (2) in the pin. Tighten the nut and turn the pin
with the bolt until the slots are aligned. Remove the
bolt and nut.
RCPH07CCH660AAA 36
37. Install the dowel pin.
RCPH08CCH136AAB 37
38. Drive the pin until seated.
RCPH07CCH661AAA 38
RCPH07CCH663AAA 39
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 102
RCPH07CCH664AAA 40
41. Install the upper cradle swing arm pin. Align the bolt
hole in the pin with the shoulder bolt bore in the hous-
ing.
RCPH07CCH665AAA 41
42. Install the shoulder bolt into the pin.
RCPH07CCH666AAA 42
43. Tighten the shoulder bolt to a torque of 41 - 45 Nm

(30 - 33 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH695AAA 43
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 103
44. Install a new O-ring in the receiver groove.
RCPH07CCH694AAA 44
45. Apply antiseize to the end of the pin. Install the re-
taining plate.
RCPH07CCH603AAA 45
46. Tighten the plate bolts to a torque of 58 - 64 Nm (43

- 47 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH667AAA 46
47. The following steps cover assembly at the locations

shown for the lower swing arm.
RCPH07CCH585AAA 47
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 104
48. Move the lower swing arm assembly into position.
RCPH07CCH668AAA 48
49. Install the lower swing arm pins.
RCPH07CCH669AAA 49
50. Align the dowel pin slots and install the dowel pin.
Drive the pin in until seated.
RCPH07CCH670AAA 50
RCPH07CCH671AAA 51
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 105
RCPH07CCH672AAA 52
53. Apply grease to the inside diameter of the lower

swing arm bearing.
RCPH07CCH673AAA 53
54. Apply grease to the lower swing arm/cradle pin.
RCPH07CCH674AAA 54
55. Install the pin.
RCPH07CCH675AAA 55
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 106
56. Align the dowel pin slot.
RCPH07CCH676AAA 56
57. Install the dowel pin. Drive the pin in until seated.
RCPH07CCH677AAA 57
RCPH07CCH678AAA 58
RCPH07CCH679AAA 59
Next operation:
Axle - Install - Suspended MFD (D.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 107
Axle - Install - Suspended MFD

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
WARNING
M1229
1. Apply to the support pin. Install the support pin into

the front frame bore.
NOTE: The bottom of the cooling package will have to be
pried forward to allow the pin to clear the fan shroud for
installation.
RCPH07CCH280BAB 1
2. Apply grease to the fiber spacer, and install the

spacer on the frame over the axle support pin bore.
Make sure the tabs (1) on the spacer are secured
below and against the tabs (2) on the frame. Repeat
for the opposite side.
RCPH07CCH278BAB 2
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 108
3. Properly support each side of the axle with lifting

straps or chains. Move the axle into position under
the tractor.
RCPH07CCH218BAB 3
4. Raise the axle until the axle position sensor harness

can be connected to the sensor.
RCPH08CCH115AAB 4
5. Place a hydraulic jack under the axle for added sup-

port and stability. Continue to raise the axle until the
bore in the axle support is aligned with the bores
in the front frame. While adjusting the axle up and
down, install the support pin.
NOTE: When lifting the axle into place, do not disturb the
fiber spacers.
NOTE: Axle must be level for the installation of the support
pin.
RCPH08CCH031BAB 5
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 109
6. Reinstall the retaining plate (1) for the support pin

with the retaining bolts (2). Tighten the bolts to a
torque of 59 - 105 Nm (44 - 78 lb ft). Remove the
lifting equipment.
RCPH08CCH113AAB 6
7. Align the drive shaft and axle yokes (1), and reinstall
the bolts (2). Tighten the bolts to a torque of 58 - 64
Nm (43 - 47 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH555ABC 7
8. Align the drive shaft cover and sleeve with the marks
(1) made during removal until the holes (2) are
aligned. Install new plastic pins.
RCPH07CCH556ABC 8
9. Position the mounting bracket for the cooling assem-

bly over the mounting holes. Reinstall and tighten
the mounting bolts (1).
RCPH07CCH237AAB 9
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 110
10. Connect the linkage (1) to the position sensor; install

a new lock nut and tighten.
RCPH08CCH111AAB 10
11. Install new O-rings as required. Reconnect the differ-

ential lock supply and return hoses (1). Reconnect
the right steering hose. (2).
RCPH08CCH107AAB 11
12. Install a new O-ring. Reconnect the left steering

hose.
RCPH08CCH104AAB 12
13. Install new wire harness tie straps and reinstall any
clamps that were attached to the MFD drive shaft
cover.
RCPH08CCH105AAB 13
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 111
14. If required, reconnect the steering sensor harness

connectors. Reinstall the harness into the conduit.
RCPH08CCH110AAB 14
15. If required, install new tie straps to secure the steer-

ing harness to the tie rod.
RCPH08CCH106AAB 15
16. Install new O-rings, and reconnect the axle supply

and return hoses.
RCPH08CCH102AAB 16
17. Place a hydraulic jack or other suitable lifting equip-

ment under the front of the tractor and raise the front
of the tractor off the supports. Remove the supports.
RCPH07CCH216BAB 17
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 112
18. Reinstall the wheels. Tighten the wheel mounting

nuts to a torque of 310 Nm (230 lb ft)
WARNING
SM188A
RCPH07CCH475AAB 18
19. If equipped, reinstall the fenders.
RCPH07CCH474AAB 19
20. Before returning the tractor to field service:

A. Remove the blocks in front of and behind the
rear wheels.
B. Make sure that the transmission is in Park.
Start the tractor and check the operation of the
suspended axle.
C. Check for oil leaks.
D. Turn off the engine and remove the key.
E. Check the hydraulic oil level.
RCIL07CCH001AAA 20
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 113
Axle shaft - Disassemble Standard MFD

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Remove the universal joint retaining rings from the

centering yoke on front axle drive shaft.
RCPH07CCH985BBC 1
2. Place the axle shaft in a press. Apply pressure to the

upper universal joint cap until the opposite universal
joint cap is out of, or nearly out of, the yoke.
RCPH07CCH986BBC 2
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 114
3. Place the universal joint cap in a vise. Use a lever to

remove the cap from the yoke.
RCPH07CCH984BBC 3
4. Place the axle shaft in a press. Press the other uni-

versal cap from the yoke and remove the outer axle
drive shaft yoke from the centering yoke. Repeat the
preceding procedure to remove the remaining uni-
versal joint and the inner drive shaft yoke, from the
centering yoke. Remove and disassemble the oppo-
site MFD drive shaft, if necessary.
RCPH07CCH983BBC 4
5. Remove and discard the outer drive shaft yoke seal

(1).
RCPH07CCH916BBC 5
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 115
6. Remove and discard the inner yoke seal and the re-
taining ring (2).
RCPH07CCH915BBC 6
Next operation:
Axle shaft - Assemble - Standard MFD (D.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 116
Axle shaft - Assemble - Standard MFD

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Axle shaft - Disassemble Standard MFD (D.10.A)
1. Install a new retaining ring into the drive shaft yoke.
RCPH07CCH915BBC 1
2. Use a press and seal installers to install a new inner

and outer yoke seal. Install the yoke seals with the
lip of the seal facing away from the yoke.
RCPH07CCH914ABC 2
3. Install new universal joints by reversing the disas-

sembly procedure. Use a press to seat the universal
bearing caps into the axle shaft yokes and the cen-
tering yoke.
RCPH07CCH986BBC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 117
4. Press the universal joint cap below the retaining ring

groove and install the retaining ring. Repeat this pro-
cedure for each universal joint cap.
RCPH07CCH985BBC 4
5. Repeat the assembly procedure for the opposite

MFD axle drive shaft, if removed.
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 118
Differential Housing - Remove - Limited slip

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Remove the front axle from the tractor.
Prior operation:
Remove the axle shafts (both sides) from the axle. Do not alter the tie rod adjustment.
1. A hose clamp bracket is located on a lower differen-

tial housing bolt. Note the location for reassembly
later.
RCPH07CCH086BAA 1
2. Remove the bolts and washers that secure the dif-

ferential housing to the axle.
RCPH07CCH087BAA 2
3. Support the differential housing with appropriate lift-

ing equipment. Carefully pry the differential housing
from the axle. When removing the housing assem-
bly from the axle, make certain the housing does not
contact the axle.
RCPH07CCH377AAA 3
4. Mount the differential housing assembly in a suitable

holding fixture.
Next operation:
Differential Limited slip - Remove (D.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 119
Differential Limited slip - Remove

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Differential Housing - Remove - Limited slip (D.10.A)
1. Mark the bearing cap and differential for reassembly

later.
RCPH07CCH450AAA 1
2. Remove the bolts, washers and ring clips from the

bearing caps.
RCPH07CCH088BAA 2
3. Remove the bearing cap retaining bolts and washer.
RCPH07CCH089BAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 120
4. Remove the bearing caps.
RCPH07CCH090BAA 4
5. Remove the adjusting rings.
RCPH07CCH379AAA 5
6. Lift and remove the differential assembly from the

housing. Remove the differential bearing cups from
the bearing cones. Tag each for reassembly later.
RCPH07CCH091BAA 6
Next operation:
Differential Limited slip - Disassemble (D.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 121
Differential Limited slip - Disassemble

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Differential Limited slip - Remove (D.10.A)
1. To remove the ring gear from the gear housing, place

shop towels over vise jaws and secure the assem-
bly in the vise. Remove and discard the ring gear
screws. New ring gear screws are installed during
reassembly.
NOTICE: Do not nick or otherwise damage the ring gear
teeth.
WARNING
Gear teeth may have sharp edges. When handling
gear, use care to avoid personal injury.
M687
RCPH07CCH380AAA 1
2. Tap the ring gear with a plastic or rubber hammer to

separate the ring gear from the differential.
RCPH07CCH092BAA 2
3. Mark the housing halves for reassembly. Also, mark

the end of the cross shaft that is nearest the housing
mark for reassembly.
RCPH07CCH093BAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 122
4. Place shop towels over and between the vise jaws to

prevent damage to the axle shaft. Place one of the
axle shafts into the vise with the spline end extending
approximately 76.2 mm (3.0 in) above the vise. Use
the shaft to hold the differential for disassembly and
assembly.
RCPH07CCH094BAA 4
5. Remove the differential housing bolts.
RCPH07CCH381AAA 5
6. Install a bearing puller and remove the bearing cone

from the differential.
RCPH07CCH382AAA 6
7. Remove the housing half.
RCPH07CCH383AAA 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 123
8. Remove the friction discs and the separator plates.

NOTE: If reused, the discs and plates must be reassem-
bled in the same order.
RCPH07CCH384AAA 8
9. Remove the beveled disc.
RCPH07CCH385AAA 9
10. Remove the side gear.
RCPH07CCH386AAA 10
11. Remove the pinion cross shaft, pinion gears, and

thrust washers.
RCPH07CCH387AAA 11
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 124
12. Separate the cross shaft, the pinion gears and thrust
washers.
RCPH07CCH388AAA 12
13. Remove the side gear.
RCPH07CCH389AAA 13
14. Remove the beveled disc, separator plates and fric-

tion discs.
NOTE: If reused, the discs and plates must be reassem-
bled in the same order.
RCPH07CCH390AAA 14
15. Install a puller and remove the bearing cone from the
differential gear housing half.
RCPH07CCH095BAA 15
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 125
Pinion disassembly
16. Remove the nut and washer from the yoke. Discard
the nut: a new nut must be used during reassembly.
RCPH07CCH391AAA 16
17. Remove the yoke. If the yoke or flange shows wear in

the seal contract area, replace the worn component
RCPH07CCH392AAA 17
18. If a new dust seal is required for the yoke, use special
tool CAS2596 or 380001108 to remove the existing
seal.
RCPH07CCH096BAA 18
19. Remove the pinion by tapping with a rubber or plastic

hammer. Support the pinion to prevent it from falling
and being damaged.
NOTE: Bearing preload shims are installed on the spline
end of the pinion. These shims may stick to the bearing,
pinion or even fall out. The shims are to be Collect the
shims and kept together for use during reassembly. Do not
damage the shims. If the shims are damaged, replace with
new ones: shims are available in thicknesses of 0.127 mm
(0.003 in), 0.0762 mm (0.005 in), 0.254 mm (0.01 in) and
0.762 mm (0.03 in).
NOTE: If the ring gear and/or pinion shaft require replace-
ment, they must be replaced as matched set. RCPH07CCH393AAA 19
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 126
20. Remove the pinion seal with a puller. Discard the

seal. Remove the bearing cone and outer oil baffle.
RCPH07CCH394AAA 20
21. Remove the spacer from the pinion shaft.
RCPH07CCH097BAA 21
22. Remove adjusting shims from the shaft.
RCPH07CCH395AAA 22
23. Remove the inner bearing cup.
RCPH07CCH396AAA 23
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 127
24. Shims are located between the bearing cup and car-
rier bore. If shims are bent or nicked, they should
be replaced during reassembly. Measure each shim
pack, and replace with the same thickness.
25. Remove inner bearing adjusting shims.
RCPH07CCH397AAA 24
26. Turn the housing over. Remove the outer pinion

bearing cup. Drive the cup out of housing if neces-
sary.
NOTE: Do not damage the housing bore.
RCPH07CCH398AAA 25
27. Install a bearing puller, and press the bearing cone

off the pinion shaft.
WARNING
Do not allow the gear to fall. It can strike legs or feet
and may cause serious injury. Gear teeth may have
shaft edges. Use care when handling to avoid injury.
M688
NOTE: Whenever bearings are removed, they should be

replaced with new ones (regardless of hours).
NOTE: Always replace a bearing cup and cone as a set.
RCPH07CCH098BAA 26
Next operation:
Differential Limited slip - Assemble (D.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 128
Differential Limited slip - Assemble

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Differential Limited slip - Disassemble (D.10.A)
1. Press bearing cone on each trunnion of each differ-

ential case half.
RCPH07CCH399AAA 1
2. Apply friction modifier B91246 to the friction surfaces

of all discs and plates.
NOTE: The discs and plates must be installed in the same
order as they were removed.
RCPH07CCH099BAA 2
3. Organize the plates for installation as follows: 3

plates (in-board side), 1 disc, 1 plate, 1 disc, 1 plate,
1 disc, 1 plate, 1 disc, 1 plate and 1 disc.
RCPH07CCH400AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 129
4. Install the plate/disc stack into the differential hous-

ing. Install the beveled disc into the differential hous-
ing. The convex side of the disc must face up so the
inside diameter of the disc makes contact with the
side gear (which is installed in the next Step).
RCPH07CCH402AAA 4
5. Apply grease to the shoulder of the side gear, then

install the side gear in the beveled disc in the flanged
housing.
RCPH07CCH403AAA 5
6. Lubricate the inside diameter of the pinion gears. In-

stall the pinion gears and thrust washers.
NOTICE: The shafts must be installed in their original lo-
cation. Refer to the alignment marks made during disas-
sembly.
RCPH07CCH404AAA 6
7. Place the side gear on top of the pinion gears.
RCPH07CCH405AAA 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 130
8. Install a beveled disc. Position the disc so the convex

inside diameter touches the side gear shoulder.
RCPH07CCH406AAA 8

on all discs and plates.
NOTE: The discs and plates must be installed in the same
order as they were removed.
RCPH07CCH384AAA 9
10. Organize the plates for installation as follows: 3

plates (in-board side), 1 disc, 1 plate, 1 disc, 1 plate,
1 disc, 1 plate, 1 disc, 1 plate and 1 disc.
RCPH07CCH401AAA 10
11. Install the plate/disc stack into the differential hous-

ing. The end of the stack with three plates goes to
the in-board side.
12. Assemble the differential case. Make sure the align-
ment marks, made during disassembly, align on the
case halves. Install eight (8) new differential case
screws. Tighten to a torque of 122 - 135 Nm (90 -
100 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH381AAA 11
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 131
13. Install the differential ring gear to the housing half.

Install new ring gear bolts. Tighten the ring gear bolts
RCPH07CCH380AAA 12
Next operation:
Differential Limited slip - Depth adjust (D.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 132
Differential Limited slip - Depth adjust

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Differential Limited slip - Assemble (D.10.A)
Setting pinion shaft depth

1. Install the outer bearing cup.
RCPH07CCH408AAA 1
2. Assemble the pinion depth setting tool, CAS1898 or

380001109, into the differential as shown. Steps 3
through 8 explain the tool assembly process.
NOTICE: Tools identified with as asterisk (*) are part of the
tool kits.
RCPH07CCH409AAA 2
3. Install the handle tool – CAS1898-1* or 380001132*

for 10 bolt hubs, 380002849 for 12 bolt hubs – and
threaded shaft tool – CAS1898-2* or 380001133* –
into the housing.
RCPH07CCH410AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 133
4. Install the aligning disc tool – CAS1898-5* or

380001136* for 10 bolt hubs, 380002848 for 12 bolt
hubs – and the gauge disc tool – CAS1898-3*or
380001134* for 10 bolt hubs, or 380002847 for 12
bolt hubs.
RCPH07CCH101BAA 4
5. Install the gauge block tool – CAS1898-4* or

380001135* and finger tighten to hold the gauge
assembly and bearing cones in position.
RCPH07CCH102BAA 5
6. Install the tube tool – CAS1898-6* or 380001137*.
RCPH07CCH411AAA 6
7. Install the bearing caps and cap bolts. Tighten the

bolts to a torque of 244 - 271 Nm (180 - 200 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH412AAA 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 134
8. Position the gauge block tool under the tube tool.

Use a feeler gauge and measure the distance be-
tween the tube and the block. This dimension is the
thickness required for the shim pack, if the pinion
shaft is not marked with a “+” or “-” on the button end.
RCPH07CCH103BAA 8
9. If the pinion shaft has a “+” marking, subtract the

amount from the measurement taken in Step 8. The
remainder is the required shim pack thickness. If
the pinion shaft has a “-’ marking, add the amount
to the measurement taken in Step 8. The sum is the
required shim pack thickness.
NOTE: The “+” and “-” markings on the pinion shaft are
given in thousandths of an inch. Shims are available in
thicknesses of 0.127 mm (0.003 in), 0.0762 mm (0.005 in),
0.254 mm (0.01 in) and 0.762 mm (0.03 in). Acceptable
tolerance is ± 0.050 mm (0.002 in) of number etched on
pinion shaft (total shim calculation).
10. Remove the depth setting tool – CAS1898 or
380001109 – from the housing.
11. To adjust pinion position, remove the inner bearing
cup.
RCPH07CCH106BAA 9
12. Install the proper amount of shims.
RCPH07CCH413AAA 10
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 135
13. Install the inner bearing cup.
RCPH07CCH104BAA 11
14. Assemble inner bearing cone on pinion. Drive bear-

ing onto pinion using suitable press.
RCPH07CCH414AAA 12
Next operation:
Differential Limited slip - Preload (D.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 136
Differential Limited slip - Preload

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Differential Limited slip - Depth adjust (D.10.A)
1. Install the pinion into the carrier. Install a shim pack

of 1.778 mm (0.070 in) thickness on the pinion shaft.
RCPH07CCH415AAA 1
2. Use a suitable tool to push the yoke onto the shaft.
RCPH07CCH416AAA 2
3. Torque the pinion nut to 326 - 406 Nm (240 - 300 lb

ft).
RCPH07CCH417AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 137
4. Using an torque wrench, measure the rolling torque

needed to turn the pinion shaft. The torque must
be 2.26 - 5.65 Nm (20 - 50 lb in). If rolling torque
is within the specified range, continue to Step 5. If
rolling torque is not within range:
• To increase rolling torque, remove a small
amount of thickness from the 1.778 mm (0.070
in) shim pack. For example, replace a 0.381
mm (0.015 in) shim with a 0.3556 mm (0.014
in) shim. Repeat the torque check procedure.
• To decrease rolling torque, add a small amount
of thickness to the shim pack. For example,
replace a 0.3556 mm (0.014 in) shim with a RCPH07CCH418AAA 4
0.381 mm (0.015 in) shim. Repeat the torque
check procedure.
NOTE: Shim kits contain the following sizes: 0.254 mm
(0.010 in), 0.3556 mm (0.014 in), 0.381 mm (0.015 in),
0.406 mm (0.016 in), 0.457 mm (0.018 in), 0.508 mm
(0.020 in), 0.533 mm (0.021 in), 0.559 mm (0.022 in),
0.5842 mm (0.023 in) and 0.762 mm (0.030 in).
5. Remove the nut and yoke. Apply Loctite® gasket
eliminator 515 to the housing face and to the outer
diameter of oil seal.
RCPH07CCH419AAA 5
6. Use special tool CAS1899 to install a new pinion

shaft oil seal. Install the seal with the lip toward the
pinion shaft.
RCPH07CCH420AAA 6
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 138
7. Use special tool CAS2596 and install a new oil baffle

on the input yoke. Make sure the sealing surface for
the seal is in good condition.
RCPH07CCH421AAA 7
8. Tighten the pinion nut to a torque of 326 - 406 Nm

(240 - 300 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH422AAA 8
Next operation:
Differential Limited slip - Install (D.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 139
Differential Limited slip - Install

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Differential Limited slip - Preload (D.10.A)
1. Install the ring gear and differential assembly into

carrier housing.
NOTE: Install the assembly carefully so damage to the ring
gear, pinion bearings or bearing bore does not occur.
RCPH07CCH091BAA 1
2. Install adjusting rings in place. Tighten the adjusting

rings until all slack is removed between bearing cups
and bearings.
NOTE: Install the adjusting rings so the side of the ring
with the deeper recess faces the bearing. If the rings are
installed in the opposite orientation, the adjusting ring will
clamp against the bearing cage, restricting movement.
RCPH07CCH379AAA 2
3. With the bearing cups firmly seated on bearing

cones, install the bearing caps using the alignment
marks made during disassembly. Install the cap
bolts finger tight only so the adjusting ring can still
be turned.
RCPH07CCH090BAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 140
4. Install a dial indicator so it reads movement on the

back face of the ring gear. Zero the indicator. Tighten
the adjusting ring on the back face of the ring gear un-
til the indicator stops moving: the ring gear meshes
with the pinion.
RCPH07CCH423AAA 4
5. Tighten the adjusting ring on the front face (tooth

side) of the ring gear until the bearing cup is seated.
Use special tool CAS1898-9* or 380001110* to
tighten the adjusting rings to a torque of 115 - 129
Nm (85 - 95 lb ft).
NOTE: Tools marked with an asterisk (*) are part of tool
kits CAS1898 or 380001109.
RCPH07CCH424AAA 5
Next operation:
Differential Limited slip - Backlash (D.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 141
Differential Limited slip - Backlash

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Differential Limited slip - Install (D.10.A)
1. To check ring gear backlash:

A. Install a dial indicator so it reads movement on
the side of one tooth of the ring gear.
B. Move the ring gear as far as it will go in one
direction before it moves the pinion.
C. Set the dial indicator to zero.
D. Move the ring gear in the opposite direction
until it contacts the pinion gear and observe the
reading on the dial.
E. Backlash should be within 0.127 - 0.254 mm
(0.005 - 0.010 in) for 10 bolt hubs, or 0.127 -
0.203 mm (0.005 - 0.008 in) for 12 bolt hubs.
1
F. Check the backlash at three different locations RCPH07CCH105BAA
around the gear. There should be no more

than 0.060 mm (0.003 in) variation between
readings at the different locations.
G. Move the ring gear by loosening one adjusting
ring and then tightening the opposite adjusting
ring the same amount. Both adjusting rings
must be moved the same amount.
• Move the ring gear closer to the pinion to
correct a reading higher than the speci-
fied range.
• Move the ring gear away from the pinion
to correct a reading lower than the spec-
ified range.
2. When backlash is adjusted properly, rolling torque at
the pinion shaft should be 0.565 - 1.129 Nm (5.0 -
10.0 lb in) higher than the setting for pinion shaft
bearing preload.
RCPH07CCH425AAA 2
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 142
3. Install a clip on each adjusting ring. Tighten the clip

bolts to 27 - 40 Nm (20 - 30 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH426AAA 3
4. Tighten the bearing cap bolts to a torque of 240 - 270

Nm (180 - 200 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH427AAA 4
Next operation:
Differential Limited slip - Gear tooth contact (D.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 143
Differential Limited slip - Gear tooth contact

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Differential Limited slip - Backlash (D.10.A)
1. Paint the ring gear with a marking compound on both

sides of the teeth.
RCPH07CCH429AAA 1
2. Rotate the ring gear one complete revolution in both

directions.
3. Use the table below and the information in Differ-
ential - Dynamic description - Gear tooth pattern
interpretation (D.10.A) to determine if corrective ac-
tion is required.
Forward direction pattern Reverse direction pattern Interpretation

Normal or desirable pattern
• The forward pattern should be
centered on the tooth, but slightly
toward the toe.
• There should be some clearance
between the pattern and the top of
the tooth.
• Backlash correct.
• Thinner pinion bearing cup posi-
tion shim required.
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 144

• Thicker pinion bearing cup posi-
tion shim required.
• Pinion position shim correct.

• Decrease backlash.

• Increase backlash.
Next operation:
Differential Housing - Install - Limited slip (D.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 145
Differential Housing - Install - Limited slip

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Differential Limited slip - Gear tooth contact (D.10.A)
1. Thoroughly clean the inside of the axle housing. Re-

move any burrs and nicks from the carrier housing
and axle housing mounting surface.
2. Apply Loctite® 515 gasket eliminator to the axle
housing mounting flange and around the outside of
each bolt hole.
RCPH07CCH434AAA 1
3. Install the carrier assembly into the axle housing. Ap-

ply Loctite® 271 to all bolt threads prior to installation.
Install the hose clamp on the lower bolt from where
it was removed.
RCPH07CCH086BAA 2
4. Install washers and bolts and tighten to a torque of

135 - 155 Nm (100 - 115 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH087BAA 3
Next operation:
Install the axle shafts (both sides) on the axle.
Next operation:
Install the front axle on the tractor.
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 146
Clean drain plugs and install in differential housing and planetaries. Fill with the lubricant to the proper levels; see
Capacities at the beginning of this repair manual. Inspect wheel ends and housing for oil leaks. Take immediate
corrective action when oil leaks are detected.
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 147
Differential Housing - Remove

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Remove the axle shafts (both sides) from the axle. Do not alter the tie rod adjustment.
Prior operation:
Remove the front axle from the tractor.
NOTE: Before starting service work, park the tractor on level ground, stop the engine and remove the key. Put blocks
in front and behind the rear wheels.
1. Remove the supply and return hoses for the differen-
tial lock and remove the fittings from the housing.
RCPH07CCH435AAA 1
2. Remove the bolts and washers that secure the dif-

ferential housing to the axle housing.
RCPH07CCH436AAA 2
3. Support the housing with appropriate life equipment.

Carefully pry the differential carrier from the axle
housing. When removing the housing assembly
from the axle, make certain the housing does not
contact the axle.
RCPH07CCH437AAA 3
4. Mount the differential housing assembly in a suitable

holding fixture.
Next operation:
Differential Locking - Remove - Standard (D.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 148
Differential Locking - Remove - Standard

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Differential Housing - Remove (D.10.A)
1. Place the housing on a clean work surface.
RCPH07CCH438AAA 1
2. Remove the three socket head screws from the seal

retainer.
RCPH07CCH439AAA 2
3. Remove the bolt and washer which lock the adjusting

nut.
RCPH07CCH440AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 149
4. Remove the seal retainer.
RCPH07CCH441AAA 4
5. Mark the bearing cap for reassembly later.
RCPH07CCH442AAA 5
6. Remove the retaining bolts and washers for the bear-

ing cap then remove the bearing cap.
RCPH07CCH443AAA 6
7. Remove the adjusting ring.
RCPH07CCH444AAA 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 150
8. Mark the opposite bearing cap (1). Remove the bolt

and retaining cup (2) for the adjusting ring.
RCPH07CCH445AAA 8
9. Remove the bolts, washers, bearing cap and adjust-

ing ring.
RCPH07CCH446AAA 9
10. Remove the differential from the housing.
RCPH07CCH447AAA 10
11. Remove the bearing cup. Repeat for the opposite

side.
RCPH07CCH448AAA 11
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 151
12. Remove the seal.
RCPH07CCH449AAA 12
Next operation:
Differential Locking - Disassemble - Standard (D.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 152
Differential Locking - Disassemble - Standard

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Differential Locking - Remove - Standard (D.10.A)
1. Mark the housing halves (two places) for reassembly

and remove the bolts.
RCPH07CCH451AAA 1
2. Remove the piston (1) from the cap half of the hous-
ing (2).
RCPH07CCH452AAA 2
3. Remove the outer (1) and inner (2) seal rings from
the piston and discard the seals.
RCPH07CCH453AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 153
4. Remove the seal rings from the shaft.
RCPH07CCH454AAA 4
RCPH07CCH455AAA 5
6. Remove the separator and friction plates.

NOTE: Separator and friction plates are replaced as com-
plete assemblies.
RCPH07CCH456AAA 6
7. Remove the differential gear.
RCPH07CCH457AAA 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 154
8. Remove the clutch housing.
RCPH07CCH458AAA 8
9. Remove the cross shaft, pinion gears and thrust

washer. Mark the assembly so that it can be rein-
stalled in the same position during reassembly.
RCPH07CCH459AAA 9
10. Separate the cross shaft, pinion gears and thrust

washers.
RCPH07CCH460AAA 10
11. Remove the bearing cones from the flange housing

half if bearing replacement is required.
RCPH07CCH461AAA 11
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 155
12. Remove the bearing cones from the cap housing half
if bearing replacement is required.
RCPH07CCH462AAA 12
Pinion disassembly
13. Remove the nut and washer from the yoke. Discard
the nut: a new nut must be used during reassembly.
RCPH07CCH391AAA 13
14. Remove the yoke. If the yoke or flange shows wear in

the seal contract area, replace the worn component
RCPH07CCH392AAA 14
15. If a new dust seal is required for the yoke, use special
tool CAS2596 or 380001108 to remove the existing
seal.
RCPH07CCH096BAA 15
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 156
16. Remove the pinion by tapping with a rubber or plastic

hammer. Support the pinion to prevent it from falling
and being damaged.
NOTE: Bearing preload shims are installed on the spline
end of the pinion. These shims may stick to the bearing,
pinion or even fall out. The shims are to be Collect the
shims and kept together for use during reassembly. Do not
damage the shims. If the shims are damaged, replace with
new ones: shims are available in thicknesses of 0.127 mm
(0.003 in), 0.0762 mm (0.005 in), 0.254 mm (0.01 in) and
0.762 mm (0.03 in).
NOTE: If the ring gear and/or pinion shaft require replace-
ment, they must be replaced as matched set. RCPH07CCH393AAA 16
17. Remove the pinion seal with a puller. Discard the

seal. Remove the bearing cone and outer oil baffle.
RCPH07CCH394AAA 17
18. Remove the spacer (10 bolt hubs only) from the pin-
ion shaft.
RCPH07CCH097BAA 18
19. Remove adjusting shims from the shaft.
RCPH07CCH395AAA 19
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 157
20. Remove the inner bearing cup.
RCPH07CCH396AAA 20
21. Shims are located between the bearing cup and car-
rier bore. If shims are bent or nicked, they should
be replaced during reassembly. Measure each shim
pack, and replace with the same thickness.
22. Remove inner bearing adjusting shims.
RCPH07CCH397AAA 21
23. Turn the housing over. Remove the outer pinion

bearing cup. Drive the cup out of housing if neces-
sary.
NOTE: Do not damage the housing bore.
RCPH07CCH398AAA 22
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 158
24. Install a bearing puller, and press the bearing cone

off the pinion shaft.
NOTICE: Be prepared to catch the shaft when it is released
from the bearing cone. The shaft will fall and must be cap-
tured to prevent damage.
NOTE: Whenever bearings are removed, they should be
replaced with new ones (regardless of hours).
NOTE: Always replace a bearing cup and cone as a set.
RCPH07CCH098BAA 23
Next operation:
Differential Locking - Assemble - Standard (D.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 159
Differential Locking - Assemble - Standard

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Differential Locking - Disassemble - Standard (D.10.A)
1. Press a bearing cone on the trunnion of each housing

half (if the bearings were removed).
RCPH07CCH463AAA 1
2. Install the thrust washer into the flange housing half.
RCPH07CCH464AAA 2
3. Lubricate the shoulder of the side gear with grease,

install the side gear into the housing.
RCPH07CCH465AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 160
4. Lubricate the inside diameter of the pinion gears. In-

stall the pinion gears, thrust washers and cross shaft
into the housing.
NOTE: Use the alignment marks made during disassembly
to install the components to the same locations.
RCPH07CCH466AAA 4
5. Following the alignment marks made during disas-

sembly, install the clutch housing on the flange hous-
ing half.
RCPH07CCH458AAA 5
6. Install the differential gear.
RCPH07CCH457AAA 6

on all separator plates and friction discs. Install a
separator plate into the housing.
RCPH07CCH467AAA 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 161
8. Install a friction disc into the housing. Continue

this pattern, alternating plates, until all plates are
installed. There are ten separator plates and nine
friction discs.
NOTICE: Align the teeth when installing friction discs.
NOTE: When reused, the discs and plates must be in-
stalled in the same order as they were removed.
RCPH07CCH468AAA 8
RCPH07CCH455AAA 9
10. Install new seal rings.
RCPH07CCH454AAA 10
11. Lubricate new seal rings with petroleum jelly and in-
stall the seal rings on the piston.
RCPH07CCH453AAA 11
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 162
12. Carefully install the piston (1) into the cap half of the
housing (2) to avoid damage to the seal rings.
RCPH07CCH452AAA 12
13. Clean the mounting bolts and apply Loctite® 242 to

the threads.
RCPH07CCH469AAA 13
14. Using the alignment marks (1 ) made during disas-

sembly, install the flange housing half on the clutch
housing. Install the mounting bolts and torque to 60
- 65 Nm (44 - 48 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH470AAA 14
15. Install a new seal.
RCPH07CCH449AAA 15
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 163
16. Install the bearing cup.
RCPH07CCH448AAA 16
Next operation:
Differential Locking - Depth adjust - Standard (D.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 164
Differential Locking - Depth adjust - Standard

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Differential Locking - Assemble - Standard (D.10.A)
1. Verify that the numbers on the ring gear and pinion

gears match. Use the table below to determine shim
pack thickness and for setting pinion distance.
NOTE: The pinion is etched with a “0” (zero), a “+” (plus)
or a “-” (minus) number. The number indicates the proper
position for each gear set. The dimension is set by shim-
ming behind the inner pinion bearing cup.
RCPH07CCH471AAA 1
Shim thickness to add or remove

Old New pinion marking
pinion -4 -3 -2 -1 0 +1 +2 +3 +4
marking
+4 +0.008 +0.007 +0.006 +0.005 +0.004 +0.003 +0.002 +0.001 0
+3 +0.007 +0.006 +0.005 +0.004 +0.003 +0.002 +0.001 0 -0.001
+2 +0.006 +0.005 +0.004 +0.003 +0.002 +0.001 0 -0.001 -0.002
+1 +0.005 +0.004 +0.003 +0.002 +0.001 0 -0.001 +0.002 -0.003
0 +0.004 +0.003 +0.002 +0.001 0 -0.001 -0.002 -0.003 -0.004
-1 +0.003 +0.002 +0.001 0 -0.001 -0.002 -0.003 -0.004 -0.005
-2 +0.002 +0.001 0 -0.001 -0.002 -0.003 -0.004 -0.005 -0.006
-3 +0.001 0 -0.001 -0.002 -0.003 -0.004 -0.005 -0.006 -0.007
-4 0 -0.001 -0.002 -0.003 -0.004 -0.005 -0.006 -0.007 -0.008
NOTE: Shim adjustments are in inches.
Setting pinion shaft depth

2. Install the outer bearing cup.
RCPH07CCH408AAA 2
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 165
3. Assemble the pinion depth setting tool, CAS1898 or

380001109, into the differential as shown. Steps 4
through 9 explain the tool assembly process.
NOTICE: Tools identified with as asterisk (*) are part of the
tool kits.
RCPH07CCH409AAA 3
4. Install the handle tool – CAS1898-1* or 380001132*

for 10 bolt hubs, 380002849 for 12 bolt hubs – and
threaded shaft tool – CAS1898-2* or 380001133* –
into the housing.
RCPH07CCH410AAA 4
5. Install the aligning disc tool – CAS1898-5* or

380001136* for 10 bolt hubs, 380002848 for 12 bolt
hubs – and the gauge disc tool – CAS1898-3*or
380001134* for 10 bolt hubs, or 380002847 for 12
bolt hubs.
RCPH07CCH101BAA 5
6. Install the gauge block tool – CAS1898-4* or

380001135* and finger tighten to hold the gauge
assembly and bearing cones in position.
RCPH07CCH102BAA 6
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 166
7. Install the tube tool – CAS1898-6* or 380001137*.
RCPH07CCH411AAA 7
8. Install the bearing caps and cap bolts. Tighten the

bolts to a torque of 244 - 271 Nm (180 - 200 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH412AAA 8
9. Position the gauge block tool under the tube tool.

Use a feeler gauge and measure the distance be-
tween the tube and the block. This dimension is the
thickness required for the shim pack, if the pinion
shaft is not marked with a “+” or “-” on the button end.
RCPH07CCH103BAA 9
10. If the pinion shaft has a “+” marking, subtract the

amount from the measurement taken in Step 9. The
remainder is the required shim pack thickness. If
the pinion shaft has a “-’ marking, add the amount
to the measurement taken in Step 9. The sum is the
required shim pack thickness.
NOTE: The “+” and “-” markings on the pinion shaft are
given in thousandths of an inch. Shims are available in
thicknesses of 0.127 mm (0.003 in), 0.0762 mm (0.005 in),
0.254 mm (0.01 in) and 0.762 mm (0.03 in). Acceptable
tolerance is ± 0.050 mm (0.002 in) of number etched on
pinion shaft (total shim calculation).
11. Remove the depth setting tool – CAS1898 or
380001109 – from the housing.
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 167
12. To adjust pinion position, remove the inner bearing

cup.
RCPH07CCH106BAA 10
13. Install the proper amount of shims.
RCPH07CCH413AAA 11
14. Install the inner bearing cup.
RCPH07CCH104BAA 12
15. Assemble inner bearing cone on pinion. Drive bear-

ing onto pinion using suitable press.
RCPH07CCH414AAA 13
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 168
Differential Locking - Preload - Standard (D.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 169
Differential Locking - Preload - Standard

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Differential Locking - Depth adjust - Standard (D.10.A)
1. Install the pinion into the carrier. Install a shim pack

of 1.778 mm (0.070 in) thickness on the pinion shaft.
RCPH07CCH415AAA 1
2. Use a suitable tool to push the yoke onto the shaft.
RCPH07CCH416AAA 2

ft) for 10 bolt hubs, and 460 - 542 Nm (340 - 400 lb
ft) for 12 bolt hubs.
RCPH07CCH417AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 170
4. Using an torque wrench, measure the rolling torque

needed to turn the pinion shaft. The torque must
be 2.26 - 4.5 Nm (20 - 40 lb in). If rolling torque
is within the specified range, continue to Step 5. If
rolling torque is not within range:
• To increase rolling torque, remove a small
amount of thickness from the 1.778 mm (0.070
in) shim pack. For example, replace a 0.381
mm (0.015 in) shim with a 0.3556 mm (0.014
in) shim. Repeat the torque check procedure.
• To decrease rolling torque, add a small amount
of thickness to the shim pack. For example,
replace a 0.3556 mm (0.014 in) shim with a RCPH07CCH418AAA 4
0.381 mm (0.015 in) shim. Repeat the torque
check procedure.
NOTE: Shim kits contain the following sizes: 0.254 mm
(0.010 in), 0.3556 mm (0.014 in), 0.381 mm (0.015 in),
0.406 mm (0.016 in), 0.457 mm (0.018 in), 0.508 mm
(0.020 in), 0.533 mm (0.021 in), 0.559 mm (0.022 in),
0.5842 mm (0.023 in) and 0.762 mm (0.030 in).
5. Remove the nut and yoke. Apply Permatex® D to the
housing face and to the outer diameter of oil seal.
RCPH07CCH419AAA 5
6. Use special tool CAS1899 to install a new pinion

shaft oil seal. Install the seal with the lip toward the
pinion shaft.
RCPH07CCH420AAA 6
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 171
7. Use special tool CAS2596 and install a new oil baffle

on the input yoke. Make sure the sealing surface for
the seal is in good condition.
RCPH07CCH421AAA 7

ft) for 10 bolt hubs, and 460 - 542 Nm (340 - 400 lb
ft) for 12 bolt hubs.
RCPH07CCH422AAA 8
Next operation:
Differential Locking - Install - Standard (D.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 172
Differential Locking - Install - Standard

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Differential Locking - Preload - Standard (D.10.A)
1. Install the ring gear and differential assembly into

housing.
NOTE: Install the assembly carefully so damage to the ring
gear, pinion bearings or bearing bore does not occur.
RCPH07CCH091BAA 1
2. Install adjusting rings in place. Tighten the adjusting

rings until all slack is removed between bearing cups
and bearings.
NOTE: Install the adjusting rings so the side of the ring
with the deeper recess faces the bearing. If the rings are
installed in the opposite orientation, the adjusting ring will
clamp against the bearing cage, restricting movement.
RCPH07CCH472AAA 2
3. With the bearing cups firmly seated on bearing

cones, install the bearing caps using the alignment
marks made during disassembly. Install the cap
bolts finger tight only so the adjusting ring can still
be turned.
RCPH07CCH473AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 173

back face of the ring gear. Zero the indicator. Tighten
the adjusting ring on the back face of the ring gear un-
til the indicator stops moving: the ring gear meshes
with the pinion.
RCPH07CCH474AAA 4

side of one tooth of the ring gear.
RCPH07CCH475AAA 5
6. Loosen the adjusting ring on the back side of the

ring gear until backlash is approximately 0.127 mm
(0.005 in) (as read on the dial indicator). Continue
loosening the adjusting ring until the cap bolt, washer
and clip for the adjusting ring can be installed. Torque
the bolt to 27 - 40 Nm (20 - 30 lb ft). Tighten the
bearing cap bolts to a torque of 240 - 270 Nm (180 -
200 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH476AAA 6
7. Using special tool 380000808, tighten the adjusting

ring on the front side of the ring gear to a torque of
75 - 88 Nm (55 - 65 lb ft). This creates a bearing
preload of 1.13 - 2.26 Nm (10 - 20 lb in).
NOTE: This adjustment also increases pinion torque by
0.282 - 0.565 Nm (2.5 - 5.0 lb in).
RCPH07CCH479AAA 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 174
8. Install the bolt and washer for the adjusting ring on

the front side of the ring gear. Tighten and torque to
27 - 40 Nm (20 - 30 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH478AAA 8
9. Install the seal retainer and retain with the three

socket head screws. Torque the screws to 4.0 - 4.5
Nm (36 - 40 lb in).
RCPH07CCH480AAA 9
Next operation:
Differential Locking - Backlash - Standard (D.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 175
Differential Locking - Backlash - Standard

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Differential Locking - Install - Standard (D.10.A)
1. To check ring gear backlash:

A. Install a dial indicator so it reads movement on
the side of one tooth of the ring gear.
B. Move the ring gear as far as it will go in one
direction before it moves the pinion.
C. Set the dial indicator to zero.
D. Move the ring gear in the opposite direction
until it contacts the pinion gear and observe the
reading on the dial.
E. Backlash should be within 0.127 - 0.254 mm
(0.005 - 0.010 in) for 10 bolt hubs, or 0.127 -
0.203 mm (0.005 - 0.008 in) for 12 bolt hubs.
1
F. Check the backlash at three different locations RCPH07CCH105BAA
around the gear. There should be no more

than 0.060 mm (0.003 in) variation between
readings at the different locations.
G. Move the ring gear by loosening one adjusting
ring and then tightening the opposite adjusting
ring the same amount. Both adjusting rings
must be moved the same amount.
• Move the ring gear closer to the pinion to
correct a reading higher than the speci-
fied range.
• Move the ring gear away from the pinion
to correct a reading lower than the spec-
ified range.
2. When backlash is adjusted properly, rolling torque at
the pinion shaft should be 0.282 - 0.565 Nm (2.5 - 5.0
lb in) higher than the setting for pinion shaft bearing
preload.
RCPH07CCH425AAA 2
Next operation:
Differential Locking - Gear tooth contact - Standard (D.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 176
Differential Locking - Gear tooth contact - Standard

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Differential Locking - Backlash - Standard (D.10.A)
1. Paint the ring gear with a marking compound on both

sides of the teeth.
RCPH07CCH429AAA 1
2. Rotate the ring gear one complete revolution in both

directions.
3. Use the table below and the information in Differ-
ential - Dynamic description - Gear tooth pattern
interpretation (D.10.A) to determine if corrective ac-
tion is required.

Normal or desirable pattern
• The forward pattern should be
centered on the tooth, but slightly
toward the toe.
• There should be some clearance
between the pattern and the top of
the tooth.
• Thinner pinion bearing cup posi-
tion shim required.
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 177

• Thicker pinion bearing cup posi-
tion shim required.

• Decrease backlash.

• Increase backlash.
Next operation:
Differential Housing - Install - Standard locking (D.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 178
Differential Housing - Install - Standard locking

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Differential Locking - Gear tooth contact - Standard (D.10.A)
1. Thoroughly clean the inside of the axle housing. Re-

move any burrs and nicks from the differential hous-
ing and axle housing mounting surfaces.
2. Apply Loctite® 515 gasket eliminator to the mounting
flange and around the outside of each bolt hole.
RCPH07CCH481AAA 1
3. Install new O-rings as required and install the supply

and return fittings for the differential lock.
RCPH07CCH435AAA 2
4. Install the housing assembly into the axle housing.

Coat all bolt threads with Loctite® 271 prior to in-
stallation. Install washers and bolts and tighten to
RCPH07CCH436AAA 3
Next operation:
Install the axle shafts (both sides) on the axle.
Next operation:
Install the front axle on the tractor.
Next operation:
Clean drain plugs and install in differential housing and planetaries. Fill with the lubricant to the proper levels; see
Capacities at the beginning of this repair manual. Inspect wheel ends and housing for oil leaks. Take immediate
corrective action when oil leaks are detected.
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 179
Steering knuckle and King pin - Disassemble - Standard MFD

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Planetary and hub - Disassemble - Standard MFD (D.10.A)
1. Place an identifying mark on the wheel stop before

removing the clevis locking pin. Remove the clevis
retaining pin (1), the clevis locking pin (2), and the
wheel stop (3).
RCPH07CCH895BBC 1
2. Remove the cotter pin from the slotted nut on the

steering cylinder socket end.
RCPH07CCH894ABC 2
3. Loosen, do not remove, the steering cylinder socket

end nut.
RCPH07CCH893BBC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 180
4. Remove the cotter pin from the lower end of the

steering cylinder clevis pin at the axle housing. Re-
move the clevis pin. Remove and discard the clevis
pin bushing O-rings.
RCPH07CCH892BBC 4
5. With the slotted nut in place on the steering cylinder

socket end, unseat the steering cylinder socket end
from the steering knuckle, using a soft metal ham-
mer. Remove the slotted nut and remove the cylin-
der. Remove the opposite steering cylinder using the
same procedure, if necessary.
RCPH07CCH891ABC 5
6. Remove the cotter pin from the tie rod socket end
slotted nut. Loosen the slotted nut. Unseat the tie
rod socket end from the steering knuckle, using a
soft metal hammer. Remove the slotted nut and the
tie rod end. Remove the opposite tie rod end using
the same procedure, if necessary.
RCPH07CCH890BBC 6
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 181
7. Properly support the steering knuckle to retain the

position of the upper king pin bearing cap, when it is
removed.
RCPH07CCH878BBC 7
8. Remove the three upper king pin bearing cap bolts.
RCPH07CCH889ABC 8
9. Remove the upper king pin bearing cap (1) and the
shims (2).
RCPH07CCH888ABC 9
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 182
10. Install lifting eyes and properly support the steering

knuckle. Remove the lower king pin bearing cap and
shims.
RCPH07CCH887ABC 10
11. Remove the planetary input sun gear shaft oil seal
from the steering knuckle. Press the planetary input
sun gear shaft bushing from the steering knuckle, if
replacement is necessary.
RCPH07CCH886BBC 11
12. Remove the axle drive shaft.
RCPH07CCH987BBC 12
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 183
13. Remove the upper axle kingpin seal.
RCPH07CCH876BBC 13
14. Use a puller (1) with a bearing puller (2) to remove the
inner ring (3) from the upper king pin bearing cap, if
necessary. Use care not to damage the grease seal
area on the kingpin bearing cap.
RCPH07CCH874BBC 14
15. Use a suitable puller (1), or a blind hole puller, to

remove the upper king pin bearing outer ring (2) from
the axle housing.
RCPH07CCH875BBC 15
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 184
16. If the outer ring cannot be removed with the blind hole
puller, pierce the grease retainer and drive the outer
ring out with a punch (3). A new grease retainer plate
will be required for assembly. Use the same proce-
dure for the removal of the lower king pin bearing
outer ring.
NOTE: Piercing the lower grease retainer and using an ex-
tension and socket to remove the outer ring, may be re-
quired.
RCPH07CCH873ABC 16
17. Remove the outer and the inner axle shaft seals with
a slide hammer and a suitable puller.
RCPH07CCH924BBC 17
18. Inspect the axle shaft bushing in the differential hous-

ing. Use a suitable puller to remove the bushing, if
necessary.
RCPH07CCH923BBC 18
19. Repeat the removal procedure for the steering

knuckle and kingpins on the opposite side of the
MFD axle, if necessary.
Next operation:
Steering knuckle and King pin - Assemble - Standard MFD (D.10.A)
Next operation:
Axle shaft - Disassemble Standard MFD (D.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 185
Steering knuckle and King pin - Assemble - Standard MFD

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Steering knuckle and King pin - Disassemble - Standard MFD (D.10.A)
Prior operation:
Axle shaft - Assemble - Standard MFD (D.10.A)
1. Use a suitable installer to install a new axle shaft

bushing, if necessary. The bushing counterbore
faces outward. Install the bushing until it bottoms in
the axle housing.
RCPH07CCH923BBC 1
2. Use seal installers to install new inner and outer axle

shaft oil seals.
NOTE: The outer oil seal is installed flush with the axle
housing.
RCPH07CCH922BBC 2
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 186
3. When removing seals installed from the factory, the

inner seal (3) lip will face the differential and the outer
seal (4) will face toward the planetary hub.
NOTICE: Do not reinstall seals this way. Install them as
shown in the next step.
RCPH07CCH928BBC 3
4. Reinstall seals as follows. Lubricate the inner diam-

eter of the seals with NEW HOLLAND AMBRA HY-
POIDE 140 GEAR LUBE. Install the axle shaft seals
(1), (2) with the lips facing toward the differential. The
inner seal (1) should be pressed flush with the bush-
ing (4). The outer seal (2) should be pressed flush
with the casting surface (5).
RCPH07CCH927BBC 4
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 187
5. Apply Loctite® 515 gasket eliminator to the bottom

face of axle housing bore. Install the grease retaining
plate so that the grease cavity is below the bore.
RCPH07CCH872BBC 5
6. Place the kingpin bearing cap in a press and install

a new inner ring. Use a flat plate to evenly start the
inner ring on the kingpin bearing cap.
RCPH07CCH869BBC 6
7. Complete the seating of the inner ring on the king pin

bearing cap by using the outer ring as the installer.
RCPH07CCH868BBC 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 188
8. Use a bearing installer to install the king pin outer ring

into the axle housing.
RCPH07CCH871BBC 8
9. Make sure the outer ring is fully seated in the hous-

ing. Apply a layer of grease to the bearing surface.
RCPH07CCH870BBC 9
10. Lubricate the inner diameter of a new king pin seal

with grease. Position the new king pin oil seal in the
axle housing.
RCPH07CCH867BBC 10
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 189
11. Use the kingpin seal installer from special tool kit
380001910 for axles with 10 bolt hubs and special
tool kit 380040197 for axles with 12 bolt hubs to in-
stall the seal.
RCPH07CCH921BBC 11
12. Install the MFD axle drive shaft into the axle hous-
ing. Make sure the axle shaft splines engage the dif-
ferential side gears. Use care so as not to damage
the axle shaft seals. Repeat the kingpin assembly
procedure on the opposite side of the MFD axle, if
necessary.
RCPH07CCH987BBC 12
13. Inspect and clean the bores of the steering knuckle.

Apply Loctite® 609 to the planetary gear shaft bush-
ing bore and the outer diameter of the bushing.
RCPH07CCH885BBC 13
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 190
14. Use a bushing installer to press the bushing in flush

with the machined bore in the knuckle. Wipe away
the excess Loctite® 609.
NOTE: Do not rotate the steering knuckle.
RCPH07CCH884BBC 14
15. Install lifting eyes and properly support the steering

knuckle. Guide the axle shaft outer yoke into the
steering knuckle.
RCPH07CCH887ABC 15
16. Use the following procedure to make sure the kingpin

bearings are seated.
A. Apply a layer of grease to the inner ring bearing
surface.
B. Properly support the steering knuckle. Install
the lower king pin bearing cap without shims.
C. Install the upper king pin bearing cap without
shims.
D. Tighten all bolts to a torque of 156 - 170 Nm
(115 - 125 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH990BBC 16
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 191
17. Remove the king pin bearing caps after verifying that
the bearings are fully seated and install the king pin
shims.
NOTE: The same thickness shim pack can be used on the
top and bottom as a starting point to determine the new
thickness.
RCPH07CCH877BBC 17
18. Install the king pin caps. Evenly tighten the bolts in
a crossing pattern to a torque of 156 - 170 Nm (115
- 125 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH920ABC 18
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 192
19. To set the rolling torque:

A. Place a inclinometer on the top machined sur-
face of the knuckle and level the assembly to
within ± 2 ° of zero.
B. Rotate the steering knuckle clockwise and
counter clockwise several times before the
torque to rotate measurement is taken.
C. Select a kingpin bearing cap bolt and place a
torque wrench on the bolt. Record the torque
required to rotate the knuckle in the clockwise
direction, and the torque required to rotate the
knuckle in the counterclockwise direction. Av-
erage the two readings. The torque must be in
the range of 34 - 74 Nm (25 - 55 lb ft).
D. Add shims to decrease the torque required to RCPH07CCH866BBC 19
rotate the knuckle; subtract shims to increase
torque required to rotate the knuckle. Always
shim the upper and lower king pins evenly.
E. Repeat the procedure until the torque required
to rotate the steering knuckle is within the spec-
ification.
F. When the final adjustments are complete, ap-
ply antiseize to the king pin bore on the steer-
ing knuckle. Lubricate the king pin through the
grease fitting on the king pin bearing cap. Re-
peat the installation procedure for the opposite
steering knuckle, if removed.
G. Repeat the procedure for the opposite steering
knuckle, if required.
20. Clean the tie rod end stud and the tapered bore in the
steering knuckle. Install the tie rod seal and washer.
Install the tie rod and tighten the slotted nut to a
torque of 372 Nm (275 lb ft). If necessary, advance
the slotted nut until the cotter pin can be installed. In-
stall the opposite tie rod end, if removed.
RCPH07CCH880BBC 20
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 193
21. Clean the steering cylinder tapered bore and steering

cylinder socket stud. Install and tighten the steering
cylinder slotted nut to a torque of 272 Nm (200 lb ft).
If necessary, advance the slotted nut until the cotter
pin can be installed.
RCPH07CCH893BBC 21
22. Lubricate the two steering cylinder clevis pin bushing

O-rings with grease. Make sure an O-ring is installed
on each side of the steering cylinder at the clevis
pin bushings. Make sure the flat on the head of the
clevis pin is turned toward the axle housing. Install
the clevis pin. Insert a cotter pin through the clevis
pin. Install the steering cylinder on the opposite side
of the MFD axle, if removed.
RCPH07CCH919BBC 22
23. Use the alignment mark made during disassembly to

position the wheel stop. Install the wheel stop (1),
the clevis locking pin (2), and the clevis retaining pin
(3). Install the wheel stop on the opposite side of the
MFD axle, if removed.
RCPH07CCH895BBC 23
Next operation:
Planetary and hub - Assemble - Standard MFD (D.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 194
Planetary and hub - Disassemble - Standard MFD

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Before performing this procedure:

C. Turn the engine off and remove the key.
D. Place blocks in front of and behind the rear
wheels.
E. Remove the front fenders from the front axle,
if equipped.
RCPH07CCH474AAB 1
2. Raise the front axle. Install axle stands. Remove the

front tires.
WARNING
SM188A
RCPH07CCH475AAB 2
3. Allow the axle to cool before servicing. Slowly open

the axle plug to release any internal axle pressure.
Remove the axle drain plug (1). Drain the axle oil
into a suitable, clean container.
NOTE:
RCPH07CCH879ABC 3
4. Before draining the oil from the planetary hub, posi-

tion the hub cover so the planetary hub drain/fill plug
(1) is at the highest position. Check that the axle
fill plug has been loosened to release any internal
axle pressure. Loosen the hub plug and rotate the
hub cover so the plug is at the lowest position. Re-
move the hub plug and drain the oil into a suitable
container.
RCPH07CCH912ABC 4
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 195
5. Properly support the planetary hub cover. Remove

the three socket head bolts. Separate and remove
the cover from the planetary hub.
RCPH07CCH911ABC 5
6. Remove the retaining rings that secure the planetary

gear pins to the cover.
RCPH07CCH910ABC 6
7. Remove the planetary gear pins by threading a suit-

able bolt into the pin and prying up on the bolt head.
RCPH07CCH909ABC 7
8. Remove the thrust washers from the top of the plan-

etary gear.
RCPH07CCH907ABC 8
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 196
9. Remove the planetary gear through the center open-

ing of the gear plate. Remove the needle bearings
in the upper level of the planetary gear. Remove the
spacer and the needle bearings in the lower level. In-
spect all components for damage or wear.
RCPH07CCH908ABC 9
10. Remove the lower thrust washers and inspect for

damage or wear.
RCPH07CCH906ABC 10
11. Swivel the steering knuckle to gain access to the

planetary input sun gear shaft. Use offset pliers tool
380000805 to remove the snap ring (1). Remove the
washer (2) from the planetary input sun gear shaft.
RCPH07CCH991BBC 11
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 197
12. Use two pry bars at the steering knuckle to remove

the planetary gear shaft from the yoke retaining ring.
NOTE: Remove the thrust washer on the planetary gear
shaft for tractors equipped with ten bolt hubs.
RCPH07CCH904BBC 12
13. Remove the eight retaining plate bolts. Discard the

bolts.
NOTE: New bolts must be installed during reassembly.
RCPH07CCH903BBC 13
14. Remove the retaining plate and shims. Slide the

planetary ring gear assembly off the splines of the
steering knuckle. The outer hub bearing will be re-
moved with the planetary ring gear hub.
NOTE: Twelve bolt hub assembly shown. On ten bolt hubs,
remove the thrust washer after removal of the shims.
RCPH07CCH902BBC 14
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 198
15. Remove the planetary hub.

NOTE: The hub seal may separate into two pieces during
removal.
RCPH07CCH901BBC 15
16. On 12 bolt hubs, remove the oil seal and the inner
planetary hub bearing cone from the planetary hub.
RCPH07CCH900BBC 16
17. On 12 bolt hubs, remove the dust seal.
RCPH07CCH979BBC 17
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 199
18. On 10 bolt hubs, remove the bearing.
RCPH07CCH974ABC 18
19. On 10 bolt hubs, remove the oil seal.

NOTE: Seal may separate when hub is removed.
RCPH07CCH979BBC 19
20. Remove damaged wheel studs as needed.
RCPH07CCH508AAB 20
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 200
21. Use a driver to remove the inner planetary hub bear-

ing cup.
RCPH07CCH296BAB 21
22. Use a driver to remove the outer planetary hub bear-

ing cup.
RCPH07CCH297BAB 22
23. Remove the retaining ring (1) and remove the gear
hub.
RCPH07CCH898BBC 23
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 201
24. Place the planetary gear hub in a press. Press the

outer hub bearing from the gear hub. Repeat the
preceding procedure for the opposite planetary hub,
if necessary.
RCPH07CCH897BBC 24
Next operation:
Steering knuckle and King pin - Disassemble - Standard MFD (D.10.A)
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 202
Planetary and hub - Assemble - Standard MFD

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Steering knuckle and King pin - Assemble - Standard MFD (D.10.A)
Prior operation:
Planetary and hub - Disassemble - Standard MFD (D.10.A)
1. Lubricate the inner diameter of the bearing cone for

the outer planetary hub with NEW HOLLAND AM-
BRA HYPOIDE 140 GEAR LUBE. Place the plan-
etary gear hub in a press. Use the proper plate
adapter to install the bearing cone on the gear hub.
RCPH07CCH896BBC 1
2. Install the planetary gear hub (1) in the ring gear (2).
Install the retaining ring (3) in the gear groove.
RCPH07CCH982BBC 2
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 203
3. Clean and inspect the planetary hub. Lubricate the

outer bearing cup with NEW HOLLAND AMBRA HY-
POIDE 140 GEAR LUBE. Place the hub in a press.
Use a suitable bearing cup driver to press the cup in
the hub.
RCPH07CCH298BAB 3
4. Turn the planetary hub over. Lubricate the inner

bearing cup with NEW HOLLAND AMBRA HY-
POIDE 140 GEAR LUBE. Use a suitable bearing
cup driver to press the inner bearing cup into the
hub.
RCPH07CCH881BBC 4
5. Install new wheel studs, if necessary.
RCPH07CCH509AAB 5
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 204
6. On 12 bolt hubs, thoroughly clean the dust seal seat-

ing area.
RCPH07CCH978BBC 6
7. Clean the bolt holes in the steering knuckle with a tap

and Loctite® safety solvent.
RCPH07CCH976BBC 7
8. Place a shop towel in the center of the steering

knuckle (1) and clean the bolt holes with compressed
air. Remove the towel.
RCPH07CCH975BBC 8
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 205
9. Thoroughly clean the steering knuckle.
RCPH07CCH977BBC 9
10. Install the bearing and lightly coat the bearing with a
light multi-purpose oil.
RCPH07CCH972BBC 10
11. Lightly coat the outer hub bearing with a light multi-
purpose oil.
RCPH07CCH973ABC 11
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 206
12. Install the planetary hub.
RCPH07CCH901BBC 12
13. Install the planetary gear hub.

NOTE: If any hub components (other than the oil seal)
were replaced, the shim pack and rolling torque must be
adjusted. If only the hub oil seal was replaced, reuse the
same shim pack (if undamaged) and check if rolling torque
still within the specification.
NOTE: Rolling torque for the hub bearings is measured
without the hub seal installed.
RCPH07CCH971BBC 13
14. Install the hub shim pack.
RCPH07CCH970BBC 14
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 207
15. Install the retaining plate with four bolts. Tighten bolts
RCPH07CCH969BBC 15
16. Install the spacers (1).
RCPH07CCH968BBC 16
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 208
17. Install the spanner plate. Rotate the hub several

times in both directions to set the bearings.
RCPH07CCH966BBC 17
18. Measure rolling torque on the spanner plate nut. The

reading should be 11.4 - 16 Nm (100 - 140 lb in).
Add shims to decrease rolling torque; subtract shims
to increase rolling torque as required.
RCPH07CCH967BBC 18
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 209
19. After adjusting rolling torque, remove the spanner

plate.
RCPH07CCH966BBC 19
20. Remove the retaining plate and shim pack.
RCPH07CCH969BBC 20
21. Remove the planetary gear hub.
RCPH07CCH935BBC 21
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 210
22. Remove the planetary hub.
RCPH07CCH901BBC 22
Next operation:
Planetary and hub - Assemble - Standard MFD 10 bolt hub (D.10.A)
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 211
Planetary and hub - Assemble - Standard MFD 10 bolt hub

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
1. Clean the seal and bearing area of the spindle so it is

free of oil, grease and dirt. Apply Loctite® 680 to the
inside diameter of the seal and to the outside diame-
ter of the spindle in the seal area. Evenly spread the
Loctite® around the spindle and seal.
RCPH07CCH992BBC 1
2. Install the pilot tool onto the spindle.
RCPH07CCH850ABC 2
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 212
3. With the rubber facing away from the spindle, install

the seal over the pilot tool.
RCPH07CCH993BBC 3
4. Install the flanged tool with threaded rod onto the

spindle end face. Use four retainer plate bolts to
secure the tool.
RCPH07CCH841BBC 4
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 213
5. Install the seal driver tool over the pilot tool so that it
is resting on the seal.
RCPH07CCH842BBC 5
6. Install the thrust bearing (1), flat washer (2) and nut
(3) onto the threaded rod.
RCPH07CCH843BBC 6
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 214
7. Use a wrench to tighten the nut.
RCPH07CCH844BBC 7
8. When tightening the nut, make sure the seal remains

squarely aligned on the spindle. Continue tightening
the nut until a noticeable increase in torque occurs.
There may be a very small gap (1) 0.025 - 0.5 mm
(0.001 - 0.020 in) between the seal and the spindle
shoulder. This is normal.
RCPH07CCH845ABC 8
9. When the seal is seated, use both hands to rotate

the outer portion of the seal. The seal should turn,
but may require some effort.
RCPH07CCH846BBC 9
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 215
10. Remove all seal installation tools except the for the
flanged tool (1). Install the bearing cone onto the
spindle.
RCPH07CCH847BBC 10
11. Apply a thin film of oil to the outside diameter of the

seal. Evenly spread the oil around the entire seal
area.
RCPH07CCH848BBC 11
12. Install the adapters on the wheel studs 180 ° apart.

Tighten the adaptors.
RCPH07CCH855BBC 12
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 216
13. Place the large pilot tool on the bearing cup with the
smaller tool diameter facing up.
RCPH07CCH856BBC 13
14. Align the flat bar with the small tool diameter (1), and
secure the plate to the adapters with the bolts pro-
vided.
RCPH07CCH857BBC 14
15. Use appropriate life equipment to lift the hub with

alignment tools and align the assembly with the spin-
dle.
RCPH07CCH858BBC 15
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 217
16. Push the hub (by hand) on the spindle until contact
with the seal is made. The threaded rod should be
exposed.
RCPH07CCH859BBC 16
17. Install a washer and nut onto the threaded rod.
RCPH07CCH860BBC 17
18. Tighten until a noticeable increase in torque is re-

quired to turn the nut. The seal should be fully seated
at this point.
RCPH07CCH861BBC 18
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 218
19. A small gap (approximately 1 mm (0.039 in)) be-

tween the spindle and the hub should remain. Check
that the hub can be rotated by hand before proceed-
ing.
RCPH07CCH852BBC 19
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 219
Planetary and hub - Assemble - Standard MFD 12 bolt hub

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
1. Remove the inner bearing.
RCPH07CCH974ABC 1
2. Thoroughly clean and dry the dust seal seating area.
RCPH07CCH965BBC 2
3. Apply a thin bead of Loctite® 680 to the dust seal

seating area.
RCPH07CCH964BBC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 220
4. When installing the dust seal make sure the larger lip
(1) is facing outboard.
RCPH07CCH960ABC 4
5. Hand press the dust seal into place.
RCPH07CCH963BBC 5
6. Place the dust seal installation ring (1) against the

seal (2) and lightly tap around the ring to set the seal
against the machined surface.
RCPH07CCH961BBC 6
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 221
7. Place the hub in a suitable vise.
RCPH07CCH956BBC 7
8. Thoroughly clean and dry the seal counterbore.
RCPH07CCH957BBC 8
9. Apply a thin bead of Loctite® 680 to the seal coun-

terbore.
RCPH07CCH955BBC 9
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 222
10. Place the centering cup into the opposite side of the
hub.
RCPH07CCH959BBC 10
11. Install the threaded rod.
RCPH07CCH958BBC 11
12. Place the inboard bearing into the hub cone.
RCPH07CCH954BBC 12
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 223
13. While holding the bearing (1) set the oil seal (2) in
place.
RCPH07CCH953BBC 13
14. Place the seal driver over the threaded rod.
RCPH07CCH952BBC 14
15. Install a washer and nut and hand tighten. Check

that the seal driver (1) is centered on the seal (2).
RCPH07CCH951BBC 15
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 224
16. Slowly draw seal into the hub.
RCPH07CCH950BBC 16
17. If the seal is not being drawn into the bore straight,
tap on the installation tool to “square” the seal in the
bore. When the seal is seated in the bore, remove
the seal installation tools.
RCPH07CCH949BBC 17
18. Check if the seal (1) is fully seated in the bore. Re-
move the hub from the vise.
RCPH07CCH947BBC 18
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 225
19. Bolt the seal installation adapter over the end of the
steering knuckle.
RCPH07CCH946BBC 19
20. Place the installation hub on the wheel hub.
RCPH07CCH945BBC 20
21. Bolt the spanner plate (1) to the spacers (2).
RCPH07CCH944BBC 21
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 226
22. Apply a light coating of multi-purpose grease to the

dust sealing area on the wheel hub.
RCPH07CCH943BBC 22
23. Apply a very light coating of light multi-purpose oil to

the seal sealing area on the steering knuckle or on
the inside diameter of the hub seal.
RCPH07CCH942BBC 23
24. Install a wheel nut (1) on one of the hub wheel studs
(2) and attach a lifting device (3) on the stud. Raise
the assembly with appropriate lift equipment. With
an assistant, carefully guide the hub into place on
the steering knuckle. Take care not to damage the
seal or bearing.
RCPH07CCH941BBC 24
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 227
25. Install a washer (1), thrust bearing (2) and nut (3).
RCPH07CCH937BBC 25
26. Tighten the nut until the shoulder (1) of the seal instal-
lation tool is bottomed against the hub (2). Remove
the seal installation tool.
RCPH07CCH936BBC 26
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 228
Planetary and hub - Assemble - Standard MFD

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Prior operation:
1. Install the planetary gear hub and bearing.
RCPH07CCH935BBC 1
2. Place the shim pack (1) on the retaining plate (2) and
apply a bead of Loctite® 271 to the new bolts.
RCPH07CCH934BBC 2
3. Tighten the bolts to a torque of 110 - 125 Nm (82 -

92 lb ft). Remove the spacers (1).
NOTE: Twelve bolt hub assembly shown. Install the thrust
washer for ten bolt hub assembly before the installation of
the shims.
RCPH07CCH933BBC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 229
4. Install the sun gear shaft.

NOTE: On 10 bolt hubs, install the thrust washer on the
gear shaft before installing the shaft.
RCPH07CCH940BBC 4
5. When the gear shaft (1) in the yoke (2) of the drive
shaft, lift the drive shaft by hand to align the splines.
The retaining ring in the spline on the outer yoke must
be fully engaged in the ring groove on the gear shaft.
RCPH07CCH988BBC 5
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 230
6. Swivel the steering knuckle to access to the gear

shaft. Use the offset pliers tool 380000805 to remove
the snap ring (1). Remove the washer (2) from the
gear shaft.
RCPH07CCH991BBC 6
7. Place the retaining ring (1) over the hub (2).
RCPH07CCH939BBC 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 231
8. With the wire retaining ring groove (1) inward, place

the planetary ring gear (2) over the hub (3).
RCPH07CCH938BBC 8
9. Install the retaining ring (1) in the hub (2) ring groove.
RCPH07CCH932BBC 9
10. Apply petroleum jelly to the inner diameter of the

planetary gear. Install the needle bearings in one
side of the gear. Install the spacer. Install the needle
bearings in the other side of the gear.
RCPH07CCH917ABC 10
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 232
11. Install the lower thrust washers (1) and the planetary
gear (2) through the center opening (3) in the plane-
tary gear hub cover.
RCPH07CCH994BBC 11
12. Install the upper thrust washers on the planetary

gear.
RCPH07CCH907ABC 12
13. Install the planetary gear pin and the retaining ring.
Repeat for the remaining planetary gears.
RCPH07CCH910ABC 13
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 233
14. Clean the hub cover mounting surface. Apply a bead

of Loctite® 515 gasket eliminator to the planetary hub
cover.
RCPH07CCH905BBC 14
15. Properly support the planetary hub cover and install

on the hub. Install the three socket head bolts.
Tighten the bolts to a torque of 10 - 16 Nm (7 - 12
lb ft).
RCPH07CCH911ABC 15
16. Install the axle drain plug. Tighten the plug to a

torque of 38 - 41 Nm (28 - 30 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH879ABC 16
17. Remove the axle fill plug located on the front of the
axle housing. Refer to Capacities and add NEW
HOLLAND AMBRA HYPOIDE 140 GEAR LUBE un-
til the oil level is even with the bottom of the hole. Af-
ter a few minutes, recheck the oil level. Install the fill
plug. Tighten the plug to a torque of 38 - 41 Nm (28
- 30 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH918ABC 17
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 234
18. Move the planetary hub cover so that the fill plug is
in the horizontal position. Refer to Capacities and
fill the planetary hub with NEW HOLLAND AMBRA
HYPOIDE 140 GEAR LUBE until the oil is level with
the bottom edge of the hole. After a few minutes,
recheck the oil level. Tighten the planetary fill plug to
RCPH07CCH912ABC 18
19. Properly support and install the front tires. Remove

the frame support tools.
RCPH07CCH475AAB 19
20. Before returning the tractor to field operation:

1. Install the front fenders, if equipped.
2. Remove the wheel blocks from the rear
wheels.
3. Put the transmission in Park.
4. Start the tractor and check the operation of the
MFD axle and the planetary hubs.
5. Recheck axle fill levels and check for leaks.
RCPH07CCH474AAB 20
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 235
Sensing system - Remove - Steering angle sensor

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Remove the angle sensor linkage from the sensor.
RCPH07CCH586AAA 1
2. Remove the angle sensor linkage from the axle.
RCPH07CCH587AAA 2
3. Remove the angle sensor from the axle.
RCPH07CCH588AAA 3
4. Remove the arm from the sensor.
RCPH07CCH589AAA 4
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 236
5. Remove the two sensor mounting screws and re-

move the sensor from the bracket.
RCPH07CCH590AAA 5
6. Loosen the set screw and remove the sensor shaft.
RCPH07CCH591AAA 6
7. Inspect the bushing for wear or damage. Replace

the bushing if necessary.
RCPH07CCH592AAA 7
Next operation:
Sensing system - Install - Steering angle sensor (D.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 237
Sensing system - Install - Steering angle sensor

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Prior operation:
Sensing system - Remove - Steering angle sensor (D.10.A)
1. Install the bushing into the sensor housing.
RCPH07CCH680AAA 1
2. Install the sensor shaft.
RCPH07CCH681AAA 2
3. Align the set screw with the flat on the shaft. Tighten
the screw.
RCPH07CCH682AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 238
4. Install the sensor on the mounting bracket.
RCPH07CCH683AAA 4
5. Tighten the mounting screws to a torque of 4.0 - 4.5

Nm (36 - 40 lb in).
RCPH07CCH684AAA 5
6. Install the short link with the cutout facing up towards

the bracket. Tighten the nut to a torque of 20 - 22.5
Nm (180 - 200 lb in).
RCPH07CCH685AAA 6
7. Install the bracket on the housing. Tighten the bolts

RCPH07CCH686AAA 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 239
8. Apply Loctite 243 to the male threads of the ball joint.

Install the ball joint onto the axle and tighten to a
torque of 19 - 20 Nm (165 - 180 lb in).
RCPH07CCH687AAA 8
9. With the unit in the collapsed position, install remain-

ing ball joint onto the sensor arm. Tighten the nut to
a torque of 20 - 22.5 Nm (180 - 200 lb in).
RCPH07CCH688AAA 9
Next operation:
Sensing system - Adjust - Steering angle sensor (D.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 240
Sensing system - Adjust - Steering angle sensor

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Sensing system - Install - Steering angle sensor (D.10.A)
NOTE: The steering angle sensor must be checked at the fully collapsed and fully extended positions.
1. Apply 10 - 30 V to pin 2.
RCPH07CCH689AAA 1
2. Measure the signal current at pin 3. ( 4 - 20 mA).

3. Adjust the sensor slots to achieve 4 - 6 mA when
axle is compressed and 18 - 20 mA when the axle is
extended.
4. When adjustment is complete, tighten the sensor
screws to a torque of 4.0 - 4.5 Nm (36 - 40 lb in).
RCPH07CCH690AAA 2
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 241
Sensing system - Remove - Class V axle steering angle sensor

T8050
1. Park the tractor on a hard level surface. Place the

transmission control in the park position. Turn off the
engine and remove the key. Place blocks at the front
and rear of the rear wheels.
RCIL07CCH001AAA 1
2. Remove the left front fender, if equipped.
RCPH07CCH474AAB 2
3. With appropriate equipment, lift the front of the tractor

and support the axle. Remove the tire. Remove the
fender support bracket (1), if equipped.
RCPH07CCH475AAB 3
4. Properly support the hub end of the axle with a lifting

strap and hoist.
RCPH08CCH596AAB 4
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 242
5. An alternate method of supporting the hub end is to

use a jack.
RCPH08CCH616AAB 5
6. With the help of a small flat pry bar, remove the bear-
ing cap for the king pin.
RCPH08CCH592AAB 6
7. Inspect the sealing area (1) for damage. Replace as

needed.
RCPH08CCH593AAB 7
8. Remove locking screw (1) for the sensor.
RCPH08CCH594AAB 8
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 243
9. Remove the four bolts that secure the bearing cap to

the kin pin.
RCPH08CCH597AAB 9
10. Pry the bearing cap upward and remove the shims
from each side. Mark the shims for installation later.
RCPH08CCH598AAB 10
11. Remove the bearing cap.
RCPH08CCH599AAB 11
12. Inspect the seal for wear or damage, replace as

needed.
RCPH08CCH613AAB 12
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 244
13. Remove the bearing cone.
RCPH08CCH600AAB 13
14. Use an appropriate puller (1) and bridge (2) to re-

move the bearing cone.
RCPH08CCH601AAB 14
15. Remove the bearing cone from the puller and set
aside for installation later.
RCPH08CCH602AAB 15
Component identification
RCPH08CCH603AAB 16
1. Cup plug 3. Sensor stem
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 245
2. Bushing
16. Tap on the lip of the cup plug to tilt the plug.
RCPH08CCH604AAB 17
17. Use a small pliers to remove the plug.
RCPH08CCH605AAB 18
18. Remove the two socket head screws for the position
sensor.
RCPH08CCH607AAB 19
19. Disconnect the harness connector (1) from the posi-

tion sensor. Remove the brass bushing (2) for instal-
lation later.
RCPH08CCH608AAB 20
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 246
Sensing system - Install - Class V axle steering angle sensor (D.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 247
Sensing system - Install - Class V axle steering angle sensor

T8050
Prior operation:
Sensing system - Remove - Class V axle steering angle sensor (D.10.A)
1. Connect the harness connector (1) to the position

sensor. Install the brass bushing (2) removed earlier.
RCPH08CCH608AAB 1
2. Clean the threads of the two Torx mounting screws

and apply LOCTITE 242. Install the sensor and secure
with the Torx screws. Torque to 3 Nm (24 lb in).
NOTICE: Do not over torque the screws.
RCPH08CCH607AAB 2
3. Turn the sensor shaft (1) so that the flat of the shaft
is aligned with the king pin bearing cap alignment roll
pin (2).
RCPH08CCH606AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 248
4. Apply LOCTITE® 242 to the flange of the cup plug for

the position sensor.
RCPH08CCH609AAB 4
5. Install the cup plug and seat with a brass drift.
RCPH08CCH610AAB 5
6. Move the bearing cone (1) into position and locate an

appropriate sized driver (2).
RCPH08CCH611AAB 6
7. Drive the cup in until it is fully seated in the bore.
RCPH08CCH612AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 249
8. Check that the flat surface on the stem of the posi-

tion sensor (1) is facing the alignment roll pin for the
bearing cap
RCPH08CCH603AAB 8
9. Lubricate the bearing cone (1) and cup (2) with CASE
AKCELA 251H EP MULTI-PURPOSE GREASE.
RCPH08CCH600AAB 9
10. Apply a light coating of LOCTITE 767 ANTI-SEIZE or

equivalent to the bearing cap as shown.
RCPH08CCH614AAB 10
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 250
11. Reinstall the kin pin bearing on its cap.
RCPH07CCH301BAB 11
12. Align the upper king pin housing with the axle hous-
ing and install the bearing cap.
NOTICE: When installing the bearing cap, do not disturb
the alignment of the position sensor.
RCPH08CCH599AAB 12
13. Reinstall the shims (both sides).
RCPH08CCH598AAB 13
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 251
14. Clean any Loctite from the mounting bolts for the
bearing cap. Apply LOCTITE 242 to the threads, in-
stall the bolts and torque to 179 - 221 Nm (132 - 163
lb ft).
RCPH08CCH597AAB 14
15. Carefully insert the holding pin for the position sensor
shaft in the guide hole. The mounting flange hole (1)
must align with the threaded hole (2) in the bearing
cap.
RCPH08CCH595AAB 15
16. Insert the pin until the mounting flange is flush

against the bearing cap, where the pin is fully en-
gaged with the sensor shaft. Clean the threads
of the mounting screw, apply LOCTITE® 242 to the
threads, install the screw and torque to 20 - 25 Nm
(180 - 220 lb in).
RCPH08CCH594AAB 16
17. Install the cup plug with the flange side down.
RCPH08CCH593AAB 17
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 252
18. If equipped, reinstall the fender mounting bracket (1).

Install the tire.
RCPH07CCH475AAB 18
19. If equipped, reinstall the fender.
RCPH07CCH474AAB 19
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 253
Index
TRAVELLING - D
FRONT AXLE - 10.A

Axle - Assemble - Suspended MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Axle - Assemble - Vertical link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Axle - Disassemble - Suspended MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Axle - Disassemble - Vertical link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Axle - Exploded view - Suspended MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Axle - Install - Class V MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Axle - Install - Supersteer MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Axle - Install - Suspended MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Axle - Remove - Class V MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Axle - Remove - Supersteer MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Axle - Remove - Suspended axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Axle - Replace - Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Axle - Replace - Roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Axle - Special tools - Class V MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Axle - Special tools - Supersteer MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Axle - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Axle - Torque - Supersteer MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Axle - Torque - Suspended MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Axle - Torque - Vertical link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Axle shaft - Assemble - Standard MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Axle shaft - Disassemble Standard MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Axle shaft - Exploded view - Standard MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential - Dynamic description - Gear tooth pattern interpretation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential Housing - Exploded view - Standard locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential Housing - Install - Limited slip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential Housing - Install - Standard locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential Housing - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential Housing - Remove - Limited slip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential Limited slip - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential Limited slip - Backlash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential Limited slip - Depth adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential Limited slip - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 254
Differential Limited slip - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential Limited slip - Gear tooth contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential Limited slip - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential Limited slip - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential Limited slip - Preload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential Limited slip - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential Limited slip - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential Limited slip - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential Locking - Assemble - Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential Locking - Backlash - Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential Locking - Depth adjust - Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential Locking - Disassemble - Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential Locking - Exploded view - Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential Locking - Gear tooth contact - Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential Locking - General specification - Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential Locking - Install - Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential Locking - Preload - Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential Locking - Remove - Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential Locking - Special tools - Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Differential Locking - Torque - Standard locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Planetary and hub - Assemble - Standard MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Planetary and hub - Assemble - Standard MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Planetary and hub - Assemble - Standard MFD 10 bolt hub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Planetary and hub - Assemble - Standard MFD 12 bolt hub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Planetary and hub - Disassemble - Standard MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Planetary and hub - Exploded view - Standard MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Planetary and hub - Special tools - Standard MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Planetary and hub - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Sensing system - Adjust - Steering angle sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Sensing system - Install - Class V axle steering angle sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
T8050
Sensing system - Install - Steering angle sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Sensing system - Remove - Class V axle steering angle sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
T8050
Sensing system - Remove - Steering angle sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Sensing system - Torque - Steering angle sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Steering knuckle and King pin - Assemble - Standard MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Steering knuckle and King pin - Disassemble - Standard MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Steering knuckle and King pin - Exploded view - Standard MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Steering knuckle and King pin - Special tools - Standard MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Steering knuckle and King pin - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 255
84318454 14/03/2010
D.10.A / 256
TRAVELLING - D
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic - 14.C
T8010
T8020
T8030
T8040
T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 1
Contents
TRAVELLING - D
TECHNICAL DATA
MFD input shaft and clutch
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Service limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft
Torque - Output shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Torque - Drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
FUNCTIONAL DATA
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic
Dynamic description - MFD system and controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft
Sectional view - Output shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
SERVICE
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft
Remove - Output shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Disassemble - Output shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Assemble - Output shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 2
Install - Output shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Remove - Drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Inspect - Drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install - Drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
DIAGNOSTIC
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 3
TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic
MFD input shaft and clutch - Torque

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Assembly to range housing 106 - 113 78 - 84 lb ft
mounting bolts Nm
RCPH07CCH050AAA 1
MFD input shaft and clutch - Service limits

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Bearing pre-load
As the bearing is pressed onto the shaft, rotate the carrier
until a rolling torque of 2.1 - 3.2 Nm (18 - 28 lb in) is
obtained.
RCPH07CCH175AAA 1
Shaft end play

Shaft end play must be 0.089 mm (0.0035 in) ± 0.064 mm
(0.0025 in).
RCPH07CCH052BAA 2
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 4
Shaft - Torque - Output shaft

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Output shaft yoke bolt 252 - 280 186 - 206 lb
Nm ft
RCPH07CCH512ABC 1
Bearing cage bolt 375 - 485 276 - 358 lb

Nm ft
RCPH07CCH529ABC 2
Drive shaft to transmission 58 - 64 Nm 43 - 47 lb ft

yoke bolts
RCPH07CCH549ABC 3
Shaft - Torque - Drive shaft

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 5

Drive shaft to transmission 58 - 64 Nm 43 - 47 lb ft
yoke bolts
RCPH07CCH549ABC 1
Drive shaft to pinion yoke 58 - 64 Nm 43 - 47 lb ft

bolts
RCPH07CCH555ABC 2
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 6
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic - Dynamic description - MFD system

and controls
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
The mechanical front wheel drive (MFD) system includes:

• the MFD axle,
• a drive shaft,
• the MFD clutch,
• the MFD control valve,
• the MFD control switch,
• the brake pedal switches,
• the true ground speed circuit,
• the hitch position circuit,
• the transmission speed circuit,
• and electronic controllers (through the data bus).
RCPH07CCH042FAE 1
Because the MFD is electronically controlled, automatic operation is possible.
The MFD solenoid valve (1) is mounted externally on top of the range transmission (front coil of range powershift
manifold (2)). The control valve is supplied with regulated circuit pressure from the priority/regulator valve. This
pressurized supply is directed to the MFD clutch for disengagement purposes. If the MFD clutch is activated (solenoid
not activated), the valve drains the pressurized supply from the MFD clutch, allowing four Belleville springs to activate
the MFD clutch.
The TMF controller supplies current to the MFD valve to operate the MFD clutch based on commands from the oper-
ator (MFD switch). Signals supplied to the controller from the brake pedal switches, true ground speed circuit, hitch
position control system, and transmission speed signal circuit provide automatic operation.
Control system faults are read through the instrument controller or with the service tool. The fault code section related
to the MFD system is located in the MFD section of this repair manual.
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 7
NOTICE: To activate the MFD clutch pack, the solenoid valve is de-energized. The clutch pack is applied mechanically
by means of Belleville springs.
WARNING
M1229
Electrically activated with a switch, MFD is mechanically applied by spring and disengaged electro-hydraulically. MFD
can be engaged while the tractor is moving or stopped. The MFD provides additional traction and pulling power when
engaged.
MFD has three modes of operation which correspond to
the switch positions:
1. Manual – Press and release the switch top to manually
engage the mechanical front drive. The MFD icon (1)
displays on the tractor instrumentation.
2. Off – Move the switch to the center position to turn
mechanical front drive Off.
3. Automatic (A) – Press the switch bottom for automatic
mechanical front drive operation. The MFD Icon (1)
displays on the tractor instrumentation.
RCPH07CCH112BAE 2
RCPH07CCH069AAE 3
Manual mode
To manually engage MFD, press and release the switch
top. The MFD icon displays on the tractor instrumentation.
RCPH07CCH112BAE 4
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 8
Off mode
To disengage MFD, move the switch to the center Off po-
sition. The icon no longer displays.
RCPH07CCH112BAE 5
Automatic mode
To engage automatic mode, move the switch to the bot-
tom position. When the MFD switch is in the automatic
position and the function is active, the MFD icon (1) dis-
plays on the tractor instrumentation. Automatic MFD en-
gagement or disengagement is determined by hitch posi-
tion, brake application, travel speed, tractor steering angle
( terra lock units only) and wheel slip (tractors equipped
with true ground speed sensor only).
RCPH07CCH112BAE 6
RCPH07CCH069AAE 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 9
MFD input shaft and clutch - Exploded view

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Shaft, MFD and park brake 17. Retaining ring

2. Jumper tube with O-rings and fittings 18. Spacer, if required
3. Hex head bolt, M12 x 50 19. Belleville spring
4. MFD tube 20. Piston
5. Shield half 21. Piston O-ring
6. Shield half 22. Piston seal
7. Socket head screw, M8 x 16 23. Park brake hub seal
8. Shield clip 24. Park brake hub O-ring
9. Shaft seal ring 25. Park brake hub
10. Roller bearing 26. Retaining ring
11. Bearing cup 27. Separator plate
12. Retaining ring 28. Friction plate
13. Carrier 29. Backing plate
14. Shim 30. Retaining ring
15. Bearing spacer 31. MFD hub with needle bearings
16. Retaining ring 32. Snap ring
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 10
RCPH07CCH003HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 11
Shaft - Sectional view - Output shaft

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCPH07CCH554ABC 1
1. Seal Bearing spacer

2. Yoke O-rings
3. Washer Shims
4. Bolt External retaining ring
5. Shims Bearing cone
6. O-ring Bearing cup
7. Internal retaining ring Bearing cage
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 12
MFD input shaft and clutch - Remove

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
1. Remove the supply fitting for the park brake.
RCPH07CCH048AAA 1
2. Remove the supply tube (1) and fitting (2) for the
MFD clutch pack.
RCPH07CCH018BAA 2
3. Remove the jumper tube for the park brake and MFD
(park brake shown).
RCPH07CCH019BAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 13
4. Remove the lube supply tube for the MFD clutch from
the rear of the MFD/park brake input shaft.
RCPH07CCH049AAA 4
5. Remove the six mounting bolts from the MFD/park

brake rear flange.
RCPH07CCH050AAA 5
6. Use appropriate lift equipment to support the MFD/

park brake assembly.
RCPH07CCH020BAA 6
7. Carefully raise the assembly out of the range hous-

ing.
RCPH07CCH021BAA 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 14
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 15
MFD input shaft and clutch - Disassemble

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
MFD input shaft and clutch - Remove (D.14.C)
Prior operation:
1. Remove the two Allen head mounting screws. Re-

RCPH07CCH147AAA 1
2. Mark the shield for proper reassembly. Remove the

three clips from the shield. Repeat for the opposite
side.
RCPH07CCH041BAA 2
3. Remove the MFD clutch assembly from the carrier.
RCPH07CCH148AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 16
4. To remove the retaining ring:

A. Install special tool 380002454 – compression
sleeve with notches – over the shaft and re-
taining ring.
B. Align the notch on the tool with the ends of the
retaining ring.
draulic press.
D. Move the retaining ring out of the groove.
E. Release the tool and remove retaining ring and
locking ring.
RCPH07CCH149AAA 4
5. Note the orientation of the belleville springs, and re-

move the belleville springs.
RCPH07CCH042BAA 5
RCPH07CCH150AAA 6
7. Remove the piston seal and discard.
RCPH07CCH151AAA 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 17
8. Remove the piston seal backup O-ring and discard.
RCPH07CCH152AAA 8
9. Remove the separator plate.
RCPH07CCH153AAA 9
10. Remove the friction plate. Continue until all friction

and separator plates are removed.
NOTE: Separator and friction plates must be replaced as
complete assemblies.
RCPH07CCH154AAA 10
11. Remove the backing plate and mark for proper re-
assembly.
RCPH07CCH043BAA 11
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 18
12. Remove the hub seal and discard.
RCPH07CCH044BAA 12
13. Remove the hub seal backup O-ring and discard.
RCPH07CCH155AAA 13
14. Inspect the needle bearings (1) and composite

washer (2) for wear or damage. If bearings and or
washer are worn or damaged, the MFD hub must
be replaced. Bearings and washer are not serviced
separately.
RCPH07CCH156AAA 14
15. Remove the three shaft seals and discard.
RCPH07CCH157AAA 15
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 19
16. Remove the retaining ring for the brake clutch as-
sembly.
NOTICE: Mark the shaft and hub for proper reassembly
later.
RCPH07CCH158AAA 16
17. Place a bridge (1) over the shaft assembly. Using

the two threaded holes in the brake hub assembly,
install two bolts (2) as shown and pull the assembly
from the shaft.
RCPH07CCH159AAA 17

taining ring.
retaining ring.
draulic press.
E. Release the tool and remove retaining ring .
RCPH07CCH160AAA 18

move the springs.
RCPH07CCH161AAA 19
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 20
RCPH07CCH045BAA 20
RCPH07CCH046BAA 21
22. Remove the friction plate. Continue to remove all

friction and separator plates. There are six separator
and six friction plates in total.
NOTE: Separator and friction plates must be replaced
as complete assemblies; individual plates must not be
replaced.
RCPH07CCH047BAA 22
RCPH07CCH048BAA 23
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 21
24. Remove and discard the seal from the piston.
RCPH07CCH162AAA 24
25. Remove and discard the backup O-ring.
RCPH07CCH152AAA 25
26. Remove and discard the seal from the brake hub.
RCPH07CCH163AAA 26
27. Remove and discard the backup O-ring from the

brake hub.
RCPH07CCH164AAA 27
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 22
28. Remove bearing retainer ring from the shaft.
RCPH07CCH049BAA 28
29. Remove the spacer and shim pack.
RCPH07CCH165AAA 29
30. Support the carrier as shown and press the MFD/

brake shaft free from the carrier. Remove the bear-
ing.
NOTICE: To prevent damage to the shaft, be prepared to
catch the shaft when it is free of the carrier assembly.
NOTICE: Mark the location of the bearing. If the bearing
will be reused, it must be returned to the same location on
the shaft and its original bearing must also be reused.
RCPH07CCH166AAA 30
31. Remove the second bearing from the shaft.

RCPH07CCH050BAA 31
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 23
32. Using a soft drift to remove the bearing cup.
RCPH07CCH167AAA 32
33. Use a soft drift to remove the second bearing cup.
RCPH07CCH168AAA 33
34. Remove the snap rings if required.
RCPH07CCH169AAA 34
Next operation:
MFD input shaft and clutch - Assemble (D.14.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 24
MFD input shaft and clutch - Assemble

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
NOTICE: All parts must be free of contaminants before reassembly.

RCPH07CCH169AAA 1
2. Install bearing cup in the carrier.
RCPH07CCH170AAA 2
3. Press the cup into place.

NOTICE: Do not over press the cup against the snap ring.
RCPH07CCH171AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 25
4. Press the second bearing cup into the carrier.

RCPH07CCH172AAA 4
5. Using an appropriate tool, press the bearing onto the

shaft.
NOTICE: Do not press on the bearing cage.
RCPH07CCH173AAA 5
6. Place the carrier over the shaft and place the second
bearing on the shaft.
RCPH07CCH174AAA 6
7. To set the bearing preload:

A. Attach a spring scale to one of the holes in the
carrier.
B. As the bearing is pressed onto the shaft, rotate
the carrier until a rolling torque of 2.1 - 3.2 Nm
(18 - 28 lb in) is obtained.
RCPH07CCH175AAA 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 26
8. Install the spacer and shim pack.
RCPH07CCH165AAA 8
9. Install the retainer ring.
RCPH07CCH049BAA 9
10. Support the gear as shown. Press the bearing

against the retainer ring. Do not over press.
NOTICE: Over pressing the bearing may distort the re-
tainer ring which may cause improper shaft end play. Im-
proper end play may cause premature bearing failure.
RCPH07CCH166AAA 10
11. Check the shaft end play:

A. Place a dial indicator on the shaft.
B. Carefully pry up between the MFD gear and
shaft flange.
C. Shaft end play must be 0.089 mm (0.0035 in)
± 0.064 mm (0.0025 in).
D. Add or subtract shims as needed.
E. Recheck end play if shims are changed.
NOTE: Do not install seals at this time.
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 27
RCPH07CCH052BAA 11
RCPH07CCH176AAA 12
13. Install a backing plate. Make sure the larger cutout

is facing the retainer ring.
RCPH07CCH063BAA 13
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 28
RCPH07CCH064BAA 14
15. Install a separator plate. Continue this alternating

pattern until the six friction and six separator plates
are installed.
RCPH07CCH054BAA 15
16. Install the piston.
RCPH07CCH045BAA 16
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 29
17. Measure the distance between the top of the hub (1)
and the top of the piston (2).
• If the measured dimension is greater than 29
mm, use one spring spacer during reassembly.
• If the measured dimension is greater than 30.5
mm, use two spring spacers during reassem-
bly.
• If the measured dimension is less than 29 mm,
do not use a spring spacer during reassembly.
NOTE: If a spring spacer(s) is needed, it will be installed
later between the belleville springs and the retainer ring
later.
RCPH07CCH055BAA 17
18. Remove piston, spacers, friction plates and backing

plate from the hub.
19. From a length of 101.6 mm (4.0 in) inside diameter,
6.35 mm (0.25 in) wall PVC pipe, cut a 127 mm (5.0
in) length.
NOTICE: Both ends of the pipe must be cut square.
RCPH07CCH178AAA 18
20. Place the PVC pipe over the shaft. Make sure the
pipe is centered at the bottom of the carrier.
RCPH07CCH179AAA 19
21. Install retainer ring in lower ring groove, as shown, for

tractors equipped with heavy duty twelve-bolt axles.
Install the retainer ring in the upper ring grove (not
shown) for tractors equipped with ten-bolt axles.
RCPH07CCH181AAA 20
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 30
22. Lubricate a new backup O-ring with petroleum jelly,

and install the O-ring in the seal ring groove.
RCPH07CCH155AAA 21

the seal in the groove. Do not overstretch the seal
during installation.
RCPH07CCH044BAA 22
24. Lubricate a new backup O-ring (1) and seal (2) with
petroleum jelly, and install in the piston seal grove.
Do not overstretch the seals during installation.
RCPH07CCH182AAA 23
25. Hand press the piston onto the hub to “size” the seal
rings. Remove the piston and set aside.
RCPH07CCH183AAA 24
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 31
26. Place the MFD hub over the shaft and center the hub
on the PVC pipe.
NOTE: Do not install shaft seals at this time.
RCPH07CCH184AAA 25
27. Install the backing plate. Make sure the wide cutout
is facing downward.
RCPH07CCH185AAA 26
RCPH07CCH186AAA 27
29. Install a separator plate. Alternate separator and fric-

tion plates until there are six separator and six friction
plates for the ten-bolt MFD axle and seven separa-
tor plates and seven friction plates for the heavy-duty
twelve-bolt MFD axle.
NOTICE: Once all separator and friction plates are in-
stalled, rotate the hub in one direction only, to get maximum
separator and friction plate spline clearance. This will aid
in the removal and installation of the hub assemblies in
later steps.
RCPH07CCH187AAA 28
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 32
30. Install the piston over the shaft.
RCPH07CCH188AAA 29
31. Measure the distance between the top of the hub

flange and the top of the piston.
bly.
• If the measured dimension is less than 29.7
mm, do not use a spring spacer during re-
assembly.
between the belleville springs and the retainer ring later.
RCPH07CCH056BAA 30

plate from the hub.
33. Install the five belleville springs over the shaft as
shown.
NOTICE: Align and center the springs so they will not catch
on the shaft when they are compressed.
RCPH07CCH057BAA 31
34. Place the spring spacer(s), if required, and the lock-

ing ring (1) and retaining ring (2) over the shaft.
RCPH07CCH189AAA 32
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 33
35. Use a hydraulic press and special tool 380002454 –

compression sleeve with notches – to compress the
belleville springs, and install the retaining ring into
the ring grove.
NOTICE: The retainer ring must be inside the locking ring
and fully seated in the ring groove before the compression
tool is removed.
RCPH07CCH190AAA 33

NOTE: A strap may be placed over the end of the shaft to
aid in removal.
RCPH07CCH191AAA 34

6.35 mm (0.25 in) wall PVC pipe, cut a 50.8 mm (2.0
in) length.
RCPH07CCH192AAA 35
RCPH07CCH193AAA 36
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 34
petroleum jelly, and install the O-ring and seal in the
groove in the park brake hub.
RCPH07CCH194AAA 37
groove in the piston.
NOTE: Do not overstretch the seal during installation.
RCPH07CCH182AAA 38
RCPH07CCH195AAA 39
42. Place the hub (upside down from normal installation)

over the shaft. The hub splines must engaged in the
shaft splines, and the hub must sit squarely on the
PVC pipe.
RCPH07CCH196AAA 40
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 35
is facing downward.
RCPH07CCH197AAA 41
RCPH07CCH198AAA 42

tion plates until all six separator and six friction plates
are installed.
NOTE: Once all separator and friction plates are installed,
rotate the hub in one direction only, to get maximum sep-
arator and friction plate spline clearance. This will aid in
the removal and installation of the hub assemblies in later
steps.
RCPH07CCH199AAA 43
46. Carefully install the piston to avoid damage to the

piston and hub seals.
RCPH07CCH200AAA 44
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 36
47. Install the five belleville springs. Use the same ori-
entation used for the MFD assembly.
RCPH07CCH201AAA 45
48. Place the spacer(s), if required, and retaining ring on

top of the belleville springs.
NOTICE: Belleville springs must be aligned and centered
so that they do not catch on the shaft when they are com-
pressed.
RCPH07CCH202AAA 46

the ring groove.
NOTICE: Make sure retaining ring is fully seated in the
groove before removing the compression tool.
RCPH07CCH203AAA 47
50. Turn the carrier assembly over. Raise the carrier to

remove the park brake hub assembly and PVC pipe
(not shown).
RCPH07CCH058BAA 48
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 37
51. When installing the park brake assembly, the oil

holes (1) in the hub must align with the oil supply
holes (2) in the shaft.
RCPH07CCH001CAA 49
52. To seal and install the park brake on the shaft:

A. Use Loctite® 755 cleaner to clean the area
around the pressure holes on the hub (1) and
shaft (2).
B. Apply Loctite® primer “N” to the pressure hole
(1) on the brake hub.
C. Apply a thin coat of Loctite® 515 within an 11
mm radius around the pressure hole on the
hub and on the shaft.
D. Immediately install and seat the brake assem-
bly on the shaft.
E. Allow the Loctite® to set-up for at least two
hours before applying hydraulic pressure.
NOTICE: If the installation is not completed within several
minutes, clean all the Loctite® off both surfaces and reap-
ply.
RCPH07CCH001CAA 50
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 38
53. Use appropriate lift equipment to properly support

the park brake hub assembly and lower the assembly
into the carrier. Take care not to damage the friction
plate tabs.
RCPH07CCH205AAA 51
54. Lower the hub until it is fully seated into the carrier.
RCPH07CCH206AAA 52
55. Install the brake assembly retaining ring.
RCPH07CCH207AAA 53
56. Lubricate three new shaft seals with petroleum jelly,

and install the seals on the shaft.
RCPH07CCH208AAA 54
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 39

the MFD clutch assembly, and carefully lower the
assembly into the carrier. Take care not to damage
the friction plate tabs and shaft seals.
RCPH07CCH210AAA 55
58. Assemble the two halves of the shield together over

the carrier, using the alignment mark made during
disassembly. Install the retaining clips.
RCPH07CCH041BAA 56
59. Check that the jumper tube supply hole (1) is not
covered by the shield, and adjust shield if required.
Install the Allen head bolts (2) on both sides of the
assembly.
RCPH07CCH147AAA 57
Next operation:
MFD input shaft and clutch - Install (D.14.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 40
MFD input shaft and clutch - Install

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
MFD input shaft and clutch - Assemble (D.14.C)

park brake assembly and lower the assembly into the
range housing.
RCPH07CCH021BAA 1
2. Continue to lower the assembly into the housing until

it is seated in the bore.
NOTE: The alignment pin located at the end of the output
shaft mounting flange must align with the alignment hole.
Refer to the next Step.
RCPH07CCH020BAA 2
3. Once the alignment pin (1) is properly aligned, install

the six mounting bolts. Tighten bolts to a torque 101
- 113 Nm (78 - 84 lb ft). Reinstall the MFD lube fitting
(2).
RCPH07CCH065BAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 41
4. Reinstall the MFD lube tube to the shaft and to the

fitting on top of the range housing.
RCPH07CCH211AAA 4
5. Lubricate new O-rings with petroleum jelly install on

both ends of the jumper tube. Repeat on the opposite
side of the housing.
RCPH07CCH019BAA 5
6. Install the supply fittings for parking brake release.

NOTE: Do not install the supply tube at this time.
RCPH07CCH048AAA 6
7. Install the supply fitting for the MFD.

RCPH07CCH018BAA 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 42
Next operation:
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 43
MFD input shaft and clutch - Pressure test

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
MFD input shaft and clutch - Install (D.14.C)
1. Install a portable hydraulic hand pump with gauge to

the MFD supply fitting.
RCPH07CCH018BAA 1
2. Apply 2413 kPa (350 psi) to the clutch through the

supply port.
• If 2413 kPa (350 psi) cannot be achieved, the
clutch pack must be disassembled to check for:
• damage to the shaft,
• damage to the piston,
• or damage to the hub seals.
• If 2413 kPa (350 psi) can be achieved, con-
tinue with Step 3.
NOTE: By design, the MFD clutch will not hold a constant
pressure. The criterion is whether the clutch can be pres-
surized to 2413 kPa (350 psi).
3. Remove the hand pump from the fitting, and install
the MFD supply tube.
RCPH07CCH018BAA 2
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 44
Shaft - Remove - Output shaft

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Shaft - Remove - Drive shaft (D.14.C)
NOTE: The following procedure must be performed to access the MFD clutch for servicing.
1. Park the tractor on a hard, level surface. Put the
transmission control in Park. Turn off the engine and
remove the key. Place blocks in front of and behind
the rear wheels.
RCPH07CCH524ABC 1
2. Remove the plug and drain the transmission oil from

the speed transmission into a suitable, clean con-
tainer.
RCPH07CCH527ABC 2
3. Remove the four bolts (2) from the pinion yoke, and
the transmission yoke. Remove the drive shaft pro-
tector and the drive shaft.
NOTE: Suspended axle shown. The procedure is similar
for all front axles.
RCPH07CCH532ABC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 45
4. Remove four bolts and four washers on the output

shaft bearing cage.
RCPH07CCH529ABC 4
5. Remove the MFD output shaft and bearing cage.
RCPH07CCH518ABC 5
Next operation:
Shaft - Disassemble - Output shaft (D.14.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 46
Shaft - Disassemble - Output shaft

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Shaft - Remove - Output shaft (D.14.C)
1. Place the MFD output shaft in a vise and remove the

yoke retaining bolt.
RCPH07CCH512ABC 1
2. Remove the yoke retaining bolt washer and the

shim(s).
NOTE: Keep the shims with the yoke.
RCPH07CCH535ABC 2
3. Remove and discard the O-ring.
RCPH07CCH528ABC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 47
4. Remove the yoke from the output shaft spline.
RCPH07CCH536ABC 4
5. Remove and discard the oil seal.
RCPH07CCH507ABC 5
6. Remove the internal retaining ring.
RCPH07CCH509ABC 6
RCPH07CCH508ABC 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 48
8. Remove the shim(s). The bearing spacer is shown

with two shims.
NOTE: Keep the shim(s) with the bearing cage.
RCPH07CCH510ABC 8
9. Remove the bearing cage as follows:

A. Rest the bottom of the drive shaft on a wooden
block.
B. Hold the bearing cage.
C. Tap downward on the ears of the bearing cage
in a crossing pattern.
D. Remove the front bearing cup.
E. Remove the bearing cage.
RCPH07CCH517ABC 9
RCPH07CCH534ABC 10
11. Press the front bearing cone from the output shaft.
RCPH07CCH516ABC 11
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 49
12. Remove the external retaining ring.
RCPH07CCH530ABC 12
13. Press the rear bearing cone from output shaft.
RCPH07CCH516ABC 13
14. Remove and discard the O-ring from bearing cage.
RCPH07CCH511ABC 14
Next operation:
Shaft - Assemble - Output shaft (D.14.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 50
Shaft - Assemble - Output shaft

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Shaft - Disassemble - Output shaft (D.14.C)
1. Lubricate a new O-ring with NEW HOLLAND AM-

BRA MULTI G 134. Install the O-ring into the groove
on the bearing cage.
RCPH07CCH513ABC 1
2. Install a new rear bearing cone just below the exter-

nal retaining ring groove.
RCPH07CCH515ABC 2
3. Install a new external retaining ring and press the

rear bearing cone against the retaining ring.
RCPH07CCH530ABC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 51
4. Install a new front bearing cone on the output shaft.

Press the front bearing cone against the external re-
taining ring.
RCPH07CCH537ABC 4
5. Press a new rear bearing cup into the bearing cage.
RCPH07CCH500ABC 5
6. Install the bearings and shims as follows:

1. Install a new front bearing cup.
2. Install the output shaft into the bearing cage.
3. Use a press to seat the front bearing cup into
the bearing cage while rotating and moving the
shaft back and forth. Install the bolt into the end
of the output shaft. Measure the rolling torque
of the output shaft. The reading must be 1.5 -
2.2 Nm (13 - 19 lb in).
4. Measure the distance from the bearing cup
face to the top edge of the internal retaining
ring groove in the bearing cage. Subtract 0.27
mm (0.011 in) for bearing end play.
RCPH07CCH517ABC 6
5. This will be the total shim, spacer, and inter-
nal retaining ring dimension required. Select
shims that, with the spacer and the internal
retaining ring, equal the dimension to within
0.25 mm (0.010 in). Install the shims and the
spacer.
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 52
7. Install the internal retaining ring. Hold the bearing

cage and press on the shaft end to seat the bearing
cup until the internal retaining ring is seated tightly to
the top edge of the internal retaining ring groove.
RCPH07CCH503ABC 7
8. Use a dial indicator to measure the bearing end play

while slightly moving the shaft up and down. If the
end play does not fall within 0.025 - 0.150 mm (0.001
- 0.006 in), remove the output shaft from the bearing
cage and repeat Steps 7 and 8 to obtain the proper
measurement.
RCPH07CCH501ABC 8
9. Lubricate the inner diameter of the MFD output shaft

seal with clean NEW HOLLAND AMBRA MULTI G
134 oil. Install the oil seal. The seal must be installed
8.5 mm (0.335 in) below the surface of the bearing
cage.
RCPH07CCH506ABC 9
10. Install the yoke on the output shaft spline.
RCPH07CCH536ABC 10
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 53
11. Lubricate a new O-ring with NEW HOLLAND AM-

BRA MULTI G 134 oil. Install the O-ring into the
yoke.
RCPH07CCH504ABC 11
12. Measure from the end of output shaft to the surface of

yoke. Select a shim combination to obtain a distance
of 0 - 0.1 mm (0 - 0.004 in).
RCPH07CCH505ABC 12
13. Install the shims and the yoke retaining bolt washer.
RCPH07CCH535ABC 13
14. Place the MFD output shaft in a vise and install the
yoke retaining bolt. Torque the bolt to 252 - 280 Nm
(186 - 206 lb ft).
NOTE: Do not install the output shaft if the MFD clutch is
to be serviced.
RCPH07CCH512ABC 14
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 54
15. Install the MFD output shaft into the needle bearing
in the rear wall of the transmission speed housing
and into the MFD clutch hub splines in the range
transmission. Install the four output shaft bearing
cage retaining bolts. Tighten and then torque the
bolts to 375 - 485 Nm (276 - 358 lb ft).
NOTICE: The rear of the shaft engages a needle bearing in
the rear wall of the transmission speed housing. Use care
not to dislodge the bearing.
RCPH07CCH529ABC 15
Next operation:
Shaft - Install - Output shaft (D.14.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 55
Shaft - Install - Output shaft

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Shaft - Assemble - Output shaft (D.14.C)
1. Install the MFD drive shaft and the drive shaft protec-
tor; see Shaft - Install - Drive shaft (D.14.C). Prop-
erly support the drive shaft. Tighten the drive shaft
retaining bolts (1) to a torque of 58 - 64 Nm (43 - 47
lb ft).
RCPH07CCH532ABC 1
2. Install the drive shaft protector pins (2), using the po-
sition marks on the drive shaft protector made during
disassembly.
NOTE: The suspended MFD axle is shown. The procedure
is similar for all MFD axles.
RCPH07CCH525ABC 2
3. Replace the transmission drain plug and fill the trans-

mission with transmission fluid.
RCPH07CCH527ABC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 56

A. Check for oil leaks.
B. Remove the blocks in front of and behind the
rear wheels.
C. Make sure the transmission is in Park. Start
the tractor and check operation of the MFD
axle and the transmission.
D. Check the hydraulic oil level.
E. Turn the engine off and remove the key.
WARNING
This tractor is equipped with a spring-applied mechan- RCPH07CCH524ABC 4
ical front wheel drive (MFD) clutch and a limited slip
differential. Even when the MFD switch is in the Off
position, the MFD clutch can propel both front wheels
if any of the following conditions exist: 1) the engine
is shut off; 2) the engine is stopped while the rear
wheels are coasting; 3) any interruption in the clutch
operating pressure; 4) any interruption in the electri-
cal power to the MFD solenoid; 5) both brakes are ap-
plied. This service procedure must be used when us-
ing the engine to rotate the rear wheels, when the rear
wheels are raised off the ground, to prevent acciden-
tal tractor movement: jack up and support both front
wheels completely off the ground OR disconnect the
front wheel drive shaft (transmission end). Failure to
comply may result in death or serious personal injury.
M1229
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 57
Shaft - Remove - Drive shaft

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
NOTE: Tractor with suspended axle shown. All drive shafts are similar.
C. Turn off the engine and remove the key.
wheels.
RCPH07CCH541ABC 1
2. Mark the position of the sleeve on the drive shaft

cover (1). Remove the plastic pin (2). Slide the cover
toward the transmission.
RCPH07CCH556ABC 2
3. Remove the steering hoses (left side shown) from the

drive shaft cover.
RCPH07CCH552ABC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 58
4. Mark the alignment between the drive shaft and pin-

ion yoke (3). Support the drive shaft. Remove the
four retaining bolts (4).
RCPH07CCH555ABC 4
5. Slide the drive shaft protector from the drive shaft.
RCPH07CCH545ABC 5
6. Mark alignment between the drive shaft and MFD

output shaft yolks. Remove the four retaining bolts.
Remove the drive shaft.
RCPH07CCH549ABC 6
Next operation:
Shaft - Inspect - Drive shaft (D.14.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 59
Shaft - Inspect - Drive shaft

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Shaft - Remove - Drive shaft (D.14.C)
1. Place the drive shaft (1) on V-shaped blocks (2).
RCPH07CCH553ABC 1
2. Install a dial indicator (3) over the drive shaft.

3. Turn the drive shaft one complete revolution to check
for straightness. Replace the drive shaft, if neces-
sary.
Next operation:
Shaft - Install - Drive shaft (D.14.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 60
Shaft - Install - Drive shaft

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Shaft - Inspect - Drive shaft (D.14.C)
1. Align the marks on the yokes. Install the four bolts

to connect the drive shaft to the transmission yoke.
Tighten the bolts to a torque of 58 - 64 Nm (43 - 47
lb ft).
NOTE: Tighten bolts in a crossing pattern until the yoke is
fully seated.
RCPH07CCH549ABC 1
2. Slide the cover over the drive shaft.
RCPH07CCH545ABC 2
3. Support the MFD drive shaft. Align the marks on the

yokes (3). Install and tighten the four bolts (4) to
connect the drive shaft to the pinion yoke. Tighten
RCPH07CCH555ABC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 61
4. Align the drive shaft cover and sleeve with the marks
(1) made earlier until the holes are aligned (2). Install
a new plastic pin.
RCPH07CCH556ABC 4
5. Attach the steering hoses.
RCPH07CCH552ABC 5
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 62

A. Check for oil leaks.
B. Make sure the transmission is in Park.
C. Remove the blocks in front of and behind the
rear wheels.
D. Start the tractor and check the operation of the
MFD axle and the transmission.
E. Check the hydraulic oil level.
F. Turn the engine off and remove the key.
WARNING RCPH07CCH541ABC 6
This tractor is equipped with a spring-applied mechan-
ical front wheel drive (MFD) clutch and a limited slip
differential. Even when the MFD switch is in the Off
position, the MFD clutch can propel both front wheels
if any of the following conditions exist: 1) the engine
is shut off; 2) the engine is stopped while the rear
wheels are coasting; 3) any interruption in the clutch
operating pressure; 4) any interruption in the electri-
cal power to the MFD solenoid; 5) both brakes are ap-
plied. This service procedure must be used when us-
ing the engine to rotate the rear wheels, when the rear
wheels are raised off the ground, to prevent acciden-
tal tractor movement: jack up and support both front
wheels completely off the ground OR disconnect the
front wheel drive shaft (transmission end). Failure to
comply may result in death or serious personal injury.
M1229
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 63
MFD input shaft and clutch - Troubleshooting

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

MFD clutch does not Active electrical fault condition See MFD input shaft and clutch - Testing
engage. (D.14.C).
MFD solenoid See MFD input shaft and clutch - Testing
(D.14.C).
Mechanical clutch problem Disassemble the clutch; see MFD input
shaft and clutch - Remove (D.14.C).
MFD clutch does not Active electrical fault condition See MFD input shaft and clutch - Testing
disengage. (D.14.C).
MFD solenoid See MFD input shaft and clutch - Testing
(D.14.C).
Clutch leaking Disassemble the clutch; see MFD input
shaft and clutch - Remove (D.14.C).
MFD input shaft and clutch - Testing

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Check for active fault codes related Active fault codes found. Active fault codes not found.
to the MFD in the tractor multi func-Action Action
tion (TMF) controller. Use the troubleshooting in the man- Go to Step 2.
solve this problem.
MFD icon displays. Control circuit is MFD icon does not display. Control
Check the MFD control circuit: operating properly. circuit is not operating properly.
• Place the MFD switch in the Action Action
On position. Go to Step 4. Go to Step 3.

the MFD icon on the tractor
instrumentation.
Disconnect connector 160M to the No voltage. 12 V.
MFD solenoid. Turn the key switch Action Action
and MFD switch On. Go to Step 4. See schematic frame Wiring har-
of connector 160M and chassis short circuit to B+ between the so-
ground. lenoid and the tractor multi function
(TMF) controller.
Turn the MFD switch Off. 12 V. No voltage.
Check Action Action
Measure voltage between pin 1 Electrical circuit is operating prop- See schematic frame Wiring har-
of connector 160M and chassis erly: the problem is mechanical. Re- ness - Electrical schematic frame
ground. move and disassemble the clutch; 49 (A.30.A) Locate and repair the
see MFD input shaft and clutch - open circuit between the solenoid
Remove (D.14.C). and the tractor multi function (TMF)
controller.
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 64
MFD input shaft and clutch - Testing

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Active fault codes found.
Check for active fault codes related Active fault codes not found.
Action
to the MFD in the tractor multi func- Action
tion (TMF) controller. Use the troubleshooting in the man- Go to Step 2.
solve this problem.
MFD icon does not display. Control MFD icon does display. Control cir-
Check the MFD control circuit: circuit is operating properly. cuit is not operating properly.
• Place the MFD switch in the Action Action
Off position. Go to Step 4. Go to Step 3.

the MFD icon on the tractor
instrumentation.
MFD solenoid. Turn the key switch Action Action
On and MFD switch Off. Go to Step 4. See schematic frame Wiring har-
controller.
Turn the MFD switch On. No voltage. 12 V.
Check Action Action
Measure voltage between pin 1 Electrical circuit is operating properly See schematic frame Wiring har-
of connector 160M and chassis Go to Step 5. ness - Electrical schematic frame
ground. 49 (A.30.A) Locate and repair the
short circuit to B+ between the so-
(TMF) controller.
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 65

Pressure dips, and then recovers to Pressure dips, but does not recover
Check for leakage using the tractor normal regulated pressure. to normal regulated pressure.
instrumentation: Action Action
• Press the INCR or DECR Go to Step 6.
There is a leak in the MFD hydraulic
key on the tractor instru-
circuit:
mentation until the TRANS
OIL TEMP screen displays. • Check the MFD valve car-
tridge for leaking seals.
• Operate the engine at 1500
RPM until the transmission • Remove and disassemble
oil is heated to at least 49 °C the MFD clutch. See MFD
(120 °F). input shaft and clutch -
Remove (D.14.C).
• Press the INCR key on the
instrumentation until the
TRANS SYS PRESSURE
screen displays.
Check
Engage the MFD while monitoring
transmission pressure: (Repeat this
test several times.)
Disengage the MFD while monitor- Pressure dips, and then recovers to Pressure dips, but does not recover
ing transmission pressure: (Repeat normal regulated pressure. to normal regulated pressure.
this test several times.) Action Action
Hydraulic system is performing cor-
rectly. Submit a concern to ASIST. There is a leak in the MFD hydraulic
circuit:
• Check the MFD valve car-
tridge for leaking seals.
• Remove and disassemble
the MFD clutch. See MFD
input shaft and clutch -
Remove (D.14.C).
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 66
Index
TRAVELLING - D

2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic - Dynamic description - MFD system and controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
MFD input shaft and clutch - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
MFD input shaft and clutch - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
MFD input shaft and clutch - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
MFD input shaft and clutch - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
MFD input shaft and clutch - Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
MFD input shaft and clutch - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
MFD input shaft and clutch - Service limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
MFD input shaft and clutch - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
MFD input shaft and clutch - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
MFD input shaft and clutch - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
MFD input shaft and clutch - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft - Assemble - Output shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft - Disassemble - Output shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft - Inspect - Drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft - Install - Drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft - Install - Output shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft - Remove - Drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft - Remove - Output shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft - Sectional view - Output shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft - Torque - Drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Shaft - Torque - Output shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 67
84318454 14/03/2010
D.14.C / 68
TRAVELLING - D
STEERING Hydraulic - 20.C
T8010
T8020
T8030
T8040
T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
D.20.C / 1
Contents
TRAVELLING - D
TECHNICAL DATA
Command
Torque - Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Steering pump
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Steering column
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Steering pump
Component identification - Hydraulic lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Steering column
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
SERVICE
Command
Remove - Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install - Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve
Pressure test - Relief valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Adjust - Relief valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Steering pump
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Steering column
84318454 14/03/2010
D.20.C / 2
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
DIAGNOSTIC
STEERING Hydraulic
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
D.20.C / 3
TRAVELLING - STEERING Hydraulic
Command - Torque - Steering wheel

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Steering wheel nut 45 - 54 Nm 33 - 40 lb ft
RCIL07CCH017AAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
D.20.C / 4
Steering pump - Torque

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Steering hand pump bracket 32 - 36 Nm 24 - 27 lb ft
and isolator bolts.
RCIL07CCH013AAA 1
Steering pump - Special tools

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Wrench – 380000795
Use the quick disconnect tool to remove the hydraulic
lines from the steering hand pump.
RCPH07SPT001AAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
D.20.C / 5
Steering column - Torque

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Steering column base lock 29 - 32 Nm 22 - 24 lb ft
nut
RCIL07CCH007AAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
D.20.C / 6
Steering pump - Component identification - Hydraulic lines

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCPH07CCH021FAE 1
1. Steering return to filter 3. Steering supply

2. Steering sense line
84318454 14/03/2010
D.20.C / 7
Steering column - Exploded view

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCIL07CCH001GAA 1
1. Bellows set 4. Bearing set 7. Spring set

2. Cover set 5. Steering column
3. Release device set 6. Segment set
84318454 14/03/2010
D.20.C / 8
Command - Remove - Steering wheel

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Remove the steering wheel center cover.
RCPH07CCH175AAB 1
2. Remove the steering wheel nut and washer. Mark

the position of the steering wheel on the column for
reassembly.
RCPH07CCH044BAB 2
3. Stand over the steering wheel and grasp with both

hands. With a sharp upward motion, disengage the
steering wheel from the steering column.
RCPH07CCH384AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.20.C / 9
4. If the steering wheel cannot be removed with the

above method, install a puller to remove.
RCPH07CCH383AAB 4
Next operation:
Command - Install (D.20.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.20.C / 10
Command - Install - Steering wheel

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Command - Remove - Steering wheel (D.20.C)
1. Using the steering wheel position alignment mark

made during disassembly, and the steering column
shaft centering mark, install the steering wheel. In-
stall the steering wheel retaining nut and flat washer.
Tighten the nut to a torque of 45 - 54 Nm (33 - 40 lb
ft).
RCPH07CCH044BAB 1
2. Install the center cover.
RCPH07CCH175AAB 2
84318454 14/03/2010
D.20.C / 11
Control valve - Pressure test - Relief valve

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Special Tools: A 344 bar (5000 psi) pressure gauge and test fitting kit 380040106 are required for this test.
1. Install a tee fitting and diagnostic coupler at one of

the steering cylinders.
RCPH07CCH016AAE 1

• Place the transmission in Park.
• Heat the transmission oil to a minimum of 49
°C (120 °F). Place a piece of cardboard over
the oil cooler to help heat the oil.
• Turn and hold the steering wheel against the
stop.
• Record the steering relief pressure
____________.
3. If the steering relief pressure is less than 207 bar
(3000 psi) go to Control valve - Adjust - Relief
valve (D.20.C).
4. If the correct pressure is obtained, but steering prob-
lems still exist, check for the following:
• Check for excessive load on the front axle.
• Check for mechanical interference in the steer-
ing column.
• Steering priority spool is sticking or failed
spring. See Control valve Priority/Regulator
valve - Remove (A.10.A).
Next operation:
Control valve - Adjust - Relief valve (D.20.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.20.C / 12
Control valve - Adjust - Relief valve

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Special Tools: A 344 bar (5000 psi) pressure gauge and test fitting kit 380040106 are required for this test.
Prior operation:
Control valve - Pressure test - Relief valve (D.20.C)
1. The steering relief valve is built into the priority/regu-

lator valve. The priority/regulator valve is located on
the top, right side of the range transmission.
RCPH07CCH020BAE 1
2. Install a tee fitting and diagnostic coupler at one of

the steering cylinders.
RCPH07CCH016AAE 2
3. To perform this adjustment:

• Place the transmission in Park.
• Heat the transmission oil to a minimum of 49
°C (120 °F). Place a piece of cardboard over
the oil cooler to help heat the oil.
• Turn and hold the steering wheel against the
stop.
• Loosen the lock nut and turn the adjustment
screw in or out until the correct pressure is
obtained 207 bar (3000 psi).
84318454 14/03/2010
D.20.C / 13
4. If the correct pressure is obtained, torque the lock

nut to 41 - 50 Nm (30 - 35 lb ft). After the lock nut is
torqued, recheck the steering pressure.
5. If the correct pressure is not obtained, check for the
following:
• Contamination in steering relief valve. Re-
move and inspect steering relief valve. See
Control valve Priority/Regulator valve - Re-
move (A.10.A).
• Excessive leakage past steering cylinder pis-
ton seals. Cap lines to steering cylinder(s) and
retest.
• Bad steering hand pump. Repair or replace
steering hand pump. See Steering pump -
Remove (D.20.C).
84318454 14/03/2010
D.20.C / 14
Steering pump - Remove

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Tag and remove the four hydraulic hoses (1) and

the steering sensing line (2) from the steering hand
pump. Cap the lines and open fittings. Use special
tool 380000795 to disconnect the lines.
RCIL07CCH011AAA 1
2. Remove the four steering column lock nuts and

washers at the column base. Support the steering
column in the cab while an assistant removes the
steering hand pump from the cab fire wall.
RCIL07CCH007AAA 2
Next operation:
Steering pump - Disassemble (D.20.C).
84318454 14/03/2010
D.20.C / 15
Steering pump - Disassemble

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Steering pump - Remove (D.20.C).
1. Mark the position of the pump bracket and isolator

on the steering hand pump. Loosen the bolts and
remove as a unit.
RCIL07CCH006AAA 1
2. Remove the four washers.
RCIL07CCH005AAA 2
3. Remove the shaft noise seal.
RCIL07CCH004AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.20.C / 16
4. Remove and replace the outer seal on the steering

hand pump.
NOTE: The shaft seal is the only component that is replace-
able on the pump. If the pump is damaged, it has to be
replaced.
RCIL07CCH012AAA 4
Next operation:
Steering pump - Assemble (D.20.C).
84318454 14/03/2010
D.20.C / 17
Steering pump - Assemble

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Steering pump - Disassemble (D.20.C).
1. Install a new shaft noise seal.
RCIL07CCH004AAA 1
2. Install the four washers.
RCIL07CCH005AAA 2
3. Check the pump bracket to make sure it is not

warped or bent. Using the marks made during dis-
assembly, install the pump bracket and isolator on
the steering hand pump.
NOTE: The pump bracket must be squarely aligned with
the housing of the pump. Otherwise, the steering column
may bind and not properly center. If this happens, the
steering wheel will move constantly back and forth, trying
to center.
RCIL07CCH006AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.20.C / 18
4. Reinstall the four the pump bracket bolts that were

removed earlier. Tighten evenly in a crossing pattern
to a torque of 32 - 36 Nm (24 - 27 lb ft). Lubricate
the internal splines of the steering hand pump with
grease.
RCIL07CCH013AAA 4
Next operation:
Steering pump - Install (D.20.C).
84318454 14/03/2010
D.20.C / 19
Steering pump - Install

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Steering pump - Assemble (D.20.C)
1. Align the four steering pump mounting studs with the

holes in the fire wall and the mounting plate for the
steering column. Install the washers (1) which were
removed earlier over the mounting studs. Install four
new lock nuts (2) and tighten only enough to hold the
steering pump and steering column in place.
RCIL07CCH007AAA 1
2. Reconnect the steering pump supply, return (1) and

signal (2) hoses by firmly pushing each hose end into
its port.
NOTICE: After installing each hose, check that it is properly
seated by pulling backward on the hose.
RCPH07CCH091BAB 2
3. Start the tractor and turn the steering wheel all the
way to the left and then to the right several times.
This centers the steering pump shaft with the steer-
ing column. Shut off the tractor and remove the key.
4. Tighten the steering pump to steering column mount-
ing nuts to a torque of 29 - 32 Nm (21.4 - 24 lb ft).
RCIL07CCH007AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.20.C / 20
Steering column - Remove

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Park the tractor on a hard level surface. Put the

transmission shift lever in the neutral position and
press the Park button. Turn off the engine and re-
move the key.
2. Remove the steering wheel. Refer to Command -
Remove (D.20.C).
RCPH07CCH044BAB 1
3. Remove the front console panels. Refer to Console

Front console - Remove (E.32.A).
RCIL07CCH015AAA 2
4. Remove the heat duct retaining screw on the left and

right heat ducts. Pull up on the cab floor mat and
remove the left console heat duct. Move the right
heat duct to the right. Removal is not necessary.
RCIL07CCH016AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.20.C / 21
5. Use a Torx® screwdriver to remove the upper steer-

ing column covers.
RCIL07CCH016BAA 4
6. Use a Torx® screwdriver to remove the lower steer-

ing column covers.
RCIL07CCH015BAA 5
7. Remove the retaining screw from the steering col-

umn upper control housing.
RCIL07CCH019AAA 6
84318454 14/03/2010
D.20.C / 22
8. Disconnect the two steering column electrical con-

nectors (1). Remove the cable clip with pin (2) from
the steering column tilt mechanism cable. Loosen
the cable lock nuts (3) from the anchor bracket, and
move the cable aside.
RCIL07CCH018AAA 7
9. Loosen the socket head cap screw for the turn signal
switch clamp and remove the lower control housing.
RCIL07CCH020AAA 8
10. Remove the boot support washer (1). Remove the

steering column boot (2) along with the boot support
plate and stiffener wire.
RCIL07CCH021AAA 9
11. Remove the four steering column lock nuts and

washers at the column base. Discard the nuts.
Support the steering hand pump and remove the
steering column.
RCIL07CCH022AAA 10
12. Refer to Steering column - Exploded view (D.20.C)

for additional information on serviceable parts.
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
D.20.C / 23
Steering column - Install (D.20.C).
84318454 14/03/2010
D.20.C / 24
Steering column - Install

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Steering column - Remove (D.20.C).
1. With an assistant supporting the steering hand

pump, install the steering column over the four studs
of the steering hand pump. Install the four washers
that were removed earlier. Install four new lock nuts
and tighten only enough to hold the steering column
in place.
RCIL07CCH022AAA 1
2. Place the boot (1) with wire stiffener and boot plate
installed, over the steering column. Partially install
the boot support washer (2). Install the turn signal
switch wiring harness through the protruding opening
in the boot (3). Slide the boot washer (2) over the top
lip (4) of the boot.
RCIL07CCH021AAA 2
3. Install the lower control housing assembly. Make

sure the alignment tab on the turn signal switch
clamp is located in the hole on the steering column
collar. Tighten the socket head cap screw for the
turn signal switch clamp.
RCIL07CCH020AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.20.C / 25
4. Reconnect the two steering column electrical con-

nectors (1). Install the cable clip with pin (2) for the
steering column tilt mechanism cable. Install the ca-
ble into the anchor bracket and tighten the lock nuts
(3).
RCIL07CCH018AAA 4
5. Install the upper control housing and tighten the re-

taining screw.
RCIL07CCH019AAA 5
6. Use a Torx® screwdriver to install the upper steering

column cover.
RCIL07CCH016BAA 6
84318454 14/03/2010
D.20.C / 26
7. Use a Torx® screwdriver to install the lower steering

column cover.
RCIL07CCH015BAA 7
8. Install the steering wheel only far enough to engage

the splines with the steering column. Make sure the
transmission shift lever is in Neutral with the Park but-
ton pressed. Start the engine and check the opera-
tion of the steering column assembly by turning the
steering wheel to the right and left several times. This
will center the steering column shaft with the steering
hand pump. Turn the engine off and remove the key.
9. Torque the steering column base lock nuts to 29 - 32
Nm (21 - 24 lb ft).
RCIL07CCH022AAA 8
10. Pull up on the cab floor mat, and install the left con-
sole heat duct into the cab floor duct. Install the re-
taining screw. Position the right console heat duct
and install the retaining screw.
RCIL07CCH016AAA 9
84318454 14/03/2010
D.20.C / 27
11. Install the front console panels. Refer to Console

Front console - Install (E.32.A).
RCIL07CCH015AAA 10
12. Install the steering wheel. Refer to Command - In-

stall (D.20.C).
RCPH07CCH044BAB 11
84318454 14/03/2010
D.20.C / 28
STEERING Hydraulic - Troubleshooting

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Excessive effort required Excessive load on the front axle. Reduce load. See Operator’s Manual for
for steering proper load specifications.
Mechanical interference in the steering col- Inspect the steering column and remove in-
umn. terference.
Steering relief pressure is not adjusted cor- Test and adjust the relief pressure if re-
rectly. quired. See Control valve - Pressure test
- Relief valve (D.20.C).
Steering pump has failed. Repair or replace the hand pump. See
Steering pump - Remove (D.20.C).
Spindle support not properly greased. Grease the spindle and retry. See Opera-
tor’s Manual
Slow or sluggish steering Steering relief pressure is not adjusted cor- Test and adjust the relief pressure if re-
rectly. quired. See Control valve - Pressure test
- Relief valve (D.20.C).
Steering priority spool is stuck or the spring Repair or replace the spool if required. See
is broken. Control valve Priority/Regulator valve -
Remove (A.10.A).
Poor hydraulic system performance. Test the hydraulic system pressure and
flow. See Pressure/flow compensat-
ing (PFC) pump - Flow test (A.10.A)
and Pressure/flow compensating (PFC)
pump - Pressure test (A.10.A).
Excessive steering wheel Excessive internal leakage in the steering Install caps in the supply lines to the left
rotation (slippage) at pump. hand and right hand steering cylinders. If
the end of the steering wheel rotation is still excessive, the steer-
cylinder stroke. ing pump is malfunctioning. Repair or re-
place the steering pump. See Steering
pump - Remove (D.20.C).
Hydraulic fluid is leaking past the piston in Repair or replace the steering cylinder as
the a steering cylinder. required.
Steering cylinder side loading. Repair or replace the steering cylinder as
required.
Excessive number of Excessive internal leakage in the steering Install caps in the supply lines to the left
steering wheel rotations pump. hand and right hand steering cylinders. If
between lock to lock wheel rotation is still excessive, the steer-
positions. ing pump is malfunctioning. Repair or re-
required.
Wrong steering pump is installed for the Determine if correct components are in-
axle. stalled. Replace mismatched components.
Steering pump rotates Steering pump is leaking internally. Repair or replace the steering pump. See
(turns) on its own. Steering pump - Remove (D.20.C).
Steering cylinder does Excessive internal leakage in the steering Install caps in the supply lines to the left
not react when steered pump. hand and right hand steering cylinders. If
(free wheeling). wheel rotation is still excessive, the steer-
ing pump is malfunctioning. Repair or re-
required.
84318454 14/03/2010
D.20.C / 29
Index
TRAVELLING - D

Command - Install - Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Command - Remove - Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Command - Torque - Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve - Adjust - Relief valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve - Pressure test - Relief valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Steering column - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Steering column - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Steering column - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Steering column - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
STEERING Hydraulic - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Steering pump - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Steering pump - Component identification - Hydraulic lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Steering pump - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Steering pump - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Steering pump - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Steering pump - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Steering pump - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
D.20.C / 30
TRAVELLING - D
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - 30.C
T8010
T8020
T8030
T8040
T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
D.30.C / 1
Contents
TRAVELLING - D
TECHNICAL DATA
Control valve
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Brake
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Service limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Control valve
Component identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Brake
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
SERVICE
Command
Adjust - Brake pedal and link rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Brake
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
D.30.C / 2
TRAVELLING - SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Valve firewall plate screws. 35 - 40 Nm 26 - 30 lb ft
RCPH07CCH136BAE 1
84318454 14/03/2010
D.30.C / 3
Brake - Torque
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Brake cover bolts 177 - 197 130 - 145 lb
Nm ft
RCPH07CCH142BAE 1
Brake - Service limits

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Service brake friction plate

Replace the friction plates when plate thickness is less
than 3.45 mm (0.136 in).
RCPH07CCH150BAE 1
84318454 14/03/2010
D.30.C / 4
Control valve - Component identification

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Brake Tube Layout

1. Brake valve return to sump
2. Brake hose (right side)
3. Brake valve supply
4. Brake hose (left side)
5. Brake supply tube (right side)
6. Brake supply tube (left side)
7. Brake valve
RCPH07CCH029BAE 1
84318454 14/03/2010
D.30.C / 5

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCPH07CCH012CAE 1
1. Body 9. Sleeve
2. Switch 10. Spring
3. O-ring 11. Poppet
4. Spring 12. Gasket
5. Retaining ring 13. Plate
6. Spool 14. Seal
7. O-ring 15. Screw
8. Seal ring
84318454 14/03/2010
D.30.C / 6
Brake - Sectional view

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Bearing retainer
2. Oil seal
3. Separator plate (4)
4. Friction plate (4)
5. Belleville spring
6. External retaining ring
7. Axle assembly housing
8. Brake adjuster assembly
9. Locating pin
10. Adjuster return plate
11. Piston
12. Brake cover
13. O-ring
14. Supply tube
RCPH07CCH001DAE 1
84318454 14/03/2010
D.30.C / 7
Command - Adjust - Brake pedal and link rod

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Pedal adjustments
1. Use the stop adjusting screw (1) to adjust the left
brake pedal to the same height as the clutch pedal.
Tighten the lock nut (2) when done.
RCPH07CCH153BAE 1
2. Adjust the right brake pedal to the same height as the

left pedal. The brake pedal lock (3) must engage the
right pedal easily, when properly adjusted. Tighten
the lock nut when done.
NOTE: There should be no free play in the pedal springs
(11) when adjustment is complete. Turn the adjusting
screw to remove any looseness in the spring.
84318454 14/03/2010
D.30.C / 8
Link rod adjustment

3. Adjust the length of the left brake link rod (4) so that
it just touches the bottom of the brake valve poppet
sleeve (5), when the brake pedal is fully extended.
Tighten the clevis (6) lock nuts (7) when done. Re-
peat for the right brake.
RCPH07CCH154BAE 2
Light switch adjustment

4. Adjust the left brake light switch (8) until the switch
plunger (9) just touches the left pedal. Turn the
switch in an additional 1 to 1-1/4 turns. Tighten the
lock nut (10). Repeat the procedure for the right
switch.
RCPH07CCH154BAE 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.30.C / 9

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Before performing this service procedure:

B. Place the transmission in Park.
wheels.
RCPH07CCH524ABC 1
2. Tag and remove the four brake valve lines (1). Tag
and remove the two brake switch connectors (2).
RCPH07CCH136AAB 2
3. Remove steering column side cover.
RCPH07CCH075AAE 3
4. Remove top cover from steering column.
RCPH07CCH074AAE 4
84318454 14/03/2010
D.30.C / 10
5. If equipped, remove the foot throttle by removing the

roll pin and sliding the throttle arm off the pivot shaft.
RCPH07CCH133BAE 5
6. Remove right front air duct.
RCPH07CCH073AAE 6
7. Remove the three brake valve mounting bolts. Re-

move the brake valve and gasket from the firewall.
RCPH07CCH134BAE 7
Next operation:
Control valve - Disassemble (D.30.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.30.C / 11

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Control valve - Remove (D.30.C)
1. Place the valve on a clean surface and remove the

three socket head screws.
RCPH07CCH076AAE 1
2. Remove the firewall brake plate.
RCPH07CCH077AAE 2
3. Remove and discard the brake valve gasket.
RCPH07CCH135BAE 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.30.C / 12
4. Remove the poppet (1) and outer feathering spring

(2) from the sleeve (3). Remove the sleeve from the
body. Remove the spool (4) and return spring (5)
from the spool. Inspect all parts for damage or wear.
Repeat for the second spool assembly.
RCPH07CCH078AAE 4
5. Remove and discard the spool seal and O-ring. Re-

peat for the second spool.
RCPH07CCH079AAE 5
6. Remove both brake switches. Discard the O-rings.

Inspect for damage or wear.
RCPH07CCH131BAE 6
7. Remove and discard the two poppet sleeve seals.
RCPH07CCH080AAE 7
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
D.30.C / 13
Control valve - Assemble (D.30.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.30.C / 14

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Control valve - Disassemble (D.30.C)
1. Install a new backing O-ring, then a new seal.
RCPH07CCH079AAE 1
2. Install new O-rings on the brake switches, and install

the switches.
RCPH07CCH131BAE 2
3. Install the return spring (5) in the spool (4), and install
the spool in the sleeve (3). Lubricate the valve bore
and sleeve seal and install the sleeve in the valve
body. Install the feathering spring (2) in the poppet
(1), and install the poppet into the spool. Repeat for
the second spool.
RCPH07CCH078AAE 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.30.C / 15
4. Install a new brake valve gasket.
RCPH07CCH135BAE 4
5. Install new poppet shaft seals.
RCPH07CCH080AAE 5
6. Install the firewall brake plate on the brake body.
RCPH07CCH077AAE 6
84318454 14/03/2010
D.30.C / 16
7. Install the three retaining screws and torque to 35 -

40 Nm (26 - 30 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH136BAE 7
Next operation:
Control valve - Install (D.30.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.30.C / 17

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Control valve - Assemble (D.30.C)
1. Install a new firewall to brake valve gasket and install

the brake valve, making sure that the brake link rods
(1) are installed into the poppet sleeves (2). Install
and tighten the three mounting bolts (3). Perform
brake pedal adjustment procedure. See Command
- Adjust (D.30.C).
RCPH07CCH134BAE 1
2. Install new O-rings on all hose and tube connectors.

Install the supply and return lines, the right and left
brake lines (1) and the brake switch connectors (2).
Start vehicle and check for leaks and proper brake
switch operation.
RCPH07CCH136AAB 2
3. Install the right side air duct.
RCPH07CCH073AAE 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.30.C / 18
4. If equipped, install the foot throttle.
RCPH07CCH133BAE 4
5. Install top steering column cover and connect all

electrical connectors.
RCPH07CCH074AAE 5
6. Install the right side cover.
RCPH07CCH075AAE 6
84318454 14/03/2010
D.30.C / 19
Brake - Disassemble
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
1. Disconnect the hydraulic tube (1) for brake lubrica-

tion from the rear frame housing.
RCPH08CCH042AAB 1
2. If required, loosen the hose fitting (1) for the brake

supply. Remove both fittings (2) from the housing.
RCPH08CCH064AAB 2
3. Lift the supply tubes out of the brake cover. Remove

the lower O-rings, and then remove the supply tubes
from the rear frame.
RCPH07CCH076AAE 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.30.C / 20
4. Remove two mounting bolts for the brake cover, and

install aligning dowels at their locations.
RCPH07CCH140BAE 4
5. Remove the remaining bolts and the brake cover

from the rear frame.
RCPH07CCH143BAE 5
6. Remove the adjuster return plate from the brake disc.
RCPH07CCH152BAE 6
7. Remove the friction and separator plates from the

rear frame.
RCPH07CCH144BAE 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.30.C / 21
8. Remove the three brake adjusters from the differen-

tial retainer.
RCPH07CCH145BAE 8
9. Remove the five locating pins from the differential

retainer.
RCPH07CCH146BAE 9
10. Remove the sun gear shaft seal from the differential
retainer.
RCPH07CCH148BAE 10
11. Use compressed air to push the brake piston out of

the brake cover.
WARNING
M459
RCPH07CCH077AAE 11
84318454 14/03/2010
D.30.C / 22
12. Carefully remove the piston from the cover.
RCPH07CCH137BAE 12
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
D.30.C / 23
Brake - Inspect
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
1. Inspect the brake separator plates. If there is dam-

age or heavy wear, replace the plates
complete sets.
RCPH07CCH151BAE 1
2. Inspect the brake friction plates. If there is damage

or heavy wear (the grooves worn away), replace the
friction plates. The minimum thickness for a friction
plate is 3.45 mm (0.136 in).
RCPH07CCH150BAE 2
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
D.30.C / 24
Brake - Assemble
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Brake - Inspect (D.30.C)
Prior operation:
1. Apply petroleum jelly to the inner and outer piston

seats on the brake cover. Start the piston into the
cover by hand. Gently tap the piston with a soft ham-
mer until the piston is fully seated. Be careful not to
damage the bonded seals.
RCPH07CCH078AAE 1
2. Use a driver to install a new seal in the differential

retainer. Lubricate the inside diameter of the seal
with hydraulic fluid.
RCPH07CCH149BAE 2
3. Install aligning dowels in the differential carrier.
RCPH07CCH147BAE 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.30.C / 25
4. Install the five locating pins in the differential carrier.
RCPH07CCH146BAE 4
5. If new brake plates will be installed, the brake ad-

justers must be reset. Adjust the depth of the retain-
ing rings to 25.4 mm (1.0 in) (A). If the old plates will
be reused, do not change the brake adjusters.
RCPH07CCH141BAE 5
6. Install the three brake adjuster assemblies into the

differential carrier with the belleville washer towards
the differential carrier.
RCPH07CCH145BAE 6
84318454 14/03/2010
D.30.C / 26
7. Install the plates as follows:

A. Install a separator plate on the locating pins
and against the differential plate carrier.
B. Install a friction plate against the separator
plate.
C. Install three more separator and friction plates,
alternating the plates. A friction plate must be
the last part installed.
RCPH07CCH144BAE 7
8. Install the adjuster plate on the locating pins. The

tabs on the plate must contact the dowels on the
adjuster assemblies.
RCPH07CCH152BAE 8
9. Install the brake cover on the locating dowels.
RCPH07CCH143BAE 9
10. Install the cover retaining bolts. Tighten the bolts to

RCPH07CCH142BAE 10
84318454 14/03/2010
D.30.C / 27
11. Lubricate new O-rings with petroleum jelly, and install

the upper O-rings on the supply tubes. Install the
tubes into the housing. Install the lower O-rings then
install the supply tubes into the brake cover.
RCPH07CCH076AAE 11
12. Install the fittings (1) into the housing. Install new
O-rings (2). Reconnect the supply hose (3) for the
brake.
RCPH08CCH064AAB 12
13. Reconnect the line (1) for brake lubrication and

tighten the fitting.
RCPH08CCH042AAB 13
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
D.30.C / 28
Index
TRAVELLING - D

Brake - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Brake - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Brake - Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Brake - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Brake - Service limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Brake - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Command - Adjust - Brake pedal and link rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve - Component identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
D.30.C / 29
84318454 14/03/2010
D.30.C / 30
TRAVELLING - D
PARKING BRAKE Hydraulic - 32.C
T8010
T8020
T8030
T8040
T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 1
Contents
TRAVELLING - D
TECHNICAL DATA
Control valve
Torque - Emergency brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
EEAA, T8050 WE
Accumulator
Service limits - Emergency brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
EEAA, T8050 WE
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Control valve
Exploded view - Emergency brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
EEAA, T8050 WE
Brake
Exploded view - Park brake clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
SERVICE
Control valve
Remove - Emergency brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
EEAA, T8050 WE
Disassemble - Emergency brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

EEAA, T8050 WE
Assemble - Emergency brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

EEAA, T8050 WE
Install - Emergency brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

EEAA, T8050 WE
Remove - Trailer-park brake valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install - Trailer-park brake valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Brake
Remove - Park brake clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Disassemble - Park brake clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

EEAA, T8050 WE
Assemble - Park brake clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

EEAA, T8050 WE
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 2
Install - Park brake clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Pressure test - Park brake clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Disassemble - Standard three disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Assemble - Standard three disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Accumulator
Remove - Emergency brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
EEAA, T8050 WE
Install - Emergency brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

EEAA, T8050 WE
Charging - Emergency brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

EEAA, T8050 WE
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 3
TRAVELLING - PARKING BRAKE Hydraulic
Control valve - Torque - Emergency brake


Solenoid valve cartridge. 18 - 20 Nm 13 - 15 lb ft
RCPH08CCH249AAB 1
Solenoid valve coil nut. 5 - 8 Nm 44 - 71 lb in
RCPH08CCH247AAB 2
Solenoid plug. 18 - 20 Nm 13 - 15 lb ft
RCPH08CCH251AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 4

Control spool plug. 34 - 54 Nm 25 - 40 lb ft
RCPH08CCH254AAB 4
Control valve hex head 52 - 61 Nm 38 - 45 lb ft

mounting bolts.
RCPH08CCH244AAB 5
All hex headed port plugs (1). 34 - 54 Nm 25 - 40 lb ft
RCPH08CCH251AAB 6
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 5
Accumulator - Service limits - Emergency brake

Charge gas Nitrogen

Charge pressure 9.3 bar (135 psi)
RCIL08CCH003GAB 1
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 6
Control valve - Exploded view - Emergency brake

RCIL08CCH002GAB 1
1. Valve body 4. Park brake spool with return spring 7. Solenoid coil
2. Reducing pin spool 5. Solenoid plug 8. Nut
3. O-ring 6. Solenoid cartridge 9. Plug
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 7
Brake - Exploded view - Park brake clutch

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Shaft, MFD and park brake 17. Retaining ring

2. Jumper tube with O-rings and fittings 18. Spacer, if required
3. Hex head bolt, M12 x 50 19. Belleville spring
4. MFD tube 20. Piston
5. Shield half 21. Piston O-ring
6. Shield half 22. Piston seal
7. Socket head screw, M8 x 16 23. Park brake hub seal
8. Shield clip 24. Park brake hub O-ring
9. Shaft seal ring 25. Park brake hub
10. Roller bearing 26. Retaining ring
11. Bearing cup 27. Separator plate
12. Retaining ring 28. Friction plate
13. Carrier 29. Backing plate
14. Shim 30. Retaining ring
15. Bearing spacer 31. MFD hub with needle bearings
16. Retaining ring 32. Snap ring
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 8
RCPH07CCH003HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 9
Control valve - Remove - Emergency brake

1. The control valve is located on the right side of the

range transmission.
RCPH08CCH235AAB 1
2. Make sure that the control lever is in the disengaged

(down) position.
RCPH08CCH234AAB 2
3. Remove the cotter pin and outer spacer (1) from the
pin securing the control rod and hand brake cable to
the bracket.
RCPH08CCH237AAB 3
4. Remove the pin (1) and inner spacer (2). Remove

the cotter pin (3) and pin (4) securing the hydraulic
valve linkage to the pivot bracket.
RCPH08CCH238AAB 4
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 10
5. Disconnect the return spring, and remove the spring.
RCPH08CCH240AAB 5
6. Disconnect the hydraulic line to the valve. Cap or

plug all lines and ports.
RCPH08CCH242AAB 6
7. Disconnect the hydraulic line from the valve. Cap or

plug all lines and ports.
RCPH08CCH243AAB 7
8. Disconnect the harness connector to the valve sole-

noid.
RCPH08CCH245AAB 8
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 11
9. Remove the socket head mounting bolts.
RCPH08CCH244AAB 9
10. Discard the eight O-rings.
RCPH08CCH246AAB 10
Next operation:
Control valve - Disassemble - Emergency brake (D.32.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 12
Control valve - Disassemble - Emergency brake

Prior operation:
Control valve - Remove - Emergency brake (D.32.C)
1. Remove the nut securing the solenoid coil.
RCPH08CCH247AAB 1
2. Remove the coil.
RCPH08CCH248AAB 2
3. Loosen the cartridge.
RCPH08CCH249AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 13
4. Remove the valve cartridge.

NOTE: The valve cartridge is not serviceable and must be
replaced as an assembly.
RCPH08CCH250AAB 4
5. Loosen the solenoid plug.
RCPH08CCH251AAB 5
6. Remove the solenoid plug. Remove and discard the

three O-rings (1).
RCPH08CCH252AAB 6
7. Disconnect the cotter pin (1), remove the spacer (2)

and pin (3). Remove the linkage (4).
RCPH08CCH253AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 14
8. Loosen the spool retainer plug.
WARNING
A pressurized spring is positioned beneath the plug.
Take extreme care and slowly remove plug. Failure to
comply could result in death or serious injury.
M1302
RCPH08CCH254AAB 8
9. Remove the plug (1) and discard the O-ring (2). Re-
move the spring (3).
RCPH08CCH255AAB 9
10. Remove the spool.
RCPH08CCH256AAB 10
11. With the use of a magnet (1), remove the reducing

pin (2).
RCPH08CCH258AAB 11
Next operation:
Control valve - Assemble - Emergency brake (D.32.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 15
Control valve - Assemble - Emergency brake

1. Lubricate the reducing pin with hydraulic oil, and in-

stall the pin. The pin must fully seated against the
plug at the opposite end of the valve.
RCPH08CCH257AAB 1
2. Lubricate the spool with hydraulic oil, and install the

spool.
RCPH08CCH256AAB 2
3. Install a new O-ring into the spool plug.
RCPH08CCH259AAB 3
4. Install the spool return spring (1). Use the spool plug
(2) to compress the spring, and thread the plug into
the valve body.
RCPH08CCH255AAB 4
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 16
5. Tighten the spool plug to a torque of 34 - 54 Nm (25

- 40 lb ft).
RCPH08CCH254AAB 5
6. Place the linkage (1) over the spool, and reinstall the
pin (2) and spacer (3). Install a new cotter pin (4) into
the pin (2).
RCPH08CCH253AAB 6
7. Install new O-rings (1) on the solenoid plug, lubricate

the assembly with hydraulic fluid and install the plug.
RCPH08CCH252AAB 7

lb ft).
RCPH08CCH251AAB 8
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 17
9. Lubricate the solenoid valve cartridge with hydraulic

oil and install.
RCPH08CCH250AAB 9
10. Tighten the cartridge to a torque of 18 - 20 Nm (13 -

15 lb ft).
RCPH08CCH249AAB 10
11. Install the solenoid coil.
RCPH08CCH248AAB 11
12. Install the solenoid coil nut and tighten to a torque of

5 - 8 Nm (44 - 71 lb in).
RCPH08CCH247AAB 12
Next operation:
Control valve - Install - Emergency brake (D.32.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 18
Control valve - Install - Emergency brake

Prior operation:
Control valve - Assemble - Emergency brake (D.32.C)
1. Lubricate 8 new O-rings (1) with petroleum jelly, and

install the O-rings on the control valve. Remove the
hydraulic line cap (2).
RCPH08CCH246AAB 1
2. Check that the control valve linkage (1) is properly

oriented to the pivot bracket (2) before installing the
valve.
RCPH08CCH241AAB 2
3. With the help of guide studs (not shown) and without

disturbing the O-rings, install the control valve. Se-
cure the valve with the socket head bolts removed
earlier. Tighten the bolts to a torque of 52 - 61 Nm
(38 - 45 lb ft).
RCPH08CCH244AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 19
4. Reconnect the harness connector (1) to the solenoid.

Remove the port cap (2).
RCPH08CCH245AAB 4
5. Install a new O-ring to the 90 ° elbow fitting (1). Re-

connect the hydraulic line and tighten the fitting.
RCPH08CCH243AAB 5
6. Reconnect the valve linkage to the pivot bracket with

the pin (1) removed earlier. Install a new cotter pin
(2).
RCPH08CCH327AAB 6
7. Reinstall the return spring between the pin (1) and

the slot in the bracket (2).
RCPH08CCH240AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 20
8. Align the swivel joints for the brake cable (1) and
control rod (2) with the pivot bracket.
RCPH08CCH327AAB 8
9. Reinstall the pin (1) and spacer (2).
RCPH08CCH238AAB 9
10. Reinstall the spacer (1) and a new cotter pin (2).
RCPH08CCH237AAB 10
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 21
Control valve - Remove - Trailer-park brake valve

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Remove the cotter pin (1) and the washer (2) at the
rod linkage to the brake control valve.
RCPH08CCH237AAB 1
2. Remove the pin (1) and spacer (2).
RCPH08CCH238AAB 2
3. Use the two hand, two wench method to disconnect

the hose (2) which supplies the control valve. Cap
the port and plug the hose.
NOTE: Image shown with optional hydraulic brake supply
hose (3).
RCPH08CCH274AAB 3
4. To disconnect any air line, push the locking collar

toward the fitting while pulling the line straight out of
the fitting.
RCPH08CCH281AAB 4
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 22
5. Disconnect the air lines (1), (2) and (3) to brake as-
sembly on top of the range transmission.
RCPH08CCH263AAB 5
6. Turn the 90 ° fitting (1) to access the mounting bolt

shown.
NOTE:
RCPH08CCH535AAB 6
7. Remove the mounting bolt from both sides of the

valve.
RCPH08CCH264AAB 7
8. Remove the valve with the hydraulic hose (1) and

control linkage (2). Discard the fitting O-ring. Re-
move the air line fittings (3).
RCPH08CCH269AAB 8
Next operation:
Control valve - Install - Trailer-park brake valve (D.32.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 23
Control valve - Install - Trailer-park brake valve

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Control valve - Remove - Trailer-park brake valve (D.32.C)
1. If needed, adjust the control rod length to 109 - 111

mm (4.3 - 4.4 in).
RCIL08CCH026AAB 1
2. Assemble the trailer-park brake control valve;

• Install a new O-ring on the hydraulic fitting (1).
• Install the hydraulic hose (2) and tighten the
fitting.
• Install the air line fittings (3).
• Install the control linkage (4) and tighten the
nut (5).
NOTE: Do not tighten the 90 ° fitting (located on top of the
valve) at this time.
RCPH08CCH269AAB 2
3. Place the valve assembly on its mounting bracket.

Install the two bolts removed earlier and tighten
RCPH08CCH264AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 24
4. To connect any air line; support the fitting and push

the line straight in until it is fully engaged.
NOTE: Once the line is installed, firmly pull on the line to
make sure it is securely locked into place.
RCPH08CCH281AAB 4
5. Connect the air lines (1), (2) and (3) that were re-
moved earlier. If the 90 ° fitting (4) was moved, re-
align and tighten the lock nut.
RCPH08CCH263AAB 5
6. Install a new O-ring on the hydraulic brake tube fitting

(1). Reconnect the hydraulic hose (2) that supplies
the control valve. Using the two hand, two wrench
method, tighten the fittings.
RCPH08CCH274AAB 6
7. Align the valve control rod with the linkage for the
brake control valve. Reinstall the pin (1) and spacer
(2).
RCPH08CCH238AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 25
8. Reinstall the spacer (1), and install a new cotter pin

(2)
RCPH08CCH237AAB 8
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 26
Brake - Remove - Park brake clutch

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Prior operation:
Suction screen - Remove (A.10.A)
1. Remove the hydraulic oil supply fitting for the park

brake clutch pack
RCPH07CCH048AAA 1
2. Remove the hydraulic oil supply tube (1) and fitting

(2) for the MFD clutch pack.
RCPH07CCH018BAA 2
3. Remove the jumper tube for the park brake and the
MFD clutch packs (park brake tube shown).
RCPH07CCH019BAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 27
4. Disconnect the lube supply tube for the MFD clutch

pack from the rear of the clutch assembly input shaft.
Remove the tube from the housing.
RCPH07CCH049AAA 4
5. Remove the six mounting bolts securing the MFD/

park brake clutch pack assembly to the housing.
RCPH07CCH050AAA 5
6. Using appropriate lifting equipment, lift the front of

the housing and place the rear of the housing on
blocks. Use appropriate lift equipment to support the
clutch assembly.
NOTE: Master clutch and mounting plate (1) were removed
for photograph clarity.
RCPH07CCH020BAA 6
7. Carefully raise the assembly out of the range housing

and place on a clean work surface.
RCPH07CCH021BAA 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 28
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 29
Brake - Disassemble - Park brake clutch

Prior operation:
Brake - Remove - Park brake clutch (D.32.C)
Prior operation:
1. Remove the two Allen head mounting screws. Re-

RCPH07CCH147AAA 1
2. Mark the shield for proper reassembly. Remove the

three clips from the shield. Repeat for the opposite
side.
RCPH07CCH041BAA 2
RCPH07CCH148AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 30

taining ring.
retaining ring.
draulic press.
E. Release the tool and remove retaining ring and
locking ring.
RCPH07CCH149AAA 4

move the belleville springs.
RCPH07CCH042BAA 5
RCPH07CCH150AAA 6
7. Remove the piston seal and discard.
RCPH07CCH151AAA 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 31
8. Remove the piston seal backup O-ring and discard.
RCPH07CCH152AAA 8
RCPH07CCH153AAA 9
10. Remove the friction plate. Continue until all friction

and separator plates are removed.
complete assemblies.
RCPH07CCH154AAA 10
11. Remove the backing plate and mark for proper re-
assembly.
RCPH07CCH043BAA 11
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 32
12. Remove the hub seal and discard.
RCPH07CCH044BAA 12
13. Remove the hub seal backup O-ring and discard.
RCPH07CCH155AAA 13
14. Inspect the needle bearings (1) and composite

washer (2) for wear or damage. If bearings and or
washer are worn or damaged, the MFD hub must
be replaced. Bearings and washer are not serviced
separately.
RCPH07CCH156AAA 14
15. Remove the three shaft seals and discard.
RCPH07CCH157AAA 15
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 33
16. Remove the retaining ring for the brake clutch as-
sembly.
NOTICE: Mark the shaft and hub for proper reassembly
later.
RCPH07CCH158AAA 16
17. Place a bridge (1) over the shaft assembly. Using

the two threaded holes in the brake hub assembly,
install two bolts (2) as shown and pull the assembly
from the shaft.
RCPH07CCH159AAA 17

taining ring.
retaining ring.
draulic press.
E. Release the tool and remove retaining ring .
RCPH07CCH160AAA 18

move the springs.
RCPH07CCH161AAA 19
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 34
RCPH07CCH045BAA 20
RCPH07CCH046BAA 21
22. Remove the friction plate. Continue to remove all

friction and separator plates. There are six separator
and six friction plates in total.
NOTE: Separator and friction plates must be replaced
as complete assemblies; individual plates must not be
replaced.
RCPH07CCH047BAA 22
RCPH07CCH048BAA 23
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 35
24. Remove and discard the seal from the piston.
RCPH07CCH162AAA 24
25. Remove and discard the backup O-ring.
RCPH07CCH152AAA 25
26. Remove and discard the seal from the brake hub.
RCPH07CCH163AAA 26
27. Remove and discard the backup O-ring from the

brake hub.
RCPH07CCH164AAA 27
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 36
28. Remove bearing retainer ring from the shaft.
RCPH07CCH049BAA 28
29. Remove the spacer and shim pack.
RCPH07CCH165AAA 29
30. Support the carrier as shown and press the MFD/

brake shaft free from the carrier. Remove the bear-
ing.
NOTICE: To prevent damage to the shaft, be prepared to
catch the shaft when it is free of the carrier assembly.
RCPH07CCH166AAA 30
31. Remove the second bearing from the shaft.

RCPH07CCH050BAA 31
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 37
32. Using a soft drift to remove the bearing cup.
RCPH07CCH167AAA 32
33. Use a soft drift to remove the second bearing cup.
RCPH07CCH168AAA 33
34. Remove the snap rings if required.
RCPH07CCH169AAA 34
Next operation:
Brake - Assemble - Park brake clutch (D.32.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 38
Brake - Assemble - Park brake clutch

Prior operation:
Brake - Disassemble - Park brake clutch (D.32.C)
NOTICE: All parts must be free of contaminants before reassembly.

RCPH07CCH169AAA 1
2. Install bearing cup in the carrier.
RCPH07CCH170AAA 2
3. Press the cup into place.

RCPH07CCH171AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 39
4. Press the second bearing cup into the carrier.

RCPH07CCH172AAA 4
5. Using an appropriate tool, press the bearing onto the

shaft.
NOTICE: Do not press on the bearing cage.
RCPH07CCH173AAA 5
6. Place the carrier over the shaft and place the second
bearing on the shaft.
RCPH07CCH174AAA 6
7. To set the bearing preload:

A. Attach a spring scale to one of the holes in the
carrier.
B. As the bearing is pressed onto the shaft, rotate
the carrier until a rolling torque of 2.1 - 3.2 Nm
(18 - 28 lb in) is obtained.
RCPH07CCH175AAA 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 40
8. Install the spacer and shim pack.
RCPH07CCH165AAA 8
RCPH07CCH049BAA 9
10. Support the gear as shown. Press the bearing

against the retainer ring. Do not over press.
NOTICE: Over pressing the bearing may distort the re-
tainer ring which may cause improper shaft end play. Im-
proper end play may cause premature bearing failure.
RCPH07CCH166AAA 10
11. Check the shaft end play:

A. Place a dial indicator on the shaft.
B. Carefully pry up between the MFD gear and
shaft flange.
C. Shaft end play must be 0.089 mm (0.0035 in)
± 0.064 mm (0.0025 in).
D. Add or subtract shims as needed.
E. Recheck end play if shims are changed.
NOTE: Do not install seals at this time.
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 41
RCPH07CCH052BAA 11
RCPH07CCH176AAA 12
13. Install a backing plate. Make sure the larger cutout

is facing the retainer ring.
RCPH07CCH063BAA 13
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 42
RCPH07CCH064BAA 14
15. Install a separator plate. Continue this alternating

pattern until the six friction and six separator plates
are installed.
RCPH07CCH054BAA 15
RCPH07CCH045BAA 16
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 43
17. Measure the distance between the top of the hub (1)
and the top of the piston (2).
• If the measured dimension is greater than 29
bly.
• If the measured dimension is less than 29 mm,
do not use a spring spacer during reassembly.
later between the belleville springs and the retainer ring
later.
RCPH07CCH055BAA 17

plate from the hub.
6.35 mm (0.25 in) wall PVC pipe, cut a 127 mm (5.0
in) length.
RCPH07CCH178AAA 18
RCPH07CCH179AAA 19
21. Install retainer ring in lower ring groove, as shown, for

tractors equipped with heavy duty twelve-bolt axles.
Install the retainer ring in the upper ring grove (not
shown) for tractors equipped with ten-bolt axles.
RCPH07CCH181AAA 20
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 44
22. Lubricate a new backup O-ring with petroleum jelly,

and install the O-ring in the seal ring groove.
RCPH07CCH155AAA 21

the seal in the groove. Do not overstretch the seal
during installation.
RCPH07CCH044BAA 22
petroleum jelly, and install in the piston seal grove.
Do not overstretch the seals during installation.
RCPH07CCH182AAA 23
RCPH07CCH183AAA 24
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 45
26. Place the MFD hub over the shaft and center the hub
on the PVC pipe.
NOTE: Do not install shaft seals at this time.
RCPH07CCH184AAA 25
is facing downward.
RCPH07CCH185AAA 26
RCPH07CCH186AAA 27

tion plates until there are six separator and six friction
plates for the ten-bolt MFD axle and seven separa-
tor plates and seven friction plates for the heavy-duty
twelve-bolt MFD axle.
NOTICE: Once all separator and friction plates are in-
stalled, rotate the hub in one direction only, to get maximum
separator and friction plate spline clearance. This will aid
in the removal and installation of the hub assemblies in
later steps.
RCPH07CCH187AAA 28
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 46
30. Install the piston over the shaft.
RCPH07CCH188AAA 29
31. Measure the distance between the top of the hub

flange and the top of the piston.
bly.
• If the measured dimension is less than 29.7
mm, do not use a spring spacer during re-
assembly.
between the belleville springs and the retainer ring later.
RCPH07CCH056BAA 30

plate from the hub.
33. Install the five belleville springs over the shaft as
shown.
NOTICE: Align and center the springs so they will not catch
on the shaft when they are compressed.
RCPH07CCH057BAA 31
34. Place the spring spacer(s), if required, and the lock-

ing ring (1) and retaining ring (2) over the shaft.
RCPH07CCH189AAA 32
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 47

the ring grove.
NOTICE: The retainer ring must be inside the locking ring
and fully seated in the ring groove before the compression
tool is removed.
RCPH07CCH190AAA 33

NOTE: A strap may be placed over the end of the shaft to
aid in removal.
RCPH07CCH191AAA 34

6.35 mm (0.25 in) wall PVC pipe, cut a 50.8 mm (2.0
in) length.
RCPH07CCH192AAA 35
RCPH07CCH193AAA 36
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 48
groove in the park brake hub.
RCPH07CCH194AAA 37
groove in the piston.
NOTE: Do not overstretch the seal during installation.
RCPH07CCH182AAA 38
RCPH07CCH195AAA 39

PVC pipe.
RCPH07CCH196AAA 40
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 49
is facing downward.
RCPH07CCH197AAA 41
RCPH07CCH198AAA 42

tion plates until all six separator and six friction plates
are installed.
steps.
RCPH07CCH199AAA 43

RCPH07CCH200AAA 44
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 50
47. Install the five belleville springs. Use the same ori-
entation used for the MFD assembly.
RCPH07CCH201AAA 45
48. Place the spacer(s), if required, and retaining ring on

top of the belleville springs.
NOTICE: Belleville springs must be aligned and centered
so that they do not catch on the shaft when they are com-
pressed.
RCPH07CCH202AAA 46

the ring groove.
NOTICE: Make sure retaining ring is fully seated in the
groove before removing the compression tool.
RCPH07CCH203AAA 47
50. Turn the carrier assembly over. Raise the carrier to

remove the park brake hub assembly and PVC pipe
(not shown).
RCPH07CCH058BAA 48
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 51
51. When installing the park brake assembly, the oil

holes (1) in the hub must align with the oil supply
holes (2) in the shaft.
RCPH07CCH001CAA 49
52. To seal and install the park brake on the shaft:

A. Use Loctite® 755 cleaner to clean the area
around the pressure holes on the hub (1) and
shaft (2).
B. Apply Loctite® primer “N” to the pressure hole
(1) on the brake hub.
C. Apply a thin coat of Loctite® 515 within an 11
mm radius around the pressure hole on the
hub and on the shaft.
D. Immediately install and seat the brake assem-
bly on the shaft.
E. Allow the Loctite® to set-up for at least two
NOTICE: If the installation is not completed within several
minutes, clean all the Loctite® off both surfaces and reap-
ply.
RCPH07CCH001CAA 50
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 52

the park brake hub assembly and lower the assembly
into the carrier. Take care not to damage the friction
plate tabs.
RCPH07CCH205AAA 51
54. Lower the hub until it is fully seated into the carrier.
RCPH07CCH206AAA 52
55. Install the brake assembly retaining ring.
RCPH07CCH207AAA 53
56. Lubricate three new shaft seals with petroleum jelly,

and install the seals on the shaft.
RCPH07CCH208AAA 54
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 53

the MFD clutch assembly, and carefully lower the
assembly into the carrier. Take care not to damage
the friction plate tabs and shaft seals.
RCPH07CCH210AAA 55
58. Assemble the two halves of the shield together over

the carrier, using the alignment mark made during
disassembly. Install the retaining clips.
RCPH07CCH041BAA 56
covered by the shield, and adjust shield if required.
Install the Allen head bolts (2) on both sides of the
assembly.
RCPH07CCH147AAA 57
Next operation:
Brake - Install - Park brake clutch (D.32.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 54
Brake - Install - Park brake clutch

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:

park brake assembly and lower the assembly into the
range housing.
RCPH07CCH021BAA 1
2. Continue to lower the assembly into the housing until

it is seated in the bore.
NOTE: The alignment pin located at the end of the output
shaft mounting flange must align with the alignment hole.
Refer to the next Step.
RCPH07CCH020BAA 2
3. Once the alignment pin (1) is properly aligned, install

the six mounting bolts. Tighten bolts to a torque 101 -
113 Nm (78 - 84 lb ft). Reinstall the MFD lubrication
fitting (2).
RCPH07CCH065BAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 55
4. Reinstall the MFD lubrication line to the shaft and to

the fitting on top of the range housing.
RCPH07CCH211AAA 4
5. Lubricate new O-rings with petroleum jelly install on

both ends of the jumper tube. Install the jumper tube.
Repeat on the opposite side of the housing.
RCPH07CCH019BAA 5
6. Install the supply fittings for parking brake release.

RCPH07CCH048AAA 6
7. Install the supply fitting for the MFD.

RCPH07CCH018BAA 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 56
Next operation:
Next operation:
Next operation:
Connect the range housing to speed housing. Refer to: TRANSMISSION Powershift - Join - Speed to range trans-
mission (C.20.E).
Next operation:
Connect the final drive to the range housing. Refer to: TRANSMISSION Powershift - Join - Range transmission
to rear frame (C.20.E).
Next operation:
Suction screen - Install (A.10.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 57
Brake - Pressure test - Park brake clutch

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Brake - Install - Park brake clutch (D.32.C)
1. Install a portable hydraulic hand pump with gauge to

the park brake supply fitting.
RCPH07CCH048AAA 1
2. Apply 2413 kPa (350 psi) to the clutch through the

supply port.
• If pressure is not held at 2413 kPa (350 psi),
the clutch pack must be disassembled to check
for:
• missing seals,
• damage to the seals,
• or damage to sealing surfaces.
• If pressure is held at 2413 kPa (350 psi), con-
tinue with Step 3.
3. Remove the hand pump from the fitting, and install
the Tee fitting.
RCPH07CCH048AAA 2
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 58
Brake - Disassemble - Standard three disc

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Brake - Remove (D.32.C)
1. Place the park brake assembly (1) on a hydraulic

press. Place special tool 380003010 (2) on the
belleville washers as shown.
RCPH10CCH110AAB 1
2. Apply hydraulic pressure to compress the belleville

washers (1) and allow the removal of the snap ring
(2).
RCPH10CCH111AAB 2
3. Disengage the snap ring. Relieve the hydraulic pres-

sure and remove the special tool.
NOTE: When hydraulic pressure is released, the snap ring
and/or snap ring retainer must clear the snap ring groove.
RCPH10CCH112AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 59
RCPH10CCH113AAB 4
5. Remove the snap ring retainer.
RCPH10CCH114AAB 5
6. Remove the shims.
RCPH10CCH115AAB 6
7. Remove the two belleville washers, concave side (1)

facing down.
RCPH10CCH116AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 60
RCPH10CCH117AAB 8
9. Remove the two belleville washers, concave side (1)

facing up,
RCPH10CCH118AAB 9
10. If needed, use two small screw drivers to disengage

the piston (1) from the shaft.
RCPH10CCH119AAB 10
11. Remove and discard the hub seal ring and backup
ring (1).
RCPH10CCH120AAB 11
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 61
12. Remove and discard the piston seal ring and backup
ring (1).
RCPH10CCH121AAB 12
13. Turn the assembly over. Remove the snap ring (1).
RCPH10CCH122AAB 13
RCPH10CCH124AAB 14
15. Remove a friction plate.
RCPH10CCH125AAB 15
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 62
16. Remove a separator plate. Continue until all sepa-

rator and friction plates have been removed. Inspect
all components for wear and/or damage. Replace as
required.
RCPH10CCH126AAB 16
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 63
Brake - Assemble - Standard three disc

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
1. Place hub as shown on a hydraulic press.
RCPH10CCH128AAB 1
2. Install a separator plate.
RCPH10CCH129AAB 2
3. Install a friction plate. Continue until all three sepa-

rator and friction plates have been installed.
RCPH10CCH130AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 64
4. Install the backing plate.
RCPH10CCH124AAB 4

NOTE: The snap ring must fully seat in the ring groove.
RCPH10CCH123AAB 5
6. Turn the assembly over and install the piston.

NOTE: Do not install the seal rings at this time.
RCPH10CCH127AAB 6
To determine shim thickness:

7. Measure and record the thickness of each belleville
washer.
RCPH10CCH133AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 65
8. Measure the thickness of the shim located between

the belleville washers.
RCPH10CCH134AAB 8
9. Measure the total thickness of the machined snap

ring retainer.
RCPH10CCH135AAB 9
10. Measure the thickness of the snap ring.
RCPH10CCH136AAB 10
RCPH10CCH137AAB 11
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 66
12. Using a depth micrometer, measure from the top of

the snap ring to the top of the piston. Record this
measurement.
RCPH10CCH138AAB 12
OR
13. Use a caliper for the above measurement.
RCPH10CCH139AAB 13
14. To determine shim pack thickness:

A. Thickness of belleville washers: ( 0.138 in) x 4
= 0.552 in.
B. Thickness of belleville washer shim = 0.041 in.
C. Thickness of snap ring retainer = 0.127 in.
D. Thickness of snap ring = 0.124 in.
E. Total thickness of above parts = 0.844 in.
F. Distance from the top of the snap ring to the
top of the piston = 0.922 in.
G. Subtract F 0.922 in from E 0.844 in = 0.078 in.
H. Expected gap specification = 0.00 - 0.024 in.
I. Use a 0.060 in shim for a gap of 0.018 in.
15. Remove the snap ring (1) and piston (2).
RCPH10CCH137AAB 14
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 67
16. Lubricate a new backup O-ring and seal ring (1) with
petroleum jelly and install in the inner bore of the
piston.
RCPH10CCH121AAB 15
17. Lubricate a new backup O-ring and seal ring (1) with
petroleum jelly and install in the outer diameter of the
hub.
NOTE: Do not over stretch the sealing ring during installa-
tion as it could be damaged when the piston is installed.
RCPH10CCH120AAB 16
18. Lubricate the sealing surfaces of the piston and hub

shaft with petroleum jelly. Carefully reinstall the pis-
ton. This will help “size” the seal rings. Remove the
piston and all separator and friction plates from the
hub.
RCPH10CCH127AAB 17
19. From a length of PVC pipe with an inside diameter

of 101.6 mm (4.0 in) and a 6.35 mm (0.25 in) wall
thickness, cut a 50.8 mm (2.0 in) length.
RCPH07CCH192AAA 18
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 68
RCPH07CCH193AAA 19

PVC pipe.
RCPH07CCH196AAA 20
is facing downward.
RCPH07CCH197AAA 21
RCPH07CCH198AAA 22
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 69

tion plates until all three separator and three friction
plates are installed.
steps.
RCPH07CCH199AAA 23

RCPH07CCH200AAA 24
26. Install the first two belleville washers, concave side

(1) facing up.
RCPH10CCH118AAB 25
27. Install the shim.
RCPH10CCH117AAB 26
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 70
28. Install the second two belleville washers, concave

side (1) facing down.
RCPH10CCH116AAB 27
29. Install the shim(s).
RCPH10CCH115AAB 28
30. Install the machined snap ring retainer.
RCPH10CCH114AAB 29
31. Place the snap ring on top of the assembly.
RCPH10CCH113AAB 30
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 71
32. Place the assembly on a hydraulic press. Place

special tool 380003010 over the belleville washers.
Compress the washers until the snap ring retainer
clears the snap ring groove in the hub shaft. Engage
the snap ring
RCPH07CCH203AAA 31
33. Before removing the compression tool, make certain

the snap ring (1) is fully engaged into the ring groove
and retainer (2). Remove the compression tool.
RCPH10CCH111AAB 32
34. Remove the brake assembly from the housing.
RCPH07CCH159AAA 33
35. Remove the PVC pipe spacer.
RCPH07CCH193AAA 34
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 72
36. When installing the park brake hub assembly into the
housing, the oil holes in the hub (1) must align with
the oil supply holes in the shaft (2).
RCPH07CCH001CAA 35
37. To install the hub assembly on the shaft:

A. Clean parts with LOCTITE® 7070 cleaning sol-
vent.
B. Apply LOCTITE 7649 PRIMER N to only the brake
hub at the area around the oil pressure hole
(larger hole) (1). Allow to dry.
C. Apply a thin coat of LOCTITE® 515 around the
larger hole of both the hub and the shaft.
D. Making certain all oil holes are aligned, install
the brake hub assembly (belleville washer end
facing down) “immediately.”
E. If the installation is not completed within sev-
eral minutes, clean all the LOCTITE® off both
surfaces and reapply.
F. Allow the LOCTITE® to setup for at least two
RCPH07CCH001CAA 36
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 73
38. Support the hub with a chain and hoist, and slowly
lower the assembly into the housing. Gently tap
around the assembly with a soft mallet until it is fully
seated.
NOTICE: Do not "force" the hub onto the shaft or allow it to
become "cocked;” damage to the hub or shaft may occur.
RCPH07CCH206AAA 37
39. Install the brake hub to shaft snap ring that was re-
moved earlier.
NOTE: Make certain the snap ring is fully engaged in the
groove.
RCPH07CCH207AAA 38
40. Lubricate three new seal rings with petroleum jelly

and install. Make certain the seal ring locking tabs
are fully engaged.
RCPH07CCH208AAA 39
41. Lower the MFD clutch assembly into the carrier hous-
ing. Take care not to damage the friction plate tabs
and/or the shaft seals.
RCPH07CCH210AAA 40
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 74
42. Using the alignment marks (1) made during disas-

sembly, place the two halves over the carrier. Install
the retaining clips (2) to each side.
RCPH07CCH041BAA 41
covered by the shield (adjust as required) and install
the two socket head bolts (2).
RCPH07CCH147AAA 42
Next operation:
Brake - Install (D.32.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 75
Accumulator - Remove - Emergency brake

1. The accumulator is located on the emergency brake

valve on the right hand side of the range transmis-
sion.
RCPH08CCH235AAB 1
2. Clean any foreign material and/or dirt from around

the fittings (1). Remove the accumulator from the
brake valve. Cap or plug all lines and ports.
NOTE: Hydraulic supply line (1) removed for photographic
clarity.
CAUTION
Use the two wrench, two hand method when remov-
ing or installing the component to avoid damage to the
components.
M1046
RCPH08CCH260AAB 2
Next operation:
Accumulator - Install - Emergency brake (D.32.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 76
Accumulator - Install - Emergency brake

Prior operation:
Accumulator - Remove - Emergency brake (D.32.C)
1. Remove the caps and plugs from the ports and lines.
Install a new O-ring into the accumulator fitting. In-
stall the accumulator and tighten.
NOTE: Hydraulic supply line removed for photographic
clarity.
CAUTION
Use the two wrench, two hand method when remov-
ing or installing the component to avoid damage to the
components.
M1046
RCPH08CCH260AAB 1
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 77
Accumulator - Charging - Emergency brake

NOTE: Accumulator does not have to be removed to be recharged.

1. Thoroughly clean the area around the protective cap
(1) for the service valve. Remove the cap.
RCPH08CCH235AAB 1
2. Loosen the service valve one quarter turn in a clock-

wise direction.
NOTICE: Do not use the charge adaptor 380001168 to un-
seat the charge valve. Damage to the adaptor may occur
if excessive force is applied to the service valve.
RCPH08CCH099AAB 2
3. Before installing the charge adaptor 380001168 (1),

align the hex fitting (2) with the valve hex pattern (3).
Install the adapter and tighten.
RCIL08CCH002AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 78
4. Install charging hose 380001737 on the adapter.

Fully open the service valve (1) (fully counterclock-
wise). Connect the adaptor fitting (2) to the charging
adaptor. Place an appropriate wrench over the
square drive (3), and open the accumulator by turn-
ing clockwise.
RCIL08CCH003AAB 4
5. Open the shutoff valve (1) for the nitrogen tank. Ad-
just the regulator valve (2) to the correct charge pres-
sure – 9.3 bar (135 psi). Slowly open the supply
valve (3).
RCPH08CCH030BAB 5
6. When the accumulator is fully charged, close the

charging hose valve (1): turn it fully counterclock-
wise. Close the adapter fitting (2) valve: turn it fully
counterclockwise. Disconnect the hose adaptor (3)
and remove.
RCIL08CCH003AAB 6
7. Remove the charging adaptor (1).
RCIL08CCH002AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 79
8. Tighten the service valve (1) to a torque of 20 Nm

(14.8 lb ft).
NOTICE: Do not over tighten the service valve.
RCPH08CCH099AAB 8
9. Close the nitrogen tank supply valve (1) and open the
regulator adjustment valve (2).
RCPH08CCH030BAB 9
10. Reinstall the protective cap that was removed earlier.
RCPH08CCH235AAB 10
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 80
Index
TRAVELLING - D

Accumulator - Charging - Emergency brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Accumulator - Install - Emergency brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Accumulator - Remove - Emergency brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Accumulator - Service limits - Emergency brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Brake - Assemble - Park brake clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Brake - Assemble - Standard three disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Brake - Disassemble - Park brake clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Brake - Disassemble - Standard three disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Brake - Exploded view - Park brake clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Brake - Install - Park brake clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Brake - Pressure test - Park brake clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Brake - Remove - Park brake clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve - Assemble - Emergency brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Control valve - Disassemble - Emergency brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Control valve - Exploded view - Emergency brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Control valve - Install - Emergency brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Control valve - Install - Trailer-park brake valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve - Remove - Emergency brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Control valve - Remove - Trailer-park brake valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve - Torque - Emergency brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 81
84318454 14/03/2010
D.32.C / 82
TRAVELLING - D
BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic - 34.C
T8010
T8020
T8030
T8040
T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.C / 1
Contents
TRAVELLING - D
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Trailer brake valve
Dynamic description - North America, Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Component identification - North America, Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Hydraulic schema - North America, Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Dynamic description - Italy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

T8010 WE, T8020 WE, T8030 WE, T8040 WE, T8050 WE
Component identification - Italy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Hydraulic schema - Italy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Exploded view - Three line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

EEAA, T8050 WE
SERVICE
Trailer brake valve
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
EEAA, T8050 WE
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
EEAA, T8050 WE
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
EEAA, T8050 WE
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
EEAA, T8050 WE
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.C / 2
TRAVELLING - BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic
Trailer brake valve - Dynamic description - North America, Europe

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
The hydraulic trailer brake control system is a load-sensing design that consists of a hydraulic trailer brake/priority
valve, trailer brake coupler and related plumbing. The hydraulic trailer brake/priority valve is mounted to the remote
valve stack. The priority port of the steering priority valve supplies this system, providing priority flow to the steering
and trailer brake circuits over all other functions. The trailer brake/priority valve ensures that steering has priority
over the trailer brakes. The pressure and flow compensating (PFC) pump ultimately provides supply flow to the entire
system.
The trailer brake/priority valve supplies the trailer brake coupler only when both tractor service brake pedals are actu-
ated. The brake/priority valve pilot circuit is supplied flow from a tee-connection to the left hand and right hand service
brake pressure lines. A shuttle check valve located near the main brake control valve on the fire wall is present at the
tee connection. The outlet pressure from the shuttle check valve is routed to the pilot manifold of the trailer brake/pri-
ority valve. The shuttle valve only supplies the pilot manifold when both brake pedals are actuated. The pilot manifold
provides service brake pressure to trailer brake pressure in the ratio of 17:1.
When both brake pedals are actuated, the pilot pressure moves the main spool of the trailer brake valve, sending a
pressure signal back to the pressure and flow compensating pump which supplies the circuit. At the same time, the
main spool of the trailer brake valve is controlled by the pilot pressure to provide pressure to the trailer brake coupler
in proportion to tractor brake pressure (17:1) to a maximum value of 150 bar (2175 psi).
With no pressure applied to the trailer brake valve main spool, the trailer brake coupler pressure is reduced to 0 (zero).
Reference: Trailer brake valve - Hydraulic schema - North America, Europe (D.34.C)
Trailer brake valve - Component identification - North America, Europe (D.34.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.C / 3
RCPH08CCH002FAA 1
RCPH08CCH001BAA 2 RCPH08CCH001AAA 3
1. Priority supply to steering 6. Pilot signal port (from tee fitting with shuttle check)
2. Steering signal port 7. Service brake supply pressure
3. To trailer brake (tee fitting) 8. Supply/inlet
4. Jumper tube (load sensor) 9. Trailer brake coupler
5. Trailer brake coupler supply hose 10. Trailer brake/priority valve
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.C / 4
Trailer brake valve - Component identification - North America,

Europe
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCPH08CCH003FAA 1
1. Service brake supply pressure 7. Main control spool

2. Control piston 8. Spring
3. Outer spring 9. Pilot signal port (from tee fitting with shuttle check)
4. Inner spring 10. Priority spring
5. Trailer brake/priority valve 11.Steering priority spool
6. Main control spool
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.C / 5
RCPH08CCH004FAA 2
1. Steering priority spool 6. Pilot signal port (from tee fitting with shuttle check)
2. Control piston 7. Steering signal port
3. Main control spool 8. Priority supply to steering
4. To tank 9. Supply/inlet
5. To trailer brake (fitting)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.C / 6
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.C / 7
Trailer brake valve - Hydraulic schema - North America, Europe

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Regulated supply to transmission control valve 12. To steering pump inlet

2. Priority regulator valve 13. Steering return
3. To remote valve 14. Steering pump signal bleed
4. From PTO valve lube 15. Left hand brake/differential lube
5. Inlet [ 23.5 bar (340 psi)] 16. MFD/range lube
6. To park brake valve 17. Right hand brake/differential lube
7. Brake valve 18. Master clutch lube
8. Service brakes 19. Oil coolers
9. Trailer brake coupler 20. Transmission lube
10. Trailer brake/priority valve 21. Remote valve return
11. Priority valve spool 22. Remote valve/hitch signal
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.C / 8
RCPH08CCH002GAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.C / 9
Trailer brake valve - Dynamic description - Italy

The Italian hydraulic trailer brake control system is a load-sensing design that consists of a hydraulic trailer brake
priority valve (2) located on the top of the range transmission and a trailer brake control valve (1) located at the rear
of the tractor. Supply flow for this system is provided from the priority port of the tractor steering priority valve. This
provides priority flow to the steering and hydraulic trailer brake circuits over all other functions. The trailer brake priority
valve then ensures that steering has priority over the trailer brakes. The pressure and flow compensating (PFC) pump
ultimately provides supply flow to the entire system.
The trailer brake control valve provides supply to the trailer brake coupler only when both tractor brake pedals are
actuated. The trailer brake valve pilot circuit is supplied by teeing into the left hand and right hand tractor service brake
pressures. A shuttle check valve requires both left hand and right hand brake pressures for the trailer brake valve to
respond. If only one brake is applied (right or left), the shuttle valve prevents pilot pressure from reaching the trailer
brake valve and the trailer brake valve is not actuated. This allows free movement of the trailer when pivoting the
tractor using the right or left service brake. The pilot manifold located on the trailer brake valve provides the necessary
ratio of tractor brake pressure in comparison to trailer brake pressure.
When the tractor is operating with normal system pressures, no service brakes applied, emergency brake Off and the
trailer coupled to the brake coupler, the trailer brake provides a control pressure of 12.5 bar ± 2.5 bar ( 181 psi ± 36
psi) to the trailer brakes through the coupler.
When the service brakes are applied (right and left together), service brake pressure (pilot pressure) is communicated
through the shuttle valve to port “Y” on the trailer brake valve. The trailer brake valve is actuated: using oil from the
piston pump entering at port “P.” the valve supplies oil to the trailer brake cylinder through the coupler, which causes
the trailer brakes to respond. The pressure at port “B” and the coupler increases from control pressure to service
brake pressure which is limited to 130 bar ± 10 bar ( 1885 psi ± 145 psi).
If the tractor emergency brake is engaged or if the transmission is in Park, a pressure switch senses the drop in
pressure and closes, signaling the trailer brake to dump the 12.5 bar ± 2.5 bar ( 181 psi ± 36 psi) control pressure
to 0 (zero). This engages the trailer spring brake, stops the trailer and turns On an indicator lamp on the right hand
console. If hydraulic system pressure at the piston pump load sense port drops below a normal value, the pressure
switch at this location closes and also signals the trailer brake valve to dump the 12.5 bar ± 2.5 bar ( 181 psi ± 36
psi) control pressure to 0 (zero). This engages the trailer spring brake, stops the trailer and turns On an indicator
lamp on the right hand console.
Refer- Trailer brake valve - Hydraulic schema - Italy (D.34.C)

ence:
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.C / 10
RCPH08CCH001GAA 1
1. Trailer brake valve 5. Emergency brake pressure switch

2. Trailer brake priority valve 6. Low system pressure switch
3. Trailer coupler 7. Check valve
4. Shuttle valve 8. Service brake valve
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.C / 11
Trailer brake valve - Component identification - Italy

RCPH08CCH001FAA 1
1. Trailer brake valve 4. Shuttle valve

2. Trailer brake priority valve 5. Emergency brake pressure switch
3. Trailer coupler 6. Low system pressure switch
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.C / 12
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.C / 13
Trailer brake valve - Hydraulic schema - Italy

1. Emergency brake valve 16. Pressure and flow compensating (PFC) pump
2. Accumulator 17. Low system pressure switch
3. From transmission control valve 18. Oil coolers
4. Emergency brake pressure switch 19. Remote valve signal
5. Emergency brake 20. Transmission lube
6. Brake valve 21. Filter assembly
7. Service brake 22. Return from remote valves
8. Park solenoid switch 23. Trailer brake priority valve
9. Brake pedal 24. From remote valve supply
10. Check valve 25. Return from steering
11. Shuttle valve 26. To steering load sense
12. To transmission control valve 27. To steering supply
13. To remote valve 28. Trailer brake valve
14. Priority regulator valve 29. Pressure switch
15. Dual gear pump/charge/regulated 30. Trailer brake coupler
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.C / 14
RCPH08CCH002HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.C / 15
Trailer brake valve - Exploded view - Three line

RCIL08CCH006GAB 1
1. Valve body 10. Steering spring

2. Socket head plug 11. Check valve
3. O-ring 12. Priority valve spool
4. 7 mmexpansion plug 13. Socket head plug
5. Brake spool 14. Priority/trailer brake plug
6. Inner spool 15. Trailer brake shim(s)
7. Brake return spring 16. Priority/trailer brake piston
8. Priority/trailer brake hex head plug 17. Outer feathering spring
9. Socket head plug 18.Inner feathering spring
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.C / 16
Trailer brake valve - Remove

1. Remove the left rear cab mounting nut and washer.

NOTE: The removal of the cab mount and support bracket
will facilitate the removal of the brake valve.
RCPH07CCH171AAB 1
2. Hold the threaded plate (1), and remove the mount-

ing bolt.
RCPH07CCH045BAB 2
3. Remove the four mounting bolts and washers secur-

ing cab mounting support bracket to the axle. Re-
move the bracket.
RCPH08CCH332AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.C / 17
4. Disconnect the load sense line at the brake valve.
RCPH08CCH335AAB 4
5. Disconnect the tube to the auxiliary manifold at the

brake valve.
RCPH08CCH336AAB 5
6. Disconnect the supply hose from the priority valve at

the brake valve.
RCPH08CCH050BAB 6
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.C / 18
7. Disconnect the brake valve drain hose (1), the right

and left hitch cylinder supply hoses (2) and the brake
valve to trailer brake coupler (3).
RCPH08CCH049BAB 7
8. Disconnect the brake valve pilot hose.
RCPH08CCH338AAB 8
9. Disconnect the service brake lubrication line (1) and

the brake supply line (2).
RCPH08CCH333AAB 9
10. Disconnect the service brake lubrication line at the

supply tee, and remove the line.
NOTE: The brake hose and line must be removed to re-
move trailer brake valve.
RCPH08CCH334AAB 10
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.C / 19
11. Disconnect the supply tube (1) for the hitch cylinder
from the hitch valve. Remove the nut securing the
clamp (2) to the brake valve, and remove the clamp
and tube.
RCPH08CCH342AAB 11
12. Remove the two remaining nuts (1), and remove the
brake valve.
RCPH08CCH340AAB 12
Next operation:
Trailer brake valve - Disassemble (D.34.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.C / 20
Trailer brake valve - Disassemble

Prior operation:
Trailer brake valve - Remove (D.34.C)
1. Remove the hex head plug for the brake spool.
RCPH08CCH515AAB 1
2. Remove the plug O-ring and discard.
RCPH08CCH516AAB 2
3. Remove the return spring for the brake spool.
RCPH08CCH517AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.C / 21
4. Remove the inner spool from the assembly.
RCPH08CCH518AAB 4
5. At the opposite end of the valve, remove the hex

head plug.
RCPH08CCH519AAB 5
RCPH08CCH520AAB 6
7. From the opposite end of the valve, push the trailer

brake spool to expose the priority/trailer brake piston.
RCPH08CCH521AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.C / 22
RCPH08CCH522AAB 8
9. Remove the shims from inside the piston. Set shims

aside for later installation.
RCPH08CCH525AAB 9
10. Remove the outer (1) and inner (2) feathering

springs.
RCPH08CCH523AAB 10
11. Remove the brake spool.
RCPH08CCH524AAB 11
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.C / 23
12. Remove the socket head plug from the valve as

shown.
RCPH08CCH526AAB 12
RCPH08CCH527AAB 13
14. Remove the spring for the steering priority valve

spool.
RCPH08CCH528AAB 14
15. Remove the socket head plug on the opposite end of

the valve.
RCPH08CCH529AAB 15
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.C / 24
RCPH08CCH530AAB 16
17. Remove the spool.
RCPH08CCH531AAB 17
18. Remove the check valve
RCIL08CCH024AAB 18
19. Remove the O-rings (1) and discard.
RCIL08CCH025AAB 19
Next operation:
Trailer brake valve - Assemble (D.34.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.C / 25
Trailer brake valve - Assemble

Prior operation:
Trailer brake valve - Disassemble (D.34.C)
1. Install new O-rings (1) on the check valve fitting.
RCIL08CCH025AAB 1
2. Install the check valve fitting and tighten.
RCIL08CCH024AAB 2
Priority valve spool assembly
RCPH08CCH532AAB 3
A. Socket headed plug with O-ring

B. Priority valve spool
C. Spring
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.C / 26
3. Lubricate the spool (B) with clean hydraulic oil and

install into the valve body.
RCPH08CCH531AAB 4
4. Install a new O-ring and install the socket headed

plug (A).
RCPH08CCH530AAB 5

lb ft).
RCPH08CCH529AAB 6
6. From the opposite end of the valve, install the priority

spool spring (C).
RCPH08CCH528AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.C / 27
7. Install a new O-ring onto the spool plug (A).
RCPH08CCH527AAB 8
8. Tighten to a torque of 34 - 54 Nm (25 - 40 lb ft).
RCPH08CCH526AAB 9
Trailer brake spool assembly
RCPH08CCH533AAB 10 RCPH08CCH534AAB 11
A. Priority/trailer brake plug with O-ring F. Priority/trailer brake spool

B. Piston G. Inner spool
C. Shims H. Trail brake return spring
D. Inner feathering spring I. Priority/trailer brake plug with O-ring
E. Outer feathering spring
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.C / 28
9. Lubricate the priority/trailer brake spool (F) with clean

hydraulic oil and install.
RCPH08CCH524AAB 12
10. Install the outer (E) and inner (D) feathering springs.
RCPH08CCH523AAB 13
11. Install the shim pack (C) that was removed earlier,
into the piston. (B).
RCPH08CCH525AAB 14

NOTE: When installing the piston, make sure that the outer
and inner springs are seated into the piston counterbore.
RCPH08CCH522AAB 15
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.C / 29
13. Install a new O-ring. Install the hex headed plug (A)
(with taped inner hole).
RCPH08CCH520AAB 16

lb ft).
RCPH08CCH519AAB 17
15. At the opposite end of the valve, install the inner

spool (G).
RCPH08CCH518AAB 18
16. Install the spool return spring (H).
RCPH08CCH517AAB 19
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.C / 30
17. Install a new O-ring on the plug (I).
RCPH08CCH516AAB 20

lb ft).
RCPH08CCH515AAB 21
Next operation:
Trailer brake valve - Install (D.34.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.C / 31
Trailer brake valve - Install

Prior operation:
Trailer brake valve - Assemble (D.34.C)
1. Place the brake valve over the mounting studs.

NOTE: Valve shown without supply and return fittings (1).
RCPH08CCH339AAB 1
2. Reinstall the two mounting nuts (1). Do not torque

the nuts at this time. If the supply and return fittings
(2) were removed during disassembly, reinstall and
RCPH08CCH340AAB 2
3. Install a new O-ring in the hitch valve fitting (1) (not

shown). Reconnect the supply tube (2) for the hitch
cylinder to the hitch valve. Do not tighten the fitting.
Place the tube clamp (3) over the mounting stud as
shown.
RCPH08CCH341AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.C / 32
4. Install the mounting nut (1), and tighten the three

mounting nuts to a torque of 47 - 52 Nm (35 - 38
lb ft). Tighten the hitch valve tube fitting (2).
RCPH08CCH342AAB 4
5. Install a new O-ring on the tee fitting (1). Reconnect

the service brake lubrication tube (1) to the supply
tee fitting.
RCPH08CCH334AAB 5
6. Install a new O-ring on the axle housing fitting (1) (not

shown). Reconnect the brake lubrication tube (2) to
the fitting. Tighten the fittings at each end. Install a
new O-ring to the brake supply fitting (3). Reconnect
the brake supply line (4) and tighten.
RCPH08CCH333AAB 6
7. Reconnect the pilot hose.
RCPH08CCH338AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.C / 33
8. Connect the brake valve drain hose (1) and tighten

the clamp. Reconnect the hose (2) from the valve
to the brake coupler, and the right and left hitch lift
cylinder supply hoses (3).
RCPH08CCH049BAB 8
9. Reconnect the hose from the priority valve to the

brake valve.
RCPH08CCH050BAB 9
10. Reconnect the tube to the auxiliary manifold.
RCPH08CCH336AAB 10
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.C / 34
11. Reconnect the load sense tube.
RCPH08CCH335AAB 11
12. Using the bolts and washers removed earlier, reat-

tach the left cab mounting bracket to the axle hous-
ing. Tighten the bolts to a torque of 200 - 245 Nm
(149 - 179 lb ft).
RCPH08CCH332AAB 12
13. Install the cab mounting bolt removed earlier. While

holding the threaded plate (1), tighten the bolt to a
torque 47 - 61 Nm (35 - 45 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH045BAB 13
14. Install the nut and washer removed earlier. With an

assistant holding the cab mount bolt head, tighten
the bolt to a torque of 190 - 244 Nm (140 - 180 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH171AAB 14
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.C / 35
Index
TRAVELLING - D

Trailer brake valve - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Trailer brake valve - Component identification - Italy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Trailer brake valve - Component identification - North America, Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Trailer brake valve - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Trailer brake valve - Dynamic description - Italy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Trailer brake valve - Dynamic description - North America, Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Trailer brake valve - Exploded view - Three line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Trailer brake valve - Hydraulic schema - Italy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Trailer brake valve - Hydraulic schema - North America, Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Trailer brake valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Trailer brake valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.C / 36
TRAVELLING - D
BRAKE CONNECTION Pneumatic - 34.E
T8010
T8020
T8030
T8040
T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.E / 1
Contents
TRAVELLING - D
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Trailer brake valve
Dynamic description - Western Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Dynamic description - Italy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Pneumatic schema - Italy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Dynamic description - Rest of World . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
SERVICE
Trailer brake valve
Remove - Dual line valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install - Dual line valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Remove Three line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install - Three line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve
Remove -Prefill solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install - Prefill solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Remove - Park brake solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install - Park brake solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.E / 2
TRAVELLING - BRAKE CONNECTION Pneumatic
Trailer brake valve - Dynamic description - Western Europe

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
The pneumatic trailer brake control system includes:

• an engine-driven compressor
• air reservoirs (tanks) (5) (6),
• pressure unloading/regulator valve (10),
• trailer control valve (4),
• double check valve (8),
• solenoid valves (9),
• and air brake couplers (1) (2) (3).
The compressor is located on the forward side of the engine. The air tanks are located on the left (5) and right (6)
side of the rear axle carriers. The control valves are located on top of the transmission/rear frame, and the couplers
are located at the rear of the tractor above the hydraulic couplers.
The pneumatic trailer brake control system for Western European tractors is a combined single and dual line, high
pressure braking system. There are three couplers in this system. The black coupler (single line system) (3) is on
the right side, the red coupler (dual line system) (2) is in the center and the yellow coupler (dual line system) (1) is on
the left side.
Dual line braking system

With dual line systems, air pressure increases to apply positive braking force. When the brake system is not activated,
the brake lines have no pressure.
From the compressor, compressed air is supplied to the air reservoirs at a pressure limited to 8.1 - 8.5 bar (117 -
123 psi) by an unloading regulator valve (10). Compressed air is supplied from the reservoirs to the inlet port of the
dual line control valve (7), to the inlet of the emergency brake solenoid valve and to the red coupling, providing full
operating pressure to that couplers at all times.
When the tractor brakes (either service or emergency) are not actuated and the transmission is not in Park, there
should be no pressure at the yellow coupling. When the tractor service brakes are actuated, air pressure, proportional
to the service brake pressure, is supplied from the trailer brake control valve to the yellow coupler. The maximum
pressure at the yellow coupler is 8.1 - 8.5 bar (117 - 123 psi). This provides a braking force for the trailer dependent
on the tractor service brake force (tractor brake pressure). When the tractor emergency brake is actuated, the same
process applies. The pressure at the yellow coupler raises continuously to the maximum system operating pressure
of 8.1 - 8.5 bar (117 - 123 psi). When the service brakes are released or the emergency brake is disengaged, the
pressure drops to 0 (zero).
Single line braking system

With single line systems, air pressure decreases to apply positive braking force, typically with a spring-loaded brake.
When the brake system is not activated, the brake lines are fully pressurized to maintain the trailer brakes in a released
state.
From the compressor, compressed air is supplied to the air reservoirs and to the single line trailer brake control valve
and the black hose coupler of the single line system. A pressure reducing valve built into the trailer brake control
valve limits the output pressure to the black coupler to 4.8 - 5.3 bar (70 - 77 psi). When the tractor service brakes
are not applied and the transmission is not in Park, the trailer control valve maintains 4.8 - 5.3 bar (70 - 77 psi) at the
black coupler. When the tractor service brakes or emergency brake is actuated, the pressure at the black coupler is
reduced by the trailer control valve in proportion to the increasing tractor service brake pressure. At full tractor brake
pressure, the pressure at the black coupling must be 0 (zero). When the tractor service brakes are released or the
emergency brake is disengaged, the pressure gradually increases to 4.8 - 5.3 bar (70 - 77 psi).
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.E / 3
RCPH08CCH003HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.E / 4
RCPH08CCH004HAA 2
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.E / 5
Trailer brake valve - Dynamic description - Italy

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

• air reservoirs (tanks) (2) (3),
• double check valve (5),
• solenoid valves (6),
• and air brake dual coupler (1).
The pneumatic trailer brake control system for Italian tractors is a dual line, high pressure braking system. A combined
dual coupler is used.
With dual line systems, air pressure is increased to apply positive braking force. When the brake system is not acti-
vated, the brake lines have no pressure.
From the compressor, compressed air is supplied to the air reservoirs, with the pressure limited to 7.0 - 7.5 bar (102
- 109 psi) by an unloading regulator valve. Compressed air is supplied from the reservoirs to the inlet port of the
dual line control valve, to the inlet of the emergency brake solenoid valve and to one of the couplers, providing full
operating pressure to that coupler at all times.
When the tractor brakes (either service or emergency) are not actuated and the transmission is not in Park, the other
coupler must have no pressure. When the tractor service brakes are actuated, air pressure, proportional to the service
brake pressure, is supplied from the trailer brake control valve to the one coupler. The maximum pressure at the
coupler is 7.0 - 7.5 bar (102 - 109 psi). This provides a braking force for the trailer dependent on the tractor service
brake force (tractor brake pressure). When the tractor emergency brake is actuated, the pressure at the coupler rises
continuously to the maximum system operating pressure of 7.0 - 7.5 bar (102 - 109 psi). When the tractor service
brakes are released or the emergency brake is disengaged, the pressure drops to 0 (zero).
Reference: Trailer brake valve - Pneumatic schema - Italy (D.34.E)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.E / 6
RCPH08CCH005HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.E / 7
RCPH08CCH006HAA 2
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.E / 8
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.E / 9
Trailer brake valve - Pneumatic schema - Italy

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Compressor 10. Shuttle valve

2. Unloading valve 11. Brake differential lock switch
3. Reservoir 12. Double check valve
4. Reservoir drain valve 13. Yellow coupler
5. Pressure switch 14. Red coupler
6. Dual line valve 15. To service brake switch
7. Solenoid valve 16. To park brake
8. Couplers 17. To park brake solenoid
9. Main brake control spool
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.E / 10
RCPH08CCH008HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.E / 11
Trailer brake valve - Dynamic description - Rest of World

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
NOTE: This pneumatic brake system is used in North America, western Europe, Australia, New Zealand, and Latin
America.

• air reservoirs (tanks) (4),
• manual control valve (2),
• solenoid valves,
• and air brake couplers (1).
This pneumatic trailer brake control system is a dual line, high pressure braking system. There are two couplers (1)
included with this system: the red (emergency) coupler and the blue (service brake) coupler.
With dual line systems, air pressure is increased to apply positive braking force. When the brake system is not acti-
vated, the brake lines have no pressure.
From the compressor, compressed air is supplied to the air reservoirs (tanks) (4) with pressure limited to 7.9 - 8.3 bar
(114 - 120 psi) by the unloading/regulator valve (3). Compressed air is supplied from the reservoirs to the inlet port
of the dual trailer control valve (8), to the inlet port of the emergency brake solenoid valve and to the red (emergency)
coupler. Full operating pressure is supplied to the red coupler unless the transmission is in Park, or the manual
emergency trailer brake valve is actuated (pushed down).
When the tractor service brake is actuated, air pressure, proportional to the tractor service brake pressure, is supplied
from the dual line trailer control valve to the blue coupler. The maximum pressure is 7.9 - 8.3 bar (114 - 120 psi). This
provides a braking force for the trailer which is dependent on the tractor service brake force (tractor brake pressure).
When the transmission is in Park and the manual trailer control valve is up, pressure at the red coupler is 0 (zero),
and the trailer is braked by the trailer spring brake. When the transmission is not in Park and the manual trailer control
valve is up, pressure at the red coupler is still 0 (zero), and the trailer is still braked.
When the transmission is not in Park and the manual trailer control valve is pushed down, pressure is applied to the
red coupler and the trailer spring brake is released. The handle of the manual trailer control valve remains down (with
the tractor running) and the trailer spring brake released, as long as system air pressure is above 2.4 bar (35 psi).
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.E / 12
RCPH08CCH007HAA 1
1. Air brake couplers 5. Unloader valve to reservoir

2. Manual control valve 6. Pressure switch
3. Unloader/regulator valve 7. Air brake test port
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.E / 13
4. Air reservoir 8. Dual line control valve
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.E / 14
Trailer brake valve - Remove - Dual line valve

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. To disconnect any of the air lines from it’s locking

coupler, push the coupler away from the line at the
same time pulling the line out of the coupler.
RCPH08CCH281AAB 1
2. Disconnect the air line to the supply coupler (blue) at

the valve.
RCPH08CCH285AAB 2
3. Loosen the locking nuts (1), securing the air line sup-
ply coupler (red) to the mounting bracket, and lift the
coupler and air line from the support bracket. Discon-
nect the air line at the control valve (1) (not shown).
RCPH08CCH286AAB 3
4. Disconnect the control (1) and supply (2) lines from

the valve.
RCPH08CCH344AAB 4
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.E / 15
5. Remove the two mounting bolts (1) and remove the

valve.
RCPH08CCH345AAB 5
Next operation:
Trailer brake valve - Install - Dual line valve (D.34.E)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.E / 16
Trailer brake valve - Install - Dual line valve

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Trailer brake valve - Remove - Dual line valve (D.34.E)
1. To connect any of the air lines, push the locking cou-

pler in the direction of the arrow, at the same time
install the line into the coupler as far as it will go. Re-
lease the coupler, and pull on the line to make sure
that it is locked into place.
RCPH08CCH281AAB 1
2. Secure the valve to the support bracket using the

bolts (1) that were removed earlier.
RCPH08CCH345AAB 2
3. Connect the air supply (1) and control (2) lines.
RCPH08CCH344AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.E / 17
4. Connect the supply line (1) for the red coupler. Place
the bulkhead fitting (2) on the support bracket, and
tighten the locking nuts (3).
RCPH08CCH286AAB 4
5. Connect the air line to the blue coupler at the valve.
RCPH08CCH285AAB 5
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.E / 18
Trailer brake valve - Remove Three line

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. The trailer brake valve is located at the rear of the

tractor just in front of the hitch rockshaft.
RCPH08CCH348AAB 1
2. This step applies to all air lines. To disconnect an air

line from the fitting, push the locking ring toward the
fitting and at the same time, pull the line away from
the fitting until it disconnects.
NOTE: Repeat the procedure if necessary to completely
disengage the line from the fitting.
RCPH08CCH281AAB 2
3. Mark all lines for proper reinstallation. Disconnect

the supply line to the valve (1), valve to the red cou-
pler (2) and valve to the yellow coupler (3).
RCPH08CCH273AAB 3
4. Disconnect the line from the double check valve.
RCPH08CCH347AAB 4
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.E / 19
5. Disconnect the supply line from the black coupler (1).

Remove the two nuts (2) securing the valve to the
mounting bracket. Remove the valve.
RCPH08CCH276AAB 5
6. Disconnect any remaining lines (1) on the valve.

Note orientation of the fittings (2) and remove.
RCPH08CCH280AAB 6
Next operation:
Trailer brake valve - Install - Three line (D.34.E)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.E / 20
Trailer brake valve - Install - Three line

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Trailer brake valve - Remove Three line (D.34.E)
1. This step applies to all air lines. To connect an air line

to the fitting, push the lock ring toward the fitting and
at the same time, push the line into the fitting until it
is fully seated.
NOTE: Once the line is seated, release the lock ring and
firmly pull on the line to make sure that it is locked into
place.
RCPH08CCH281AAB 1
2. Install all fittings (1) removed earlier into their proper

location. Reconnect any lines (2) that were removed
earlier.
RCPH08CCH280AAB 2
3. Align the valve mounting studs with the bracket and

secure with the nuts (1) removed earlier. Reconnect
the supply line from the valve to the black coupler (2).
RCPH08CCH276AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.E / 21
4. Reconnect the supply line to the valve (1), valve to

the red coupler (2) and valve to the yellow coupler
(3).
RCPH08CCH273AAB 4
5. Reinstall the line from the double check valve.
RCPH08CCH348AAB 5
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.E / 22
Control valve - Remove -Prefill solenoid

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
1. The prefill solenoid (1) valve is located on the air

brake mounting bracket (2) which is mounted on top
of the range transmission.
RCPH08CCH263AAB 1
2. To remove any air line from its fitting; push the locking
ring (1) toward the fitting while pulling the air line (2)
straight out.
RCPH08CCH281AAB 2
3. Remove the short air supply line (1) (located between

tee fitting (2) and (3)) at the forward tee fitting (3).
RCPH08CCH559AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.E / 23
4. Remove the mounting bolts (1) for the bracket and

remove the assembly.
RCPH08CCH268AAB 4
5. Remove the air lines (2), 90 ° elbow (3) and the har-
ness (4) for the prefill solenoid control valve (1). Re-
move the two mounting bolts (2) and remove the con-
trol valve.
RCPH08CCH270AAB 5
Next operation:
Control valve - Install - Prefill solenoid (D.34.E)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.E / 24
Control valve - Install - Prefill solenoid

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Control valve - Remove -Prefill solenoid (D.34.E)
1. To install any air line; support the fitting while pushing

the air line straight in. Once the line is installed, pull
back on the line to make sure that it is fully seated.
RCPH08CCH281AAB 1
2. Move the prefill control valve (1) into position. Install

the two mounting bolts (not shown) removed earlier
and tighten. Reinstall the 90 ° fitting (2). Reinstall
the air hose (3) and electrical harness (4).
RCPH08CCH270AAB 2
3. Move the bracket assembly (1) into position on top

of the range transmission. Install the two mounting
bolts (2) removed earlier and tighten.
RCPH08CCH268AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.E / 25
4. Connect the air line (1) to the forward tee fitting (2).
RCPH08CCH559AAB 4
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.E / 26
Control valve - Remove - Park brake solenoid

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
1. The solenoid control valve for the park brake (1) is

located on the air brake mounting bracket (2).
RCPH08CCH263AAB 1
2. To disengage any air line from it’s fitting; push the

locking ring toward the fitting while pulling the line
straight out.
RCPH08CCH281AAB 2
3. Remove the short air line (1) (located between two

tee fittings) at the forward tee fitting (2).
RCPH08CCH559AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.E / 27
4. Remove the mounting bolts (1) for the support

bracket and remove the assembly (2).
RCPH08CCH268AAB 4
5. Remove the air lines (2), 90 ° (3) and the harness (4)
from the control valve (1). Remove the two mounting
bolts (6) and remove the valve.
RCPH08CCH270AAB 5
Next operation:
Control valve - Install - Park brake solenoid (D.34.E)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.E / 28
Control valve - Install - Park brake solenoid

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. To engage any air line; support the fitting (1) and

push the air line (2) straight in until it is fully engaged.
NOTE: After the air line is installed, firmly pull on the line
to make sure it is locked into position.
RCPH08CCH281AAB 1
2. Move the solenoid valve (1) into position. Install the

two mounting bolts (2) removed earlier and tighten.
Install the 90 ° fitting (3), air lines (4) and electrical
harness (5) removed earlier.
RCPH08CCH270AAB 2
3. Move the bracket assembly (1) into position on top

of the range transmission. Install the two mounting
bolts (2) removed earlier and tighten.
RCPH08CCH268AAB 3
4. Connect the air line (1) to the forward tee fitting (2).
RCPH08CCH559AAB 4
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.E / 29
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.E / 30
Index
TRAVELLING - D

Control valve - Install - Park brake solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve - Install - Prefill solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve - Remove - Park brake solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve - Remove -Prefill solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Trailer brake valve - Dynamic description - Italy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Trailer brake valve - Dynamic description - Rest of World . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Trailer brake valve - Dynamic description - Western Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Trailer brake valve - Install - Dual line valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Trailer brake valve - Install - Three line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Trailer brake valve - Pneumatic schema - Italy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Trailer brake valve - Remove - Dual line valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Trailer brake valve - Remove Three line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.E / 31
84318454 14/03/2010
D.34.E / 32
TRAVELLING - D
SUSPENSION Hydraulic - 40.C
T8010
T8020
T8030
T8040
T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 1
Contents
TRAVELLING - D
TECHNICAL DATA
Control valve
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Accumulator
Service limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Control valve
Exploded view - Suspended axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
SERVICE
Control valve
Remove - Scissor suspended axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Disassemble - Suspended axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Assemble - Suspended axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install - Scissor suspended axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Accumulator
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Remove - Scissor and saddle suspension valve accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install - Scissor and saddle suspension valve accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Remove - Scissor suspension cylinder accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install - Scissor suspension cylinder accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install - Scissor suspension cylinder accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

T8000
Remove - Scissor suspension cylinder accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

T8000
Remove - Scissors suspension valve accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

T8000
Install - Scissors suspension valve accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

T8000
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 2
TRAVELLING - SUSPENSION Hydraulic

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Pressure transducer (1). 20 Nm 14.8 lb ft
RCIL08CCH001BAB 1
Cartridge solenoid valves (1). 25 - 30 Nm 18.8 - 22 lb

ft
RCIL08CCH001BAB 2
Cartridge solenoid valve (1). 25 - 30 Nm 18.8 - 22 lb

ft
RCIL08CCH001BAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 3

Relief valve (1). 25 - 30 Nm 18.8 - 22 lb
ft
RCIL08CCH001BAB 4
Manual override cap (1). 3 - 7 Nm 24.5 - 60 lb

in
RCIL08CCH001BAB 5
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 4
Accumulator - Service limits

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Suspension cylinder accumulators

Charge gas Nitrogen
Charge pressure 59 - 62 bar (856 - 899 psi)
RCIL08CCH001FAB 1
Control valve accumulator

Charge gas Nitrogen
Charge pressure 44 - 46 bar (637 - 668 psi)
RCIL08CCH001FAB 2
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 5
Control valve - Exploded view - Suspended axle

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCIL08CCH001GAB 1
1. Cap with manual override 6. Cartridge valve 11. O-ring

2. Cap 7. Split ring seal 12. Split ring seal
3. O-ring 8. O-ring 13. O-ring
4. Solenoid coil 9. Pressure sensor 14. Valve body
5. Cartridge valve 10. Relief valve
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 6
Control valve - Remove - Scissor suspended axle

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Park the tractor on a hard level surface. Place the transmission in Park and remove the key from the keyswitch.
1. Turn the thumb screws clockwise until seated on the

control valve .
RCPH08CCH076AAB 1
2. Tag each connector for proper installation later. Dis-

connect the solenoid connectors (1) from the wire
harness.
RCPH08CCH077AAB 2
3. Disconnect the axle supply (1) and return hoses (2).

Plug or cap the hoses and ports.
RCPH08CCH078AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 7
4. Use special tool 380000795 to disconnect two of the

hoses to the control valve.
RCPH08CCH080AAB 4
5. Disconnect the supply and return hoses (1) to the

control valve. Disconnect the load sensing hose (2).
Plug or cap the hoses and ports.
RCPH08CCH079AAB 5
6. Remove the right side nut and bolt securing the valve
bracket to the fuel tank support.
RCPH08CCH082AAB 6
7. Remove the left side nut and bolt securing the valve
bracket to the fuel tank support.
RCPH08CCH083AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 8
8. Properly support the valve bracket, and remove the

right side mounting bolt.
RCPH08CCH081AAB 8
9. Remove the left side mounting bolt. Lower the as-

sembly to the floor.
RCPH08CCH084AAB 9
10. If the valve will be removed from the bracket, discon-

nect the accumulator line. Plug or cap the hose and
port. If the accumulator requires recharging, refer to:
Accumulator - Charging (D.40.C)
RCPH08CCH028BAB 10
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 9
11. To remove the valve from the bracket, turn the as-
sembly over, support the valve and remove the three
mounting bolts (1).
RCPH08CCH086AAB 11
Next operation:
Control valve - Disassemble - Suspended axle (D.40.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 10
Control valve - Disassemble - Suspended axle

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Control valve - Remove - Scissor suspended axle (D.40.C)
Prior operation:
Control valve - Remove - Saddle suspended axle (D.40.C)
Solenoid valve with manual control

1. The valve block contains 2 (two way, two port) sole-
noid valves with manual controls. Use this procedure
to remove either valve.
RCPH08CCH087AAB 1
2. Unscrew the solenoid valve cover.
RCPH08CCH088AAB 2
3. Remove the O-ring.
RCPH08CCH089AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 11
4. Remove the coil body.
RCPH08CCH090AAB 4
5. Loosen the valve body.
RCPH08CCH091AAB 5
6. Remove the valve body.
RCPH08CCH092AAB 6
Pressure sensor
7. The valve block contains two pressure sensors. Use
this procedure to remove either sensor.
RCPH08CCH087AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 12
8. If required for access, remove the coil from the sole-

noid valve (1) next to the sensor. Loosen the sensor
(2).
RCPH08CCH093AAB 8
9. Remove the sensor.
RCPH08CCH094AAB 9
Solenoid valve
10. The valve block contains one three way, two port
solenoid valve.
RCPH08CCH087AAB 10
11. Remove the solenoid valve cover.
RCPH08CCH316AAB 11
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 13
RCPH08CCH317AAB 12
13. Remove the coil.
RCPH08CCH318AAB 13
RCPH08CCH319AAB 14
15. Remove the valve.
RCPH08CCH320AAB 15
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 14
Relief valve
16. The valve block contains one pressure relief valve.
Use this procedure to remove the valve.
RCPH08CCH087AAB 16
RCPH08CCH321AAB 17
18. Remove the valve.
RCPH08CCH322AAB 18
Next operation:
Control valve - Assemble - Suspended axle (D.40.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 15
Control valve - Assemble - Suspended axle

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Control valve - Disassemble - Suspended axle (D.40.C)
Pressure sensor
1. The valve block contains two pressure sensors. Use
this procedure to install either sensor.
RCPH08CCH087AAB 1
2. Install the pressure sensor and hand tighten.

NOTE: If required for clearance, remove the coil from the
solenoid valve (1) next to the pressure sensor.
RCPH08CCH094AAB 2
3. Tighten the sensor to a torque of 20 Nm (14.5 lb ft).

If required, reinstall the adjoining coil (1).
NOTICE: Do not over tighten the valve.
RCPH08CCH093AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 16
Solenoid valve with manual control

4. The valve block contains 2 (two way, two port) sole-
noid valves with manual controls. Use this procedure
to install either valve.
RCPH08CCH087AAB 4
5. Install and hand tighten the valve cartridge.
RCPH08CCH092AAB 5
6. Tighten the cartridge to a torque of 25 - 30 Nm (18.5

- 22 lb ft).
RCPH08CCH091AAB 6
7. Install the coil.
RCPH08CCH090AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 17
8. Install the O-ring.
RCPH08CCH089AAB 8
9. Install the cover and tighten to a torque of 3 - 7 Nm

(24 - 60 lb in).
RCPH08CCH088AAB 9
Solenoid valve
10. The valve block contains one three way, two port
solenoid valve.
RCPH08CCH087AAB 10
11. Install the cartridge and hand tighten.
RCPH08CCH320AAB 11
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 18
12. Tighten the cartridge to a torque of 25 - 30 Nm (18.5

- 22 lb ft).
RCPH08CCH319AAB 12
RCPH08CCH318AAB 13
RCPH08CCH317AAB 14
15. Install the cover and tighten to a torque of 3 - 7 Nm

(24 - 60 lb in).
RCPH08CCH316AAB 15
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 19
Relief valve
16. Install the pressure relief valve and tighten the car-
tridge to a torque of 25 - 30 Nm (18.5 - 22 lb ft).
RCPH08CCH322AAB 16
Next operation:
Control valve - Install - Scissor suspended axle (D.40.C)
Next operation:
Control valve - Install - Saddle suspension axle (D.40.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 20
Control valve - Install - Scissor suspended axle

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Control valve - Assemble - Suspended axle (D.40.C)
1. Turn the support bracket over, and support the valve.

Install the three mounting bolts (1) and tighten.
RCPH08CCH086AAB 1
2. Reconnect the accumulator line.
RCPH08CCH028BAB 2
3. Properly support the assembly and lift into place. In-

stall the left side mounting bolt removed earlier.
RCPH08CCH084AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 21
4. Install the right side mounting bolt removed earlier.
RCPH08CCH081AAB 4
5. Install the left side nut and bolt securing the control
valve support bracket to the fuel tank support.
RCPH08CCH083AAB 5
6. Install the right side nut and bolt securing the control
valve support bracket to the fuel tank support.
RCPH08CCH082AAB 6
7. Install new O-rings as needed, and reconnect the

load sense hose (2). Reconnect the supply and re-
turn hoses (1) to the control valve.
NOTE: The supply and return hoses (1) must be fully
seated. After installation, pull back on each hose to make
sure it does not uncouple.
RCPH08CCH079AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 22
8. Install new O-rings, and reconnect the axle supply

(1) and return hoses (2).
RCPH08CCH078AAB 8
9. Reconnect the wire harness connectors (1) to the

correct solenoid.
RCPH08CCH077AAB 9
10. Turn the suspended axle control valve thumb screws

counterclockwise until fully open.
RCPH08CCH076AAB 10
11. Perform suspended axle setup/calibration, and test

the suspended axle system for proper operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 23
Accumulator - Charging
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Accumulator - Remove (D.40.C)
1. Remove the protective cap (not shown) covering the

service valve (1). Using an Allen wrench, loosen
the service valve one quarter turn, by turning in a
clockwise direction.
NOTICE: Do not use the charge adaptor 380001168 to un-
seat the charge valve. Damage to the adaptor may occur
if excessive force is applied to the service valve.
RCPH08CCH099AAB 1
2. Before installing the service tool charge adaptor

380001168 (1), make sure that the hex fitting (2) is
aligned with the valve hex pattern (3). Install the
service tool and tighten.
RCIL08CCH002AAB 2
3. Install charging hose 380001737 on the adapter.

Check that the service valve (1) is fully open (coun-
terclockwise). Connect the adaptor fitting (2) to the
charging adaptor and tighten. Place an appropriate
wrench over the square drive (3) and open the ac-
cumulator valve by turning in a clockwise direction.
RCIL08CCH003AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 24
4. Open the nitrogen tank shutoff valve (1). Adjust the

regulator valve (2) to the proper accumulator charge
pressure. Charge the accumulator for the control
valve to 44 - 46 bar (637 - 668 psi); charge the accu-
mulators for the suspension cylinders to 59 - 62 bar
(856 - 899 psi). Slowly open the supply valve (3).
RCPH08CCH030BAB 4
5. Slowly open the charging valve (1). Once the ac-

cumulator is recharged to it’s proper pressure, close
the charging valve (1). Turn the charging adaptor
square drive (2) counterclockwise until the accumu-
lator valve is fully seated.
RCIL08CCH003AAB 5
6. Disconnect the charging hose adaptor connection

and remove.
RCIL08CCH003AAB 6
7. Remove the charging adaptor fitting (1).
RCIL08CCH002AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 25
8. Tighten the service valve (1) to a torque of 20 Nm

(14.8 lb ft). Reinstall the protective cover (not
shown) (2). If cover is missing or damaged, install a
new one.
NOTICE: Do not over tighten the service valve.
RCPH08CCH099AAB 8
9. Shut off the nitrogen tank supply valve (1) (clock-

wise) and open the regulator adjustment valve (2)
fully counterclockwise.
RCPH08CCH030BAB 9
Next operation:
Accumulator - Install (D.40.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 26
Accumulator - Remove - Scissor and saddle suspension valve

accumulator
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Prior operation:
Control valve - Remove - Saddle suspended axle (D.40.C)
After Z7RW05347
1. Loosen the control valve to accumulator hydraulic
tube fitting (1). Disconnect the fitting at the accumu-
lator (2). Rotate the tube until it clears the accumu-
lator.
RCPH08CCH326AAB 1
2. Remove the O-ring (1) and discard. Remove the lock

nut (2) and remove the accumulator from the support
bracket.
RCPH08CCH324AAB 2
3. Replace or recharge the accumulator as needed. If

recharging, the charge pressure is 69 - 72 bar (1000
- 1045 psi).
RCPH08CCH048BAB 3
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 27
Accumulator - Install - Scissor and saddle suspension valve

accumulator
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
After Z7RW05347
1. Place the accumulator into the support bracket, in-
stall the mounting nut that was removed earlier and
tighten. Install a new O-ring.
RCPH08CCH324AAB 1
2. Reconnect the hydraulic tube and tighten the fittings

at the accumulator (1) and the control valve (2).
RCPH08CCH326AAB 2
Next operation:
Next operation:
Control valve - Install - Saddle suspension axle (D.40.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 28
Accumulator - Remove - Scissor suspension cylinder accumulator

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
After Z7RW05347
NOTE: In the following steps, always cap the hoses and plug the ports. This will help to prevent dirt from entering the
system.
1. Lock the control valve for the suspended axle by turn-
ing the thumb screws in a clockwise direction until
they are fully closed.
RCPH08CCH076AAB 1
2. To remove the accumulators: Loosen the accumula-

tor from the bottom of the front frame with a wrench.
Unscrew the accumulator from the valve block and
remove from the top of the front frame. Discard the
seal ring.
RCPH08CCH617AAB 2
3. Before the lockout solenoid (1) can be removed, both

accumulators have to be removed.
RCPH08CCH576AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 29
4. Disconnect the hydraulic hose at the left side of the

accumulator assembly.
RCPH08CCH571AAB 4
5. Disconnect the hose on the right side of the accumu-

lator assembly.
RCPH08CCH572AAB 5
6. Disconnect the harness connector to the solenoid.
RCPH08CCH573AAB 6
7. Disconnect the accumulator crossover hose on the

left side.
RCPH08CCH574AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 30
8. Disconnect the crossover hose on the right side and

remove the hose.
RCPH08CCH575AAB 8
9. Loosen (do not remove) the four mounting bolts (1)

for the bracket.
RCPH08CCH576AAB 9
10. While properly supporting the assembly, remove the

bolts and lower the assembly to the ground. Move
the assembly to a clean working area.
RCPH08CCH577AAB 10
11. Remove the harness connector from the solenoid.
RCPH08CCH579AAB 11
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 31
12. Remove the solenoid cover.
RCPH08CCH580AAB 12
RCPH08CCH581AAB 13
14. Remove the solenoid.
RCPH08CCH582AAB 14
RCPH08CCH583AAB 15
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 32
16. Remove the valve body.
RCPH08CCH584AAB 16
17. Inspect the sealing surface (1), spool bore (2) and
valve body for wear or damage. Replace compo-
nents as required.
RCPH08CCH585AAB 17
18. Replace the seals (1) and O-rings (2) prior to re-
assembly.
RCPH08CCH586AAB 18
Next operation:
Accumulator - Install - Scissor suspension cylinder accumulator (D.40.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 33
Accumulator - Install - Scissor suspension cylinder accumulator

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
After Z7RW05347
Lockout solenoid
1. Install the control rod/spool assembly and tighten.
RCPH08CCH584AAB 1
RCPH08CCH583AAB 2
RCPH08CCH582AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 34
RCPH08CCH581AAB 4
5. Install the coil holding cover.
RCPH08CCH580AAB 5
6. Connect the harness connector to the solenoid.
RCPH08CCH579AAB 6
7. Properly support the assembly, and raise into posi-

tion under the front frame.
RCPH08CCH577AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 35
8. Reinstall the four mounting bolts (1) and tighten. Re-

move the lifting equipment.
RCPH08CCH576AAB 8
9. Reconnect the tractor harness to the solenoid har-

ness.
RCPH08CCH573AAB 9
10. Install a new O-ring on the tee fitting (1). Reconnect

the hydraulic crossover hose (2) to the right side.
Hand tighten the fitting.
RCPH08CCH575AAB 10
11. Install a new O-ring on the fitting (1). Reconnect the

hose (2) to the left side. Tighten both the left and
right fittings.
RCPH08CCH574AAB 11
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 36
12. Install a new O-ring on the 90 ° fitting (1). Recon-

nect the hydraulic hose (2) from the right side of the
suspended axle to the left side of the accumulator
assembly. Tighten the fitting.
RCPH08CCH571AAB 12
13. Install a new O-ring on the 90 ° fitting (1). Recon-

nect the hydraulic hose (2) from the left side of the
suspended axle to the right side of the accumulator
assembly. Tighten the fitting.
RCPH08CCH572AAB 13
Accumulator
14. Place new accumulator sealing rings on the valve
block. From the top of the front frame install the accu-
mulators. From the bottom of the front frame, tighten
the accumulators.
RCPH08CCH617AAB 14
15. Unlock the control valve for the suspended axle by

turning the thumbscrews in a counterclockwise direc-
tion until fully open.
RCPH08CCH076AAB 15
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 37
Accumulator - Install - Scissor suspension cylinder accumulator

T8000
Prior operation:
Prior to Z7RW05347
1. If the accumulator(s) (1) was removed from the man-
ifold, reinstall and tighten. Reinstall the protective
caps (2) for the charging valve.
NOTE: If a cap is damaged or missing, replace with a new
cap.
RCPH08CCH029BAB 1
2. Properly support the assembly and raise the assem-

bly into its installed location under the front frame,
until the assembly is approximately 12 mm (0.5 in)
from the bottom of the frame.
RCPH08CCH098AAB 2
3. Apply LOCTITE 242 to the threads on the two mount-

ing bolts and install (left hand side shown).
RCPH08CCH097AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 38
4. Tighten the mounting bolts to a torque of 300 Nm

(221 lb ft).
RCPH08CCH096AAB 4
5. Install a new O-ring, and reconnect the hydraulic

hose from the accumulator to the left lift cylinder.
Tighten the fittings.
RCPH08CCH103AAB 5
6. Install a new O-ring, and reconnect the hydraulic

hose from the accumulator to the right lift cylinder.
Tighten the fittings.
RCPH08CCH102AAB 6
7. Unlock the two control valves (1) by turning the

thumb screws (2) in a fully counterclockwise direc-
tion.
RCPH08CCH076AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 39
Accumulator - Remove - Scissor suspension cylinder accumulator

T8000
Prior to Z7RW05347
1. Lock the control valves for the suspended axle by
turning the thumb screws in a clockwise direction.
RCPH08CCH076AAB 1
2. Disconnect the hydraulic hose from the right cylinder

to the accumulator. Cap the port and plug the line.
RCPH08CCH102AAB 2
3. Disconnect the hydraulic hose from the left cylinder

to the accumulator. Cap the port and plug the line.
RCPH08CCH103AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 40
4. Loosen the mounting bolts for the accumulator

bracket on both sides of the brackets.
RCPH08CCH096AAB 4
5. Place a hydraulic jack or other support under the ac-

cumulator bracket. Remove the mounting bolts.
RCPH08CCH097AAB 5
6. Lower the assembly from the tractor.
RCPH08CCH098AAB 6
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 41
7. Clean the area around the accumulators (1) and the

manifold (2) to prevent dirt from entering the sys-
tem. Disconnect the accumulator(s) from the man-
ifold block.
RCPH08CCH029BAB 7
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 42
Accumulator - Remove - Scissors suspension valve accumulator

T8000
Prior operation:
Prior to Z7RW05347
1. Thoroughly clean the area around the accumulator
and the control valve. Disconnect the hydraulic line
at the control valve (1) and the accumulator (2), and
remove the line. Remove the lock nut (3), and re-
move the accumulator from the bracket.
RCPH08CCH028BAB 1
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 43
Accumulator - Install - Scissors suspension valve accumulator

T8000
Prior operation:
Prior to Z7RW05347
1. Place the threaded end of the accumulator through
the support bracket. Install and tighten the lock nut
(1) that was removed earlier. Reconnect the hy-
draulic line fitting (2) and tighten. Tighten fitting (3).
RCPH08CCH028BAB 1
2. Reconnect the hydraulic line at the fitting (2). Tighten

the fittings at both ends of the line (2) (3).
RCPH08CCH028BAB 2
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 44
Index
TRAVELLING - D

Accumulator - Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Accumulator - Install - Scissor and saddle suspension valve accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Accumulator - Install - Scissor suspension cylinder accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Accumulator - Install - Scissor suspension cylinder accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
T8000
Accumulator - Install - Scissors suspension valve accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
T8000
Accumulator - Remove - Scissor and saddle suspension valve accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Accumulator - Remove - Scissor suspension cylinder accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Accumulator - Remove - Scissor suspension cylinder accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
T8000
Accumulator - Remove - Scissors suspension valve accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
T8000
Accumulator - Service limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve - Assemble - Suspended axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve - Disassemble - Suspended axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve - Exploded view - Suspended axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve - Install - Scissor suspended axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve - Remove - Scissor suspended axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 45
84318454 14/03/2010
D.40.C / 46
TRAVELLING - D
WHEELS AND TRACKS Wheels - 50.C
T8010
T8020
T8030
T8040
T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
D.50.C / 1
Contents
TRAVELLING - D
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Front wheel
Drawing - Wheel toe in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
SERVICE
Front wheel
Toe in adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Tool description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
D.50.C / 2
TRAVELLING - WHEELS AND TRACKS Wheels
Front wheel - Drawing - Wheel toe in

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCPH07CCH835GBC 1
Top view of front axle
1. Main chassis frame 5. Straight edge

2. Axle 6. 500 mm (20 in)
3. Axle dead centered 7. Machined pads
4. Spacer tubes
84318454 14/03/2010
D.50.C / 3
Front wheel - Toe in adjust

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
NOTE: The toe in setting must be done on a clean, level surface.

NOTE: See Front wheel - Tool description (D.50.C) to fabricate the required spacer tubes and straight edge before
starting wheel setting procedure.
1. Install appropriate lift straps in the weight package,
if equipped. Remove the weight package retaining
bolts.
RCPH07CCH813BBC 1
2. Carefully remove the weight package. Adjust the air

pressure in both front tires so pressure is equal.
RCPH07CCH829BBC 2
3. Remove the grease fitting from the upper linkage pin.

Place a circular ring or other suitable device over an
M10 x 60-1.0 bolt. Attach a length of string and a
plumb bob to the ring. Allow the plumb bob to swing
freely in front of the drag link.
NOTE: If a metric bolt is not available, a 3/8-24 x 2.5 in bolt
may be substituted.
RCPH07CCH830BBC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
D.50.C / 4
4. Steer the axle to dead center: when the string (1)

hangs vertically and bisects the dowel hole (2) and
threaded hole (3) in the drag link.
NOTE: The string must hang freely between the drag link
and weight support bracket.
NOTE: If this step is not performed correctly, all other mea-
surements and adjustments will be incorrect.
RCPH07CCH815BBC 4
5. Remove two nuts and washers from the rim mounting

bolts at the locations shown. Use an appropriate
solvent to clean the nuts and washers.
RCPH07CCH816BBC 5
6. Measure the combined thickness of the nut and

washer. The stack height must be within 0.05 mm
(0.002 in) of each other. If they are not within speci-
fication, obtain new hardware and verify thickness.
RCPH07CCH817BBC 6
84318454 14/03/2010
D.50.C / 5
7. Be sure the rim surface in the nut area is free of

dirt rust or debris. This will affect the accuracy of
future measurements. Install and tighten the mea-
sured washers and nuts.
RCPH07CCH818BBC 7
8. Install the two shop-built threaded spacer tubes on

the rim bolts. Hand tighten firmly against the rim.
RCPH07CCH819BBC 8
9. Use two M16 bolts to install the shop built straight

edge on the two spacer tubes.
RCPH07CCH820BBC 9
84318454 14/03/2010
D.50.C / 6
10. The straight edge must be parallel to the floor when

mounted on the spacer tubes.
RCPH07CCH821BBC 10
11. Locate two points about 500 mm (20 in) apart on the
machine frame milled surface. Mark these points “A”
and “B.”
RCPH07CCH822ABC 11
12. Measure and record the distance from the straight

edge to point “A.”
RCPH07CCH823BBC 12
84318454 14/03/2010
D.50.C / 7
13. Measure and record the distance from the straight

edge to point “B.” The difference between measure-
ments “A” and “B” must not exceed 1 mm (0.039 in).
Measurement “A” should not be larger than measure-
ment “B.”
RCPH07CCH824BBC 13
14. If adjustment is necessary,

A. Loosen the locking nut (1) on the tie rod tube.
B. Disconnect the steering lines from the out-
board ends of both steering cylinders to avoid
repositioning the axle.
C. Turn the tube (when viewed from the wheel)
clockwise to shorten the tie rod.
D. Turn the tube counter clockwise to lengthen the
tie rod.
NOTE: The axle must still be dead centered after the tie
rod is adjusted. If the axle moved from the dead center
position, the steering cylinder lines must be connected, and
the axle must be steered back to dead center.
RCPH07CCH828BBC 14
15. Check measurements “A” and “B” again with the axle
dead centered. If the measurements are within spec-
ification, repeat the procedure on the other side of the
tractor.
Verifying the setting

NOTE: Plumb bob measurements are made from the rims to verify the toe setting. The axle must still be dead center
before toe in is verified.
16. Install a magnetic base (1) for a dial indicator on the
front inside of the rim. Locate the base on the rim at
the center line of the axle (on the most forward part
of the rim). Hang a plumb bob (2) from the base.
Install a spacer or other suitable device (3) so that the
distance from the string to base remains constant.
RCPH07CCH825ABC 15
84318454 14/03/2010
D.50.C / 8
17. Accurately mark the point where the plumb bob in-
tersects the floor. Repeat the procedure at the rear
inside of the rim. A total of four marks will be made,
two from each tire.
RCPH07CCH826ABC 16
18. Accurately measure and record the distance across

the two rear marks. Repeat the measurement across
the front two marks. Compare the two measure-
ments. The distance across the front marks should
be within 3 mm (0.118 in) of the rear measurement.
The front distance should never be larger than the
rear distance.
• If distance is not within specifications, adjust
the tie rod tubes equally to correct the toe in
setting.
• Rotate the adjustment tube 1/4 turn at a time.
Check the toe in setting by marking four new
points, with the plumb bob and string, after RCPH07CCH827ABC 17
each 1/4 turn.
• The axle must remain dead centered after
each adjustment is made to the tie rods.
84318454 14/03/2010
D.50.C / 9
Front wheel - Tool description

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCPH07CCH834FBC 1
1. 30 - 38 mm (1.25 - 1.5 in) bar stock – tubes must be 3. M16 x 2.0 x 30 mm deep internal thread
within 0.05 mm (0.002 in)
2. 300 mm (12 in)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.50.C / 10
RCPH07CCH833FBC 2
1. 38.10 mm (1.5 in) x 3.18 mm (0.125 in) x 1828.80 3. 406.40 mm (16 in)
mm (72 in)
2. 1574.80 mm (62 in) 4. 17.46 mm (0.6875 in)
84318454 14/03/2010
D.50.C / 11
Index
TRAVELLING - D

Front wheel - Drawing - Wheel toe in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Front wheel - Toe in adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Front wheel - Tool description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
D.50.C / 12
84318454 14/03/2010
D.50.C / 13
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
84318454 14/03/2010
SERVICE MANUAL
BODY AND STRUCTURE
T8010
T8020
T8030
T8040
T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
E
Contents
BODY AND STRUCTURE - E
SHIELD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.20.A
T8010 , T8020 , T8030 , T8040 , T8050
USER CONTROLS AND SEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.32.A

T8010 , T8020 , T8030 , T8040 , T8050
USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.32.C

T8010 , T8020 , T8030 , T8040 , T8050
USER PLATFORM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.34.A

T8010 , T8020 , T8030 , T8040 , T8050
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.40.D

T8010 , T8020 , T8030 , T8040 , T8050
SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.50.B

T8010 , T8020 , T8030 , T8040 , T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
E
SHIELD - 20.A
T8010
T8020
T8030
T8040
T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
E.20.A / 1
Contents
SHIELD - 20.A
SERVICE
Engine hood
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
E.20.A / 2
BODY AND STRUCTURE - SHIELD
Engine hood - Remove

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Park the tractor on a hard, level surface. Move the

transmission control lever to the neutral position, and
press the Park button. Place blocks at the front and
rear of the rear wheels.
RCIL07CCH001AAA 1
2. Open the hood, remove the lanyard and fully raise

the hood.
RCPH07CCH002BAB 2
3. Slide the safety lock (1) to the right, press down on

the locking tab (2) and disconnect the connector to
the hood lighting and horn harness.
RCPH07CCH048BAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
E.20.A / 3
4. Disconnect the hose to the windshield washer noz-

zle.
RCPH07CCH005BAB 4
5. Use appropriate lift equipment to support the hood.
RCPH07CCH006BAB 5
6. Remove the clip from each hood strut.
RCPH07CCH008BAB 6
84318454 14/03/2010
E.20.A / 4
7. Disconnect the hood struts.
RCPH07CCH009BAB 7
8. Remove the nuts and washers from the hood locking

bracket, and remove the bracket.
RCPH07CCH010BAB 8
9. Lower the hood and move it rearward, until the hood

bracket (1) is free of the hood pivot rod (2).
RCPH07CCH011BAB 9
84318454 14/03/2010
E.20.A / 5
10. While balancing the hood, raise the hood and remove
it from the chassis.
RCPH07CCH007BAB 10
Next operation:
Engine hood - Install (E.20.A).
84318454 14/03/2010
E.20.A / 6
Engine hood - Install

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Engine hood - Remove (E.20.A).
1. While balancing the hood, lower the hood into posi-

tion over the chassis.
RCPH07CCH007BAB 1
2. Align the hood bracket (1) with the hood pivot (2) and
slide the hood forward.
RCPH07CCH011BAB 2
3. Raise the hood.
RCPH07CCH006BAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
E.20.A / 7
4. Install the locking bracket, with the washers and nuts

removed earlier.
RCPH07CCH010BAB 4
5. Connect the hood struts.
RCPH07CCH009BAB 5
6. Install a clip to secure each strut.
RCPH07CCH008BAB 6
84318454 14/03/2010
E.20.A / 8
7. Remove the lifting equipment supporting the hood.
RCPH07CCH006BAB 7
8. Install the hood lanyard to the bracket with the clip.
RCPH07CCH001BAB 8
9. Connect the hose for the windshield washer nozzle.
RCPH07CCH005BAB 9
84318454 14/03/2010
E.20.A / 9
10. Reconnect the connector for the hood lighting and

horn harness. Slide the connector locking tab (1) to
the left.
RCPH07CCH048BAB 10
84318454 14/03/2010
E.20.A / 10
Index
SHIELD - 20.A
Engine hood - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Engine hood - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
E.20.A / 11
84318454 14/03/2010
E.20.A / 12
USER CONTROLS AND SEAT - 32.A
T8010
T8020
T8030
T8040
T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.A / 1
Contents
SERVICE
Console
Front console - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Front console - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Armrest console - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Armrest console - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Armrest console - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Armrest console - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Armrest console - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Armrest console - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
DIAGNOSTIC
Mirror
Problem solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Testing - Power and ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Testing - Mirror switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Testing - First circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Testing - Second circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Left hand mirror - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Right hand mirror - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Instrument panel
Problem solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Testing - Power and ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.A / 2
BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER CONTROLS AND SEAT
Console Front console - Remove

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Park the tractor on a hard level surface. Move the

transmission control lever to the neutral position and
press the Park button. Turn off the engine and re-
move the key.
2. Remove the two screws (1) from the lower center
console panel. Leave the circular heater duct outlets
in the panel. Disconnect the electrical plugs from the
ignition and light switch and remove the panel.
RCIL07CCH015AAA 1
3. Remove the two retaining screws (1) holding the side

of the panel in place. Repeat for the right side. Dis-
connect the connectors from the switches and indi-
cator lights (turn signal/flasher). Remove the panel.
RCIL07CCH014BAA 2
Next operation:
Console Front console - Install (E.32.A).
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.A / 3
Console Front console - Install

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Console Front console - Remove (E.32.A).
1. Reinstall the console panel. Reconnect the connec-

tors to the switches and indicator lights. Secure in
place with the two retaining screws (1) that were re-
moved earlier. Repeat for the opposite side. Rein-
stall the air outlets (2).
RCIL07CCH014BAA 1
2. Reconnect the electrical connectors to the ignition

and the light switches on the lower center panel .
Install the panel and secure with the two screws (1)
RCIL07CCH015AAA 2
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.A / 4
Console Armrest console - Remove

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Disconnect all harnesses (1) at the rear of the arm-

rest console.
RCPH07CCH167AAB 1
2. Loosen the nut (1) at the front of the armrest support.

While supporting the armrest console, remove the
bolt (2) at the rear of the armrest support. Remove
the armrest console from the tractor.
RCPH07CCH168AAB 2
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.A / 5
Console Armrest console - Remove

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Loosen the lock nut securing the front of the armrest

support to the seat.
RCPH08CCH225AAB 1
2. Remove the plastic tie (1). Disconnect the ground

wire connector (2) and the control harness connector
(3). Disconnect the forward - neutral - reverse shift
harness (4).
RCPH08CCH296AAB 2
3. While supporting the back of the armrest, remove

the support bracket mounting bolt. Carefully lift the
assembly upward and remove from the cab.
RCPH08CCH224AAB 3
Next operation:
Console Armrest console - Disassemble (E.32.A).
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.A / 6
Console Armrest console - Disassemble

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:

side panel. Remove the panel.
RCPH08CCH073AAB 1
2. Remove the throttle sensor assembly. See Sens-

ing system Throttle position sensor - Remove
(B.20.A)
RCPH08CCH231AAB 2
3. Carefully lift the support frame off the armrest.
RCPH07CCH599ABC 3
4. Disconnect the six connectors from the switches (1).
RCPH07CCH577ABC 4
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.A / 7
5. Disconnect the connector for the PTO switch.
RCPH07CCH578ABC 5
6. Disconnect the connector for the hitch load switch.
RCPH07CCH579ABC 6
7. Disconnect the switch connectors for the hitch (1) (2).
RCPH07CCH581BBC 7
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.A / 8
8. Disconnect the connectors for the shift switch (1) and

any remote valve controls (2).
RCPH07CCH583BBC 8
9. Disconnect the connectors for the throttle (1) and

hitch position (2).
RCPH07CCH584BBC 9
10. Disconnect the main connector (1) to the flow control

panel from the armrest control module. Disconnect
any other connectors (2).
RCPH07CCH586ABC 10
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.A / 9
11. Remove the six socket head mounting screws.
RCPH07CCH611ABC 11
12. Carefully remove the control module from the arm-

rest.
RCPH07CCH613ABC 12
Flow control panel

13. Before removing the flow control panel, turn the arm-
rest assembly upright and remove all the flow control
knobs.
RCPH08CCH036BAB 13
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.A / 10
14. Turn the armrest over. Remove the two screws (1)
securing the panel (2) to the armrest.
RCPH07CCH616BBC 14
15. With a thin pry bar, carefully disengage the flow con-
trol panel locking tabs.
RCPH07CCH615BBC 15
16. Remove the flow control panel.
RCPH07CCH614BBC 16
Next operation:
Console Armrest console - Assemble (E.32.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.A / 11
Console Armrest console - Assemble

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Console Armrest console - Disassemble (E.32.A)
1. Install the flow control panel.
RCPH07CCH614BBC 1
2. Make sure that the panel is fully seated and secured

by the locking tabs (1). Reinstall the two screws (2)
to secure the panel.
RCPH07CCH616BBC 2
3. Carefully place the armrest control module onto the

arm rest.
RCPH07CCH613ABC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.A / 12
4. Reinstall the six socket head screws (1).
RCPH07CCH611ABC 4
5. Reconnect the connector (1) to the flow control panel

from the armrest control module. Reconnect any
other connectors (2).
RCPH07CCH586ABC 5
6. Reconnect the connectors for the throttle (1) and

hitch position (2).
RCPH07CCH584BBC 6
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.A / 13
7. Reconnect the connectors for the shift switch (1) and

all remote controls (2).
RCPH07CCH583BBC 7
8. Reconnect the hitch connectors shown (1) (2).
RCPH07CCH581BBC 8
9. Reconnect the connector for the hitch load switch.
RCPH07CCH579ABC 9
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.A / 14
10. Reconnect the connector for the PTO switch.
RCPH07CCH578ABC 10
11. Reconnect all switch connectors (MFD, differential

lock, 5th remote, wheel slip, auto field/road and
scrapper if required) (1).
RCPH07CCH577ABC 11
12. Carefully position the support over the armrest.
RCPH07CCH599ABC 12
13. Reinstall the throttle sensor assembly to the throttle

arm. See Sensing system Throttle position sen-
sor - Install (B.20.A).
RCPH08CCH231AAB 13
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.A / 15
14. Position the armrest side cover over the armrest and
secure with the six socket head screws (1) removed
earlier.
RCPH08CCH073AAB 14
15. Turn the armrest assembly upright. Reinstall the

control knobs by aligning the flat of the knob with the
flat of the control stem
NOTE: All same size knobs will fit any same size control
stem.
RCPH08CCH036BAB 15
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.A / 16
Console Armrest console - Install

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
1. Place the slot, in the front of the armrest support

bracket, over the stud (1). While supporting the rear
of the armrest console, install the rear mounting bolt
and washer (2). Tighten all hardware.
RCPH07CCH168AAB 1
2. Reconnect all harnesses (1) at the rear of the armrest

console.
RCPH07CCH167AAB 2
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.A / 17
Console Armrest console - Install

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Console Armrest console - Assemble (E.32.A)
1. Carefully place the armrest assembly bracket over

the front support stud.
RCPH08CCH225AAB 1
2. While supporting the back of the armrest, insert the

support bracket mounting bolt through the harness
clamp and armrest bracket. Tighten the bolt.
RCPH08CCH224AAB 2
3. Tighten the front mounting stud nut.
RCPH08CCH225AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.A / 18
4. Reconnect the ground wire connector (2). Install a

plastic tie (1). Reconnect the harness connector (3)
to the arm rest connector. Reconnect the forward
- neutral - reverse shift harness (4) to the armrest
connector.
RCPH08CCH296AAB 4
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.A / 19
Mirror - Problem solving

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
OPERATION
Switched power is supplied to the power mirror switch from fuse 24 at connector 130M. Chassis ground is supplied
to the mirror switch connector 130M.
The mirror switch can be set to control either left or right mirrors. This action changes the contacts within the switch
in order to operate either the left or the right mirror. Only one mirror can be operated at a time.
There are two motors in each mirror assembly. Power and ground are supplied to the motors through three wires for
each mirror assembly, one wire for each motor and one wire in common, therefore the motors can only be operated
in one mode at a time; up only, down only, in only, or out only.
Change in mirror motor direction is accomplished by reversing current flow through the motors.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Before troubleshooting the instrumentation and warning system, the following conditions must be met:
• Fuse 24 must be intact and powered.
Power mirrors are totally No power or ground to switch See Mirror - Testing - Power and ground
inoperable. (E.32.A).
Mirror switch See Mirror - Testing - Mirror switch
(E.32.A).
Circuit to mirrors See Mirror - Testing - First circuit
(E.32.A) and Mirror - Testing - Second
circuit (E.32.A).
Left hand power mirror Mirror switch See Steps 1-2, 7-10 and 15-18 in Mirror -
does not operate. Testing - Mirror switch (E.32.A).
Mirror assembly See Mirror Left hand mirror - Testing
(E.32.A).
Circuit between switch and mirror See Steps 1-3 in Mirror - Testing - First
circuit (E.32.A) and Steps 1-3 in Mirror -
Testing - Second circuit (E.32.A).
does not move up or Testing - Mirror switch (E.32.A).
down.
Mirror assembly See Steps 3-4 and 7-8 in Mirror Left hand
mirror - Testing (E.32.A).
Open circuit between switch and mirror See Steps 2-4 in Mirror - Testing - First
Left hand power mirror Switch faulty See Steps 1-2, 7-8 and 15-16 in Mirror -
does not move in and out. Testing - Mirror switch (E.32.A).
Right hand power mirror Mirror switch See Steps 1-6 and 11-14 in Mirror - Test-
does not operate. ing - Mirror switch (E.32.A).
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.A / 20

Mirror assembly See Mirror Right hand mirror - Testing
(E.32.A).
Circuit between switch and mirror See Steps 4-6 in Mirror - Testing - First
does not move up or Testing - Mirror switch (E.32.A).
down.
Left hand power mirror Switch faulty See Steps 1-2, 7-8 and 15-16 in Mirror -
does not move in and out. Testing - Mirror switch (E.32.A).
Mirror - Testing - Power and ground

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

power mirror switch. Key switch On. Action Action
Measure voltage between pin 9
ground.
Measure voltage between the splice wire 870B (O) between the splice at
to pin W of in-line connector 13M and pin W of connector 13M and pin 9 of
chassis ground. connector 130M at the power mirror
switch.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.A / 21

Measure voltage between fuse 24 12 V. No voltage.
Locate and repair the open circuit in
wire 870D (O) between fuse 24 and • Test fuse 24 and replace if
the splice at pin W of connector 13M. required.
• If the fuse is intact, locate
and repair the open circuit in
wire 106B (O) between fuse
24 and cavity 6 of connector
161F at the ignition switch.
• Go to Step 4.
connector 130M at the power mirror Action Action
switch and chassis ground. Power and ground circuits are oper- Locate and repair the open circuit in
ating properly. ground between pin 3 of connector
130M at the power mirror switch and
ring terminal ground 189F, via cavity/
pin 55 on connectors 10F and 10M.
Mirror - Testing - Mirror switch

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

power mirror switch. Key switch On. Action Action
Check Go to Step 2. Perform the power and ground test:
Measure voltage between pin 9 of see Mirror - Testing - Power and
connector 130M at the switch and ground (E.32.A).
chassis ground.
ground. Switch power and ground circuits are
operating properly. • Locate and repair the open
circuit in ground between
pin 3 of connector 130M at
the power mirror switch and
ring terminal ground 189F,
via cavity/pin 55 on connec-
tors 10F and 10M.
• Go to Step 3.
12 V. No voltage.
• Set the mirror selector con- Action Action
trol to the right hand mirror. Go to Step 4. Replace the power mirror switch.
• Hold the mirror switch in the
In position.
• Reinstall connector 130M to
the mirror switch.
Check
Measure voltage with a back probe
between pin 10 of connector 130M
and chassis ground.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.A / 22

Hold the mirror switch in the Out po- 12 V. No voltage.
sition. Action Action
Check Go to Step 5. Replace the power mirror switch.
and chassis ground.
Hold the mirror switch in the Up po- 12 V. No voltage.
and chassis ground.
Hold the mirror switch in the Down 12 V. No voltage.
and chassis ground.
12 V. No voltage.
trol to the left hand mirror. Go to Step 8. Replace the power mirror switch.
In position.
Check
Measure voltage with back probe be-
tween pin 8 of connector 130M and
chassis ground.
chassis ground.
chassis ground.
chassis ground.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.A / 23

trol to the right hand mirror. Go to Step 12. Replace the power mirror switch.
In position.
Check
Measure resistance with back probe
and chassis ground.
Hold the mirror switch in the Out po- Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
and chassis ground.
Hold the mirror switch in the Up po- Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
and chassis ground.
Hold the mirror switch in the Down Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
and chassis ground.
trol to the left hand mirror. Go to Step 16. Replace the power mirror switch.
In position.
Check
and chassis ground.
and chassis ground.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.A / 24

and chassis ground.
Check Switch is operating properly. Replace the power mirror switch.
and chassis ground.
Mirror - Testing - First circuit

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
NOTE: This procedure tests the circuits between connector 130M at the power mirror switch and in-line connector
111M at the power mirrors.
• Disconnect connector 130M Action Action
from the power mirror Go to Step 2. Locate and repair the open circuit
switch. in wire 275A (O) between the two
• Disconnect connector 111M connectors.
from connector 111F.
Check
Measure resistance between pin 1 of
connector 111M and pin 8 of connec-
tor 130M.
connector 111M and pin 7 of connec- Action Action
tor 130M. Go to Step 4. Go to Step 3.
connector 111M and splice SPL-C6. Action Action
Locate and repair the open circuit in Locate and repair the open circuit
wire 58A (O) between splice SPL- in wire 58B between splice SPL-C6
-C6 and pin 7 of connector 130M. and pin 2 of connector 111M. Rein-
Reinstall all connectors, and return stall all connectors, and return unit to
unit to field operation. field operation.
tor 130M. Go to Step 5. Locate and repair the open circuit
in wire 277A (O) between the two
connectors.
connector 111M and pin 10 of con- Action Action
nector 130M. Go to Step 6. Locate and repair the open circuit
in wire 278A (O) between the two
connectors.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.A / 25

tor 130M. Go to Step 7. Locate and repair the open circuit in
wire 58 (O) between the two connec-
tors.
tor 130M. Circuits between the connectors are Locate and repair the open circuit
operating properly. in wire 280A (O) between the two
connectors.
Mirror - Testing - Second circuit

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
NOTE: This procedure tests the circuits between connectors 112F (left hand) and 113F (right hand) at the power
mirrors and in-line connector 111F.
from connector 112M at the Go to Step 2. Locate and repair the open circuit
left hand power mirror. in wire 949A (O) between the two
• Disconnect in-line connec- connectors.
tor 111F from connector
111M.
Check
Measure resistance between cavity
1 of connector 111F and cavity 3 of
connector 112F.
in wire 950A (DG) between the two
connectors.
connector 112F. Circuits are operating properly be- Locate and repair the open circuit
tween connectors 111F and 112F. in wire 951A (Y) between the two
Go to Step 4. connectors.
from connector 113M at the Go to Step 5. Locate and repair the open circuit
right hand power mirror. in wire 952A (O) between the two
• Disconnect in-line connec- connectors.
111M, if required.
Check
4 of connector 111F and cavity 3 of
connector 113F.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.A / 26

in wire 953A (DG) between the two
connectors.
connector 113F. Circuits are operating properly be- Locate and repair the open circuit
tween connectors 111F and 113F. in wire 954A (Y) between the two
connectors.
Mirror Left hand mirror - Testing

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

12 V. No voltage.
Perform the power and ground test Action Action
for the power mirror switch before Go to Step 2. Perform Step 1 of the first circuit test:
using this procedure. See Mirror see Mirror - Testing - First circuit
- Testing - Power and ground (E.32.A). Perform Step 1 of the sec-
(E.32.A). ond circuit test: see Mirror - Testing
• Disconnect connector 112F - Second circuit (E.32.A).
from connector 112M at the
left hand power mirror.
• Key switch On.
• Set the mirror selector con-
trol to the left hand mirror.
In position.
Check
Measure voltage between cavity 3 of
Check Go to Step 3. Perform Step 2 of the first circuit test:
Measure voltage between cavity 2 of see Mirror - Testing - First circuit
connector 112F and chassis ground. (E.32.A). Perform Step 2 of the sec-
ond circuit test: see Mirror - Testing
- Second circuit (E.32.A).
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.A / 27

• Key switch Off. Action Action
• Hold the mirror switch in the Go to Step 6. Replace the power mirror switch.
In position.
Check
2 of connector 112F and chassis
ground.
ground.
ground.
Check Circuits are testing correctly; if the Replace the power mirror switch.
Measure resistance between cavity mirror does not operate, replace the
1 of connector 112F and chassis left hand mirror assembly.
ground.
Mirror Right hand mirror - Testing

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

12 V. No voltage.
Perform the power and ground test Action Action
for the power mirror switch before Go to Step 2. Perform Step 7 of the first circuit test:
using this procedure. See Mirror see Mirror - Testing - First circuit
- Testing - Power and ground (E.32.A). Perform Step 6 of the sec-
(E.32.A). ond circuit test: see Mirror - Testing
• Disconnect connector 113F - Second circuit (E.32.A).
from connector 113M at the
right hand power mirror.
• Key switch On.
• Set the mirror selector con-
trol to the right hand mirror.
In position.
Check
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.A / 28

Check Go to Step 3. Perform Steps 2, 3 and 6 of the
Measure voltage between cavity 2 of first circuit test: see Mirror - Test-
connector 113F and chassis ground. ing - First circuit (E.32.A). Perform
Step 5 of the second circuit test: see
Mirror - Testing - Second circuit
(E.32.A).
• Key switch Off. Action Action
• Hold the mirror switch in the Go to Step 6. Replace the power mirror switch.
In position.
Check
ground.
ground.
ground.
Check Circuits are testing correctly; if the Replace the power mirror switch.
Measure resistance between cavity mirror does not operate, replace the
3 of connector 113F and chassis right hand mirror assembly.
ground.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.A / 29
Instrument panel - Problem solving

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
OPERATION
The instrument cluster displays three gauges for engine

oil pressure (1), engine coolant temperature (2) and fuel
level (3). The gauges are populated by input from the
corresponding sensor.
RCPH07CCH021AAA 1
If the engine oil pressure indicator moves into red area of the gauge, a first warning is issued: An audible alarm
sounds for 4 seconds. A warning lamp displays to the left of the gauge: the lamps flashes for 4 seconds and then
displays steady. “Engine oil pressure low” displays on the programmable display. Pressing the RESET button clears
the warning for 10 minutes.
If engine oil pressure continues to drop, a stop engine warning is issued: An audible alarm sounds continuously. The
stop engine icon flashes. The warning lamp to the left of the gauge flashes continuously. “Engine oil pressure very
low” displays on the programmable display.
If the engine coolant temperature indicator moves into red area of the gauge, a first warning is issued: An audible
alarm sounds for 4 seconds. A warning lamp displays to the right of the gauge: the lamps flashes for 4 seconds and
then displays steady. “Engine coolant temp high” displays on the programmable display. Pressing the RESET button
clears the warning for 10 minutes.
If engine oil pressure continues to rise, a stop engine warning is issued: An audible alarm sounds continuously. The
stop engine icon flashes. The warning lamp to the right of the gauge flashes continuously. “Engine coolant temp very
high” displays on the programmable display.
If the engine fuel level indicator moves into empty area of the gauge, a warning is issued: An audible alarm sounds
for 4 seconds. A warning lamp displays steady to the left of the gauge. “Low fuel ” displays on the programmable
display. Pressing the RESET button clears the warning for 10 minutes.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Before troubleshooting the instrumentation and warning system, the following conditions must be met:
• Fuses 15, 16 and 37 must be intact and powered.
Coolant temperature Sending unit See Sensing system Coolant tempera-
gauge does not operate. ture - Testing (B.50.A).
Instrument cluster See Instrument panel - Testing - Power
and ground (E.32.A).
Gauge unit See Sensing system Coolant tempera-
ture - Testing (B.50.A).
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.A / 30

Wiring problem See Sensing system Coolant tempera-
ture - Testing (B.50.A).
Oil pressure gauge does Sending unit See Sensing system Oil pressure - Test-
not operate. ing (B.60.A).
Gauge unit See Sensing system Oil pressure - Test-
ing (B.60.A).
Wiring problem See Sensing system Oil pressure - Test-
ing (B.60.A).
Fuel level gauge does not Sending unit See Sensing system Level sensor - Test-
operate. ing (B.20.A).
Gauge unit See Sensing system Level sensor - Test-
ing (B.20.A).
Wiring problem See Sensing system Level sensor - Test-
ing (B.20.A).
Instrument panel - Testing - Power and ground

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

ground.
Locate and repair the open circuit in Test fuse 16 and replace if required.
wire 202A (R) between fuse 16 and If fuse is intact, locate and repair
pin 3 of connector 426M. the open circuit in wire 101B (R) be-
tween fuse 16 and SPL-C33. Return
Check Action Action
Measure voltage between pin 2 of Go to Step 7. Go to Step 4.
connector 426M at the instrument
cluster and chassis ground.
Locate and repair the open circuit in Go to Step 5.
wire 203A (R) between fuse 37 and
pin 2 of connector 426M.
splice and chassis ground. Action Action
wire J8 between fuse 37 and fuse 36
splice.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.A / 31

Measure voltage between relay base 12 V. No voltage.
terminal F5 at the TMF/ICU con- Action Action
troller relay #19 [connector 255F] Locate and repair the open circuit
and chassis ground. in wire 200B (R) between fuse 36 Replace the TMF/ICU relay with a
splice and the relay. known good relay.
• If voltage is present at ter-
minal F5, install a new relay
and return unit to field oper-
ation.
• If voltage is not present at
terminal F5, reinstall the old
relay; locate and repair the
open circuit to the relay. Re-
ground. Power and ground circuits are oper- Locate and repair the open circuit in
ating properly. ground between pin 4 of connector
426M and ring terminal ground con-
nector 200F, via cavity/pin 2 of con-
nectors 60F and 60M.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.A / 32
Index

Console Armrest console - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Console Armrest console - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Console Armrest console - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Console Armrest console - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Console Armrest console - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Console Armrest console - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Console Front console - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Console Front console - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Instrument panel - Problem solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Instrument panel - Testing - Power and ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Mirror - Problem solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Mirror - Testing - First circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Mirror - Testing - Mirror switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Mirror - Testing - Power and ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Mirror - Testing - Second circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Mirror Left hand mirror - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Mirror Right hand mirror - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.A / 33
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.A / 34
USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat - 32.C
T8010
T8020
T8030
T8040
T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.C / 1
Contents
SERVICE
USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat
Tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
DIAGNOSTIC
USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat
Problem solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Testing - Power and ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Command
Position control - Testing - Height adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Heater switch - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.C / 2
BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat
USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat - Tilt

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
NOTE: This procedure applies to both the standard and automatic temperature control systems.
NOTE: The armrest console can be rested on the rear shelf or slid out the rear window and rested on the three-point
hitch for better access to the HVAC box.
1. Tilt the steering wheel to the full upright position. Ad-
just the seat to the full upright and back position.
2. Remove the floor mat wrap which surrounds the seat
base.
NOTE: If the return air filter covers are dislodged, be sure
to reinstall later.
RCPH07CCH282ABC 1
3. Remove four bolts in the seat base corners.
RCPH07CCH391ABC 2
4. Disconnect the connector to the seat harness.
RCPH07CCH297ABC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.C / 3
5. Hinge the seat forward and rest on steering wheel for

access to the box.
NOTE: The automatic temperature control box is shown.
RCPH07CCH358ABC 4
6. After completion of service:

A. Return the seat to its operating position, and
reinstall the four bolts removed earlier.
B. Reinstall the seat harness and floor mat wrap.
C. Check that the cab recirculation air filter is
properly installed.
Next operation:
Install the armrest console.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.C / 4
USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat - Problem solving

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
OPERATION
The power seat system features seat height adjustment, using an air compressor, and seat cushion and seat back
heating. Both functions are controlled with independent switches. The seat heaters are Off whenever the heater
switch in the 0 (zero) position. Turning a thumb wheel adjusts heating.
Seat adjustment and heating are available whenever the key switch is On.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Before troubleshooting the wiper system, the following conditions must be present:
• Fuses 9 for seat height adjustment and 29 for seat heating must be intact and powered.
Seat height adjustment Height adjustment switch See Command Position control - Testing
not operating. - Height adjustment (E.32.C).
Power and ground See USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Oper-
ator seat - Testing - Power and ground
(E.32.C).
Seat air compressor See Command Position control - Testing
- Height adjustment (E.32.C).
Air system leaking Check air lines and connectors for leakage.
Seat heater (seat cushion Heater switch See Command Heater switch - Testing
or seat back) not working. (E.32.C).
Heater module See Command Heater switch - Testing
(E.32.C).
Operator presence Operator presence switches See Operator presence system (OPS)
system not operating. Seat switch - Testing (E.50.B).
Power and ground See Operator presence system (OPS)
Seat switch - Testing (E.50.B).
USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat - Testing - Power and

ground
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

12 V. No voltage.
from connector 133M for the Go to Step 2. Go to Step 5.
seat harness.
• Key switch On.
Check
ground.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.C / 5

Measure voltage between pin 2 12 V. No voltage.
of connector 133M and chassis Action Action
Measure voltage between splice 12 V. No voltage.
SPL-C15 and chassis ground. Action Action
wire 73B (R) between the splice and
wire 73C (R) between the splice and
wire 73D (R) between the splice and
Measure voltage between fuse 9 and 12 V. No voltage.
chassis ground. Action Action
Locate and repair the open circuit Test fuse 9 and replace if required.
in wire 73A (R) between the splice If the fuse is intact, locate and repair
SPL-C15 and fuse 9. the open circuit in wire 102F (R) be-
tween fuse 9 and ring terminal con-
nector 138A.
wire 177AC (B) between pin 3 of con-
nector 133M and splice SPL-C22.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.C / 6

wire 177AD (B) between pin 3 of con-
ground. Seat power and ground circuits are Locate and repair the open circuit in
operating properly. wire 177AE (B) between pin 3 of con-
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.C / 7
Command Position control - Testing - Height adjustment

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Key switch On. Seat adjustment compressor oper- Compressor does not operate.
Check ates. Action
Action
Press the height adjustment switch. Go to Step 2.
If compressor operates, but the seat
does not adjust, check for air line
leakage.
Continuity. No continuity – infinite resistance or
• Disconnect connector 133F Action overload.
from connector 133M for the Go to Step 3. Action
seat harness. Go to Step 6.
• Press the height adjustment
switch.
Check
Measure continuity between cavities
1 and 2 on connector 133F.
Press the height adjustment switch. Continuity. No continuity – infinite resistance or
Check Action overload.
Measure continuity between cavities Go to Step 4. Action
1 and 4 on connector 133F. Go to Step 6.
12 V. No voltage.
• Reconnect connector 133F Action Action
to connector 133M. Go to Step 7.
• If 12 V is present at cavi-
• Disconnect connector 1S
ties 1 and/or 2 of connector
from the height adjust
133F, locate and repair the
switch.
open circuit on wire S1.
• Key switch On.
• If 12 V is not present at cav-
Check
ities 1 and/or 2 of connec-
Measure voltage between connector
tor 133F, perform Steps 1-2
1S and chassis ground.
and 10-11 of USER CON-
TROLS AND SEAT Opera-
tor seat - Testing - Power
and ground (E.32.C).
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.C / 8

Disconnect connector 4S from the Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
air compressor. Action Action
Check Go to Step 8.
Measure resistance between con- • If ground is present at cavi-
nector 4S and chassis ground. ties 3 and/or 4 of connector
133F, locate and repair the
open circuit in wire S4.
• If ground is not present
at cavities 3 and/or 4 of
connector 133F, perform
Steps 1-2 and 10-11 of
USER CONTROLS AND
SEAT Operator seat - Test-
ing - Power and ground
(E.32.C).
• Disconnect connector 2S Action overload.
from the height adjust Go to Step 9. Action
switch. Replace the height adjust switch.
• Press the height adjustment
switch.
Check
Measure continuity through the
height adjust switch.
Disconnect connector 3S from the Continuity. No continuity – infinite resistance or
compressor. Action overload.
Check Replace the seat air compressor. Action
Measure continuity between con- Locate and repair the open circuit on
nectors 2S and 3S. wire S5 between connectors 2S and
3S.
Command Heater switch - Testing

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

12 V. No voltage.
from connector 133M. Go to Step 3. Go to Step 2.
• Key switch On.
Check
ground.
Locate and repair the open circuit in Test fuse 29 and replace if required.
wire 259A (R) between fuse 29 and If fuse 29 is intact, locate and repair
pin 7 of connector 133M. the open circuit between fuse 29 and
splice SPL-C21.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.C / 9

wire 177AE (B) between pin 8 of con-
12 V. No voltage.
from connector 133M. Go to Step 5. Locate and repair the open circuit in
• Disconnect connector 13S wire S17 between connectors 133F
from connector 14S. and 13S.
• Key switch On.

Check
connector 13S and chassis ground.
connector 13S and chassis ground. Action Action
Replace the seat heater module. Locate and repair the open circuit in
wire S18 between connectors 133F
and 13S.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.C / 10
Index

Command Heater switch - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Command Position control - Testing - Height adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat - Problem solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat - Testing - Power and ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat - Tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.C / 11
84318454 14/03/2010
E.32.C / 12
USER PLATFORM - 34.A
T8010
T8020
T8030
T8040
T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
USER PLATFORM
Torque - Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Special tools - Cab raise/lower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Special tools - Cab remove/install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Pressurisation system
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
SERVICE
USER PLATFORM
Raise - Cab raise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Lower - Cab lower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Remove - Cab remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install - Cab install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Remove - Cab pressurizer blower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install - Cab pressurizer blower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
DIAGNOSTIC
Wiper system
Problem solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Testing - Front wiper power and ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Testing - Rear wiper power and ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Testing - Side wiper power and ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 2
Switch - Testing - Front wiper/washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Switch - Testing - Side and rear wiper/washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Motor - Testing - Front wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Motor - Testing - Rear wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Motor - Testing - Side wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Windscreen washer system

Problem solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Motor - Testing - Front washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Motor - Testing - Rear washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Testing - Blower power and ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 3
BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER PLATFORM
USER PLATFORM - Torque - Cab

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Cab mount preload 47 - 61 Nm 35 - 45 lb ft
RCPH07CCH045BAB 1
Cab mounting bolt 190 - 244 140 - 180 lb

Nm ft
RCPH07CCH171AAB 2
USER PLATFORM - Special tools - Cab raise/lower

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Cab raise/lower tool kit – 380000886

These tools are used to raise and lower the cab to
service components located under the cab.
RCIL07SPT137AAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 4
Rear cab bracket – 380002870

These brackets are used to update kit 380000886 for use
on later model year tractors for cab raising and lowering.
RCIL07SPT139AAA 2
Front cab bracket – 380002871

This right front bracket is used to update kit 380000886
for use on later model year tractors for cab raising and
lowering.
RCIL07SPT140AAA 3
Cab raise/lower tool kit – 380040216

These tools are used to raise and lower the cab to
service components located under the cab. This is the
current tool kit which replaces kit 380000886 for current
model year tractors.
RCIL07SPT141AAA 4
USER PLATFORM - Special tools - Cab remove/install

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 5
Quick disconnect wrench – 380000795

Quick disconnect tool used to remove the hydraulic lines
from the steering hand pump.
RCPH07SPT001AAA 1
Front cab bracket – CAS2529-1

This tool is mounted on the mirror bracket and used
with tool CAS2531 to remove and install the cab on the
chassis.
RCIL07SPT136AAA 2
Rear cab bracket – CAS2529-2

This tool is mounted into a hole in the rear cab ROPS
post and used with tool CAS2531 to remove and install
the cab on the chassis.
RCIL07SPT135AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 6
Cab remove/install frame – CAS2531

This tool is used to remove and install the cab on the
chassis.
RCIL07SPT133AAA 4
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 7
Pressurisation system - Dynamic description

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Background
Whenever the engine speed is greater than 500 RPM, the cab pressurizer motor should operate. The motor/blower
assembly draws air from the cab cap through the left hand cab post and fresh air filter and feeds it directly to the HVAC
box under the operator’s seat. The motor/blower assembly is located under the instructional seat behind a trim panel.
The motor is energized by a relay, activated by the engine governor when proper rpm is present; and the engine
controller controls both the governor and the relay.
If there is a wiring problem between the governor and relay, or if the controller detects a problem with the governor,
the engine controller posts a fault code. See the engine service manual.
Only relay and blower motor troubleshooting are covered here.
Power and ground

Whenever accessory power is present, 12 V is supplied the pressurizer motor from fuse 10 ( 15 A) on pin A
Ground is supplied to the motor on pin B from the pressurizer relay (pin 5) to start the motor at the proper engine rpm.
Ground to the relay is from ring terminal connector 173F; the relay is energized on pin 2, wire 304-Bk.
Controller power supply and ground test

Refer to Pressurisation system - Testing - Blower power and ground (E.34.A) and electrical schematic frames:
• Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 58 (A.30.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 8
USER PLATFORM - Raise - Cab raise

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
NOTE: If you have cab raising kit . 380000886 the kit must be updated with new rear cab raising bracket, available in
kit 380002870. The kit must also be updated with a new right front lower raising bracket, available in kit 380002871.
Kit 380040216 replaces kit 380000886 and will service all current models.
1. Before performing this procedure,
2. Open the rear window. Remove the two bolts secur-
ing the rear cab panel to the cab. Remove the panel.
RCPH07CCH026AAB 1
3. Remove the three screws (1) securing the lower right

trim panel to the cab. Remove the panel.
RCPH07CCH177AAB 2
4. Remove the two screws (1) securing the lower left

RCPH07CCH176AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 9
5. Remove the plug (1) from the cab floor mat. Remove
the nut and washer from the front cab mount bolt.
Use an assistant to hold the head of the bolt under
the cab if required. Repeat for the opposite side.
RCPH07CCH039AAB 4
6. Remove the nut and washer for the left rear cab
mount .
RCPH07CCH171AAB 5
7. Install the left rear cab raising bracket 380002870 (1)

into the left rear cab support tube. Install a bolt and
washer (2) from the kit through the slot in the raising
bracket and the hole in the cab side panel. Secure
with a washer and nut. Do not tighten at this time.
Place one of the load bearings (3) from the kit over
the hole in the rear support.
RCPH07CCH172AAB 6
8. Insert one of the longer threaded rods from the kit

through the rear cab raising bracket, the load bear-
ing, and the hole in the cab support bracket.
RCPH07CCH173AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 10
9. Turn the threaded rod until it makes contact with the

load bearing. Insert a locking pin through the hole at
the bottom of the threaded rod. Tighten the nut and
bolt that was inserted through the raising bracket and
cab side panel.
RCPH07CCH174AAB 8
10. Install the right rear cab raising bracket into the right
rear cab support tube. Repeat Steps 7 through 9 for
the right hand side.
11. Using two of the bolts from the kit, bolt the lower
bracket , to the left front cab support.
RCPH07CCH041BAB 9
12. Install the upper bracket (1) from the kit in the left
front cab support. Place a load bearing (2) over the
hole in the lower bracket. Thread one of the shorter
threaded rods (3) through the upper bracket, the load
bearing and into the lower bracket.
RCPH07CCH169AAB 10
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 11
13. Install a locking pin.
RCPH07CCH170AAB 11
14. Repeat Steps 11 through 13 for the right hand side

using the right front lower lifting bracket 380002870.
15. Adjust the four threaded rods on the cab raising
brackets to evenly raise the cab.
NOTE: Monitor all lines and harnesses when raising the
cab .
RCPH07CCH043BAB 12
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 12
USER PLATFORM - Lower - Cab lower

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
1. Adjust threaded rods on the cab raising brackets to

evenly lower the cab. As the cab is lowered, the
sleeves (1) in the cab supports must align with the
holes in the supports. Watching for pinched lines or
harnesses, fully lower the cab.
RCPH07CCH043BAB 1
2. Remove the locking pin from the bottom of the

threaded rod on the left rear cab raising bracket.
RCPH07CCH174AAB 2
3. Remove the threaded rod from the lifting bracket.
RCPH07CCH173AAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 13
4. Remove the hardware (1) from the rasing bracket.

Remove the load bearing (2) from the cab support.
Remove the raising bracket (3) from the cab support
tube. Repeat for the opposite side.
RCPH07CCH172AAB 4
5. Remove the locking pin from the bottom of the

threaded rod on the left front cab rasing bracket.
RCPH07CCH170AAB 5
6. Remove the threaded rod (1), upper bracket (2), and

load bearing (3).
RCPH07CCH169AAB 6
7. Remove the lower bracket.
RCPH07CCH041BAB 7
8. Repeat for the opposite side.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 14
9. Set preload on each cab mount by holding the plate

(1) and tightening the cab mount bolt (2) to a torque
of 47 - 61 Nm (35 - 45 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH045BAB 8
10. Install both rear cab mount washes and nuts. Use an
assistant to hold the cab mount bolt head and torque
each nut to 190 - 244 Nm (140 - 180 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH171AAB 9
11. Install both front cab mount washes and nuts. Use an
assistant to hold the cab mount bolt head and torque
each nut to 190 - 244 Nm (140 - 180 lb ft). Install the
cab floor mat plug (1).
NOTE: When torquing the cab mount nut, do not allow the
cab mount bolt to turn; this may change the preload.
RCPH07CCH039AAB 10
12. Reinstall the rear cab panel. Using the bolts and
washers removed earlier, secure the panel to the cab
frame.
RCPH07CCH026AAB 11
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 15
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 16
USER PLATFORM - Remove - Cab remove

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Prior operation:
Recover the 134A refrigerant from the air conditioning system. See ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation
and air-conditioning - Recover (E.40.D)
Prior operation:
Drain the coolant from the cooling system. See ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Emptying (B.50.A)
1. Identify, tag, and disconnect the wiring harnesses at

the two brake light switches (1) on the brake valve.
RCPH07CCH046BAB 1
2. Identify, tag, and disconnect the brake valve supply

(1) and return line (2) hoses. Plug or cap all open
lines and ports.
RCPH07CCH047BAB 2
3. Identify and tag the four hydraulic hoses (1) and the
steering sensing line (2) at the steering hand pump.
Use special tool 380000795 (3) to disconnect the
lines. Plug or cap all open lines and ports.
RCPH07CCH029BAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 17
4. Remove the three screws (1) securing the lower right

RCPH07CCH226AAB 4
5. Remove the two screws (1) securing the lower left

RCPH07CCH227AAB 5
6. Disconnect the cab bulk head connector (1) located

at the bottom front, right hand corner of the cab.
RCPH07CCH031AAB 6
7. Disconnect the cab ground strap.
RCPH07CCH027BAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 18
8. Disconnect the air conditioning lines (1). Discard the

O-rings. Plug or cap all open lines and ports.
RCPH07CCH409AAB 8
9. Open the rear window. Remove the two bolts secur-

ing the rear cab panel to the cab. Remove the panel.
RCPH07CCH026AAB 9
10. Tag and disconnect the harnesses (1) at the con-

trollers (2). Tag and disconnect all cab harnesses
(3).
RCPH07CCH032AAB 10
11. At the right rear of the cab, disconnect the cab power
cable from the batteries (1). If equipped, disconnect
the ISO11783 harness power cables (2). and con-
nector (3).
RCPH07CCH026BAB 11
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 19
12. Disconnect the power cables (1) and the cab bulk
head connector (2).
RCPH07CCH028AAB 12
13. If equipped, disconnect the ISO11783 harness clamp

at the rear of the cab.
RCPH07CCH029AAB 13
14. Remove the fuel tank vent filter clamp.
RCPH07CCH030AAB 14
15. If equipped with electric mirrors, remove the rubber

grommet (1) from the roof cap. Remove the excess
harness (2) from the roof cap until the connector is
exposed. Disconnect the mirror harness connector.
Remove the three mirror retaining bolts and remove
the mirror. Repeat for the opposite side.
RCPH07CCH033AAB 15
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 20
16. Install the front cab lifting brackets CAS2529-1.
RCPH07CCH034AAB 16
17. If required, loosen the lower bolt (1) and remove the
upper bolt (2) from the rear wide marker arm. Lower
the marker arm.
RCPH07CCH558ABC 17
18. Reinstall the bolt (1) that was just removed finger
tight only. Repeat for the opposite side.
RCPH07CCH559ABC 18
19. If equipped, remove the mounting bolts for the left

and right side work light from the rear cab supports.
RCPH07CCH035AAB 19
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 21
20. Gently pull the work light harness (1) from the sup-
port, until the connector (2) is exposed, disconnect
the harness from the light. Repeat for the opposite
side.
NOTE: Tape the light power supply harness to the support
to prevent it from falling into the support.
RCPH07CCH036AAB 20
21. If required, remove the plastic plug from the cab rear
support post. Insert the J-hook, from special tool
CAS2529-2 into the hole in the cab post. The hooked
end must face downward after it is installed.
NOTE: The rear window must be open in order to insert the
J-hook.
RCPH07CCH557ABC 21
22. Attach the rear cab lifting bracket CAS2529-2 (1) and
extension bracket 380000536 (2) to the J-hook. In-
stall and tighten the nut. Repeat this step and the
previous step on the opposite side of the cab.
NOTE: Do not to pinch the wire harness for the side
mounted work lights when installing the J-hook and lifting
bracket.
RCPH07CCH213BAB 22
23. Remove the plug (1) from the cab floor mat. Use an
assistant to hold the head of the bolt, and remove the
nut and washer from the front cab mount. Repeat this
operation on the opposite side of the cab.
RCPH07CCH039AAB 23
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 22
24. Remove the rear cab mount nut and washer from
both sides of the cab.
RCPH07CCH171AAB 24
25. Disconnect the left (shown) and right brake lines.
RCPH07CCH180AAB 25
26. Attach appropriate lift equipment to the cab lift tool

CAS2531.
27. Connect the cab lifting tool to the cab lift brackets. Do
not permit the chain to damage the roof or the cab
lenses. Raise the cab only high enough to access
the heater hoses and hydraulic trailer brake lines if
equipped.
NOTICE: Before working under the suspended cab, place
supports between the cab rails and the cab mounting sup-
ports. Lower the cab onto the supports.
RCPH07CCH040AAB 26
28. Disconnect the electrical connector from the cab

pressurization blower.
RCPH07CCH030BAB 27
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 23
29. Disconnect the heater hoses at the HVAC box. Be

prepared to capture some coolant.
RCPH07CCH042AAB 28
30. Raise the cab and remove it from the tractor chassis.
Carefully lower the cab onto supports placed under
the cab rails.
NOTE: The supports must be high enough to prevent dam-
age to the cab pressurization blower.
Next operation:
Reinstall the cab. Refer to USER PLATFORM - Install - Cab install (E.34.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 24
USER PLATFORM - Install - Cab install

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
USER PLATFORM - Remove - Cab remove (E.34.A)
1. Attach cab lifting tool CAS2531 to the cab lifting

brackets. Raise the cab high enough to clear the
chassis Once the cab is in place, lower it until it is
slightly above the chassis.
NOTICE: Before working under a suspended cab, place
support blocks between the cab rails and the cab mounting
supports. lower the cab onto the supports.
RCPH07CCH040AAB 1
2. Disengage the clamps and reconnect the heater

hoses at the cab HVAC box.
RCPH07CCH042AAB 2
3. Reconnect the electrical connector to the cab pres-

surization blower.
RCPH07CCH030BAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 25
4. Raise the cab high enough to remove all supports.
RCPH07CCH040AAB 4
5. Slowly lower the cab on the cab supports, so that the

cab support alignment tubes (1) properly align with
the holes in the cab supports. Disconnect the cab
lifting tool from each cab lifting bracket and remove.
Reconnect the left and right brake lines (2).
RCPH07CCH180AAB 5
6. Using the clamp and nut removed earlier, reconnect

the fuel tank vent and hose (1) to the cab stud. Us-
ing a suitable wrench (2) to hold the threaded square
plate, set the preload on the rear cab mounts by tight-
ening the bolt (3) to a torque of 47 - 61 Nm (35 - 45
lb ft).
RCPH07CCH045BAB 6
7. Reinstall the rear cab mount washer and nut re-

moved earlier. Using an assistant to prevent the bolt
from turning, tighten the nut to a torque of 190 - 244
Nm (140 - 180 lb ft). Repeat for the opposite side.
RCPH07CCH171AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 26
8. Reinstall the front cab mount washer and nut re-

moved earlier. Using an assistant to prevent the bolt
from turning, tighten the nut to a torque of 190 - 244
Nm (140 - 180 lb ft). Repeat for the opposite side.
9. Reinstall the front cab mount washer and nut that
were removed earlier. Using an assistant to prevent
the bolt from turning, tighten the nut to a torque of 190
- 244 Nm (140 - 180 lb ft). Repeat for the opposite
side. Reinstall the floor plug (1).
RCPH07CCH039AAB 8
10. Remove the rear cab lifting brackets. Reinstall the

plastic plug in the cab support post, if required.
RCPH07CCH213BAB 9
11. If equipped, reconnect the wire harness for the left

rear side work lights. Push the excess harness and
the harness connector into the hole in the cab sup-
port post.
RCPH07CCH036AAB 10
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 27
12. Reinstall the left rear side work light using the existing
hardware. Repeat for the right side.
RCPH07CCH035AAB 11
13. Remove the front cab lifting brackets.
RCPH07CCH034AAB 12
14. Reinstall the mirrors with the three mirror retaining

bolts removed earlier. Reconnect the electrical con-
nector if equipped. Push the connector into the roof
cap and reinstall the rubber grommet (1).
RCPH07CCH033AAB 13
15. If required, removed the outer bolt (1) on the wide

marker.
RCPH07CCH559ABC 14
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 28
16. Raise the arm into the upright position. Reinstall the
mounting bolt and tighten both bolts (1).
RCPH07CCH558ABC 15
17. Reconnect all left and right fender harness (1) con-
nectors.
RCPH07CCH030AAB 16
18. Reconnect the cab bulkhead connector (1) and the

power cables (2).
RCPH07CCH028AAB 17
19. Reinstall the ISO11783 harness clamp (if equipped).
RCPH07CCH029AAB 18
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 29
20. Reconnect the cab power cable (1). If equipped, re-

connect the ISO11783 power cables (2) to the power
supply and harness connector to the controller (3).
RCPH07CCH026BAB 19
21. Reconnect all wire harnesses (1) to the controllers

(2).
NOTE: Properly seat all connectors during installation.
RCPH07CCH032AAB 20
22. Reinstall the rear cab panel. Secure to the cab using
the hardware removed earlier.
RCPH07CCH026AAB 21
23. Reconnect the bulk head connector at the bottom

right, front side of the cab.
RCPH07CCH031AAB 22
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 30
24. Reconnect the ground strap.
RCPH07CCH027BAB 23
25. Install a new O-ring on the brake supply port fitting,

reconnect and tighten the brake valve supply hose
(1). With the original clamp, reconnect the brake
return hose to the return port (2). Tighten the clamp.
RCPH07CCH047BAB 24
26. Using the identification tags as a guide, reinstall the

four hydraulic hoses (1) and the steering sensing
hose (2) to the steering hand pump. Push each hose
firmly into position.
NOTE: After each hose is installed, pull back firmly on the
hose to make sure it is fully seated.
RCPH07CCH091BAB 25
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 31
27. Reinstall the harnesses connectors to the two brake

switches (1) at the brake valve.
RCPH07CCH046BAB 26
28. Lubricate new O-rings with mineral oil, and install on

the air conditioning lines (1). Reconnect and tighten
the lines.
RCPH07CCH409AAB 27
29. Reinstall the lower right cab trim panel. Secure with
the three mounting screws (1) removed earlier.
RCPH07CCH226AAB 28
30. Reinstall the lower left cab trim panel. Secure with
the two mounting screws (1) removed earlier.
RCPH07CCH227AAB 29
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 32
Next operation:
Fill the coolant system with coolant. See ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Filling (B.50.A)
Next operation:
Evacuate the air conditioning system. See to ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-condition-
ing - Evacuate (E.40.D)
Next operation:
Recharge the air conditioning system. See to ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-condition-
ing - Charging (E.40.D)
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 33
Pressurisation system - Pressure test

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
NOTE: Perform the cab pressurization test whenever an unusual amount of dirt accumulates in the cab or in the
evaporator box or if the evaporator core is plugged.
NOTE: When performing this test, the door and window must be closed and latched.
1. Insert the sensing tube from a digital manometer
through the access panel, provided for monitor har-
ness routing between the cab and the implement.
The access panel is located in the right hand corner
of the rear cab window.
NOTE: Do not attempt this test through the door since the
metal reinforcement in the seal will pinch off the sensing
tube.
RCPH07CCH350ABC 1
2. Start the engine. Take a reading from the digital

manometer. Cab pressurization must be between 6
- 25.4 mm (0.25 - 1 in) of H2O.
RCPH07CCH345ABC 2
3. If a digital manometer is not available, a simple one

can be made with 2.4 m (8 ft) of 10 mm (0.375 in)
outside diameter clear vinyl tubing and a yard stick.
Tape the vinyl tubing to a yard stick as shown.
RCPH07CCH434ABC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 34
4. Partially fill the looped section of tubing with water.

(Food coloring may be added to the water to improve
visibility.)
RCPH07CCH357ABC 4
5. Insert the long end of the tube through the access

panel in the right hand corner of the rear cab win-
dow provided for monitor harness routing between
the cab and the implement.
NOTE: Do not attempt this test through the door since the
metal reinforcement in the seal will pinch off the sensing
tube.
6. Hold the yard stick vertical. Record the water level
reading without the engine running. Start the engine
and measure the movement of water on one side
of the yard stick. Multiply that value by two. Cab
pressurization must be between 6 - 25.4 mm (0.25 -
1 in) of H2O.
RCPH07CCH491ABC 5
7. If the reading is below 6 mm (0.25 in) of H2O, check

the following seals and retest:
• Door and rear window seals,
• Window seals,
• Customer supplied radio/telephone antenna
cable routing.
8. If the reading is above 25.4 mm (1.0 in) of H2O,
check the following and retest:
• Extra cab sealing,
• Missing filter,
• Broken fresh air inlet.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 35
Pressurisation system - Remove - Cab pressurizer blower

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
NOTE: The cab pressurizer motor is located under the cab entry and behind the cab air filter. To replace the motor/
blower assembly, the cab fresh air filter must be removed.
1. Remove the two screws and remove the trim panel
at the filter front.
RCPH07CCH288ABC 1
2. Open the two clamps and remove the cover for the
fresh air filter.
RCPH07CCH287ABC 2
3. Remove the air intake line from the cab filter housing
the post. Remove the filter.
RCPH07CCH286ABC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 36
4. Remove the four bolts and remove the filter housing.
RCPH07CCH285ABC 4
5. Disconnect the motor assembly from the harness.
RCPH07CCH284ABC 5
6. Remove the bolt, nut and washer and remove the

assembly from the tractor.
RCPH07CCH283ABC 6
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 37
7. Remove the four screws to disconnect the motor/

blower assembly (1) from the mounting bracket (2).
RCPH07CCH420ABC 7
Next operation:
Pressurisation system - Install - Cab pressurizer blower (E.34.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 38
Pressurisation system - Install - Cab pressurizer blower

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Pressurisation system - Remove - Cab pressurizer blower (E.34.A)
1. Install the motor/blower assembly (1) on the mount-

ing bracket (2) with the four screws removed earlier.
RCPH07CCH420ABC 1
2. Install the assembly on the tractor with the bolt, nut

and washer removed earlier.
RCPH07CCH283ABC 2
3. Connect the motor assembly to the harness.
RCPH07CCH284ABC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 39
4. Install the four bolts and connect the filter housing.
RCPH07CCH285ABC 4
5. Install the air intake line to the cab filter housing. In-
stall the filter.
RCPH07CCH286ABC 5
6. Install the cover for the fresh air filter and close the
two clamps.
RCPH07CCH287ABC 6
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 40
7. Install the trim panel at the filter front with the two
screws removed earlier.
RCPH07CCH288ABC 7
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 41
Wiper system - Problem solving

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
OPERATION
The wiper system consists of two separate systems, front and rear. An optional side wiper, if present, is controlled by
the rear wiper/washer switch.
The front wiper system features two speed wiper control (high and low), as well intermittent wiper control. The rear
and side wipers are single speed, without intermittent control.
The two systems are energized by switched power.
TROUBLESHOOTING
• Fuses 30 and 52 must be intact and powered for the rear and side wipers.
• Circuit breaker 51 must be intact for the front wiper.
Front wiper motor does Power or ground See Wiper system - Testing - Front wiper
not operate. power and ground (E.34.A).
Wiper switch See Wiper system Switch - Testing -
Front wiper/washer (E.34.A).
Wiper motor See Wiper system Motor - Testing - Front
wiper (E.34.A).
Rear wiper motor does Power or ground See Wiper system - Testing - Rear wiper
not operate. power and ground (E.34.A).
Wiper switch See Wiper system Switch - Testing - Side
and rear wiper/washer (E.34.A).
Wiper motor See Wiper system Motor - Testing - Rear
wiper (E.34.A).
Side wiper motor does not Power or ground Wiper system - Testing - Side wiper
operate. power and ground (E.34.A).
Wiper motor See Wiper system Motor - Testing - Side
wiper (E.34.A).
Front wiper operates in Wiper motor See Wiper system Motor - Testing - Front
high speed only – no low wiper (E.34.A).
speed.
Front wiper operates in Wiper motor See Wiper system Motor - Testing - Front
low speed only – no high wiper (E.34.A).
speed.
Front wiper does not Wiper motor See Wiper system Motor - Testing - Front
return to Park position wiper (E.34.A).
when the switch is turned
Off.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 42

Rear wiper does not Wiper motor See Wiper system Motor - Testing - Rear
return to Park position wiper (E.34.A).
when the switch is turned
Off.
Side wiper does not return Wiper motor See Wiper system Motor - Testing - Side
to Park position when the wiper (E.34.A).
switch is turned Off.
Wiper system - Testing - Front wiper power and ground

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

12 V. No voltage.
from connector 127M at the Go to Step 2. Locate and repair open circuit in wire
front wiper switch. 831D (R) between in-line splice SPL-
• Key switch On. C31 and cavity 6 of connector 127F
Check at the switch.
Check Reinstall the connectors and go to Locate and repair open circuit in wire
Measure voltage between pin P of Step 3. 831A (O) between pin P of connector
connector 13M and chassis ground. 13M and in-line splice SPL-C31.
connector 115M at the front wiper Action Action
motor. Go to Step 4. Locate and repair the open circuit in
Check wire 831B (O) between pin C of con-
Measure voltage between pin C of nector 115M and pin P of connector
connector 115M and chassis ground. 13F.
Disconnect connector 116F from Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
connector 116M at the front wiper Action Action
motor. Power and ground circuits test cor- Locate and repair the open circuit
Check rectly. in wire 178 (B) between pin A of
Measure resistance between pin connector 116M and ring terminal
A of connector 116M and chassis ground connector 172F.
ground.
Wiper system - Testing - Rear wiper power and ground

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 43
NOTE: If the side wiper is functioning normally, start with Step 2 of this procedure.
12 V. No voltage.
from the rear wiper switch. Go to Step 2. Locate and repair the open circuit in
• Key switch On. wire 841F (R) between in-line splice
Check SPL-C36 and pins 3 and 6 of con-
Measure voltage between pin 3 of nector 122M at the switch.
connector 122M and chassis ground
and between pin 6 of connector
12 V. No voltage.
• Remove the rear wiper relay Action Action
#14 from its base (connector Go to Step 3.
265F). • Replace the rear wiper re-
lay #14 with a known good
• Key switch On.
relay. If the rear wiper per-
Check
forms correctly, install a new
Measure voltage between terminal
relay and return unit to field
E5 at the relay base and chassis
operation.
ground.
circuit in wire 841H (R) be-
tween terminal E5 at the re-
lay base and splice SPL-
C38.
circuit in ground on wire
177FF (B) between termi-
nal E2 at the relay base and
splice SPL_C35.
Check Reinstall the connectors and go to Locate and repair open circuit in wire
Measure voltage between pin K of Step 4. 831A (O) between pin P of connector
connector 13M and chassis ground. 13M and in-line splice SPL-C31.
Disconnect connector 98FF from 12 V. No voltage.
connector 98MM at the rear wiper Action Action
motor. Go to Step 5. Locate and repair the open circuit in
Check wire 841B (O) between pin C of con-
Measure voltage between pin C nector 98MM and pin K of connector
of connector 98MM and chassis 13F.
ground.
A of connector 98MM and chassis Action Action
ground. Power and ground circuits test cor- Locate and repair the open circuit
rectly. in wire 178 (B) between pin A of
connector 98MM and ring terminal
ground connector 172F.
Wiper system - Testing - Side wiper power and ground

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 44
NOTE: If the rear wiper is functioning normally, start with Step 2 of this procedure.
12 V. No voltage.
from the rear/side wiper Go to Step 2. Locate and repair the open circuit in
switch. wire 841F (R) between in-line splice
• Key switch On. SPL-C36 and pins 3 and 6 of con-
Check nector 122M at the switch.
connector 122M and chassis ground
and between pin 6 of connector
12 V. No voltage.
• Remove the side wiper relay Action Action
#15 from its base (connector Go to Step 3.
265F). • Replace the side wiper re-
lay #15 with a known good
• Key switch On.
relay. If the side wiper per-
Check
forms correctly, install a new
Measure voltage between terminal
relay and return unit to field
D5 at the relay base and chassis
operation.
ground.
circuit in wire 971 (R) be-
tween terminal D5 at the re-
lay base and fuse 30.
circuit in ground on wire
177BD (B) between termi-
nal D2 at the relay base and
splice SPL-C35.
nector 98M at the side wiper motor. Action Action
Measure voltage between pin 4 of in wire 971C (R) between pin 4 of
connector 98M and chassis ground. connector 98M and terminal D5 at
the side wiper relay base.
connector 98M and chassis ground. Action Action
Power and ground circuits test cor- Locate and repair the open circuit in
rectly. wire 177R (B) between pin 4 of con-
nector 98M and ring terminal ground
connector 189F.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 45
Wiper system Switch - Testing - Front wiper/washer

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Approximately 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
from connector 127M at the Go to Step 2. Replace the switch.
front wiper/washer switch.
• Turn the wiper switch to the
Low speed position.
Check
Measure resistance between pins
3 and 6 on connector 127M to the
switch.
Turn the wiper switch to the High Approximately 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
speed position. Action Action
Check Go to Step 3. Replace the switch.
4and 6 on connector 127M to the
switch.
Depress the switch in the Wash po- Approximately 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
Check Switch is operating correctly. Replace the switch.
2 and 6 on connector 127M to the
switch.
Wiper system Switch - Testing - Side and rear wiper/washer

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

from the side and rear wiper/ Go to Step 2. Replace the switch.
washer switch.
• Switch in the On position.
Check
Measure resistance between pins 2
and 3 on the switch.
Turn the wiper switch to the Wash Approximately 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
Check Switch is operating correctly. Replace the switch.
5and 6 on the switch.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 46
Wiper system Motor - Testing - Front wiper

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

from connector 115M at the Go to Step 2. Replace the motor.
front wiper motor.
• Disconnect ground connec-
116M at the front wiper mo-
tor.
Check
A (red) of connector 115F to the mo-
tor and chassis ground.
Measure resistance between cavity Approximately 6 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
B (green) of connector 115F to the Action Action
motor and chassis ground. Go to Step 3. Replace the motor.
Measure resistance between cavity Infinite resistance or overload Low resistance.
C (black) of connector 115F to the Action Action
D (yellow) of connector 115F to the Action Action
motor and chassis ground. Motor tests correctly. Replace the motor.
Wiper system Motor - Testing - Rear wiper

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

• Disconnect connector 98FF Action Action
from connector 98MM at the Go to Step 2. Replace the motor.
rear wiper motor.
• Disconnect ground connec-
tor 99F from connector 99M
at the rear wiper motor.
Check
A (red) of connector 98FF to the mo-
tor and chassis ground.
B (green) of connector 98FF to the Action Action
Measure resistance between cavity Infinite resistance or overload Low resistance.
C (black) of connector 98FF to the Action Action
D (yellow) of connector 98FF to the Action Action
motor and chassis ground. Motor tests correctly. Replace the motor.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 47
Wiper system Motor - Testing - Side wiper

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Disconnect connector 98F from con- Approximately 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
nector 98M at the side wiper motor. Action Action
Measure resistance between cavity in ground on wire 177R (B) to the
1 (red) of connector 98F to the motor motor.
and chassis ground.
Measure resistance between cavi- Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
ties 2 (green) and 1 (black) of con- Action Action
nector 98F to the motor. Go to Step 3. Replace the motor.
Measure resistance between cavi- Approximately 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
ties 3 (red) and 1 (black) of connector Action Action
98F to the motor. Go to Step 4. Replace the motor.
Measure resistance between cavi- Infinite resistance or overload. Low resistance.
ties 4 (yellow) and 1 (black) of con- Action Action
nector 98F to the motor. Motor tests correctly. Replace the motor.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 48
Windscreen washer system - Problem solving

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
OPERATION
The washer system consists of two separate systems, front and rear. The washer system shares control circuits with
the wiper system at the front and rear switches.
The two systems are energized by switched power.
TROUBLESHOOTING
• Fuses 30 and 52 must be intact and powered for the rear washer.
• Circuit breaker 51 must be intact for the front washer.
Front washer not Washer switch See Wiper system Switch - Testing -
operating. Front wiper/washer (E.34.A).
Washer motor See Windscreen washer system Motor -
Testing - Front washer (E.34.A).
Washer fluid supply Check reservoir and fluid lines.
Rear washer not Washer switch See Wiper system Switch - Testing - Side
operating. and rear wiper/washer (E.34.A).
Washer motor See Windscreen washer system Motor -
Testing - Rear washer (E.34.A).
Washer fluid supply Check reservoir and fluid lines.
Windscreen washer system Motor - Testing - Front washer

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Disconnect connector 212M from the Less than or about 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
front washer motor. Action Action
Check Go to Step 2. Replace the washer motor.
Measure resistance between cavi-
ties A and B on the washer motor.
A on connector 212M and chassis Action Action
in wire 600H (B) between connector
212M and splice SPL-E1.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 49

12 V. No voltage.
• Depress and hold the wash Front washer circuits are performing Go to Step 4.
switch On. properly.
Check
Measure voltage between pin B
on connector 212M and chassis
ground.
12 V. No voltage.
• Disconnect in-line connec- Action Action
tor 28F from connector 28M. Go to Step 5. Locate and repair the open circuit
• Depress and hold the wash in wire 836D (O) between pin B of
switch On. connector 212M at the washer motor
Check and pin 7 of connector 28M.
12 V. No voltage.
• Depress and hold the wash wire 836B (O) between cavity 7 of
switch On. connector 28F and pin 81 of connec-
Check tor 10M.
Measure voltage between cavity
ground.
Depress and hold the wash switch 12 V. No voltage.
On. Action Action
Check Locate and repair the open circuit in Locate and repair the open circuit in
Measure voltage between in-line wire 836A (O) between the in-line wire 836A (O) between the in-line
splice between cavity 81 or connec- splice and cavity 81 or connector splice and cavity 3 of connector
tor 10F and cavity 3 of connector 10F. 127F.
127F at the front wiper switch.
Windscreen washer system Motor - Testing - Rear washer

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Disconnect connector 213M from the Less than or about 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
rear washer motor. Action Action
Check Go to Step 2. Replace the washer motor.
Measure resistance between cavi-
ties A and B on the washer motor.
A on connector 213M and chassis Action Action
in wire 600G (B) between connector
213M and splice SPL-E1.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 50

12 V. No voltage.
• Depress and hold the wash Front washer circuits are performing Go to Step 4.
switch On. properly.
Check
Measure voltage between pin B
on connector 213M and chassis
ground.
12 V. No voltage.
• Disconnect in-line connec- Action Action
tor 28F from connector 28M. Go to Step 5. Locate and repair the open circuit
• Depress and hold the wash in wire 845C (O) between pin B of
switch On. connector 213M at the washer motor
Check and pin 8 of connector 28M.
12 V. No voltage.
• Depress and hold the wash wire 845B (O) between cavity 7 of
switch On. connector 28F and pin 82 of connec-
Check tor 10M.
Measure voltage between cavity
ground.
Depress and hold the wash switch 12 V. No voltage.
On. Action Action
Check Check connectors between the rear Locate and repair the open circuit in
Measure voltage between pin 5 of washer switch and the washer motor wire 841F (R) between cavity 82 of
connector 122M at the rear washer for bent, recessed or corroded pin. connector 10F and pin 5 of connec-
switch and chassis ground. tor 122M.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 51
Pressurisation system - Testing - Blower power and ground

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Operate the engine at 500+ RPM to 12 V. No voltage.
engage the cab pressurizer blower. Action Action
Put the defog/defrost switch in the Go to Step 2. Replace fuse 10 and/or locate and
Off position, if required. repair open condition to the fuse.
Check
Check if 12 V is present at fuse 10 (
15 A)
nector 90M at the cab pressurizer Action Action
blower. Go to Step 3. Go to Step 5.
Check
Measure voltage between cavity A of
Check for continuity through the mo- Continuity present. No continuity.
tor between pins A and B on connec- Action Action
tor 90M. Go to Step 4. Replace the blower motor. Return
Key switch off. Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
Check Action Action
Measure resistance between cavity Go to Step 5. Locate and repair open circuit be-
B of connector 90F at the motor and tween cavity B of connector 90F at
chassis ground. the motor and ring terminal ground
connector 189F via splice SPL-A6.
Cab pressurizer blower operates Cab pressurizer blower does not op-
Test the relay: correctly. erate.
• Turn the key switch Off. Action Action
Replace the test relay with a new re- Go to Step 6.
• Replace the cab pressur- lay, and return the unit to field oper-
izer blower relay #10 with a ation.
known good relay.
• Operate the engine at 500+
RPM to engage the cab
pressurizer blower. Put the
defog/defrost switch in the
Off position, if required.
Measure voltage between cavity A3 12 V. No voltage
of connector 264F at the cab pres- Action Action
surizer blower relay #10 and chassis Go to Step 7. Locate and repair the open circuit
ground. on wire 195A between the relay and
fuse 10.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 52

Measure voltage between cavity A1 12 V. No voltage.
of connector 264F at the cab pres- Action Action
surizer blower relay #10 and chassis Go to Step 8. Locate and repair the open circuit on
ground. wire 808C between cavity A1 of the
relay and pin 5 of connector 426M at
the instrument cluster.
Disconnect in line connector 10F 12 V. No voltage.
from connector 10M. Action Action
Check Locate and repair the open circuit in Locate and repair the open circuit
Measure voltage between cavity 85 wire 195C between pin 85 of con- in wire 195B between cavity 85 of
of in-line connector 10F and chassis nector 10M and cavity A of connector connector 10F and cavity A5 of con-
ground. 90F at the blower motor. nector 264F at the cab pressurizer
blower relay #10.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 53
Index

Pressurisation system - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Pressurisation system - Install - Cab pressurizer blower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Pressurisation system - Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Pressurisation system - Remove - Cab pressurizer blower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Pressurisation system - Testing - Blower power and ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
USER PLATFORM - Install - Cab install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
USER PLATFORM - Lower - Cab lower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
USER PLATFORM - Raise - Cab raise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
USER PLATFORM - Remove - Cab remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
USER PLATFORM - Special tools - Cab raise/lower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
USER PLATFORM - Special tools - Cab remove/install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
USER PLATFORM - Torque - Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Windscreen washer system - Problem solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Windscreen washer system Motor - Testing - Front washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Windscreen washer system Motor - Testing - Rear washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Wiper system - Problem solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Wiper system - Testing - Front wiper power and ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Wiper system - Testing - Rear wiper power and ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Wiper system - Testing - Side wiper power and ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Wiper system Motor - Testing - Front wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Wiper system Motor - Testing - Rear wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Wiper system Motor - Testing - Side wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Wiper system Switch - Testing - Front wiper/washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Wiper system Switch - Testing - Side and rear wiper/washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
E.34.A / 54
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning

- 40.D
T8010
T8020
T8030
T8040
T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 1
Contents
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - 40.D
TECHNICAL DATA
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
General specification - Temperature/pressure chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Capacity - R134a refrigerant charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Receiver/drier
Service limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Sensing system
Temperature sensor - General specification - Cab sensor - Temperature versus resistance . . . . . . . . . . 13
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Evaporator temperature sensor - General specification - Temperature versus resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Dynamic description - A/C thermal operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Dynamic description - Automatic temperature control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Component identification - Auto temperature control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Dynamic description - System flushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Dynamic description - Recovery of R134a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Dynamic description - Leak detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Dynamic description - UV dye injection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Heater valve
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Compressor
Magnetic clutch - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Magnetic clutch - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Static description - SP-20 PAG oil adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 2
Condenser
Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Receiver/drier
Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Ventilation system
Blower speed drive - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Electrical control
Temperature control potentiometer - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Blower speed potentiometer - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Electronic HVAC control

Dynamic description - Controller power, ground, and switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Sensing system
High pressure switch - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Low pressure switch - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Temperature sensor - Dynamic description - Cab temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Evaporator temperature sensor - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
SERVICE
Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Recover - Refrigerant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Evacuate - Air conditioning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Charging - Air conditioning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Decontaminating - Complete circuit flushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Decontaminating - Component flushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Decontaminating - Post flushing procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Heater valve
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Compressor
Preliminary test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 3
Level make up - SP-20 PAG oil injection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Level make up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Magnetic clutch - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Magnetic clutch - Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Magnetic clutch - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Magnetic clutch - Adjust air gap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Evaporator
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Reseal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Expansion valve
Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Decontaminating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Ventilation system
Motor - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Blower speed drive - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Replace - ATC controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
DIAGNOSTIC
Problem solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Command
Switch - Testing - ATC switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Switch - Testing - Defog switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Heater valve
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Compressor
Magnetic clutch - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 4
Ventilation system
Blower speed drive - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Electrical control
Temperature control potentiometer - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Blower speed potentiometer - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Testing - Controller replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Testing - Controller power and ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Sensing system
Temperature sensor - Testing - Cab temperature sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Evaporator temperature sensor - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
High pressure switch - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Low pressure switch - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 5
BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning

- Special tools
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Refrigerant recovery station – OEM1415

This station is used to recover R134A refrigerant,
evacuate air and moisture from the air conditioning
system, and charge the system with R134A refrigerant.
RCPH07SPT081AAA 1
Compressor tool set – CAS10747A

This tool kit is used to remove and replace the clutch
on the compressor.
RCPH07SPT082AAA 2
Stem type thermometer – CAS10248

This tool is used to measure air temperature from the
cab louvers for air conditioning performance testing and
the ambient air temperature.
RCPH07SPT104AAA 3
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 6
Refrigerant identifier – OEM4450

This tool is used to measure the purity of R134A
refrigerant.
RCPH07SPT085AAA 4
Electronic leak detector – OEM1437

This tool detects leaking refrigerant for air conditioning
troubleshooting and repair.
RCPH07SPT096AAA 5
UV leak detection lamp and goggles – BSL750

This tool detects leaking refrigerant by fluorescing a dye
added to the refrigerant.
RCPH07SPT105AAA 6
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 7
UV dye injector – BSL734

Connected to a recovery work station, this tool is used to
inject UV dye into the refrigerant for UV leak detection.
RCPH07SPT100AAA 7
Leak detection dye – B726012

This dye is added to R134A refrigerant to permit UV
leak detection.
RCPH07SPT099AAA 8
Dye cleaner – B795016

This cleaner is used to remove UV dye from system
components after a leak has been repaired to avoid false
reports during future testing.
RCPH07SPT101AAA 9
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 8
Easy dye injector tool – BSL738

This tool is used to inject UV dye for leak detection into
the refrigerant while the system is operating.
RCPH07SPT098AAA 10
Easy dye charge cans – BSL634

UV dye suspended in PAG oil for injection into an
operating system
RCPH07SPT097AAA 11
Power flush – 17550

Powered by shop air, this air conditioning system flushing
unit performs complete circuit and individual component
flushing. Uses flushing solution BS33801.
RCPH07SPT102AAA 12
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 9
Flush gun – 17585

Shop air-charged canister used to flush individual hoses
or small components like the thermal expansion valve.
RCPH07SPT103AAA 13
Flushing adapter kit – 17582

Flushing adapters used to connect the power flush tool
to the air conditioning system.
RCPH07SPT095AAA 14

- General specification - Temperature/pressure chart
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Metric standard
Ambient Normal low side pressure Normal high side pressure Louver temperature*
temp Low relative High relative Low relative High relative Low High
humidity** humidity humidity** humidity relative relative
humidity** humidity
21 °C 117 - 138 kPa 145 - 172 kPa 938 - 1117 kPa 1040 - 1214 kPa 13 °C 17 °C
U.S. standard
humidity** humidity
70 °F 17 - 20 psi 21 - 25 psi 136 - 162 psi 151 - 176 psi 55 °F 62 °F
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 10
humidity** humidity
* Temperatures shown are the highest normal temperatures expected at the louvers; actual temperatures
may be cooler. Louver temperature should be measured in the louvers facing the operator.
** Compressor clutch cycling may occur under low humidity, low temperature conditions.
The temperature/pressure chart is based on the following conditions:

1. Engine operating at 1500 RPM.
2. No engine load.
3. Blower speed control at the highest speed setting.
4. Door and rear window open.
5. Air conditioner temperature control set to maximum cooling.
6. Air conditioner control switch set to On (standard climate control) or Defog/defrost (automatic temperature control).
7. Gauge readings taken 15 minutes after start up.
8. Hood closed with all side panels in position.
9. Heater supply line clamped and return valve closed at the engine.
10. All cab air louvers open.

- Capacity - R134a refrigerant charge
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Models R134a refrigerant charge

All T8000 Series tractors 2.1 kg (4.63 lb)
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 11
Receiver/drier - Service limits

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Replace the receiver/drier if:

1. System has been opened before.
2. Receiver/drier has been used two or more years.
3. Disassembly show small particles of moisture remov-
ing material (gold or brown particles).
4. If the system has been open for a long period of time
because of a leak (broken hoses, loose connection)
that has permitted air and moisture to enter the sys-
tem.
5. If contaminated refrigerant was recovered from the
system.
RCPH07CCH074BAB 1
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 12
Sensing system Temperature sensor - General specification - Cab

sensor - Temperature versus resistance
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
°C °F Ohm
-40 °C -40 °F 100865 Ω
-35 °C -31 °F 72437 Ω
-30 °C -22 °F 52594 Ω
-25 °C -13 °F 38583 Ω
-20 °C -4 °F 28582 Ω
-15 °C 5 °F 21371 Ω
-10 °C 14 °F 16120 Ω
-5 °C 23 °F 12261 Ω
0 °C 32 °F 9399 Ω
5 °C 41 °F 7263 Ω
10 °C 50 °F 5658 Ω
15 °C 59 °F 4441 Ω
20 °C 68 °F 3511 Ω
25 °C 77 °F 2795 Ω
30 °C 86 °F 2240 Ω
35 °C 95 °F 1806 Ω
40 °C 104 °F 1465 Ω
45 °C 113 °F 1195 Ω
50 °C 122 °F 980.3 Ω
55 °C 131 °F 808.8 Ω
60 °C 140 °F 670.9 Ω
65 °C 149 °F 559.4 Ω
70 °C 158 °F 468.7 Ω
75 °C 167 °F 394.6 Ω
80 °C 176 °F 333.8 Ω
85 °C 185 °F 283.5 Ω
90 °C 194 °F 241.8 Ω
95 °C 203 °F 207.1 Ω
100 °C 212 °F 178.0 Ω
105 °C 221 °F 153.6 Ω
110 °C 230 °F 133.0 Ω
115 °C 239 °F 115.7 Ω
120 °C 248 °F 100.9 Ω
125 °C 257 °F 88.32 Ω
130 °C 266 °F 77.54 Ω
135 °C 275 °F 68.29 Ω
140 °C 284 °F 60.32 Ω
145 °C 293 °F 53.43 Ω
150 °C 302 °F 47.46 Ω
Sensing system Evaporator temperature sensor - General

specification - Temperature versus resistance
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Temperature Resistance Temperature Resistance

32 °F 0 °C 66.0 k Ω 56 °F 13.3 °C 34.10 k Ω
33 °F 0.6 °C 64.14 k Ω 57 °F 13.9 °C 33.22 k Ω
34 °F 1.1 °C 62.33 k Ω 58 °F 14.4 °C 32.36 k Ω
35 °F 1.7 °C 60.58 k Ω 59 °F 15 °C 31.52 k Ω
36 °F 2.2 °C 58.89 k Ω 60 °F 15.6 °C 30.71 k Ω
37 °F 2.8 °C 57.25 k Ω 61 °F 16.1 °C 29.93 k Ω
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 13
Temperature Resistance Temperature Resistance

38 °F 3.3 °C 55.66 k Ω 62 °F 16.7 °C 29.16 k Ω
39 °F 3.9 °C 54.12 k Ω 63 °F 17.2 °C 28.42 k Ω
40 °F 4.4 °C 52.63 k Ω 64 °F 17.8 °C 27.7 k Ω
41 °F 5.0 °C 51.18 k Ω 65 °F 18.3 °C 27.0 k Ω
42 °F 5.6 °C 49.78 k Ω 66 °F 18.9 °C 26.32 k Ω
43 °F 6.1 °C 48.44 k Ω 67 °F 19.4 °C 25.66 k Ω
44 °F 6.7 °C 47.11 k Ω 68 °F 20 °C 25.02 k Ω
45 °F 7.2 °C 45.83 k Ω 69 °F 20.6 °C 24.4 k Ω
46 °F 7.8 °C 44.59 k Ω 70 °F 21.1 °C 23.79 k Ω
47 °F 8.3 °C 43.4 k Ω 71 °F 21.7 °C 23.2 k Ω
48 °F 8.9 °C 42.23 k Ω 72 °F 22.2 °C 22.63 k Ω
49 °F 9.4 °C 41.1 k Ω 73 °F 22.8 °C 22.07 k Ω
50 °F 10 °C 40.01 k Ω 74 °F 23.3 °C 21.53 k Ω
51 °F 10.6 °C 38.95 k Ω 75 °F 23.9 °C 21.01 k Ω
52 °F 11.1 °C 37.92 k Ω 76 °F 24.4 °C 20.5 k Ω
53 °F 11.7 °C 36.92 k Ω 77 °F 25 °C 20 k Ω
54 °F 12.2 °C 35.95 k Ω 78 °F 25.6 °C 19.52 k Ω
55 °F 12.8 °C 35.01 k Ω 79 °F 26.1 °C 19.05 k Ω
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 14

- Dynamic description - A/C thermal operation
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
The refrigerant circuit of the air conditioning system contains five major components:
• compressor,
• condenser,
• receiver-drier,
• expansion valve,
• and evaporator.
These components are connected by tubes and hoses and operate as a closed system. The air conditioner system
is charged with HFC-134a refrigerant.
The compressor receives the refrigerant as a low pressure gas. The compressor then compresses the refrigerant
and sends it in the form of a high pressure gas to the condenser. Air flow through the condenser removes the heat
from the refrigerant. As the heat is removed the refrigerant is “condensed” to a high pressure liquid.
The high pressure refrigerant liquid flows from the condenser to the receiver-drier. The receiver-drier is a container
filled with moisture removing material, which removes any moisture that may have entered the air conditioner system
in order to prevent corrosion of the internal components.
NOTE: Not all refrigerant leaves the condenser as a liquid. Some leaves as a gas without affecting system perfor-
mance. Liquid refrigerant pools at the bottom of the receiver-drier, while the lighter gas collects at the top. Since
the pick-up tube draws refrigerant from the bottom of the receiver-drier, only liquid refrigerant flows to the thermal
expansion valve.
The refrigerant, still in high pressure liquid form, flows from the receiver-drier to the expansion valve. The expansion
valve provides a restriction to refrigerant flow to cause a pressure drop which allows the liquid refrigerant to expand,
decreasing its temperature and pressure.
NOTE: The thermal expansion valve is internally equalized: the need for refrigerant to handle the heat load is bal-
anced with the ability to fully vaporize the refrigerant within the one valve.
This low temperature, low pressure liquid or mist flows through the evaporator. The hot cab air passes through the
evaporator fins cooling the air and evaporating the liquid refrigerant.
The low pressure gas returns to the compressor and the cycle starts all over again.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 15
RCPH07CCH490ABC 1
Low pressure gas 1. Compressor 4. Thermal expansion valve
Low pressure liquid 2. Condenser 5. Evaporator
High pressure gas 3. Receiver-drier
High pressure liquid
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 16

- Dynamic description - Automatic temperature control
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
The ATC controller is a closed loop control device which takes the data from a variety of inputs and executes output
instructions to the devices it controls. The controlling parameter for the system is cab inside temperature.
The operator selects a desired cab temperature with the temperature control. The controller uses the compressor,
heater control valve and blower speed to drive to and maintain the desired set point.
The controller receives input from the following controls and sensors:
• ATC and Defog/defrost switches on the desired operational mode for the system: Off, Automatic or Defog/Defrost,
• Cab temperature sensor, located at the recirculated air return, on current cab temperature,
• Set point temperature, selected by the operator with the temperature control, on desired cab temperature,
• Evaporator temperature sensor, inserted in the evaporator/heater assembly, on current cooling or heating temper-
atures,
• Low pressure switch on the status of abnormal system pressures on the low side,
• High pressure switch on the status of abnormal system pressures on the high side,
• Blower speed control when the operator chooses to override the blower speed selected by the controller,
• and °F/°C display selector which changes temperature display from Fahrenheit to Celsius.
To accomplish its heating and cooling functions, the controller uses the following output devices:
• Compressor clutch via clutch relay to engage or disengage the compressor to achieve the desired cab cooling set
point,
• Heater control valve by varying the valve opening, to achieve the desired cab heating set point,
• Blower speed via blower speed driver to deliver the conditioned air from the evaporator/heater assembly at a
speed proportional to the gap between the current cab temperature and the desired set point,
• and instrument cluster display to display the desired cab temperature set point, operational modes, system status
and fault codes.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 17
RCPH07CCH489ABC 1
1. Blower speed control Manual selection of A. Blower Off

blower speed which B. Maximum blower speed
overrides controller
selection
C. Automatic mode
Selects operational
2. ATC switch D. Off
mode
E. Manual mode
3. Defog/defrost switch Selects maximum F. Defog/defrost mode
cooling and blower
speed for clearing the
windows of frost or fog.
Displays temperature RCPH07CCH449ABC 2

4. Instrument cluster G. Digital Temperature Display: Displays current
set point and system
display set point selected by the operator for desired cab
status
temperature. On start up flashes “88” for short time to
indicate that the controller is initializing. When system
fault occurs, display toggles between temperature
display and fault code number.
H. Displays °F or °C for Fahrenheit or Celsius. To
change the display between °F and °C, press and
hold the Auto key for three seconds after the screen
is active.
I. Icon displays when system is operating in
Defog/defrost mode.
J. Auto/manual mode status
K. Blower control status
L. Blower control level
Selects temperature M. ATC Temperature Range: 15.6 - 32 °C (60 - 90 °F)
set point, the controlling N. Maximum Cooling Zone: 15.5 °C (60 °F)
5. Temperature Control
parameter for the O. Maximum Heating Zone: 32 °C (90 °F)
system
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 18
Automatic mode
Automatic mode is selected by placing the three position mode switch in Auto position (down position). The Auto
icon l displays on the bottom right corner of the programmable display screen. In this mode the system attempts to
maintain the cab set point selected by the operator with the temperature control by modulating air temperature and
fan speed.
If the blower fan knob is adjusted while in the Automatic mode, the blower speed is changed to a manually selected
setting and remains constant. The system will attempt to maintain cab set point temperature only by modulating air
temperature at the blower speed selected by the operator. To return to automatic control mode, toggle the three
position mode switch from Auto to Off and then back to the Auto.
Maximum cooling is selected by moving the temperature control fully counter clockwise. In this mode, the blower fan
is automatically set to full speed, the pressurizer blower is disengaged (unless defog mode has been previously
selected) and the A/C system delivers maximum cooling capacity. Pressurizer blower is reengaged in two ways:
1. If defog function is selected by pressing momentary defog switch to provide additional fresh air required for defog
operation.
2. Blower speed setting is manually reduced to a lower setting.
Maximum heating is selected by moving the temperature control fully clockwise. In this mode, the blower fan is auto-
matically set to full speed and the heating system delivers maximum heating capacity. Blower speed can be manually
changed to a lower speed.
NOTE: In any heating operation, blower speed remains at 25% until the circulated air flow warms to 12.8 °C (55 °F).
Off mode
Off mode is selected by placing the three position mode switch in the Off position. (center position) In Off mode the
blower fan is disengaged and the HVAC system provides no means of cooling or heating the cab. The pressurizer
blower continues to operate to provide fresh air and to pressurize the cab.
If the blower fan knob is adjusted while in Off mode, blower speed is changed to the manually selected setting and
remains constant. To turn the blower Off again, turn the blower speed control fully counter clockwise or toggle the
three position mode switch from Off to Auto or Manual mode and then back to Off.
Manual mode
Manual mode is selected by placing the three position mode switch in the manual position (up position). In manual
mode all control variables such as blower speed, level of cooling or heating are set by the operator. The system does
not maintain cab temperature but rather maintains the blower speed and cooling or heating level requested by the
operator. If tractor cab heating or cooling load changes, the operator must adjust the controls to maintain an adequate
comfort level in the cab.
Defog mode
The purpose of Defog mode is removal of moisture from the cab which is fogging or frosting the windows.
Defog mode is selected by pressing the momentary Defog switch when in Auto or Manual mode. The switch lamp
illuminates, and the defog icon displays in the lower left corner on the instrument cluster display.
The HVAC system enables the A/C compressor to run at all times, but otherwise functions according to the mode
selected by the three position ATC selection switch. Defog mode is exited if the momentary defog switch is pressed
again or Off is selected with the three position ATC switch. Once entered, Defog mode is retained if the three position
mode switch is toggled quickly between Auto and Manual modes. Defog mode is exited if the mode switch is toggled
slowly or the key switch is cycled Off and then On.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 19
Automatic operation summary

(ATC switch set to “Auto,” and “Auto” displays on the instrument cluster. No fault codes active.)
Temperature argument Controller needs a 2 °F ( 1 °C) difference between the set point and temperature sensed
at cab sensor before responding - engaging the compressor or opening the heater
valve. Selecting a set point one degree cooler or warmer than the temperature desired
may increase operator comfort.
If difference between cab temperature and the Then the blower speed used by the
set point is ... controller is ...
less than or equal to 2 °F ( 1 °C) 25%
greater than 2 °F ( 1 °C) but less than or equal 35%*
to 4 °F ( 2 °C)
to 6 °F ( 3 °C)
Blower speed
to 8 °F ( 4 °C)
greater than 8 °F ( 4 °C) but less than or equal to 65%*
10 °F ( 5 °C)
greater than 10 °F ( 5 °C) but less than or equal to 75%*
12 °F ( 6 °C)
greater than 12 °F ( 6 °C) 100%*
Compressor clutch Compressor clutch is cycled On or Off by the controller as needed to drive to or maintain
cycling the desired cab temperature set point.
Heater control valve Heater control valve is opened or closed as needed to drive to or maintain the desired
cab temperature set point.
Manual override of blower • Blower speed remains in position selected by operator.
control
• Instrument cluster display no longer displays “Auto” for automatic.
• Temperature control remain automatic, but controller cannot use any speed beyond
that selected to achieve the desired set point.
• Turning ATC switch Off and then to “Auto” returns system to automatic operation.
Maximum cool setting • Blower speed at 100%.

selected The clutch is only cycled Off when the freeze setting – 0 °C (32 °F) – is reached at the
•
evaporator temperature sensor, and then On again when temperature sensed warms
to 3 °C (37 °F).
• Moving the temperature control outside the maximum range returns the system to
automatic control of compressor, blower and mode door.
Maximum heat setting • Blower speed at 100%.*

selected Heater control valve at full open position
•
• Moving the temperature control outside the maximum range returns the system to
automatic control of valve, blower and mode door.
Exception * When heating is selected, blower speed remains at 25% until temperature sensed
at evaporator exceeds 12.8 °C (55 °F).
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 20
Defog/defrost operation summary

(Defog/defrost switch “On,” defog light On, no fault codes active.)
Temperature argument Controller needs a 2 °F ( 1 °C) difference between the set point and
temperature sensed at cab sensor before responding – engaging the
compressor or opening the heater valve. Selecting a set point one degree
cooler or warmer than the temperature desired may increase operator
comfort.
If difference between cab temperature Then the blower speed used by the
and the set point is ... controller is ...
less than or equal to 2 °F ( 1 °C) 25%
greater than 2 °F ( 1 °C) but less than 35%
or equal to 4 °F ( 2 °C)
Blower speed
greater than 10 °F ( 5 °C) but less 75%
than or equal to 12 °F ( 6 °C)
greater than 12 °F ( 6 °C) 100%
Compressor clutch cycling ** Compressor runs continuously to remove moisture from cab. The clutch
is only cycled Off when the freeze setting – 0 °C (32 °F) – is reached at
the evaporator temperature sensor, and then On again when temperature
sensed warms to 3 °C (37 °F).
Heater control valve Heater control valve is opened or closed as needed to drive to or maintain
the desired cab temperature set point.
• Blower speed remains in position selected by operator.
• Instrument cluster continues to display “defog” icon.
• Temperature control remain automatic, but controller cannot use any
Manual Override of Blower Control speed beyond that selected to achieve the desired set point.
• Turning ATC switch Off and then to the “snowflake” icon returns the blower
to standard defog operation.
Maximum cool setting selected Improper use of the system; compressor is running continuously in defog
mode. Temperature control must be in heating range to defog or defrost
the cab.
• Blower speed at 100%.
• Heater control valve at full open position
Maximum heat setting selected • Instrument cluster display continues to display “defog” icon.
• Moving the temperature control outside the maximum range returns the
system to standard defog control of valve and blower.
Exceptions * When heating is selected, blower speed remains at 25% until temperature
sensed at evaporator exceeds 12.8 °C (55 °F).
** On very cold days, compressor does not engage until temperature at the
evaporator sensor exceeds 0 °C (32 °F).
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 21

- Component identification - Auto temperature control
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
HVAC box components
RCPH07CCH470ABC 1
RCPH07CCH471ABC 2
1. Blower Speed Driver 5. Blower Motor Assembly 9. Cab Temperature Sensor

2. ATC Controller 6. Evaporator Core 10. Low Pressure Switch
3. Thermal Expansion Valve 7. Evaporator Temperature Sensor
4. Heater Control Valve 8. Cab Temperature Sensor
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 22
RCPH07CCH494ABC 3
1. Lid assembly 7. Heater/evaporator assembly 13. Base weldment

2. ATC controller 8. A/C suction line tube 14. Evaporator box assembly
3. Blower speed driver 9. A/C liquid line tube 15 Thermal expansion valve
4. Blower assembly 10. Heater supply hose 16. Drain hose
5. A/C low pressure switch 11. Heater return hose 17. Check valve
6. Heater control valve assembly 12. Evaporator temperature sensor
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 23
Chassis components
RCPH07CCH382ABC 4
RCPH07CCH380ABC 5
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 24
RCPH07CCH379ABC 6
1. Receiver dryer 5. Pressure tube

2. Condenser 6. Suction tube
3. Compressor 7. Heater supply
4. High pressure switch 8. Heater return
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 25

- Dynamic description - System flushing
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
When flushing is necessary, all affected components should be flushed to eliminate the possibility of contaminants
remaining in the system.
There are two methods of A/C system flushing: individual component flushing and complete circuit flushing. The
complete circuit is the system minus the compressor, receiver-drier and thermal expansion valve. The compressor,
receiver-drier and thermal expansion valve are always bypassed (removed) during circuit flushing and serviced in-
dividually. The receiver-drier is always replaced anytime a system is flushed. The expansion valve, due to its small
orifices, is removed from the system and cleaned (or replaced). The compressor is either replaced or reused, but is
never flushed.
The preferred method of system flushing is individual component flushing. Given the size of Mew Holland equipment
and the distance between components, individual component flushing will dislodge and flush out more contamination
than complete circuit flushing. Which individual components are flushed will depend on the source of the contamina-
tion and is left to the discretion of the technician.
For “mildly” contaminated systems, complete circuit flushing may be used, where the contamination is oxidized re-
frigerant oil or small amounts of receiver-drier desiccant. Complete circuit flushing requires little system disassembly,
minimal special connectors and the least amount of service time.
The most likely sources of contamination are compressor failure and receiver-drier failure.
Compressor failure
A failed compressor generally sends debris downstream to the condenser, the receiver-drier and towards the thermal
expansion valve. If the compressor fails internally, it must be replaced. Also individual flushing of the hose between
the compressor and condenser, of the hose between the condenser and receiver-drier, of the condenser itself and
replacing the receiver-drier are appropriate service actions for compressor failure.
For most condensers with a single flow path, flushing effectively removes debris. For condensers with parallel flow
paths, since flushing takes the path of least resistance around any blockage, condenser replacement may be the only
option.
The receiver-drier has a fine mesh screen to capture contaminants, but the contaminants may penetrated the screen.
Check the discharge port of the receiver-drier to see if contaminants have penetrated the screen. If so, individual
flushing of the hose between the receiver-drier and the expansion valve and cleaning the thermal expansion valve
are appropriate. If the thermal expansion valve is damaged, replace it as well.
Additional flushing of the system beyond the thermal expansion valve is at the discretion of the service technician
who can best judge how far the contamination has traveled.
Receiver-drier failure
Receiver-driers should not normally fail if replaced:
1. When system has been opened before.
2. When receiver-drier has been in service two or more years.
3. When the system has been open for a long period of time because of a leak (broken hoses, loose connection) that
has permitted air and moisture to enter the system.
4. When contaminated refrigerant was recovered from the system.
However, if the desiccant pouch is punctured by a debris from a failed compressor or fails from age, desiccant particles
may flow downstream toward the thermal expansion valve and the evaporator. An indicator of receiver-drier failure is
soft golden-brown particles found at its outlet. The thermal expansion valve should always be checked after receiver-
drier failure.
If the receiver-drier fails, it must be replaced. Also individual flushing of the liquid hose between the receiver-drier and
the thermal expansion valve and cleaning the valve are appropriate.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 26
Check the suction line from the valve to the compressor and the compressor suction port. If golden brown particles
is found, flush the evaporator and suction line individually. The compressor may be reused after all contaminants
are removed:
1. Use the dipstick to measure the compressor oil level.
2. Drain and refill the compressor with PAG oil until the drained oil is free of particles.
3. Rotate the compressor clockwise to check for binding caused by the presence of particles.
4. Drain or add PAG to return the compressor to measured dipstick level.
NOTICE: Flushing solvent cannot be used to remove compressor contaminants.
Additional flushing of the system beyond the thermal expansion valve is at the discretion of the service technician
who can best judge how far the contamination has traveled.
Required Tools
The following tools are required when flushing an A/C
system or components:
• Power Flush 17550 or equivalent
RCPH07CCH406ABC 1
• Flush Gun Kit 17585 or equivalent
RCPH07CCH375ABC 2
• A/C Flushing Solvent

• Dry shop air source, use a coalescing air filter/dryer. Desiccant-type air driers should not be used.
• Adapters to connect flush unit to the various A/C system components. These adapters can be purchased in kit
form or built in the shop.
• Clear plastic reinforced hose to connect the tank to various components and small lengths for bypassing compo-
nents like the receiver-drier or thermal expansion valve.
Optional tools include:

• Pressure regulator to control flow to the flush unit; regulator must be capable of delivering 310 - 620 kPa (45 - 90
psi) at 0.113 cmm ( 4.0 cfm). Do not exceed 620 kPa (90 psi).
• Pressure indicator gauge (which may be integrated into the pressure regulator)
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 27
Precautions
A/C flushing solvent is a hazardous material. Read all warnings on the flushing solvent container prior to use and
observe these safety precautions:
1. The flushing solvent is combustible. Avoid heat, sparks and open flame.
2. Use only in a well ventilated area. Mechanical exhaust and an appropriate respirator may be needed in warm and
confined areas to protect your safety.
3. Avoid breathing mist and vapor.
4. Wear chemical splash safety goggles.
5. Wear rubber gloves and a rubber apron when handling the solvent or flushing components.
6. Observe all local, state and federal regulations regarding the safe disposal of used flushing solvent.
The goal of flushing is to remove contaminants from the A/C system. Your shop air must be properly filtered and
dried with coalescing filter, or you will simply replace one source of contamination with another using dirty, moisture
saturated air.
The compressor, receiver-drier and thermal expansion valve must be bypassed (removed) when performing circuit
flushing. The compressor and receiver-drier may never be flushed; the thermal expansion valve can be back flushed.
Keep the lid on the flushing recovery bucket closed when flushing to minimize the circulation of solvent vapors.
Never allow the flushing solvent to remain in or on the hoses for an extended period of time. Overexposure of the
hoses to the solvent, especially the exterior, may cause hose swelling.
Do not open the fill cap on the flush reservoir when the reservoir is under pressure. Release pressure before removing
cap.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 28

- Dynamic description - Recovery of R134a
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
In many countries, recovery, recycling and reclamation have legal definitions and standard meanings in the mobile
A/C industry.
Recovery is transferring refrigerant in any condition from a system to a storage container without testing or purifying
the refrigerant in any way.
Recycling is the cleaning of refrigerant for reuse by oil-separation, non-condensable gas removal and single or mul-
tiple passes through filter/moisture absorption devices.
Reclamation is processing refrigerant to a level equal to new product specifications as determined by chemical anal-
ysis, (testing to ARI 700).
In servicing A/C systems with OEM1415 (1), when “re-
cover” is depressed, the refrigerant in the vehicle is trans-
ferred to the recovery tank on the unit without testing or
purifying. At the same time, SP-20 PAG oil is separated
from the refrigerant and stored separately in the reservoir.
This oil requires proper disposal and should never be re-
turned to the vehicle.
When “vacuum” is depressed, the vacuum pump on

OEM1415 evacuates the atmosphere in the vehicle A/C
system to a vacuum of 711.2 - 749.3 mm Hg (28.0 - 29.5
in Hg). Air and moisture are removed in the process, and
only SP-20 PAG oil remains in the vehicle’s A/C system.
RCPH07CCH242ABC 1
When “recycle” is depressed, the entire contents of the recovery tank on OEM1415 are “recycled.” The refrigerant in
the tank is passed through a filter-drier in OEM1415 and cleaned; non-condensables are removed, and air is purged
automatically. (Older recovery units have manual air purge.)
NOTE: In automatic operation, recycling begins about 5 seconds after the vacuum pump starts.
NOTE: During recycling, some additional SP-20 PAG oil is separated from the refrigerant and stored separately in
the reservoir.
Only new SP-20 PAG oil is added to replace the oil which was separated during recovery, and when “recharge” is
depressed, only clean “recycled” refrigerant is returned to the vehicle’s A/C system.
OEM1415 does not perform “reclamation.”
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 29

- Dynamic description - Leak detection
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
WARNING
Never leak test with an open flame or a flame-type detector.
M816
WARNING
When refrigerant comes in contact with an open flame, it forms phosgene gas. Never breathe these fumes.
SM109A
Two methods are recommended to test the A/C system

for refrigerant leaks:
1. Electronic leak testing with OEM1437
2. UV florescent leak detecting
Whatever method is used, the following components or

areas should be checked, always looking for signs of
leakage - oily residue, dust accumulation:
• Compressor: line connections, surfaces where parts
are joined, compressor to clutch seal. When checking
compressor seal for a leak, remove the dust cover and
rotate the compressor shaft clockwise. RCPH07CCH243ABC 1
• Condenser: line connections, all welded joints, any

visible damage.
• Receiver-drier line connections.
• Thermal expansion valve line connections. Remove
the thermal insulation tape to check the expansion
valve for leaks; replace the tape when completed.
• Service ports: valve core under the caps.
• Low and high pressure switches: Check around the
entire switch body where it is threaded into the line.
• Hoses: line connections where the hose end meets
a metal connector, any area that shows damage or
RCPH07CCH416ABC 2
rubbing contact.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 30
Electronic Testing with OEM1437

When performing electronic leak detection with
OEM1437, follow these general guidelines:
1. There must be enough refrigerant in the system to pro-
duce normal pressures (at least 345 kPa (50 psi)).
2. Leak test in an area free of wind and drafts.
3. Operate the tractor long enough to circulate the refrig-
erant and produce normal system pressures.
4. Shut the tractor and system off when leak testing.
5. Clean oily spots with dry shop cloths; solvents can
leave a residue which may confuse OEM1437.
6. Hold the leak detector probe under the point being
checked, since refrigerant is heavier than air.
7. The probe on the leak detector should never come into RCPH07CCH347ABC 3
contact with the component being checked.
8. If OEM1437 indicates a leak, move the probe away,
blow out the area with clean shop air and verify the
leak with the detector.
9. If the leak cannot be found with OEM1437, use UV
florescent leak testing to locate the problem.
10. Repair all leaks and recharge the system.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 31
Fluorescent Leak Detection

To perform UV fluorescent leak testing:
1. Operate the tractor long enough to circulate the refrig-
erant and produce normal system pressures.
2. Shut the tractor and system off when leak testing.
3. Always wear fluorescent enhanced safety glasses
when leak testing.
4. Attach the lamp to a fully charged 12 V battery or an al-
ternate 12 V power supply for best lamp performance.
5. Shine the high intensity ultraviolet light at the various
A/C components, hoses and lines to search for a glow-
ing fluorescent trail or puddle which identifies the leak
location. RCPH07CCH416ABC 4
6. The ultraviolet lamp is intended for intermittent use

only. The lamp has a momentary contact push button
switch to briefly light suspected leak locations.
7. Do not work with the lamp On for more than 5 minutes.
If the lamp heats up uncomfortably, cease operation.
8. Do not expose eyes or skin to ultraviolet light. Do not
stare into an ultraviolet light beam or operate the lamp
without the ultraviolet lens filter in place.
9. In direct sun sunlight or very bright ambient light, use
a cover of any type over the suspected area to reduce
this light.
10. If the lamp cannot be directed straight at a suspected
leak location, use a mechanics mirror to reflect the light
at the location. Or wipe the suspected leak site with a
clean shop cloth, and shine the lamp at the cloth to
check for traces of fluorescent dye.
11. The exact location of a small leak at a connection point
or sealing point can be further narrowed by daubing
a wet film of soap solution over the suspected area.
Watch for bubbles to confirm the exact point of leak-
age.
12. Repair all leaks and recharge the system.
13. Use fluorescent dye cleaner to remove any traces of
dye from around the leak location to avoid false diag-
nosis in the future.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 32

- Dynamic description - UV dye injection
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Fluorescent leak detection

Fluorescent tracer or dye solutions are now commonly used to detect refrigerant leaks. Your tractor had an ultraviolet
fluorescent tracer or dye introduced into the A/C system at the time of manufacture. This dye will glow a bright yellow/
green at a leak location under ultraviolet light.
The dye has been tested for compatibility with HFC-134a systems and approved for use in all New Holland HFC-134a
A/C systems. Special tools are also available to aid in injection and leak detection.
The dye, which dissolves into the SP-20 PAG oil in the system, is particularly helpful in detecting intermittent leaks
that occur only when the system is running because of change of temperature, high system pressures, vibration or
contact between components.
WARNING
Wear safety goggles and non-permeable gloves when working with the fluorescent dye and leak testing.
M817
This fluorescent dye will normally remain useful over the life of the system. However, due to a large refrigerant leak,
system flush or major component failure, it may become necessary to reintroduce the dye into the refrigerant circuit.
Many methods are available to introduce the dye to a system for the first time or to reinject the dye into an A/C system.
Select the method most appropriate to the needs of the A/C system and where you are in the service process.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 33
Recovery station dye injector tool with a system in a vacuum

NOTE: Valves are shown in the open position.
The R134a dye injector tool is designed to be used with

the OEM1415 recycling station.
1. Disconnect the low pressure hose (blue) from the 13
mm (0.5 in) acme flare fitting on the rear of the station.
Connect the dye injector to the fitting.
2. Connect the low pressure hose to the dye injector.
NOTE: The dye injector can be permanently mounted
on the recycling station with the two threaded holes on
the bottom of the reservoir.
3. Open the valves (1), (4) on either side of the reservoir RCPH07CCH414ABC 1
(3) on the dye injector.
4. Recover and recycle the refrigerant from the A/C sys-
tem and evacuate the system.
5. With the system in a vacuum, close the valves (1), (4)
on either side of the reservoir (3) on the dye injector.
6. Remove the cap (2) from the reservoir (3) and fill the
reservoir with the contents of one bottle of fluorescent
dye. Reinstall the cap on the reservoir and tighten
securely.
7. Open the valve (4) on tractor side of the reservoir on
the dye injector.
8. Remove the cap (2) from the reservoir and fill the
reservoir (3) with the contents of one bottle of fluores-
cent dye. Reinstall the cap on the reservoir and tighten
securely.
9. Install the dye identification sticker on a clearly visi-
ble area on the compressor body close to the service
ports. This will alert service personnel in the future to
the presence of the dye in the system.
10. Operate the A/C system for about 15 minutes to circu-
late the dye throughout the system. Turn off the sys-
tem and use the UV lamp and goggles to locate leaks.
The exact location of the leak will be shown by a bright
yellow/green glow of the dye.
NOTE: The operating time needed for the dye to pen-
etrate a leak and show will depend on the size of the
leak. A very small leak could take hours or days of
system operation to appear.
11. After repairing the system, use fluorescent dye cleaner
to remove any traces of dye from around the leak lo-
cation to avoid false diagnosis in the future.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 34
Recovery station dye injector tool with a charged system

NOTE: Valves are shown in the open position.
The R134a dye injector tool is designed to be used with

the OEM1415 recycling station.
1. Disconnect the low pressure hose (blue) from the 13
mm (0.5 in) acme flare fitting on the rear of the station.
2. Connect the dye injector to the fitting.
3. Connect the low pressure hose to the dye injector.
NOTE: The dye injector can be permanently mounted
on the recycling station with the two threaded holes on
the bottom of the reservoir.
4. Open the valves (1), (4) on either side of the reservoir RCPH07CCH414ABC 2
(3) on the dye injector.

5. Recover 0.23 kg (0.5 lb) of refrigerant from the sys-
tem. This amount of refrigerant will act as a carrier to
inject the dye.
6. Close the valve (4) on the tractor side of the dye injec-
tor and continue to recover. This will draw the refrig-
erant out of the reservoir on the dye injector.
7. Close the valve (1) on the station side of the dye injec-
tor and stop recovering.
8. Remove the cap (2) from the reservoir and fill the
reservoir (3) with the contents of one bottle of fluores-
cent dye. Reinstall the cap on the reservoir and tighten
securely.
9. Open the valve on the tractor side of the reservoir on
the dye injector.
10. Recharge the A/C system with the proper amount of
refrigerant removed earlier - 0.23 kg (0.5 lb). Start the
recharging process and immediately open the valve
on the station side of the dye injector to prevent draw-
ing the dye into the charging station. The dye will be
injected into the system while recharging.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 35
Quick and easy dye injector tool with a charged System

The quick and easy R134a dye injector tool is designed
to insert the dye (4) in a charged system. The dye
injector tool has a quick coupler (1), for connecting to the
low pressure port of the tractor A/C system, and a valve
(2) with T-handle (3) on the other end.
1. Examine the threaded end of the valve (2) to see if the
point of the valve stem is flush with the rubber washer.
If not, turn the T-handle (3) until the point is flush.
2. Screw the Quick and Easy can (4) and the valve (2)
together until the can seats on the rubber washer.
NOTE: Do not turn the T-handle at this time to tap the
can.
3. Connect the quick coupler (1) to the low pressure ser- RCPH07CCH276ABC 3
vice port under the instructional seat in the cab.

4. To purge air from the hose, slowly unscrew the un-
tapped can (4) a half turn or more. Allow refrigerant
from the A/C system to force the air out of the hose,
and then retighten the can on the valve (2).
5. Turn the T-handle (3) clockwise to tap the can.
6. Hold the can (4) upside down to allow the can contents
to enter the A/C system. When complete, turn the
T-handle (3) counterclockwise to close the valve (2).
Disconnect the tool from the low pressure port.
NOTE: You may have to operate the tractor and the
A/C system for a few minutes to completely empty the
can.
7. Install the dye identification sticker on a clearly visible
area on the compressor body close to the service port.
This will alert service personnel in the future to the
presence of the dye in the system.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 36
Compressor oil port

1. Recover the refrigerant from the A/C system.
2. Remove the oil filler plug and pour the contents of one
bottle of fluorescent dye into the compressor.
3. Check the O-ring on the oil filler plug and replace if
necessary. Reinstall the oil plug on the compressor
and torque to 15 - 24 Nm (11 - 18 lb ft).
4. Evacuate and recharge the A/C system with the proper
amount of refrigerant.
tem and use the UV lamp and goggles to locate leaks. RCPH07CCH348ABC 4
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 37
SP-20 PAG oil return bottle

NOTE: This is the least preferred method for injecting the
dye since it requires very careful measurement of the PAG
oil in the bottle and risks the introduction of air into the
system if the dip tube in the bottle is exposed.
1. Recover the refrigerant from the A/C system.

2. Carefully measure the amount of SP-20 PAG oil in the
reservoir which was separated from the refrigerant.
3. Pour the new replacement oil into the oil return bottle
plus some additional oil to prevent uncovering the dip
tube.
4. Pour the contents of one bottle of fluorescent dye into
the oil return bottle and seal the bottle.
RCPH07CCH261ABC 5
5. Evacuate the system and inject the oil and dye mixture
into the system, making sure the oil level in the oil
return bottle does not drop below the dip tube.
6. Recharge the A/C system with the proper amount of
refrigerant.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 38
Heater valve - Dynamic description

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Operational check
The controller opens or closes the heater control valve (1)
based on the operator selected input at the temperature
control and the temperature sensed at the cab and evap-
orator sensors.
The heater control valve can fail mechanically in any po-

sition: open, closed or anywhere in the middle.
To confirm proper valve operation, observe the slot (2) on

the front of the valve. Rotation of the slot must mirror the
movement of the temperature control.
The slot must rotate fully clockwise when the control is

turned fully clockwise; the slot must rotate fully counter-
clockwise when the slot is turned fully counterclockwise.
If the valve does not mirror control movement or does not

RCPH07CCH452ABC 1
move, perform the valve motor electrical test.
Valve “leak through”

A common problem with the valve is hot coolant flow
when cab cooling is desired. This usually occurs by a
when a valve does not close completely. To test for leak
through from the valve:
1. Operate the A/C system at maximum cooling and
blower speed for 15 minutes. See conditions for per-
formance testing. (Do not clamp off the heater supply
or return lines at the engine for this test.)
2. Install a stem type thermometer in a mid-cab louver,
and record the temperature.
3. Clamp off the coolant supply line (1) before the valve
with a vise grip pliers. (The supply line connects at the
bottom of the valve.) Wait a few minutes and check
the thermometer. If the temperature drops, valve leak
through is the problem; replace the valve.
RCPH07CCH451ABC 2
Power, signal and ground circuit

The controller feeds 12 V to the heater valve motor from pin 4 on the control module 36-pin connector ATC-J8 to pin
10 of motor connector ATC-J17.
The control signal ( 1.5 - 11.5 V) is fed from the controller on pin 3 of connector ATC-J17 to pin 8 of motor connector
ATC-J17.
The motor is grounded from pin 7 at the motor connector ATC-J17 to HVAC ground.
Possible failure modes

1. Motor failure or valve physical failure.
2. Open condition in power, signal or ground to heater control valve.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 39
Electrical test
Refer to Heater valve - Testing (E.40.D) and electrical schematic frames:
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 40
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Dynamic description

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Background
The compressor clutch is cycled On or Off by the controller based on the difference between the selected cab tem-
perature set point and the temperature sensed at the cab temperature sensor. When functioning normally, the clutch
is always grounded to the engine through the compressor mounting bracket. The controller grounds the compressor
clutch relay to provide 12 V from fuse 36 to energize the clutch coil and engage the compressor.
Power and ground circuit

Switched 12 V is fed to the compressor clutch relay on pin 3 of connector ATC-AC from pin 17 of connector ATC-J8 at
the automatic temperature controller. The controller energizes the relay by supplying power from pin 15 of connector
ATC-J8 to pin 2 of connector ATC-AC at the clutch relay. 12 V is fed from pin 5 on relay connector ATC-AC – through
cavity C of connector 139F, cavity/pin 84 of connectors 10F and 10M, and cavity/pin 1 of connectors 396F and 395M
– to energize the clutch coil at pin/cavity 1 of connectors 72M and 72F.

1. Short circuit or open circuit in clutch coil.
2. Open circuit in power or ground between controller and relay.
3. Open circuit in power and ground between clutch and relay.
4. Controller fault.
Electrical test
Refer to Compressor Magnetic clutch - Testing (E.40.D) and electrical schematic frames:
Service Note: Adjusting clutch air gap

When replacing a clutch in the field, pay special attention
to the air gap between the clutch plate and pulley. Too little
gap will increase voltage draw at the clutch, resulting in
premature failure. Too much gap will introduce too much
foreign material into the clutch.
A spark plug gauge with 90 ° wire feelers may be used

to check the gap. Slip the wires between the clutch plate
and the pulley, and check the gap at the three rivets. The
gap must be 0.41 - 0.79 mm (0.016 - 0.031 in). The gap
must be even all the way around the plate. If necessary,
lightly lift or push down on the plate to make the gap even.
NOTE: If the gap does not meet the above specifications,
remove the front plate and add or subtract clutch shims
as required.
NOTE: See Compressor Magnetic clutch - Adjust air RCPH07CCH461ABC 1
gap (E.40.D) when adjusting the air gap during clutch re-
placement.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 41
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Exploded view

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1016L93 1
1. Coil assembly 4. Bearing dust cover 7. Dust cover

2. Pulley 5. Front plate 8. Compressor
3. Bearing 6. Shim(s)
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 42
Compressor - Static description - SP-20 PAG oil adjusting

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Since the refrigerant is recovered as a gas, during a typical recovery only about 25% of the oil in the vehicle’s A/C
system is recovered and separated. The other 75% remains in the closed system normally on the low pressure side.
(These percentages are representative and will vary from recovery unit manufacturer to manufacturer.) The only
reliable method for determining if the A/C system has the correct amount of oil is the dipstick method.
Too much oil in the closed system causes poor condensation and reduced cooling since the oil accumulates on the
evaporator and condenser surfaces. Too little oil in the system causes poor lubrication which equates to poor refrig-
erant circulation and reduced compressor efficiency and high pressures. Both conditions cause more system wear
and shorter system life.
These conditions are not self-correcting.
During normal servicing - recovery, evacuation and recharge, oil is simply injected back into the system during the
recharge process. Use the dipstick method to check the compressor oil level or to adjust oil level when any of
the following occurred:
1. Broken refrigerant hose.
2. Large refrigerant leak.
3. Compressor leak.
4. Damage to or replaced system components.
5. New compressor installed.
NOTICE: If a new compressor is installed, its oil level must be adjusted to match the oil volume of the removed
compressor.
NOTE: SP-20 PAG oil must be added whenever a component is replaced.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 43
Condenser - Static description

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Keep the condenser (and fuel cooler) fins clean and

straight to make sure that there is maximum air flow
though the condenser and radiator at all times. Use com-
pressed air or a soft brush to clean the condenser. Also
check and clean the grille screen and radiator. Maximum
air flow prevents engine overheating and offers the most
efficient A/C operation. Remove the pin (1) and swing
the condenser open to facilitate cleaning.
NOTICE: Because condenser fins bend easily and have
sharp edges, be careful when cleaning the condenser.
RCPH07CCH341ABC 1
Recover all refrigerant before replacing/servicing the con-

denser/fuel cooler.
Use the two hand, two wrench method to disconnect and

reconnect the lines to the condenser.
Cap all A/C lines while the condenser/fuel cooler is dis-

connected from the circuit.
RCPH07CCH339ABC 2
When installing a new condenser, also install new O-rings

on the A/C lines before connecting. Lubricate the O-rings
with clean mineral oil prior to installation.
Use the two hand, two wrench method when connecting

the line from the compressor and to the receiver-drier.
RCPH07CCH360ABC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 44
Receiver/drier - Static description

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
The receiver/drier orientation is critical. Make sure the

outlet flange is within 5 ° of true level (the decal should
face up).
The receiver/drier must be installed with the inlet con-

nected to the hose from the condenser and the outlet con-
nected to the hose going to the thermal expansion valve.
The receiver/drier is normally the last item replaced when

servicing the system, just before the system is evacuated.
This prevents saturating the drier with moisture.
When servicing the receiver/drier, use the two hand, two

wrench method to prevent damage to the tubes and fit-
tings when you loosen or tighten the tube connections.
Always install new O-rings when the receiver/drier is con- RCPH07CCH338ABC 1
nected to the system. Lubricate the O-rings with clean

mineral oil prior to installation.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 45
Ventilation system Blower speed drive - Dynamic description

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Background
In automatic and defog/defrost modes, blower speed is selected by the controller based on the difference between
the desired set point and the actual cab temperature. Refer to system operation in this section for further information
on how blower speed is selected, overridden and exceptions; see ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation
and air-conditioning - Dynamic description - Automatic temperature control (E.40.D).
Various blower speeds are accomplished by modulating voltage to the blower motor with the blower speed driver.
There are no fault codes for the blower motor or blower driver, although code 120 indicates a fault in the blower speed
control circuit.
Power, signal and ground circuit

12 V is fed to the blower motor and blower driver on pin A from fuse 26 ( 30 A) whenever accessory power is present.
The voltage signal is fed from pin 5 of connector ATC-J8 at the controller to pin 3 on the blower speed driver connector
ATC-J19.
The blower speed driver is grounded from pin 2 of connector ATC-J19 to at ring terminal ground connector 172F. The
blower motor is grounded within the speed driver.

1. Blower motor failure.
2. Blower speed driver failure.
3. Open condition in power, signal or ground to blower motor or blower speed driver.
4. Blower motor or blower speed driver shorted to ground.
Electrical test
Refer to Ventilation system Blower speed drive - Testing (E.40.D) and electrical schematic frames:
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 46
Electrical control Temperature control potentiometer - Dynamic

description
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Background
The controller uses the set point input with the temperature control potentiometer and the input (resistance) from the
cab and evaporator temperature sensors to maintain or drive to cab temperature.
The blower speed and temperature control potentiometers are identical. Both have the same resistance rating: 0 -
10000 Ω. When a potentiometer fails or an open condition is detected in the control circuit, a fault code is displayed
on the Instrument Cluster:

The pot is grounded from pin C on connector 124M through cavity S on connector 139F to ring terminal connector
ATC-C1 (HVAC ground).
B+ read from the controller varies with the position of the pot: 0 - 3x V.
B+ is fed from pin 29 of controller connector ATC-J8 through cavity T of connector 139F to pin B on connector 124M
on the potentiometer.

1. Control potentiometer failure.
2. Open condition in power or ground to control potentiometer.
Electrical Test
Refer to Electrical control Temperature control potentiometer - Testing (E.40.D) and electrical schematic frames:
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 47
Electrical control Blower speed potentiometer - Dynamic

description
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Background
Blower speed is controller-selected in both automatic and defog operational modes, but the operator can override the
selected speed by turning the control. Blower speed remains at the operator-selected speed until automatic or defog
operation is selected.
The blower speed and temperature control potentiometers are identical. Both have the same resistance rating: 0 -
10000 Ω. When a potentiometer fails or an open condition is detected in the control circuit, a fault code is displayed
on the instrument cluster.

The pot is grounded from pin C on connector 124M, through cavity S of connector 139F, to ring terminal connector
ATC-C1 (HVAC ground).
B+ read from the controller varies with the position of the pot: 0 - 3.x V.
B+ is fed from pin 28 of controller connector ATC-J8, through cavity H of connector 139F, to pin B of connector 124M
on the potentiometer.

1. Control potentiometer failure.
2. Open condition in power or ground to control potentiometer.
Electrical Test
Refer to Electrical control Blower speed potentiometer - Testing (E.40.D) and electrical schematic frames:
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 48
Electronic HVAC control - Dynamic description - Controller power,

ground, and switch
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Background
HVAC ground is a grounding bolt at the back of the HVAC box. Ground is additionally provided from the common
wires through pin J of connector ATC-J6R1 on wire 309 or to ring terminal connector ATC-C2.
Since so many controlled directed components interact, intermittent HVAC ground can make reliable troubleshooting
very difficult.
The “intermittent” nature of the problem is further complicated since the fault can appear to move from component to
component.
Early testing for a stable and consistent ground at the HVAC ground can greatly simplify troubleshooting.
Controller power and ground circuit

Whenever accessory power is present, 12 V is fed the controller from fuse 47 ( 30 A) through connector ATC-J6R1
to pin 17 of connector ATC-J8 at the controller.
The controller is grounded from pin 18 of connector ATC-J8 to HVAC ground at ring terminal connector ATC-C2.
Switch power and ground circuit

The controller feeds 5 V from pin 26 of connector ATC-J8 through pin L of connector ATC-J6R1 to the switch at pin
4 of connector 123M; grounding pin 26 of connector ATC-J8 with the switch provides the automatic mode request to
the controller.
The controller feeds 5 V from pin 25 of connector ATC-J8 through pin M of connector ATC-J6R1 to the switch at pin 6
of connector 123M. Grounding pin 26 of connector ATC-J8 with the switch provides the defog/defrost mode request to
the controller, as long as the defog/defrost switch is turned On: there is continuity between pins 2 and 3 on connector
398M at the defog/defrost switch.

1. Fuse 47 or open condition in power or ground to controller.
2. Switch failure.
3. Open condition in power or ground to switch.
Electrical test
Refer to Electronic HVAC control - Testing - Controller power and ground (E.40.D), Command Switch -
Testing - ATC switch (E.40.D) and electrical schematic frames:
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 49
Sensing system High pressure switch - Dynamic description

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Background
High pressure switch activation is generally caused by a
restriction or clog on the high pressure side of the system.
However, a refrigerant or SP-20 PAG oil overcharge, the
presence of refrigerants other than R134A or engine cool-
ing problems can also cause high pressure switch activa-
tion.
When the pressure switch opens within the smart pres-

sure counting conditions, a fault code displays on the In-
strument Cluster Display, and the compressor clutch is
latched OFF by the controller.
RCPH07CCH447ABC 1
Possible failure mode - Fault Code 129

Fault Code Description
Controller has detected an open condition in high pressure switch circuit. Compressor clutch is
latched Off.
Smart Pressure Switch Code 129 is not activated until two occurrences within a 60 second
Counting interval, starting with the first occurrence. Actual interval may be as short
as 10 seconds if open condition is constant. Controller must be fully
initialized before first occurrence can be detected.
129
Causes 1. High pressure switch has opened because of high side system
pressures. High pressure switch opens at system pressures above
2758 kPa (400 psi) ± 69 kPa (10 psi). The switch closes when system
pressure drops below 1724 kPa (250 psi) ± 69 kPa (10 psi).
2. Any intermittent open condition at a connector in the circuit appears
the same to the controller.
Although system pressures may return to normal, the clutch remains latched Off until the key switch or ATC switch is
toggled Off and then On.
The controller disables the clutch by denying ground to the clutch relay.
Cycling the power switch does not resolve the pressure problem, however, install the pressure test gauges and per-
formance test the system.
Switch testing
When disconnected from the system, the high pressure switch will test normally closed.
When installed in the A/C system under normal operating pressures, the pressure switch should test closed.
Power and ground

With high pressure switch activation, 5 V is present at pin 33 of connector ATC-J8 at the controller and pin 1 of
connector 71M on the switch. The switch is grounded from pin A of connector 71M on the switch to pin 34 of connector
ATC-J8 at the controller.
With no pressure switch activation, the circuit reads 0.0 V at the switch and at the controller.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 50
Electrical test
Refer to Sensing system High pressure switch - Testing (E.40.D) and electrical schematic frames:
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 51
Sensing system Low pressure switch - Dynamic description

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Low pressure switch activation is generally caused by low

refrigerant level resulting from a leak(s). Sometime low
pressure switch activation, however, is caused by a re-
striction, where because of the location either pressure
switch may activate first. For example, a restriction at the
output of the receiver-drier could cause either high or low
pressure switch activation.
When the pressure switch opens within the smart pres-

sure counting conditions, a fault code displays on the in-
strument cluster, and the compressor clutch is latched Off
by the controller.
RCPH07CCH309ABC 1
Possible failure mode - Fault Code 134

Fault Code Description
Controller has detected an open condition in low pressure switch circuit. Compressor clutch is
latched Off.
Code 134 is not activated until low pressure switch is open for >1 minute.
Smart pressure switch
Controller must be fully initialized before the first occurrence can be
counting
detected.
1. Low pressure switch has opened because of low side system pres-
sures. Low pressure switch opens at system pressures below 28 kPa
(4 psi) ± 14 kPa (2 psi). The switch closes when system pressures rise
Causes above 128 kPa (20 psi) ± 21 kPa (3 psi).
2. Any intermittent open condition at a connector in the circuit appears the
134 same to the controller.
• Code 134 may display when outside ambient air temperature is below -1
°C (30 °F). The system does not require service. Toggle the ATC switch
to Off and then the desired operation position to reset the system.
• The A/C system is designed to prevent A/C compressor failure due to
Exception low pressure or low refrigerant charge. Operation on days below 4 °C
(40 °F) may actuate the low pressure sensing system and shut down
the A/C system. The system is not malfunctioning if this occurs. Toggle
the ATC switch to Off and then the appropriate operational mode to
reset the system.
Although system pressures may return to normal, the clutch remains latched Off until the key switch or the ATC switch
is toggled Off and then On.
The controller disables the clutch by denying ground to the clutch relay.
Cycling the power switch does not resolve the pressure problem, however, install the pressure test gauges and per-
formance test the system.
Switch testing
When disconnected from the system, the low pressure switch will test normally open.
When installed in the A/C system under normal operating pressures, the pressure switch should test closed.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 52
Power and ground

With low pressure switch activation, 5 V is present at pin 35 at the controller connector ATC-J8 and pin B of connector
ATC-J16 at the switch. The switch is grounded to pin 36 at the controller connector ATC-J8. With no pressure switch
activation, the circuits read 0.0 V at the switch and at the controller.
Electrical Test
Refer to Sensing system Low pressure switch - Testing (E.40.D) and electrical schematic frames:
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 53
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Dynamic description - Cab

temperature
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Background
The cab temperature sensor (1), located behind and un-
der the recirculation air filter, supplies a key value to the
controller for heating and cooling. Another key value is
the desired set point. The greater the difference between
the desired set point and the temperature sensed at the
cab sensor, the greater the system response.
The cab temperature sensor must be installed in the re-

circulation air stream which enters the HVAC box at the
rear. Do not install the sensor in contact with any metal
surface.
Since the cab temperature sensor is located behind the

recirculation air filter, any obstruction in the return air path RCPH07CCH471ABC 1
will reduce system performance: The sensor will only de-
tect air temperature in the HVAC box and not the true cab
air temperature.
Check the area behind the operator’s seat for obstructions

at the recirculation filter, and check the filter for cleanness
before testing the sensor.
Electrical test
The sensor should measure 10000 - 25000 Ω at room temperature for normal operation.
The sensor is a thermistor – thermal resistor. With this thermistor the colder the environment, the greater the electrical
resistance; and the warmer the environment, the less electrical resistance.
If a fault code 111 is active, the most likely problem is wiring to the sensor. The out of range values are so high or low
– 82 °C (180 °F) and -19 °C (-2 °F) – that occurrence is unlikely except as noted below in the fault code explanations.
More importantly, this sensor can fail without generating a fault code. Measure the resistance of the sensor and the
ambient temperature at the sensor, and compare the readings to the temperature versus resistance table at Sensing
system Temperature sensor - General specification - Cab sensor - Temperature versus resistance (E.40.D). If
the readings are not within a minus or plus 2.5 % range, replace the sensor.
NOTE: For the test to be valid, the thermometer used must be accurate, and the temperature recorded must be the
temperature at the sensor.
Power circuit
Minimal voltage is fed to the sensor: about 0.5 V at 21 °C (70 °F), and voltage drops as the temperature increases.
Current is fed to the cab sensor from pin 21 of connector ATC-J8.
Service Note: Too little cooling/too much heating without symptoms

The sensor should be suspect when the complaint is too little cooling when cooling and too much heating when
heating (“the cab is too hot or too cold all the time”) and obvious symptoms are absent:
• System pressures are normal, and system is properly charged.
• Coolant system operating normally.
• No faults codes displayed.
• Compressor and heater valve are functioning normally.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 54
The sensor fails in a consistent pattern: it senses a lower temperature than is actually present.
In cooling mode, actual cab temperature is 24 °C (76 °F), but the cab sensor senses 21 °C (70 °F) and the compressor
is not engaged with sufficient frequency. In heating mode, actual cab temperature is 22 °C (72 °F), but the cab sensor
senses 19 °C (66 °F) and heater valve is opened too widely.
Perform the resistance versus temperature test on the sensors.
Refer to Sensing system Temperature sensor - Testing - Cab temperature sensor (E.40.D) and electrical
schematic frames:
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 55
Sensing system Evaporator temperature sensor - Dynamic

description
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Background
The evaporator temperature sensor (2), sometimes called
the “freeze” or ”core” sensor, is located in the evapora-
tor/heater assembly (3). The sensor measures the effec-
tiveness of system response to the current demand for
heating or cooling.
Freeze control
The evaporator sensor (2) also prevents the system from
operating in low ambient temperatures where damage to
the system might occur. When temperature sensed at the
evaporator falls to 0 °C (32 °F), the controller cycles the
compressor clutch Off. When temperature sensed at the
evaporator rises to 3 °C (37 °F), the controller cycles the RCPH07CCH496ABC 1
clutch back On. In Defog mode or in Automatic mode at

the maximum cooling setting where the compressor runs
continuously, the freeze range controls the cycling of the
compressor Off or On.
Sensor location
Proper location of the evaporator sensor (2) is essential
to system performance. The evaporator temperature sen-
sor must be installed 147 mm (5.8 in) from the right end
(heater valve end) of the coil (1). The sensor must be in-
stalled on the third row up, between the refrigeration tube
row, at a 30 ° downward angle. Insert the sensor in the
evaporator core up to the angled section, being careful
not to kink the sensor.
Electrical test
The sensors should measure 10000 - 25000 Ω at room temperature for normal operation.
The sensor is a thermistor – thermal resistor. With this thermistor the colder the environment, the greater the electrical
resistance; and the warmer the environment, the less electrical resistance.
If fault codes 115 or 116 are active, the most likely problem is wiring to the sensor. The out of range values are so
high or low – 82 °C (180 °F) and -19 °C (-2 °F) – that occurrence is unlikely except as noted below in the fault code
explanations.
More importantly, this sensor can fail without generating a fault code. Measure the resistance of the sensor and the
ambient temperature at the sensor, and compare the readings to the temperature versus resistance table at Sensing
system Evaporator temperature sensor - General specification - Temperature versus resistance (E.40.D). If
the readings are not within a minus or plus 2.5 % range, replace the sensor.
NOTE: For the test to be valid, the thermometer used must be accurate, and the temperature recorded must be the
Power circuit
Minimal voltage is fed to the sensor: about 0.5 V at 21 °C (70 °F), and voltage drops as the temperature increases.
Current is fed to the evaporator sensor from pin 23 of connector ATC-J8.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 56
Service Note: Too little cooling/too much heating without symptoms

The sensors should be suspect when the complaint is too little cooling when cooling and too much heating when
heating (“the cab is too hot or too cold all the time”) and obvious symptoms are absent:
• System pressures are normal, and system is properly charged.
• Coolant system operating normally.
• No faults codes displayed.
• Compressor and heater valve are functioning normally.
The sensor fails in a consistent pattern: it senses a lower temperature than is actually present.
In cooling mode, actual cab temperature is 24 °C (76 °F), but the cab sensor senses 21 °C (70 °F) and the compressor
is not engaged with sufficient frequency. In heating mode, actual cab temperature is 22 °C (72 °F), but the cab sensor
senses 19 °C (66 °F) and heater valve is opened too widely.
Perform the temperature versus resistance test on the sensor.
Electrical test
Refer to Sensing system Evaporator temperature sensor - Testing (E.40.D) and electrical schematic frames:
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 57

- Test
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Use a refrigerant identifier – OEM4450 or equivalent

– to test the purity of the R134A refrigerant before
recovering refrigerant or performing system service.
NOTE: Many modern recovery stations include a refriger-
ant identifier as an integrated component.
WARNING
Use a recovery station specifically designed to handle
contaminated refrigerant when present. Do not use
OEM1415 recycling station to recover contaminated
refrigerant. If contaminated refrigerant contains more
than 2% hydrocarbon (propane, butane or isobutance),
the mixture must be considered flammable; if more RCPH07SPT085AAA 1
than 4% hydrocarbon, the mixture must be treated as
explosive; in both cases a generic recyling station may
not be used. Avoid heat, sparks and flame when work-
ing with this contaminated refrigerant. Failure to com-
ply could result in death or serious personal injury.
M1225
Next operation:
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Recover - Refrigerant (E.40.D)
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 58

- Recover - Refrigerant
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Test (E.40.D)
1. Start the tractor and run the engine at 1500 RPM. If

possible, operate the air conditioner for 15 minutes
at maximum cooling and maximum blower speed.
On automatic temperature control systems, turn the
Defog/defrost switch (1) On for the 15 minutes.
RCPH07CCH002AAC 1
2. On standard systems, turn the A/C switch (1) On for

the 15 minutes.
RCPH07CCH001AAC 2
3. Clean the external surfaces of the compressor and

hoses. Remove the caps from the service ports on
the suction and pressure lines.
RCPH07CCH003AAC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 59
4. With the charging station manifold gauge valves in

the closed position, connect the hoses from the test
gauges to the service ports.
A. Connect the hose from the low pressure gauge
to the port on the suction hose (1). Turn in
valve depressor.
B. Connect the hose from the high pressure
gauge to the port on the discharge hose (2).
Turn in valve depressor.
NOTICE: Use refrigerant identifier to verify refrigerant pu-
rity. If refrigerant is 98% pure HFC-134a and/or the only
non-condensables test as air and moisture, then proceed
with next step. If not, use a station specifically designed to
recover contaminated refrigerant.
RCPH07CCH004AAC 4
5. Open the drain valve to make sure that the oil sepa-
rator is drained prior to recovery. Oil may have mis-
takenly been left in the recovery unit itself from the
previous service job. An oily mist will discharge if the
separator has been drained.
RCPH07CCH005AAC 5
6. Check that the oil reservoir has been drained prior to

recovery to avoid returning additional oil to the sys-
tem.
RCPH07CCH006AAC 6
7. Fully open the low and high pressure valves.
RCPH07CCH007AAC 7
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 60
8. Open the vapor (red) and liquid (blue) valves on the

tank.
RCPH07CCH008AAC 8
9. Connect the main power plug to a 115 V AC outlet.

Move the main power switch to the On position and
depress the Recover switch.
• The compressor will shut off automatically
when recovery is complete.
• Wait for 5 minutes and observe the manifold
pressure gauges for a pressure rise.
• If there is no pressure rise, recovery is com-
plete.
• If pressure rises above 0.0 bar (0 psi), depress
the Hold/Cont switch and repeat until pressure
holds for two minutes. Then wait for the com-
pressor to automatically shut off. RCPH07CCH009AAC 9
NOTE: Refrigerant may pool inside the tractor’s A/C sys-

tem. When the recovery unit’s compressor turns off, re-
frigerant vaporizes in the ambient heat causing the system
pressure to rise again. Repeat the recovery process until
the system remains at a vacuum for at least two minutes.
10. Some recovery units require a manual air purge to
remove non-condensables from the recovery tank.
Refer to the operators manual for your unit. Air purge
is automatic on an OEM1415 when it evacuates the
A/C system.
RCPH07CCH010AAC 10
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 61
11. Slowly open the oil drain valve and drain the oil into
the reservoir. When the oil stops draining, close the
oil drain valve completely.
RCPH07CCH005AAC 11
12. Record the amount of oil in the reservoir. This

amount of new oil should be added back to the sys-
tem. Dispose of any oil in the bottle in an appropriate
manner and return the bottle to the station.
RCPH07CCH006AAC 12
13. All refrigerant has been removed from the A/C sys-
tem; replace components or make any repairs at this
time.
Next operation:
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Evacuate - Air conditioning system
(E.40.D)
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 62

- Evacuate - Air conditioning system
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
1. Replace the receiver-drier if one or more of the fol-

lowing conditions occurs before you remove the air
and moisture from the system:
A. The system has been opened for service be-
fore.
B. Receiver-drier has operated two or more
years.
C. Disassembly of compressor shows small par-
ticles of moisture removing material (gold or
brown particles).
D. Large system leak (broken hose, break in line).
E. Too much air or moisture in system.
F. Removal of compressor or any other compo-
nent caused the system to be open (uncapped)
longer than 5 minutes.
G. Testing with a refrigerant identifier showed
contamination.
2. With the charging station manifold gauge valves in
the closed position, connect the hoses from the test
gauges to the service ports as follows:
A. Connect the hose from the low pressure gauge
to the port on the suction hose (blue) (1).
B. Connect the hose from the high pressure
gauge to the port on the discharge hose (red)
(2).
C. Turn in both thumbscrews to depress the ser-
vice valves.
NOTE: Removal of air and moisture from the system is
necessary after the system has been opened for mainte-
nance. A vacuum pump must be used to lower the pres-
sure enough to change the moisture to vapor which can be
RCPH07CCH004AAC 1
removed from the system.
NOTE: Refer to the vacuum pump manufacturer’s user
manual for additional information.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 63
3. Connect the main power plug to a 115 V AC outlet.

Move the main power switch to the On position. If
program and vacuum do not appear at the top of the
display, press the Vacuum key. Program a minimum
of 45 minutes and press the Enter key. The display
will flash once indicating the programmed data has
been accepted.
RCPH07CCH011AAC 2
4. Fully open the low and high pressure valves.
RCPH07CCH007AAC 3
5. Open the vapor (red) and liquid (blue) valves on the

tank.
RCPH07CCH008AAC 4
6. Press the Vacuum key. Automatic will show on the

display. Vacuum will appear on the display and af-
ter a slight delay, the vacuum pump will start. The
display will show the amount of time programmed
and begin a countdown to 0 (zero). When the pro-
grammed time has elapsed, an automatic hold oc-
curs. Check the low pressure gauge to see that the
system maintains a vacuum of 71.1 - 74.9 cm Hg (28
- 29.5 in Hg).
NOTE: The low pressure gauge must not increase faster
than 2.5 cm Hg (1 in Hg) in 15 minutes. If the system
will not hold vacuum, a leak exists that must be corrected
before recharging can begin. RCPH07CCH012AAC 5
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 64
7. OEM1415 has an injection system to return new

SP-20 PAG oil equal to the amount recovered at the
end of the evacuation process. To add the new oil:
A. Adjust the O-ring (1) around the oil return bottle
to the required oil charge level.
B. Open the oil injection valve (2) to add the oil
into the system.
C. Close the valve when the oil level reaches the
O-ring (1).
NOTICE: Do not inject the PAG oil until the system will hold
a proper vacuum.
NOTICE: Do not let oil level fall below the dip tube in the RCPH07CCH013AAC 6
return bottle or air will be introduced into the refrigerant
circuit.
NOTE: If 71.0 ml (2.4 US fl oz) was recovered in the oil
reservoir, 71.0 ml (2.4 US fl oz) of new SP-20 PAG must
be returned to the system.
Next operation:
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Charging - Air conditioning system
(E.40.D)
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 65

- Charging - Air conditioning system
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
(E.40.D)
1. Press the Charge key. Program and Charge will ap-

pear on the display.
RCPH07CCH014AAC 1
2. Program the proper refrigerant amount for your trac-

tor and press the Enter key: All tractors covered by
this repair manual use 2.1 kg (4.63 lb) of refriger-
ant. The display will flash once indicating the pro-
grammed data has been accepted.
RCPH07CCH011AAC 2
3. Press the Charge key to begin refrigerant charging.

Automatic and Charge will appear on the display.
The display shows the programmed amount and
counts down to 0 (zero) as charging proceeds.
When charging is completed, the display shows Cpl
for complete.
NOTICE: Check the OEM equipment manual before per-
forming the next step to avoid damaging the recovery unit.
Pressure reading should be obtainable with valves closed.
Damage may occur if the tractor is started with the valves
accidentally open or if either or both valves are opened
while the A/C system is operating.
RCPH07CCH014AAC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 66
4. Completely close the high and low pressure manifold

valves.
RCPH07CCH007AAC 4
5. Start the tractor and run the engine at 1500 RPM. Op-
erate the air conditioner system at maximum cooling
setting and blower speed with the door and service
door open. On automatic temperature control sys-
tems, turn the Defog/defrost switch (1) On.
RCPH07CCH002AAC 5
6. On standard systems, turn the A/C switch (1) On.

NOTE: The compressor does not operate if the system
pressure is too low or too high because the clutch is latched
off by the controller. Standard units blink the indicator
light on the A/C On/Off switch indicating a system pressure
problem. Automatic temperature control units generate a
fault code if the system pressure is to low or to high.
RCPH07CCH001AAC 6
7. Observe the pressure gauge readings to determine

that the correct amount of refrigerant has entered the
system. See ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating,
ventilation and air-conditioning - General speci-
fication - Temperature/pressure chart (E.40.D) for
temperature and pressure variations.
RCPH07CCH015AAC 7
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 67
8. Check louver temperature for proper cooling at the

mid-cab vents.
RCPH07CCH016AAC 8
9. Close any open valves on the couplers and carefully

remove the gauge hoses from the ports on the suc-
tion and discharge lines.
RCPH07CCH004AAC 9
10. Install the caps on the service ports on the suction

and discharge lines.
RCPH07CCH003AAC 10
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 68

- Decontaminating - Complete circuit flushing
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
NOTE: The power flush unit uses shop air to atomize the flushing solvent and a pulsing action to scrub residue and
contaminants out of components.
1. Fill the flushing reservoir three-quarter full with ap-
proved flushing solvent. Do not overfill the reservoir
or you will restrict the pulsing action of the unit.
RCPH07CCH032AAC 1
2. Remove the receiver-drier, and join the hoses to-

gether with an adapter hose. Discard the receiver-
drier.
RCPH07CCH418ABC 2
3. Remove the thermal expansion valve, and use

adapters to connect the hose lines to the evaporator.
RCPH07CCH424ABC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 69
4. Disconnect the suction and discharge lines from the

compressor. Attach flushing adapters to the lines.
RCPH07CCH426ABC 4
5. Close the air (1) and the flushing (2) valves.
RCPH07CCH265ABC 5
6. Remove the flushing tank hose quick coupler from

the evaporation plug.
RCPH07CCH035AAC 6
7. Connect the flushing tank hose quick coupler to an

extension or adapter hose.
RCPH07CCH036AAC 7
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 70
8. Connect clean and dry shop air supply to the quick

coupler on the flushing valve.
RCPH07CCH029AAC 8
9. Connect flushing and drain hoses to adapters on

compressor lines so flushing solvent moves in the
opposite direction of refrigerant flow – back flushing.
Connect the hose from the flush tank to the suction
line (1); connect the hose to the return bucket to the
discharge line (2). Reinforced clear hose is preferred
to monitor the condition and removal of the used sol-
vent.
NOTE: Back flushing is done first to dislodge any contam-
inants, and then forward flushing is performed to remove
the contaminants.
NOTE: The suction and discharge ports on the compressor
are marked with the letters “S” and “D,” respectively. RCPH07CCH426ABC 9
10. Secure the lid on the return bucket so all flush vapors
pass through the bucket filter.
11. Open the air valve (1) one-half to three-quarter turn.
NOTICE: Do not exceed this rate of air delivery. This rate
delivers one gallon per minute of flush solvent which is ideal
for the orifice openings in the circuit being flushed.
RCPH07CCH030AAC 10
12. Turn the flushing valve (2) to the Flush position, and
flush the circuit until the solvent appears clear at the
return hose to the solvent waste container.
RCPH07CCH030AAC 11
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 71
13. Close the flushing and air valves. Reverse hose con-
nections for forward flushing. Connect the hose from
the flush tank to the discharge line (1); connect the
hose to the return bucket to the suction line (2). Open
the flushing and air valves and repeat flushing until
the solvent is clear.
RCPH07CCH426ABC 12
14. Turn the flushing valve to the Air position. Allow air
to flow through the circuit until no noticeable mist is
discharged.
NOTE: Air pressure is the only means to remove the flush-
ing solvent from the A/C system, and no solvent must re-
main in the system when it is evacuated and recharged.
RCPH07CCH031AAC 13
15. Turn the flushing valve to the Closed position. Dis-

connect the flushing and drain hoses and adapters
from the compressor lines. Install the flushing tank
hose quick coupler on the evaporation plug to pre-
vent evaporation of the solvent remaining in the tank
during storage.
RCPH07CCH035AAC 14
Next operation:
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Decontaminating - Post flushing proce-
dures (E.40.D)
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 72

- Decontaminating - Component flushing
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Recover (E.40.D)
NOTE: The power flush unit uses shop air to atomize the flushing solvent and a pulsing action to scrub residue and
contaminants out of components.
1. Attach flushing adapters to the component to be
flushed. These adapters can be shop built or a
universal A/C flushing fitting set is available.
RCPH07CCH027AAC 1
2. Fill the flushing reservoir three-quarter full with ap-

proved flushing solvent. Do not overfill the reservoir
or you will restrict the pulsing action of the unit.
RCPH07CCH265ABC 2
3. Close the air (1) and the flushing (2) valves.
RCPH07CCH268ABC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 73
4. Remove the flushing tank hose quick coupler from

the evaporation plug.
RCPH07CCH022AAC 4
5. Connect the flushing tank hose quick coupler to an

extension or an adapter hose.
RCPH07CCH024AAC 5
6. Connect clean and dry shop air supply to the quick

coupler on the flushing valve.
RCPH07CCH018AAC 6
7. Connect flushing (1) and drain (2) hoses to flushing

adapters on component being flushed so the flush-
ing solvent moves in the opposite direction of refrig-
erant flow – back flushing. Reinforced clear hose is
preferred to monitor the condition and removal of the
used solvent.
NOTE: Back flushing is done first to dislodge any contam-
inants, and then forward flushing is performed to remove
the contaminants.
RCPH07CCH019AAC 7
8. Secure the lid on the return bucket so all flush vapors

pass through the bucket filter.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 74
9. Open the air valve (1) one-half to three-quarter turn.

NOTICE: Do not exceed this rate of air delivery. This rate
delivers one gallon per minute of flush solvent which is ideal
for the orifice openings on the components being flushed.
RCPH07CCH025AAC 8
10. Turn the flushing valve (2) to the Flush position and
flush the component for 30 seconds.
RCPH07CCH025AAC 9
11. Close the flushing and air valves. Reverse hose con-
nections for forward flushing. Open flushing and air
valves and repeat flushing until the solvent is clear.
RCPH07CCH020AAC 10
12. Turn the flushing valve to the Air position. Allow air to
flow through the component until no noticeable mist
is discharged.
NOTE: Air pressure is the only means to remove the flush-
ing solvent from the A/C system, and no solvent must re-
main in the system when it is evacuated and recharged.
Turn the component so gravity can assist in solvent re-
moval.
RCPH07CCH026AAC 11
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 75
13. Turn the flushing valve to the Closed position. Dis-

connect the flushing and drain hoses and adapters
from the component.
RCPH07CCH021AAC 12
14. Install the flushing tank hose quick coupler on the

evaporation plug to prevent evaporation of the sol-
vent remaining in the tank during storage.
RCPH07CCH022AAC 13
Next operation:
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Decontaminating - Post flushing proce-
dures (E.40.D)
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 76

- Decontaminating - Post flushing procedures
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Decontaminating - Complete circuit
flushing (E.40.D)
Prior operation:
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Decontaminating - Component flushing
(E.40.D)
1. Identify and remove the source of the contamination.

2. Reconnect all fittings using new HNBR “green” HFC-
134a compatible O-rings. Lubricate the O-rings with
mineral oil prior to installation.
RCPH07CCH376ABC 1
3. Install a new receiver-drier.

NOTE: The receiver-drier should be replaced just before
the system is drawn to a deep vacuum to avoid saturating
it with moisture.
RCPH07CCH344ABC 2
4. Clean or replace the thermal expansion valve.
RCPH07CCH371ABC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 77
5. Install a new compressor if required.
RCPH07CCH332ABC 4
6. Adjust the level of SP-20 PAG oil in the system.

When each component was flushed, some SP-20
PAG oil was removed from the system. Use the
following guidelines when adjusting PAG oil:
• If the compressor is to be replaced and the en-
tire system was flushed, the new compressor
will contain all the SP-20 PAG oil needed and
no further adjustment is required.
• If the compressor is not to be replaced and the
entire system was flushed, drain the oil from
the compressor to remove any remaining con-
taminants. Add back to the compressor one
container, 250 ml (8.5 US fl oz), of new SP-20
PAG oil. (Some oil, about 35 ml (1.2 US fl oz),
will remain in the compressor even after it has
been drained.)
• If the entire system was not flushed, drain the
oil from the compressor to be installed. Add
back new SP-20 PAG oil equal to 250 ml (8.5
US fl oz) minus oil amounts still in the com-
ponents that were not flushed. Use the table
below.
NOTE: Total system PAG oil should be 285 ml (9.6 US fl
oz) and about 35 ml (1.2 US fl oz) will remain in a drained
compressor.
Component SP-20 PAG oil to add

flushed
Condenser 50 ml (1.7 US fl oz)
Evaporator 40 ml (1.4 US fl oz)
Receiver-Drier 25 ml (0.85 US fl oz)
Each Hose 10 ml (0.34 US fl oz)
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 78
Final System Oil Check

7. After the system has been drawn to a deep vacuum
and recharged,
A. Operate the A/C system for 15 minutes to thor-
oughly circulate the PAG oil throughout the
system.
B. Install the gauge set and test the A/C sys-
tem for proper operation referring to the
pressure/temperature table ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-con-
ditioning - General specification - Temper-
ature/pressure chart (E.40.D).
C. Recover refrigerant from the system. Use the
dipstick method to check the PAG oil level in
the compressor. If needed, adjust the oil level.
D. Evacuate and recharge the system.
NOTE: If oil level was measured and adjusted properly ac-
cording to the guidelines, Steps C and D are unnecessary.
NOTICE: Because the system has been open for a pro-
longed time, it is very important to draw the system to a
deep vacuum to remove all moisture. Evacuate the sys-
tem for at least 45 minutes to a vacuum of 749.3 mm Hg
(29.5 in Hg).
Flushing Solvent Disposal

8. Good stewardship of our natural resources is every-
one’s business. Flushing solvent is a hazardous ma-
terial. Never dispose of this solvent by pouring it
down the drain or treating it as water soluble waste.
Observe all local, state and federal regulations when
disposing the solvent.
NOTICE: Never reuse contaminated flushing solvent.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 79
Heater valve - Replace

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Prior operation:
USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat - Tilt (E.32.C)
1. Move the controller mounting plate forward to gain

better access to the valve.
RCPH07CCH317ABC 1
2. Disconnect the control valve from the harness.

NOTE: Be prepared to collect a small amount of coolant
when the valve hoses are disconnected.
3. Pinch the clamp (1) and disconnect the inlet hose to
the core from the valve. Pinch the clamp (2) and dis-
connect the supply hose at the bottom of the valve.
Remove the valve.
RCPH07CCH322ABC 2
4. Install a new heater control valve to the same con-

necting hoses. Connect the valve to the harness.
properly installed.
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 80
Compressor - Preliminary test

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
NOTE: When functioning normally, the compressor clutch is always grounded to the chassis, and switched 12 V is
supplied by a controller-activated relay to energize the clutch coil and engage the compressor.
1. On automatic temperature control systems, with the
key switch and ATC switch On, temperature control
set to maximum cooling, check that the clutch is en-
gaged and the compressor is operating. On standard
systems, with the key switch and A/C switch On, tem-
perature control set to maximum cooling, check that
the clutch is engaged and the compressor is operat-
ing.
RCPH07CCH445ABC 1
2. Disconnect the clutch at the harness. The clutch

should disengage smoothly with little noise from the
pulley or the bearings. Reconnect the harness to the
clutch. The clutch should engage rapidly, and oper-
ation should be smooth and quiet.
RCPH07CCH445ABC 2
3. If operation is noisy, feel the compressor next to the

clutch for vibration. If the compressor is vibrating
next to the clutch and the noise changes when
the clutch disengages, the clutch has failed. If the
compressor is vibrating, the compressor has failed.
The vibrating component is usually the source of the
problem.
WARNING
Do NOT attempt to test the clutch directly with your
hand. Rotating parts can cause severe personal injury.
M842
RCPH07CCH445ABC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 81
4. With the clutch still engaged, momentarily touch the

suction (2) and discharge (1) hoses at the compres-
sor for temperature difference. The suction line (2)
should be cool to cold, and the discharge line (1)
should be hot to very hot.
WARNING
This is only a momentary contact with the hose.
M636
NOTICE: Little or no temperature difference between the

hoses is another indication of compressor failure: internal
leakage between discharge and suction sides.
NOTE: The compressor end plate is stamped with a “D”
and “S” to indicate the discharge and suction ports. RCPH07CCH447ABC 4
5. Verify an internal problem when compressor failure

is suspected. Turn the A/C system and the tractor
key switch Off. Remove the three Torx® screws to
remove dust cover from clutch.
RCPH07CCH443ABC 5
6. Use a wrench to slowly rotate the compressor clock-

wise. Compressor rotation should be smooth and not
require much effort. If severe rough spots or catches
are felt when turning the shaft, the compressor has
been damaged internally and must be replaced.
RCPH07CCH318ABC 6
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 82
7. Check for loose mounting bolts for the compressor.

Tighten the bolts to the correct torque.
NOTE: Loose mounting can cause a “knocking” sound at
the compressor. A refrigerant overcharge also causes a
knocking sound at the compressor.
RCPH07CCH444ABC 7
8. Clutch drive belt should be running smooth and

straight. Clutch pulley and the drive pulley must be
aligned within 1.6 mm (0.063 in) of each other.
• Use a straight edge to check pulley align-
ment. Adjust the compressor on the mounting
bracket if required.
• The drive belt should be firmly seated in the
clutch grooves.
• Check for too much belt wear: cracking, cord
wear, piling, chunking, glazing or separated
layers. Replace a worn or deteriorated belt.
RCPH07CCH446ABC 8
Next operation:
Compressor - Remove (E.40.D)
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 83
Compressor - Remove
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
1. Open the hood and remove the right hand panel for
access to the fan drive belt.
RCPH07CCH334ABC 1
2. Use a 0.5 in ratchet drive in the belt tensioner to

relieve pressure on the belt and remove the belt from
the compressor pulley.
RCPH07CCH333ABC 2
3. Disconnect the compressor clutch wire above the

test ports on the suction and discharge lines.
RCPH07CCH335ABC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 84
4. Disconnect the high pressure switch at the connec-

tor.
RCPH07CCH336ABC 4
5. Disconnect the high pressure line from the discharge

port. Install protective caps on the open port and line.
RCPH07CCH331ABC 5
6. Support the 90 ° fitting to the suction port, and discon-

nect the low pressure line from the fitting. Remove
the 90 ° fitting from the suction port. Install protective
caps on the open ports and lines.
RCPH07CCH329ABC 6
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 85
7. Remove the three mounting bolts and remove the

compressor/clutch assembly from the tractor for ser-
vice or replacement.
NOTE: Note the location of the ring terminal ground on the
upper front mounting bolt.
RCPH07CCH340ABC 7
Next operation:
Compressor - Level make up (E.40.D)
Next operation:
Compressor - Install (E.40.D)
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 86
Compressor - Install
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Prior operation:
Compressor - Level make up (E.40.D)
1. Install the compressor with the three bolts removed

earlier. Torque to 37 - 41 Nm (27 - 31 lb ft).
NOTICE: Install the ring terminal ground to the upper front
bolt when installing the compressor.
RCPH07CCH143AAB 1
2. Slowly remove the protective cap, and install the 90

° elbow in the suction port on the compressor.
NOTE: Use caution when removing the caps on a new
compressor; new compressors are pressurized when
shipped.
RCPH07CCH078AAC 2
3. Install a new O-ring and connect the low pressure line

to the 90 ° elbow. Support the elbow with a wrench
when connecting the line.
NOTE: Lubricate the O-ring with mineral oil before instal-
lation.
RCHP07CCH077AAC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 87
4. Install a new O-ring and connect the high pressure

line to the discharge port on the compressor.
NOTE: Lubricate the O-ring with mineral oil before instal-
lation.
RHPH07CCH075AAC 4
5. Reconnect the high pressure line.
RCPH07CCH074AAC 5
6. Reconnect the high pressure switch at the connector.
RCPH07CCH336ABC 6
7. Reconnect the clutch at the connector.
RCPH07CCH142AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 88
8. Reinstall and tighten the clamp.
RCPH07CCH073AAC 8
9. Use a 1/2 in ratchet drive on the belt tensioner to

release tension and install the belt over the clutch
pulley. Reinstall the right hand panel.
Next operation:
(E.40.D)
Next operation:
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Charging - Air conditioning system
(E.40.D)
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 89
Compressor - Level make up - SP-20 PAG oil injection

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. OEM1415 has an injection system to return new

SP-20 PAG oil equal to the amount recovered at the
end of the evacuation process. To add the new oil,
adjust the O-ring (1) around the oil return bottle to
the required oil charge level.
NOTE: If 71 ml (2.4 US fl oz) was recovered in the oil
reservoir, 71 ml (2.4 US fl oz) of new SP-20 PAG must
be returned.
RCPH07CCH261ABC 1
2. Open the oil injection valve (2) to add the oil into the
system. Close the valve when the oil level reaches
the O-ring.
NOTICE: Do not let oil level fall below the dip tube in the
return bottle or air will be introduced into the refrigerant
circuit.
RCPH07CCH261ABC 2
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 90
Compressor - Level make up

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Dipstick Method
1. When all refrigerant has been recovered, remove the
oil filler plug.
RCPH07CCH348ABC 1
2. Use a Torx® socket to remove the three screws, and

remove the dust cover from the clutch. Use a wrench
to rotate the compressor shaft clockwise until the in-
ternal parts are in a position to allow dipstick inser-
tion. Or use a jumper wire to supply 12 V to the com-
pressor clutch and rotate the clutch by hand.
RCPH07CCH318ABC 2
3. Put the dipstick in the oil filler hole to the stop posi-
tion. Make sure the dipstick is inserted all the way to
the stop. The dipstick stop should be flush with the
filler hole boss. Take several readings for accuracy.
The oil level should cover five lines on the dipstick.
NOTE: The illustration shows a front view of the compres-
sor with the dust cover removed and the proper positions
of the counterweight for insertion of the dipstick.
NOTICE: When the compressor is replaced, the old com-
pressor oil should be drained and the oil volume measured.
This amount of new oil should be put into the replacement
compressor after it has been drained. Or use the dipstick to
measure and match the replacement compressor oil level RCPH07CCH365ABC 3
to the old compressor oil level.

4. If the oil level is not correct, add or subtract oil to
the correct level described above. Always add oil in
small quantities to avoid overfilling; to subtract oil the
compressor must be removed and drained.
NOTICE: Use only SP-20 PAG oil.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 91
5. Check the O-ring on the oil filler plug and replace if

necessary. Install the plug and tighten to a torque of
15 - 24 Nm (11 - 18 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH349ABC 4
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 92
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Remove

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
1. Clean the external surfaces of the compressor before

doing any work on the compressor.
RCPH07CCH230ABC 1
2. Remove the three Torx® screws for the clutch dust

cover.
RCPH07CCH046AAC 2
3. Remove the clutch dust cover.
RCPH07CCH237ABC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 93
4. Remove the retaining nut for the front plate. Use

the special spanner wrench from service tool set
CAS10747A to keep the plate and shaft from turn-
ing.
RCPH07CCH048AAC 4
5. Install the special puller from service tool set

CAS10747A on the clutch front plate.
RCPH07CCH239ABC 5
6. Turn the center screw to pull the clutch front plate.
RCPH07CCH050AAC 6
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 94
7. Remove the shim(s) from the shaft.
RCPH07CCH051AAC 7
8. Carefully remove the dust cover.
RCPH07CCH052AAC 8
9. Remove the key from the rotor shaft.
RCPH07CCH053AAC 9
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 95
10. Remove the external snap ring for the bearing and
pulley assembly.
RCPH07CCH054AAC 10
11. Install the special puller internal collars from service

tool set CAS10747A into the groove in the pulley.
Install the puller with forcing screw onto the shaft.
Tighten the mounting screws finger tight.
RCPH07CCH055AAC 11
12. Turn the forcing screw on the puller.
RCPH07CCH056AAC 12
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 96
13. Remove the pulley and bearing assembly.
RCPH07CCH057AAC 13
14. Remove the snap ring for the clutch coil assembly.
RCPH07CCH059AAC 14
15. Disconnect the clip for the lead wire.
RCPH07CCH058AAC 15
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 97
16. Remove the clutch coil assembly.
RCPH07CCH248ABC 16
17. Remove the internal snap ring and remove the bear-
ing from the pulley.
RCPH07CCH062AAC 17
Next operation:
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Test (E.40.D)
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 98
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Test

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Remove (E.40.D)
NOTE: Two methods can be used to test the clutch coil. See Step 1 to test coil amperage draw with an ammeter.
See Step 2 to test resistance through the coil. Only one test method is required.
1. Use a ammeter (1), voltmeter and a 12 V battery
(2) to check the amperage of the clutch coil. The
current draw must be 3.6 - 4.2 A at 12 V. A reading
of more than 4.2 A indicates a short within the coil.
No amperage reading indicates an open circuit in the
coil. Replace the clutch coil if the amperage reading
is not correct.
RCPH07CCH408ABC 1
2. Measure resistance. Resistance must be 2.86 - 3.3

Ω. Replace the clutch coil if the resistance reading
is not correct.
Next operation:
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Install (E.40.D)
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 99
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Install

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Test (E.40.D)
1. Install a new clutch coil assembly. Align the coil so

the lead wire is next to the clip mounting hole.
RCPH07CCH248ABC 1
2. Install the clip for the coil lead wire.
RCPH07CCH058AAC 2
3. Install the snap ring for the clutch coil assembly.
RCPH07CCH059AAC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 100
4. Install the bearing in the pulley and install the internal

snap ring.
RCPH07CCH062AAC 4
5. Put the pulley and bearing assembly on the front

housing hub. Install a driver on the pulley assem-
bly. Make sure that the tool is on the inner race of
the bearing.
RCPH07CCH067AAC 5
6. Support the compressor on the four mounting ears

at the compressor rear. Press the pulley assembly
on the front housing hub. Make sure the bearing is
against the bottom of the hub.
RCPH07CCH067AAC 6
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 101
7. Install the external snap ring on the front housing

hub.
RCPH07CCH054AAC 7
8. Install the key in the rotor shaft.
RCPH07CCH063AAC 8
9. Place the bearing dust cover in the bore. Place

driver from special tool set CAS10747A over the dust
cover.
RCPH07CCH064AAC 9
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 102
10. Install the dust cover.
RCPH07CCH069AAC 10
11. Install the shim(s) on the rotor shaft.
RCPH07CCH051AAC 11
12. Install the front plate on the rotor shaft. Make sure
the keyway in the plate is aligned with the key in the
shaft. Install the driver over the shaft.
RCPH07CCH065AAC 12
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 103
13. Use a hammer to tap the plate onto the shaft. Make
sure the plate is against the clutch shims. As the
plate is tapped onto the shaft you can hear the differ-
ence in sound when the plate is fully installed.
RCPH07CCH066AAC 13
14. Install the nut on the rotor shaft. Use the span-
ner wrench from special tool kit CAS10747A and a
torque wrench to tighten the nut to a torque of 15 -
20 Nm (11 - 15 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH048AAC 14
Next operation:
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Adjust (E.40.D)
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 104
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Adjust air gap

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Install (E.40.D)
NOTE: Two methods can be used to measure and adjust the air gap between the clutch plate and pulley. See Step
1 for the magnetic dial method. See Step 2 for the spark plug gauge method. Use only one method to adjust the air
gap.
1. Magnetic Dial – Mount a magnetic base dial indica-
tor on the outer face of the pulley so that there is
no interference with the clutch plate. Apply battery
ground to compressor body and 12 V B+ to clutch
wire lead. Position the dial indicator pointer on the
flat surface on the outer diameter of the clutch plate
midway between any two outer rivets or on one of the
outer rivet heads. Clutch plate travel should measure
from 0.41 - 0.79 mm (0.016 - 0.031 in). This mea-
surement should be taken between each of the three
rivets or on each outer rivet head to get an average
measurement. If necessary, lightly lift or push down
on the plate to even the gap.
RCPH07CCH071AAC 1
2. Spark Plug Gauge – If a dial indicator is not available

to check air gap clearance, a spark plug gauge with
90 ° wire feelers may be used to check initial air gap
in the field. Slip the wire between the clutch plate
and the pulley and check the gap at the three rivets.
The gap must be 0.41 - 0.79 mm (0.016 - 0.031 in).
The gap must be even all the way around the plate.
If necessary, lightly lift or push down on the plate to
make the gap even.
NOTE: If the gap does not meet the above specifications
remove the front plate and add or subtract clutch shims as
required.
RCPH07CCH072AAC 2
3. Install the clutch dust cover.
RCPH07CCH070AAC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 105
4. Install and tighten the three Torx® screws that attach

the dust cover to the compressor clutch. Torque to 7
- 11 Nm (5 - 8 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH046AAC 4
Next operation:
Compressor - Install (E.40.D)
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 106
Evaporator - Remove
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Recover (E.40.D)
Prior operation:
The evaporator/heater assembly is located under the operator seat. See USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator
seat - Tilt (E.32.C) to access the HVAC box.
NOTE: Rotate the cab temperature control to the maximum heat position before shutting off the tractor for service.
This fully opens the heater control valve and allows more coolant to drain from the evaporator/heater assembly.
1. Use a vise clamp to clamp off the heater supply hose
on the right hand side of the engine. Close the valve
on the heater return hose at the engine.
2. Remove the thermal insulation tape from the expan-
sion valve and the evaporator lines.
RCPH07CCH302ABC 1
3. Using the two hand, two wrench method, discon-

nect the air conditioning suction and liquid lines at
the thermal expansion valve. Remove and discard
the O-rings. Cap or plug the lines to prevent dirt and
moisture from entering the system.
NOTE: Clean packaging tape may be used to seal the ex-
pansion valve ports.
RCPH07CCH307ABC 2
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 107
4. Pinch the clamp with a pliers to open it and move

it to the side. Disconnect the heater return line (1)
from the evaporator heater core. Loosen the clamp
and disconnect the short hose (2) between the heater
valve and evaporator/heater core.
NOTE: Be prepared to collect a small amount of coolant
that will drain into the HVAC box.
RCPH07CCH316ABC 3
5. Remove the two screws securing the blower speed

driver and its mounting plate at the rear of the box.
RCPH07CCH292ABC 4
6. Remove the 6-pin connector from the driver and

move the blower driver assembly out of the way.
RCPH07CCH293ABC 5
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 108
7. Remove the evaporator temperature sensor from the

evaporator/heater assembly.
RCPH07CCH304ABC 6
8. Remove the evaporator top gasket and save for rein-

stallation. Remove the grommet and sensor harness
from the evaporator by sliding it out of the slot open-
ing.
NOTE: The gasket seals the top of the evaporator and
forces the air to move through the core rather than around
it. Discard and replace the gasket if it is worn or damaged.
RCPH07CCH320ABC 7
9. Slide the evaporator assembly straight up and out of

its side mounting brackets.
10. Put the assembly on a clean bench. Remove the ex-
pansion valve from the evaporator heater core. Use
the two wrench, two hand method when removing
the thermal expansion valve to prevent damage to
the tubes.
RCPH07CCH346ABC 8
Next operation:
Evaporator - Reseal (E.40.D)
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 109
Evaporator - Reseal
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Evaporator - Remove (E.40.D)
NOTE: The top and bottom of the evaporator/heater assembly must be properly sealed to allow air movement through
the assembly but not around it.
1. Check the condition of the foam seal (1) on the top
of the assembly where it seals with the HVAC box
cover.
RCPH07CCH352ABC 1
2. Check the condition of the sealing strip (2) at the front

of the evaporator/heater bottom.
3. Replace/repair any seal which has deteriorated with
age or which no longer seals properly.
Next operation:
Evaporator - Cleaning (E.40.D)
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 110
Evaporator - Cleaning
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Evaporator - Reseal (E.40.D)
1. If the evaporator/heater assembly is plugged with dirt

and debris, locate the source of the debris, correct
and then clean the assembly. See Pressurisation
system - Pressure test (E.34.A)
2. If the assembly is dry, clean with low pressure com-
pressed air. If the assembly is wet, flush with water
using a low pressure hose.
3. Check that the condensate drain valves (1) are not
plugged before cleaning the assembly with low pres-
sure wash.
RCPH07CCH433ABC 1
Next operation:
Evaporator - Install (E.40.D)
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 111
Evaporator - Install
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Evaporator - Cleaning (E.40.D)
1. Lubricate new O-rings with clean mineral oil and in-

stall new O-rings on the evaporator suction and dis-
charge lines.
RCPH07CCH319ABC 1
2. Install the expansion valve. Tighten the fittings to a

torque of 25 - 34 Nm (18 - 25 lb ft). Use the two
wrench, two hand method when installing the expan-
sion valve to prevent damage to evaporator lines.
RCPH07CCH346ABC 2
3. Install the evaporator/heater assembly into the side

mounting brackets of the HVAC box.
4. Install the sensor harness with grommet in the slot
in the evaporator. Reinstall the top gasket on the
evaporator.
NOTE: The gasket seals the top of the evaporator and
forces the air to move through the core rather than around
it. Replace the gasket if it is worn or damaged.
RCPH07CCH321ABC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 112
5. Install the evaporator temperature sensor in the

evaporator/heater assembly. The evaporator tem-
perature sensor must be installed 147 mm (5.8 in)
from the right side of the evaporator. The sensor
must be installed below the second refrigeration tube
row at a 30 ° downward angle. Insert the sensor
in the evaporator up to the angled section, being
careful not to kink the sensor.
RCPH07CCH304ABC 4
6. Install the 6-pin connector on the blower speed

driver.
RCPH07CCH293ABC 5
7. Install the two screws to secure the driver and its

mounting plate at the rear of the box.
RCPH07CCH292ABC 6
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 113
8. Connect the short hose (1) from the heater valve

to the evaporator/heater core. Pinch the clamp to
open it and secure the hose at the evaporator line.
Connect the heater return line (2) to the evaporator
heater core and secure with the clamp.
RCPH07CCH316ABC 7
9. Remove the caps or plugs from the liquid and suc-

tion lines to the thermal expansion valve. Install new
O-rings on the lines before reconnecting. Lubricate
the O-rings with clean mineral oil prior to installation.
RCPH07CCH313ABC 8
10. Using the two hand, two wrench method, reconnect

the air conditioning suction and liquid lines to the
valve.
RCPH07CCH307ABC 9
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 114
Post Replacement Procedures

11. Since the evaporator assembly has been replaced,
Evacuate and charge the air conditioning system.
Test system performance following procedures on
the foldout.
A. Adjust compressor oil level,
B. Evacuate and charge the air conditioning sys-
tem.
C. Test system performance.
D. Leak test the valve and evaporator connec-
tions with OEM1437 or equivalent.
RCPH07CCH315ABC 10
12. The thermal expansion valve and line along with the
inlet and outlet to the evaporator must be insulated
for maximum evaporator performance. Apply ther-
mal insulation tape around the expansion valve, con-
nectors, and the inlet and outlet lines of the evapora-
tor.
NOTE: The thermal insulation tape is available in 2.5 in x
9150 mm (30 ft) bulk rolls – 1954475C1.
RCPH07CCH309ABC 11
13. To remove air from the cooling system after installa-

tion of a replacement evaporator/heater assembly:
A. Fill the deaeration tank and fill the coolant re-
covery bottle to the full line.
B. Operate the engine for 10 minutes.
C. Stop the engine and allow the radiator to cool.
D. Top off the deaeration tank and recovery bottle.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 115
Expansion valve - Test

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Prior operation:
NOTICE: The following test is performed with the thermal expansion valve mounted in the system.
1. Install the test gauges at the suction and liquid ports
at the compressor.
2. Disconnect the low pressure switch from the har-
ness. Install a jumper wire across the harness leads.
RCPH07CCH309ABC 1
3. Start the tractor and run the engine at 1500 RPM.

Turn blower speed control to maximum position, tem-
perature control to maximum cooling, Defog/Defrost
or Standard A/C switch to On, and check the low
pressure gauge reading. Compare the gauge read-
ings to the temperature/pressure chart for your ambi-
ent temperature and humidity; see ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-condition-
ing - General specification - Temperature/pres-
sure chart (E.40.D).
4. Remove the thermal insulation tape from the top of
valve. Use the palm of your hand to warm the expan-
sion valve and watch the low pressure gauge. The
valve will open and pressure should rise.
RCPH07CCH302ABC 2
5. Use ice to cool the expansion valve and watch the

low pressure gauge. Within seconds, the expansion
valve will close and the pressure must drop at the low
pressure gauge.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 116
6. If there is little or no change at the low pressure

gauge, the thermal expansion valve must be re-
placed.
NOTE: No repair or adjustment is recommended for the
valve.
Next operation:
Expansion valve - Remove (E.40.D)
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 117
Expansion valve - Remove

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Expansion valve - Test (E.40.D)
1. Recover all refrigerant from the system. Remove the

thermal insulation tape from the fittings and expan-
sion valve to replace the expansion valve.
2. Using the two hand, two wrench method, disconnect
the liquid and suction lines from the thermal expan-
sion valve. Discard the O-rings in the fittings.
RCPH07CCH307ABC 1
3. Using the two hand, two wrench method, discon-

nect the thermal expansion valve from the evapora-
tor tubes. Discard the O-rings on the tubes.
RCPH07CCH324ABC 2
Next operation:
Expansion valve - Install (E.40.D)
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 118
Expansion valve - Install

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Expansion valve - Remove (E.40.D)
NOTICE: Lubricate O-rings with mineral oil not SP-20 PAG.

stall between the evaporator core and thermal ex-
pansion valve. Connect the new valve to the evapo-
rator using the two hand, two wrench method.
RCPH07CCH325ABC 1

stall in the fittings on the suction and liquid lines.
Connect the liquid and suction lines to the expansion
valve using the two hand, two wrench method.
RCPH07CCH313ABC 2
3. Remove air and moisture from the system and

charge the system. Leak test all connections with
OEM1437 or equivalent before reapplying any ther-
mal insulation tape.
4. Replace all thermal insulation tape and reconnect the
low pressure cutout switch.
NOTE: The thermal insulation tape is available in 9150 mm
(30 ft) x 63.5 mm (2.5 in) bulk rolls 1954475C1.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 119
Expansion valve - Decontaminating

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Flush gun 17585 or equivalent can be used to back

flush the thermal expansion valve or a refrigerant
line. Solvent is added to the canister, and then the
canister is pressurized with clean and dry shop air.
Pulse the trigger on the flush gun for greater flushing
effectiveness.
RCPH07CCH375ABC 1
2. To fill the canister, remove the cap assembly. Add no

more than 590 ml (20 US fl oz) of approved flushing
solvent to the canister. Replace the cap assembly.
RCPH07CCH432ABC 2
3. Pressurize the canister to a maximum of 620 kPa (90

psi) with clean and dry shop air.
RCPH07CCH373ABC 3
4. Connect the hose with flush gun to the canister.
RCPH07CCH041AAC 4
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 120
5. When back flushing the thermal expansion valve, the

suction and discharge ports must be flushed in differ-
ent directions. Collect used solvent in a container for
proper disposal.
NOTE: To prevent spray back, press the rubber nose cone
on the gun into the opening on the refrigerant line or ther-
mal expansion valve when flushing.
6. Back flush the discharge port.
RCPH07CCH040AAC 5
7. Back flush the suction port.
RCPH07CCH039AAC 6
8. Use clean and dry shop air to purge the solvent and
dry the valve.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 121
Ventilation system Motor - Replace

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Prior operation:
1. Disconnect the blower motor assembly from the har-

ness at the connector.
RCPH07CCH358ABC 1
2. Remove the four screws across the top of the motor

assembly and two screws (not visible) at the sides,
and remove the assembly.
RCPH07CCH323ABC 2
3. Install a new motor assembly with the existing hard-

ware and connect the motor to the harness.
properly installed.
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 122
Ventilation system Blower speed drive - Replace

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Prior operation:
NOTE: Turn the tractor key switch to the Off position

1. Remove the two screws securing the blower speed
driver assembly to the rear of the HVAC box.
RCPH07CCH292ABC 1
2. Disconnect the six-pin connector to the blower speed

driver.
RCPH07CCH293ABC 2
3. Remove the four screws securing the driver to the

mounting plate.
RCPH07CCH291ABC 3
4. Install a new blower speed driver with the existing

hardware. Install the 6-pin connector on the driver,
and secure the assembly to the HVAC box rear with
the two screws removed earlier. Reinstall the seat.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 123
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 124
Electronic HVAC control - Replace - ATC controller

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
1. With the key switch Off, disconnect the multi-pin

wiring harness (1) connected to the ATC controller.
NOTICE: Do not touch exposed pins on the controller to
avoid static electricity voltage spikes. Voltage spikes may
result in equipment damage.
RCPH07CCH359ABC 1
2. Remove the nut (2) securing the controller and re-

move the controller.
3. Install a new controller using the existing hardware.
Reconnect the harnesses. Reinstall the seat with
existing hardware.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 125

- Problem solving
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
This troubleshooting, in combination with measurements from the test gauges, should be used when insufficient cool-
ing from the evaporator is apparent.
OPERATION
Metric standard
Ambient Normal low side pressure Normal high side pressure Louver Fan
temp temperature* speed***
Low relative High relative Low relative High relative Low rel- High RPM range
humidity** humidity humidity** humidity ative hu- relative
midity** humidity
21 °C 117 - 138 kPa 145 - 172 kPa 938 - 1117 kPa 1040 - 1214 kPa 13 °C 17 °C 710 - 770
RPM
RPM
RPM
RPM
RPM
RPM
U.S. standard
Ambient Normal low side pressure Normal high side pressure Louver Fan
temp temperature* speed***
Low relative High relative Low relative High relative Low rel- High RPM range
humidity** humidity humidity** humidity ative hu- relative
midity** humidity
70 °F 17 - 20 psi 21 - 25 psi 136 - 162 psi 151 - 176 psi 55 °F 62 °F 710 - 770
RPM
RPM
RPM
RPM
RPM
RPM
* Temperatures shown are the highest normal temperatures expected at the louvers; actual temperatures
may be cooler. Louver temperature should be measured in the louvers facing the operator.
** Compressor clutch cycling may occur under low humidity, low temperature conditions.
*** Fan speed significantly affects discharge pressure. Values are for reference only.
TROUBLESHOOTING
1. Special tools
• refrigerant recovery station,
• refrigerant identifier,
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 126
• compressor dip stick,

• and a stem type thermometer to measure air temperature out of the louvers.
2. Visual inspection
• Make sure the blower operates correctly at all speeds.
• Checks hoses and lines for damage, extreme wear, cuts, etc.
• Make sure the compressor clutch is engaging.
• Connect the blue (low or suction side) and red (high or discharge) hoses to the system.
• Check system pressures. If both gauges read 0 kPa (0 psi), system is out of refrigerant; evacuate and recharge
the system before operating.
• Check refrigerant purity: if not at least 98% pure R134a, evacuate and recharge. Do not evacuate into a
container with pure R134a.
3. Test conditions
• Engine operating at 1500 RPM.
• No engine load.
• Blower control at highest speed setting.
• Door and rear cab windows open.
• Air conditioning temperature control set to maximum cooling.
• Air conditioning switch set to On (standard climate control) or Defog/defrost (automatic temperature contorl).
• Heater lines clamped or closed at the engine.
• Gauge readings taken 15 minutes after start up.
• Hood in closed position with side panels in place.
• All cab air louvers open.
• Filters (recirculation and fresh air) clean and in position.
4. Test procedure
• Record the ambient (cab) temperature, louver and/or evaporator out temperature, and the low (suction) and
high (discharge) pressures.
• Consult the troubleshooting chart and temperature/pressure table for system analysis.
5. System repair
• Recover refrigerant when necessary to complete repairs.
• Adjust the compressor oil level. Add oil for new components, if required.
• Replace the receiver/drier if the system has been opened.
• Evacuate air and moisture from the system.
• Recharge with pure R134a refrigerant.
Low side pressure low System is low on refrigerant. • Locate and repair the leak in the sys-
to very low; high side tem.
pressure low to very low. Additional symptoms: Check compressor oil level and adjust
•
– No cooling (warm air out of louvers). as necessary.
– Discharge air from evaporator is slightly
cool or warm. • Evacuate and recharge the system.
– Compressor does not run or cycles
rapidly.
– Low pressure switch activating
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 127

High side flow restriction, most likely be- • Locate restriction.
tween the receiver/drier and the thermal ex- Remove restriction or replace part with
•
pansion valve or in the receiver/drier. restriction.
Additional symptoms:
– Discharge air from the evaporator is
slightly cool or warm.
– Condensation or frost on the receiver/
drier.
– Liquid line to the receiver/drier has frost
or condensation.
– Low pressure switch activating.
Note: frost forms down stream from the
point of the restriction.
Restriction in the thermal expansion valve • Locate and repair the restriction or re-
– e.g., moisture frozen in the orifice. place the thermal expansion valve.
Valve failed closed.
– Cool to warm air out of the evaporator.
– Expansion valve inlet very cold and/or
covered with frost.
– Expansion valve outlet is warm.
Evaporator temperature sensor failure or • Check location of the evaporator tem-
installed in wrong location. perature sensor.
Evaporator dirty. Test evaporator sensor and replace, if
•
Air flow bypassing the evaporator. required.
Additional symptoms: • Clean evaporator and check seals.
– Little or no cooling.
– Little air flow.
Low side pressure is high; Compressor malfunctioning. • Check compressor power and ground.
high side pressure is low. Check compressor clutch operation
•
– No cooling in the cab. • Compressor may have internal leak: re-
– System is fully charged. cover the system, replace compressor,
– Cool to warm air out of the evaporator. adjust oil level, replace receiver/drier,
evacuate and recharge the system.
Evaporator temperature sensor malfunc- • Test evaporator temperature sensor
tion. and replace, if required.
• Check for active fault codes relating to
Additional symptoms: the sensor; and resolve wiring problem
– No cooling in the cab. to the sensor.
– System is fully charged.
– Evaporator temperature sensor fault
code active.
Low side pressure is low; Non-condensables (air and/or moisture) in • Recover refrigerant from the system:
high side pressure is the system. moisture is removed by the recovery
high. unit.
Additional symptom: Replace the receiver/drier; evacuate
•
– Intermittent cooling: cools well during the the system and recharge.
cooler part of the day and does not cool well
during the hotter part of the day.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 128

High side flow restriction, most likely • Locate and repair the restriction or re-
between the compressor and the replace the part with the restriction.
ceiver/drier.
– Condensation or frost on the receiver/
drier.
– Liquid line to the receiver/drier has frost
or condensation.
Low side pressure is Heater control valve leaking (not working • Shut off coolant flow to the evaporator
normal to slightly high; correctly). check for temperature difference out of
high side pressure is the evaporator.
normal. Additional symptoms: Inspect and repair or replace the heater
•
– No or poor cooling in the cab. control valve.
– Heater hoses to the cab are very warm –
that is, warmer than the ambient tempera-
ture.
Air or moisture in the system. • Leak test, recover the system and repair
leaks.
Additional symptoms: Replace the receiver/drier; evacuate
•
– Suction line is warm. and recharge the system.
– Air out of the evaporator only a little cool.
Temperature switch malfunction. • Test temperature switch and replace, if
Evaporator temperature sensor malfunc- required.
tion. Test evaporator temperature sensor
•
and replace, if required.
– Compressor clutch not engaging or ex- • Check for active fault codes relating to
cessively/erratically engaging. the potentiometer and sensor; and re-
– Poor cooling in the cab. solve the wiring problem to the poten-
– Temperature control potentiometer fault tiometer or sensor.
code active.
code active.
Low side pressure is Thermal expansion valve malfunction. • Test the thermal expansion valve and
high; high side pressure replace, if required.
is high. Additional symptoms:
– Warm air out of the evaporator and the
louvers.
– Condensation on the suction line.
– Heavy condensation on the evaporator
outlet.
Poor air flow across the condenser: con- • Check for worn fan belt.
denser plugged with debris. Check for defective viscous fan drive.
•
Additional symptoms: • Check for restriction in air flow through
– Engine is overheating. the condenser (plugged or bent fins);
– Liquid line is very hot. clean grille and coolers.
– Poor cooling in the cab.
– High pressure switch activates.
System over charged. • Recover and recharge the system with
2.1 kg (4.63 lb) of R134a.
– Fair to poor cooling in the cab.
– Liquid line very hot.
– Compressor knocking.
– High pressure switch activates.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 129

Air in the system. • Leak test, recover the system and repair
leaks.
Additional symptoms: Replace the receiver/drier; evacuate
•
– Suction line warm. and recharge the system.
– Air out of evaporator a little cool.
Low side pressure is low; Temperature control potentiometer mal- • Check location of the evaporator tem-
high side pressure is function. perature sensor.
normal. Evaporator temperature sensor malfunc- Test the temperature control poten-
•
tion. tiometer and replace, if required.
Low evaporator air flow.
• Test the evaporator temperature sensor
Additional symptoms: and replace, if required.
– Evaporator outlet cold or iced up. • Check evaporator sealing.
– Continuous compressor operation.
– Low pressure switch activates.
– Temperature control potentiometer fault
code is active.
code is active.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 130
Command Switch - Testing - ATC switch

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Disconnect the ATC switch from the Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
harness at connector 123M. ATC Action Action
switch set to Auto position. Go to Step 2. Replace the switch.
Check
and chassis ground.
Keyswitch On. ATC switch Off. 5 V. No voltage.
Check Action Action
Measure voltage between pin 4 Switch is operating correctly. Go to Step 4.
ground.
Check Action Action
Measure voltage between pin 26 of Locate and repair the open circuit Perform the controller replacement
connector ATC-J8 at the controller between pin 26 of connector ATC-J8 test. See Electronic HVAC control
and chassis ground. at the controller and pin 4 of connec- - Testing - Controller replacement
tor 123M at the switch, via pin/cavity (E.40.D).
L of connectors ATC-J6R1- 139F.
Command Switch - Testing - Defog switch

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Disconnect the Defog/defrost switch Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
from the harness at connector 398M. Action Action
Defog/defrost switch set to On posi- Go to Step 2. Replace the switch.
tion.
Check
and chassis ground.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 131

Keyswitch On. Defog/defrost switch 5 V. No voltage.
Off. Action Action
Check Switch is operating correctly. Go to Step 4.
ground.
Check Action Action
Measure voltage between pin 31 of Locate and repair the open circuit Perform the controller replacement
connector ATC-J8 at the controller between pin 31 of connector ATC-J8 test. See Electronic HVAC control
and chassis ground. at the controller and pin 3 of connec- - Testing - Controller replacement
tor 398M. (E.40.D).
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 132
Heater valve - Testing

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Key switch On and ATC switch set to Voltage change is continuous, but No voltage change and no slot
Auto. there is no slot movement or irreg- movement.
Check ular slot movement. Action
Action Go to Step 5.
Measure voltage between pin 8 of Heater control valve has failed phys-
connector ATC-J17 at the heater ically or actuator fault. Go to Step 2.
control valve and chassis ground.
• While turning the tempera-
ture control from maximum
cooling to maximum heat-
ing setting, observe both the
voltmeter and the slot on the
front of the heater valve.
• If voltage change and slot
movement are continuous,
the heater control valve is
operating properly.
Key switch Off. Infinite resistance or open line Less than 10 Ω.
Check Action Action
Disconnect the connector ATC-J17 Replace the heater control valve. Go to Step 3.
from the control valve. Measure re- Return unit to field operation.
sistance through the valve between
pin 7 and pin 10.
of connector ATC-J17 and chassis Action Action
ground to pin 7.
Key switch On and ATC switch set to Voltage ranges from 11.5 V at max- No voltage or voltage out of range.
Auto. imum cooling to 1.5 V at maximum Action
Check heating. Go to Step 5..
Measure the control signal (voltage) Action
between pin 8 of connector ATC- Go to Step 5.
J17 and chassis ground, while turn-
ing the temperature from maximum
cooling to maximum heating posi-
tion.
Measure the control signal (volt- Voltage ranges from 11.5 V at max- No voltage or voltage out of range.
age) between pin 3 of connector imum cooling to 1.5 V at maximum Action
ATC-J8 and chassis ground, while heating. Go to Step 6.
turning the temperature from max- Action
imum cooling to maximum heating Locate and repair the open condition
position. between pin 3 of connector ATC-J8
at the controller and pin 8 of connec-
tor ATC-J17 at the heater valve.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 133

Measure voltage between pin 10 of 12 V No voltage.
connector ATC-J17 at the heater Action Action
valve and chassis ground. Incorrect reading taken. Retest. Go to Step 7.
Measure voltage between pin 4 of 12 V No voltage.
connector ATC-J8 at the controller Action Action
and chassis ground. Locate and repair the open condition Test the power and ground to the
between pin 4 of connector ATC-J8 controller and controller operation.
at the controller and pin 10 of con-
nector ATC-J17 at the heater valve.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 134
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Testing

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Keyswitch and ATC switch Off. Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
Check Action Action
Measure resistance between the Go to Step 2. Repair open circuit or replace wire.
clutch screw and ground screw on
the compressor mounting bracket.
Measure resistance through the 3.6 - 4.2k Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
clutch between pin 1 of connector Action Action
72F on the clutch and the ground Go to Step 3. Replace the clutch.
screw on the mounting bracket.
Keyswitch On and Defog switch On. 12 V. No voltage.
Check Action Action
Measure voltage between pin 1 of Clutch is operating correctly. Check Go to Step 4.
connector 72M at the clutch and for fault codes.
chassis ground.
Measure voltage between pin 17 of 12 V. No voltage.
connector ATC-J8 at the controller Action Action
and chassis ground. Go to Step 5. Locate and repair the open circuit
between fuse 37 and the controller.
Measure voltage between pin 5 of 12 V. No voltage.
connector ATC-AC at the clutch re- Action Action
lay and chassis ground. Go to Step 6. Go to Step 10.
Keyswitch Off. Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
Check Action Action
Measure resistance between pin 5 Go to Step 7. Locate and repair the open circuit
of connector ATC-AC at the clutch between the test points.
relay and pin C of in-line connector
ATC-J6R1.
C of mating connector 139F and cav- Action Action
ity 84 of in-line connector 10F. Go to Step 8. Locate and repair the open circuit
between the test points.
of connector 10M and cavity 1 of Action Action
in-line connector 395F. Go to Step 9. Locate and repair the open circuit
tor 72M at the compressor. Go to Step 10. Locate and repair the open circuit
Keyswitch On and Defog switch On. 12 V. No voltage.
Check Action Action
Measure voltage between pin 15 of Go to Step 11. Test power and ground to the con-
connector ATC-J8 at the controller troller and controller operation.
and chassis ground.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 135

Check Action Action
Measure resistance between pin 1 Go to Step 12. Replace the clutch relay and return
and pin 2 on the clutch relay. unit to field operation.
connector ATC-AC at the clutch re- Action Action
lay and chassis ground at ring termi- Circuits are operating correctly. Locate and repair the open circuit
nal connector ATC-C2. Condition may be intermittent, or a between the test points.
Check step was missed; retest.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 136
Ventilation system Blower speed drive - Testing

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
NOTE: If the blower motor intermittently cycles to full speed for short periods, blower speed driver may be entering
thermal protection mode. Check for an intermittent short to chassis at the blower motor or short to heat sink on the
blower speed driver.
Keyswitch Off. Disconnect the Continuity present. No continuity.
blower motor from the harness. Action Action
Check Go to Step 2. Replace the blower motor.
Measure continuity between pins 1
and 2 through the motor.
Reconnect the motor to the harness. Voltage present. No voltage.
Keyswitch On. Blower speed control Action Action
in any position but Off. Go to Step 6. Go to Step 3.
Check
Check if voltage is present between
pins 2 and 4 of connector ATC-J19
at the blower speed driver.
Check Action Action
Measure resistance between pin Go to Step 4. Locate and repair the open circuit
2 of connector ATC-J19 at the between pin 2 of connector ATC-J19
blower speed driver and ring termi- and ring terminal ground connector
nal ground connector 172F. 172F, via pin/cavity F of connectors
ATC-J6R1- 139F.
Keyswitch On. 12 V. No voltage.
Check Action Action
Measure voltage between pin 4 of Go to Step 6. Go to Step 5.
connector ATC-J19 at the blower
speed driver and chassis ground.
Check Action Action
Measure voltage at fuse 49. Locate and repair the open circuit Locate and repair the open circuit in
between fuse 49 and pin 4 of con- B+ to fuse 49.
nector ATC-J19 at the blower speed
driver, via pin/cavity K of connectors
ATC-J6R1- 139F.
Pattern followed. Pattern not followed.
• Keyswitch On and ATC Action Action
switch set to Auto. Go to Step 8. Go to Step 7.
• Measure voltage between
pin B of connector ATC-J20
and pin 4 of connector
ATC-J19 while turning the
speed control.
Check
Does voltage follow this pattern:
12.8 V at fully counter clockwise po-
sition, 4.8 V at 1/4 turn clockwise,
and 1.5 V at fully clockwise.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 137

Check if the driver voltage signal is 0 - 5 V. No voltage.
present from the controller: measure Action Action
voltage between pin 5 of connector Locate and repair the open circuit Perform the controller replacement
ATC-J8 at the controller and chas- between pin B of connector ATC-J20 test; see Electronic HVAC control
sis ground while turning the blower at the blower speed driver and pin 2 - Testing - Controller replacement
speed control. of the blower motor connector. (E.40.D).
Check Action Action
Measure resistance between pin B Go to Step 9. Locate and repair the open circuit
of connector ATC-J20 at the blower between the test points.
speed driver and pin 1 at the blower
motor.
Key switch Off. No continuity. Continuity present.
Check Action Action
Measure continuity between pin B Go to Step 10. Replace the blower speed driver.
of connector ATC-J20 at the blower
speed driver and chassis ground.
Keyswitch On and ATC switch to Motor operates. Motor does not operate.
Auto. Supply independent ground to Action Action
pin 2 at the blower motor. Replace the blower speed driver. Replace the blower motor.
Check
Check motor operation.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 138
Electrical control Temperature control potentiometer - Testing

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
NOTE: If fault codes 120 and 121 display sequentially on the tractor instrumentation, the ground circuit to the poten-
tiometer is the likely suspect and should be tested first for an open condition. The pot is grounded from pin C to ring
terminal connector ATC-C1, via pin/cavity S of connectors ATC-J6R1- 139F.
Keyswitch On and ATC switch set to Fault code 121 displays at certain Fault code 120 and 121 display at
Auto. any location as the control is turned:
locations while the control is turned:
Check ground to the potentiometer is prob-
the potentiometer is probably faulty.
Turn the temperature control while Action ably open.
observing the display for the tractor Go to Step 2. Action
instrumentation. Go to Step
Open the right hand fender console. Resistance reading changes Resistance drops sharply in certain
Disconnect the temperature control smoothly within the 0 - 10k Ω range locations as the control is turned.
from the harness. as the control is turned. Action
Check Action Replace the potentiometer.
Measure resistance between pins B Go to Step 3.
and C on the potentiometer as the
control is turned from fully counter
clockwise to fully clockwise.
Reconnect the temperature control 0 - 3.0 V. No voltage.
to the harness. Keyswitch On and Action Action
ATC switch set to Auto. Go to Step 5. Go to Step 4.
Check
Measure voltage between pin B of
harness connector 125M at the po-
tentiometer and chassis ground as
the blower control is turned.
Disconnect the temperature control Less than 11K Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
from the harness. Action Action
Measure resistance between pin C between pin C of connector 125M at
of connector 125M at the poten- the potentiometer and ring terminal
tiometer and chassis ground with ground connector ATC-C1, via pin/
the control in the fully clockwise po- cavity S of connectors ATC-J6R1-
sition. 139F.
Reinstall the harness connector to 0 - 3.0 V. No voltage.
the blower speed control. Action Action
Check Locate and repair the open circuit Perform the controller replacement
Measure voltage between pin 29 of between pin 29 of connector ATC-J8 test. See Electronic HVAC control
connector ATC-J8 at the controller at the controller and pin B of connec- - Testing - Controller replacement
and chassis ground as the blower tor 125M, via pin/cavity T of connec- (E.40.D).
control is turned. tors ATC-J6R1- 139F.
Electrical control Blower speed potentiometer - Testing

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 139
NOTE: If fault codes 120 and 121 display sequentially on the tractor instrumentation, the ground circuit to the poten-
tiometer is the likely suspect and should be tested first for an open condition. The pot is grounded from pin C to ring
terminal connector ATC-C1, via pin/cavity S of connectors ATC-J6R1- 139F.
Keyswitch On and ATC switch set to Fault code 120 displays at certain Fault code 120 and 121 display at
Auto. any location as the control is turned:
locations while the control is turned:
Check ground to the potentiometer is prob-
the potentiometer is probably faulty.
Turn the blower speed control while Action ably open.
observing the display for the tractor Go to Step 2. Action
instrumentation. Go to Step
Open the right hand fender console. Resistance reading changes Resistance drops sharply in certain
Disconnect the blower speed control smoothly within the 0 - 10k Ω range locations as the control is turned.
from the harness. as the control is turned. Action
Check Action Replace the potentiometer.
Measure resistance between pins B Go to Step 3.
and C on the potentiometer as the
control is turned from fully counter
clockwise to fully clockwise.
Reconnect the blower speed control 0 - 3.0 V. No voltage.
to the harness. Keyswitch On and Action Action
ATC switch set to Auto. Go to Step 5. Go to Step 4.
Check
harness connector 124F at the po-
tentiometer and chassis ground as
the blower control is turned.
Disconnect the blower speed control Less than 11K Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
from the harness. Action Action
Measure resistance between pin C between pin C of connector 124F at
of connector 124F at the potentiome- the potentiometer and ring terminal
ter and chassis ground with the con- ground connector ATC-C1, via pin/
trol in the fully clockwise position. cavity S of connectors ATC-J6R1-
139F.
Reinstall the harness connector to 0 - 3.0 V. No voltage.
the blower speed control. Action Action
Check Locate and repair the open circuit Perform the controller replacement
Measure voltage between pin 28 of between pin 28 of connector ATC-J8 test. See Electronic HVAC control
connector ATC-J8 at the controller at the controller and pin B of connec- - Testing - Controller replacement
and chassis ground as the blower tor 124F, via pin/cavity H of connec- (E.40.D).
control is turned. tors ATC-J6R1- 139F.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 140
Electronic HVAC control - Testing - Controller replacement

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

ATC switch Off. Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
Check Action Action
Check ground continuity to the con- Go to Step 2. Restore clean ground to the con-
troller. Measure resistance between troller and retry the unit. See Elec-
pin 18 of connector ATC-J8 and tronic HVAC control - Testing
chassis ground. - Controller power and ground
(E.40.D).
Check Action Action
Check if B+ is present at the con- Go to Step 3. Restore B+ to controller and retry the
troller, Measure voltage between pin unit. See Electronic HVAC control
17 of connector ATC-J8 and battery - Testing - Controller power and
ground. ground (E.40.D).
Keyswitch On and ATC switch to 12 V. No voltage.
Auto. Action Action
Check Go to Step 4. Replace the controller.
Check power output to the heater
control valve. Measure voltage be-
tween pin 8 of connector ATC-J8
and battery ground.
Keyswitch On and ATC switch to 11.5 - 1.5 V. No voltage or voltage change/drop
Auto. Action off.
Check Go to Step 5. Action
Check the control signal to the If no voltage, replace the controller.
heater control valve. While turning If voltage change/drop off, test the
the temperature control from maxi- temperature control potentiometer.
mum cooling to maximum heating, See Electrical control Tempera-
measure the voltage between pin ture control potentiometer - Test-
3 of connector ATC-J8 and battery ing (E.40.D).
ground.
Keyswitch On and ATC switch to 11.5 - 1.5 V. No voltage or voltage change/drop
Auto. Action off.
Check Go to Step 6. Action
Check the control signal to the If no voltage, replace the controller.
blower speed driver. While turning If voltage change/drop off, test the
the blower speed control from full blower speed control potentiome-
counter clockwise to full clockwise, ter. See Electrical control Blower
measure the voltage between pin speed potentiometer - Testing
5 of connector ATC-J8 and battery (E.40.D).
ground.
Keyswitch On and Defog/defrost 5 V. No voltage.
switch to On. Disconnect connector Action Action
71F to the high pressure switch. Go to Step 7. Replace the controller.
Check
Check the high pressure switch cir-
cuit. Measure voltage between pin
33 of connector ATC-J8 and battery
ground.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 141

5 V. No voltage.
• Reconnect connector 71F to Action Action
the high pressure switch. Go to Step 8. Replace the controller.
• Disconnect connector
ATC-J16 to the low pres-
sure switch.
• Keyswitch On and De-
fog/defrost switch to On.
Check
Check the low pressure switch cir-
ground.
5 V at 21 °C (70 °F) at the temper- No voltage or voltage out of range.
• Reconnect connector ature sensor. Voltage decreases as Action
ATC-J16 to the low pres- temperature increases. If no voltage, replace the controller.
sure switch. Action If voltage out of range, test the sen-
• Keyswitch On and ATC Go to Step 9. sor. See Sensing system Evapo-
switch to Auto; Defog/de- rator temperature sensor - Testing
frost switch Off. (E.40.D).
Check
Check the evaporator temperature
sensor circuit. Measure voltage be-
and battery ground.
Keyswitch On and ATC switch to 5 V at 21 °C (70 °F) at the temper- No voltage or voltage out of range.
Auto; Defog/defrost switch Off. ature sensor. Voltage decreases as Action
Check temperature increases. If no voltage, replace the controller.
Check the cab temperature sensor Action If voltage out of range, test the sen-
circuit. Measure voltage between Go to Step 10. sor. See Sensing system Temper-
pin 21 of connector ATC-J8 and bat- ature sensor - Testing - Cab tem-
tery ground. perature sensor (E.40.D).
Keyswitch On and ATC switch to 0 - 3 V while turning the temperature No voltage.
Auto; Defog/defrost switch Off. control from fully counter clockwise Action
Check to fully clockwise. Replace the controller.
Check the temperature control po- Action
tentiometer output. Measure voltage Go to Step 11.
between pin 29 of connector ATC-J8
and battery ground.
Keyswitch On and ATC switch to 0 - 3 V while turning the temperature No voltage.
Auto; Defog/defrost switch Off. control from fully counter clockwise Action
Check to fully clockwise. Replace the controller.
Check the blower speed control po- Action
tentiometer output. Measure voltage Go to Step 12.
and battery ground.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 142

Keyswitch On. ATC switch and De- 5 V. No voltage.
fog/defrost switch Off. Action Action
Check Go to Step 13. Replace the controller.
Check the defog/defrost switch con-
trol circuit. Measure voltage be-
and battery ground.
Keyswitch On. ATC switch and De- 5 V. No voltage.
fog/defrost switch Off. Action Action
Check Controller is functioning correctly. Replace the controller.
Check the ATC switch control cir- Do not replace.
ground.
Electronic HVAC control - Testing - Controller power and ground

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Keyswitch On and ATC switch set to 12 V. No voltage.
Auto. Action Action
Measure the voltage between pin 17
of connector ATC-J8 and chassis
ground.
Check voltage at fuse 47. 12 V. No voltage.
Action Action
Locate and repair the open condition Locate and repair the open circuit
between pin 17 of connector ATC-J8 between fuse 47 and B+ at ring ter-
at the controller and fuse 47, via minal connector 138A.
splice ATC1, pin/cavity R of connec- Go to Step 3.
tors ATC-J6R1- 139F.
of connector ATC-J8 at the controller Action Action
and chassis ground. Power and ground to the controller Locate and repair the open circuit
tests correctly. between pin 18 of connector ATC-J8
at the controller and ringer terminal
ground connector 173F, via pin/cav-
ity J of connectors ATC-J6R1- 139F.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 143
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Testing - Cab temperature

sensor
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Keyswitch Off. Resistance reading within ± 2.5 % of Resistance reading out of range.
Check table value for the temperature. Action
Action Replace the cab temperature sen-
• Disconnect the cab temper- Go to Step 2. sor.
ature sensor from the har-
ness.
• Measure resistance across
the sensor leads.
• Measure the ambient air
• Compare the resistance
readings to the tempera-
ture versus resistance table
at Sensing system Tem-
perature sensor - General
specification - Cab sensor
- Temperature versus re-
sistance (E.40.D).
Voltage present: reading will be very
Keyswitch On and ATC switch set to No voltage.
Auto. low – 0.5 V at 21 °C (70 °F) – and Action
Check voltage decreases as temperature Go to Step 3.
increases.
Check if a voltage reading is present
between pin A of sensor connectorAction
ATC-J7 and chassis ground. Go to Step 4.
Voltage present: reading will be very
Check if a voltage reading is present No voltage.
low – 0.5 V at 21 °C (70 °F) – and
between pin 21 of connector ATC-J8 Action
voltage decreases as temperature
at the controller and chassis ground. Perform the controller replacement
increases. test; see Electronic HVAC control
Action - Testing - Controller replacement
Locate and repair the open circuit (E.40.D).
and pin A of sensor connector ATC-
J7.
Measure resistance between pin B Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
of sensor connector ATC-J7 and Action Action
chassis ground. Sensor is operating correctly. Locate and repair the open circuit
between pin B of sensor connec-
tor ATC-J7 and ring terminal ground
connector ATC-C2.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 144
Sensing system Evaporator temperature sensor - Testing

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Keyswitch Off. Resistance reading within ± 2.5 % of Resistance reading out of range.
Check table value for the temperature. Action
Action Replace the evaporator temperature
• Disconnect the evaporator Go to Step 2. sensor.
temperature sensor from the
harness.
• Measure resistance across
the sensor leads.
• Measure the ambient air
• Compare the resistance
readings to the temperature
versus resistance table at
Sensing system Evapo-
rator temperature sensor
- General specification -
Temperature versus resis-
tance (E.40.D).
Keyswitch On and ATC switch set to Voltage present: reading will be very No voltage.
Auto. low – 0.5 V at 21 °C (70 °F) – and Action
Check voltage decreases as temperature Go to Step 3.
Check if a voltage reading is present increases.
between pin A of sensor connector Action
ATC-J6B and chassis ground. Sensor is operating correctly.
Check if a voltage reading is present Voltage present: reading will be very No voltage.
between pin 23 of connector ATC-J8 low – 0.5 V at 21 °C (70 °F) – and Action
at the controller and chassis ground. voltage decreases as temperature Perform the controller replacement
increases. test; see Electronic HVAC control
Action - Testing - Controller replacement
Locate and repair the open circuit (E.40.D).
and pin A of sensor connector ATC-
J6B.
Sensing system High pressure switch - Testing

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Install high and low pressure gauge 2758 kPa (400 psi) ± 69 kPa (10 System pressures are normal.
test set to the ports at the compres- psi). Action
sor. See ENVIRONMENT CON- Action Go to Step 2.
TROL Heating, ventilation and Perform the corrective actions in EN-
air-conditioning - Problem solving VIRONMENT CONTROL Heating,
(E.40.D), and follow the conditions ventilation and air-conditioning -
for performance testing. Problem solving (E.40.D) for this
pressure condition.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 145

Keyswitch Off. Disconnect the high Less than 10 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
pressure sensor from the harness Action Action
and from the air conditioning line. Go to Step 3. Replace the switch.
Check
Measure resistance between pins A
and B on the sensor connector.
5 V. No voltage.
• Reconnect the switch to the Action Action
air conditioning line. Go to Step 4. Go to Step 5.
• Do not reconnect the switch
to the harness.
• Keyswitch On and ATC
switch to Auto.
Check
harness connector 71F at the sensor
and chassis ground.
Check Action Action
Measure resistance between pin A Go to Step 5. Locate and repair the open circuit
of harness connector 71F at the sen- between pin A of harness connec-
sor and chassis ground. tor 71F at the sensor and pin 34 of
connector ATC-J8 at the controller,
via pin/cavity 2 of connectors 396M-
395F, pin/cavity 46 of connector
10M- 10F, pin/cavity Z of connectors
139F- ATC-J6R1.
Auto. Action Action
Check Locate and repair the open condition Perform the controller replacement
Measure voltage between pin 33 of between pin B of connector 71F at test. See Electronic HVAC control
connector ATC-J8 at the controller the sensor and pin 33 of connector - Testing - Controller replacement
and chassis ground. ATC-J8 at the controller, via pin/cav- (E.40.D).
ity 3 of connectors 396M- 395F, pin/
cavity 86 of connector 10M- 10F, pin/
cavity B of connectors 139F- ATC-
J6R1.
Sensing system Low pressure switch - Testing

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Install high and low pressure gauge 28 kPa (4 psi) ± 14 kPa (2 psi). System pressures are normal.
test set to the ports at the compres- Action Action
sor. See ENVIRONMENT CON- Perform the corrective actions in EN- Go to Step 2.
TROL Heating, ventilation and VIRONMENT CONTROL Heating,
air-conditioning - Problem solving ventilation and air-conditioning -
(E.40.D), and follow the conditions Problem solving (E.40.D) for this
for performance testing. pressure condition.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 146

Keyswitch Off. Disconnect the low Infinite resistance or overload. Less than 10 Ω.
pressure sensor from the harness Action Action
and from the systems. Go to Step 3. Replace the switch.
Check
Measure resistance between pins A
and B on the sensor connector.
5 V. No voltage.
• Reconnect the switch to the Action Action
air conditioning line. Go to Step 4. Go to Step 5.
• Do not reconnect the switch
to the harness.
• Keyswitch On and ATC
switch to Auto.
Check
harness connector ATC-J16 at the
sensor and chassis ground.
Check Action Action
Measure resistance between pin A Go to Step 5. Locate and repair the open circuit
of harness connector ATC-J16 at the between pin A of harness connector
sensor and chassis ground. ATC-J16 at the sensor and pin 36 of
connector ATC-J8 at the controller.
Auto. Action Action
Check Locate and repair the open condition Perform the controller replacement
Measure voltage between pin 36 of between pin B of connector ATC-J16 test. See Electronic HVAC control
connector ATC-J8 at the controller at the sensor and pin 36 of connector - Testing - Controller replacement
and chassis ground. ATC-J8 at the controller. (E.40.D).
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 147
Index
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - 40.D

Command Switch - Testing - ATC switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Command Switch - Testing - Defog switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Compressor - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Compressor - Level make up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Compressor - Level make up - SP-20 PAG oil injection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Compressor - Preliminary test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Compressor - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Compressor - Static description - SP-20 PAG oil adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Adjust air gap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Condenser - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Electrical control Blower speed potentiometer - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Electrical control Blower speed potentiometer - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Electrical control Temperature control potentiometer - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Electrical control Temperature control potentiometer - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Electronic HVAC control - Dynamic description - Controller power, ground, and switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Electronic HVAC control - Replace - ATC controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Electronic HVAC control - Testing - Controller power and ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Electronic HVAC control - Testing - Controller replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Capacity - R134a refrigerant charge . . . 11
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Charging - Air conditioning system . . . . 66
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Component identification - Auto temperature
control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Decontaminating - Complete circuit flushing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Decontaminating - Component flushing 73
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Decontaminating - Post flushing procedures
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 148
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Dynamic description - A/C thermal operation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Dynamic description - Automatic tempera-
ture control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Dynamic description - Leak detection . . 30
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Dynamic description - Recovery of R134a
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Dynamic description - System flushing . 26
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Dynamic description - UV dye injection 33
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Evacuate - Air conditioning system . . . . 63
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - General specification - Temperature/pres-
sure chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Problem solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Recover - Refrigerant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Evaporator - Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Evaporator - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Evaporator - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Evaporator - Reseal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Expansion valve - Decontaminating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Expansion valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Expansion valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Expansion valve - Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Heater valve - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Heater valve - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Heater valve - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Receiver/drier - Service limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Receiver/drier - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Sensing system Evaporator temperature sensor - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Sensing system Evaporator temperature sensor - General specification - Temperature versus resistance . . . . . 13
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Sensing system Evaporator temperature sensor - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Sensing system High pressure switch - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Sensing system High pressure switch - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Sensing system Low pressure switch - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Sensing system Low pressure switch - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Dynamic description - Cab temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Sensing system Temperature sensor - General specification - Cab sensor - Temperature versus resistance . . . 13
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Testing - Cab temperature sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Ventilation system Blower speed drive - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Ventilation system Blower speed drive - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 149
Ventilation system Blower speed drive - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Ventilation system Motor - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
E.40.D / 150
SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety - 50.B
T8010
T8020
T8030
T8040
T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
E.50.B / 1
Contents
DIAGNOSTIC
Audible alert
Horn - Testing - Horn system circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Operator presence system (OPS)

Seat switch - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
E.50.B / 2
BODY AND STRUCTURE - SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety
Audible alert Horn - Testing - Horn system circuit

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Check Action Action
Measure the voltage between con- Go to Step 7. Go to Step 2.
nector 412AA and chassis ground.
wire 722D (R) between pin 8 of con-
nector 109M and connector 412AA
in-line connector 109F and chassis
ground. at the horn.
wire 722C (R) between cavity 14 of
connector 333F and pin 8 of connec-
in-line connector 333M and chassis
ground. tor 109F.
12 V.
Disconnect connector 10F from con- No voltage.
wire 722B (R) between pin 80 of con-
Measure voltage between cavity 80
of in-line connector 10F and chassis
ground. 333M.
Measure voltage between fuse 1712 V. No voltage.
cavity 80 of connector 10F.
splice and chassis ground. Action Action
Locate and repair the open condition Locate and repair the open circuit
in wire J9 between fuse 16 splice and in wire 101B (R) between fuse 16
fuse 17. splice and SPL-C33. Return unit to
field operation.
While depressing the horn on the Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
universal switch, measure resis- Action Action
tance between connector 412BB at Horn power and ground circuits are Go to Step 8.
the horn and chassis ground. operating properly. If the horn does
not sound, replace the horn. Rein-
stall all connectors. Return unit to
field operation.
While depressing the horn on the wire 723D (B) between pin 9 of con-
universal switch, measure resis- nector 109M and connector 412BB
tance between cavity 9 of in-line at the horn.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.50.B / 3

While depressing the horn on the wire 723C (B) between pin 3 of con-
universal switch, measure resis- nector 28M and cavity 8 of connector
tance between cavity 3 of in-line 109F.
While depressing the horn on the wire 723B (B) between cavity 16 of
universal switch, measure resis- connector 60F and cavity 3 of con-
tance between pin 16 of in-line connector 28F.
nector 60M and chassis ground.
nector 51M to the FNR control lever. Action Action
While depressing the horn on the wire 723A (B) between pin 9 of con-
universal switch, measure resis- nector 51M and pin 16 of connector
tance between cavity 9 of in-line 60M.
Disconnect connector 220H from the Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
universal switch. Action Action
While depressing the horn on the wire 9A (B) between connector 220H
universal switch, measure resis- and cavity 9 of connector 51F.
tance between the switch terminal
for connector 220H and chassis
ground.
Disconnect connector 220J from the Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
universal switch. Action Action
Check Replace the universal switch. Rein- Locate and repair the open circuit
Measure resistance between the stall all connectors and return unit to in ground to connector 220J at the
switch terminal for connector 220J field operation. universal switch.
and chassis ground.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.50.B / 4
Operator presence system (OPS) Seat switch - Testing

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

• Disconnect connector 133F Action overload.
from connector 133M for the Go to Step 2. Action
seat harness. Open circuit indicated; go to Step X.
• Sit in the operator’s seat, or
have an assistant sit in the
seat, for this test.
Check
Check for continuity between cavi-
ties 5 and 6 of connector 133F.
Operator’s seat must be empty for Open circuit – infinite resistance or Low resistance.
this test. overload. Action
Check Action Short circuit indicated; go to Step 7.
Check for continuity between cavi- Go to Step 3.
ties 5 and 6 of connector 133F.
ground. Go to Step 4. Beginning at Step 3, go to USER
CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator
seat - Testing - Power and ground
(E.32.C).
12 V. No voltage.
• Reconnect connector 133F Action Action
to connector 133M for the Go to Step 5. Locate and repair the open circuit in
seat harness. wire S12 between cavity 5 of con-
• Disconnect in-line connec- nector 133Fand pin 1 of connector
tor 11S from connector 12S. 11S.
Check
connector 11S and chassis ground.
connector 133M for the seat har- Action Action
ness. Go to Step 6. Locate and repair the open circuit in
Check wire 303A (T) between pin 6 of con-
Measure resistance between pin nector 133M and cavity 2 of connec-
6 of connector 133M and chassis tor 427M at the instrument cluster.
ground.
Reconnect connector 133F to con- Less than 1 Ω. Infinite resistance or overload.
Check Replace the operator presence Locate and repair the open circuit in
Measure resistance between pin 2 of switches. wire S13 between pin 7 of connector
connector 11S and chassis ground. 133F and pin 2 of connector 11S.
Disconnect in-line connector 11S Open circuit – infinite resistance or Low resistance.
from connector 12S. overload. Action
Check Action Replace the operator presence
Check continuity between pins 1 and Locate and repair the short circuit in switches.
2 of connector 12S. wires S12 or S13 between connec-
tors 133F and 11S.
84318454 14/03/2010
E.50.B / 5
Index

Audible alert Horn - Testing - Horn system circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Operator presence system (OPS) Seat switch - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
E.50.B / 6
84318454 14/03/2010
E.50.B / 7
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
84318454 14/03/2010
SERVICE MANUAL
WORKING ARM
T8010
T8020
T8030
T8040
T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
H
Contents
WORKING ARM - H
HITCH Rear hitch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H.10.C

T8010 , T8020 , T8030 , T8040 , T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
H
WORKING ARM - H
HITCH Rear hitch - 10.C
T8010
T8020
T8030
T8040
T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 1
Contents
WORKING ARM - H
TECHNICAL DATA
HITCH Rear hitch
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
FUNCTIONAL DATA
HITCH Rear hitch
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Dynamic description - Hitch controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve
Dynamic description - Neutral function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Dynamic description - Raise function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Dynamic description - Lower function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
SERVICE
HITCH Rear hitch
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Command
Remove - Armrest module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install - Armrest module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Hitch position command lever - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Hitch position command lever - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 2
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Sensing system
Draft pin sensor - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Draft pin sensor - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Hitch position sensor - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Hitch position sensor - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
DIAGNOSTIC
Control valve
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 3
WORKING ARM - HITCH Rear hitch
HITCH Rear hitch - Torque

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Position sensor bracket nut 490 - 555 362 - 410 lb
Nm ft
RCPH07CCH059AAE 1
C-bracket bolts (tighten in 845 - 950 624 - 700 lb

numerical sequence shown) Nm ft
RCPH07CCH104BAE 2
Linkage shield bolts 62 - 80 Nm 46 - 59 lb ft
RCPH07CCH064AAE 3
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 4

Hitch cylinder pin retainer 83 - 106 Nm 60 - 78 lb ft
bolts
RCPH07CCH107BAE 4
Vertical link pin retainer bolts 83 - 106 Nm 60 - 78 lb ft

(top and bottom)
RCPH07CCH103BAE 5
Draft pin cover bolt 62 - 80 Nm 46 - 59 lb ft
RCPH07CCH045AAE 6
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 5

Tie rod assembly nut 490 - 555 362 - 410 lb
Nm ft
RCPH07CCH101BAE 7
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 6
HITCH Rear hitch - Dynamic description

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Three Point Hitch

The three point hitch consists of the rock shaft supports, rock shaft, upper link, lift links, draft arms and the external
lift cylinders.
The hitch conforms to ASAE standard dimensions for a Category III/IVN hitch. The hitch is controlled with an elec-
tronic hitch system which provides position control of soil engaging implements. The hitch will accept all mounted
implements conforming to SAE, ASAE standard dimensions for Category III/IVN.
A hitch coupler can be used with the three point hitch to quickly connect and disconnect implements.
The single acting hydraulic cylinders are mounted externally and are supplied from the hitch control valve. The hitch
control valve is mounted on the left hand side of remote valve stack at the rear top of the transmission.
The control valve is supplied by the pressure and flow compensating (PFC) hydraulic system and the regulated sys-
tem. Regulated supply operates the valve, and PFC supply extends the cylinders and raises the hitch. Regulated
pressure is used to lower the hitch without activating the PFC system. Two solenoids control regulated supply to the
valve: hitch raise control and hitch lower control.
The tractor multi function (TMF) controller supplies current to the raise or lower solenoid based on commands from
the operator and signals from the hitch and other tractor systems.
RCPH07CCH036GAE 1
1. Upper link 4. Rock shaft assembly

2. Lift link 5. External lift cylinder
3. Draft arms
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 7
Electronic hitch control

The electronic hitch control (EHC) system consists of the operator controls, electronic hitch controller, hitch position
sensor, hitch control valve and the wiring harness.
All operator commands except remote up/down commands are sent to the armrest controller and relayed to the tractor
multi function (TMF) controller on the data bus. The remote up/down commands and rock shaft position sensor signal
are sent directly to the TMF controller. Wheel speed and optional radar speed signals are sent to the instrument
controller and relayed to the TMF controller. Diagnostic and programming information are communicated between
the TMF controller and the instrument controller on the data bus.
Operating modes
The EHC system operates in three modes: position control, load control and slip control.
In position control mode, hitch position and movement is directly related to the position of the control lever. The EHC
system monitors the position of the hitch through a position sensor on the rock shaft and raises or lowers the hitch to
match the signal from the hitch position control. The hitch raises at maximum speed to the height set by the operator
with the upper limit control. The hitch lowers at the speed set by the operator with the drop speed control to the height
set by the operator with the position control. The operator can override the drop speed setting when lowering the hitch
by double clicking and then holding the down position of the up/down switch (2 times within 2 seconds). The hitch will
lower at the maximum rate to the lowest position, regardless of the position control setting.
In load control mode, the EHC system maintains a constant draft load on the three point hitch in changing soil con-
ditions. When load increases, as sensed by the lower link draft pins, the system raises the hitch to match the load
set by the operator with the load control. When load decreases, the system lowers the hitch to the depth set with the
position control.
Slip limit control mode is only available when the tractor is equipped with radar. The instrument controller determines
the actual slip percentage from radar and the wheel speed sensor input. The percentage is relayed to the EHC system
on the data bus. The operator sets a desired slip limit range between 5 and 40%. The hitch system compares the
actual and desired slip percentages and raises the hitch when the slip limit is exceeded. When actual slip no longer
exceeds the slip limit, the hitch lowers to the position command setting. The tractor must be travelling above 3.2 km/h
(2 mph) before the system enters slip limit control mode.
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 8
General
RCPH07CCH008GAE 2
The hitch control valve is a closed center valve that receives oil from the pressure and flow compensating (PFC)
hydraulic circuit. To control the pump during hitch operations, the valve sends signal pressure to the PFC pump.
The regulated pressure circuit supplies the raise and lower functions of the valve. The valve is mounted on the left
hand side of the remote valve stack and consists of the following components:
• Raise (1) and lower (2) solenoids, when energized by the TMF controller, move the raise (3) and lower (4) pilot
spools inward through contact with the control pins (14).
• Raise (3) and lower (4) pilot spools control the amount of regulated oil allowed to pass the spool and operate the
raise spool (5) and lower piston (7).
• Raise spool (5) is held in position by a spring which blocks the flow of oil from the PFC pump. Regulated pressure
from the raise pilot spool (3) moves the spool against spring force and opens the PFC pump port. At the same
time, it exposes PFC pump pressure to the load check poppet (10) and the signal port.
• Lower poppet (9), lower pilot poppet (8) and spring (15) trap oil in the hitch cylinder circuit. The lower pilot poppet
is held on its seat by the spring and cylinder circuit pressure, which enters the back side of the spool through an
orifice (16) in the poppet.
• Load check poppet (10) traps oil in the hitch cylinder circuit to hold the hitch in the raised position. The poppet
is unseated when PFC pump pressure, exposed to the poppet by the raise spool, overcomes the pressure in the
hitch cylinder circuit.
• A pin (14) in the center of the outer end allows the raise and lower solenoid to be manually activated.
• Overload relief valve (6) allows oil from the raise/lower port to flow into the pilot chamber of the lower control piston
(7). The piston moves to the right and pulls the lower pilot poppet (8) off its seat when the hitch is overloaded.
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 9
HITCH Rear hitch - Component identification

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCPH07CCH009GAE 1
1. Hitch cylinder right hand return 4. Hitch cylinder left hand return
2. Hitch cylinder right hand supply 5. Hitch valve section
3. Hitch cylinder left hand supply
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 10
RCPH07CCH010GAE 2
1. Hitch cylinder right hand return 4. Hitch cylinder left hand return
2. Hitch cylinder right hand supply 5. Hitch valve section
3. Hitch cylinder left hand supply
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 11
HITCH Rear hitch - Dynamic description - Hitch controls

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Position control knob

Use the position control knob (1) to raise and lower imple-
ments and select the maximum working depth of the im-
plement. To raise an implement with the three point hitch,
rotate the position control knob clockwise.
To lower an implement, rotate the knob counterclockwise.
RCIL07CCH056BAE 1
Up/down switch
The up/down switch (3) is a three position switch used
to raise and lower the hitch without changing hitch adjust-
ments. The switch has three functions: up (bottom); down
(top) and express down (double click and hold down).
Press the switch bottom to raise the hitch at maximum

speed to full transport height or the height selected with
upper limit control.
Depress the switch top to lower the hitch from transport

height to working height at the speed selected with the
drop speed control.
Double click and hold the switch down to activate. The

hitch lowers from transport height at maximum speed, by- RCIL07CCH056BAE 2
passing both the drop speed control and hitch position

control settings, to below normal working depth. When
the switch is released, the hitch returns to the selected
settings of the position control and drop speed control.
This allows tillage implements to fully engage the ground
in the shortest distance when starting a new pass.
Hitch load control

The position of the hitch load control (4) selects mode of
operation. If the load control knob is in any position but
“0” (fully clockwise) and tractor speed exceeds 0.8 km/h
(0.5 mph), the hitch is operating in load control mode.
The control sets the depth of the implement and con-

trol the load on the tractor. Turn the knob clockwise to
increase load on the tractor by lowering the implement.
Turn the knob counter clockwise to decrease load on the
tractor by raising the implement.
RCIL07CCH056BAE 3
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 12
Slip limit control switch

Use the slip limit control switch (5) if equipped to engage
or disengage slip control and set the desired slip limit.
The operator sets a desired slip limit range between 5 and
40%.
RCIL07CCH056BAE 4
Upper limit control

The upper limit control (6) limits the amount of upward
travel when the hitch is raised. The control is located un-
der the armrest cover and has settings from “1” to “11.”
Turning the knob counter clockwise decreases the upward
travel of the hitch, turning the control clockwise increases
the upward travel of the hitch. At the “11” setting, the hitch
raises fully. At the “1” setting, the hitch raises approxi-
mately 50% of full travel. The control allows the operator
to tailor upward hitch travel for specific implements.
RCIL07CCH050BAE 5
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 13
Drop speed/transport lock control

The drop speed control (7) sets the hitch lowering speed.
The control is located under the armrest cover. Turn-
ing the knob counter clockwise decreases hitch lowering
speed. Turning the knob clockwise increases hitch lower-
ing speed. Turning the knob fully counter clockwise pre-
vents the hitch from lowering during roading. A slower
speed if used for planters to prevent seed tube plugging.
A faster speed is used for plows and rippers for quick en-
gagement.
RCIL07CCH050BAE 6
Travel control
The travel control (8) varies the range of hitch correc-
tion for load variations when operating in the load con-
trol mode. Turning the control clockwise to a higher set-
ting permits greater hitch movement in response to load
change and better load control when operating on un-
even terrain. Turning the control counter clockwise to a
lower setting permits less hitch movement in response to
load change and greater variation in load which suitable
to level ground conditions.
RCIL07CCH050BAE 7
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 14
End of row function

On tractors without a performance monitor, the hitch
up/down switch (3) and the programmable shift up/down
switch (9) simplify making the turn at the end of the row.
Press the bottom of both switches at the end of the row:
to raise the hitch and downshift the transmission to make
the turn. Press the top of both switches after completing
the turn to lower the hitch and upshift the transmission to
begin a new row:
NOTE: The hitch control system also disengages differ-
ential lock and MFD when the hitch is raised 60-90% of
full travel at the end of the row. Both functions reengage
when the hitch is lowered at the beginning of a new row.
RCIL07CCH056BAE 8
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 15
Control valve - Dynamic description - Neutral function

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
The hitch control valve is a closed-center valve. In neutral, no electric current is supplied to the raise (1) or lower (2)
solenoids and no oil flows through the valve. The pilot spools (3) (4) block the supply of oil from the regulated circuit.
The raise spool (5) blocks the supply of oil from the pressure and flow compensating (PFC) system and is held in
place by a spring. The lower poppet (9), lower pilot poppet (8) and the load check poppet (10) are blocking the return
oil from the hitch cylinders. The overload relief (6) also blocks return oil from the cylinders. The lower poppet (9) is
seated by the spring (15) and the oil trapped behind the poppet by the lower pilot poppet (8).
NOTE: Flow from the hitch cylinders is blocked by the lower poppet through an orifice (16) in the side of the poppet.
RCPH07CCH008GAE 1
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 16
Control valve - Dynamic description - Raise function

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
To raise the hitch, the hitch raise solenoid (1) is energized by the tractor multi function (TMF) controller. The armature
in the solenoid moves toward the valve contacting a control pin (14) which moves the raise pilot spool (3) inward.
The amount of spool movement depends on the amount of current supplied by the controller to the solenoid. The
controller varies current to the solenoid based on the command information from the operator. As the raise pilot spool
(3) shifts inward, it meters flow from the regulated circuit (12) to the left hand side of raise spool (5).
The metered flow shifts the raise spool against the spring, allowing oil from the pressure and flow compensating (PFC)
pump (11) to flow past the spool to the load check poppet (10). The load check poppet is seated by pressure created
by the load on the hitch cylinders. At the same time, PFC standby pressure is sent through the signal port and signal
check valve to the PFC pump compensator, which activates the pump to increase flow. As flow increases, the load
check poppet is lifted off the seat, allowing flow to the hitch cylinders.
The hitch stops raising when the controller shuts off current to the raise solenoid (1). Regulated pressure acting on
the right hand end of the raise pilot spool shifts the pilot spool outward, shutting off regulated supply (12) and opening
the return port (13). The spring shifts the raise spool (5), shutting the PFC inlet port. Pressure in the hitch cylinders
seats the load check poppet (10), trapping the oil. Signal pressure bleeds off through the orifice in the raise spool (5)
and the pump returns to low pressure standby.
RCPH07CCH002FAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 17
Control valve - Dynamic description - Lower function

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
To lower the hitch, the lower solenoid (2) is energized by the tractor multi function (TMF) controller. The armature
moves toward the valve contacting the control pin (14), which pushes the lower pilot spool (4) inward. The amount of
spool movement depends on the amount of current supplied by the controller to the solenoid. The controller varies
current to the solenoid based on the command information from the operator. As the lower pilot spool (4) shifts, it
meters flow from the regulated pressure supply (12), through the overload relief, to the lower control piston (7). The
piston moves to the right and unseats the lower pilot poppet (8) working against spring (15) tension. Flow returns to
tank creating a pressure drop behind the lower poppet (9). The pressure in the raise/lower port unseats the lower
poppet and the hitch lowers as oil flows to tank.
NOTE: Activation of the PFC system is not required to lower the hitch.
The hitch stops lowering when the lower solenoid (2) is deenergized. Pressure on the left end of the lower pilot spool
(4) moves the spool outward, closing regulated flow (12) to the lower control piston (7). As the pressure drops on the
piston, spring force seats the pilot poppet (8). Load pressure from the hitch cylinders builds behind the lower poppet
(9) through the orifice (16), seating the poppet and trapping oil in the hitch cylinders.
RCPH07CCH003FAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 18

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCIS07CCH002HAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 19
1. Lowering poppet assembly 7. Raise solenoid assembly

2. Overload relief assembly 8. Load check poppet assembly
3. Lower solenoid assembly 9. Raise pilot spool
4.Pin 10. Hitch raise spool assembly
5. Lowering pilot spool 11. Hitch valve body
6. Check valve
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 20
Control valve - Sectional view

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCPH07CCH008GAE 1
1. Raise solenoid 10. Load check poppet

2. Lower solenoid 11. PFC pump supply
3. Raise pilot spool 12. Regulated pressure supply
4. Lower pilot spool 13. Return port
5. Raise spool 14. Control pin
6. Overload relief 15. Spring
7. Lower control piston 16. Orifice
8. Lower pilot spool 17. Tank port
9. Lower poppet 18. Raise/lower port
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 21
HITCH Rear hitch - Remove

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Move the tires out to gain access to the hitch.

2. Position the hole in the right tire rim in line with the
rock shaft tie rod end (1).
RCPH07CCH104BAE 1
3. Lower the rock shaft assembly until the hydraulic

hitch lift cylinders reach the bottom of their stroke.
Place the transmission in Park, shut off the engine
and remove the key.
RCPH07CCH102BAE 2
4. Remove the bolt, nut, and locking plate from the

lower end of the vertical lifting link.
RCPH07CCH067AAE 3
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 22
5. Support the draft arm and remove the lower hitch

swivel pin to release the vertical lifting link from the
draft arm.
RCPH07CCH044AAE 4
6. Remove the electronic draft control (EDC) pins.

See Sensing system Draft pin sensor - Remove
(H.10.C)
RCPH07CCH031GAE 5
7. Remove the draft arms.
RCPH07CCH105BAE 6
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 23
8. Remove the hex head bolt, washer, spacer and nut

(1) from the locking plate (2) where the vertical lifting
link (3) is attached to the rock shaft. Properly support
the lift link (3) and remove the flag/pin assembly (2).
RCPH07CCH110BAE 7
9. Remove the vertical lift links.
RCPH07CCH105BAE 8
10. Remove the hydraulic line from the top and bottom
of the hitch lift cylinder (both sides). Be prepared to
capture some hydraulic fluid.
RCPH07CCH047AAE 9
11. Attach appropriate lift equipment to the top of the rock

shaft assembly. Use enough tension to support the
assembly without actually lifting the assembly.
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 24
12. Remove the hitch position sensor. See Sensing

system Hitch position sensor - Remove (H.10.C)
RCPH07CCH106BAE 10
13. Remove the bolt, washer, spacer and nut that secure
the pin (both sides) at top of hitch cylinder.
RCPH07CCH107BAE 11
14. Remove pin from hitch lift cylinder (both sides).
RCPH07CCH108BAE 12
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 25
15. Remove the bolt, locking flag plate, and holding pin
to free the lower end of the hitch lift cylinder. Remove
the cylinder (both sides).
RCPH07CCH065AAE 13
16. Support the nut that attaches the position locator

bracket to the tie rod. Right side nut (shown) should
be held in place while nut on left side is removed.
RCPH07CCH059AAE 14
17. Remove the position sensor bracket.

NOTE: This step only needs to be performed if the tires
prevent removal of the tie rod assembly.
RCPH07CCH058AAE 15
18. Remove the split ring washer that holds the pin re-
tainer in place. Remove the tie rod. If tires are on
tractor, the tie rod may be removed by sliding tie rod
through chain support hole in rim. Orient tire(s) as
necessary.
RCPH07CCH057AAE 16
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 26
19. Remove the pin retainers from both ends of the rock
shaft. If necessary, tap the rock shaft casting near
the retainer to loosen the retainers.
RCPH07CCH056AAE 17
20. Insert a suitable tool through the rock shaft to remove

the rocker pin. Tap the tool to dislodge the rock shaft
pin. Do not damage the seal or bushing.
NOTICE: Supporting the weight of the rock shaft with lift
equipment takes the weight off the pin for easier removal.
RCPH07CCH054AAE 18
21. Remove the rock shaft pin.

NOTICE: Note position of pin for correct assembly.
RCPH07CCH053AAE 19
22. When both rock shaft pins are removed, lift and set
aside the rock shaft casting.
NOTE: Keep bearings and seals free of foreign material.
RCPH07CCH052AAE 20
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 27
23. While both hitch support C-brackets are still firmly

mounted, attach appropriate lift equipment to the
large pin hole in one of the C-brackets. Use enough
tension to support the bracket without lifting the
bracket.
NOTE: If bushings and seals are not going to be replaced,
do not damage the seal or bushing nor contaminate them
with dirt, grease or oil while lifting the C-bracket.
RCPH07CCH051AAE 21
24. Remove the seven bolts which secure the C-bracket

to the rear frame housing.
RCPH07CCH050AAE 22
25. Use appropriate lift equipment to raise the C-bracket

and set it aside.
RCPH07CCH049AAE 23
26. Repeat Steps 23- 26 to remove the remaining

C-bracket.
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 28
HITCH Rear hitch - Install

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. All six mating surfaces of the hitch support C-bracket

and rear frame must be clean and free of paint,
oil, grease, anti-seize, etc. Move a hitch support
C-bracket into place with appropriate lift equipment.
These components should be replaced with new
components during installation:
• Bushing and seals
• M24 bolts and nuts
• Retainers
RCPH07CCH049AAE 1
2. Attach both hitch support C-brackets to the rear

frame housing. Install new M24 bolts, but do not
tighten. Keep a gap of 5 mm (0.197 in) between
M24 bolt and bracket. The C-brackets must remain
free to move.
RCPH07CCH050AAE 2
3. Remove the lift equipment.
RCPH07CCH051AAE 3
4. Using appropriate lift equipment, raise the rock shaft

and move it into position.
RCPH07CCH052AAE 4
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 29
5. Orient pin with bearing surface outboard. Insert a

rock shaft pin. Use a suitable tool to tap the pin until
it is seated. Install the other pin. Adjust the lift equip-
ment as needed to allow the pins to slide easily.
NOTE: Pins must be clean and free of oil, grease, anti-
seize, etc.
RCPH07CCH053AAE 5
6. Install new pin retainers at the ends of both rock

shafts.
RCPH07CCH056AAE 6
7. If the tie rod was disassembled, install a nut (1),

washer (2), hitch retaining bracket (3) and prevent
torque nut (4). With a minimum of three threads (5)
showing, torque the nut to 490 - 550 Nm (362 - 410
lb ft).
RCPH07CCH101BAE 7
8. Install the tie bolt. Install the washer and M24 nut on
the opposite (left hand) side.
RCPH07CCH068AAE 8
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 30
9. While preventing the M24 nut on the right-hand side

from rotating (shown above), tighten the left-hand
M24 nut to a torque of 490 - 550 Nm (362 - 410 lb ft).
NOTE: Make sure the retaining washer (1) stays in the split
ring bore when tightening the tie bolt nut.
RCPH07CCH059AAE 9
10. Tighten all 14 bolts for the hitch support C-brackets

to a torque of 845 - 950 Nm (624 - 700 lb ft). The
bolts must be tightened in the sequence shown.
RCPH07CCH104BAE 10
11. Attach both the hitch lift cylinders:

A. Pin must be clean and free of dirt, grease, oil,
antiseize, etc.
B. Move a hitch lift cylinder into place. Insert the
holding pin through the hole in the lower end of
the cylinder shaft and the shaft support.
C. Install the bolt, washer and spacer.
D. Tighten bolt to a torque of 82 - 106 Nm (60 -
78 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH065AAE 11
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 31
12. Install the hitch position sensor. See Sensing sys-

tem Hitch position sensor - Install (H.10.C).
RCPH07CCH106BAE 12
13. Complete the installation of the lift cylinders. Insert

the rod end pins as follows:
A. Pin must be clean and free of oil, grease, anti-
seize, etc.
B. Adjust the vertical position of the rock shaft, if
necessary.
C. Move the upper end of the shaft into place so
that the hole in the shaft of the hitch lift cylinder
is aligned with its mating holes. Position both
sides before proceeding to the next step.
D. Insert the pin through the holes.
RCPH07CCH108BAE 13
14. Install the bolt, washer, spacer and nut. Tighten to

a torque of 82 - 106 Nm (60 - 78 lb ft). Be sure
the locking plate and slot are positioned correctly to
prevent damage to plate. Repeat for opposite side.
RCPH07CCH107BAE 14
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 32
15. Attach the hydraulic lines to the hitch cylinder ports.

Repeat for the other hitch lift cylinders.
RCPH07CCH047AAE 15
16. Attach a vertical lift link as follows:

A. Pin must be clean and free of oil, grease, anti-
seize, etc.
B. Place a hitch swivel pin part way through the
outside hole in the upper end of a vertical lift
link.
C. Lift the link into position.
D. Insert the hitch swivel pin into the mating holes.
RCPH07CCH110BAE 16
17. Install the hex-head bolt, washer, spacer and nut.

Tighten it to a torque of 82 - 106 Nm (60 - 78 lb ft).
Repeat for the other vertical lifting link.
RCPH07CCH103BAE 17
18. Insert a hitch swivel pin through the inside hole at

the bottom of the vertical lifting link. Lift up the draft
arm and insert pin. Pin must be clean and free of oil,
grease, antiseize, etc.
RCPH07CCH044AAE 18
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 33
19. Complete vertical link and draft arm installation while

verifying that:
1. Swivel (1) is positioned outward.
2. Pin locking tab ends (2) face rearward on both
sides.
3. Pin locking tabs (2) face inward.
RCPH07CCH105BAE 19
20. Install the pins. Tighten to a torque of 82 - 106 Nm

(60 - 78 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH067AAE 20
21. Install both the electronic draft control (EDC) draft pin
sensors. See Sensing system Draft pin sensor -
Install (H.10.C).
RCPH07CCH031GAE 21
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 34
22. Check hitch operation as follows:

• Turn on the ignition key.
• Operate the hitch slowly for one cycle.
• If there are not visible problems, operate the
hitch for several cycles and check for binding
or malfunction.
• Attach top link.
• Install quick coupler
• Calibrate hitch.
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 35
Command - Remove - Armrest module

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
1. Turn the armrest upright and remove the draft control

knobs (3). Remove all knobs by pulling straight up.
RCPH08CCH036BAB 1
2. Remove the two screws (1) securing the module (2)

to the armrest compartment.
RCPH07CCH616BBC 2
3. Use a small flat pry bar to carefully disengage the

locking tabs for the module.
RCPH07CCH615BBC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 36
4. Remove the module from the armrest compartment.
RCPH07CCH614BBC 4
Next operation:
Command - Install - Armrest module (H.10.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 37
Command - Install - Armrest module

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Command - Remove - Armrest module (H.10.C)
1. Install the module for armrest compartment.
RCPH07CCH614BBC 1
2. Press the panel down until the two locking tabs (1)
are fully engaged. Reinstall the two screws (2) re-
moved earlier.
RCPH07CCH616BBC 2
3. Turn the armrest upright and reinstall the draft control

knobs (3) that were removed earlier. Install each
knob by aligning the flat surface of the stem with the
flat surface of the knob, and then pushing straight
down.
NOTE:
RCPH08CCH036BAB 3
Next operation:
Control module Armrest controller - Install (A.50.A)
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 38
Command Hitch position command lever - Remove

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
1. Turn the armrest over and remove the six screws

securing the lower cover. Remove the cover.
RCPH08CCH073AAB 1
2. Place the armrest upright. Remove the hitch position

control.
RCPH07CCH624BBC 2
3. Remove the detent washer.
RCPH07CCH623BBC 3
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 39
4. Remove the locking nut.
RCPH07CCH622BBC 4
5. Remove the steel washer (1) and the detent spring

(2).
RCPH07CCH621BBC 5
6. Remove the detent indicator ring.
RCPH07CCH620BBC 6
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 40
7. Remove the friction ring (1) and discard. Remove the

threaded spacer for the position control (2).
NOTE: Friction ring is adhesive mounted.
NOTE: Spacer may be destroyed during removal. Order a
new spacer 87435852 for installation later if required.
RCPH07CCH619BBC 7
8. Turn the armrest over, allowing the throttle/shift han-

dle to hang over the edge of the work surface (1).
Carefully lift the bracket (2) off the armrest, rotate the
bracket approximately 90 ° to the armrest.
NOTICE: Use care when working on the armrest to prevent
it from falling.
RCPH08CCH185AAB 8
9. Disconnect all connectors to the armrest control as-

sembly module (1): Refer to: Control module Arm-
rest controller - Remove (A.50.A).
RCPH07CCH586ABC 9
10. Remove the six screws which secure the control

panel.
RCPH07CCH611ABC 10
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 41
11. Carefully remove the control module.
RCPH07CCH613ABC 11
12. Remove the plastic tie strap (1).
RCPH08CCH188AAB 12
13. Remove the hitch position potentiometer.
RCPH08CCH189AAB 13
Next operation:
Command Hitch position command lever - Install (H.10.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 42
Command Hitch position command lever - Install

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Command Hitch position command lever - Remove (H.10.C)
1. Install the new hitch position potentiometer.
RCPH08CCH189AAB 1
2. Place a plastic tie strap (1) around the harness and

through the slot. Secure the tie strap but do not over
tighten.
RCPH08CCH188AAB 2
3. Place two to three drops of LOCTITE® 409 on the

bottom flange of the threaded spacer for the position
control.
RCPH08CCH042BAB 3
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 43
4. Place the spacer (1), flange side down, over the po-
tentiometer shaft and tighten. Remove the protective
backing from the friction ring (2), center the ring over
the spacer and press into place.
RCPH07CCH619BBC 4
5. Carefully reinstall the control module board.

NOTE: The wire harnesses for the hitch position and draft
control potentiometers must extend through the cutout in
the control board.
RCPH07CCH613ABC 5
6. Secure the control board in place with the six screws

NOTICE: Do not over tighten the screws and damage the
board.
RCPH07CCH611ABC 6
7. Reconnect all connectors to the control board. Refer

to : Control module Armrest controller - Install
(A.50.A).
RCPH08CCH187AAB 7
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 44
8. Carefully turn the armrest assembly (1) over and

align with the bracket (2). Turn the complete assem-
bly upright.
RCPH08CCH185AAB 8
9. Reinstall the detent indicator ring over the friction

ring.
RCPH07CCH620BBC 9
10. Reinstall the detent spring (1) and steel washer (2).
RCPH07CCH621BBC 10
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 45
11. Install the nut and tighten until there is a slight

amount of friction when the detent indicator ring (1)
is turned.
RCPH07CCH622BBC 11
12. Reinstall the detent washer.
RCPH07CCH623BBC 12
13. Align the flat surfaces on the hitch position control

with the shaft and reinstall the control.
RCPH07CCH624BBC 13
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 46
14. Place the lower cover over the armrest and secure
with the six screws (1) that were removed earlier.
RCPH08CCH073AAB 14
Next operation:
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 47

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. The hitch control valve is located on the left hand side

of the remote valve stack. Access to the control valve
depends on how the tractor is equipped. Use this
procedure as general guide for valve removal.
RCPH07CCH006AAE 1
2. Remove the mounting bracket for the ISO and auxil-

iary power connectors, if equipped.
RCPH07CCH001AAE 2
3. Remove the power beyond supply line to access the

hitch valve to case return line, if equipped.
RCPH07CCH003BAE 3
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 48
4. Disconnect the hitch valve solenoids from the wire

harness.
RCPH07CCH004BAE 4
5. Disconnect the valve supply line at the tee.
RCPH07CCH007BAE 5
6. Disconnect the hitch valve load sensing signal lines.
RCPH07CCH005BAE 6
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 49
7. Remove the hydraulic trailer brake line mounting

clamp, if equipped.
RCPH07CCH006BAE 7
8. Remove the case drain line.
RCPH07CCH010AAE 8
9. Remove the three hitch valve mounting bolts and re-

move the hitch valve.
RCPH07CCH009BAE 9
Next operation:
Control valve - Disassemble (H.10.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 50

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Control valve - Remove (H.10.C)
1. Place the hitch valve on a clean work surface.
RCPH07CCH002AAE 1
2. Remove the solenoid coils from the valve.
RCPH07CCH003AAE 2
3. Remove the raise solenoid core, control pin and pilot

spool. Discard both O-rings. Inspect for heavy wear
or damage. Replace the valve assembly if neces-
sary. Repeat for the lower solenoid core.
RCPH07CCH004AAE 3
4. Remove the raise spool. Discard the O-ring. Inspect

for heavy wear or damage. Replace the valve as-
sembly if necessary.
RCPH07CCH005AAE 4
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 51
5. Remove the load check plug assembly, spring and

poppet. Discard the O-ring.
RCPH07CCH011BAE 5
6. If not removed, remove the tee fitting from the load

sense check port. Remove the load sense check.
RCPH07CCH008AAE 6
7. Inspect the check for debris and for free movement

of the check ball.
RCPH07CCH008BAE 7
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 52
8. Remove the overload relief body, spring and poppet

Discard the O-rings. Inspect for heavy wear or dam-
age. Replace the valve assembly if necessary. Re-
tain the shims on the poppet for assembly.
RCPH07CCH001BAE 8
9. Remove the poppet body, lower pilot and spring as-

sembly and lower poppet. Discard the three O-rings
and backup ring. Inspect for heavy wear or damage.
Replace the valve assembly if necessary.
RCPH07CCH002BAE 9
Next operation:
Control valve - Assemble (H.10.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 53

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Control valve - Disassemble (H.10.C)
1. Lubricate new O-rings and backup ring with petro-

leum jelly. Install the new O-rings on the poppet body.
Install a new backup ring and a new O-ring on the
lower pilot and spring assembly. The backup ring
must be on top of the O-ring. Lubricate all parts with
clean hydraulic fluid. Install the lower poppet, lower
pilot and spring assembly and the popper body into
the valve. Tighten the poppet body to a torque of
21.0 - 27.0 Nm (15.0 - 20.0 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH002BAE 1
2. Lubricate new O-rings with petroleum jelly, and install

the O-rings on the overload relief body. Install the
spring and poppet with shims into the body. Install
the assembly into the valve. Tighten the body to a
torque of 14.0 - 28.0 Nm (10.0 - 21.0 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH001BAE 2
3. Install the load sense check into the valve.
RCPH07CCH008BAE 3
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 54
4. Tighten the check to a torque of 8.0 - 13.0 Nm (6.0 -

10.0 lb ft). Install the tee fitting.
RCPH07CCH009AAE 4
5. Lubricate a new O-ring with petroleum jelly and in-

stall the O-ring onto the plug. Install the load check
poppet, spring and plug assembly. Tighten the plug
to a torque of 14.0 - 28.0 Nm (10.0 - 21.0 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH011BAE 5

the O-ring onto the plug. Lubricate the raise spool
with clean hydraulic fluid and install the spool into the
valve. Install and tighten the plug to a torque of 14.0
- 28.0 Nm (10.0 - 21.0 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH005AAE 6
7. Lubricate new O-rings with petroleum jelly and install

the O-rings on the raise solenoid core. Lubricate the
pilot spool, control pin and solenoid core with clean
hydraulic fluid and install into the valve. Tighten the
core to a torque of 14.0 - 28.0 Nm (10.0 - 21.0 lb ft).
Repeat the procedure for the lower solenoid core.
RCPH07CCH004AAE 7
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 55
8. Install the solenoid coils and coil nuts. Tighten the

coil nuts to a torque of 2.0 - 4.0 Nm (17.0 - 35.0 lb
in).
RCPH07CCH003AAE 8
Next operation:
Control valve - Install (H.10.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 56

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Control valve - Assemble (H.10.C)
1. Apply petroleum jelly to new O-rings and install them

to the back of the hitch valve.
RCPH07CCH010BAE 1
2. Position the hitch valve on the remote valve stack

and install the three mounting bolts. Tighten the two
12 mm bolts (1) to a torque of 40.0 - 45.0 Nm (30.0
- 33.0 lb ft) and the one 10 mm bolt (2) from 25.0 -
30.0 Nm (18.0 - 22.0 lb ft).
RCPH07CCH009BAE 2
3. Install and tighten the case drain line.
RCPH07CCH010AAE 3
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 57
4. Install the hydraulic trailer brake line mounting clamp,

if equipped.
RCPH07CCH006BAE 4
5. Connect the hitch valve load sensing signal lines.
RCPH07CCH005BAE 5
6. Connect the valve supply line.
RCPH07CCH007BAE 6
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 58
7. Connect the hitch valve solenoids to the wire har-

ness.
RCPH07CCH004BAE 7
8. Connect the power beyond supply line, if equipped.
RCPH07CCH003BAE 8
9. Install the mounting bracket for the ISO and auxiliary

power connectors.
RCPH07CCH001AAE 9
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 59
Sensing system Draft pin sensor - Remove

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
RCPH07CCH031GAE 1
NOTICE: Be prepared for the sudden drop of the draft arm as the pin is removed.
1. Remove both draft pin sensors as follows:
A. Disconnect the pin electrical connector from
the top of the tube (1).
B. Remove the hex head bolt (2) through the
bracket at the top of the tube.
C. Remove the three bolts (3) from the cover (4)
over the draft control pin (5) and the tube in the
rear of the draft arm.
2. Support the draft arm. Carefully remove the pin,
cover, and tube as a complete subassembly.
Next operation:
Sensing system Draft pin sensor - Install (H.10.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 60
Sensing system Draft pin sensor - Install

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Sensing system Draft pin sensor - Remove (H.10.C)
RCPH07CCH031GAE 1
1. To install the draft pin sensors (1):

A. Remove the old silicon sealant from all parts.
B. Move a lower draft arm into position for instal-
lation.
C. Apply antiseize compound to the pin (1) and
install the pin.
D. Apply RTV sealant on the inner surface of the
cover (2).
E. Install the cover and tube assembly (3). Install
the 3 cover bolts. Install the shoulder bolt in
the upper forward hole.
F. Install the bolt near the top of tube. Tighten to
G. Tighten cover bolts to a torque of 62 - 80 Nm
(57 - 73 lb ft).
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 61
2. Apply RTV sealant::

A. Apply a 5 mm (0.197 in) bead where indicated.
B. On the tube and cover, apply the bead of
sealant 360 ° around the exterior edge.
C. On the grommet, apply the bead where the
wire exits at the top and between the grommet
and tube.
3. Slide the conduit past the connector on wire harness.
Assemble the connector. Slide conduit back over the
connector until flush with the top of the grommet.
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 62
Sensing system Hitch position sensor - Remove

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
1. Remove the two bolts (1) that secure the shield (2)
for the hitch position sensor and remove the shield.
The sensor subassembly can be removed as a unit.
NOTICE: Be sure to remove hitch position sensor prior to
removing the hitch lift cylinders. If the cylinders are re-
moved first, the sensor may be damaged.
RCPH07CCH064AAE 1
2. Remove the nut from the link assembly.
RCPH07CCH063AAE 2
3. Disconnect the electrical connector and remove the

hitch position sensor.
RCPH07CCH061AAE 3
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 63
4. Remove the 3 nuts (1) and separate the components.

Remove the E-ring (2) from each side of the bushing
(3). Remove the link (4) from the bushing.
RCPH07CCH106BAE 4
Next operation:
Sensing system Hitch position sensor - Install (H.10.C)
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 64
Sensing system Hitch position sensor - Install

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Prior operation:
Sensing system Hitch position sensor - Remove (H.10.C)
1. Lubricate the link (1) and slide it into the bushing

(2) as far as possible. Install an E-ring (3) on the
backside of the bushing.
RCPH07CCH106BAE 1
2. Pull the link back until the E-ring bottoms out. Install
the second E-ring.
3. Hold the bushing and link subassembly. Position the
bend in the link over the corner that does not have a
bolt. Insert the three bolts into the bushing. Slide the
bracket (4) over the three bolts. Slide the sensor (5)
over the bolts. Position the tip of the link into the slot
as the potentiometer slides into position.
RCPH07CCH106BAE 2
4. Install the three nuts and tighten to a torque of 3.5 -

6.3 Nm (2.6 - 4.6 lb ft).
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 65
5. Connect the sensor to the wiring harness.
RCPH07CCH061AAE 3
6. Install the nut for the link assembly. Tighten to a

torque of 18 - 18 Nm (14 - 17 lb ft)
RCPH07CCH063AAE 4
7. Install the two bolts that attach the linkage shield and
potentiometer assembly to the hitch support arm.
Tighten to a torque of 62 - 80 Nm (46 - 59 lb ft).
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 66
Control valve - Troubleshooting

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Hitch does not raise. Other systems – transmission, remote See Control valve - Testing (H.10.C).
valves, etc. – affecting hitch performance.
Electrical problem in control valves.
Hitch valve is leaking internally.
Hitch does not lower. Other systems – transmission, remote See Control valve - Testing (H.10.C).
valves, etc. – affecting hitch performance.
Hitch does not maintain Other systems – transmission, remote See Control valve - Testing (H.10.C).
position or leaks down. valves, etc. – affecting hitch performance.
Cylinder is leaking internally.
Hitch leaks down over Cylinder is leaking internally. See Control valve - Testing (H.10.C).
time. Hitch valve is leaking internally.
Control valve - Testing

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Check the function of the other sys- Other systems functioning properly. Other systems not functioning prop-
tems – transmission, remote valves, Action erly.
etc. Go to Step 2. Action
Refer to the troubleshooting for the
non-functioning system.
Check for active fault codes related Active fault codes found. No active fault codes found.
to the hitch. Action Action
Use the troubleshooting for the ac- Go to Step 3.
tive fault code(s) to resolve this prob-
lem.
With a load on the hitch, raise the Oil flows from the drain line as the No oil flows from the drain line.
hitch to the maximum height and dis- hitch settles. Action
connect the hitch cylinder drain line Action Go to Step 4.
from the rear frame housing. Check The cylinder(s) is leaking internally.
for oil flow. Repair or replace the cylinders.
Worn or damaged component found. Worn or damaged component not
Remove the hitch control valve Action found.
for service. See Control valve Repair or replace the component as Action
- Remove (H.10.C). Check the required. If the seat is damaged, the Submit a concern to ASIST.
condition of the these valve hitch valve must be replaced. Return
components: unit to field operation.
• Check the load check pop-
pet (1) and seat.
• Check the lower poppet (2)
and seat, and the lower pilot
poppet (3) and seat.
• Check the overload relief (4)
assembly and seat.
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 67
RCPH07CCH001FAA 1

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

lem.
Check manual operation of the lower Hitch lowers when the pin is pressed. Hitch does not lower when the pin is
solenoid on the hitch valve: Press in Action pressed.
the pin in the center of hitch lower Test the hitch lower solenoid (2) Action
solenoid (1) with a small punch or for proper electrical function, and Go to Step 4.
metal rod. recheck for fault codes related to
hitch valve functions.
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 68

Test the regulated pressure system. Hydraulic system problem found and Hydraulic system performing cor-
repaired. rectly.
Action Action
Return unit to field operation. Go to Step 5.
Damaged or worn valve component Damaged or worn valve component
Remove the hitch control valve found and replaced. not found.
for service. See Control valve Action Action
- Remove (H.10.C). Check the Return unit to field operation. Submit a concern to ASIST.
condition of the these valve
components:
• Check the lower pilot spool
(3) for free movement.
and the lower control piston
• Check condition of all
O-rings.
• Replace worn or damaged
components as required.
RCPH07CCH003FAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 69

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

lem.
Check manual operation of the raise Hitch raises when the pin is pressed. Hitch does not raise when the pin is
solenoid on the hitch valve: Press in Action pressed.
the pin in the center of hitch raise Test the hitch raise solenoid (2) Action
solenoid (1) with a small punch or for proper electrical function, and Go to Step 4.
metal rod. recheck for fault codes related to
hitch valve functions.
Test the PFC (pressure and flow Hydraulic system problem found and Hydraulic system performing cor-
compensating) and regulated pres- repaired. rectly.
sure system. Action Action
Return unit to field operation. Go to Step 5.
components:
• Check the raise pilot spool
• Check the raise spool (4) for
free movement.
• Check condition of all
O-rings.
• Replace worn or damaged
components as required.
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 70
RCPH07CCH002FAA 1

T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050

Determine the rate of hitch leak Exposed rod length within range. Exposed rod length greater than
down. Action range.
– Adjust hitch position so the lift links Return unit to field operation. Action
are horizontal. (The hitch can be Go to Step 2.
loaded or unloaded.)
– Measure and record the length of
the exposed cylinder rod. After one
hour, re-measure.
– 0 - 10 mm (0 - 0.375 in) change in
length is considered normal.
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 71

Oil collects in the container as the No oil collects in the container as the
Check if oil is leaking past the piston hitch leaks down. hitch leaks down.
seals in the cylinders: Action Action
• Raise the hitch to the fully Replace the piston seals in both Reconnect the return hoses to the
raised position. Turn off the hitch cylinders, and return the unit to rod end of the cylinders, and go to
engine and remove the key field operation. Step 3.
from the key switch.
• Disconnect the return hose
at the rod end of each hitch
cylinder.
• Install temporary hoses be-
tween the rod ports and
a 4 l (1 US gal) or larger
container for collecting hy-
draulic fluid.
• If the piston seals are leak-
ing in the cylinders, fluid will
collect the in container: as
much as 2 l (0.5 US gal)
may collect before the hitch
leaks completely down.
components:
• Check the load check pop-
pet (1) and seat. If the seat
is damaged, replace the
hitch control valve.
and seat; check the lower
pilot poppet (3) and seat.
• Check the relief valve (4)
and seat.
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 72
RCPH07CCH001FAA 1
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 73
Index
WORKING ARM - H

Command - Install - Armrest module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Command - Remove - Armrest module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Command Hitch position command lever - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Command Hitch position command lever - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve - Dynamic description - Lower function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve - Dynamic description - Neutral function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve - Dynamic description - Raise function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Control valve - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
HITCH Rear hitch - Component identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
HITCH Rear hitch - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
HITCH Rear hitch - Dynamic description - Hitch controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
HITCH Rear hitch - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
HITCH Rear hitch - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
HITCH Rear hitch - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Sensing system Draft pin sensor - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Sensing system Draft pin sensor - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Sensing system Hitch position sensor - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
Sensing system Hitch position sensor - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
T8010, T8020, T8030, T8040, T8050
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 74
84318454 14/03/2010
H.10.C / 75
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
84318454 14/03/2010
84318454 14/03/2010
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
84318454 14/03/2010

Service Manual: T8010 / T8020 / T8030 / T8040 / T8050

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Service Manual: T8010 / T8020 / T8030 / T8040 / T8050

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SERVICE MANUAL

PNEUMATIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.20.A

POWER PRODUCTION ................................................................. B

POWER TRAIN .............................................................................C

BAR AXLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.60.A

STEERING Hydraulic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.20.C

SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.30.C

PARKING BRAKE Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.32.C

BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.34.C

BRAKE CONNECTION Pneumatic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.34.E

BODY AND STRUCTURE .............................................................. E

USER PLATFORM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.34.A

SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.50.B

WORKING ARM ............................................................................H

Grade 8 bolts, nuts and studs

NOTE: Use thick nuts with Grade 8 bolts.

Grade 10.9 bolts, nuts and studs

Grade 12.9 bolts, nuts and studs

Steel hydraulic fittings

Straight threads with O-ring

Split flange mounting bolts

System Metric U.S. Imperial

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.10.A

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.10.C

PNEUMATIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.20.A

ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.30.A

LIGHTING SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.40.A

ELECTRONIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.50.A

FAULT CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.50.A

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - 10.A

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - 10.A

Pressure/flow compensating (PFC) pump

Hydraulic schematic frame 02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Hydraulic schematic frame 03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Hydraulic schematic frame 04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Hydraulic schematic frame 05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Hydraulic schematic frame 06 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Hydraulic schematic frame 07 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Hydraulic schematic frame 08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Hydraulic schematic frame 01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Hydraulic schematic frame 02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Hydraulic schematic frame 03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Hydraulic schematic frame 04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Hydraulic schematic frame 05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Hydraulic schematic frame 06 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

Hydraulic schematic frame 07 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Hydraulic schematic frame 01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Hydraulic schematic frame 02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Hydraulic schematic frame 03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Hydraulic schematic frame 04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Hydraulic schematic frame 05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Hydraulic schematic frame 06 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Hydraulic schematic frame 07 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Hydraulic schematic frame 08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Hydraulic schematic frame 01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Hydraulic schematic frame 02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Hydraulic schematic frame 03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Hydraulic schematic frame 04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Hydraulic schematic frame 05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Hydraulic schematic frame 06 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

Hydraulic schematic frame 07 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Hydraulic schematic frame 08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Hydraulic symbol - Schematic components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72